UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA LIBRARY STORAGE Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/unatiOOvaug ft SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THOMAS WAYLAND VAUGHAN Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, Geologist in Charge of Coastal Plain Investigation, United States Geological Survey w WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 ADVERTISEMENT. The scientific publications of the United States National Museum consist of two series, the Proceedings and the Bulletins. The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original, and usually brief, papers based on the collections of the National Mu- seum, presenting newly acquired facts in zoology, geology, and anthropology, including descriptions of new forms of animals and revisions of limited groups. One or two volumes are issued annually and distributed to libraries and scientific organizations. A limited number of copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, is distributed to specialists and others interested in the different subjects as soon as printed. The dates of publication are recorded in the table of con- tents of the volume. The Bulletins j the first of which was issued in 1875, consist of a series of separate publications comprising chiefly monographs of large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occa- sionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, and catalogues of type-specimens, special collections, etc. The ma- jority of the volumes are octavos, but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as indis- pensable. Since 1902 a series of octavo volumes containing papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum, and known as the Con- tributions from the National Herbarium, has been published as bulletins. The present work forms No. 103 of the Bulletin series. William deC. Ravenel, Administrative Assistant to the Secretary, In charge of the United States National Museum. Washington, D. C, September 15, 1919. PREFACE. Geologists generally recognize that knowledge of the geology of Central America is essential to solving the problems of the geologic history of the Americas, and many of them have devoted as much thought and study to the region as their rather occasional oppor- tunities for investigation permitted. Among the previous investiga- tors T. A. Conrad, W. M. Gabb, J. W. Gregory, W. H. Dall, H. Dou- ville, P. Lemoine and R. Douville, M. Bertrand and Ph. Ziircher, R. T. Hill, and Ernest Howe should be mentioned. Since work on the Panama Canal was initiated by the United States Government, excluding the investigations associated with official duties, contribu- tions have been made by Franz Toula, A. P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry, and W. B. Scott. In 1911 the Isthmian Canal Commission attached to its staff Dr. Donald F. MacDonald as commission geologist. In October and November, in 1911, I had the privilege of spending a full month in field work along the canal, largely as a guest of the Canal Commis- sion, and I here wish to express to Maj. Gen. Goethals, then Col. Goethals, my very hearty thanks for the facilities afforded me. Doctor MacDonald and I, of course, worked together, and he left nothing undone in making our efforts successful. Doctor MacDonald and I both recognized the extraordinary oppor- * turiity for making a highly valuable contribution, not only to the geology of Central America, but also to the geologic history of the continents to the north and south. As a result of our conferences, I suggested to the Director of the United States Geological Survey a plan for cooperation between the United States Geological Survey, the Smithsonian Institution, and the Canal Commission. He ap- ^ proved the suggestion and submitted it to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who also gave his approval. As a result of these preliminaries the following letter was prepared and sent to the chairman of the Canal Commission : February 26, 1912. Col. George W. Goethals, S. Chairman Isthmian Canal Commission, Washington Office, Washington, D. C. ■0 Sir: As a thorough knowledge of the geology of the Panarnic Isthmian region is essential to a solution of fundamental problems of the geologic history of both North and South America and of the adjacent oceanic basins; as the excavations for the J Panama Canal and along the line of the relocated Panama Railroad offer opportunities during the next few years never before realized and probably never again to be realized in 3 121525 IV PREFACE. for a geologic study of this region; as there is a scientific need for the extension of the geologic investigations beyond the Canal Zone to adjacent areas, and as these extended investigations, although they may not always bear directly on the problems of build" ing the canal, will, by furnishing a basis for a wider knowledge of the geology of the area than can be obtained on the Canal Zone, be helpful in deciphering the local stratigraphy and structure of the rock formations cut by the canal, and will afford infor- mation on whether there are fuels, notably fuel oil, or other geologic products of eco- nomic value within reach of the canal: The Smithsonian Institution and the United States Geological Survey desire to enter into cooperation with the Isthmian Canal Commission in making a study of the geology of the Canal Zone and extending the studies to adjacent regions so far as is feasible. The following is submitted to the Isthmian Canal Commission for its consideration: It is hoped and urged that the Canal Commission will continue in its service a com- mission geologist, and will provide facilities for his field work within the Canal Zone until the excavations for the canal for the Panama Railroad, and for any other projects that may require excavations have been completed and carefully studied . The Canal Commission is especially requested to permit the commission geologist to extend his examinations of the geologic formations and mineral resources beyond the Canal Zone, the salary of the geologist to be paid by the Canal Commission, and funds for his field expenses to be provided by the Smithsonian Institution. The commission geologist will, of course, submit to the Canal Commission a report of such nature and scope as the commission may direct. The United States Geological Survey will, without charge, cut rock sections for microscopic study, make chemical analyses, and furnish special reports on fossils and other collections made and submitted by the commission. The advice of the different specialists on the survey will be at the service of the commission whenever their advice may be desired. After the completion of the field work and after the commission geologist has sub- mitted his report to the Canal Commission, the Smithsonian Institution desires to pub" lish comprehensive and detailed monographic accounts of the physiography, strati- graphic and structural geology, geologic history, geologic correlation, mineral resources (including coal, oil, and other fuels), petrography, and paleontology of the Canal Zone and of as much of the adjacent areas in the isthmian region as is feasible. The services of the most eminent authorities will be enlisted in the preparation of special memoirs on the various collections made and submitted. The endeavor will be, by full presen- tation of all obtainable information, to make the Canal Zone the geologic standard of comparison for Central America as well as for portions of North and South America. In these reports due credit will be given to the Isthmian Canal Commission for its par- ticipation in the investigations. We hope that this plan will meet with your approval and support. Very respectfully, (Signed) Charles I). Walcott, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. (Signed) Geo. Otis Smith, Director, U. S. Geological Survey. The proposed cooperation was approved by the chairman of the Canal Commission. Doctor MacDonald remained with the commis- sion nut ll i he excaval ions in connection with the canal were completed and he made explorations outside the Canal Zone, especially along Banana River in Costa Rica, and in the Province of Los Santos (Azuero Peninsula) and from David northward to the volcano of Chiriqui, in Panama. He was also geologist for the Costa Rica- PananiM Boundary Commission. PREFACE. V Doctor MacDonald's reports to the Canal Commission have been published in the annual reports of the chairman of the Canal Com- mission; and he is the author of a more lengthy paper entitled "Some engineering problems of the Canal Zone in their relation to geology and topography/' published as Bulletin 86 of the United States Bureau of Mines. 1 Since the termination of his services for the Canal Commission he has completed a large report on the physiography ; stratigraphic and structural geology, petrography, and economic geology of the Canal Zone. The transmission of this memoir for publication has been delayed because some of the paleon- tologic determinations were needed for interpreting the geologic history. After the agreement to the proposed plan of cooperation, I took charge for the United States Geological Survey of the preparation of the special paleontologic reports, of the problems of geologic correlation, and of the coordination of the investigations with other work on the physiography, stratigraphy, paleontology, and geologic history in the southeastern United States and the West Indies. The paleontologic material was sorted according to groups, and the following specialists undertook monographic reports : Dr. Marshall A. Howe, calcareous algae. Prof. Edward W. Berry, higher plants. Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, foraminifera. Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, madreporarian corals. Dr. Robert T. Jackson, echinoids. Dr. C. Wythe Cooke, mollusca. Mr. F. Canu and Dr. R. S. Bassler, bryozoa. Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, decapod Crustacea. Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, cirrepedia. The few vertebrates obtained were identified by Mr. J. W. Gidley. All of the paleontologic reports are now complete except that on the mollusks. It was at first hoped that Dr. W. H. Dall would prepare the one on this group, but pressure of other work prevented him. Later Dr. C. Wythe Cooke, paleontologist of the United States Geological Survey, began a study of the collection of mollusks, but other duties have interfered with his prosecution of it. The recent papers by Toula 2 and by Brown and Pilsbry 3 have been used, and they are valuable, but they do not meet the needs of the present in- vestigation, for the material described in them mostly represents one geologic formation, the Gatun formation, and the stratigraphic > U. S. Bureau Mines Bull. 86, pp. 88, 29 pis., 9 text figs., 1915. * Toula, Franz, Eine jungtertiare Fauna von Gatun am Panama-Kanal, Geolog. Reichsanstalt Wien Jahrb., vol. 58, pp. 673-760, pis. 25-28,15 text figs., 1909; Die jungtertiare Fauna von Gatun am Panama- Kanal, Ibid., vol. 61, pp. 487-530, pis. 30,31,1911. 8 Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A., Fauna of the Gatun formation, Isthmus of Panama, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. for 1911, pp. 336-373, pis. 22-29, 3 text figs., 1911; Fauna of the Gatun formation, Isthmus of Panama, II, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. for 1912, pp. 500-519, pis. 22-26, 5 texts figs., 1913. PREFACE. data are not sufficient. It is probable that three and perhaps four horizons will be discriminated within the Gatun formation. Other groups of organisms are adequate for correlation purposes in most or all of the other geologic formations, but for the Gatun formation the principal reliance must be placed on the moliusks. The collec- tions of moliusks made by Doctor MacDonald and myself is very extensive, and the greatest possible care was taken in obtaining full information on the stratigraphic relations of the material. It is hoped that a report commensurate with the size and importance of the collection may not be much longer delayed. The series of papers here presented comprises all of the pale- ontologic memoirs that have been completed. These are immedi- ately followed by descriptions of the geologic exposures where collections of fossils were made, with summaries of the fossils ac- cording to their stratigraphic occurrence, and a chapter on the geologic correlation of the fossiliferous formations, both with other American and with European formations. It is intended that Doctor MacDonald's comprehensive general report will be published soon after this series of memoirs has been issued. The names of the geologic formations used in the paleontologic reports are the same as those employed by Doctor MacDonald in Bulletin 86 of the United States Bureau of Mines, to which reference is made on page v of this preface. I wish to thank the officials of the Canal Commission, particularly Maj. Gen. Goethals, Director George Otis Smith, and Chief Geologist David White of the United States Geological Survey, and Dr. Charles D. Walcott, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, for the sup- port they have given these investigations. To my colleagues out- side the Geological Survey and United States National Museum, Dr. Marshall A. Howe, Prof. E. W. Berry, Dr. Robert T. Jackson, Mr. F. Canu, and Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, who has collaborated in this work, I am under deep obligations; and it is a pleasure to record my appreciation of the efforts of my official colleagues, Dr. D. F. Mao Donald, Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, Dr. C.Wythe Cooke, Dr. R. S. Bassler, Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, and Mr. J. W. Gidley, all of whom have labored harmoniously to bring a large undertaking to a successful conclusion. Thomas Wayland Vaughan. september 15, 1919. CONTENTS. 1 Page. On some fossil and recent Lithothamnieae of the Panama Canal Zone. By Marshall A. Howe 1 Introduction 1 Descriptions of species 2 Archaeolithothamnium episporum 2 Lithothamnium vaughanii 6 isthmi 8 Lithoporella melobesoides 11 Explanation of plates 11 Index i The fossil higher plants from the Canal Zone. By Edward W. Berry. . . 15 Introduction 15 Correlation 16 Botanical character 18 Tertiary ecology 21 Flora of the Canal Zone 22 Systematic paleobotany 23 Descriptions of species 23 Fern fragments of Acrostichum 23 Palm rays 24 Palmoxylon palmacites 24 Ficus culebrensis 26 Guatteria culebrensis 27 Myristicophyllum panamense 29 Taenioxylon multiradiatum 30 Inga oligocaenica 32 Cassi culebrensis 34 Hiraea oligocaenica 35 Banisteria praenuntia 35 Hieronymia lehmanni 36 Schmidelia bejucensis 37 Mespilodaphne culebrensis 38 Calyptranthes gatunensis 39 Melastomites miconioides 40 Diospyros macdonaldi 41 Rondeletia goldmani 42 Rubiacites ixoreoides 43 Explanation of plates 44 Index i The smaller fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone. By Joseph Augustine Cushman 45 Introduction 45 List of material 45 J For the most part the papers in this volume have individual indexes following the plates at the end of the^paper, and the Explanation of plates at the end of each paper gives a full description of the plates. VII VIII CONTENTS. The smaller fossil Foraminipera of the Panama Canal Zone — Con. Page. Descriptions of species 51 Textularia abbreviate 51 sagittula 51 agglutinans 52 laminata 52 subagglutinans 52 carinata 53 panamensis 53 Chrysalidina pulchella 54 Bolivina cf. B. punctata 54 aenariensis 54 robusta 55 species 55 Bigenerina nodosaria. 56 Gaudryina flintii 56 triangularis .. 56 Clavulina parisiensis 57 communis 57 Virgulina squamosa 58 Lagena striata, var. strumosa 58 Nodosaria communis 59 insecta 59 raphanistrum 59 species 60 Cristellaria rotulata 60 italica 61 protuberans 61 vaughani 61 Uvigerina canariensis 62 canariensis, variety . „ 63 pygmaea 63 tenuistriata 63 Siphogenerina raphanus, var. trans versus 64 Globigerina bulloides 64 inflata 65 dubia 65 conglobata 66 sacculifera 66 aequilateralis 67 Orbulina uni versa 67* Discorbis obtusa 68 Truncatulina americana 68 pygmea 68 ungeriana 69 wuellerstorfi 69 culebrensis 70 Pulvinulina sagra 70 concentrica 71 menardii t 71 Siphonia reticulata 72 Nonionina deprossula 72 scapha 73 panamensis 74 anomalina 74 CONTENTS. IX The smaller fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone — Con. Description of species — continued. Page. Polystomella striato-punctata 74 sagra 75 macella 76 crispa 76 craticulata 77 species 77 Amphistegina lessonii 77 Quinqueloculina seminulum 78 contorta 79 auberiana , 79 undosa 79 bicornis 80 panamensis 80 Sigmoilina tenuis 81 asperula 81 Triloculina trigonula 82 tricarinata 82 bulbosa 83 projecta 83 Biloculina bulloides 84 Spiroloculina excavata 84 Orbiculina adunca 84 Explanation of plates 85 Index i The larger fossil Foraminifera of the Panama Canal Zone. By Joseph Augustine Cushman 89 Introduction 89 List of species and their geologic occurrence 90 Description of species : 91 Lepidocyclina canellei 91 chaperi 92 vaughani 93 macdonaldi 94 panamensis 94 duplicata 96 Heterosteginoides panamensis 97 Orthophragmina minima 97 Nummulites panamensis 98 davidensis 98 Orbitolites americana 99 Explanation of plates 99 Index i Fossil Echini of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica. By Robert Tracy Jackson 103 Introduction 103 List of species and their geologic occurrence 103 Description of species 104 Clypeaster lanceolatus 104 gatuni 105 Encope annectans 106 platytata 108 megatrema 110 Echinolampas semiorbis 112 X CONTEXTS. Fossil Echini of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica — Continued. Description of species — continued. Page. Schizaster armiger 113 cristatus 113 panamensis 114 Description of plates 115 Index i Bryozoa of the Canal Zone and related areas. By Ferdinand Canu and Ray S. Bassler 117 Descriptions of species 117 Ogivalina mutabilis 117 Cupularia umbellata. 118 canadensis 119 Holoporella albirostris 120 ( Stichoporina tuberosa 121 N^. Explanation of plate 121 Index i Decapod Crustaceans from the Panama Region. By Maty J. Rathbun. 123 Introduction 123 Literature on Tertiary Decapods of Panama 124 List of stations from which material has been examined, arranged from the earliest to the latest, with the species found at each 124 Descriptions of species 131 Family,' genus, and species indeterminable 131 Macrobrachium, species 131 Macrobrachium (?), species 132 Nephrops costatus 132 Nephrops, species 133 Pachycheles latus 134 Petrolisthes avitus 134 Axius reticulatus : 135 Axius (?), species 136 Callianassa ovalis 137 lacunosa 138 elongata 139 scotti 140 crassimana 141 moinensis 142 spinulosa 143 tenuis 144 quadrata 145 toulai 146 abbreviata 147 hilli 148 vaughani 148 Htridens 151 magna 151 crassa 152 Callianassa, species 152 Callianaswa (?), species 153 Petrochirus bouvieri 153 Goniochele (?) armata 154 Sepal 111 chiliensis 155 Ilepatiis, species 155 CONTEXTS. XI Decapod Crustaceans from the Panama Region — Continued. Descriptions of Species — Continued. Page. Calappa costaricana 156 flammea ; 157 zurcheri 157 Calappella quadrispina 157 Mursia macdonaldi 158 obscura 159 Mursilia ecristata 160 Leucosilia jurinei 161 bananensis 161 Leucosiidae, genus and species indeterminable 162 Callinectes declivis 162 reticularis 163 species 164 Arenaeus, species 165 Euphylax callinectias 165 fortis 167 Gatunia proa vita 168 Carpilius, species 171 Heteractaea lunata 171 Panopeus antepurpureus 172 tridentatus 172 species 173 Eurytium crenulatum 174 Euryplax culebrensis 174 Thaumastoplax prima 176 Cardisoma guanhumi •. 177 Uca macrodactylus 177 Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and species indeterminable 177 Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and species indeterminable 178 Parthenope panamensis 178 pleistocenica 179 Explanation of plates 179 Index i Cirripedia from the Panama Canal Zone. By Henry A. Pilsbry 185 Balanus eburneus 185 glyptopoma 185 concavus rariseptatus 186 (Hesperibalanus?), species 187 Lepas injudicata 188 Explanation of plate 188 Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, with an Account of the American Tertiary, Pleistocene, and Recent Coral Reefs. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan 189 Introduction 189 Geologic correlation by means of fossil corals 190 Geologic history of the upper Eocene and later coral faunas of Central America, the West Indies, and the eastern United States 193 Eocene 193 Brito formation, Nicaragua 193 St. Bartholomew limestone 193 Jackson formation and Ocala limestone 195 Concluding remarks on the Eocene 198 XII CONTENTS. Fossil Corals prom Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc. — Con. Geologic history of the upper Eocene and later coral faunas of Central America, the West Indies, and the eastern United States — Continued. Page. Oligocene 198 Lower Oligocene 198 I fiddle Oligocene 199 Antigua formation 199 Pepino formation of Porto Rico 203 Limestone above conglomerate near Guantanamo, Cuba 204 Basal part of Chattahoochee formation in Georgia 205 "Coral limestone" of Salt Mountain, Alabama 206 San Rafael formation of eastern Mexico 206 Tonosi, Panama 207 Serro Colorado, Arube 207 Concluding remarks on the middle Oligocene 207 Upper Oligocene 208 Culebra formation '. 208 Emperador limestone 208 Anguilla formation 209 Cuban localities 210 Tampa formation of Florida 211 Concluding remarks on the upper Oligocene 211 Miocene 212 Bowden marl 212 Santo Domingo 213 Cuba 218 Baracoa and Matanzas 218 La Cruz marl 218 Florida 219 Alum Bluff formation 219 Middle and South Atlantic States 220 Costa Rica 221 Panama 221 Colombia 221 Concluding remarks on the Miocene 221 Pliocene 222 Caloosahatchee marl, Florida 222 Limon, Costa Rica 223 Carrizo Creek, California 223 Pleistocene 225 Summary of the stratigraphic and geographic distribution of the Ter- tiary and Pleistocene coral-faunas of Central America and the West Indies 226 Table of stratigraphic and geographic distribution of species 228 Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Floridian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef forma- tion* 238 Definition of the term "coral reef" . . 238 Ecology of reef-forming corals 240 Ilypotheses of the formation of coral reefs 241 Testa of coral-reef hypotheses 246 Criteria for recognizing shift in position of strand line 246 CONTEXTS. XIII Fossil Corals prom Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc. — Continued. Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Flori- dian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef formation. — Continued. Page. Criteria for measuring the amount of vertical shift in strand line, and for determining the relative ages of terraces and the physio- graphic stage attained by a shore line 247 Criteria for ascertaining the role of corals as constructional agents. 248 Solubility of calcium carbonate in sea water 250 Effects of wind-induced and other currents in shaping coral reefs. 251 Criteria for determining the effect of glaciation and deglaciation on the development of living reefs 252 Amount of vertical displacement of strand line by glaciation and deglaciation 252 Rate of growth of corals and length of post-Glacial time 253 Effect of lowering of marine temperature on reef corals during glaciation 254 Valley-in-valley arrangement and cliffed spurs 256 American Tertiary and Pleistocene reef corals and coral reefs 258 Eocene reef corals of St. Bartholomew 259 West Indian middle Oligocene reefs 259 Antigua 259 Porto Rico 260 Cuba 261 West Indian and Panamanian upper Oligocene reefs 262 Anguilla 262 Canal Zone 262 West Indian Miocene reef corals 263 West Indian Pleistocene reefs 263 Tertiary and Pleistocene reef corals and coral reefs of the United States 265 Southeastern United States 265 Pliocene reef corals from Carrizo Creek, California 271 Living coral reefs of the West Indies. Florida, and Central America. . . 271 Antigua-Barbuda Bank 273 St. Martin Plateau 275 St. Croix Island 278 Virgin Bank 279 Cuba 280 Bahamas 291 Bermudas 293 Florida 297 Campeche Bank 299 Honduran reefs 300 Mosquito Bank 300 Some other West Indian Islands 301 Brazil and Argentina 301 Atlantic coast of the United States north of Florida 303 Types of West Indian and Central American littoral and sub- littoral profiles and their relations to coral reefs 303 Submerged banks north of the coral reef zone in the western Atlan- tic Ocean 305 Summary of the conditions under which the American fossils and living reefs formed 305 XIV CONTENTS. Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc. — Continued Conditions under which the West Indian, Central American, and Flori- dian coral reefs have formed, and their bearing on theories of coral-reef formation. — Continued. Page. Coral reefs of the Pacific Ocean 306 Great Barrier Reef of Australia 306 New Caledonia 308 Fiji Islands 309 Society Islands 311 Tahiti 311 Smaller islands of the Society group 312 Atolls 313 Conclusions 319 Bearing of these conclusions on hypotheses of the formation of coral reefs 325 Suggestions as to future investigations 329 Systematic account of the faunas 333 Class Anthozoa 333 Madreporaria Imperforata 333 Family Seriatoporidae 333 Genus Stylophora 333 Pocillopora 342 Madracis 345 Family Astrocoenidae 345 Genus Astrocoenia 345 Stylocenia 351 Family Oculinidae 352 Genus Oculina 352 Archohelia 352 Family Eusmiliidae 354 Genus Asterosmilia 354 Stephanocoenia 356 Dichocoenia 360 Eusmilia 361 Family Astrangiidae 361 Genus Cladocora 361 Family Orbicellidae 362 Genus Orbicella 362 Solenastrea 395 Antiguastrea 401 Stylangia 410 Sepastrea 411 Family Faviidae 412 Genus Favia 412 Favites 414 Goniastrea 416 Maeandra 417 Leptoria 421 Manicina 421 ThysaniiH 423 Family Muttidae 424 Genus Syzygophyllia 424 CONTENTS. XV Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, etc.— Continued. Systematic account of the faunas — Continued. Class Anthozoa — Continued. Pa^e. Madreporaria Fungida 425 Family Agariciidae 425 Genus Trochoseris 425 Agaricia 426 Pavona 430 Leptoseris 431 Pironastraea 432 Siderastrea 435 Family Oulastreidae 453 Genus Cyathomorpha 454 Diploastrea 460 Madreporaria Perforata 479 Family Eupsamniiidae 479 Genus Balanophyllia 479 Family Acroporidae 47!) Genus Acropora 479 Astreopora 483 Actinacis 486 Family Poritidae 488 Genus Goniopora 488 Porites 498 Class Hydrozoa 507 Order Hydrocorallinae 507 Family Milieporidae 507 Genus Millepora 507 Explanation of plates 507 Index i The sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone, with special reference to the stratigraphic relations of the fossiliferous beds. By Donald Francis MacDonald 525 Introduction 525 Sedimentary formations 526 Eocene (?) 526 Bas Obispo formation 526 Las Cascadas agglomerate 526 Oligocene.... 526 Bohio conglomerate 526 Culebra formation 527 Cucuracha formation 527 Emperador limestone 531 Caimito formation 531 Miocene 531 Gatun formation 531 Panama formation 532 Pliocene 532 Toro limestone 532 Chagres sandstone 532 Pleistocene 532 Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama 532 Section in canal cut 600 feet south of Miranores Locks 533 Section at Canal Commission station 2089 south of Miranores Locks. . . 533 8370—19 ii XVI CONTENTS. The sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone — Continued. Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama — Continued. Page. Section, north end of Miraflores Locks 534 Section, Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge 534 Section at Bald Hill near Miraflores Locks 534 Section along east side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1843 to 1850 535 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1775 to 1756 535 Section on west side of Canal Commission station 1720, near Empire, to 1740, near Culebra 536 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas, Canal Commis- sion stations 1617 to 1597 537 Sections in cuttings of Panama Railroad near Caimito Junction 539 Railroad cut near stream about midway between Rio Frijol and Rio Frijolito 539 Section in railway cuts near New Frijoles 540 Section showing chief railway cuttings and outcrops along the Panama Railroad between Bohio and Monte Lirio 540 Exposure a quarter of a mile northwest of old Bohio railroad station. . 541 Exposure opposite old Bohio railroad station, north side of the railroad track 541 Section at Pena Blanca, about one mile below Bohio, on the west side of Chagres River 541 Section at Vamos a Vamos, 2\ miles below Bohio, west side of Chagres River 542 Section on Panama Railroad from Monte Lirio to outcrop of Gatun formation on south side of Big Swamp 542 Section showing Gatun formation, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio, at big curve on railroad 542 Large railway cutting a quarter of a mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio 543 In the next two exposures going toward Camp Cotton 543 Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun 543 Generalized sections of the bluffs exposed along the Panama Railroad, relocated line, about 3,500 feet south of Gatun railroad station. .... 543 Section from top of hill at western end of Gatun dam to bottom of the spillway 543 Section at west end of the spillway 543 Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Hill 544 Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station 544 Section of bluff at end of Toro Point 544 Section one- third mile south of southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry 545 The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama in their relation to the geologic history of Central America and the West Indies. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan. . 547 Introduction ... 547 Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama 547 Eocene 547 Oligocene 549 Bohio conglomerate 549 Limestone on limit Chagres 549 Limestone at David 549 Large Foraminifera from David . .. 549 CONTENTS. XVII The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama, etc.— Continued. Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama — Con. Oligocene — Continued. Page. Culebra formation 550 Fossils from the Culebra formation 551 Deposits of the age of the Culebra formation near Tonosi 554 Larger Foraminifera from near Tonosi 555 Fossil corals from station ,6587, Tonosi 555 Cucuracha formation 555 Emperador limestone 556 Fossils from the Emperador limestone 557 Caimito formation 558 Miocene 558 Gatun formation 558 Fossils, except Mollusca, from the Gatun formation 559 Mollusca from the Gatun formation, according to Brown and Pilsbry 560 Pliocene 562 Toro limestone 562 Pleistocene 563 Fossils from the Pleistocene of the Canal Zone 563 Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama 565 Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States 565 A provisional correlation table of the Tertiary formations of the South Atlantic and eastern Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States 569 Correlation of the Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States with European subdivisions of the Tertiary 569 Eocene 569 Oligocene 570 Miocene 572 Alum Bluff formation 572 Marks Head marl and the Calvert formation 574 Choptank and St. Marys formations 575 Yorktown formation and Duplin marl 575 Choctawhatchee marl 576 Pliocene 576 Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies 577 Eocene 577 Oligocene 578 Lower Oligocene 578 Middle Oligocene 582 Upper Oligocene 585 Miocene 586 Pliocene 593 Tentative correlation table of the Tertiary marine sedimentary formations of Panama 595 Pre-Tertiary formations in Central America and the West Indies 595 CONTENTS. XVIII The biologic character and geologic correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama, etc. — Continued. Outline of the geologic history of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea 596 Geographic relations of the three Americas 597 General relations 598 Tectonic Provinces 599 Bahamas 599 Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain 600 Mexican Plateau 600 Oaxaca-Guerrero 600 Yucatan 601 Guatemala-Chiapas 601 Cuba 601 Haiti, northern part 601 Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge 602 Haiti, southern part, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. . 602 Saint Croix 603 Costa Rica-Panama 603 Andes 603 Maritime Andes 604 Caribbean Islands 604 Barbadian Ridge 604 Caribbean Arc 604 Aves Ridge 604 Paleogeographic summary 604 Late Paleozoic 605 Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous 606 Eocene and Oligocene 607 Miocene 607 Pliocene and later 609 Tabular summary of some of the important events in the geologic history of the West Indies and Central America 611 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES ON SOME FOSSIL AND RECENT LITHOTHAMNIEAE OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By MARSHALL A. HOWE Of the New York Botanical Garden Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 1-13, with Plates 1-3 1 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 ON SOME FOSSIL AND RECENT LITHOTHAMNIE AE OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Marshall A. Howe, Of The New York Botanical Garden. INTRODUCTION. The following report is based chiefly upon a number of specimens of fossil calcareous algae, of the group known to geologists as " Nulli- pores," from Oligocene and Pleistocene strata in the Panama Canal Zone, collected in 1911 by D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan. of the United States Geological Survey. In this material the Pleistocene period is represented by a single collection (MacDonald, 6039), consisting of numerous excellent free specimens, " from flats near Mount Hope, five feet above tide level." These Pleistocene specimens appear to the writer to belong to a species found by him a year or two earlier to be living in the Colon region, only a few kilometers distant. This species, so far as the writer can determine, has been hitherto undescribed; in framing its diagnosis, as published below, the fossil as well as the recent mate- rial has been considered, but a recent specimen, being more complete and satisfactory for detailed study, has been named as the technical type of the species. So far as the present writer has been able to discover, the fossil coralline algae of America, in their taxonomic aspects at least, offer a practically untouched field for research. It is, of course, possible that geological and paleontological papers in which calcareous algae have been described have escaped the attention of phycologists, but inquiry among American geologists and paleontologists and a search of accessible literature have thus far revealed to the writer but a single 1 hitherto described species of fossil Lithothamnieae from the Western Hemisphere, namely, Lithothamnium curasavicum K. Mar- tin, from the Island of Curacao, a species to which further allusion is made below in the discussion of Archaeolithothamnium ejnsporum. 1 Stromatopora compacta Billings (Palaeozoic Fossils, vol. 1, p. 55, 1862) from the Island of Montreal, etc., has sometimes been considered by geologists to be of corallina- ceous affinities (the species has been referred to Solenopora by Nicholson and Etheridge, Geol. Mag., vol. 3, p. 529, 1885), but, if we may judge from published figures, the organ- ism seems to the writer hardly a coralline alga, if indeed it is an alga at all. 1 2 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The fossil Lithothamnieae of Europe have been described and fig- ured in considerable number and with various degrees of care and detail. Most of these European descriptions and figures the writer has been able to see; some of them offer a reasonable basis for the future recognition of the forms concerned, without a reexamination of the original materials, but many of them do not. The present writer has had access to a good representation of the living Litho- thamnieae of North America, the West Indies, Europe, and the East Indies, but so far as the fossil forms are concerned, he has had to depend upon descriptions and figures alone, which, as stated above, are often very unsatisfactoiy. In venturing to propose as new, two species of Lithothamnieae from Oligocene strata of the Panama Canal Zone, he doubtless risks the possibility that some future investigator, working with better materials or even with the same, may be able to convince himself or even to prove conclusively, that one or both of said species should be considered identical with species previously described from Europe. The diagnostic charac- ters, the limits of variation, and the geographic range of even the living species are still very imperfectly understood. Some of the species are evidently widely distributed within certain temperature limits ; others are at present known from single localities. So far as may be inferred from our present knowledge, very few, if any, of the forms of Lithothamnieae now living in tropical America occur also in European waters. List of Species and Their Geologic Occurrence. ArchaeoUthotJiamnium episporum, new species. Recent, Toro Point; and Pleistocene, Mount Hope; both in the Canal Zone. Lithothammum vaughanii, new species, Oligocene, Culebra formation at station 6026, about half way between Monte Lirio and Bohio Ridge. Lithothamnium isthmi, new species, Oligocene, Emperador limestone at stations 6021, about 4 miles north of Gamboa Bridge, and 6024-?). Rio Agua Salud, Panama Railroad (relocated line). Lithoporclla meJobcsioides (Foslie) Foslie, Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone at station 6024-r?, Rio Agua Salud, Panama Railroad (relocated line). ARCHAEOL1THOTHAMNIUM 1 EPISPORUM, new species. Plates 1 to 6. Brownish red when living, the thallus forming at first widely ex- panded crusts 0.25-1.0 mm. thick, these in many cases repeatedly overgrown, the resulting crusts becoming 5 mm. or more thick, some- times remaining nearly smooth or exhibiting the irregularities of the » We follow Rothplctz's original spelling of the final syllable of this unfortunately long name, a spelling that, happily, agreer with Phlllppl's spelling of the final syllable of lAthothamnium. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 3 substratum alone, but more often developing coarse, irregular rounded excrescences 5-12 mm. in diameter, or short rounded ver- rucae or nodules 2-5 mm. in diameter, the surface in sterile parts mostly smooth, indurated, and occasionally subnitent; hypothallia varying from weakly to strongly developed, 30-170 thick, their cells 17-28 pL by 8-11 \l ; cells of the perithallium in distinct and regu- lar layers except in oldest and youngest parts, the layers in more or less distinct zones, layers of short and of long cells occasionally al- ternating, cells mostly 8-15 p by 5-8 jji, in decalcified condition sub- moniliate, sphaeroidal to ellipsoidal, 1-2-J times as high as broad, in calcified condition mostly subquadrate or oblong in vertical sec- tion: sporangia superficial, their apicula even with the surface, or slightly protruding, their cavities becoming only imperfectly and irregularly embedded, the sori slightly elevated, very irregular in outline, mostly 0.1-1.0 mm. broad, often widely confluent and anas- tomosing and becoming 5 mm. or more broad, the surface at length whitish and scarious, the ostioles mostly 16-22 \k in diameter, sporan- gia 65-96 pi high (including apiculum), 27-50 pi broad, 4-partite (oc- casionally 2-partite?). the spores irregularly paired or rarely sub- z on ate. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Covering dead corals, etc., and often forming concretionary pebbles with coral cores, from low- water mark to a depth of several meters, Point Toro, near Colon, Panama Canal Zone. Howe 6832 (type, in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.), January 7, 1910; Colon, Howe 6840 (this covers continuously a mass of old coral 32 cm. long and 14 cm. in greatest width) ; also, as a Pleistocene fossil, " from flats near Mount Hope, five feet above tide level," D. F. MacDonald, station 6039, 1 1911. Paratopes.— -Cat. No. 35298, U.S.N.M. In outward form and in its habit of overgrowing old corals, Archaeolithothamnium episporum resembles A. erythraeum (Roth- pletz) Foslie, f. durum (Heydrich) Foslie, from the Red Sea and the East Indies, especially as illustrated by Weber-van Bosse and Foslie (Corallinaceae of the Siboga Expedition, pi. 5). Of this species we have seen only one specimen (from near Makassar), communicated by Mme. Weber-van Bosse, but from this and from the descriptions and figures of A. erythraeum published by Foslie, Heydrich, and Lemoine, we infer that the Panamanian specimens represent a differ- ent species. Perhaps the most important distinctive character of A. episporum is to be found in its more superficial sporangia, as may be seen by comparing our photographs (pi. 2, fig. 1; pi. 3) with He} 7 - drich's figure 2 of a vertical section through a sporangial sorus of his 1 This is associated with minor amounts of other crustaceous corallines, including Lithophyllum, species, and Ooniolithon, species. - Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges., vol. 15, p. 63, fig. 2. 1897. 4 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Sporolithon ptychoides, which Foslie 1 and Lemoine 2 consider to be synonymous with A. erythraeum. The sori or the emptied sporangial cavities appear also to be much less regularly embedded or overgrown by new tissue than is the case in A. erythraeum, if one may judge from Rothpletz's original description, 3 Hej'drich's figure 3, 4 Le- moine's figure 29, 2 and the descriptions given by the last-named writ- ers; however, Foslie "' remarks of A. erythraewm that "the sori are partly to be found overgrown in great numbers by new formed tissue, partly, however, they are not to be seen in section." In A. episporum. the sporangia themselves have never been seen except close to the surface ; the emptied sporangial cavities do not show in a rough frac- ture or in an ordinary ground section, but irregular traces of them are often to be found in thin microtome sections of decalcified ma- terial. The sori of A. episporum are so superficial that their cover- ing, after the discharge of the spores, appears to die and is flaked off together with more or less of the intersporangial parts, and the new tissue growing up from the base of the sorus shows only occasionauy and imperfectly the outline of the former sporangial cavities. Rothpletz's original description of his Lithothamnium erythraeum leaves one in some doubt as to whether he found the contents of the sporangium divided or undivided ; he uses the term " Tetrasporen," but the measurements that he gives for these " Tetrasporen " are such as commonly belong to the whole sporangium in this group. In Heydrich's first description of his Sporolithon ptychoides, the " Tetrasporangien " are said to be " meist ungetheilt, selten zwei- theilig," but a little later 7 lie figures four tetraspores in a sporangium, arranged in the " cruciate " manner. But this mode of division being at variance with the prevailing ideas as to the arrangement of the spores in the Corallinacese, Foslie, 8 a little later in writing a diag- nosis of the genus ArchcseoUthothammum inserted a question mark after " sporangia * * * imparted or cruciate?" and this sign of doubt as to the cruciate division has been repeated by later writers. In A. episporum the mature sporangia are commonly and normally 4-parted in an irregularly " cruciate" fashion, but often the division axes of the two pairs of spores are at right angles to each other, so that only three spores are visible in a lateral view, and occasionally 1 Siboga Export. Monog., No. 61, p. 38. 1904. 2 Ann. Inst. Oc6anog., vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 07. 1911. 3 Rothplotz, A. Bot. Centralb., vol. 64, p. 5. 1S93. 4 Bcr. Deuts. Bot. Oes., vol. 16, p. 68. is<>7. Sibor/n Expert. Monog.. No. 01, p. 41. 1904. • Ber. Dents, Bot. o<>s.. vol. 15, p. <">9. 1897. 7 Idem. pi. 1S, flg. 3. •Kgl. Norske Virtonsk. Selsk. Skr. 1900, pt 5, P- 8- 1900. »De Tonl, Syll. Alg., vol. 4, p. IT21, 1906 J Bvedellus, in Eng. & I'rantl, Nat. Pfl:in/. 5. ■ 4 Stenzel, Foss. PalmennorZ^ p, 24b, pi. 21,-fi3Sr 254 -26Z-. 26 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. palm wood in our Gulf region is confined to the Jackson or Vicks- burg groups. The island of Antigua, celebrated for at least a century for its petrified woods, has furnished at least seven species of petrified palms, five of which were known to Unger as early as 1850, and one was figured by Witham in 1833. These also are of Oligocene age. There are two additional Oligocene species described from the West Indies without definite information as to exact locality, and there is also a species from Trinidad and another from Cuba. The Oligo- cene species at present known from the southern United States are seven in number, four of which have not been found outside of that region, while one or possibly two are common to Antigua, and a third has been reported by Felix from Southern Mexico. Occurrence. — Cucuracha formation, green clays, Gaillard Cut (loc. 6586). Collected by D. F. MacDonald. Collection. — U. S. National Museum. Cat. No. 35310. Order URTICALES. ! Family MORACEAE. Genus FICUS Linnaeus. FICUS CULEBRENSIS, new specie!. Plate 13, fig. 1. Description. — Leaves of relatively small size, broadly oblong- lanceolate in general outline, apex acute but not extended or cuspi- date. Base bluntly pointed. Margins evenly rounded. Texture coriaceous. Length about 8 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaf, about 2.15 cm. Petiole short, stout, and curved. Midrib stout and prominent on the under surface of the leaf. Sec- ondaries thin, very numerous, evenly spaced, subparallel; they di- verge from the midrib at wide angles averaging about 75 degrees, pursue an almost straight outward course, their ends being con- nected well within the margins by regular flat arches formed by their abrupt camptodrome endings. Tertiaries obsolete. This is an especially well-marked species of the lanceolate leafed section of Ficus, and it may be matched by a number of still exist- ing species found in the American tropics. Among such a large number of both existing and fossil forms detailed comparisons are not especially pertinent. Two comparisons that seem significant are lh.« resemblance of the present form to Ficus newtonensis Berry of the \ rpper C laiborne of the Mississippi embayment and to the forms from the Sarmoisianof li.iermg in Che Tyrol which Ettingshausen 1 refers 1 Ktlingshnusrn, Tert. Fl. von Haerlng. p. 41, pi. 10, figs. 6, 8, 1853. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 27 3- to Ficus jynx linger, but which appear to me to be decidedly differ- ent from Unger's type, s Occurrence. — Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of the sd Gaillard cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected e by M. I. Goldman). Order RANALES. Family ANONACEAE. Genus GUATTERIA Ruiz and Pavon. Br* GUATTERIA CULEBRENSIS. new species. Plate 13, fig. 2. Description. — Leaves of large size, broadly ovate in general out- line, with a narrowed slightly decurrent base and a narrowed and extended acuminate tip. Length about 20 cm. Maximum width, approximately midway between the apex and the base, between 6 cm. and 7 cm. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Petiole short and stout, enlarged proximad, about 2.25 cm. in length. Midrib stout and promient. Secondaries mediumly stout and prominent, about ten opposite to alternate pairs diverge from the midrib at angles ranging from 45° to 60°, sweeping upward in regular ascending subparallel curves, camptodrome in the marginal region. Tertiaries, where visible, percurrent. The present is one of the more abundant and better preserved forms from the Canal Zone, but the large size of the leaves usually results in fragmentary specimens, the tip being almost invariably missing. The species shows great similarity with various existing forms of Anonaceae. It is very close to Anona marcgravii Martius of Venezuela, French and Dutch Guiana, and Brazil (Bahia and Per- nambuco). It is, however, among the various species of Guatteria that the closest homologies are found. The latter genus contains about fifty species of shrubs and trees, exclusively American 1 and found in Mexico, Central America, tropical South America, and in the northern Andes. The fossil may be compared with a large num- ber of the existing species, as for example Guatteria our eg on Dunal, a large tree of the Carribbean islands and equatorial South America, Guatteria dolichopoda De Candolle or G. grandiflora De Candolle of Central America. The family Anonaceae contains about 700 existing species, dis- tributed among about 48 genera, only two of which are present in North America. The family is practically confined to the Tropics, 1 The Asiatic species of various authors are referred to the genus Polyalthia. 8370°— 18g— Bull. 103 3 28 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a single Australian species, and the North American genus Asimina, with 6 or 7 species being the only conspicuously extratropical forms. The area of maximum representation is southeastern Asia and the ad- joining region of Malaysia, for while only 16 genera are confined to this region it contains over 350 species, and six additional genera (MUiusa, Uvana, Poly alt hia, Oxymitra, Melodorwni, and Poporvia), with a total of over 250 species have the bulk of their species in this area. Only a single genus is confined to Australia, and the bulk of the Australian species are to be regarded as migrants from the pre- ceding area. There are upwards of 100 species and 6 peculiar genera in tropical Africa ; and America has about 200 species and 10 peculiar genera. These are all confined to the Tropics, except for a species of Anona, which reaches the coast of peninsular Florida, and for the genus Asimina, with six or seven species of shrubs and small trees of the south Atlantic and Gulf States. One of these, Asimina triloba Dunal, is hardy as far north as New York, and has the distinction of growing the farthest distance from the Equator of any existing member of the family. The fossil record of the Anonaceae is very incomplete, only the genera Anona Linneaus and Asimina Adanson. being known with certainty. Both of these genera are present in the flora of the Wilcox group of the Mississippi embayment. The genus Guatteria has not, so far as I know T , been heretofore found fossil, except for a doubtful species described by Hollick from the Upper Gretaceous of Marthas Vineyard and Long Island. The genus Uvaria Linnaeus has a Pliocene and three Pleistocene species on the Island of Java, and the genera Melodorum Dunal and Mitre- phora Blume are both represented in the Pleistocene of that island. The genus Anona has from fifteen to twenty fossil species, five of which are also represented by seeds. The oldest is a species described from the Dakota sandstone. There is a second species in the late Cretaceous or Early Eocene of the Rocky Mountain province. The flora of the Wilcox affords a glimpse into the true stage of evolution of Tertiary floras in that expanded belt of the American equatorial region which was the center of radiation of so many recent typesi There were three exceedingly well-marked species of Anona along the Wilcox coast and their leaves are very common at some localities, although no seeds have as yet been discovered. I assume that these Wilcox forms had habits similar to those of the majority of the ex- isting species, exemplified by our Florida Anona glabra Linnaeus, or pond apple, which frequents shallow fresh-water swamps, low shady hammocks, or stream borders near the coast. Other species OCCUr in the low coppice association or on edges of brackish swamps on the Bahamas. The cultivated species, as, for example, the Ameri can Anona reticulata Linnaeus, which is planted in Guam, often GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 29 spreads naturally along the inner beaches, while attempts to intro- duce others of the most highly esteemed American species in the Orient have failed. From its prevalence among the existing species the habit of growing in wet, shaded soils is evidently an old one, and since the Wilcox Anonas are associated with a strand flora the as- sumption that they grew on the inner beaches or the shaded and more swampy edges of lagoons possesses every degree of probability. In the pipe clays of Alum Bay which were contemporaneous with the Wilcox there are two species of Anona, and Engelhardt has de- scribed two species from the Eocene or Oligocene of Chili. The OHgocene record shows a species in France and a second in Saxony. In the Miocene there are two species each in England, Styria, and Croatia, and one each in Bohemia, Colorado, and Transylvania. There is one each in the Pliocene of France and Italy, showing how modern was their extinction in the south of Europe. The genus Asimina has only four or five recorded fossil species. These are all American except for a form from the Pliocene of Italy which has been referred to this genus, although I suspect that it represents . Inona, since Asimina appears to have originated and been confined to the Western Hemisphere. The oldest known species is based on foliage which is found in the basal Eocene of the Rocky Mountains (Denver formation) and of the embayment (Midway Group). There is a single species based on a seed from the basal Wilcox and no other records except a form close to the modern from the late Miocene of New Jersey (Bridgeton sandstone) and the occurrence of the existing Asimmo triloba Dunal in the interglacial beds of the Don valley in Ontario. There are IT existing species of Anon a recorded from Central America, six of which are known from Panama. Hemsley records 11 species of Guatteria from Central America, at least two of which occur in Panama. Occurrence. — Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of Gail- lard Cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman). Gatun formation. Gatun borrow pits (collected by M. I. Goldman). 7 miles northeast of Bejuca near Chame (=Caimito formation) (collected by MacDonald). Family MYRISTICACEAE. Genus MYRISTICOPHYLLUM Geyler. MYRISTICOPHYLLUM PANAMENSE, new species. Plate 13, fig. 8. Description. — Leaves ovate or ovate lanceolate in outline with pointed apex and base, entire, evenly rounded margins, subcoriaceous in texture. Length about 9 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 3.3 cm. Petiole slender, about 8 mm. long. Midrib slender. Secondaries thin, about 8 subopposite ascend- 30 BULLET1X L03, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ing subparallel pairs; they diverge from the midrib at acute angles and are subparallel with the lower lateral margins, eventually camp- todrome. Tertiaries obsolete. This species is unfortunately represented by fragmentary remains inadequate for conclusive identification. The genus Myristica Lin- naeus contains about two score existing species, rather more than half being American tropical forms, now often segregated into several genera. Many are insular and coastal forms, Schimper recording 4 species in the Indomalayan strand flora and several species ranging eastward in the Pacific to the Fiji, Tonga, and Samoan Islands, and their fruits are recorded by both Gaudiehaud and Guppy in the sea drift, although the oriental species are normally distributed by fruit pigeons (Mosley, Hemsley, Guppy). De Candolle ancTMiquel both considered the foliage, especially the venation, as offering the best criteria for differentiation, but in the absence of comparative material and the incomplete character of the Panama fossil it is not possible to apply these criteria. The American Recent species number about 25, and these are mainly South Ameri- can in their distribution, although the sections or genera Virokt A ublet and Compsoneura De Candolle both occur in Central America. The distribution of the Recent species in tropical America, Asia, and Africa is conclusive evidence of a Tertiary history, although this evidence is practically unknown. Geyer 1 described two forms of leal fragments from the Miocene of Labnan (Borneo) and Engelhardt 2 a third from the Tertiary of Ecuador and Chile. The most conclusm evidence of their Tertiary radiation is furnished by the characteristic fruits described recently by the writer 3 and preserved in the wind blown sands of the uppermost Eocene of Texas. Occurrence. — Culebra formation (upper part). East wall of (Jail lard Cut just north of Canal Commission station 1760 (collected by M. 1. Goldman). Order ROSALES. Superfamily LEGUMINOSAE. Genus TAENIOXYLON Felix. TAENIOXYLON MULTIRADIATUM Felix. Plates L4 ;md 15. Taenioatylon multiradiatuni Felix, Die fossilen Holzer Westindlem Sanaml pnlaeont Abh., ger. t, Heft h p. 11, pi. 1. figs. 10, 11 : pi. flg. 10, L883. Transverse section. — In a radial distance of 5 cm. there are n< definite annual of seasonal rin^s. In certain zones the vessels arl 1 Geyler, H. T., I eya Expedition, vol. a, p. 498, pi. 33, figs. 3-0, 1887. •Btlgelhardt, ll.. Ahli. Scm-k. Naturf. Oosollsch., vol. l(i. p. 003, pi. 6, fig. 9; pi. ftg, il\ 1891 : vol. 19, i). 13, pi. 1, 11k. 21, 1895. •Berry. B. \v.. Amer. .I<>nrn. Sci.. scr. 4. vol. 4'J, pp. iMl-24. r », 8gs. 1-0. 1916. GEOLOGY AlsD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 31 1 larger, more generally compound, and closer together, and in other H gones they are more distant, slightly smaller, and prevailingly single. No changes are observable in the other elements and there is no i regular alteration of vessel rich and vessel poor areas nor any change • from so-called summer to spring wood such as characterizes the trees : of the temperate zone. il Vessels single or two. three, or four together in radial rows (an 1 anomalous group of five vessels in juxtaposition is shown in the de- g tailed drawing). Outline of single vessels elliptical, those in groups i flattened on one or both sides by mutual compression; their tangen- t tial diameter ranging from 0.10 mm. to 0.14 mm.; their radial diam- I titer ranging from 0.12 mm. to 0.16 mm., exceptionally large ones up to 0.22 mm.; their walls thick. 0.0067 mm. to 0.01 mm. in thickness, i clearly showing the numerous small pits in section. Vessels fre- 1 bueiitly filled with gum. Vessels usually surrounded by one to three e layers of rounded or more or le.->s compressed thin- walled wood paren- ii chyma, somewhat variable in amount in different parts of the stem i- and tending to form tangential bands. Prosenchyma very abundant, " the elements polygonal, small, somewhat smaller than those of the i. wood parenchyma, and thick walled. Rays very numerous, one or i. two cells wide as seen in transverse sections, flexuous in their courses s since they are bowed out around the large vessels and approach more f or less in the radial intervals between vessels; from 0.10 mm. to a 0.20 mm. apart, averaging nearer the former than the latter figure, e The ray cells toward the ends of the rays which appear to be those ic usually seen in the several sections examined are not elongated radi- l- ally but are nearly isodiametric and about 0.02 mm. in diameter. Radial section. — The radial section shows the close set, fine, trans- 1- versely elongated pits of the vessels which have simple perforations. vlThe wood parenchyma is septate, the cells being about times as long as wide with large simple pits. The rays are of variable height, from 9 to 17 cells. They are seen in radial view to consist of a central series of radially elongated cells with numerous fine simple pits, above and below which is a series of longitudinally elongated cells, beyond which are one or two rows of isodiametric cells which are regularly hexagonal in this view. Tangential section, — The tangential section shows the uniform ( close set fine pitting on all the walls of the vessels, the relative short 2 length and the large simple pits of the adjoining septate wood paren- chyma. The rays are seen to be very numerous, and separated by K tmt few rows of flexuous prosenchyma; they are lenticular in outline pi and of variable height, one or two rays of terminal cells (those which - are hexagonal in outline in the radial view) are single: then come if one to three biseriate rows (those longitudinally elongated in the 32 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. |ndaries thin, five or six pairs, angles of divergence and courses arious, all ultimately camptodrome: lower pair opposite, from the op of petiolule ; they diverge from the midrib at angles of at>out 45 .legrees, curving slightly outward and then ascending, parallel with ;; he respective margins; the one in the narrow side of the lamina \rches along the margin in a brochiodrome manner; the one in the •vide side of the lamina sends off on the outside a series of regularly spaced camptodrome tertiaries. Tertiary venation for the most i >art obsolete. This characteristic species may be compared with Inga densiflora •^entham, 1 Inga edulls Martius. 2 Inga marginata Willdenow, 3 or Inga -pecnosa Spruce 4 and with various other of the larger-leafed species >f Inga in the American Tropics to which region the 212 of its - xisting species of shrubs and trees are confined. It may also be v ompared with a number of tropical American species of Cassia, as, :,! or example, Cassia ruseifolia Jacquin. - About fiften fossil species have been referred to Inga. These -nclude three from the Upper Cretaceous, two European, and one North American. There are also two or three species in the Oligo- : ene of Europe, one in the Pliocene of Bolivia, two in the Tertiary :il »f Ecuador, and one in the Tertiary of Colombia, four well-marked : pecies in the Lower Eocene of the Mississippi embayment (Wilcox jroup) and one in the middle Eocene of that region (Claiborne Troup). The Panama species is not especially close to any of the 'oregoing. It is nearest, however, to Inga lot if oh' a, described by [V £ngelhardt 5 from the Tertiary of Ecuador, differing in its broader %rm and more inequilateral base. " ! Pittier records 14 existing species of Inga, from Panama. 6 Hems- ^ey lists 35 species in his flora of Central America, or which number 8 are recorded from Panama. ir Occurrence. — Lower part of Culebra beds one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge. (Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) U.S.G.S. 6837. Type.— Cat. No. 35311, U.S.N.M. iBentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, p. 617, 1875 (Peru). 2 Martius, Flora, vol. 20, Beibl.. p. 113. 1837 (Brazil). 5 Willdenow, Sp. PI., vol. 4, p. 1015, 1806 (Venezuela). 4 Spruce, in Bentham, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.. vol. 30, p. 620 (Brazil). 5 Engelhardt, EL, Abh. Senck. Naturfor. Gesell., vol. 19, 1895, p. 20, pi. 2, figs. 11, 12. c Pittier, H.. Cont. U. S. Natl. Herb., vol. 18. pt. 5. pp. 218-223. 1916. 34 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family CAESALPINIACEAE. Genus CASSIA Linnaeus. CASSIA CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 16, fig. 1. t Description. — Leaves obviously pinnately compound. Leaflet ovate, slightly inequilateral and falcate, with an obliquely acumi nate, practically equilateral tip, and an acuminate markedly inequi lateral base. Length about 6.25 cm. Maximum width, about mid way between the apex and the base, 2.75 cm.; one side of the laminj 15 mm. wide, the other 12.5 mm. wide. Texture mediumly coriace ous. Petiolule reduced to a thickened proximal part of the midrit extending but 1 mm. below the point of junction of one margin anc about 2.5 mm. below the point of junction of the opposite margin Margins entire, evenly rounded and full. Midrib relatively thin, no prominent, curved. Secondaries thin, numerous, about 10 suboppo site to alternate pairs; they diverge from the midrib at wide angles about 70° in the middle part of the leaflet, are nearly straight regu larly spaced and subparallel in their outward course for two-third of the distance to the margin where the principal ones fork to joi: in rounded arches the similar branches of adjacent secondaries; th secondaries in the apical and basal portions of the leaflet are regu larly camptodrome ; those toward the tip of the leaflet more closel ; spaced. Marginal tertiaries camptodrome, internal tertiaries mostl obsolete. This type in its general form and the character of its base an petiolule indicates that it is a leaflet of a pinnate leguminous lea: Its general appearance suggests comparisons with the gener Sweetia, Myrocarpus, Toluifera, Cassia, and Sophora — the first thrc confined to tropical South America and the last two cosmopolitan i the existing flora. While the evidence is not conclusive, I prefer t consider it more closely allied to Cassia than to the other genei mentioned, particularly as the venation characters are such as I ha^ considered referable to Cassia in my studies of the fossil floras of t\ southern United States. No species related to the Panama form known from the Oligocene of the United States. The modern species of Cassia are very numerous, upwards of 4(] having been described. They comprise herbs, shrubs, and trees rr n T.Mtiiirpflanzon Siid-Amerikas, Abh. Sonek. Naturf. Ge sellsch., vol. 19, p. 14. pi. 2. fijrs. 18, 10, I80r>. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 37 rounded full lower lateral margins and a very wide, somewhat ob- | liquely truncated base. Length about 12 cm. Maximum width, in the lower half of the leaf, about 10 cm. Margins entire, full, and rounded. £ Texture thin but coriaceous. Midrib stout, curved, prominent on the d lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries stout, 10 or 11 irregularly y spaced pairs, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf ; they diverge j from the midrib at wide angles which become more acute in the apical j part of the leaf, those on the narrower side are more ascending and somewhat straighter than those on the wide side, all are conspicu- jj ously camptodrome at some distance from the margin. Tertiaries a thin, mostly percurrent. Areolation of small, isodiametric polygonal 1{ meshes, well marked on the under side of the leaf. This large leaf is unfortunately represented by fragmentary mate- rial from a single locality in the Caimito formation. In some respects its characters suggest a broad Ficus, but it seems clearly ^identical with the species described by Engelhardt 1 in 1895 from m the Tertiary of Ecuador. I have, however, queried the determina- tion because of the broken character of the Panama material. In )X |the illustration I have reconstructed a leaf from a combination of .the Panama material with the more complete specimens figured by Engelhardt from Ecuador. The two largest fragments from jj Panama are indicated on the drawing by tinting. It is unfortunate (5 for purposes of correlation that the present determination can not be conclusive, although in view of other similarities shown between r ; the Oligocene plants of Panama and those from the Tertiary of Ecuador, I am disposed to regard the present determination as tt . fairly satisfactory. ie i The genus Hieronymia comprises about a dozen existing species ? . of shrubs and trees confined to tropical America and rather widely .[ distributed from Mexico to Brazil as well as in the West Indies. Occurrence. — Caimito formation, 7 miles northeast of Bejuca (U.S.G.S. station No. 6840). (Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) Collection. — U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 35314. Order SAPINDALES. Family SAPINDACEAE. Genus SCHMIDELIA Linnaeus. SCHMIDELIA BEJUCENSIS, new species. Plate 17, fig. 4. Description. — Leaf or leaflet elongate elliptic in outline, inequi- lateral. Apex and tip equally and bluntly pointed inequilateral. || Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Length about 11 cm. Maxi- 1 Uber neue Tertiarpflanzen Sud-Amerikas, vol. 19, p. 11. 1895. 38 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 4.5 cm, ^ Width on one side of the midrib 21.5 mm., on opposite side 24 mm. ^ r Petiole missing. Midrib flexuous, stout, and prominent. Secondaries ^ stout, regularly spaced, mostly immersed, about 7 alternate pairs ^ diverge from the midrib at angles of about 50°, curving upward 1 ^ subparallel and camptodrome in the marginal region. Tertiaries mostly obsolete, a few percurrent ones seen. This large and striking leaf is referred to the sapindaceous genus Schmidelia, which comprises about 100 existing species of the equa- torial regions of both hemispheres with unif oliate or palmately com-' ^ pound leaves. About half of the species are American where they are confined to the Antilles, Central, and tropical South America. They are sometimes referred to the genus Allophylus Linnaeus (as by Kadlkofer) and with the exception of this genus all of the mem- bers of the tribe Thouinieae are confined to America. Fossil repre sentatives have been unknown except for the petrified wood from the Oligocene of the island of Antigua which Felix described as Schmideliopsis. 1 Occurrence. — Culebra formation. East wall of Gaillard Cut jusifa north of station 1760 (collected by M. I. Goldman). Caimito formation, 7 miles northeast of Bejuca (U.S.G.S. 6840) m Collected by D. F. MacDonald.) 15 Type.— Cat. No. 35315, U.S.N.M. , pi I lllffif Order THYMELEALES Family LAURACEAE. Genus MESPILODAPHNE Nees. MESPILODAPHNE CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 17, fig. 3. Description. — Leaves lanceolate-falcate in general outline, wit] acuminate apex and base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous Length about 10 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of th leaf, about 2.5 cm. Petiole missing. Midrib stout, curved, prominen on the under surface of the leaf. Secondaries stout, remote, regu larly spaced, nine or ten subopposite to alternate pairs, they diverg from the midrib at angles of about 65 degrees and are conspicuous! camptodrome close to the margins. Tertiaries obscured by the poo preservation of the material. The present species resembles numerous existing and fossil specie of Lauraceae, from all of which, however, it appears distinct. It i similar to Mespilodaphne columbmna Berry of the Upper Claiborn of the Mississippi embayment, but is a stouter, more falcate, shorter and less acuminate form. ill Mlffi idge the n It HUM Eoce by S Felix, J., Die fonsile Holzer Westindiens. p. 16, pL 2, figs. 6, 8. 1883. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 39 a The modern species of Mespilodaphne are numerous, inhabiting i Lfrica and tropical America, and are often united with Oreodaphne i nd Strychnodaphne to form the composite genus Ocotea of Aublet. n ?heir fossil history is almost entirely lost in the multitude of species dhat have been referred to the form genera Laurus and Laurophyl- $um. Mespilodaphne is abundant and varied throughout the Eocene nd Oligocene of the Mississippi embayment area. II Occurrence. — Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of the i-iraillard Cut just north of Canal Zone station 1760. (Collected by n 1. I. Goldman.) J Order MYRTALES. Family MYRTACEAE. Genus CALYPTRANTHES Swartz. 1 CALYPTRANTHES GATUNENSIS, new species. i di Plate 18, fig. 1. Description. — Leaves broadly oblong-elliptic in general outline, widest in the middle and tapering equally in both directions to the bruptly acute apex and base. Margins entire. Texture subcoria- i eous. Length between 7 cm. and 8 cm. Maximum width between .5 cm. and 4 cm. Petiole missing. Midrib stout, somewhat curved, rominent on the lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries thin, very umerous, and close set, often inosculating by forking ; they diverge rom the midrib at angles averaging about 70 degrees, at intervals f 1 mm. to 3 mm., pursue a but slightly curved outwardly ascending ourse and have their ends united by an aerodrome vein on each dge of the lamina parallel with and from 1 nun. to 2 mm. within tie margin. Tertiaries forming open isodiametric polygonal meshes. The present well-marked species closely resembles the only other itkamed fossil form Calyptranthes eocenica Berry from the lower neocene of the Mississippi embayment (Wilcox Group). It may also due compared with the slightly smaller Myrtus rectinervis described L:y Saporta 1 from the Sannoisian of southeastern France. m The genus Calyptranthes, which is exclusively American in the rg&xisting flora, has about seventy species ranging from Mexico and jslfie West Indies to southern Brazil. There is a strong generic like- ness between the leaves of all of the species. Calyptranthes zyzygium )e Candolle may be mentioned, among others, as a form with leaves > lmost exactly like the fossil. There is also a marked family resem- y lance to some of the existing tropical American species of Eugenia, -tfQd more especially Myrcia, Myrcia multiflora De Candolle from >er ie Guianas being very similar to the present species. 1 Saporta, Etudes, vol. 1, p. 251, pi. 11, fig. 5, 1863. 40 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Hemsley records 7 existing species of Calyptranthes from Centra America, two of which occur in Panama. Occurence. — Gatun formation, Gatun Borrow Pits. (Collected d 1 by M. I. Goldman.) Family MELASTOMATACEAE. Genus MELASTOMITES Unger. MELASTOMITES MICONIOIDES, new species. Plate 18, fig. 2. Description. — Leaf oblong-elliptic in outline, of relatively smal size, with an equally and bluntly pointed apex and base. Lengt! about 6 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part, about 2.25 en Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Petiole short and stoui Midrib stout and prominent. Lateral primaries stout, prominenl diverging from the midrib at an acute angle just above the bas and aerodrome. From the disposition of the outwardly directe nervilles from the primaries it is probable that subordinate acre drome primaries constitute an infra marginal vein on each side, bv, these can not be made out. Close-set subparallel nervilles run tram versely between the midrib and the primaries. This species is represented by a small amount of fragmentar material, too poor to permit definite generic determination. It therefore, referred to the form-genus Malastomites proposed by Ui ger for generically undeterminable leaves of the Melastomatacea While the fossil somewhat suggests the leaves of various Lauraceoi genera, such as Cinnamomum, Camphor omaea, Goeppertia, ar Cryptocarya, its characters are clearly those of the Melastomatacea It particularly suggests the genus Tibouchina Aublet, which has u ward of 200 species of shrubs and undershrubs in tropical Americ The family Melastomataceae is a relatively large one, with abo 150 genera and over three thousand species. It is almost strict tropical, although some members range southward to 40° south lal tucle. This great family is typically American, seven of the fifte tribes into which it is divided being confined to tropical Americ and about 2,500 of the existing species being also endemic in tr region. While the geologic history of this vast assemblage of fori is practically unknown, there is no evidence to disprove the theo that it, like the allied families Combretaceae and Myrtaceae, had origin in that most prolific region — the American tropics. The few fossil forms that have been found, including leaves, flo ers, and calices, have been referred to the form-genus Melastomh first proposed by Unger. A doubtfully determined species, whi probably belongs to the Lauraceae, has been recorded from the U GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 41 >er Cretaceous of Westphalia. The only known Eocene species is he well-marked form present in the lower Eocene of the Mississippi mbayment region (Wilcox Group.) Four Oligocene species have »een described from Bohemia, Styria, and Egypt; four Miocene pecies from Switzerland, Prussia, and Croatia; and a Pliocene pecies from Italy. Occurrence. — Culebra formation, upper part. East wall of Gail- ard Cut just north of Canal Zone station 1760. (Collected by M. I. xoldman.) Order EBENALES. Family EBENACEAE. Genus DISOPYROS Linnaeus. DIOSPYROS MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 18, figs. 4-8. jm Description. — Globose berry-like fruits of small size and consider- able consistency, possibly preserved in an unripe state since the flesh s stringy and with a great many tannin cells. The great abundance ir j)f these fruits in the andesitic tuffs makes it seem more probable, [However, that they are mature, particularly as some are greatly flat- tened. The numerous elongated pendulous seeds and the amount of > aK T ascular fibers in the flesh would tend to prevent much compression ol n a certain number of cases. Diameter 12 to 15 mm. Flesh hard, r erv tanniferous, and with numerous fibers. Seeds 8 to 10 in number, oblong, elliptical, compressed, with a hard seed coat. The interior jif the seeds is filled with amorphous silica and fails to show any ^Structure. Seeds about 7.5 mm. long, averaging 3 mm. high and 1 )0l nm. to 2 mm. thick, very unequally developed, one to three usually ^nore or less abortive. Peduncle not preserved, nor do any of the jj ipecimens show the calyx. These seeds are exceedingly abundant and more or less perfectly ilicified, the flesh being dark brown and the seeds white, making rery striking objects. They are clearly referable to Diospyros and Jko far as I know represent the only known petrified fruits of this eQ] £enus. although the persistent calices are not uncommon as impres- ions from the Upper Cretaceous onward. The modern species have Tom 4 to 12 compressed seeds which tend to become less numerous vith the increase in the fleshy part of the fruit, so that possibly these J pore consistent and prevailingly 10-seeded fossil fruits may represent .^n earlier stage in their evolution, although this seems doubtful ince the calyx of a very large fruited form is known from the Upper Eocene of southwestern Texas. 42 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Diospyros is cosmopolitan in the existing flora with about 18« species in the warmer regions of both hemispheres. Mostly Oriental but not uncommon in the southern United States, Antilles, and fror Mexico through tropical South America. Upward of 100 fossil spe cies are known ranging in age from the Upper Cretaceous to th present. Occurrence. — Section near mouth of Tonosi River, in deposits o Eocene age (MacDonald). Type.— Cut No. 35316, U.S.N.M. Order RUBIALES. Family RUBIACEAE. Genus RONDELETIA Plumier. RONDELETI A GOLDMANI, new species. Plate 18, tig. 3. Description. — Leaves lanceolate in outline, somewhat falcate an inequilateral, with an equally acuminate apex and base. Length be tween 12 cm. and 13 cm. Maximum width, midway between the ape and the base, about 3 cm., 13.5 mm. on the concave side and 15.5 mn on the convex side. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Petio short and stout, expanded proximad, about 5 mm. long. Midri curved, stout, and prominent. Secondaries thin, numerous, suboppc site to alternate, rather regularly spaced ; about 15 pairs diverge f roi the midrib at angles of about 45° and ascend in rather flat but regula and subparallel curves and are camptodrome in the marginal regioi Tertiaries obsolete. This well-marked species is referred to the subfamily Cinchonoidea and tribe Rondeletieae and seems to indicate an Oligocene species c RoTuleletia. a genus of shrubs and trees confined to tropical Americ and not heretofore found fossil. Rondeletia has about 70 existing sp cies, a few of which occur in northern South America, but the m$ jority arc confined to the Antilles (45 species) and Central Americ (24 species). 1 The present species may be compared with the exis ing Rondeletia racemosa Swartz of Jamaica, and with other Antilles and Central American forms. More remote comparisons may I made witli certain species of Psychotria, as, for example, Psychotn barbiflora De Candolle of Brazil, and with the genus Tapiria Ju sieu of the Anacardiaceae, a fossil species of which, Tapiria lanca lata, has been described by Engelhardt 2 from the Tertiary of Ecui 1 Brltton record* 85 species from Cuba. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vol. 44, pp. 20-30, 19] 2 Engelbardt, EL, liber neue Tertiiirpflanzen Siid-Arnerikas, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Oesel vol. 19, p. 16, pi. 9, fl*. 4, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 43 dor. Another fossil species somewhat resembling the Panama form is Cinchonidium multinerve described by Ettingshausen 1 from the Tertiary of Priesen, Bohemia. | Named in honor of Dr. Marcus I. Goldman, who collected it while a Fellow at the Johns Hopkins University. Occurrence. — Gatun formation, Gatun Borrow Pits. (Collected by M. I. Goldman.) Genus RUBIACITES Weber. RUBIACITES IXOREOIDES, new .petie*. Plate 18, tigs. 9-12. Description. — Fruit bilocular, indehiscent or tardily dehiscent, igneous, capsular-like. Form a prolate spheroid 2.7 cm. long and 2 ;m. in diameter. The surface roughened by small tuberculations and pits. Walls about 2 mm. thick. Median partition thin. Seeds one n each cell, suspended, elliptical in both transverse and longitudinal actions, compressed along the central partition. Surface striate. in Endosperm not ruminating. One seed is more fully developed than he other. The larger is about 2 cm. long, 1.4 cm. wide and 9 mm. m :hick. m This well marked form is unfortunately represented by but a single o specimen which however shows most of the cavity occupied by the li Fruit, the two contained seeds partially petrified and the lignified wall p aid part of the partition. The accompanying illustrations show the roi external appearance of the fruit (fig. 9) and a side view showing the ill relative development of the two seeds (fig. 10). Figure 12 shows a o: ignified end of the fruit with the median partition and figure 11 s a side view with the smaller seed in front and the larger forming ies he background. So far as I know nothing like it has previously si >een found fossil. >rii i There seems to be no question but that the present fruit represents ;p some Oligocene species of Rubiaceae and it is consequently referred in rO the form-genus Rubiacites proposed by Weber, although probably riiUot congeneric with the previously described fossil species of Rubia- ^rites. The fruits of this large family exhibit considerable variety Deing either capsular, achene-like or drupaceous. Without a much v i larger amount of recent comparative material than is available it is /piot possible to definitely fix the botanical relation of the present Ji ipecies which, however, appears to be referable to the tribe Ixoreae or t he Psych otrieae. The specific name chosen suggests a resemblance : f i io the fruits of Ixora Linnaeus, a genus with over 100 species of J 1 Ettingshausen, C. von, Die Fossile Flora des Tertiar-Beckens von Bilin, Theil 2, p. 208, ■* ■ 36, fig. 5, 1868. 8370°— 18g— Bull. 103 1 44 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shrubs and small trees found in the tropics of both hemispheres bw chiefly Asiatic. Occurrence. — Gatun formation. Gatun Borrow Pits. (Collecte( by M. I. Goldman.) EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 12. Palmoxylon palmacites (Sprengel) Stenzel. Cucuraeha formation. Fig. 1. Showing abundance of fibrovascular bundles and gum cells. X20. Plate 13. Fig. 1. Fi&us culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 2. Guatteria culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Myristicophyllum panamense Berry. Culebra formation. Plate 14. Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. Culebra formation. Fig. 1. Transverse section. X25. 2. Same. X200. Plate 15. Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. Culebra formation. Fig. 1. Radial section. X200. 2. Tangential section. X200. Plate 16. Fig. 1. Cassia culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 2. Inga oligocaenica Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Hieronymia lehmanni Engelhardt (?). Caimito formation. Plate 17. Fig. L Hiraea oligocaenica Berry. Caimito formation. 2. Banisteria praenuntia Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Mespilodaphne culebrensis Berry. Culebra formation. 4. Schmidelia bejucensis Berry. Caimito formation. Plate 18. Fig. 1. Calyptranthes gatun ensis Berry. Gatun formation. 2. Melastomites miconioides Berry. Culebra formation. 3. Rondeletia goldmani Berry. Gatun formation. 4-8. Diosypros viacdonaldi Berry. Eocene (?). 4. Showing abundance of fruits in tuffs. 5, 7, 8. Transverse median sections of fruits. 6. Longitudinal median section of fruit. 9-12. Rubiacitcs ixoreoides Berry. Gatun formation. 9. External appearance. 10. Median longitudinal section showing unequally developed seeds. 11. Side view of seeds. 12. Llgnifled fragment showing end walls and partition. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 12 PALMOXYLON PALMACITES (Sprengel) Stenzel. For explanation of plate see page 44. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 14 Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 16 3 Fossil Dicotyledonous Leaves. For explanation of plate see page 44. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 18 Fossil Leaves, Fruits, and Seeds. For explanation of plate see page 44. IXD EX. Page. Acfosticbum 16. 18, 22, 28 aureum _ 23 \llopbylus 38 Auona . 19, 28, 29 glabra 28 marcgravii 27 reticulata 28 Asimina 28,29 triloba 28, 29 Avicennia 16, 22 Bactris 16 Banisteria 20, 85, 36 billbergiana 36 praenuntia 18, 23, 35, 44 sinemariensis 36 Calyptranthes 21, 89, 40 eocenica 39 gatunensis 18, 23, 39, 44 zyzygium 39 Camphoromaea 40 Cassia 20, 84 culebrensis 18, 22, 34, 44 ruseifolia 33 Chamaedorea i 16 Cichonidium multinerve 43 Cinnamomum 40 Compsoneura 30 Conocarpus 16, 22 Crescentia 16 Cryptocarya 40 IDiospyros 21, 41 macdonaldi 18, 23 41, 44 Endogenites palmacites 24 Eugenia 21 Fascieulites palmacites 24 Ficus 19, 26 culebrensis 18, 22, 26, 44 jynx 27 newtonensis 26 Goeppertia 40 Guatteria _ 19, 20, 27, 29 culebrensis 18, 22, 27, 44 dolichopoda 27 grandiflora 27 ouregon 27 Heteropterys 36 Hippomane 16 Hiraea 20, 35 chrysophylla 35 oligocaenica 18, 23, 35, 44 wilcoxiana 35 Hieronymia 17, 20, 86, 37 lehmanni 18, 23, 36, 44 Inga 20, 82, 33 densiflora 33 edulis 33 Pag*. Inga latifolia 33 oligocaenica 18, 22, 82. 44 Ixora 43 Laguncularia 22 Laurus 39 Laurophyllum 39 Melastomites 40 miconioides 18, 23, 40, 44 Melodorum 28 Mespilodaphne 3S, 39 columbiana 38 culebrensis 18,23,38, 44 Mitrephora 28 Myrcia 21, 39 multiflora 39 Myristica 20, 30 Myristicophyllum 20, 29 panamense__ 18, 22, 29, 44 Myrocarpus 34 Myrtus rectinervis 39 Ocotea 39 Oreodaphne 39 Palmacites dubius 24 tenerum 24 Palmoxylon 17. 24, 25 antiguense 25 aschersoni 25 ceylanicum 25 integrum 25 mississippiensis 25 palmacites 18, 22, 24, 44 stellatum 25 tenerum 25 variabile 25 Palms 16, 18, 23, 24 Paritium 16 Psycbotria barbiflora 42 Rhizophora 16, 22 Rondeletia 21, 42 goldmanni 18, 23, 42, 44 racemosa 42 Rubiacites 21, 43 ixoreoides 18, 23, 43, 44 Schmidelia 20, 37, 3S bejucensis 18, 23, 37, 44 Sophora 34 Sweetia 34 Taenioxylon 17, 20, 30, 32 multiradiatum ___ 18, 22, 30, 44 varians 31 Tapiria lanceolata 42 Tibouchina 40 Toluif era 34 Tritbrinax 16 Venericardia planicosta 17 Virola 30 I SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SMALLER FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN Of the United States Geological Survey Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 45-87, with Plates 19-33 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 THE SMALLEE FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Joseph Augustine Cushmak. Of the United States Geological Survey. INTRODUCTION. The collection of fossil foraminifera included in this report were sent to the writer by the LTnited States Geological Survey. It con- sists almost entirely of material collected by Messrs. D. F. Mac- Donald and T. Wayland Vaughan in 1911, to whom I am indebted for data as to the geological correlation. The names applied to the geologic formations are those used in MacDonald's " Sedimentary formations of the Panama Canal Zone, with special reference to the stratigraphic relations of the fossiliferous beds," which appears in the latter part of this volume. Where former correlation has seemed not to apply to the foraminifera, especially those of three stations, 6033c, 6035, and 6036a, discussion of the data obtained from the foraminifera is given in detail later. The orbitoids and nummulites are both well represented in the collection, but as these require special study in connection with those of the Coastal Plain and of the West Indian region it seems ad- visable to treat them in a separate paper which immediately follows the present one. The following data are given for only the stations from which foraminifera were obtained and which are recorded in this paper. LIST OF MATERIAL. U.S.G.S. station 6009. — Oligocene — Culebra formation (upper part;. From section in Canal cut 600 feet south of Miraflores Locks. Dark, soft, fairly well laminated clay rock. Few foraminifera and rather poorly preserved. 3010. — Oligocene — Culebra formation (lower part). From section — Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge. Dark, well laminated, very soft, carbonaceous clay rocks. Foraminifera in fairly good numbers and a rather varied assort- ment; mostly stained black, except certain of the Miliolidae, which still keep their calcareous tests more or less in their original condition. 45 46 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 6012. — Oligocene — Culebra formation. From section — west side of Gaillard Cut. a. Dark, well laminated soft and very friable carbonaceous shale Few foraminifera — some glauconitic, others well preserved. c. From a lens of sandy limestone 5 feet thick. Few foraminifera — some stained, some glauconitic, rather poor! preserved as to details. d. From lenses of limy sandstone at base of gravel, 3 feet thicl Few foraminifera and these poorly preserved. 6015. — Oligocene — Emperador limestone. From old quarry, one- fourth mile north of west from Empir< Cream-colored, coral limestone. Few foraminifera. 6016. — Oligocene — Emperador limestone. From old quarry, one-third mile north of west of Empire. Few poorly preserved foraminifera. 6019. — Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas. a-f. Oligocene — Culebra formation. a. Grayish, rather nodular, impure limestone. Foraminifera few and poor. I). Dark, well stratified, very friable, tufaceous material. Foraminifera few and poor except Orbitolites, which are larl and fine. c. Grayish, well stratified, very friable, tufaceous sandstone. 1 Few casts of foraminifera and central portions of orbitoids. d. Grayish-green, limy, tufaceous sandstone. Very few foraminifera, poor specimens. e. Thin-bedded, light gray to cream-colored, limy sandstone w;'i some partings of light-colored clay. orbitoids and Orbitolites? only. /. Dark, very friable shales and tuffs. Foraminifera fairly common, some well preserved, others gll- ; conitic. g. Oligocene — Emperador limestone. Light gray to yellowish gray, somewhat sandy limestone. Some orbitoids and Orbitolites? but little else in the way if foraminifera. 6020. — lig o cene — Cu lebra formatio n . Same locality as 6019. a-c. Dark-gray carbonaceous clays, friable shales and tuffs. a. Foraminifera numerous but of few species, mostly glaucon:.c, at least in part. c. A few Orbitolites in the coralliferous layer. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 47 W24. — Section in railway cuts near New Frijoles. a. Oligocene — Culebra formation. Dark, basic, orbitoidal, tufaceous material. Many worn central portions of Orbitoids and a very few other foraminifera poorly preserved. 1025 . — Oligocene — Culebra formation (upper part). About 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge station relocated line Panama Railroad. Contains a number of species of foraminifera but for the most part broken or poorly preserved. $026. — Two miles south of Monte Lirio. Somewhat coarse-grained sandstone. Few poor specimens of foraminifera. . — Section one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio. at big curve on railroad. Miocene — Gatun formation. a. Bluish, fossiliferous argillite. Very few foraminifera. b. Bluish argillite. Few foraminifera, but considerably more than in a. c. Bluish, fossiliferous argillite. Very few poor specimens of Amphistegina. §030 — Railroad cut north side of Big Swamp, one and one-half miles north of Monte Lirio. Miocene — Gatun formation. Bluish gray, argillaceous beds. The only foraminifera consisted of a single specimen of Trilo* culina. '031. — Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun. Miocene — Gatun formation. Conglomerate bed and sandy marl 1 foot above. A few poorly preserved specimens of Quinquelo culina were the only foraminifera. •* '033. — Generalized section of the bluffs exposed along the Panama Railroad, relocated line, about 3,500 feet south of Gatun Railroad Station. Miocene Gatun — formation. c. Dark-colored, marly, fossiliferous clay. Rich in foraminifera, especially in specimens. A fair number of species, well preserved. 035. — Vicinity of Mindi Hill. Miocene — Gatun formation. Gray-green, fine grained sandy shell marl. Very fine-grained material, but with numerous species and speci- mens of foraminifera representing an off-shore assemblage. 036. — Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Miocene — Gatun for- mation. Dark-colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl. 48 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Specimens of foraminifera numerous and well preserved, re] resenting an off- shore assemblage comparable to 6035. 5850. — Near Mount Hope — Pleistocene. Loose shells and marl obtained from ditch through swamp ground about one-fourth mile from present sea beach ai about 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Contains a few foraminifera of common shallow water, tropic species. The geological position of certain material from near the Atlanlj? end of the canal seems from the evidence of the contained foramij- fera to be younger than the position previously assigned to it — til upper Oligocene. By a reference to the table of distribution it w I be noted that the great majority of the species occurring at the st| tions in question; 6533c, 6035, and 6036, do not occur in the m- terial of definitely Oligocene age. In such cases as that of Crist^\ laria rotulata there is a slight difference in the specimens from the! stations and those from the Pacific side, 6010, 6012<2, 6012c, but t| specimens at the latter stations were in small quantity, and the d - ferences could not be made use of, mainly from lack of a sufficiet number of specimens. In the case of Gristellaria vaughani tls \\ seems to be a well-characterized species occurring at several statioij, \ but even in it there are very minor differences. Among the spec 1 j| of Globigerina, the more generalized species such as G. bulloidy j: which has a ver}^ wide geological range, occur more or less constant! )\ throughout the collections, but the strongest evidence comes fr<| 1 the last three species and Orbulina, which are very rarely foully fossil, and then only in the very latest tertiary. These were wl characterized species, the specimens are very clean and complete, al resemble a modern Globigerina ooze of considerable depth. lp ! three species of Pulvinulina also occur nowhere but at these statiol Pulvinulina concentrica is essentially a recent species and nardii is characteristic of modern Globigerina ooze. Sigmoihb terms and S. asperula are also speces of recent Globigerina ooze t moderate depths. On the other hand, the lack of certain things^ also significant. Amphistegina, which occurs more or less regula jr in the other portion of the material, is entirely wanting in the th* Pacific stations, 6033c, 6035, and 6036. Polystomella also does occur. Both the last two genera are very characteristic of coastal plain Oligocene of the United States. It may be argued h ' this case, however, that the stations were originally too far frn shore to have these genera which are more characteristic of shall ft littoral conditions. On the whole, the foraminifera bear out the geological determi }- tions based upon the other groups of organisms. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 49 0S8S 38S09 36209 +++ :+:+::: :+ :+ : :++ :+ : :+ :++++++ :+++ : :++++++ : :+ :+ :++ 9209 : + 5209 »f-209 00209 »02Q9 /6T09 36109 P6T09 36109 Q6I09 »6T09 W 03 9T09 SI09 P2I09 32109 »2I09 0109 ++ + + :+ : + + + :++^ + + + + -S So w *C> SSs 8 "9 f- .2® • II: llBS S i • c n • £ • \> P ■ c i 1 J 3 5 • 1 X - G i- 1 ) j a 1 5 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 51 DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. Family TEXTULARIIDAE. Genus TEXTULARIA Defrance, 1824. TEXTULARIA ABBREVIATA d'Orbigny. Plate 19, fig. 1. Textularia abbreviata d'Orbigny, For am. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 249, pi. 15, figs. 9-12 (7-12). Description. — Test broad and short, somewhat compressed, cham- bers comparatively few in number, broad near the center and taper- ing to the periphery, sutures in these specimens indistinct, aperture an arched slit extending nearly across the test, wall comparatively smooth. Length 0.65 mm., breadth about 1 mm. Cat. No. 324608, U.S.N.M. Specimens from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from the Culebra formation, iark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Apparently the material is rather metamorphosed and more or less glauconitic so that little of the original test is preserved. This is a rather common Tertiary species. TEXTULARIA SAGITTULA Defrance. Plate 19, fig. 2. Textularia sagittula Defrance, Diet. Sci. Nat, vol. 32, 1824, p. 177 ; vol. 53, 1828, p. 344 ; Atlas, Conch., pi. 13, fig. 5. Description. — Test elongate, tapering, much compressed especially it sides, chambers numerous, sutures indistinct, aperture a curved slit occupying about one-half the width of the base of the chamber. Length about 1.5 mm., breadth 1 mm. Cat. No. 324609, U.S.N.M. A few poorly preserved specimens from U.S.G.S. No. 6025, from bhe Culebra formation, foraminiferal marl and coarse sandstone ibout 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge station, relocated line, Panama Railroad. Although this material is more or less glauconitic and poorly pre- served the three specimens, one of which is here figured, are referred vith a reasonable degree of certainty to this species. A single fragmentary specimen from U.S.G.S. No. 6026, from the Culebra formation, coarse, sandy foraminiferal marl about half way >etween Monte Lirio and Bohio Ridge, relocated line, Panama Rail- ;oad, seems also to be this species. 52 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS d'Orbigny. Plate 19, fig. 3. Tc.rtalaria agglutinins d'Orbigny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, " Foraminiferes," p. 136, pi. 1, figs. 17, 18, 32-34. Description— Test elongate, tapering, but slightly compressed lat- erally, chambers high, sutures deep, outline sinuous, end view broadly elliptical, wall composed of rather coarse agglutinated material, aperture a narrow slit a little more than half the width of the base ! of the chamber. Length 1.23 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324610, U.S.N.M. A single specimen here figured seems referable to this species. Ii is from U.S.G.S. No. 6019-/, from the uppermost bed of the Culebrc formation, the lower limestone of the Las Cascadas section, opposite Las Cascadas, Gaillard Cut, Although not so rounded in end vie? as this species usually is in recent specimens, the general characters wall structure, high rotund chambers and lobulated outline seem t» place it here. Description. — Test elongate, cuneate, tapering from the wides part near the apertural end, gradually and evenly to the initial en which is subacute, median line raised thence tapering rapidly towar the periphery which is thin and extends out into a lamella-lit border, chambers numerous, wide and low, sutural lines raised, som< what curved backward: border irregular, wall finely arenaceous aperture indistinct. Length 2 mm., breadth 1.2 mm. Specimen figured from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from lower part of tl. Culebra formation, dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Spec men rather better preserved than most from this station. The er view of this specimen is mainly rhomboidal with the borderii carina extending outward in a thin carina. It is in some ways su gestive of Textulariu carinata but differs in many respects fro that species which is also figured on plate 19, fig. 6. Type-specimen.— Cat. No. 324611, U.S.N.M. TEXTULARIA LAMINATA, new species. Plate 19. fig. 4. TEXTULARIA SUBAGGLUTINANS, new species. Plato 19, fig. 5. Description. — Test subrhomboidal in front view tapering from tl middle toward either end, in end view oblong, sides truncated; cha • bers comparatively few, somewhat inflated, sutures conspicuously c GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 53 pressed, vrall composed of rather coarse arenaceous material, aper- ture extending into the base of the chamber in a narrow rounded opening deeper than wide. Length 1.3 mm., breadth 0.85 mm. This species was fairly common from U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, the Gatun formation, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower cla}\ Gatun section, relocated line Panama Railroad. This species may be distinguished from Textularia agglntinans by the truncated sides, the oblong end view and especially by the deep, narrow aperture. Type specimen.— Cat. Xo. 324612, U.S.N.M. TEXTULARIA CARINATA d'Orbigny. Plate 19. fig. G. Textularia carinata d'Osbigny, Ann. gci. Nat*, vol. 7, 1820. \i. 203, No. 23: Foram Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 247, pi. 14, figs. 32-34. Description. — Test much compressed, rather abruptly tapering oward the initial end, sutures strongly limbate. in well-preserved specimens extending out from the periphery in angular spine-like Drojections. aperture narrow, elongate. Length 1 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324613, U.S.N.M. The only material.of this species is from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, from , /he Gatun formation, a dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl :rom Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. It is very evidently this species and is well preserved. TEXTULARIA PAN'AMENSIS, new species. Plate 20. fig. 1. Description. — Test rhomboid in front view, very much compressed, n end view long and narrow, the faces nearly parallel, sides rounded : •omposed of comparatively few chambers but variable ; long and ow, sutures somewhat depressed, wall rather coarsely arenaceous; iperture indistinct. ' Length 0.85 mm., breadth 0.65 mm. The figured specimen is from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, from the Gatun ! ormation, a dark-colored, fine-grained sandy clay marl from Monkey ■Jill, Mount Hope Station. Specimens were common from U.S.G.S. ^o. 6033c, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower lay, Gatun section, relocated Panama Railroad. This is a rather striking species, with its very flat, broad front lew and very compressed character of the test. \ Type-specimen. —Cat. No. 324614, U.S.N.M. 54 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus CHRYSALIDINA d'Orbigny, 1846. CHRYSALIDINA PULCHELLA, new species. Plate 20, fig. 2. Description. — Test elongate, gently tapering, broadest at the apica end ; in end view triangular ; early chambers triserial, later ones uni serial ; chambers in uniserial portion triangular, the sutures distinct gently curved backward at the angles, outline more or less irregulai apertural face gently convex, with indications of numerous circula apertural openings, wall smooth. Length 0.5 mm., breadth 0.2 mm. This species occurred at U.S.G.S. No. 6036, the Gatun formatior in dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hil Mount Hope Station. The species differs from the only known recent species, Chrysc lidina dimorpha, in the more tapering and elongate test, the greate irregularity of the contour and test in general and its generally lej trim and neat appearance. The specimen figured is well preserve in its general characters, except those of the apertural face, whic are somewhat obscured. Type-specimen.— Cat. No. 324615, U.S.N.M. Genus BO LI VINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BOLIVINA cf. B. PUNCTATA d'Orbigny. Plate 21, fig. 3. Bolivina punctata d'Orbigny, Voyage Am6r. Merid., vol. 5, pt. 5, " Foral niferes," 1839, p. 63, pi. 8, figs. 10-12.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Chi longer, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 417, pi. 52, figs. IS, 19.— Flint, Al Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 292, pi. 38, fig. 1. Description. — Test much elongate, sides nearly parallel, abrupt tapering at the initial end, chambers numerous, usually higher thiil broad, inflated, sutures distinct but slightly depressed; wall fine punctate, occasionally becoming slightly striate. Length 0.60 mm., breadth 0.15 mm. Cat. No. 324616a, b, U.S.NJJ Specimens which seem referable to this species were obtained li U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, Gatun formation, marl from second bed frc^ bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line Panari Railroad and 6035, Gatun formation, from gray green, fine graincl sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill. There is a tendency f? the specimens to take on a semi-striate appearance, an extreme foil both in shape and striation shown in plate 21, figure 3. BOLIVINA AENARIENSIS (Costa). Plate 21, fig. 2. BrizaUna aenartenrts Costa, Atti Acad. Pontnniana, vol. 7, 1856, p. 297 15, fig. 1, A. B. Bolivina aenaricnsis H. B. Brady, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1£ p. 711; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 423, pi. 53 10, 11. 1 i GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 55 Description. — Test much compressed, composed of numerous cham- bers about twice as broad as high, sutures distinct, slightly curved backward, chambers slightly inflated, especially in the center, test bordered by a narrow but distinct carina ; surface smooth except for u several longitudinal raised costae radiating from the initial end which arries also a short spine. Length 0.65 mm., breadth 0.35 mm. Cat. No. 324617a, &, U.S.N.M. A few specimens were obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, Gatun formation, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower lay, Gatun section, relocated line, Panama Railroad. While these specimens are not absolutely typical they undoubtedly belong to this species. Very typical specimens occur at U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun forma- tion, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. I tinel BOLIVINA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady. Plate 21, fig. 4. Bolivina robusta H. B. Brady, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 57 ; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 421, pi. 53, figs. 7-9. Description. — Test compressed, gradually tapering toward the apical end; chambers comparatively few; about twice as broad as ligh; sutures limbate, gently curved backward, often slightly tabu- lated or occasionally showing traces of reticulation on the surface, Mwall otherwise smooth but punctate, not spinose at the apical end. Length 0.45 mm., breadth 0.25 mm. Cat. No. 324618, U.S.N.M. These specimens, an extreme form of which is figured, are many of "%em very close to typical B. robusta which is at best either a variable pecies or one including more than one form. The sutures are usually limbate, as shown in some of Brady's figures, but no apical spine is apparently in any of the specimens in this material. They were from U.S.G.S. No. 6035, Gatun formation, from gray green, ine grained, sandy shell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill. BOLIVINA, species? Plate 21, fig. 1. This specimen is rather ill-defined and cannot be definitely deter- nined from the single example, the sutures are limbate as in Bo- 'ivina robusta Brady, but have apparently no secondary extensions is in that species. The whole specimen seems to be replaced. The specimen is from U.S.G.S. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, -rom dark clav north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Cat. No. 324619, J.S.N.M. 56 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus BIGENERINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BIGENERINA NODOSARIA d'Orbigny. Plato 21, fig. 5. Bigencrina rwdosaria d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826. p. 261, i 11, figs. 9-11. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 1884, p. 369, pi. 44, figs. 14-18. Description. — Test elongate, subcylindrical, early portion consis ing of a few chambers arranged as in Textularia, later ones uniseria' early portion tapering abruptly toward the apical end, wall coarse" 1 arenaceous, sutures rather indistinct, aperture circular and central. Length 2 mm., breadth 0.8 mm. Cat. No. 324620, U.S.N.M. Several specimens in excellent condition were obtained fro, U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, in dark-colored, fine-graine, sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. These specimens, as in the one figured, have but a slight indicate i of the biserial chambers from the exterior, but otherwise seem to 5 typical. At first glance they might be taken for a species t ClavuZina. Genus GAUDRYINA d'Orbigny, 1839. GAUDRYINA FLINTII Cushman. Plate 20, fig. 4. Gaudryina subrotundata Flint (not G. snbrotundata Schwager. 186 Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 287, pi. 33, fig. 3L Gaudryina flintii Cushman, Bull. 71. U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1911, p. f, fig. 102a-c. Description. — Test subconical, early portion rounded conical, tri rial, later portion subcylindrical, biserial chambers of later port: nearly semicircular in transverse section, sutures distinct; wall a naceous ; aperture subcircular, at the base of the inner margin of chamber. Length 1.20 mm., breadth 0.72 mm. Cat. No. 324621. A single specimen which seems to be close to recent specimens f this species was obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of Culebra formation, in dark cla} 7 , north of Pedro Miguel Locks, lie specimen is somewhat glauconitic and certain of the details are m e or less obscured. GAUDRYINA TRIANGULARIS Cushman. Plate 20, fig. 3. Gaudryina triangularis Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1 p. G5, figs. 104a-c. Description. — Test somewhat longer than broad, early portion angular, the faces somewhat concave, triserial ; later portion bise: L GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 57 rounded in transverse section; wall coarsely arenaceous, chambers comparatively few, sutures indistinct, aperture a narrow slit at the base of the inner margin of the last formed chamber. Length 1.7 mm., breadth 1.0 mm. Cat, No. 324622, U.S.N.M. A single specimen which seems to belong to this species was found in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra forma- tion, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. The specimen, like many others from this station, is glauconitic and not well preserved in all its details. nL CLAVULINA PARISIENSIS d'Orbigrny. Plate 20, fig. 5. Genus CLAVULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orbigny. Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1820. p. 268. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 395, pi. 48, figs. 14-18. D-escription. — Test elongate, subcylindrical, early portion conical, later portion gradually increasing in diameter toward the apertural end, chambers comparatively few, those of the uniserial portion cir- cular in cross section, wall coarsely arenaceous, somewhat rough; aperture circular, terminal. Length nearly 2 mm., diameter 0.7 mm. Cat. No. 32-1623, U.S.N.M. A single specimen representing this species was obtained in mate- rial from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Both this and the fol- lowing are common Tertiary species. CLAVULINA COMMUNIS d'Orbigny. Plate 20, fig. 6. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 268; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Yienne, 1846, p. 196, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2. Description. — Test very elongate, subcylindrical, circular in trans- verse section, early portion triserial, later portion uniserial, of rather uniform diameter, sutures more or less indistinct, wall smooth ; aper- ture terminal. Length 2 mm., breadth 0.45 mm. Cat. No. 324621, U.S.N.M. A single specimen of this species occurred with the preceding, U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in the lower part of the Culebra formation. It is fragmentary but probably represents this species. 58 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus VIRGULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. VIRGULINA SQUAMOSA d'Orbigny. Plate 21, fig. 6. Virgulina squamosa d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 267. — Cush- man, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 2, 1911, p. 91, fig. 145a, 6. Description. — Test elongate, tapering gradually to the apical end and again toward the apertural end, chambers comparatively few. inflated, sutures distinct, wall smooth, aperture a comma-like slit at the base of the last formed chamber. Length 0.T mm., breadth 0.25 mm. Cat. No. 324625a, 5, c, U.S.N.M. Specimens of this species occurred in the Gatun formation at the following three stations, U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun Section, relocated line Panama Railroad; U.S.G.S. No. 6035, in gray-green, fine-grained sandy shell marl vicinity of Mindi Hill, and U.S.G.S. No. 6036, ir dark-colored fine-grained, sandy clay marl, at Monkey Hill, Moun Hope Station. At none of these stations were more than a few specimens foun( but all seem referable to this species. Family LAGENIDAE. Genus LAGENA Walker and Boys, 1784. LAGENA STRIATA (d'Orbigny). var. STRUMOSA Reass. Plate 21, fig. 7. iAigena strumosa Reuss, Zeitschr, geol. Ges., 185S, p. 434; Sitz, Aka<. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1S63), p. 328, pi. 4, fig. 49. Lagena striata (d'Orbigny), var. strumosa Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Na, Mus., pt. 3, 1913, p. 20. pi. 7, figs. 7-10. Description. — Test clavate or subglobular, the body portion orm mented with numerous longitudinal raised costae, apical end with single stout spine; neck short and stout, typically with a phialine li and transverse costae. Diameter 0.5 mm. Cat. No. 324626, U.S.N.M. A single specimen of this variety was obtained in material fro: U.S.G.S. No. 6010, from the lower part of the Gatun formation, daij clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. This is the only representatnj of the genus in the whole series of samples examined. The spec men lacks the neck except the base and the tip of the apical spine. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 59 Genus NODOSARIA Lamarck, 1812. NODOSARIA COMMUNIS d'Orbi&ny. Plate 21, fig. 8. Nodosaria (Dcntalina) communis d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 254, No. 35. Nodosaria communis Rettss, Yerst. Bohm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845. p. 28, pi. 12, fig. 21. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Yoy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1884. p. 504, pi. 62, figs. 19-22. Description. — Test elongated, slender, gradually tapering, slightly urved, chambers slightly inflated in the middle, sutures distinct, ightly depressed, somewhat oblique; wall smooth. Length 2 mm.? Cat. No. 324627. A single fragment showing four chambers was obtained in material rom U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, from dark-colored fine- rained, sandy clay marl at Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. The Tagment with its general characters, its smooth surface, slightly lflated chambers and oblique sutures seem to clearly indicate this ecies. NODOSARIA INSECTA Schwager? Plate 21, fig! 9. Nodosaria insecta Schwager, Novara Exped. Geol. Thiel., pt. 2. 1866, p. 224.. pi. 5. figs. 52, 53. Deselection. — Test elongate, gradually tapering from the nearly 3ute slender base to a broad apical end, which is the greatest in iameter of any of the chambers of the test; chambers numerous, iflated, nearly spherical, sutures much depressed; wall smooth, pertures with a slight neck and circular opening. Length 2.3 mm. Cat. No. 324628a, b, U.S.N.M. Specimens were found in the lower part of Culebra formation both b U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks, ad 6012a, from lower dark clay beneath lower conglomerate, one- mrth mile south of Empire Bridge. The specimens are very close to the species described by Schwager 'om the Tertiary of Kar Nicobar. The two forms, megalospheric id microspheric. occur in the Panamanian material, the latter being uch more slender at the initial end than in the megalospheric. 3i [{rflll NODOSARIA RAPHANISTRUM (Linnaeus). i dar i Plate 21, fig. 10. Nautilus raphanistrum Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 710. Xodosaria raphanistrum Reitss, in Geinitz, Grundr. Verstein, 1S45-46, p. 653, pi. 24, fig. 6.— Jones. Parker, and H. B. Brady. Monogr. Pal. Sol-., vol. 19. 1SG6, p. 50, pi. 1, figs. 6-S. 8370°— 18— Bull. 103 5 60 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Description. — Test elongate, subcylindrical, slightly tapering, chambers numerous, distinct, apertural end with a short tapering neck; wall ornamented with longitudinal costae continued clear to the aperture, about 12-15 in number. Length 4 mm. Cat. No. 324629, U.S.N.M. A single specimen of this species figured here was obtained fronr U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. The specimen is not complete at the initial end but the last six chambers including the aperture are very well preserved. NODOSARIA, species? Plate 21, fig. 11. i IHK A fragment consisting of one complete chamber and the adjacent parts of two others was found in the same material, U.S.G.S. No, 6010, as the above but nearly twice the diameter. The costae are also more numerous. Without further material it is unsafe to try to determine the fragment, but the occurrence of another species al : P r - this station should be at least recorded. Cat. No. 624630, U.S.N.M & adth si::.: Genus CRISTELLARIA Lamarck, 1812. CRISTELLARIA ROTULATA (Lamarck). Plate 22. fig. 1. " Cornu Hammonis seu Nautili " Plancus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 13, pi. 1 fig. III. Lentimlites rotitlata Lam vtu k. Ann. Mus.. vol. 5, 1804. p. 188, No. 3; vol. t 1800. pi. 62, fig. 11. Cristellaria rotulata d'Okbigny, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 1. vol. 4, 1844 p. 26, pi. 2, figs. 16-18.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoologj vol. 9, 1884, p. 547, pi. 69, figs. 13a, b. Description. — Test comparatively large, biconvex, close coile throughout, chambers variable in number in the coil, sutures distinct periphery not tabulated, usually not keeled; previous apertures oj the test usually visible as is often the preceding coil at least in part wall smooth. Diameter up to 2 mm. Cat. Nos. 324631a, ft, c, d, e, U.S.N.M. This seems to be the commonest species in the Panamanian materia I It differs slightly in form in the various stations but all may t| | grouped under this species. It occurred in two groups of statior as noted in the chart of distribution. They are as follows: Low* part of the Culebra formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in dark cla. north of Pedro Miguel Locks; No. 6012a, in lower dark clay beneat lower conglomerate, one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridg Gatun formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, in marl from second be At GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 61 rom bottom just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line anama Kailroad: No. 6035, in gray green, fine-grained, sandy shell iarl, vicinity of Mindi Hill: and No. 6036 in dark-colored, fine- rained, sandy clay marl of Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. CRISTELLARIA ITALICA (Def ranee). Saracenaria italica Defrance, Diet Sei. Nat., vol. 82, 1824, p. 177; vol. 47, 1827, p. 344 ; Atlas- Conch., pi 13, fig. 6. Cristcllaria (Saracenaria) italica d'Obbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293, No. 26; Modeled Nps: 19 and S5. Cristcllaria italica Parked. Jones, and H. B. Brady, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, pp. 21, 32, pi. 1, figs. 11, 42. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Yoy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884. p. 544. pi. 68, figs. 17, 18, 20-23. Description. — Test with the early portion close coiled, later por- eD on more or less uncoiled, chambers numerous, those of the hast- ened portion being triangular in cross section, periphery keeled, nd the apertural face broad and flattened, the sides angled and ex- ( tj ;nding on either side to the keel in flat faces, sutures but slightly l&pressed, wall smooth ; apertures peripheral, radiate, usually with no \ eck. Diameter 0.75 mm. Cat. No. 324632, U.S.N.M. Two specimens are evidently of this species in a young stage, the ncoiling not yet having proceeded to a great degree. They are from \S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, in dark-colored, fine-grained, mdy clay marl from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. CRISTELLARIA PROTUBERANS, new species. Plate 22, fig. 2. Description. — Test compressed, close coiled, biconvex, seven cham- ps in each coil, each much inflated in its central portion, space be- veen much compressed, flattened, periphery sharply and broadly >eled; aperture peripheral, radiate. Diameter 0.80-1.20 mm. Three specimens of this species occurred at U.S.G.S. No. 6010, >wer part of Culebra formation, in dark clay north of Pedro Miguel ocks. It is in some respects similar to species found in the Western acific, especially in comparatively deep water off the Philippines. Type-specimen,— Cat. No. 324633, U.S.N.M. CRISTELLARIA VAUGHANI, new species. Plate 22, fig. 3. Description. — Test much compressed, with a slight tendency to un- >iling in the last-formed chambers, periphery slightly keeled, not bulated, rounded, about nine chambers in the last-formed whorl. 62 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sutures slightly curved backward, extending in to the umbilicus s( that only the last-formed coil is visible from the exterior, surfac< smooth except for lines of beads along the sutures extending fron the umbilicus to the periphery; apertural face truncated or eve] slightly concave, aperture radiate, peripheral, with a short cylin drical neck. Diameter 0.75 mm. The type-sections of this species are from U.S.G.S. No. 603f Gatun formation, in gray green, fine-grained, sandy shell marl fror the vicinity of Mindi Hill. It also occurred at 6036, Gatun forma tion, in dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl from Monke Hill, Mount Hope Station ; No. 6019/, upper part of Culebra f ornu tion, fourth limy bed from bottom, section opposite Las Cascada Gaillard Cut; and No. 6010, lower part of Culebra formation, i dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. This species is somewhat suggestive of some forms < f O. wetherelq but has no longitudinal ribbing. It is perhaps nearest to C. gemma* described by Brady from the Philippines and South Sea Islands, bi lacks the typical papillate surface common in that species. The species is named for Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, whose colle tions in the Canal Zone have added much to the available foramk fera from this region. Type-specimens.— -Cat. No. 324634, U.S.N.M. Genus UVIGERINA d'Orbigny, 1826. UVIGERINA CANARIENSIS d'Orbigny. Plate 22. fig. 5. "Testae pineiforuie minusculae " Soidani, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 17 p. 18, pi. 4. figs. E, F, G, H. Vvigerina nodosa, var. B d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 260, Nc Vvigerina canariensis d'Okbigny, Foram. Canaries, 1839. p. 138, pi. 1, f 25-27. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1881, p. * pl. 74, figs. 1-3. /description. — Test elongate, chambers numerous, spirally arrang triserial. inflated, separated by distinct sutures; wall smooth exalt for the early chambers which may show traces of spines or longituf- nal striae; apertural end usually with a tubular nook and ofteife phialine lip. Length 0.75 mm., diameter 0.35 mm. Cat. No. 324635, U.S.N.iV The only typical material of this species is from U.S.G.S. No. 6C Gatun formation, in gray-green, fine-grained sandy shell marl It the vicinitv of Mindi Hill. ft* GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 63 UVIGERINA CANARIENSIS d'Orbigny, variety. Plate 22, fig. 6 Em I A larger and much stouter, entirely smooth variety as shown in the above figure was found in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of Culebra formation, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Cat. No. 324636. U.S.N.M. UVIGERINA PYGMAEA d'Orbigny. Plate 22, fig. 4. null nke| " Polymorph a Pineiformia " Soldani, Testaceographia, vol. 1. pt. 2, 1791, pi. 130, figs, s*, tt. I'riaerina pigmea d'Orbigny. Ami. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826. p. 269, pi. 12, figs. S, 9 ; Mooeles, 1826, No. 67. Uvigerina pygmaea d'Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Yieime, 1846, p. 190, pi. 11, figs. 25, 26.— II. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 575, pi. 74, figs. 11-14. Description. — Test subcylindrical, triserially spiral, chambers nu- merous, inflated, sutures deep; wall ornamented by numerous longi- udinal costae, those of each chamber usually independent of those Kf adjacent chambers; aperture with a short cylindrical neck and phialine lip. Leugth 0.75 mm:, breadth 0.32 mm. Cat. No. 324637^, b, c, LT.S.N.M. Specimens referable to this species occurred in the Culebra forma- tion at U.S.G.S. No. 6012a, in lower dark clay beneath lower con- glomerate, one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge, Gaillard Cut, md No. 6012& 7 in clay and sandstone just below conglomerate at Dase of green clay one-half to three- fourths of a mile north of Con- ractors Hill, Gaillard Cut. Specimens of a slightly different character were abundant at No. 3035, Gatun formation, in gra^y-green, fine-grained sandy shell marl, fjlricinity of Mindi Hill. igito UVIGERINA TENUISTRIATA Reuss. Plate 22, fig. Uvigerina striata Reuss. Sitz. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52, 1870, p. 485. — von Schlicht, Foram. Pietzputil, 1870, pi. 22, figs. 34-36. — H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 574, pi. 74, figs. 4-7. Description. — Test subcylindrical, chambers spirally arranged, tri- vial at least in the early portion, later portion sometimes biserial md more slender ; chambers inflated, sutures deep, walls ornamented y numerous longitudinal costae. except the last chambers, which tend :o become smooth or nearly so; aperture with a short tubular neck md often a phialine lip. 64 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Length 0.85 mm., breadth 0.30 mm. Cat. No. 324638, U.S.N.M. Specimens referred to this species were very common in mater from U.S.G.S. No. 6036, Gatun formation, in dark-colored, hi grained sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Static Many of the specimens become almost uniserial in the last-form portion. Genus SIPHOGENERINA Schlumberger, 1883. SIPHOGENERINA RAPHANUS (Parker and Jones) var. TRANSVERSUS, new variety Plate 22, fig. 8. Description, — Test subcylindrical, composed of comparatively iW' chambers, the earlier ones spirally arranged, later and greater p| tion of the test uniserial, sutures very prominently indented, i- tween the longitudinal costae, aperture with a short cylindrical net Length, 1.25 mm.; diameter, 0.54 mm. Cat. No. 324646, U.S.N 1 This variety differs from the typical form in the much grnur prominence of the transverse depressions marking the sutures. oo| sionally as in the figure suggesting the depressions of S. dimorpk The specimens were frequent in material from U.S.G.S. No. 6(0, lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay, north of Pe *o Miguel Locks. Family GLOBIGERINIDAE. Genus GLOBIGERINA d'Orbigny, 1826. GLOBIGERINA BULLOIDES d'Orbigny. Globif/erina bulloides d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Xar., vol. 7, 1826, p. 277, N(|L Modeles, No. 17, and No. 7(>; in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot. ] Nat. Isles Canaries, 1839. pt. 2, Foraminiferes, p. 132, pi. 2, figs 28— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 0. 1SS4, p pi. 77 ; pi. 79, figs. 3-7. in Description. — Test subglobose, spiral, visible portion compose( but few chambers from below, usually three to five, all visible f the dorsal side, sutures deep, chambers inflated, umbilicate bel surface reticulate: aperture single, from cadi chamber, of good opening into the central umbilical cavity on the ventral side. Diameter, 0.60 mm. Cat. Nos. 324639^-45. Specimens referable to this widely distributed .-pecies were ft) tained from the following stations: In the Culebra format n U.S.G.S. No. 6009, from black clays and sandy beds at lower id of Pedro Miguel Locks; 6010 in dark clay, north of Pedro Mi lei Locks; 6019/, in fourth limy bed from bottom, Las Cascadas §c- tion, Gaillard Cut. In the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. No. 60lj GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 65 I. in argillaceous and sandy indurated marl, one-fourth to one-half rimile north of Camp Cotton on relocated line, Panama Railroad: im6033(? in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, itiokjatun Section relocated line, Panama Railroad; 6035, in gray green, refine grained, sandy shell marl, near Mindi Hill; and 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. The specimens from the last three stations are very well preserved and in fact might almost be recent material, while those of the other stations were fragmentary, often glauconitic. G. bulloides, var. triloba Reuss was occasional in the last three stations where the fjgenus was really very common. oc Description. — Test composed of numerous inflated chambers usu- ally arranged in a spiral test with about three volutions, the last- formed one with four chambers, dorsal side of test nearly flat, ventral side extended, especially in the last-formed whorl; ventrally umfoili- cate; surface finely reticulate; aperture large, opening toward the umbilicus. Diameter, 0.75 mm. Cat. Nob. 324647, 8, 9, U.S.N.M. Specimens occurred at U.S.G.S. No. 6010, lower part of the Cule- bra formation, in dark clay north of Pedro Miguel Locks; and in the Gatun formation at the last two of the stations already referred Hto, namely, 6035 and 6036. GLOBIGERINA INFLATA d'Orbigny. Globigerina inflata d'Orbigny, in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Isles Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, 1839, Foraminiteres, p. 134, pi. 2, figs. 7-9. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy, Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 601, pi. 79. figs. 8-10. GLOBIGERINA DUBIA Egger. GloUgerina dubia Egger, Neues Jahrb. fur Min„ 1857. p. 281. pi. 9. tigs. 7-9.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1SS4, p. .195, pi. 79, figs. na-c. Description. — Test composed of numerous inflated chambers ar- ranged in a naut'iloid spiral all visible from above, the last coil only, consisting of 5 to 6 chambers, visible from below, ventral side with a central umbilicus, surface reticulate; apertures opening into the .[ central umbilical cavity. Diameter 0.75 mm. Cat. Nos. 324650-54. Mi At the following stations specimens referable to this species were found: Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6010, in dark clay, north 6fl|of Pedro Miguel Locks; 6025, in dark, hard, sandy clay about 200 66 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge Station, r located line, Panama Railroad. Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. N 6033c, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower cla Gatun Section, relocated line, Panama Railroad ; 6035, in gray gree fine grained, sandy shell marl near Mindi Hill and 6036 in dai colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, Monkey Hill, Mount Ho; Station. As in the case of the preceding species the specimens from t last three stations were very finely preserved while those of others were glauconitic. GLOBIGERINA CONGLOBATA H. B. Brady. Olobigcrina conglobota H. B. Brady, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 18 p. 72; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1884, p. 603, pi. 80, fi 1-5; pi. 82, fig. 5. is ii limit' h m hi be rcticu Description. — Test subglobular, early chambers arranged in a CO] pact spiral, the last three chambers in the complete adult test fori ing nearly the whole of the visible portion of the test, wall coarse reticulate; main aperture at the inner margin of the chamber wi several rounded secondary apertures along the margins of t)\ chamber where it is attached to adjacent ones. Diameter up to 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324655-6. Specimens of G. conglobota were found in small numbers in t Gatun formation at stations 6035 and 6036. They were typical hi perhaps hardly as well developed as in some Recent material. . occurrence here is rather interesting as it is almost unknown in t fossil condition. GLOBIGERINA SACCULIFERA H. B. Brady. Globigerina helicina Carpenter (not G. helicina d'Orbigny). Intr. Fora 1862, pi. 12, fig. 11. Globigerina saccnlifera H. B. Brady, Geol. Mag., Dec. 2. vol. 4, 1877 p. 535; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 73; Rep. Voy. ChallenM Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 604, pi. 80, figs. 11-17 ; pi. 82, fig. 4. Description. — Test composed of numerous chambers, in its eak stages very similar to G. bulloides but later developing a more oblcg form, the chambers extended, somewhat compressed and with - cessory apertural openings, the final chamber often flattened M irregularly formed toward the outer end; wall strongly reticulad in all but the final chamber which is much smoother than the othej; aperture large, arched, with other accessory openings in the chain! of adult specimens. Diameter up to 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324657-8, U.S.N.M. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 67 rt Specimens were not uncommon in material from the Gatun forma- tion at stations 6035 and 6036. As in the case of G. conglobata the ^specimens were hardly as well developed as they are in recent speci- mens, but nevertheless had the characteristic marks of the species. •' As in G. conglobata the records of this species are almost entirely ^limited to Recent material, its occurrence as a fossil being practically unknown. GLOBIGERINA AEQUILATERALIS H. B. Brady. Cassidulina globulvsa (part) Egger, Nones Jahrb. fur Min., 1857, p. 296, pi. 11, fig-. 4. Globigcrina aequilateralis H. B. Beady, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19. 1S79, p. 71 ; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 605, pi. 80, figs. 18-21. Description. — Test composed of numerous inflated chambers, ar- ranged in a planospiral manner, at least the last formed coil, cham- bers increasing rapidly in size as added, usually 5 to 6 in the last formed volution; sutures depressed, periphery lobulated; surface retieulate; aperture large, at the base of the inner margin of the chamber. Diameter up to 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324659-61, U.S.N.M. In the material from the Gatun formation at three stations, Nos. 6033r?, 6035, 6036, this species was not uncommon. The only char- acter in which there seems to be a difference from the Recent material is in the early chambers which occasionally show at one side as a flat spiral while the later chambers are bilateral. The species is not a common one as a fossil. Genus ORBULINA d'Orbigny, 1839. ORBULINA UNIVERSA d'Orbigny. Orbulina universa d'Orbigny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Foraminiferes, p. 3, pi. 1. fig. 1.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Chal- lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 60S. pi. 78; pi. 81. figs. 8-26; pi. 82, figs. 1-3. Description. — Test in adult form typically consisting of a single, spherical visible chamber, which may or may not have contained within the early Globigerine stages ; wall strongly reticulate, a single large circular aperture and smaller openings at the base of each ^reticulation. ot jiej Diameter up to 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324662-3, U.S.N.M. ^ Specimens were not uncommon in the Gatun formation at the three stations, Nos. 6033c, 6035, and 6036. Occasional specimens show the double form as figured by Brady. The specimens other- wise are like the common run of Recent material. 68 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Family ROTALIIDAE. Genus DISCORBIS Lamarck, 1804. DISCORBIS OBTUSA (d'Orbigny) . Plate 23, figs. la-c. Rosa-Una obtusa d'Oebigny, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Yienne, 1846, p. 17f pi. 11, figs. 4-6. Discorbina obtusa H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 188- p. 644, pi. 91, figs. Qa-c. Discorbis obtusa Cushman, Bull. 71. U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 5, 1915, p figs. ~\2a-c. Description. — Test biconvex, dorsal side more so than the venfcdj side, peripheral margin rounded; chambers comparatively few, aboi five in the last formed whorl; sutures curved, depressed; wall pe forate; aperture an elongate narrow slit extending from the un bilicus nearly to the periphery. Diameter 0.60 mm. Cat. No. 324664, U.S.N.M. The only station from which this species was obtained is U.S.G.; No. 5850, from Pleistocene marl near Mount Hope, a quarter mi from the present sea beach and 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Genus TRUNCATULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. TRUNCATULINA AMERICANA, new species. Plate 23. figs. 2a-c. Description. — Test nearly plano-convex : ventral side strong convex, periphery keeled, dorsal side nearly flat ; chambers numeroi up to nine in the last formed coil; sutures curved, prominent, slight limbate. umbilicate below ; surface smooth, aperture nearly \ ripheral. Diameter 0.65 mm. Type-specimen. — (Cat. No. 324665, U.S.N.M.) from the upjfl part of the Culebra formation, at U.S.G.S. No. 6019/, fourth liif bed from bottom, Las Cascades section, Gaillard Cut. TRUNCATULINA PYGMEA Hantken. Plate 23, figs. 3a-c. TruncatuUna pygmea Hantken, Mitth. Jahrb. uug. geol. Abstalt., voM, 1875, p. 78, pi. 10, fig. 8. TruncatuUna pygmaea H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, voH 1884, p. 666, pi. 95, figs. 9, 10. Di GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 69 Description. — Test nearly equally biconvex, peripheral margin )luntly rounded; chambers numerous, the sutures oblique, distinct. )ften limbate ; aperture a narrow slit extending from near the periph- ery nearly to the umbilicus. Diameter 0.65 mm. Cat. Xo. 324666-7, U.S.N.M. The only station at which this species occurred is in the upper part | i)f the Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6019cZ, upper part of second lard, limy, sandstone bed, Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. It rather larger than the usual run of T. pygmaeo but is evidently ;his species. Specimens from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6036, while laving fewer chambers and somewhat larger size are questionably -eferred here. One specimen is figured on plate 24, figure 2. TRUNCATULINA UNGERIANA (d'Orbigny). Plate 24, fig. 1. Rotalina ungeriana d'Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Rass. Tert. Vienne, 184(3, p . 157. pi. 8. figs. 1G-18. Planorbulina ungeriana H. B. Brady, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 469. pi. 48. fig. 12. TrunratuUna ungeriana Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1865. p. 161.— H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9. 1S84. p. 664, pi. 94, figs. 9a-d. Description. — Test biconvex, dorsal side less convex than the ven- tral: peripheral margin subacute, slightly carinate, chambers numer- ous, 10 to 12 in the last formed whorl, sutures distinct, slightly lim- ?tbate on the dorsal side; aperture a narrow arched opening running oiventrally from the peripheral margin. * Diameter 0.50 mm. Cat. Nos. 324668-9, U.S.N.M. Specimens referable to this species but not entirely typical were obtained in material from lower part of the Culebra formation, as follows: U.S.G.S. No. 6009, from black clays and sandy beds at lower pfend of Pedro Miguel Locks; and 6012a, from lower dark clay be- dneath lower conglomerate, one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge, west side Gaillard Cut, below Culebra. TRUNCATULINA WUELLERSTORFI (Schwager). Plate 24, fig. 3. Anomalma ivuellerstorfi Schwager, Novum Exped., gepl. Thoil., vol. l', 1866, p. 258, pi. 7, figs. 105, 107. Truncatulina wuellerstorfi H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol, 9, 1884, p. 662, pi. 93, figs. 8, 9. Description. — Test plano-convex, dorsal side nearly flat, ventral side slightly convex; chambers numerous, elongate, curved; sutures 70 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. strongly curved, somewhat limbate, periphery bluntly rounded, slightly lobulated, especially near the apertural end of the last formed coil; wall coarsely punctate; aperture peripheral, a short curved opening. Diameter of larger specimens slightly more than 1 mm. Numerous very typical specimens of this species occurred in mate- rial from the lower part of the Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 0010, from dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks. Less typical specimens occurred in the upper part of the Culebra formation at U.S.G.S. 6012c?, from clay and sandstone just below conglomerate at base of green clay, west side of Gaillard Cut, below Culebra ; and 6019/, from fourth limy bed from bottom. Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. Cat, Nos. 324670-2, U.S.N.M. TRUNCATULINA CULEBRENSIS, new species. Plate 24, figs. 4a, b. Description. — Test biconvex, much compressed, peripheral margir rounded ; chambers numerous, as many as thirteen in the last f ormec coil, long and narrow, gently curved, sutures broad, limbate, smooth the areas between very coarsely punctate; apertural face of chambe: somewhat depressed, flattened, the carinate borders extending ou beyond at either side; aperture a narrow slit situated at the base o the chamber on the periphery. Diameter up to 1.5 mm. The only occurrence of this species was in the upper part of th< Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6012c, from top part of limy sand stone below upper conglomerate near foot of stairs, west side Gail lard Cut. This, a large and striking species, in some of its characters sug gesting T. wuellerstorfi but, as will be seen by a comparison of th figures of the two, really very different. Type-specimen.— Cat. No. 324673, U.S.N.M. Genus PULVINULINA Parker and Jones, 1862. PULVINULINA SAGRA (d'Orbigny). Plate 24, figs. 6er, b. Rotalina sagra d'Ohbiony. in De In Sngrn, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 183 Foraminiferes, p. 77, pi. 5, tigs. 13-15. Description. — Test ovate, biconvex, the ventral side more convc than the dorsal, peripheral margin subacute, carinate; chambers con paratively few in number increasing rapidly in size in the last forme GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 71 >nes, the last formed chamber on the ventral side making up a large bart of the area of the test, sutures distinct, curved, slightly de- Dressed, more so on the ventral side ; wall smooth except for the usual ine punctations; aperture ventral near the umbilicus. Length 0.60 mm., breadth 0.40 mm. Cat. No. 324674. The only record for this species from Panama is from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6035. in gray green, fine grained, sandy hell marl, near Mindi Hill. This species, described by d'Orbigny :rom Cuba, seems to be a common species in the American Miocene. PULVINULINA CONCENTRTCA Parker and Jones. Plate 25, fig. 1. Pulvinulina concentrica (Parker and Jones, MS.) H. B. Brady, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1S64. p. 470. pi. 48, fig. 14.— H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 686, pi. 105, figs. la-c. Description. — Test biconvex, oval; peripheral margin rounded; chambers comparatively few, usually seven in the last formed coil, sutures covered by clear shell material joining with the carinal border : xnd often covering a large portion of the test, both above and below, especially toward the center; wall smooth, finely punctate; aperture °f i narrow slit on the peripheral portion of the ventral side. Diameter 1.2 mm. Cat. No. 324675, U.S.N.M. The only specimen of this species is from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl near Mindi Hill. The specimen as will be seen from the figure is very typical. PULVINULINA MENARDII (d'Orbigny). Plate 25, figs. 2, 3. Rotalia menardii d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7. 1826, p. 273, No. 26; Modules, No. 10. Pulvinulina menardii Owen, Journ. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.). vol. 9, 1867, p. 148, pi. 5, fig. 6. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenaer, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 690, pi. 103, figs. 1, 2. Description. — Test plano-convex, ventral side convex, dorsal side nearly flat; compressed, umbilicate; peripheral margin thin, slightly lobulated, carinate; chambers five or six in the last formed coil; sutures distinct, limbate and broad on the dorsal side, curved, on the ventral side more depressed, not limbate, nearly straight; wall smooth, finely punctate: aperture extending peripherally from the imbilicus, usually with an overhanging lip. Diameter up to 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324676-8, U.S.N.M. Specimens apparently belonging to this species so widely dis- tributed in the present oceans were obtained in the Gatun formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6035 in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell marl, 72 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. vicinity of Mindi Hill ; and 6036 in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl from Monkey Hill, near Mount Hope Station. A figure of one of these is shown in plate 25, figure 3. From 603SV, Gatun formation, in marl from second bed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line of the Panama Railroad, are even more typical specimens, one of which is here figured on plate 25, figure 2. Genus SIPHONINA Reuss, 1849. SIPHONINA RETICULATA (Czjzek). Plate 24, fig. 5. Rotalina reticulata Czjzek, Haidinger's Nat. Abh., vol. 2, 1848, p. 145 pi. 13, figs. 7-9. Siphonina reticulata Brown, Lethaea Geognostica, ed. 3, vol. 3, 1853-56 p. 227, pi. 35 (?), figs. 23a-c— Cushman, Bull. 71, U. S. Nat. Mus. pt. 5, 1915, p. 43, fig. 48 ; pi. 16, fig. 4 ; pi. 28, fig. 3. Truncatulina reticulata H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. Challenger. Zoology, vol. 9 1884, p. 669, pi. 96, figs. 5-8. Description. — Test biconvex, ventral side slightly more so thai the dorsal, peripheral margin acute, carinate; chambers numerou rather indistinct, sutures slightly depressed, curved; wall rathe coarsely perforate; aperture peripheral with a short, broad neck arf somewhat flaring phialine lip. Diameter 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324679, U.S.N.M. The only station at which this species occurred is in the Gatu: formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sand; clay marl of Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Although the specimen is not perfectly preserved the tubuli of th peripheral margin are lacking as is the case in some large recer specimens. Family NUMMULITIDAE. Genus NONIONINA d'Orbigny, 1826. NONIONINA DEPRESSULA (Walker and Jacob). Plate 25. figs. 5a, b. Nautilus depressulus Walker and Jacob, Adam's Essays, Kanmachei ed., 1798, p. 641, pi. 14, fig. 33. Nonionina deprcxftula Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 1859, pp. 339, 341 — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, v<| 9, 1884. p. 725, pL 109, figs. 6, 7.— Bagg, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 5!) 1912, p. 88, pi. 26, figs. 16a- c; pi. 28, figs. 7, 8. Description. — Test more or less rounded in side view, slight f elongate, about ten chambers in the last formed coil, apertural vie narrow, periphery broadly rounded, sides nearly parallel, about t\ and a half times as high as broad, umbilicus slightly depress* 011 per; m D: h i h ii ■ GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 73 sually filled with secondary shell material and a slight extension eripherally along the sutures which are slightly depressed; aper- iire a narrow curved slit. Diameter 0.60 mm. Cat. Nos. 324680-1, U.S.N.M. Distribution. — Specimens of this species occurred in the Gatun ormation at U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, in marl from second bed from ottom, just below lower clay, Gatun Section, relocated line of the } anama Railroad ; and 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell larl, vicinity of Mindi Hill. The specimens are rather typical, per- aps varying in the direction of increased length from most recent pecimens. NONIONINA SCAPHA (Fitchel and Moll). Plate 25, figs. 6a, b. Nautilus scapha Fichtel and Moll, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 105, pi. 19, figs. Nonionina scapha Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5. 1860, p. 102, No. 4— H. B. Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. 1, 1865, p. 106, pi. 12, figs. 10a, b. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Vpy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 730, pi. 109, figs. 14, 15, and 16. — H. B. Brady, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. 12, 1888, p. 230, pi. 43. fig. 20— Woodward aud Thomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 48, pi. E, figs. 35, 36.— Egger, Abh. kon. Bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen. CI. II, vol. 18, 1893, p. 424, pi. 19, figs. 43, 44.— Goes, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 104, pi. 17, fig. 830.— Morton, Proe. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 121, pi. 1, fig. 23— Flint, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 337, pi. 80, fig. 1. — Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci. 1st. Bologna, ser. 6, vol. 1, 1904, p. 12. pi. 3, fig. 4 ; pi. 13, fig. 5.— Millett, .Tourn. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1904. p. 601.— Bagg. Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34. 1908, p. 164.— Side- bottom, Mem. and Proe. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc, vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 13; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29, pi. 3, fig. 13.— Bagg, Bull. II. S. Geol. Surv. No. 513, 1912, p. 88, pi. 27, figs. 1-3. Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) scapha Parker and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865. p. 404, pi. 14, figs. 37, 38; pi. 17, figs. 55, 56. Description. — Test in side view longer than wide, about ten drain- ers in the last formed coil, rapidly increasing in length as added, utures evenly curved, slightly depressed, periphery broadly rounded, a apertural view the face of the last formed chamber making up a irge part of the visible surface, wall smooth, finely punctate, some- iscimjvhat umbilicatc ; aperture an arched slit at the base of the chamber. Length 0.60 mm. Cat. No. 324682, U.S.N.M. Specimens of this species were collected in the Gatun formation t a single station, U.S.G.S. No. 6033c, in marl from second bed rom bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line of j. jj| he Panama Railroad, ''"•it ^ e s P e cimen figured in apertural view was placed to show the {1j perture rather than the full size of the apertural face which is really ft 74 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. larger than appears in this view, the earlier portion of the coil being narrow. NONIONINA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 26, figs, la, b. Description. — Test in side view subcircular, last formed chamber composed of about nine chambers, in front view bilaterally sym- metrical, rapidly increasing in breadth as chambers are added, aper- tural face of chamber broadly rounded, early portion slightly keeled; sutures rather strongty curved, slightly limbate, slightly depressed; w all smooth, distinctly punctate; aperture a narrow curved slit at the base of the apertural face of the chamber. Diameter 0.65 mm. Specimens of this species were obtained from the lower part of the Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6010, north of Pedro Miguel Locks, in dark clay. Type-speci?ne».—Ci\t. No. 324683, U.S.N.M. NONIONINA ANOMALINA, new species. Plate 26, figs. 2a, 6. Description. — Test in side view nearly circular, deeply umbilicate, peripheral margin broadly rounded, bilaterally symmetrical, about seven chambers in the last formed coil, sutures little if at all de- pressed, indistinct, last formed chambers extending but part way across the test, tending toward alternating arrangement; aperture a narrow slit at the base of the chamber. Diameter 1.25 mm. Typt spi ' hnen.— (Cat, No. 324684, U.S.N.M.) from the lower part of the Culebra formation, in dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks iT'.S.G.S. No. 6010). The last two chambers suggest Cassidulina, but the similarity does DOt continue further. Genus POLYSTOMELLA Lamarck, 1822. POLYSTOMELLA STRIATO-PUNCTATA (Fitchel and Moll). Plate 26, figs. 3a, 6; 4a, b. VttUtUui 9triaUhpunctatU8 FlCHTEL and Moll, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 61, pi. 9, SgB. a-c. Polpitometta ttriat(hpunctata Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. Bi vol. 5, 1800, p. 103, No. 6— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884. p. 733, pi. 109, figs. 22, 23. Description. — Test bilaterally symmetrical, subcircular in side view v innbilic (((•. peripheral margin broadly rounded, eight to ten chambers GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 75 in the last formed coil; sutures slightly curved, depressed; wall smooth, distinctly punctate; septal lines with regularly arranged, narrow bridging ; aperture a narrow semicircular opening at the base of the apertural face of the chamber, showing occasionally traces of division into a series of smaller openings. Diameter 0.50 to 0.65 mm. Cat Nos. 324685-7, U.S.N.M. Specimens were obtained in the Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6020a, opposite Las Cascadas, in lowest fossiliferous bed, third bed oelow lowest limestone. These were very largely glauconitic, and of the form figured in 4a, b. The species was also found in the Gratun formation, U.S.G.S. No. 6029a, one-fourth to one-half mile north of Camp Cotton, relocated line of the Panama Railroad, in 1 he softer sandy marls at the base of the section. The form figured jo. 3a, 5, is from a Pleistocene deposit at U.S.G.S. No. 5850, loose shells and marl from near Mount Hope, one-fourth mile from present 3each, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. POLYSTOMELLA SAGRA d'Orbigny. Plate 26, figs. 5a, &. Polystomella Sagra. d'Orbigny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Foraminiferes, p. 55, pi. 6, figs. 19, 20. i Description. — Test bilaterally symmetrical, subcircular in side iew; peripheral margin rounded, ten or more chambers in the last ormed coil; sutures distinct, curved, slightly depressed in the last ormed portion, not at all depressed in the early part of the coil; arly half of the coil with definite raised, longitudinal ribs, corre- ponding to the bridging over the sutures, persisting longest on the •eripheral portion of the test, later portion smooth; bridging of arliest portion of coil regular, short, in the last formed sutures in- reasing considerably in length; apertural face smooth, punctate; oughly triangular in outline, the angles rounded; aperture a very arrow slit at the base of the apertural face of the chamber. Diameter 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324688, U.S.N.M. The only station at which this species was obtained is a Pleistocene eposit at U.S.G.S. No. 5850, loose shells and marl from near Mount tope, one- fourth mile from present beach and 6 to 8 feet above high de. A comparison of this figure with the original given by d'Orbigny i his iLiua monograph will show the very striking similarity be- , "een the Cuba and Panama specimens, and I have no hesitation in iferring this material to d'Orbigny's species. A 8370° — IS — Bull. 103 6 76 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. POLYSTOMELLA MACELLA (Fichtel and Moll). Plate 27, figs, ltf, b. Nautilus macellus, var. a, Fichtel and Moll, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 66, pi. 10 figS. €-(/■ Polystomella macella Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5 I860, p. 104, No. 8. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenge?', Zoology, vol. 8 1884, p. 737, pi. 110, figs. 8, 9, 11. Description. — Test compressed, bilaterally symmetrical, periphera margin acute, somewhat carinate, not lobulated, sixteen to twent chambers in the last formed coil; reticulated bridgings occupying greater area than the intermediate portions; umbilical region slightl depressed, with a few large pores; aperture a curved or V-shape slit at the base of the apertural face, either simple or divided int secondary openings. Diameter, 0.75 mm. Cat. Nos. 324689-90, U.S.N.M. Specimens were obtained from two stations in the Emperadc limestone, as follows: U.S.G.S. 6015, from cream-colored coral lim< stone, old quarry one-quarter mile north of west from Empire ; an 6016, one-third mile north of west of the same place. PI M kin Dia ITii Mi m lio h POLYSTOMELLA CRISPA (Linnaeus). Plate 27, figs. 2a, b. I "Cornu Hamnionls orbiculatum " Plancus, Conch. Min., 1739. p. 10, pi. fig. 2. Why : Nautilus crispus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162. Mhsi Poly8tomella crispa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 625, No. l.J^ : d'Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 125, pi. 6, figs. 14. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 7.L pi. no, figs. 6. 7. M**k Description. — Test bilaterally symmetrical, much compressed, r km Ituff ripheral margin obtusely angled; umbilical region not depresses!; T chambers numerous, eighteen to twenty chambers in the last form™ . * coil, sutures indistinct, bridging wider than the intermediate cIl space; margin not lobulated; umbilical region umbonate, filled w : B',~ :: : ' clear shell material, often with a few pores; aperture a narrow sj r ,^ ( at the base of the apertural face of the chamber, usually showi more or Less division into secondary openings. Diameter, up to 1.25 mm. Cat. No. 324691, U.S.N.M. Specimens referable to this species were obtained from the Gat formation at U.S.G.3. No. G029&, one-fourth to one-half mile no J of Camp Cotton on relocated line of the Panama Railroad, indura argillaceous and sandy marl. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 77 POLYSTOMELLA CRATICULATA (Fichiel and Moll). Plate 27, figs. 3a, b. Nautilus craticuiatuo Fichtel and Moll. Test. Micr.. 1803. p. 51, pi. 5, figs. h-k. Polystomella craticulata d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 284, No. 3.— Carpenter, Intr. Forani., 1862, p. 279, pi. 16, figs. 1. 2— H. P>. Brady. Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 739, pi. 110, figs. 16, 17. n| Description. — Test bilaterally symmetrical, somewhat compressed ; "peripheral margin broadly rounded; not lobulated, chambers very inumerous. forty or more in the last formed coil, narrow: umbilical .jregion filled with clear shell material with numerous pores; bridged riarea about equal to that between; aperture a series of openings at :.t)the base of the apertural face. Diameter, 1 mm. Cat. No. 324692, U.S.N.M. This species was found in considerable numbers in the Culebra formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6025, in foraminiferal marl and coarse sandstone about 200 yards south of the southern end of the switch at id Bohio Ridge station, relocated line, Panama Railroad. The specimens have not as subglobose a form as many recent specimens, but in other respects the characters are very similar. POLYSTOMELLA, species? Numerous stations have a species of Polystomella which is very nuch like P. sagra and yet is not so definitely characterized as are he specimens of that species from station 6025. The stations at which this form of Polystomella occurs are in the ower part of the Culebra formation at U.S.G.S. No. 6009, black ?lays, six or seven hundred feet south of Miraflores Locks. In Las ^ascadas section, Gaillard Cut, 60196, from the 4 feet of dark strati- lied tuff and clay overlying the lower limestone bed; 6019/, from ourth limy bed from bottom: 6020a, from the lowest fossiliferous )ed. In the Emperador limestone at 6015 and 6016 from cream- olored coral limestone, old quarry, one-quarter mile north of west Tom Empire. In the Gatun formation at 6029a, from lowest hori- ;on, one-fourth to one-half mile north of Camp Cotton. Cat. Nos. 324693-8, U.S.N.M. Genus AMPHISTEGINA cTOrbigny, 1826. AMPHISTEGINA LESSONH d'Orbigny. , Amphisteffina lessonii d'Oebigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 304, No. 3, pi. 17, figs. 1-4; Modeles, No. 98.— H. B. Bkady. Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 740, pi. Ill, figs. 1-7. Description. — Test lenticular, usually more convex on one side than he other ; composed of about twenty-five chambers in the last formed 78 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. coil, wall smooth except near the aperture on the ventral side where there is usually a papillose area of greater or less extent; periphery usually somewhat rounded; sutures on the dorsal side with a single simple angle ; below usually divided into two deep lobes by deep con- strictions. Diameter, 1-2.5 mm. Cat. Nos. 324699-08, U.S.N.M. This species is common in the lower horizons of the area occurring at the following stations : Culebra formation, 6009, 6012a, d, 6019, c At some of these stations specimens are rather frequent. In th( matrix this species may often be indistinguishable in a superficial ex amination from worn centers of Orbitoids or Nummulites. It is common Tertiary species. Family MILIOLIDAE. Genus QUINQUELOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. QUINQUELOCULINA SEMINULUM (Linnaeus). Plate 27, figs. 4a, b; plate 28; plate 29, figs. la-e. Serpula seminulum Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 786; ed. 1 (Gmelin), 1758, pp. 37, 39. Quinqueloculina seminulum d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7. 1826, p. 30i No. 44. M Molina seminulum Williamson, Bee. Poram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 8 pi. 7, figs. 183-189.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. ' 1884, p. 157, pi. 5, figs. 6a, b, c. Description.— Test oval in front view; thickest in the middl visible exterior composed of five chambers, three visible from or side and four from the other, sutures slightly depressed, distinct -all smooth, periphery rounded, aperture somewhat contractej usually with a single simple tooth. Length about 1 mm. Cat. Nos. 324709-13, U.S.N.M. Wry typical specimens were obtained from U.S.G.S. No. 585? among loose shells and marl from near Mount Hope, from dit<| through swampy ground, one-fourth mile from present sea beach ail 6 to 8 feet above high tide (Pleistocene). Specimens very simili but slightly more rotund were obtained from the Gatun formation No. G03G, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, at Monk* Hill, Mount Hope Station. S arietal forms here figured and which may be referred to Q. sen* nulum were obtained from the Culebra formation at No. 6010, frof dark clay, north of Pedro Miguel Locks; 6019a, a single specim from lower limestone of Las Cascadas section; 6025, a single glaj( ft * COnitic specimen from foraminiferal marl about 200 yards south GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 79 : southern end of switch at Bohio Ridge Station, relocated line of the Panama Eailroad. Another much flattened glauconitic specimen ;.e from this last station is also referred here. QUINQUELOCULINA CONTORTA d'Orbigny. Plate 29, figs. 2a-c. Quinqueloculina contorta d'Orbigny, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert, Vienne, 1846, p. 298, pi. 20, figs. 4-6. Description. — Test about twice as long as broad, chambers rather narrow and elongate, in end view polygonal, peripheral margin "broadly curved, sides nearly at right angles to the peripheral face with a sharp angle at the junction ; sutures deep, apical end and initial end of final chamber truncated ; aperture rounded with a single tooth ; wall smooth. Length 0.65 mm. Cat. No. 324714, U.S.N.M. The only material of this species was obtained from U.S.G.S. 5850, among loose shells and marl, from near Mount Hope, from ditch :hrough swampy ground, about one-fourth mile from present sea )each and 6 to 8 feet above high tide (Pleistocene). e-ill QUINQUELOCULINA AUBERIANA d'Orbigny. Plate 29, figs. Sa-c. Quinqueloculina auberiana d'Orbigny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Foraminiferes, p. 193, pi. 12, figs. 1-3. Miliolina auberiana H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 162, pi. 5, figs. 8, 9. Description. — Test slightly longer than broad, periphery of the hambers angled with a concave area at each side of the angle, sutures ''l- lomewhat depressed, distinct; wall smooth; aperture with a single, usually simple, occasionally slightly bifid tooth. Length about 1 mm. Cat. No. 324715, U.S.N.M. Two specimens of this species were obtained in material from J.S.G.S. 5850, among loose shells and marl, from near Mount Hope., i ! rom ditch through swampy ground, about one-fourth mile from pres- ent sea beach and 6 to 8 feet above high tide (Pleistocene) . This is a %l:ommon species of the shallow-water littoral of tropical seas. QUINQUELOCULINA UNDOSA Karrer. Plate 30, figs. la-c. Quinqueloculina undosa Kabrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 58, abth. 1, 1868, p. 150, pi. 3, fig. 1. Miliolina undosa Kaerer, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 176, pi. 6, figs. 6-8. Description. — Test elongate, two or two and a half times as long as ■ ide; chambers sub-polygonal, the angles more or less irregular giv- 80 - BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ing an undulate appearance to the chambers, apertural end typically with a slightly projecting neck, aperture with a single tooth; wall smooth. Length 1.25 mm. Cat. Nos. 324716-17, U.S.N.M. Specimens referable to this species were obtained in the Emperador limestone, at U.S.G.S. 6016, from old quarry, one-third mile north of west of Empire; and in the Culebra formation, at 6025, ir foraminiferal marl about 200 yards south of the southern end oi the switch at Bohio Ridge Station, relocated line, Panama Railroad The specimens are not so contorted as in some recent ones but sho^ characteristic undulations of the chamber borders. QUINQUELOCULINA BICORNIS (Walker and Jacob). Plate 30. figs. 2a-c; 3a, b. " Serpula bicornis ventricosa," Walker and Boys, Test. Min.. 1784, p pl. 1, fig. 2. " Frumentaria foeniculum " Soldani, Testaceographia. vol. 1. pt. 3, 179; p. 229, pl. 154, figs. 66, cc. Serpula bicornis Walker and Jacob, Adams's Essays, Kanmacher'a ed 1798, p. 633, pl. 14, fig. 2. Miliolina bicornis Williamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858. p. 87, 7. figs. 190-192. — H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol 1884, p. 171, pl. 6, figs. 9, 11, 12. Description. — Test in side view about twice as long as wid( sutures rather deep, distinct, chambers more or less keeled, wa ornamented with numerous rather fine longitudinal raised costa< aperture slightly exserted, rounded, with a single tooth. Length 0.75 mm. Cat. Nos. 324718-9, U.S.N.M. Specimens were obtained in a Pleistocene deposit at U.S.G.S. 585 among loose shells and marl, from near Mount Hope, from dit< through swampy ground about one- fourth mile from present & beach, and 6 to 8 feet above high tide. From the Culebra formation, U.S.G.S. 6025, in foraminifero marl about 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio Rid Station, relocated line, Panama Railroad, were obtained, rath poorly preserved and somewhat glauconitic specimens, but showii; traces of a longitudinal series of raised ridges. They are questio- ably referred here and one is figured, on plate 30, figure 3. QUINQUELOCULINA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 31, figs, la- Description. — Test nearly as wide as long, the last formed chamlr tending to become loose coiled, growing away from the preeedi? ones on the apertural half of the inner margin, apertural end fu» I GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 81 J peripheral margin broadly rounded, sutures much depressed ; wall H smooth ; aperture circular. Length 0.85 mm. This species was obtained from the Gatun formation, U.S.G.S. 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey ft Hill, Mount Hope Station. ii It is unusual in the breaking away of the last formed chamber of from the original close coiled method of growth. & Type-specimen.— €at. No. 324720, U.S.N.M. ii Genus SIGMOILINA Schlumberger, 1887. SIGMOILINA TENUIS (Czjzek). Plate 31, figs. 4a-c Quinqueloeulina tenuis Czjzek, Haidiuger's Nat. Abhandl., vol. 2, 1847. p. 3 149, pi. 13, figs. 31-34. Spiroloeulina tenuis H. B. Brady. Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 152, pi. 10, figs. 7-11. Sigmoilina tenuis Sidebottom. Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. . , Soc, vol. 48. No. 5, 1904, p. (5. Description. — Test about twice as long as wide, narrow, compressed, ■ isible chambers 5 or 6 on either side, chambers, narrow, rounded, futures depressed, distinct: wall smooth, aperture exserted, rounded. Length 0.65 mm. Cat. Xos. 324721-3, U.S.N.M. Specimens of this species were obtained in the Gatun formation it the following three stations : U.S.G.S. 6033c, in marl from second )ed from bottom, just below lower clay, Gatun section, relocated line • >f the Panama Railroad; 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy hell marl, vicinity of Mindi Hill; and 6036, in dark colored, fine gained, sandy clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. These three stations have several species in common as will be een by a glance at the accompanying chart of distribution. SIGMOILINA ASPERULA (Karrer). Plate 31, figs. 3 a, b. Spirolucina asperula Karrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 57, 1868, p. 136, pi. 1, fig. 10— H. B. Brady, Rep. Vol. Challenger. Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 152, pi. 8, figs. 13, 14, and 11. Description. — Test but slightly longer than wide, very much com- ressed, sutures somewhat indistinct, several chambers visible from ach of the flattened sides: wall covered with fine arenaceous parti- es; aperture exserted, nearl} T circular. , Length, 0.8 mm. Cat. Nos. 324724-5, U.S.N.M. 82 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Specimens were not uncommon in the Gatun formation at tw stations, U.S.G.S. 6035, in gray green, fine grained, sandy shell mar vicinity of Mindi Hill, and 6036, in dark colored, fine grained, sand clay marl, from Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Genus TRILOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. TRILOCULINA TRIGONULA (Lamarck). Plate 32, fig. 1. Miliolites trigonula Lamarck, Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 351, No. 3. Triloculina trigonula d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. pi. 16, figs. 5-9. Miliolina trigonula Williamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. £f pi. 7, figs. 180-182.— H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 1884, p. 164, pi. 3, figs. 14-16. Description. — Test in apertural view triangular, angles rounde chambers rapidly increasing in size as added, but three visible adult test; outer wall broadly rounded, in front view oval, sutur 1 31 distinct, aperture not produced, lip and tooth indistinct. Length, 0.75 mm. Cat. No. 324726, U.S.N.M. A single specimen referable to this species occurred at U.S.G. 5850, in Pleistocene marly material from near Mount Hope, or fourth mile from present sea beach and about 6 to 8 feet above hij tide. This is a common species in shallow water of recent oceans. TRILOCULINA TRICARINATA d'Orbigny. Plate 32, fig. 2. Triloculina tricarinata d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. Modeles, No. 94. — H. B. Brady, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 18 p. 446, pi. 48, fig. 3. Miliolina tricarinata H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 1884, p. 165, pi. 3, figs. 17a, o. Description. — Test differing from T. trigonula largely in the i gles, which are acute, the sides concave, at least toward the borde center of the side either flat or slightly convex, in end view rati sharply triangular, in front view oval ; neck slightly produced, ap ture rounded, tooth wanting in this specimen. Length, 0.60-0.70 mm. Four specimens were collected in the Culebra formation at U.S.G No. 6025, foraminiferal marl about 200 yards south of southern e of switch at Bohio Ridge Station, relocated line, Panama Railro Two of the four specimens had the neck somewhat elongated others were more nearly normal in this respect. The specimens w GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 83 somewhat altered and showed traces of apparently a glauconitic interior. TRILOCULINA BULBOSA, new species. Plate 32, fig. 3. Description. — Test from exterior composed of three visible cham- bers, the last formed one making the largest part of the test. The next to the last about half the size of the last and the first formed one very small in comparison, test in end view nearly biloculine, with the last formed chamber nearly as wide as the whole test in its great- est width, in front view breadth and height about equal, chambers \verj rotund, sutures deep, aperture without a neck, rounded, tooth ndistinct or wanting. Length, about 0.65 mm. Type-specimen.— (Cat. Xo. 324728, U.S.N.M.) from the Gatun u rormation, U.S.G.S. Station 6029a, lowest horizon, one- fourth to one- lalf mile north of Camp Cotton on relocated line Panama Railroad. Another specimen was obtained, also in the Gatun formation, at No. ^5030, from fossiliferous marl, from cut on north side of swamp LJ Idles north of Monte Lirio, relocated line of the Panama Railroad. ^ In each case a single somewhat glauconitic specimen was obtained. The species has the last two chambers developed greatly, the third ne very small, the whole test appearing almost biloculine. The pecimens from the two stations were practically identical. TRILOCULINA PROJECTA, new species. Plate 33, fig. 1. Description. — Test in end view composed of three radially pro- ;cting portions, the intervening portions deeply concave, in side iew about as long as wide, sutures somewhat indistinct, periphery roadly rounded; wall covered with a thick encrustation of sand rains giving the whole exterior a decidedly arenaceous appearance; Derture with a slightly projecting neck and phialine lip ; apertural :>ening circular, in the specimen figured without a distinct tooth. Length 0.T5 mm. Type-specimen. — (Cat. Xo. 324729, U.S.N.M.) From gray green, grained, sandy shell marl from vicinity of Mindi Hill, U.S.G.S. o. 6035, Gatun formation. This is an interesting modification of this genus, comparable in , e structure of the test to Quinqueloculina agglutinans d'Orbigny others of the same character. 84' BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus BILOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. BILOCULINA BULLOIDES d'Orbigny. Plate 33, fig. 2. Biloculina bulloides d'Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 297, No. pi. 16, figs. 1-4: Modeles, No. 90. — H. B. Beady, Rep. Voy. ChaUeng Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 142, pi. 2, figs. 5, 6 Description. — Test with but two visible chambers in the adult, end view, each semicircular, in front view elliptical, very rotun inflated, suture distinct; aperture usually nearly circular, somewh produced. Length 0.60 mm. Cat. No. 324730, U.S.N.M. The only specimen of this species is from the Gatun formatic U.S.G.S. 6036, from dark colored, fine grained, sandy clay mar] frc Monkey Hill, Mount Hope Station. Genus SPIROLOCULINA d'Orbigny, 1826. SPIROLOCULINA EXCAVATA d'Orbigny. Plate 31, fig. 2. Spiroloculi7i. 1884, p. ftj pi. 14, figs. 1-13. I : Description. — Test planospiral, chambers very long, divided toj simple chamberlets, sides with alar projections extending ncad tol the umbilicus, sutures distinct; apertures numerous, peripheral, II < GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 85 Diameter 1.6 mm. Cat. No. 324732, U.S.N.M. A few specimens were obtained from U.S.G.S. 5850, from Pleisto- me marl near Mount Hope, about one-fourth mile from present >a beach and about 6 to 8 feet above high tide. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate 19. jg. 1. Textularia abbreviata d'Orbigny. X 50. a, apertural view; b, front view. 2. Textularia sagittula Defrance. X 30. a, apertural view ; b, front view, tit 3. Textularia agglutinins d'Orbigny, X 50. a, apertural view; b, front view. 4. Textularia laminata, new species. X 30. a, apertural view; b, front view. 5. Textularia subagglutinans, new species. X 35. a, apertural view ; b, front view. 6. Textularia carinata d'Orbigny. X 50. a, apertural view; b, front view. Plate 20. L Textularia panamensis, new species. X 65. a, aperture view ; b, front view. 2. Chrysalidina pulchella, new species. X 110. o, apertural view; b, viewed from flat side: c, viewed from angle. 3.. Gaudryina triangularis Cushman. X 35. a, apertural view; b, front view. 4. Gaudryina flintii Cushman. X 50. 5. Clavulina parisiensis d'Orbigny. X 35. 6. Clavulina communis d'Orbigny. X 35. Plate 21. 1. Bolivina, species. X 65. 2. Bolivina aenariensis (Costa). X 65. i'^ 3. Bolivina cf. B. punctata d'Orbigny. X 65. 4. Bolivina robusta H. B. Brady. X 135. 5. Bigenerina nodosaria d'Orbigny. X 27. a, apertural view ; b, front view. 6. Yirgulina squamosa d'Orbigny. X 65. 7. Lagena striata (d'Orbigny), var. strumosa Reuss. X 65. 8. Nodosaria communis d'Orbigny. X 65. 9. Nodosaria cf. N. insecta Schwager. X 35. 10. Nodosaria raphanistrum (Linnaeus). X 35. 11. Nodosaria, species ? X 35. Plate 22. 1. Cristellaria rotulata (Lamarck). X 35. 2. Cristellaria protuberans, new species. X 65. 3. Cristellaria vaughani, new species. X 65. 4. Uvigerina pygmaca d'Orbigny. X 65. 5. Uvigerina canariensis d'Orbigny. X 65. 6. Uvigerina canariensis d'Orbigny var. X 65. 7. Uvigerina tenuistriata Reuss. X 65. 8. Siphogenerina raphanus (Parker and Jones) var. transversus, new variety. X 35. 86' BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 23. Fig. 1. Discorbis obtusa (d'Orbigny). a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, ripheral view. X 65. 2. Truncatulina americana, new species, a, dorsal view; b, ventral vie c, peripheral view. X 65. 3. Truncatulina pygmea Hantken. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, ripheral view. X 65. Plate 24. Fig. 1. Truncatulina ungeriana (d'Orbigny.) 2. Truncatulina cf. T. pygmea Hantken. 3. Truncatulina ivuellerstorft (Schwager). 4. Truncatulina culebrensis, new species. ripheral view. 5. Siphonina reticulata (Czjzek). X 65. 6. Pulvinulina sagra (d'Orbigny). X 65. X 65. X 33. X 50. X 33. a, dorsal view ; b. a, dorsal view; b, ventral vi< Plate 25. Fig. 1. Pulvinulina concentrica Parker and Jones. X 35. 2. Pulvinulina menardii (d'Orbigny). X 65. 3. Pulvinulina menardii (d'Orbigny). X 65. 4. Pulvinulina, species ? X 65. 5. Nonionina depressula (Walker and Jacob). X 65. a, side view; apertural view. 6. Nonionina scapha (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; b, ai tural view. Plate 26. Fig. 1. Nonionina panamensis, new species. X 65. a, side view; b. aperti view. 2. Nonionina anomalina, new species. X 65. a, side view; b, apert\ view. 3. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side vr b, apertural view. 4. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side vi b, apertural view. , 5. Polystomella sagra d'Orbigny. X 65. a, side view; b, apertural v Plate 27. Fig. 1. Polystomella macclla (Fichtel and Moll). X 65. a, side view; b, a tural view. 2. Polystomella crispa (Linnaeus). X 35. a, side view; b, apertural v 3. Polystomella craticulata (Fichtel and Moll). X 50. a, side view apertural view. 4. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 65. a, rear view; b, a tural view. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 87 Plate 28. 6.1. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). X 130. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) var. X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. Plate 29. G. 1. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) var. X 80. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina contorta d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina auberiana d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. Plate 30. a. 1. Quinqueloculina undosa Karrer. X 50. a, front view ; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 2. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker and Jacob). X 65. a, front view; b, rear view ; c, apertural view. 3. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker and Jacob)?. X 50. a. front view; b, rear view. Plate 31. 3. 1. Quinqueloculina panamensis, new species. X 65. a, front view ; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Spiroloculina excavata d'Orbigny. X 40. a, front view; b, apertural view. 3. Sigmoilina asperula (Karrer). X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view. 4. Sigmoilina tenius (Czjzek). X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, aper- tural view. Plate 32. 1. 1. Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck). X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view. ' 2. Triloculina tricarinata d'Orbigny. X 65. a, rear view; b, side view; c, apertural view. 3. Triloculina bulbosa, new species. X 65. a, rear view; b, side view; c, apertural view. Plate 33. *.l. Triloculina projecta, new species. X 65. a, front view; b, rear view; c, apertural view. 2. Biloculina bulloides d'Orbigny. X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view. 3. Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll). X 30. I Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. [ I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 20 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. k U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 21 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 35. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 22 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 85. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 23 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 24 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 25 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 26 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 27 For exp-anation of plate see page 86. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 28 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U.S. 1 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 29 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 30 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. 'J. 5. ' U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 31 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 32 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87 U.S. I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 33 Smaller Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 87. INDEX. Page. ■ •reviata. Textularia 51 ■ inca, Orbiculina 84 ■ ariensis, Bolivina 54 ■ uilateralis, Globigerina 67 ■ lutinans, Textularia 52 ■jricana, Truncatulina 68 ■ phistegina 77 lessonii 77 ■ malina, Nonionina 74 ■ erula, Sigmoilina 81 ■ eriana, Quinqueloculina 79 ■ •mis, Quinqueloculina 80 ■enerina 56 nodosaria 56 ■bculina 84 bulloides 84 pivina 54 aenariensis 54 cf. B. punctata 54 robusta 54 ■ osa, Triloculina 83 ■ioides, Biloculina 84 ■aides, Globigerina 64 ■ iriensis, Uvigerina 62 «*aata, Textularia 53 |C rsalidina 54 pulchella 54 C ulina 57 communis 57 pafisiensis 57 tnunis, Clavulina 57 ( minis, Nodosaria 59 ( entrica, Pulvinulina 71 ice lobata, Globigerina 66 ccorta, Quinqueloculina 79 « culata, Poiystomella 77 «r 'a, Poiystomella 76 C tellaria qq italica 61 protuberans 61 rotulata 60 vaughani 61 cu >rensis, Truncatulina 70 rbeis 68 obtusa 68 chlumberger, in his classic works on the genera Orbitoides and ^Hhophragmina, did not have American material. The American 1 Sur le Genre Lepidocyelina Gumbel, M€m. Soc. Geol. France, Paleontologie, Mem. 32, >04. 89 90 ' BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. field is therefore practically unworked, and the description of our species with accurate stratigraphic information is of prime impor- tance, as they have been proved elsewhere to be of great use as index fossils. The collections now in my hands represent the Canal Zone, the West Indies, and Coastal Plain Province of the eastern and south- ern United States. Excellent material was collected in the Panama Canal Zone by T. Wayland Vaughan and D. F. MacDonalcl, and is here presented as a beginning in the determination and figuring of the American species. This will be followed by papers on the . West Indian and Coastal Plain species which now, owing to the care- ful collecting by Doctor Vaughan and his associates, are represented by excellent suites of specimens covering broad ranges, both geo graphically and stratigraphically. As these are gradually worked uj there will be a mass of data which should be of excellent service ir the correlation of horizons where these groups are represented, ever in the absence of Mollusca and other groups of fossils. The systematic descriptions of the species of Lepidocyclina, Num mulites, and Orbitolites follow, together with that of a genus an( species believed to be new. LIST OF SPECIES AND THEIR GEOLOGIC OCCURRENCE. Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douville. Oligocene, Culebr formation, stations 6019a, Gaillard Cut; 6023, Eio Frijol; 6021 Bohio (old station) ; 6891; Bailamons; 6892, 450 feet south c D switch at Mamei. Also Oligocene of Trinidad. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Oligocene, Culebii formation, stations 6019/, Las Cascadas; 6025, Bohio Ridg switch. Lepidocyclina vaughani, new species. Oligocene, Emperaclor lim stone, stations 6021 and 6673, near Caimito Junction; 6255, ha mile south of Miraflores Station. Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, new species. Oligocene, station 6523, miles north of David. Lepidocyclina panamensis, new species. Oligocene?, stations 651 river bed, David; Oligocene, 6586^ and 6587, near mouth Tonosi River; probably at 6010, near Miraflores Locks, ai 6012a and 6012^ in Gaillard Cut, in the Culebra formatio; doubtfully in the Emperador limestone, at station 6015, Empi:- Lepidocyclina duplicata, new species. Oligocene, stations 655 2 miles north of David ; and 6586 Si k k in k GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 91 Orthophragmina minima, new species. Oligocene ?, station 6512, river bed, David. Nummulites panamensis, new species. Oligocene, Culebra forma- tion, stations 6024a, Eio Agiia Salud; 6025, Bohio Eidge switch; doubtfully at 6026, 2 miles south of Monte Lirio. Nummulites davidensis, new species. Oligocene?, stations 6512, river bed, David; 6526, Chiriqui. Orbit olites americana, new species. Oligocene, Culebra formation, Gaillard Cut at stations 6013, 6019&, and 6020a. DESCRIPTIONS OP SPECIES. Family NUMMULITIDAE. Genus LEPIDOCYCLINA. LEPIDO CYCLINA CANELLEI Lemoine and Douville. Plate 34, figs. 1-6. Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douville, M§in. Soc. Geol. France, Paleontologie. Mem. 32, p. 20, pi. 1, fig. 1 ; pi. 3, fig. 5, 1904. Test comparatively small, diameter of largest specimens slightly ess than four millimeters, thickness a little more than one-fourth the liameter; circular in outline, central portion somewhat raised and venly rounded, near the periphery flattened or even slightly con- ave; surface in well preserved specimens finely granular or even [nely papillate, but not strongly so, often appearing smooth to the Raided eye. In worn specimens the surface appears as a series of egular hexagonal, honeycomb-like reticulations due to the edges f the lateral chambers. ! In vertical section the lateral chambers are seen to be arranged in ertical columns, one directly above the other, from the equatorial lambers to the surface, about twelve chambers in each vertical col- mn in the central region, the lateral walls hardly thicker than the pper or lower surfaces. Chambers of adjacent columns arranged i ternately, no distinct columns present. Equatorial chambers grad- illy increasing in size toward the periphery, single throughout, ex- i nding peripherally beyond the lateral chambers and in surface view |{. well-preserved specimens appearing as a hexagonal reticulation, mbryonic chambers nearly equal in size, nearly semicircular in see- on, their common wall straight. Horizontal section showing the equatorial chambers regularly Ixagonal, those toward the periphery largest. Embryonic cham- 1 rs similar to those shown in the vertical view. \ Occurrence. — Lemoine and Douville described and figured this Secies from Panama, from Penablanca, also noting it from Mar- } 8370b— 18— Bull. 103 7 92 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tinique and Angola. The species from Panama was recorded by Dall and by Bagg as Orbitoides forbesi Carpenter. 1 Cat. No. 135216, U.S.N.M., is Lepidocyclina canellei Lemoine and Douville. Figures 1, 4-6, on plate 34 are from this material, col- lected by Hill at Bohio, Panama, where it is very abundant. This is the same locality as station 6027 of Vaughan and MacDonald, orbitoidal marl, a quarter of a mile northwest of Bohio railroad station. In this material L. canellei is very abundant and makes up a considerable proportion of the marl. Parts of five specimens, close to one another, are visible in a small part of a section from this station. Specimens in the collection of the United States National Mu seum, Catalogue No. 107158, from the Oligocene of Trinidad ("Led bed," Naparima) collected b}^ Guppy, are also very evidently Lepido eyclina canellei. Specimens of L. canellei were also very abundant at station 6891 foraminiferal limestone from Bailamonas, Canal Zone, collected b D. F. MacDonald. There is a limestone from station 6892, 450 feet south of switc at Mamei, Canal Zone, also collected by MacDonald, which contain numerous specimens of a Lepidocyclina in general shape in sectio resembling L. canellei, but the material is very cherty and the fine structure is not well preserved. A few small weathered specimens from 6019a, Gaillard Cut, opp site Las Cascadas, seem to belong to this species also ; and specimei were also obtained at station 6023, along the relocated line of t Panama Railroad, at Rio Frijol. The geologic occurrence is in t Culebra formation. Cat. Nos. 324733-5, U.S.N.M. LEPIDOCYCLINA CHAPERI Lemoine and Douville. Plate 35, figs. 1-3 ; plate 36. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville, Mem. Soc. Geol. Fran Paleontologie, Mem. 32, p. 14, pi. 2, fig. 5, 1904. Test of medium size, diameter from 8 to 20 millimeters, circular outline, somewhat saddle-shaped, central portion slightly thickem thence gradually and evenly thinning toward the periphery; surfi where well preserved slightly papillate, usually roughened by e: sion, toward the periphery often somewhat reticulately depresj above the equatorial chambers. Vertical section usually curved, lateral chambers numerc breadth much greater than height, columns separated by disti pillars, comparatively few except in the central region where t' 1 Hill, Geology of Panama, Bull. Mus. Comp. Ztfol., vol. 28, pp. 272, 275, 1897. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 93 re a few larger than the others : embryonic chambers of the double ype. the two chambers nearly equal in size and separated by a traight common wall. Horizontal section shows similar conditions of the embryonic tiambers and distinctly hexagonal equatorial chambers. Occurrence. — Lemoine and Douville described this species from Panama (Haut-chagres, San Juan). The figured specimens are from nited States Geological Survey station 6025, Culebra formation, com marl, south end of Bohio Ridge switch, relocated line, Panama ailroad, collected by Vaughan and MacDonald. Specimens from station 6019-/, Culebra formation, on the west de of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas. seem to represent the micro- Dheric form of this species. The sections are shown in plate 35, gure 3, and plate 36. A specimen from station 65*26. Chiriqui, Canal Zone, shows a sec on which from its general proportions strongly suggests L. chaperi. Cat, Nos. 324736-8, U.S.N.M. LEPIDOCYCLINA VAUGHANI, new species. Plate 37. figs. 1-5; plate 38. Test of medium size, 10 millimeters or more in diameter, flat, sur- ce somewhat umbonate in the central portion, gradually sloping to le peripheral portion, the outer half of which is nearly flat. Wall nooth except for fine papillae. Horizontal section shows the peculiarity of the chambers, many of oich, especially those of the outer peripheral portion are rhomboid, lose of the inner portion being more typical and hexagonal. These e shown especially well on the sections of the larger specimens, ose of the smaller specimens showing only the regular hexagona 1 laracter of the earlier chambers. No very good vertical sections were obtained in the thin sections it several accidental sections show the characters well. The em- •yonic chambers are rather large, of the usual American type, of 70 nearly equal chambers, lateral chambers in vertical columns ith a very few, rather well developed pillars. Occurrence. — Type-specimen from station 6021, from the Empera- >r Limestone in cuttings of the Panama Railroad near Caimito taction, Panama, United States National Museum Catalogue No. 4739, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. Mac Donald. Speci- ' ms were abundant in this light gray to cream-colored sandy lime- >ne. Specimens were also abundant in the collection from the same mlity collected later by MacDonald under station No. 6673. Speci- '3ns which are apparently the same species are abundant in a fos- 94 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. siliferous limy sandstone collected by MacDonald at station No. 6255 from half a mile south of Miraflores Station on the wagon road to Panama. LEPIDOCYCLINA MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 40, figs. 1-6. Test circular, rather small, about 5 to 7 millimeters in diameter, thickest in the central region, thence gradually sloping to the periphery which for a short distance in from the edge is nearly flat: wall rather smooth except the central portion of the umbonal region which has a few pustule-like raised spots at the surface end of tht vertical pillars. Vertical section shows the test widest in the middle, gentry sloping to near the periphery where the edges are nearly parallel for a shor distance to the peripheral edge or even slightly increasing in thick ness. Lateral chambers in the central portion in definite vertica columns, occasionally slightly overlapping. Equatorial chamber not increasing very rapidly in height in megalospheric specimens those at the periphery hardly more than double the height of thos near the center of the test ; embryonic chambers in the megalospheri form, large, usually of two nearly equal chambers, but in oblique cul ting these may appear somewhat unequal, plate 40, figures 2 and '< Horizontal sections show chambers somewhat similar to 1 vaughani but with the inner half of two walls at nearly right angle the outer wall broadly rounded. The oblique section (pi. 40, fig. 6 shows the pillars. Occurrence, — Type-specimens from station 6523, from orbitoid limestone, 2 miles north of David, Panama, collected by D. F. Ma Donald, U. S. National Museum Catalogue No. 324740. Specime] were abundant at this station, occurring with L. panamemis and duplicata. The species were also collected by MacDonald at static 6512, in the river bed at David. LEPIDOCYCLINA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 39, figs. 1-6 ; plate 42. Test circular, small, central portion very strongly umbonate, thic| rapidly decreasing in thickness peripherally, the peripheral porti thin and flattened, the raised central portion only one-third to oi] fifth the entire diameter, which ranges from three to six millimetei occasional specimens, perhaps representing the microsphere for up to 10 or 12 millimeters in diameter; surface smooth except i the unbonal portion which has a few large pustule-like projectk| marking the ends of the internal pillars. i! ill GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 95 The vertical section shows very peculiar embryonic chambers in hat they do not exhibit the usual characters of American species, but lave a broad and much flattened central chamber two to four times s broad as high with a compressed, partially encircling chamber, rhich in section is usually cut on the opposite sides of the central hamber. In some cases there seems to be an irregular mass of three r four more or less nearly spherical chambers. In the former case lese central chambers in section are nearly as wide as the whole mbonal portion of the test. Lateral chambers, usually about twice 5 wide as high, the outer wall often somewhat arched toward the Interior of the test, arranged in vertical columns. Pillars not dis- nct except in the central portion where there are a few strong ones creasing rather rapidly in diameter toward the periphery, usually H)ut 9 or 10 chambers in a vertical column in the center of the nbilical region. The peripheral region has only a thin coating of teral chambers, the last formed layer present only on the outer If of the periphery and often none at all present on the last quar- r of the test. toward the periphery, the surface being made up by •3per and lower walls of the equatorial chambers. Equatorial cham- rs numerous, comparatively broad, the peripheral wall convex out- irdly toward the periphery, the chambers at least as wide as high. In horizontal section the equatorial chambers are usually some- lat irregularly hexagonal near the center, toward the periphery ore or less rhomboid with the outer peripheral wall curved. A.s far as described material is concerned this is an unusual form r American species of Lepidocyclina. especially in its embryonic ambers. [Occurrence. — Type-specimen, vertical sections, U. S. National usemn Catalogue Xo. 324741. The specie 1 .- is fairly abundant at tions 65S6e and 6587 from near the mouth of Tonosi River, nama. D. F. MacDonald, collector. It was also collected by Mac- nald at station 6512, river bed, David. At stations 6010, 600 or 700 feet south of the Miraflores Locks, and 2ft and 6012c, south of Empire Bridge, in the Culebra formation, ecimens of small orbitoids occur, but they are not sufficiently well served for positive identification. Although those from the latter tion seem somewhat like L. panamanensis in their thin borders raised center with papillae, they can not be specifically identified h certainty. At other stations poorly preserved orbitoid fo- inifera occur, but their specific identity can not be accurately rminecl. Specimens doubtfully referable to L. panamensis were ained in the Emperador limestone, at station 6015, Empire. 9G BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MULTICYCLINA, new subgenus. Subgenus differing from typical Lepidocyclina in the equator] chambers which instead of being in a single series become comp' toward the periphery and may consist of several series. Type of the subgenus. — Lepidocyclina duplicata Cushman. LEPIDOCYLINA DUPLICATA, new species. Plate 41, figs. 2-4. Test of medium size, 10 to 14 millimeters in diameter, very mil thickened in the umbonal region, usually the thickness about one-hl the diameter; without the flattened periphery the central port! is subspherical, thinning rapidly toward the periphery, then thill ening again at the margin, which is often doubly plicate in the 111 preserved specimens. Surface of the umbonal portion studded \yl numerous fine papillae marking the surface terminations of the 9 lars, peripheral portion nearly smooth. Vertical section showing the embryonic chambers as very sirB apparently microsphere in the specimens sectioned, appearing spal as is usual in the microspheric form. Lateral chambers numerB flattened or lenticular, the numerous pillars as wide as or wider tin the intermediate columns of chambers, especially in the central ;H tion, rapidly increasing in size toward the surface. EquatcS chambers very small near the center, gradually increasing in ze toward the periphery where they become multiple instead of si ,'le as is usually the case, and make three or four vertical series, ch with numerous fine apertural pores on the outer convex wall. Horizontal section shows the increase in size of the equat larities in the annuli due to repairs of breakage, a X 10; b X, Same locality as No. 2 above. 4. Slightly oblique section X 20, showing narrow zone of equatorial cl bers and two broader zones of lateral chambers, the latter with a 1 evident lack of pillars. Same locality as No. 1 above. 5. Vertical section at one side of embryonic chambers showing gen, characters of equatorial and lateral chambers X 20. Same loc* as No. 1 above. 6. Vertical section through the embryonic chambers showing the nearly equal chambers with the straight wall dividing the two, X Same locality as No. 1 above. Plate 35. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Fig. 1. Exterior view of specimen X 5. Specimen broken. From upper of Culebra formation, from Panama Railroad, southern switch, fjfl Ridge, in light-colored limy sandstone (U.S.G.S. station 6025). 2. Exterior view of small, more complete specimen from same localitH the preceding, X 5. 3. Horizontal section showing early chambers of the microsphere for till the species, X 20. From west side of Gaillard Cut near Las CascH (U;S.G.S. station 6019/=). Plate 36. Lepidocyclina chaperi Lemoine and Douville. Horizontal section X 10, showing early central chambers and hexa chambers of the equatorial region (U.S.G.S. station 6019/). Plate 37. Lepidocyclina vaughani, new species. Fig. 1. View of exterior of specimen X 5, with fiat periphery and umbH center, from limy sandstone half a mile south of Miraflores St ton. on wagon road to Panama (station 6255). 2. Horizontal section of young specimen with regularly hexagonal mn torial chambers X 20 (same locality as No. 1). 3. Oblique section X 20, with narrow zone of regularly hexagonal flta torial chambers and broader zones of lateral chambers and a stilht division wall (same locality as No. 1). 4. Specimen showing zone of equatorial chambers about periphera m- tion, lateral chambers covering them in the center X 10. From me- stone in cut of relocated line of Panama Railroad opposite San HN and about 4 miles north of Gamboa bridge (station 6673). 5. Portion of vertical section (slightly oblique) through the embilPi chambers, X 20 (same locality as No. 1). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 101 Plate 38. Lepidocyclina vaughani. new species. echnen X 20, showing peripheral zone cut through the equatorial chambers central portion covered by lateral chambers. From limestone in cut of re- ed line of Panama Railroad opposite San Pablo and about 4 miles north amboa bridge (station 6673). Plate 39. Lepidocyclina panamen&is, new species. 1. Very young specimen in vertical section consisting of embryonic cham- bers and one or two following chambers, X 20. 2-4. Vertical sections with broad embryonic chambers and showing the rela- tion of equatorial and lateral chambers, vertical columns of lateral chambers with intermediate pillars, X 20. 5. Oblique section with zone of hexagonal equatorial chambers, X 20. 6. Section of rock with six specimens lying closely adjacent, four of these cut through the embryonic chambers, X 20. I specimens from near the mouth of Tonosi River, Panama (station e). Plate 40. Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, new species. 1. Exterior view of specimen, X 10, showing pillars appearing at the surface as raised area. 2-5. Vertical sections (slightly oblique) through the embryonic chambers, which when cut in plane at right angles to division wall show nearly equal chambers with the division wall straight or very slightly curved. Pillars evident, especially in Nos. 2 and 5. X 20. 6. Oblique section, X 20, showing zone of " lozenge-shaped " equatorial chambers with lateral chambers on each side. The upper series showing the cut sections of pillars. II specimens from limestone 2 miles north of David, Panama (station 6523). Plate 41. Orthophragmina minima, new species. 1. Vertical section, X 20, showing general outline and numerous very fine chambers. From white limestone in river bed above ice plant, David, Panama (U.S.G.S. station 6512). Lepidocyclina duplicata, new species. 2. Exterior view of type, X 5, showing raised center and depressed area inside the raised periphery. 3. Portions of vertical section showing great increase in width of equa- torial zone, multiplication of chambers toward the periphery, heavy pillars and wide lateral chambers. X 20. 102 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 4. Portion of oblique section showing narrow zone of " lozenge-sha equatorial chambers, perforations of peripheral wall of outer torial chambers and perforated pillars among the lateral chan X 20. All specimens of L. duplicata from limestone, 2 miles north of David, Pa (station 6523). Plate 42. Section of limestone from station 6523, 2 miles north of David, showin merous specimens of Lepidocyclina, X 20. Left center, L. panamensis broad embryonic chambers ; lower middle L. macdonaldi with subspherica bryonic chambers; at right a portion of L. duplicata. Plate 43. Heterosteginoides panamensis, new genus and new species. Fig. 1, 2. External view of specimens, X 10, from limy sandstone, east si Gaillard Cut (station 6011). 3-3. Vertical portions, X 20, showing irregular piling of lateral cham fig. 6 with two embryonic chambers with thick walls. Speci from limy sandstone near southern switch, Bohio Ridge (st 6025). 7, 8. Horizontal sections, X 20, from same locality at Bohio. Nummulites panamensis, new species. 9. Horizontal section, X 20, from limy sandstone near southern Bohio Ridge (station 6025). 10. Vertical section from same rock specimen, X 10. Nummulites davidensis, new species. 11. Horizontal section, X 20, from white limestone in river bed aboi plant, David, Panama (station 6512). Orbitolites americana, new species. 12-14. Horizontal sections, X 10, specimens from west side of Gaillard near Las Cascadas (station 6020a). Plate 44. Orbitolites americana, new species. Fio. 1. Horizontal section of large specimen, X 10, from Gaillard Cut, neai Cascadas (station 6019-&). 2. Horizontal section, broken, showing two layers of chambers and 1 cast of outer surface, X 20 ( station 6020a ) . Plate 45. Orbitolites americana, new species. Specimen in horizontal section, X 20, showing several areas of breakage subsequent repair, shown by the angular reentrants of the annuli in va places. From Gaillard Cut, near Las Cascadas (station 6020a). NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 34 NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 35 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of platf see page 100. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 37 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 100' For explanation of plate see page lOi NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 39 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 101 NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 40 ATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 42 NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 43 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 44 2 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102. , S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 45 Larger Fossil Foraminifera from Panama. For explanation of plate see page 102. INDEX. Page. iricana, Orbitolites 99 ellei, Lepidocyclina 91 peri, Lepidocyclina 92 idensis, Nummulites 98 ilicata, Lepidocyclina 96 terosteginoides 97 panamensis 97 )idocyclina 91 canellei 91 chaperi 92 duplicata 96 macdonaldi 94 panamensis . 94 vaughani 93 Page. macdonaldi, Lepidocyclina 94 minima, Orthophragmina 97 Multicyclina 96 Nummulites 98 davidensis 98 panamensis 98 Orbitolites 99 americana 99 Orthophragmina 97 minima 99 panamensis, Heterosteginoides 97 panamensis, Lepidocyclina 94 panamensis, Nummulites 98 tyaughani, Lepidocyclina 93 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 |)NTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES 3SSIL ECHINI OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE AND COSTA RICA By ROBERT TRACY JACKSON Of Peterborough, New Hampshire Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 103-116, with Plates 46-52 JPBRN WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 FOSSIL ECHINI OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE AND COSTA EICA. By Robert Tract Jackson, Of Peterborough, New Hampshire. INTRODUCTION. The following is essentially a reprint of my paper bearing the me title published in the Proceedings of the United States National useum, volume 53. pages 489-501. plates 62-68, September 24, 1917: The fossil echini of the Panama Canal Zone were submitted to me •r studj 7 and description by Dr. T. Wa viand Vaughan as part of the udies he is making in that region in connection with his investiga- 3iis of the geology of the Costal Plain of the United States and of ; e West Indies. The material contains some very interesting •ecies, particularly in the genus Encope, of which there are three !iw forms. Some of the material is well preserved, and parts are agmentary. A number of specimens too poorly preserved, or too agmentary for specific determination, indicate that a more ex- nsive echinoid fauna may be found by further search. II wish to express my heartiest thanks to my friend, Dr. Hubert yman Clark, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, who, with his •eat knowledge of Clypeastroids and Spatangoids, helped me aterially in preparing this report. LIST OF SPECIES AND THEIR GEOLOGIC OCCURRENCE. lypeaster lanceolatus Cotteau. Upper Oligocene, Emperador lime- stone, Gaillard Cut, stations 58666, 66T1. typeaster gatuni Jackson. Miocene, 1 Gatun formation, station 5662, near Gatun Dam site ; and at station 6237, north of Ancon Hill, about 4 miles south of Diablo ridge. neope annectans Jackson. 1 Miocene, Gatun formation, station 5846, Spillway, Gatun Dam. wope platytata Jackson. Miocene, 1 Gatun formation, station 6029a, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio. This formation is more appropriately referable to the lower Miocene, i. e., Burdigalian, in to the upper Oligocene. — T. W. V. 103 104 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Encope megatrema Jackson. Miocene, 1 Gatun formation, stat 6030, about one and one-half miles from Camp Cotton, tow; Monte Lirio. Echinolampas semiorbis Guppy. Upper Oligocene, Emperador In stone, Gaillard Cut, stations 58666 and 6019^. Schizaster armiger W. B. Clark. Miocene ( ?),* Bonilla, Costa Rk Schizaster cristatus Jackson. Miocene Brazil, Costa Rica, \ tion 5505. Schizaster panamensis Jackson. Miocene, 1 Gatun formation, n Gatun, at stations 6008 and 7294. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. CLYPEASTER LANCEOLATUS Cotteau. Plate 46, figs. 1, 2. Clypeaster lanceolatus, Cotteau, Descripcion de los Equinoides Fossiles c Isla de Cuba, Bol. Com. del. Mapa Geologico de Espana, vol. 22, 189' 39, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2, 3.— Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 191' 490, pi. 62, figs. 1, 2. This species is one of the few in the series from the Panama Ca Zone that seems referable to an already published species. Th are seven specimens, all in good condition of preservation and re\ senting two localities which, however, from the character of material may be nearly associated. I give measurements of largest specimen of the set. Length, 95 mm. ; width, 77mm. ; heig 21 mm. Test elongate, wider behind than in front, moderately vated, deeply concave in ventral view. Ambulacral petals eleva distally acuminate, nearly closed and pinched up as if squee between the thumb and finger. Anterior petal III equal in len to petals I and V and a few millimeters longer than are the ante] pair II and IV. The anterior petal III is more widely separated fi petals II and IV than are those latter .from I and V. Interporifer areas of petals are elevated, wide, being about equal to both po erous areas. Interambulacra are narrow, extremely so near apical disk. Tubercles are small and of about the same size dorsj and ventrally. Apical disk is central, mouth central, deeply sunl periproct ventral, about four mm. from the posterior border of test. The original material described by Cotteau is from the "1 cene " of Matanzas, Cuba, where he says it is very rare. It is ap] ently more or less common in the Canal Zone, as there are seven sp mens from that region. 1 This formation is more appropriately referable to the lower Miocene, i. e„ Burd than to the Upper Oligocene. — T. W. V. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 105 •MLocalities and geologic occwrenee. — Upper Oligocene ; Emperador ■aestone. Upper Limestone, Las Cascadas, Panama, D. F. Mac- Imald, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 6671, two ■acimens, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324152 ; also Panama Canal Zone, ■per Limestone bed, near Tower " N " (opposite Las Cascadas, Gail- Ad Cut) D. F. MacDonald, collector, 1911, U. S. National Museum .tion No. 5866 5, five specimens, XL S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324451. CLYPEASTER GATUNI Jackson. Plate 47, fig. 1 ; plate 48, fig. 1. Clypeastcr gatuni Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53. 1917, p. 491, pi. 63, fig. 1 ; pi. 64, fig. 1. This species is represented by a fine, large specimen in perfect con- ion of preservation. Two additional specimens much worn and jomplete are also referred to it. The type measures 146 mm. in length. 122 mm. in width, and 35 n. in height. The test is elongate, moderately pentagonal in out- e, with slight incurving of the borders in interambulacral areas 2. 3, and 4. Its greatest width is across ambulacra II and IV. intrally the test is deeply concave, being flat only on the border, te ambulacral petal III is equal in length to petals I and V and ! ew millimeters longer than are petals II and IV. The petals are lidistant. highly elevated, and open at their distal ends. Ventrally. e deep ambulacral grooves extend to the mouth. Interambu- ;ra are broad on the border of the test, narrowing up dorsally and ■ty narrow near the apical disk. Each of the interambulacra fcween the petals are strongly elevated as if pinched up. The ical disk is slightly anterior to the middle of the test and is very .all The mouth is central, deeply sunken. The periproct is atral, slightly elliptical, its posterior border 5 mm. from the sterior limits of the test. Tubercles are small, covering the rsal surface of the test, ventrally the same, but slightly larger. 'lypeaster gatuni approaches nearest, perhaps, to C. baicersi Weaver, t differs in the shape of the test, the deeply concave base, the ipe and proportionate size of the petals and interambulacra dor- ly, and the fact that the periproct is ventral instead of terminal. ^Locality and geologic occurrence. — Gatun formation, Miocene, nama Canal Zone, near Gatun Dam site, D. F. MacDonald, col- tor, 1911, holotype, L T . S. National Museum, station No. 5662, te specimen. Limestone in swamp, north of Ancon Hill, about 4 miles south of *ablo Ridge in the upper Oligocene Emperador limestone. U. S. I tional Museum, station No. 6237, two specimens. Volotype.— Cat. No. 324453, U.S.N.M. This species is present on both the Atlantic and Pacific sides of Isthmus. 106 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ENCOPE ANNECTANS Jackson. Plate 49, figs. 1, 2 ; plate 50, fig. 1. Encope annectans Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 491, t fig. 1 ; pi. 65, figs. 1, 2 ; pi. 66, fig. 1. This interesting species is represented by three specimens wh*: include two tests free from matrix and more or less complete, a a sandstone mould of the exterior of the ventral side of a specirr which is the largest of the three. PARTS ARE INDICATED BY DOTTED LINES. In shape, the specimens are thin, flattened, and nearly circular outline, excepting for the reentrant marginal ambulacral note! syoi The edges are thin, exceptionally so for the genus, and the wh m] test superficially is scutelliform. In the anterior ambulacrum 1 m there is a shallow rounded notch, and in the lateral ambulacra | 2 deeper and narrower notches, the deepest being in the posterior p of ambulacra, IV and V. The apical disk is central. The peristo ^ is small and also central. Continuing posteriorly from the p< ^ stome on the ventral side is a quite deep groove, and on the dor c side is a shorter and shallower groove. These grooves do not fo ^ a hole through the test, but represent the incipient beginnings of r a I ii] GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 107 Dule which is characteristic in Encope of the posterior interambula- im 5. This is most interesting and is discussed later at length. The type-specimen measures 86 mm. in length, 89 mm. in width, d 8 mm. in height. The highest point is distinctly anterior to the ddle of the test. The specimen represented by a mould of the tral side is somewhat larger than the type. It measures about mm. in length by about 96 mm. in width. In the type, the ambulacral petals are broad, about equal in length the several areas, the posterior pair extending back to a line with i anterior limit of the lunule in interambulacrum 5. Ventrally, the- ibulacral furrows are deep, slightly curved outward from the dian line of each ambulacrum, forking near the border of the test, :h furrow giving off a forked branch at nearly a right angle to the in furrow.. The apical disk is central, but details are obscured ing to local imperfections in both specimens showing the dorsal e. Interambulacral areas are narrow in the petaloid areas, wide ir the margin of the test. The whole dorsal surface of the test is r ered with small tubercles; on the ventral side of the test the •ercles are somewhat larger, but they are reduced in size or want- ; along the lines of the ambulacral furrows. The mouth is small I central in position. The periproct is small, oval in outline, and lated at nearly one-third the distance from the mouth to posterior der of the test. "he lunule of interambulacrum 5 is the remarkable and most in- isting feature of this species. Ventrally, it consists of an im- ssed area 15 mm. long by 2 mm. wide, extending to and being fluent with the opening of the periproct. Dorsally, the lunule ) consists of an impressed area lying above the middle of the ven- [ lunular depression and measuring 10 mm. in length by 2 mm. in Ith. This is the only species in the genus recorded in which the ule fails to make an opening through the test. Structually, it ost interesting, as it closely resembles the condition in a young 3imen of Mellita sexiesperforata (Leske) from the west coast of rida, 30 fathoms, No. 2900, Museum of Comparative Zoology, s young Mellita, w T hich measures 9 mm. in length, has no notches unules as yet developed in the ambulacral areas, but in interam- crum 5, as viewed ventrally, there is a distinct impressed area king the initial beginnings of a lunule as in our specimen of adult ope annectans. It should be stated that this specimen of Mellita bably exceptional in holding this youthful character so late, as 1 small series of younger specimens of M. sexiesperforata measur- from 4 to 7 mm. in length, all have a perforate lunule in interam- crum 5. This latter set is from Salt Key, Bahamas, No. 2439, teum of Comparative Zoology. As pointed out by Mr. Agassiz M vision of the Echini, pp. 320-324) in Mellita sexiesperforata, the 8370 c — 18— Bull. 103 8 I 108 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ambulacra! and interambulacral lunules develop by resorption throi the test, whereas in the other species of M ellita, as far as known, ambulacral lunules are developed by the inclusion of marg. notches and the interambulacral lunule alone is formed by invag tion through the test. Encope annectans is primitive like the other fossil species of Enc in that the ambulacral notches are not inclosed to form lunules are still shallow and open. It is undoubtedly the most primitive the genus in that the lunule in interambulacrum 5 is still im] f orate. It makes an approach to the Recent Encope miche Agassiz of the Gulf of Mexico and E. grandis Agassiz of the Gul California which are the only living species characterized by o marginal notches. On the other hand, E. annectans resembles cope micropom Agassiz of the West Coast in the form of the and the position of the interambulacral lunule. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Gatun formation, Mioc Panama Canal Zone, Spillway at Gatun Dam site, D. F. MacDon collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 5846, three specimen Type.— Cat. No. 324454, U.S.N.M. Paratype.— Cat. No. 3-24 U.S.N.M. ENCOPE PLATYTATA Jackson. Plate 51, figs. 1, 2. Encope platytata Jackson, Ptoc. U. S. Nat. Mm., vol. 53, 1917, p. 494, texi| 2 ; pi. 67, figs. 1, 2. There is only a single specimen representing this species, I while it is imperfect, it yet has the essential parts preserved thatfl necessary for a description. As in the last described species, E. I nectans, this species, E. platytata, is thin, flattened, and if comp % apparently would be nearly circular in outline excepting for the I bulacral notches. If complete, the specimen would measure as <■ mated about 100 mm. in length and 100 mm. in width. The greaF height of the test is in the apical region, where it measures 10 if As the ventral side of the test is somewhat concave instead of b<| flat, the thickness of the test at the center, as measured by calif | is somewhat less than the height and measures only 8 mm. The anterior ambulacral notch of area III is very shallow rounded. The notches of the lateral anterior ambulacra II andB are also rounded but deeper than the notch of area III. PresumiJ the notches of the posterior ambulacra I and V, if preserved, w be similar but somewhat deeper, as this is the usual characte: associated species. The lunule in interambulacrum 5 is small, passes directly through the test instead of being imperforate a Encope annectans. This lunule is only preserved for the ante part of its extent as shown in the figures. The mouth is small < iu GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 109 tral in position, the periproct is elongate oval, its anterior border .3 mm. posterior to the border of the mouth opening. Poste- •ly the periproct is confluent with the infolded depression of the rambulacral lunule. le ambulacral petals are rather narrow in this specimen, measur- 13 mm. in width. The odd anterior ambulacral petal is longer a the others, and measures 36 mm. in length, whereas the pos- or petals of the trivium measure 28 mm. in length. The petals he bivium, or I and V, are longer than the posterior pair of the !. — ENCOPE PLATYTATA. DRAWING OP THE TYPE-SPECIMEN, NATURAL SIZE. RESTORA- TIONS ARE INDICATED BY DOTTED LINES. urn, but as the}' are incomplete posteriorly, a measurement can ibe given. On the ventral side, the ambulacral furrows are igly marked and each gives off a few weakly impressed branches, e apical disk is quite well preserved, shows clearly the ocular and four of the five genital pores, which are a characteristic re of Encope. The only genital pore wanting is that occurring ea 1, which is destroyed by a local fracture of the test. Minute cles cover the dorsal side of the test. Ventrally the tubercles irger except near the ambulacral furrows where they are minute. 110 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Encope platytata is a near ally of Encope tenuis Kew 1 o: Miocene of California, but differs from that species in that the g est height of the test is central, and the periproct is confluent the lunule. Locality end geologic occurrence. — Gatun formation, Mic Panama Canal Zone, from lowest horizon in big cut, one-four one-half mile beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio, D. F. Donald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors, 1911, U. S. National Mu station No. 6029«, one specimen. Type.— Cat. No. 324155, XJ.S.N.M. ENCOPE MEGATREMA Jackson. Plate 52, fig. 1. Encope megatrema Jackson. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, i text figs. 3, 4 ; pi. 6S, fig. 1. This species is represented by one fairly good test with its con part, and in addition some 12 fragments which yield helpful I on close study. From the incompleteness, measurements and I details will have to be given in general terms or omitted. As a wB, the test is low, elongated, thin on the borders and with shB ambulacral notches and an enormous lunule in interambulacrumB From the best specimen, which is figured, the length probabbfl about 120 mm. and the width about 106 mm.: thickness of thfl at its center is 10 mm. Ambulacral notches are shallow and )■ wide in areas II and V, indicating that this is the character il two posterior ambulacra I and Y and also in the paired anterio I bulacra II and I V. This evidence is supported by several of the m ments which show shallow lobes like the type, but it can nl definitely stated which areas they represent. The notch of the jH rior odd ambulacrum III is not known, but it was probably shal wa than the others, as is characteristic of species of the genus. TheH striking feature of this species is the lunule in interambulacriM which is enormous. It is situated about midway between the iwk riferous area and narrow median interporiferous area. The width : the petal of ambulacrum Y is 11 mm. and its length is 50 mm. It ;tends posteriorly in a wide curve around the lunule of interambu- crum 5 and reaches a line coincident with the posterior end of the 112 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lunule. It also extends to within 5.5 of the ambulacral notch of area in which it lies. Ambulacrum IV is much shorter than amb crum V,. measuring 30 mm. in length and 12 mm. in width at widest part. This ambulacrum extends to within 3.5 mm. of marginal notch. The features of the ambulacra V and IV, as scribed, indicate the character of ambulacra I and II, which are c preserved in part in the holotype, though one of the fragments ambulacrum II quite perfectly preserved. Ambulacrum III is re] sented only in part (for a length of 25 mm.) by the left side oi petaloid area ; it probably had about the length and width of petal of ambulacrum IV, as in the allied species Encope macropk Ravenel. Ambulacral furrows on the ventral side are deep, stror marked, with some forking near the periphery of the test. The in ambulacra are very wide, not narrowing markedly near the ap disk. Minute tubercles cover the dorsal surface of the test, and ^ trally the tubercles are larger excepting on the lines of ambula furrows, where they are minute or wanting. Details of the ap disk, peristome and periproct are entirely wanting. This species c not make a close approach to any other known species, but its nea ally is Encope macrophora Ravenel from the upper Miocene South Carolina and the Pliocene of Florida. 1 Locality and geologic occurrence. — Gatun formation, Mioc Panama Canal Zone. From 85-foot cut north side of big swamp relocated line, Panama R. R., about one and one-half to two m beyond Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio, D. F. MacDonald T. W. Vaughan, collectors, 1911. Fourteen specimens, includ fragments, U. S. National Museum station No. 6030. T yl ?e.—Czt. Xo. 324450, U.S.N.M. ECHINOLAMPAS SEMIORBIS Guppy. Echinolampas semiorbis Gtjept, On Tertiary Echihoderms from the \ Indies, Quart. Journ. Geol. See. London, vol. 22, 1S6G, p. 299, pi fi£. 7. — Cotteau, Eehinides Tertiares des lies St. Barthelemy et guilla, Kongl. Svensk. Vetenskaps. Akad, vol. 13. 1S75, p. 24, p figs. 1-2; pi. G, fig. 1.— Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53 p. 498. This species is abundant in the Oligocene Tertiary of the Vi Indies, material from Anguilla having been described by Guppy, sj Cotteau erroneously records it from St. Bartholomew. Dr. T. AY land Vaughan in 1914 collected abundant, fine specimens in the Isla of Anguilla. From the Panama Canal Zone a number of specimens were ( lected from a hard gray limestone. The specimens are for the m part uncompressed and in very good condition of preservation. 1 Clark, William Bullock, and Twttcnell, Mayvtlle W. Mesozoic and Cenozoic Ecb dermata of tiio United States. Monograph, U. S. Geol. Surrey, vol. 54, 1915, p. pi. 93, 0g8. 2a~c; pi. 94, figs, la-f. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 113 he largest specimens measures 107 mm. in length, 103 mm. in ' th, and 53 mm. in height. ocaJity and geologic occurrence. — Upper Oligocene. Emperador stone, Panama Canal Zone. Upper Limestone bed near Tower 1 (opposite Las Cascadas, Gaillard cut), D. F. MacDonald, col- >r. 1911, U. S. National Museum station No. 58666, one specimen, i Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 324457. Also Panama Canal Zone, from 5th opmost limestone, Gaillard cut, opposite Las Cascadas, U. S. onal Museum station No. 6019^, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. ghan, collectors, 1911, 4 specimens. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. :58. SCHIZASTER ARMIGER W. B. Clark. Schizastcr urmiger Clark and Twitchell, Mesozoic and Cenozoic Echiuo- D dermata of the United States, Monograph U. S. Geol. Survey, vol. 54, r 1915, p. 152, pi. 70, figs. la-d. — Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. J 53. 1917. p. 498. u|l this species the test is rather large, cordiform; upper surface r as at first rapidly, then more slowly from the anterior margin to apical system beyond which an elevated sharp ridge continues to truncated posterior margin. Length, 59 mm. ; width. 50 mm. ; ,ht. '!•) mm. The ambulacra are broad and the odd anterior tilacral petal III is situated in a deep groove that indents the c rior margin. The two lateral anterior ambulacra II and IV are r keep, broad grooves, with petals 18 mm. long. The posterior julacra I and V, similar but shorter, are 9 mm. long. Peripetalous iole is broad and distinct. Interambulacra gibbous, the posterior 5 being built up into an elevated keel. The peristome is indis- in our specimen, but as shown in W. B. Clark's excellent figures, ide and near the anterior margin. The periproct is high on the cated posterior end. le type material described by Clark is ascribed to the upper ;kson) Eocene of Choctaw County, Alabama. reality and geologic occurrence. — Miocene Bonilla, Costa , Hill collection. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 135214, one specimen. SCHIZASTER CRISTATUS Jackson. Plate 52, figs. 2-4. Ichizaster cristatus Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 499. pi. 68, figs. 2-4. ie material of this species consists of two internal moulds ; as the 2S are entirely wanting, of course external characters can not be n. The more perfect of the two specimens measures 40 mm. in th. 36 mm. in width, and 22 mm. in height. Test is moderate cording to Hill and Dall the rocks exposed at this locality are of the same age as at Gatun, Canal Zone. For a further discussion see the last chapter (by Vaughan) s volume. I 114 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sized, cordif orm, sloping gradually from the anterior border up U median crest, the widest portion being through the middle of thej The most striking feature of this species is the median keel-like i that rises sharply from the summit of interambulacrum 5 at the terior border of the test. The petal of ambulacrum III is sunken in a deep, wide groove lending to the anterior border of the test and measuring 23 mr length. The petals of the lateral anterior ambulacra II and TV, in deep grooves measuring 13 mm. in length and having abou plates in each half ambulacrum, as is indicated by the casts ol pores. The petals of the posterior ambulacra I and V are wit divergent from the anterior pair, nearly parallel and directed h ward in deep, sunken grooves. The grooves are 7 mm. long, there are about 14 plates in each half ambulacrum at this poin indicated by casts of the pores. The periproct is situated on) posterior face and coincides with the base of the crest in intei bulacrum 5. The peristome is wide and situated far forward,; tip which almost closes the mouth being i ! < mm. from the ant< border of the test. Locality and geologic occurence. — Miocene (?) , Brazil, Costal 3 A. Alfaro, collector, U. S. National Museum station No. 5505. 4 specimens. Type.— Cat. No. 324460, U.S.N.M. SCHIZASTER PANAMENSIS Jackson. Plate 50, figs. 2-3. Schizaster panamensis Jackson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. I) pi. 66, figs. 2, 3. The material consists of an internal mould free from matrix, id three specimens more or less complete, embedded in porous, dlJ colored volcanic tuff which also bears some fragments of ligi-34 The specimen, free from matrix, is the most completely preser dj although somewhat compressed dorso-ventrally, and is selectepe annectans 103, 106 grandis 108 macrophora 112 megatrema 104, 110 michelini 108 micropora : 108 platytata 103, 108 tenuis 110 Page. gatuni, Clypeaster 103, 105 grandis, Encope 108 lanceolatus, Clypeaster_ 103, 104 macrophora, Encope 112 megatrema, Encope 104, 110 Mellita sexiesperforata 107 michelini, Encope 108 micropora, Encope 108 panamensis, Schizaster 104, 114 platytata, Encope 103, 108 Schizaster armiger 104, 113 cristatus 104, 113 panamensis 104, 114 semiorbis, Echinolampas 104, 112 sexiesperforata, Mellita 107 tenuis, Encope 110 I O I • SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 ONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES BRYOZOA OF THE CANAL ZONE AND RELATED AREAS By FERDINAND CANU Of Versailles, France AND RAY S. BASSLER Of Washington, District of Columbia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 117-122, with Plate 55 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 BRYOZOA OF THE CANAL ZONE AND RELATED AEEAS. By Ferdinand Canu Of Versailles, France AND Ray S. Bassler Of Washington, District of Columbia. The following pages contain the descriptions of the few bryozoa at have so far been found in the rocks of the Canal Zone and lated areas. These bryozoa consist of two species from the Em- ;rador limestone of the Canal Zone collected by Messrs. T. Way- ad Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald and three species from the iocene of Costa Rica collected by D. F. MacDonald. The list of ecies described is as follows : Ogivalina mutabilis, new species, Emperador limestone, Panama inal Zone. Eoloporella albirosiris (Smitt), Emperador limestone, Panama mal Zone. Cupularia urtibellata Defrance, Miocene, Costa Rica. Cupularia canariensis Busk, Miocene, Costa Rica. Stichoporina tuberosa, new species, Miocene, Costa Rica. Order CHEILOSTOMATA. Group MEMBRANIPORAE. Genus OGIVALINA Canu and Bassler. OGIVALINA MUTABILIS, new species. Plate 53, fig. 1. The zoarium is incrusting. The zocecia are elongated, oval, dis- ict, separated by a deep furrow; the mural rim is thin, smooth, unded; there is often a small gymnocyst. The opesium is very rge, irregular, more often, oval. The ovicell is endozocecial, small, 8370(3—18 117 118 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. little convex. Sometimes there is a small interzooecial fusif

4. For a half century, it was therefore employed by Busk, Waters, 1 inzoni, Van den Brock, Neviani, Seguenza, De Angelis, and Canu. ^ow it appears established that Busk's two species are identical < onnan, Osburn). We do not believe it necessary to change the 120 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. names of these species as the latter authors have done since author of each is the same. A simple question of date ought 10 alter all the literature of this species which although it has n© been entirety published is nevertheless quite important. Our American specimens are well preserved. Occurrence. — Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. D. F. MacI »n aid, collector, 1911. Bowden marl at Bowden, Jamaica. The earliest occurrence of this species in the United States is ir h( Alum Bluff formation, but it is found also at many other horizor p the Miocene and Pliocene. Geological distribution. — Burdigalian of Bordeaux (ColleeB Canu). Helvetian of France (Canu) of Spain (De Angelis). V tonian of Austria-Hungary (Reuss), of Italy (Seguenza). Pis- ancian of Italy (Manzoni), of England (Busk), of Spain (De A- gelis), of Algeria (Canu). Astian of Italy (Neviani, Canu). Lil- ian of Rhodes (Manzoni), of Italy (Neviani). Quaternary of 1m (Neviani), of Argentina (Canu). Miocene of Australia? (Wabfl, Family CELLEPORIDAE Busk. Genus HOLOPORELLA Waters. HOLOPORELLA ALBIROSTRIS (Smitt). Plate 53, fig. 8. 1873. Discopora albirostris Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, pt. 2, Kongl. Sv Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, vol. 11, No. 4, p. 70, pi. 12 igs. 233-239. 1889. Cellepora albirostris Jelly, A Synonymic Catalogue of the Ej| Marine Bryozoa, p. 45. (See for complete bibliography.) 1914. Holoporella albirostris Osbup.n, Bryozoa of Tortugas Islands 182, Caruegie Institution, p. 215. Of the two specimens of this species which have been collect* j# Panama and at Anguilla one corresponds to Smitt's figure 237 nd the other to figure 238. Occurrence. — Rare in the Emperador limestone at the old qv one-third mile north of west of Empire, Panama Canal Zone, iK MacDonald and T. Wayland Vaughan, collectors, 1911 (St: ran No. 6106). Also rare along the southwest side of Crocus Bay,K guilla, Leeward Islands, Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, collector, m- Loc. No. 6894. Geological distribution. — Miocene of Australia and New Ze/cM (Waters). Habitat. Atlantic off Florida. Pacific off Austiffc Specimens have been dredged off Australia to a depth of 121 m»MB. Smitt in Florida has discovered them between 40 and 56 metersout Osburn states that it abounds at a depth of 24 meters. ; GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 121 Family CONESCHARELLINIDAE Levinsen. Genus STICHOPORINA Stoliczka. STICHOPORINA TUBEROSA, new species. Plate 53, figs. 9-12. Le zoarium is free, conical, hollow with very thick walls. The j nstome is salient, ornamented with small tuberosities ; it bears one ( two small elliptical avicularia with bar or denticles. The ovicell i large, somewhat salient, convex; it is hyperstomial and always (sed by the operculum. On the lower face, there are large pores STOunded by very small ones. ha=0.15 mm. Measurements. — Apertura ^ , r |Za=z0.09 mm. This is a very elegant species characterized by its peristomial tuber- ( ties. The ancestrula is visible only in the interior of the zoarium ; Is covered exteriorly by the first zocecia. All the zooecia are sepa- led from each other by small canals which appear to end in the |gp, inferior pores. This species must not be confounded with Mamillopora cupula liitt, 1872. It differs from it in its ovicell which is not bilobate d in its ovarian zooecia which are not larger than the others. Occurence. — Miocene, Banana Eiver, Costa Rica, D. F. McDonald, (lector, 1911. lotypes.— Cut. No. 65040, U.S.N.M. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 53. Ogivalina mutabilis, new species. 1. 1. The type-specimen, X 20, with large irregular opesia, small ovicell, small gymnocyst and one zcecium with a fusiform avicularium. Smperador limestone, Crocus Bay Hill, Anguilla. Cupularia umbellata Def ranee. h. 2. Two zoaria, natural size. 3. Celluliferous convex surface, X 20. 4. Concave surface, X 20. •liocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. Cupularia canariensis Busk. I }. 5. Two zoaria, natural size. 6. Celluliferous convex surface, X 20. 7. Concave surface, X 20. Hocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. t 122 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Holoporella alUrostris (Smitt). Fig. 8. Several zooecia much enlarged (after Smitt). Recent, Gulf of Mexico. Stichoporina tuberosa, new species. Fig. 9. Two zoaria, natural size. 10, 11. Two views X 20, of the convex, celluliferous side. 12. Photograph of the concave side, X 20. Miocene, Banana River, Costa Rica. t NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 53 1 Bryozoa of the Panama Canal Zone and Related Areas. For explanation of plate see pages 121. 122. INDEX. I Synonyms are in italics.] Page. c rostris, Cellepora 120 Discopora 120 a rostris, Holoporella 117, 120, 122 ciriensis, Cnpularia 117, 119, 121 ( epora albirostris 120 ( ularia canariensis 117, 119, 121 ( 'Ularia guineensis 119 loxoei 118 ( ularia umbellata 117, 118, 121 O Page. Discopora albirostris 120 guineensis, Cnpularia 119 Holoporella albirostris 117, 120, 122 lowei, Cnpularia 118 mutabilis, Ogivalina 117, 121 Ogivalina mutabilis 117, 121 Sticnoporina tuberosa 117, 121, 122 tuberosa, Sticboporina 117, 121, 122 umbellata, Cupularia 117, 118, 121 I m SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM THE PANAMA REGION By MARY J. RATHBUN Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 123-184, with Plates 54-66 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS FROM THE PANAMA REGION. By Mary J. Rathbun, Associate in Zoology, United States National Museum. INTRODUCTION. ?ifty-eight species of Decapods are enumerated from the collec- tns examined by the author. Three species described by other 8;hors are inserted in systematic order, thus making the list com- (te to date for the Panama region. All the available material tthe United States National Museum from Panama and Costa Rica imcluded; it ranges in age from the Oligocene (Culebra formation) t :he Pleistocene. n the list of stations and the table of distribution the data relat- I: to Cirripedia from Dr. H. A. Pilsbry's report are included for J.venience of reference. ?he literature on Panama Tertiary Decapods is so scanty that it a iot surprising that nearly all of the forms now examined prove to j new. Six species previously described from living forms are here "orded from the Pleistocene (4 species) or the Pliocene (2 spe- li). Thirty-nine species are described as new, three are types of iv genera, and one of these is the type of a new family, the Ga- I iidae. This is an extremely large and massive crab and combines I characters of the well-known Recent families, the Cancridae and I Portunidae. The most remarkable occurrence is that of a mem- > of the Hexapodinae, that subfamily of the' Goneplacidae in which 1 legs of the last pair are wanting. This is a small group of Recent abs containing 5 genera and 8 species and is strictly Indo-Pacific. 13 species from the Oligocene of Panama is the first one observed It fossil state. Many other genera dealt with in this report have I er before been found fossil. Such are Pachycheles, Petrolisthes, hu8, Hepatus, Mursia, LeucosUia, Eupkylax, Heteractaea, Eury- * n., Euryplax, and Cardisoma. in all large collections of fossil crustaceans there are a number ): fragments whose position is problematic. Some of these can be 1' ?rmined as to genera, others as to family only. 8370e— 18— Bull. 103 9 123 124 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LITERATURE ON TERTIARY DECAPODS OF PANAMA. Bouvier, E. L. Calappa Zurcheri, Crabe nouveau des terrains i cenes de Panama. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 5, 1899, 189-192, 1 text-fig. Calappa zurcheri is not represented in the United States Geological Sn, collections. Toula, Franz. Die jungtertiare Fauna von Gatun am Pana kanal. II. Teil. Jahrbuch der k. k. Geolog. Reichsansj Wien, vol. 61, 1911, pp. 487-530 (1-44), pis. 30, 31 (1, 2). The hermit-crab (Petroehirus) noted and figured by Toula (p. 511, pi. 3(3| 13) I have ventured to describe as a new species, combining as it does the ar acters of the two nearly related Recent species which inhabit opposite sidj the continent. The " Krabbenscheren " of Toula (p. 512, pi. 30, fig. 14) arfl scribed below as a species of Callianassa, C. toulai. Brown, Amos P., and Pilsbry, Henry A. Fauna of the Gatun jr mation, Isthmus of Panama. II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PlH delphia, vol. 64, Dec. 1912 (publ. Jan. 30, 1913), pp. 500-519,1 22-26. The author is indebted to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for the loan of the specimelfrl Callianassa in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural SciBl which were described by Brown and Pilsbry. They have been critically )m pared with those collected by the United States Geological Survey. LIST OF STATIONS FROM WHICH MATERIAL HAS BEEN EXAMM ARRANGED FROM THE EARLIEST TO THE LATEST, WITH W SPECIES FOUND AT EACH. Station 6012a. 1 — Panama Canal Zone. One-quarter mile soutiH Empire Bridge. From lower dark clay beneath lower conglomeS] Culebra formation (lower part). Oligocene series. CollecjB D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Balanus (Hesm baldnus?) , species. Callianassa lacunosa Rathbun. Station 6010. — Panama Canal Zone. Near Panama Canal St:fla " 1910," north of Pedro Miguel locks. From dark clay. Cajla formation (lower part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. mr Donald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Mursia obscura Rathbun. Specimens in Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences, PhilM phia. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail lard Jut. Lignitic layers about 65 feet below the base of Pecten bed at Tffcr N. Culebra formation (central part). Oligocene series. Collcor, Prof. William B. Scott; 1911. Callianassa scotti Brown and m* bry. Callianassa spinulosa Rathbun. Callianassa quadrata lm-> bun. 1 The station numbers refer to the station book of Cenozoic Invertebrate fossils Unitod States National Museum. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 125 Station 6019b. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- ;>d Cut. Four feet of dark, stratified tuff and clay immediately erlying the lower limestone bed. Culebra formation (upper part). i igocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan ; 11. Callianassa scotti Brown and Pilsbry. Callinectes, species, .mo pens, species. ^Specimen in Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel- \ia. — Costa Eica. Probably Culebra formation. Oligocene series: 5>i3eled " Miocene." Collector. W. M. Gabb. Callianassa scotti Sown and Pilsbry. Station 6019c. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gaii- Td Cut. Lower part of lime-cemented soft gray to oliye-colored hestone, with cent ral parting of dark clay. The first hard, limy ndstone bed above the lower limestone and just above 6019&. (lebra formation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, ] F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan ; 1911. Callianassa vaughani Hkbun (probably). Callianassa, f, species. Hepatus, species. ; Station 6019 e. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- Id Cut. Third hard sandstone bed from bottom. Culebra forma- :o. (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald al T. W. Vaughan: 1911. Callianassa stridens Eathbun. Station 6012c. — Panama Canal Zone. Gaillarcl Cut. Top part of hy sandstone below upper conglomerate, near foot of stairs, ^iebra formation (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, I F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Natantia, family, 2ius, and species indeterminable. Callianassa, species. Callinectes, 3 cies. Euryplax culebrensis Eathbun. Station 6020a. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, :illard Cut. Lowest fossiliferous bed. Third bed below lowest laestone beds separated by rows of nodules. Culebra formation '(wer part of upper half). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. McDonald and T. W. Vaughan: 1911. Balanus (Hesperiba- sp. Axius reticulatus Eathbun. Callianassa oralis Eath- ii. Callianassa elongata Eathbun. Callianassa crassimana Eath- >i. Callianassa spinulosa Eathbun. Callianassa quadrata Batu- mi. Callianassa abbreviata Eathbun. Callianassa magna Eath- ) i. Goniochele ? armata Eathbun. Calappella quadrispina Eath- > l C allinectes reticulatus Eathbun. Thaumastoplax prima Eath- > • Brachyrhyncha, family, genus, and two species indeterminable. 'tation 6025.— Panama Canal Zone. About 200 yards south of *ihern end of switch at Bohio Eidge station, relocated line Panama 8 lroad. Foraminiferal marl and coarse sandstone. Culebra for- cion (upper part). Oligocene series. Collectors, D. F. Mac- J iald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Carpilius, species. 126 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Station 6019 g. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, G lard Cut. Fifth or topmost limestone. Emperador limestone, gocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. VauglJB 1911. M acrobraehium, species. Callianassa tenuis Rathbun. Am sia macdonaldi Rathbun. Parthenope panamensis Rathbun. Station 6003. — Panama Canal Zone. Gatun section A, bed A ( )t- tom of section). Gatun formation (lower part). Miocene sees. Collector, D. F. MacDonald. Callianassa erassa Rathbun. Station 6029a. — Panama Canal Zone. One-fourth to one-half m beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. From lowest horizojjj big cut. Gatun formation (lower part). Miocene series, I lectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. CaUiaM vaughani Rathbun. Station 6033b. — Panama Canal Zone. Gatun section. Upper II of lowest bed. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collectors, I J. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan; 1911. Lepas injudicata Pils(r. f Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 6030. — Panama Canal Zone. One and one-half to 2 « beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. From 85-foot cu on north side of big swamp on relocated line, P. R. R. Gatun forma on. Miocene series. Collectors, D. F. MacDonald and T. W. VaugH 1911. Balanus concavus rariseptatus Pilsbry. Callianassa vaugM Rathbun Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 5900. — Panama Canal Zone. Gatun Locks. Gatun foH tion. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; May, H Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Catalogue No. 113706, U.S.N.M.— Panama Canal Zone. Nea]fl| tun. Gatun formation ( ?) . Miocene series. Labeled "MiodH Collector, Rev. J. Rowell. Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Station 5659. — Panama Canal Zone. Near Gatun Dam. C'U formation. Miocene series. Collector, one of the workmen ; shilH by D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Gatunia proavita Rathbun. Catalogue. No. 135218, U.S.N.M.— Panama Canal Zone. (■ beds. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, R. T. fll Callianassa hilli Rathbun. Catalogue No. 135219, U.S.N.M. — Panama Canal Zone. (H beds. Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, R. T. Bj Mursilia ecristata Rathbun. Station 6882k.— Cost* Rica. Banana River; tenth fossilifou* zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equrvjB to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDoStfi 1911. Euphylax forth Rathbun. Station 5882j. — Costa Rica. Banana River; ninth t'ossilif *ous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivaLfcto Gatun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDoiMi 1911. Euphylax callinectias Rathbun. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 127 Itfteft'cm 58821. — Costa Rica. Banana River; eighth fossiliferous Ine below the uppermost one of the section. 'Probably equivalent 11 Gatnn formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald ; 111. Callinectes declivis Eathbun. I Station 588*271. — Costa Eica. Banana River ; seventh fossiliferous Ine below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to Ltun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 11. Leucosilia bananensis Rathbun. ^Station 5882y. — Costa Rica. Banana River; sixth fossiliferous Ine below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to litun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; 111. Leucosilia- bananensis Rathbun. {Station 5882 f. — Costa Rica. Banana River; fifth fossiliferous Ine below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to litun formation. Miocene series. Collector, D. F. MacDonald; Hi. Leucosilia bananensis Rathbun. {Catalogue No. 321&87, U.S.N.M.— Costa Rica. Moin Hill, near i!mon. Probably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series, selector, H. Pittier. Callianassa moinensis Rathbun. uStation 588Jfd. — Costa Rica. Moin Hill; third fossiliferous zone llow the uppermost; just above level of the rails in railway cut. I'obably equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. Col- lator, D. F. MacDonald; 1911. Callianassa moinensis Rathbun. \\Station 5906a. — Panama Canal Zone. Chagres River, 50 to 75 feet plow those of (17c) ^5905" in lighter colored limestone according |» incomplete evidence. Pliocene series. Collector, D. F. Mac- Donald; May, 1911. Balanus glyptopoma Pilsbry. kJStation 5903. — Panama Canal Zone. From across Chagres River : d probably 220 to 225 feet above level of river, top of hill opposite -ihajuela. Gray tufaceous limestone. Pliocene series. Collector, I F. MacDonald; May, 1911. Balanus glyptopoma Pilsbry. Station 4269. — Costa Rica. City of Port Limon. Port Limon urination. Pliocene series. Collector, Dr. L. A. Wailes. Pa- •ycheles latus Rathbun. Petrolisthes avitus Rathbun. Calappa PT09 ! — X X X -r X ■2oI09 X X •x X - — •oioo £009 1 - X •T5906? | X ■£069 | X O06S — 1 ' "988S \ X -vms ! •X - r- r .- — : '36S8S | •fesss ! E88S 'mm j "8985 x ■ 7985 x : •0S8S ;XXX ';X • x • "699? *69S* ;xx 1 o a i : >> - * 5§ ■ 5 ! | >. in 3 s 2 5 !t ; 1 ' J < ■*! • e : i ►> ] J i j [J > i > t £ 3 i *»" a avUus, n ; f >"] • c i S ' : jj !! • f :- : •5 ; p • 8 ' C 1! I* n » « - c J 1 1 I 5 i"« 3 * r§ •i : > «. - c 1 ! - - \ r ! :"5 3 , !! I . > 5 • c ±" : c - ] *■ : ~ c • u z 3 W : P . •BST09 I : •0X09 | : X ■z 1 : . "^9065 | ; 'S069 | I '0069 X "98 85 •P*88S ! ; •^3889 ; - •X •fe889 ! • X 'K.889 1 : X "MZS8S | : x : "5g889 | • x • •JZS89 j • 7989 | • '0S8S j •> X ;X X X •x :X '6599 X •692f X X ustaoeans • » a c c e V c_ C 8 1 c c | ■/ :| > j ! o li 98 23 0* s ' i e r '< ^ 5 «- p r - , u l species inc tie Edwards _c '5 cl C | a « IH 1 1 Oft as -3.2 S S.J ga5 it 3 llillil ff|l«n GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 131 DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. Subclass MALACOSTRACA. Order DECAPODA. Suborder NATANTIA. Family, genus, and species indeterminable. Plate 57, fijr. 1. \ Locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Top part of limy sandstone below iper conglomerate, near foot of stairs, Gaillard Cut, Upper part k Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald and I W. Yaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6012roken off; the terminal bay has a somewhat enlarged, but still Bill, tooth at its middle. >aratypes. — (a) Distal half of dactylus, but with small tip lack- 1, same width as holotype; terminal sinus same length but more fved, so that the distal border of the boundary tooth is shorter; tjdle sinus half as long, nondentate, next boundary tooth broader ■n in holotype. l>) Dactylus with proximal end lacking, same width as holotype, y:ae more rounded, terminal sinus a little shorter, boundary tooth ah end missing, enlarged middle tooth better developed than in |i3type, pointing obliquely distad; middle sinus longer, boundary i:h broken. ' c) Propodal (?) finger broader than the others, showing one Dis nearly equal to 2 sinuses of the holotype and limited by a large i:h with nearly equal sides. have placed this species in Xephrops on account of the ribbed ijers irregularly toothed. The 'ariations in the dactyl may repre- |t either individual or sexual variation. NEPHROPS, species. Plate 57, figs. 25 and 26. ocality. — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope in ditch hugh swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present sea :|2h, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. Mac- Jkald, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. Xo. 324249. Iji.N.M. (aterial. — Dactylus of right cheliped, 12 mm. long; distal half olerately curved toward the propodal finger, but the whole finger Jfngly curved downward; 6 strong, longitudinal costae, 3 dorsal, arginal, 2 ventral; about 9 linos of punctae; the prehensile teeth, . '^in all, are larger and more projecting in that two-fifths of the O'gin just posterior to the middle. iter the above description was written the proximal half of the pimen was accidentally crushed and destroyed. -lthough the dactylus is much more curved than in any species of ^hrops, yet its ornamentation is so similar to that of the preced- E species, N. costatus, that it is referred to the same genus. 134 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Tribe ANOMURA. Superfamily GALATHEIDEA. Family PORCELLANIDAE. PACHYCHELES LATUS, new species. Plate 57, figs. 21-23. Type-locality. — Costa Rica; Port Limon. Pliocene series. L. A. Wailes, collector. Station 4269. Holotype, left manus t propodal finger; inner proximal corner of manus broken off. Pi type, left manus, with both fingers; proximal portion of ma broken off. Type.— Cstt No. 324264, U.S.N.M. Measurements. — Width of palm, 4.6 mm. ; length of same to si 5.1 mm. ; length to end of finger, 6.7 mm. ; greatest thickness* 2.3 i Holotype. — Outer and inner margins thick and strongly cm in dorsal view; upper surface covered with granules crowded gether and of varying size ; the granules are continued on the o surface and a little way on the under surface ; they are then reph by squamiform granules and short rugae which are continued < the inner surface. There are no marginal lines indicated. At distal end, the width from the articulating condyle to the inner ai is nearly as great as to the outer margin. The fixed finger is si and stout, width subequal to length; a bit of the tip is, howe missing; a low tooth occupies the greater part of the basal hal the prehensile edge. Pa/ratype. — Smaller than the holotype and much worn so that granulation is not well marked. Tooth at base of immovable fii minute. Movable finger very short and broad, granulate, wit basal prehensile tooth, its surface granulate. In general shape and granulation, this form resembles the ms of the Recent P. grossimanus (Guerin) from Peru and Chile, bu the latter the outer margin is paved with larger granules formii definite edge, and the propodal finger is longer and more curved. PETROLISTHES AVITUS, new species. I 'late 67, flgs. is-20. Type-locality. — Costa Rica ; Port Limon. Pliocene series.. L. A. Wailes, collector. Station 4269. Type.— Cat No. 324266, U.S.N.M. Holotype. — Palm of left cheliped, showing the greater part of upper and lower surfaces including the inner margin and the di GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 135 3ulating edge of the lower surface. Outer edge, proximal end, finger missing. Upper surface covered with coarse granulated ie of very different lengths, varying from 1 to 10 or 12 granules, arranged obliquely longitudinally. Lower surface covered with | ed, wavy and punctate striae starting almost at right angles with inner margin, curving slightly forward and then abruptly back- i; so that the greater part is more longitudinal than transverse; | striae are somewhat subdivided and followed outwardly by ter striae; at the inner end the}* terminate abruptly, so that from ke they have the appearance of 13 truncated shallow teeth, gth 5.2 mm. p.is manus resembles that of two common recent species, P. ptu$ (Gibbes) 1 , and P. galathinus (Bosc) 2 , both found on the At- ic as well as on the Pacific side of the continent. The upper ace of the palm is similar in P. urm-atus, that is, it is ornamented (. short, irregular striae, which are, however, parallel to the inner gin, while in the fossil form they diverge proximally from the {jin. The lower surface of P. avitus, on the other hand, resembles . 3 closely that of P. galathinus, but in the latter, the striae trend 3 strongly forward on leaving the inner margin, and that margin f is not formed of such strongly marked teeth. Superfamily THALASSINIDEA. Family AXIIDAE. AXIUS RETICULATUS, new species. Plate 57, figs. 2 nnd 3. '/pe-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gaii- Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed. Third bed below lowest :J stone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper x '- of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald ■ T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020a. olotype. — Cat. No. 324260, U.S.N.M. Left propodus of first i< a iopod, embedded in a nodule and showing the finger and the c iter part of the palm, except the proximal end and the distal 1 er corner. An impression of the same is shown in another piece ie nodule. The segment as uncovered is 14.3 mm. long, greatest i'ht 5 mm., length of finger 7 mm. The palm is greatly swollen at the top rounds over into a broad upper surface about 2.4 mm. I idth. The shell is considerably cracked and in life may not have . as thick as it appears. The lower margin is sinuous, forming a at about the distal third of the palm; so far as the edge is pre- ed it is formed of small bead granules. The outer and upper ace is ornamented with granules irregular in size and disposi- . fPorcellana armata Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 3, 1850, p. 100. [ht » Porcellana galathina Bosc, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 1, 1802, p. 233, pi. 6, fig. 2. 136 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tion, larger and thicker on the distal part midway between uj and lower margins, elsewhere smaller and to a large extent f ormh reticulate pattern ; proxinially on the upper part of the outer sur the raised reticulate lines are smooth, or non-granulate. The outer surface of the finger is rather regularly tapering, lower margin directed slightly upward, the superior margin ne straight; surface smooth; finger thick, the upper surface obliqu beveled; traces of line teeth are visible on the prehensile edge. AXIUS?, species. Plate 57, fig 10. Locality. — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope, in e through swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present beach, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. I Donald, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. No. 324 U.S.N.M. Material. — A single movable spine, 6.7 mm. long, with the broken off, resembles the styloid scaphocerite or movable acicle oim outer antenna of some species of Axius. The spine is some\iJ 3-angled, the most acute edge being dorsal, the two blunt edges bag nearer together and ventral. There are a few punctae : 4 large les in a row on the ventral surface ; 2 large, external, far apart, ist below the upper margin; 4 small ones, internal, 3 of which foij triangle near the middle, while the other is nearer the distal enc Family CALLIANASSIDAE. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CALLIANASSA HERE DESCRIBED. The material is insufficient to distinguish between the larger the smaller chela of the same pair, which also may vary in shape ) size in the two sexes. A 1 . Maims and carpus meeting in an oblique line. B 1 . Lower margin of manus serrated oualis, B 2 . Lower margin of manus smooth lacunosa, }] A J . Manus and carpus meeting in a vertical line. B\ Lower margin of manus directed forward and upward, at least in paij C\ Palmar portion of manus distinctly longer than high. D\ Palm compressed. E\ Palm elongate; margins strongly convergent elongata, E 2 . Palm less elongate ; margins moderately convergent — scotti, ]] D 2 . Palm swollen moinensis, O*. Palmar portion of manus about as long as high, or shorter. T|| margin of manus directed forward and downward toward the margin. D*. Immovable finger very thin, a cross-section near its base being than twice as long as wide. A strong tooth in the sinus betwee fingers or on the base of the immovable finger SQinulosd, I) 2 . Immovable finger thicker, a cross section near its base beimj than twice as long as wide. A tooth in the sinus between the fi| but near the base of the dactylus tenuis, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 137 I, Manus and carpus meeting in a vertical line — Continued. { J . Lower margin of manus directed straight forward or nearly so; that is, at right angles to its proximal margin. O 1 . Upper, margin of manus subparallel to lower margin. No tooth in sinus between fingers. Carpus much higher than long. D\ Lower margin serrulate quadrata, p. 145 D 2 . Lower margin granulate toulai, p. 146 C 2 . Upper margin of manus directed forward and downward toward lower margin. D\ A large tooth in sinus between fingers and situated on base of im- movable finger abbreviate, p. 147 D 2 . A small tooth in sinus between fingers, and situated near movable finger. Carpus very little, if at all, higher than long hilli, p. 148 D 3 . No tooth in sinus between fingers. Fingers long and strong. vaughani, p. 148 i 3 . Lower margin of manus unknown. A stridulating ridge near the hori- zontal upper margin stridens, p. 151 Meeting of manus and carpus unknown. \ Immovable finger slender. Distal articulating edge of manus crenulate and very oblique crassimana, p. 141 2 . Only the dactylus known. C 1 . Dactylus of large size. Cross section at base subcylindrical. Pre- bensile edge thin magna, p. 151 C 2 . Dactylus half as long as preceding, more compressed. Prehensile edge thicker crassa, p. 152 The 2 Callianassas to which specific names are not given are ex- iled from the above key. CALLIANASSA OVALIS, new species. Plate 59, figs. 1-4. 'ype-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- i Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed, third bed below lowest estone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper f of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020a. Holotype one paratype. Cat. No. 324269, U.S.N.M. lolotype. — A left chela with Avrist and arm attached, and enclosed i nodule which is split in two. The specimen had been crushed, the half nodule containing the impression shows also small *;es of the cheliped itself. Wrist and manus together oblong- II; line between them oblique; upper and lower margins of manus dhtly convex; greatest width about equal to the upper length; »n the widest point, the lower margin of the propodus slants ward. Fingers directed straight forward and of subequal length. movable finger an isosceles triangle, the base of which is two- i ds as long as either side ; end blunt ; cutting edge with a shallow Angular tooth at the proximal two-fifths. Movable finger sub- ^>ng, end broad, cutting edge with a broad, shallow, rounded tooth 138 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. near the base. The merus appears to be about twice as long as and is dilated at the middle. Measurements. — Length of carpus and propodus, measured i lowest point of articulation with merus to end of propodal fir 20.5 mm.; proximal width of propodus (approx.), 9.4 mm.; gre: width of same, 10 mm.; distal width of same, 8.7 mm.; supi length of same, 10.2 mm. ; inferior length of same, 13.2 mm. ; le of propodal finger measured on cutting edge, 5.7 mm.; lengt dactylus, 5.7 mm. Paratype. — (a) Left manus with part of the fixed finger, bedded in a nodule and exposing the outer surface. Larger holotype. The lower margin of the manus has blunt serraljl resembling the stumps of spines; above the margin is a row ofB distant punctae; at the distal end there are two rows of grail leading toward the upper part of the fixed finger. Paratype. — (b) Carpus of left cheliped embedded in a noduleB imprint of same, showing the distal and upper margins and a ll part of the outer surface. The distal margin is oblique and corty< and has a little rounded lobe at each end ; the upper margin is an and has a snbmarginal groove. CALLIANASSA LACUNOSA, new species. Plate 59. figs. 6-11. Type-locality. — One-quarter mile south of Empire Bridge, C Zone, Panama; from lower dark clay beneath lower conglome Lower part of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. Donald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6012a. specimens, each a left propodus of the first cheliped. Cat. 324278, U.S.N.M. Holotype. — The palmar portion of a propodus, the fixed fj broken off near its base ; the propodus is incomplete near the da( and also at the proximal end; this end is, however, fairly com| on the inner surface, so that the measurements may be stated approximate accuracy. Length, at the level of the sinus bet] the fingers, 16 mm.; greatest height, 15.6 mm. ; least height, 15.2 thickness, 6.6 mm. The upper margin is a little arched, the nearly straight; the} 7 converge a little distally; they are very the top of this thin edge along the upper margin is set with oljM tubercles, dorsal in position; the lower edge is smooth. The M surface has a row of 6 pits a little above the edge and fairly e|H spaced; they have a raised edge and are distally inclined, indiciDi that they were sockets for hairs or bristles; 3 similar pits far are close up under the upper margin; of the few scattered p| form a triangle at the distal end, the one near the base of thei GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 139 being the largest; there is also a medium-sized pit a little , )w the middle, while 3 small ones are visible near the proximal ' . A prominent blunt ridge runs from near the top of the fixed jer obliquely backward and upward for a short distance on the m; near this ridge, but chiefly above it, and partly behind it, re is a patch of low tubercles, mostly oblong but very irregular >hape and size. On the inner surface there is a row of 8 sockets ttle distance below the thin, upper, marginal rim; these sockets, le of good size, have very narrow, perpendicular openings. Above lower margin there is a row of 12 sockets; this row distally ap- laches close to the edge, while the sockets themselves become larger j. farther apart; they are very oblique to the margin and are '' ost more distal than lateral in their inclination. These 2 rows 1 sockets on the inner surface are more prominent than any others ; l»w the middle there are 10 or 12 scattered sockets mostly small ; ! p the middle there is a patch of tubercles, somewhat masked by 'iin layer of adhering matrix. On the inner surface there is a 1 at ridge leading back from the finger similarly placed to that on r 'outer surface, but lower and wider. The finger is slender, judging a the section at its base. araiype. — This propodus shows the outline of the proximal end, i the distal end is broken off and not a vestige of the finger remains. 1 size is less than in the holotype : length, at the level of the sinus ( Eveen the fingers, 10.3 mm.; greatest height, 11.4 mm.; least ijht, 10 mm.; thickness, 5.2 mm. The margins are more con- : fj*ent than in the holotype and the palm is relatively shorter. The fier as well as the lower edge is almost smooth. On the outer sur- l| the sockets in the upper submarginal row are 4, as there is an [itional one visible at the proximal end; the sockets of the lower 1 are fewer and more distant than in the larger specimen, as only ,In be detected; of the scattered sockets, 3 form a distal triangle. vie 10 or 12 small ones are disposed transversely near the proximal 1; the protuberances above the oblique ridge leading from the fixed ler consist of a few small granules. On the inner surface, a J of 8 submarginal sockets above, as in the holotype; near the Ipr margin only 10 sockets can be counted, because the distal „),ier is broken away; scattered sockets 16 or 18, below the middle: w granules close to the sinus between the digits. CALLIANASSA ELONGATA, new species. M Plate 60, figs. 4-6. 'Vpe-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, I lard Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed, third bed below lowest i stone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper 8370°— 18— Bull. 103 10 . 140 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. half of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacD(> and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 602.0a. Holotype.—Cat. No. 324271, U.S.N.M. A left manus, with! of immovable finger attached; this shows all of the outer suiB except the margin bordering the dactylus; nearly the whole oft inner surface is concealed by the matrix. The upper margin isnB straight throughout its length, and is bluntly angled; lower msj very sinuous, the manus being very much deeper in its pro?J than its distal half, edge serrulate or spinulous throughout its lei th proximal edge vertical, nearly as long as upper margin. Oifi outer surface there is a group of granules at the distal two-sevi,B and just below the middle; there is a curved row of granules I the sinus, which is continued upon the propodal finger near its ill edge; 6 granules in all are visible. Finger very slender, inc* downward. The dactylus must have been very stout, and the . cent edge of the manus very oblique, but it is now incomplete. Measurements. — Superior length of manus (approx.), 15.7 ] length to sinus, 20.4 mm. ; greatest height, 16.2 mm. ; proximal h \ (approx.), 15.1 mm.; distal height, 12.4 mm. CALLIANASSA SCOTTI Brown and Pilsbry. Plate 60, figs. 9-12. Callianassa scotti Brown and Pilsbry (part), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. I vol. 64, 1913. p. 503, pi. 22, figs. 1 and 3 (not fig. 2). Locality. — Panama Canal Zone. From the 4 feet of dark si lied tuff and clay immediately overlying the lower limestone Las Cascadas section. Upper part of Culebra formation. CH cene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. A Station 60i9&. Cat, No. 324279, U.S.N.M. Material. — A left manus, removed from the matrix, and infl plete at the proximal end. Outer surface very convex from updH lower margin; upper margin straight, with a blunt marginal m lower edge acute and serrulate with fine appressed teeth or s\m inclined upward toward the base of the finger, then dowirwB three granules or tubercles in a curved row just outside the ed:jtf the sinus between the fingers. The cross section of the finger H its base is very small, in relation to the manus. Inner su|H; slightly convex, from upper to lower edge, and with a depressicB either side of the base of the fixed finger; numerous granules m the distal end, some arranged in a curved band between the|H fingers. Measurements. — Greatest height of manus, 25.2 mm.: least ln^l of same, 23.3 mm. ; length of same to digital sinus, 24.6 mm. ; thiclWt GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 141 Wne, 10.9 mm.: greatest diameter of fixed finger near its base, mm. ; least diameter of same, 4.2 mm. \olotype and paratypes. — In the material included by Mr. Brown : Dr. Pilsbry under C. scotti are specimens of three species; two hese species were figured with the original description ; the larger ;ies illustrated 1 by figures 1 and 3, plate 22, is chosen to bear the 3 le scotti, and the original of figure 1 may be designated as the 3-specimen. as it is free from the matrix and shows more of the racteristic granulation than does the original of figure 3, which lrnished with a propodal finger, but is half embedded in a matrix. Iso shows, although roughly, a row of 5 pits on the upper margin ; row, however, slopes downward a little distally on to the inner ! ace. The greatest height of the type is 27 mm., length at level of s between fingers, 28 mm. till a third specimen, also a left manus, was taken at the same ;e; the surface is much worn, but the proximal angles are well de- i. The t} 7 pe-locality is in the lignitic layers, about 65 feet below- base of the Pecten bed at Tower N., Las Cascadas section, Gail- . Cut: Prof. W. B. Scott, collector, 1911. Type, Cat. No. 2259, 5. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia. he hand mentioned by Brown and Pilsbry, 2 as collected by W. M. b in Costa Rica, apparently belongs to C. scotti. It shows well upper marginal row of pits, numbering 7, which drops dis bally ;o the inner surface. The specimen is labeled " Miocene." Cat. 2255, Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia. CALLIANASSA CRASSIMANA, new species. Plate 61, fi?s. 15-17. \ype-locality . — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- . Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed, third bed below lowest i] 'stone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald i T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020a. 'easurements. — Distal height of palm, 22 mm. ; thickness of palm, ?ast 7.7 mm. ; length of crenulated lobe bordering dactylus, 10.2 fc; upper length of dactylus (tip broken off), 18 mm.; greater diueter at the break near the tip, 1.7 mm.; lesser diameter at same put, 1.3 mm.: greater diameter at a break about middle of finger, &nm. ; lesser diameter at same point, 2.8 mm. I olotype.— Cat. No. 324273, U.S.N.M. A portion of the distal end phe left manus with the propodal finger attached ; embedded in a n ule. This must have been a very large specimen. The oblique Proc. Acad. Nat. Sic, Phila., vol. 64, 1913, p. 503 2 Idem, p. 504. 142 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. margin of the lobe of the maims which overlapped the dactyl very oblique and is straight and deeply crenulated with abou crenules ; the length of the lobe is as great as the distance acros; adjoining sinus and the propodal finger. This sinus is very and proximally subtruncate. The immovable finger is very narr< relation to the size of the palm ; it is slightly compressed, and \ upward; on the inner surface just within the lower margin the a row of punctae ; on the outer face there are 3 larger spots, 2 the lower margin and one near the sinus, which may be socket setae. A tubercle on the outer surface just behind the sinus, inner surface of the manus is deeply channeled out near the ! between the fingers. The holotype is in two pieces, as the immovable finger is brokijB two, the distal portion embedded in that half of the nodule yM bears the imprint of the remainder of the holotype. This species is very near C. scotti, but has a larger sinus betM the fingers, a longer propodal finger, and a shallower sinus iiH lower margin of the manus just behind the finger. CALLIANASSA MOINENSIS, new species. Plate 60, figs. 1-3. Type-locality. — Moin Hill, near Limon, Costa Rica. Prol equivalent to Gatun formation. Miocene series. H. Pittier, coll Propodus of right cheliped, and an impression of half a finger Measurements. — Length (approx.) of manus, to sinus be fingers, 9 mm. ; height of same, 7 mm. ; thickness of same, 4.7 length of immovable finger (tip broken off), 8.6 mm. Holotype.— -Cat. No. 324287, U.S.KM. Palm much swollen, section ovate, lower margin viewed from the side very arcuate, i margin slightly so. The surface has almost entirely lost the white layer, but the next layer is gray and is crossed transverse many very short rugae, which are strongest on the lowest part c outer surface. There is a distinct line below dividing the inner the outer surface and marked by an irregular row of very punctae. On the inner surface considerably below the upper ml there is a row of large punctae. The immovable finger is slender, bent downward and ciHJ inward. It has 7 more or less defined ridges, the bluntest of \W& is the most inferior; either side of the ridge representing theU hensile edge there is a granular ridge, the outer of which ifl elevated; in addition, there are 2 ridges on the outer surface ane-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, G lard Cut. From fifth or topmost limestone. Emperador limest Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collect 1911. Station 6019^. Holotype.— Cat. No. 324282, U.S.N.M. Left manus with prop< linger broken off, segment shorter than its greatest height, in gen subrectangular. with upper and lower margins converging dista outer surface very convex from top to bottom; upper and lo ! edges marginate, the lower one very thin: inner surface convex cept near the bottom where it is flat, at the proximal end where t is a furrow parallel with the articulation, and near the distal s: where there is a depression. The propodal finger, is very ir smaller than the dactylus, and its cross section is suboval y pointed ends; the sinus is about as wide as the thumb; it bears, c up to the insertion of the dactylus and on the edge of the outer face, pointing forward, a short, broadly triangular spine. Surf much worn, so that it is difficult to tell whether unevennesses natural or not. Mritxan in, „. >. Length of manus, measured to sinus, 11.4 ir| greatest height, 13 mm.: distal height, 10.3 mm.: thickness, 5.3 m GEOLOGY AND PALEOBIOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 145 CALLIANASSA QUADRATA, new species. Plate 62, figs. 4-14. lallianassa scotti Brown and Pilsbry (part), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64. 1913, p. 503, pi. 22, fig. 2 (not figs. 1 and 3). epresented by 2 specimens of the left manus from which the )odal finger has been broken off. The smaller one is used as . type, as it is the better preserved. ype-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- ■ . Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed, third bed below lowest stone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020«, Holotype paratype. Cat. No. 321275, U.S.N.M. asurcments (in mm.). — Holotype. Paratype. Height of manus near middle 13. 3 15. 3 ) Length of manus measured to sinus 12. 8 15. 7 : Thickness of manus 6. 2 7. 5 olotype. — Hand squarish, with the corners rounded off. The 3r and lower margins are subparallel, the upper slightly arched, lower with a shallow distal sinus. Distal margin, at the articula- with the dactylus, nearly vertical. Outer surface slightly con- in a longitudinal direction, strongly convex vertically, furrowed le distal end across the middle third: inner surface moderately ; r ex except at the distal and lower portions, where it is concave ; ... [e is a groove just above the lower margin which widens as it ap- aches the finger. Lower margin serrulate ; upper margin bluntly led except in the distal third, where it is rounded: just within . . margin there is a row of sockets of which 3 can be made out. ,the outer surface near the sinus between the fingers there is a ircle and near the carpus 3 granules far apart in a vertical row ; he inner surface there is a row of granules, running almost longi- nally near the middle and thence downwards toward the sulcus ireen the fingers; 2 tubercles near the articulation with the dac- rs. Propodal finger narrow, much compressed, subtriangular at V base in cross section, with the small end of the triangle down. 3 of dactylus very large. (iratype (a). — Larger than the type; upper margin straighter; •tubercle on the outer surface near the sinus is of good size; on * nner surface near the middle there are numerous granules instead le single row in the holotype : 2 tubercles near the dactylus. oubtful specimen. — A single specimen of a left carpus, from the 3 locality as the types may belong to the same species. The r surface is mostly concealed by the matrix. Outer surface 146 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. very convex from the upper to the lower margin ; convexity ak: that of the manus of this species, which is the reason for pla the carpus here rather than with Callianassa elongata or any c species occurring at the same locality. Carpus about If time high as its greatest width, which is in the upper part; the a formed by the superior and the distal margins is a little less th right angle ; superior margin straight ; distal angle projecting a the articulation with the manus. The inferior distal angle pro even more below the articulation; the angle is obtuse; from 1 margin rounds downward and then upward in a single curve lowermost part is finely serrate. Measurements. — Height of carpus, between distal angles, mm. ; greatest height, 18.8 mm. ; greatest width, 12.8 mm. ; widt upper margin, 12 mm. ; greatest width below the articulation wit] merus, 11.8 mm. Four specimens before me from the collection of the Acaden Natural Sciences of Philadelphia belong to this species; they ar< right and three left chelae and form part of the material referre Brown and Pilsbry to their C. scotti. (Paratype b) One left is that figured on plate 22, fig. 2. 1 All are larger than the type terial described above, but so far as their characters are prese they agree in essentials with the type. (Paratype e) The right (the largest specimen) its about 23 mm. long by 21.2 mm. wide possesses a longer piece of the propodal finger than the other s mens; the exposed cross section of the finger is oval. (Paratyj The shortest of the left chelae has a large part of the outer laye served on the infero-distal and inferior surface, where it is co^ with granules, arranged without regularity except for a row o: outer surface parallel and close to the lower edge. This row i visible in my figure 14, plate 62. The longest of the left c (Paratype e) is about 24 mm. by 19 mm., that is, considerably rower than (c). CALLIANASSA TOULAI, new species. " Krabbenscheren ■ Toijla, Jahrb. der k. k. Geolog. Reichsanstalt, v« 1911, p. 512 [26], pi. 30 [1], fig. 14. Founded on two chelae, one with palm 20.6 mm. long, 16.5 wide, the other (without movable finger) with palm 9.4 mm. 5.5 mm. wide. Outer surface of palm arched, inner surface almost flat and vi flat depression close to the lower margin and extending fro fixed finger. The upper and lower margins are sharp, the f bears 3 spinelike projections directed forward, the lowest spine 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64, 1913, p. 503 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 147 i , sharp margin; lower margin very finely and sharply granulate he finger tip. Outer surface smooth and glossy, thickly covered •ip the lower margin with fine granules. Inner surface covered i very small, oblong punctae. A stout tooth on the prehensile gin of the immovable finger visible from the outside; another ,h on the movable finger, visible from the inside. ype-locality. — Gatun. Miocene series. CALLIANASSA ABBREVIATA, new species. Plate 63, figs. 1-6. ype-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- l|t Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed; third bed below lowest T i istone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper : of Culebra formation. Oligocene series, D. F. MacDonald idei T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020a. 4 specimens, y ar 'ypes.— Cat. No. 324274, U.S.N.M. ^(easurements. — Length of manus to sinus, 10.3 mm.; greatest eft *ht, 10 mm. ; distal height, 8.4 mm. lolotype. — Specimen of right manus partially embedded, showing ires 3r surface and half of outer surface; an imprint of the inner sur- ihti i of the holot}rpe is seen on a separate piece of rock. Length and ride *ht subequal ; inf ero-proximal angle a right angle, upper margin : • vex. Outer surface slightly convex from end to end, more so from q to bottom. Inner surface equally convex in both directions, with ::a 'irrow close to the proximal end ; an oblique furrow near the lower 3' e, directed slightly upward distally, and a depression leading to :n sdnus between the fingers and to the adjacent part of the immov- ■r. i finger; on the oblique raised line below T this depression, there is t 3W of 4 granules. Upper and lower edges margined ; the lower ;e shows, in the impression, about 18 dots, but whether these are ictae or spinules on the outer surface can not be told. There is a is of 6 punctae just wdthin the upper margin. A few scattered >iictae on inner surface. An oblique cross section of the thumb is nil and somewhat diamond-shaped; above this section there is a ) nt tooth ; sinus between the 2 fingers V-shaped. The impression Jws a little more of the length of the thumb than remains in the I e, but represents neither the full length nor width. *aratype (a). — Left manus, larger than the holotype, and free the matrix; immovable finger broken off; edges worn; inter- 1 ital tooth present, and near by on the outer surface, a granule. waratype (b). — A fragment, comprising the distal lower end of t- propodus with broken finger attached ; interdigital tooth present. 148 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. CALLIANASSA HILLI, new species. I Mate 58, tigs. 18-20. Type-locality. — Gatun beds, Panama Canal Zone. Gatun for tion. Miocene series. Robert T. Hill, collector; Station 18. Types.— Cat. No. 135218, U.S.N.M. Measurements. — Greatest height of carpus of right cheliped nun. ; superior length of same, 10.3 mm. Material. — 3 pieces of rock from the same place contain fragm of Callianassa which belonged to at least 2 specimens and prob represent a single species. The largest piece contains *2 fragm* each consisting of a right merus and carpus (the better preserv these may be considered the holotype) ; the imprint of a right and hand; the distal half of a right propodus and a portion of dactylus. The second piece of rock has been broken from the and contains the continuation of the right propodus, with ca and merus attached (paratype a), also the first 4 segments of third right leg. The third piece of rock contains the sixth joint oi tail (paratype b) . The following description is compiled fron the specimens: The merus of the right cheliped has the outer margin promine carinate with a smooth rounded carina ; upper margin granul In both instances the merus is so flexed beneath the carpus that lower margin is not visible. The carpus is about equally long high ; its upper margin is slightly convex to a point near the artic tion with the merus ; distal margin slightly concave, but nearly tical ; margin from the inf ero-distal angle to the merus strongly ate. Manus about as long as high, moderately convex, outer sui more so than inner; lower margin nearly straight: just above inner surface a row of many fine punctae from which setae may sprung; this row is continued on the propodal finger; the lat only partly uncovered; it is flat on the inner side, at least half as as the manus and its lower margin is a straight line continuous that of the manus. The right leg of the third pair is very much like the correspon member in C. stimpsoni Smith, the Callianassa of the Atlantic of the United States. The sixth segment of abdomen or tail is subrhomboidal, with a striction behind the middle; the segment is much wider in i than behind ; the depressed portion at the anterior middle was hi in life under the fifth segment. CALLIANASSA VAUGHANI, new species. Plate 63, tigs. 10-13. Type-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. From 85-foot cut on r side of big swamp on relocated line, Panama Railroad: H to '1 i GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 149 md Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. Gatun formation, icene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. L. Station 6030. Holotype and 2 paratypes. Cat. Xo. 324285, I.N.M. 'olotype. — Portion of the right claw, comprising the distal end of manus and both fingers ; outer surface only. Height of manus at al end equal to length of dactylus measured on the chord from the to the middle of its articulating edge ; surface convex from upper }wer edge. Fixed finger wide in its proximal half, then abruptly rowed ; distal half directed slightly upward ; length twice as great rasal width. The ends of the fingers are somewhat crushed; the able finger curves strongly downward and appears to overreach tip of the immovable finger, being at right angles to it ; its lower 3 has two teeth, one near the articulation squarish, broader than the other smaller, separated by a rounded sinus. At the sinus \\ to this tooth is the widest inter digital gape : a little further on fingers would meet for a ways, if they were closed, while the tips Id cross each other. The greatest width of the dactylus is a little e than a third of its greatest length, measured in a straight line, ae oblique edge of the propodus which projects over the dactylus enulate. On the manus near the gape of the fingers there are 3 rcles in a curve parallel with the edge. Behind the crenulation :3 are 2 scale-like sockets from which setae probably arose, and nd these a vertical thumb-nail impression. Xear the supero- tl angle of the manus there is another socket. On the proximal of the dactylus there are 9 sockets of larger size than those on nanus and irregularly disposed: 2 are on the larger prehensile ii and one on the smaller. iratype (a). — Left manus, both sides visible. A smaller speci- than the holotype. Upper and lower margins distally converg- Length a little more than greatest width. Outer surface con- |m both directions, but more so from top to bottom. Surface for nost part smooth and shining. The ornamentation is like that ie type, that is, a crenulated edge on the lobe which overlaps the plus, a row of tubercles just behind the gape — the lower of the >ercles is broken off — above this 2 sockets, and then a very short iib-nail impression, followed by a socket near the upper angle, upper margin is subacute in its proximal half, becoming gradu- blunt toward the distal end ; on either side is a row of sockets ; 5 visible on the outer surface and 5 on the inner ; lower margin d, also with a row of sockets on either side : 5 are visible on the * side and about 10 on the inner side in the distal half; the imal half is broken. There are a few punctae scattered about niter surface: while on the inner surface near the depression 150 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. leading to the gape there is a double row of granules, 8 of w can be made out. The edge overlapping the dactylus is crenulat I the inner surface. Paratope (£>). — Portion of left propodus showing part of fil and a small part of the manus. Surface shining. Three tube! near gape, and continuing the same curve along the upper part o: outer surface of the finger, there is a granule followed by 2 soc Measurements. — (Approximate only.) Holotype: Distal h be correct, this is from the right cheliped. The two oblique ves near the distal end may have been artificially produced. Family PAGURIDAE. PETROCHIRUS BOUVIERI. new species. ' Petrochirus cf. gramdatus Olivier s/j." Toula, Jahrb. der k. k. Geolog - . a Reichsanstalt, Wien, vol. 61, 1911, p. 511 [25], pi. 30 [1], fig. 13. ^,tun; Miocene (Toula). Not represented in the collection at :i .ere are two recent species of Petrochirus on opposite sides of ' continent, namely, P. bahamensis (Herbst) 1 ^^. gramdatus rier) . which extends from Florida to Brazil, and P. calif orni- Bouvier 2 taken at La Paz, Mexico, and in Ecuador. One of Principal differences between them lies in the ornamentation of - melae. The right chela of P. bahamensis is covered chiefly with haped clusters of granules, all of which trend forward and Isnt a smooth, oval side-face when viewed dorsally; the clusters ■I in size, and some are composed of only 2 granules, while others represented by only one granule; all are fringed anteriorly with i which fills the interspaces. The right chela of P. calif orniensis Similarly clusters and single granules, but the clusters are not ■ haped but round, or nearly round, and are composed of a large •th central granule surrounded by small granules tipped with a i), horny point ; the granules are much more elevated and have a 1 dorsal inclination than in bahamensis ; the single granules are more numerous than in that species. I e right chela of the fossil specimen figured by Toula resembles *of P. calif oimiensis. - e left chela of P. bahamensis is covered with fan-shaped clusters 'anules like those on its right chela, but the clusters are more Cancer lahamensis Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, vol. 2, 1796, p. 30. - Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1895, p. 6. ,154 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. crowded, and single granules are fewer. The left chela of P. fomiensu is covered with clusters like those on its right chela more crowded, and the granules of which they are composed ai» a smaller average size. The left chela of the fossil agrees more nearly with that o bahamensis. We therefore have a Tertiary species combining the charactei two Recent species, at least as far as the chelae are concerned, pos ing the right chela of one and the left chela of the other. Tribe BRACHYURA. Subtribe DROMIACEA. Family DROMIIDAE. Genus GONIOCHELE Bell. GONIOCHELE? ARMATA, new species. Plate 57. figs. 11 and 12. Type-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, (! lard Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed. Third bed below lo limestone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of u 1 half of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDc and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 602(k. Mov finger of the left cheliped. Cat. No. 324259, U.S.N.M. Measurements. — Length of movable finger (tip broken off) , 19 1' width at about the middle, 6 mm.; greatest thickness, 4.5 mm. Holotype. — The shape is elongate-triangular viewed from oulB the prehensile edge being nearly straight and the upper edge sli* arched: outer surface convex in both directions. The prehe edge has a sinus at its base, defined distally by a broad tooth y is at present truncate, but may have been prolonged in two i teeth : beyond are four teeth separated by rounded sinuses and their tips missing; the first two are spiniform, the last two I find thin. The upper margin bears 5 low, spaced teeth, whiW within and alternating there is a line of 3 teeth. On the outer face are 2 rows of tubercles not far from the margins, 4 in the 1 and 3 in the upper row; the proximal tubercle in the upper is bifid. On the inner surface are 5 tubercles besides those f mentioned, 2 in a longitudinal row in the middle, 2 on the distal a little above the prehensile edge, and 1 small one toward th« and behind the middle. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 155 have placed this specimen in Goniochele 1 on account of the ylus being armed on both edges, as in G. angulata Bell, 2 the of the genus, and because the general shape of the segment is lar. In Bell's species the dorsal surface is smooth. Subtribe OXYSTOMATA. Family CALAPPIDAE. HEPATUS CHILIENSIS Milne Edwards. Plate 66, flg. 4. lepatus chiliensis Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 2, 1837, p. 117. cality. — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope in ditch lgh swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present sea i, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. Mac- Jd, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. No. 324235, OI. iterial. — Dactylus of right chela, 5.3 mm. long. This little men shows all the essential characters of recent individuals of species : 8 shallow rounded teeth on the lower margin ; a row of ercles on the proximal part of the upper margin and a row of ercles just below and on the outer surface; still further down, •re tubercles ; a stridulating ridge on the inner surface just g ( the upper edge is formed of upwards of 45 fine parallel striae \| >ccupies the greater part of the length of the finger. ttribution of Recent material. — Ranges at the present time from . |dor to Chile. HEPATUS, species. Plate 60. fig. 12. -; ; \alitij. — Panama Canal Zone. From lower part of lime-cemented ^ray to olive-colored sandstone (with central parting of dark [n : The first hard linry sandstone bed above the lower lime- a5 j just above fossil lot No. 6019?>. Upper part of Culebra forma- Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, r j fx>rs, 1911. Station 6019f. Cat. No. 324239, U.S.N.M. "erial. — One dactylus of left chela, much worn and incom- . at both extremities; the proximal half of the upper margin is .... vanting. The curves in side view are much like those of iliensis Milne Edwards. 3 Both inner and outer surfaces are onograph of the Fossil Malacostracous Crustacea of Great Britain, pt. 1, 1857, , pi. 4, flg. 6. » Nat. Crust., vol. 2, 1837, p. 117. m°— 18— Bull. 103 11 ,156 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. convex from top to bottom. The prehensile edge has traces small teeth, one near the base and one at about the distal t] There are also various depressed granules or pits, namely, a ro 5 small ones on the upper margin; opposite the distal one of ii there is a larger one on the inner surface; and 3 or 4 on the (I surface. These are all sunken so that they do not project abovrbst, Natur. Krabben u. Krebse, vol. 3, pt. 3, 1803, pp. 18 id pi. 58, fig. 1. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 157 CALAPPA FLAMMEA (Herbst). Plate 61, figs. 4 and 5. Cancer flammeus Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse. vol. 2, 1794, p. 161, pi. 40, fig. 2 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, 1803, p. 19. ocality. — Near Mount Hope. Panama Canal Zone, in ditch High swampy ground about one-fourth mile from present sea ;h, 6 to 8 feet above high tide; Pleistocene series: D. F. Mac- lald, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. No. 3*24-237. MM. ^presented only by one clactylus or movable finger belonging to stronger chela. The milling of the striclulating ridge on the ir surface just below the upper edge is more strongly marked than I lost of the recent specimens examined. [easurements. — Extreme length. 15 mm.; width just distal to the er marginal tooth, 4.7 mm. distribution of Recent material. — From North Carolina to Colom- and Venezuela. CALAPPA ZURCHERI Bouvier. ^Calappa surcheri Bouvier, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 5, 1899. p. 190, iai ' text-fig. anama. Lower Miocene. ■ ot represented in the Museum collection. CALAPPELLA, new genus. arapace very little broader than long, without clypeiform ex- sions, but with a spine at the junction of the antero-lateral and cero-lateral borders, and a spine at each end of the posterior (ler. ■kront small, projecting forward beyond the orbits. • jrbits small, directed forward. b the narrow front and small orbits, this genus resembles Calappa, J in its narrow carapace armed with 4 slender spines, it differs m that genus as well as from all other Calappinae. ype of the genus. — Calappella quadrispina, new species. CALAPPELLA QUADRISPINA, new species. Plate 58, figs. 1 aud 2. ype-locality . — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- II Cut. From lowest fossiliferous bed; third bed below lowest u 'stone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper f of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald 158 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 602(to. Cat. 324238, U.S.KM. Measurements (approx.). — Length of carapace (spines excluc 14 mm.; width (spines excluded), 14.4 mm. Holotype. — Species represented by one specimen showing pai the carapace and no appendages, enclosed in a nodule which has broken in two. Nodule not much larger around than the carapac Carapace nearly as long as wide, spines excluded; width bet- outer angles of orbits a little greater than posterior margin, of the antero-lateral margin nearly twice as long as that oi postero-lateral margin. Antero-lateral margin divided into 2 the anterior two-fifths being slightly convex, the posterior fifths very convex with a tubercle at its middle. Postero-lateral gin somewhat sinuous, but in general concave; posterior im slightly convex, about twice as long as the slender spine at eitheii which is directed backward and slightly outward. Lateral spine slender, but longer, half as long as the postero-lateral margin pointing obliquely backward. The central and anterior part of the surface of the carapa lacking. There are, however, two oblique, parallel, branchial rows ; between them a row of 3 tubercles and some scattered gran the outer part of the branchial region is higher and rough irregular tubercles which are more or less confluent. Cardiac high, with a median tubercle on its posterior slope; in almos same plane transversely, but on a lower level, there is another tut on each side just above the postero-lateral margin. There is a very small hollow in the nodule where the point front rested, and on the other half of the nodule may be seei lower surface of the front where it j oined the interantennular se} The orbits are small, their upper and lower margins forme two teeth, the innermost advanced, separated by a blunt V-sr sinus. On the lower surface, the inner tooth of the orbit is conside elevated (that is, ventrally). A sharp ridge runs obliquely ward from or near the epistome, and is armed with a tooth posterior third. MURSIA MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 58, fig. 21. Type-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, or topmost limestone. Emperador limestone. Oligocene series P. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. One spec part of left cheliped. Station 6019?. Cat. No. 324229, U.S GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 159 Measurements. — Length of palm between articulations, 19 mm. : jht (approx.), 10.2 mm. epresented by the left palm only, which has the customary Calap- l form, and a portion of the immovable finger ; the edges are not ( shown ; two teeth may be seen near the distal end of the upper gin. The only details of the outer surface that can be made out a few large tubercles, more or less compressed as in Recent species \[ursia; these tubercles number about 15; there is a row of 4 ;tle above, and subparallel to, the lower margin; from these 4 rcles irregular rows extend obliquely upward, trending toward [fingers; including those of the horizontal row, those of the distal que row are 4, of the second row 5, of the third row 3, of the idmal row 3 ; these rows are not strictly parallel nor their tuber- regularly spaced. The lower proximal tubercle is the largest and I compressed. aere is an indication of the distal spine of the arm- joint, which [ be seen in the figure. iseinbles Mursia armata de Ha an. 1 but in that species the prin- il tubercles of the hand are 9, arranged in 3 parallel and fairly Br rows. MURSIA OBSCURA, new species. Plate 61. fig. 18. tpe-locality. — Near Panama Canal Station " 1910," north of '0 Miguel locks, Panama Canal Zone. From dark clay, lower of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6010. Cat. No. 05, U.S.KM. pasurements of fragmentary specimen, 8.2 mm. long, 9 mm. wide. \ilotype. — The central part of the carapace, devoid of its margin. Dt perhaps the middle of the posterior margin. This fragment iibedded wrong side up in a piece of rock: only the thin outer \> of the specimen remains and its under surface alone is visible, is been referred to this genus because the cavities or pits, which ?sent tubercles on the dorsal surface of the shell, are arranged l as in M ursia. There are 5 longitudinal rows of these pits : The san row consists of 3 large pits., one cardiac, one genital, one gas- I preceded by 2 small pits side by side ; the two lateral rows leach side) are very little oblique to the median line, but sub- %) llel to each other ; the inner of these rows consists of 4 pits, the Ultimate one being in a transverse line with the last pit of the I an roAv ; the last pit of the inner lateral row is round and deep 1 Fauna Japonica, 1839, p. 73, pi. 19, fig. 2. 160 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and indicates a large excrescence, perhaps a spine, on the dorsal face ; 3 pits only are visible in the outer row, the middle pit < transverse line with the anterior pit of the other rows, whil< anterior pit of the outer row is not quite in line with the two b( it. Either side of the pair of small submedian gastric pits th< a large cavity. The furrows separating the branchial fron gastric and cardiac regions are indicated by sinuous ridges. Judging from the proximity of the rows of pits, this carapjj narrower in proportion to its length than in other species of M'< This together with the evidence of a strong prominence nea postero-lateral borders points to a genus different from any desci MURSILIA, new genus. The manus resembles that of Mursia, but lacks the crest or on the inferior margin. Type of the genus. — Mursilia ecristata, new species. MURSILIA ECRISTATA, new species. Plate 57, fig. 27. Type-locality. — Gatun beds. Gatun formation. Miocene "Robert T. Hill, collector. Holotype.— Cut. No. 135219, U.S.KM. Measurements. — Length of palm, 9.8 mm., height of palm, 7 Represented by only one specimen showing the right palm portion of the wrist. Palm short and high. Surface finehM rather distantly granulated on the upper half of the outer sil and at the proximal end; more closely granulated on the loweM face. There are 9 large tubercles arranged in 3 oblique, subp™ rows ; the tubercle at the inferior proximal corner is much the Is jes is flattened above and has a raised rim ; between it and theW tubercle in the horizontal row, but a little below, there is a siH tubercle. Below the distal tubercle of the horizontal row of <'■ nearer the inner than the outer surface there is a small tuberckB the upper margin there are 7 narrow, thickened teeth similar tcH of Calappa. Below the sinus between the fifth and sixth ^eti (counting from the wrist) there is a low tubercle; also one <| base of the second tooth. A part of a tubercle near the beginn the immovable finger is visible. The outline of the wrist is defined, but very little of the s remains; a small piece near the distal upper corner is granulate nB the upper half of the palm. The tuberculation of the manus or palm resembles that of the dentation of the upper margin is nearer that of Calappa ,W GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 161 segment differs from both those genera in lacking the crest on the pil er margin of the palm. Family LEUCOSIIDAE. LEUCOSILIA JURINEI (Saussure). n i Guaia (ilia) jurinei Saussuke, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., No. 8, 1853, p. 12, ; pi. 13, fig. 4. | Leucosilia jtirinii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21, 1855, p. 295, pi. 32, fig. 1. -l i :ic .ocality. — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope in ditch Dugh swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present sea ch, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. Mac- aald, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. \laterial. — Six small arm-joints more or less worn; four of them incomplete at one or both ends. •ize. — Length of a large one, 5.6 mm. distribution of Recent Material. — Ranges from Mazatlan, Mexico, 3 eru and the Galapagos Islands. LEUCOSILIA BANANENSIS, new species. ie i Plate .57, figs. 6-S. y ype-locality. — Banana River. Costa Rica. Probably equivalent . Gatun formation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald, collec- 1911. Station 5882A, 5Z>, 1 arm, holotype, from seventh fos- ferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. Station 5882<7, 1 arm, paratype (a), from sixth fossiliferous zone below the up- most one of the section. Station 5882/, 3/, 1 arm, paratype (&), 21 fifth fossiliferous zone below the uppermost one of the section. ; 7ypes.— Cat. Nos. 324230, 324231, and 324232, U.S.N.M. '\{ easurements. — Length of holotype, 11.1 mm.; greatest diameter, .mm. ,i represented by only 3 arms from 3 different layers. The best i]cimen represents the left arm nearly complete, lacking only the l:al articulating edge. »hape subcylindrical, slightly compressed in a vertical direction, J greatest diameter being proximal to the middle, the smallest i meter at the proximal end. The ornamentation consists of Mercies or large granules, the granules becoming small at both ends ithe arm; around the middle of the segment the granules number Rut 15; the tops of the granules are broken off so that they appear r flatter than they really were. Compared with L. jurinei, the f i is more swollen, the granules less numerous, more equal and ft ther apart. -162 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LEUCOSIIDAE?, genus and species indeterminable. Plate 60, figs. 7 and 8. Locality — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope in d| through swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present beach, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. ]j Donald, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. No. 324| U.S.N.M. Material. — Dactylus of left chela, 11.4 mm. long, with prox end lacking. This dactylus differs from those of Persephona allied genera in its strong curvature upwards, supposing the hensile edge to be directed inwards. This edge is nearly stra except just at the tip and is armed with 25 small unequal teeth, ) which in the proximal third are the largest. Besides this edge surface is composed of 4 high, smoothly rounded ridges separ by narrow grooves; 2 of the ridges are inferior, and 2 superior, outermost of the latter embracing the outer edge and having a ki tudinal row of punctae near its middle. Each side of the prehe: edge there are 2 or 3 rows of punctae. Tip of finger bent rai abruptly but obliquely inward, while in its upward trend it conti the curve of the rest of the dactylus. Subtribe BRACHYGNATHA. Superfamily BRACHYRHYNCHA. Family PORTUNIDAE. CALLINECTES DECLIVIS, new species. Plate 66, figs. 1-3. Type-locality. — Banana River, Costa Rica. Eighth fossilifci zone below the uppermost one of the section. Probably equiva to Gatum formation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald, colle! 1911. Station 5882i; 6c. Cat. No. 324262, U.S.N.M. Measurements. — Greatest height, 14 mm. ; length of maims n ured horizontally from extreme base of proximal spine, 21 II thickness, 9.2 mm. Tlolotype. — The propodus of the left cheliped, with the tip o: finger broken off. The palm is prismatic as in recent specie Callinectes, with 7 facets, more or less distinct ; 4 facets on the (i surface and 3 on the inner surface. The surface, or what remaii it. is smooth and shining to the naked eye, but under a lens, a very fine granulation, and larger scattered punctae. The facet: separated by blunt ridges; one facet is a little above the midd GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 163 outer surface, and has subparallel margins; the facet below this 3ns distally and its lower edge, not very prominent, is continued a the finger, where it is sharper ; the lower facet of the outer sur- I is not sharply marked: the facet above the middle narrows fitly toward either end and has raised margins; at its proximal there is the stout base of a large spine such as exists in CalUnectes le present day. The upper facet of the inner surface is narrow, ir in the middle than at the ends, and is not depressed, its distal ir corner only is visible when the manus is viewed externally; le distal end just outside the inner margin is an indication that ine has been broken off. The remainder of the inner surface is led into 2 facets of nearly equal width separated by a prominent e. le finger is a little curved inward; on the outer and inner sur- there are 2 grooves, each with a row of large punctae, the groove le middle of each surface being deeper than that near the pre- ile teeth. The teeth are of moderate size, irregular, the larger alternating with one or two smaller ones ; at the broad proximal of the cutting edge there are 2 small teeth side by side, one near nner the other near the outer surface. lis propodus differs from those of all the Eecent CalUnectes in f)osition of the uppermost facet. In C. sapiclus, etc., this facet is rt of the outer series, that is, continues the slope of the adjoining : on the outer surface ; while in the fossil it inclines downward rd the inner surface except at the distal end where it is nearly iontal. Furthermore, the propodus is shorter in proportion to ieight than in recent CalUnectes. aave placed this species in CalUnectes rather than in Portunus Septimus of authors) because the palm is nearer the shape of 'nectes than it is to similar segments in the genus Portnnus, as ['nguinolentus; the fossil is very unlike any Portunus now living le coast of tropical America. CALLINECTES RETICULATUS, new species. Plate 66, figs. 5-7. 'pe-locality. — Panama Canal Zone. Las Cascadas section, Gail- Cut. From lowest f ossilif erous bed ; third bed below lowest r;tone beds separated by rows of nodules. Lower part of upper of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6020a. Cat. No. 1)1, U.S.KM. asurements. — Greatest height of manus, 15.6 mm. ; length of is measured horizontally on middle of outer surface, 19.2 mm. ; ness, 10 mm. 164 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Holotype. — The propodus of the right cheliped, the immo finger being broken off near its middle. In shape, this hand is shorter, higher, and thicker than the ceding. The surface, aside from the ridges and the uppermost is covered with a fine reticulation of transverse grooves. The i are 7 in number and in position are like those of C. declivis, ex ing that the narrow uppermost one which appears to belong t inner surface in C. declivis is more horizontal in C. reticulatiM forms the upper surface of the segment. The next facet on the side is narrowest at the distal end and widens to the middle, which the margins are subparallel; the next facet widens dis and the next also, but in a lesser degree ; the lower facet is ill de: The 2 facets of the inner surface are subequal and widen distal] There is the base of a tooth at the inner distal end of the i facet, and a short blunt spine at the distal end of the crest bet the upper and middle facets. If there was a tooth at the pro:; end it is broken off. The propodal finger bears on its upper edge the stumps of 8 equal teeth; nearer the palm on the same surface there are 2 acute tubercles transversely placed, the inner one the larger. Aside from the difference in shape and ornamentation betweei species and the preceding, there is a difference in the form o facets which may be seen by comparing figures 5 to 7 with 1 to plate 66. CALLINECTES, species. Plate 65, figs. 1 and 2. Locality. — Panama Canal Zone. From the 4 feet of dark, < fied tuff and clay immediately overlying the lower limestone! Las Cascadas section. Upper part of Culebra formation. (■ cene series. D. F. MacDonalcl and T. W. Vaughan, collq 1911. Station 60196. Cat. No. 324255, U.S.N.M. A specimen of a left manus and carpus, very much worn, the and lower margins and the distal end of the manus, being laol The palm is narrower than in C. reticxdatus described above | facet near the middle of the outer surface is wider than in C. de< and widens distally instead of having subparallel margins as ii| species. CALLINECTES, species. Plate 65, fig. 7. Locality. — Panama Canal Zone. From top part of limy sane below upper conglomerate, near foot of stairs, Gaillard Cut. Ij part of Culebra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacF GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 165 n T. W. Vaughan, collectors. 1911. Station 6012c. Cat. No. 38, U.S.N.M. ., te distal third of the immovable finger of a claw of a Callinectes* a he prehensile edge is shown the most distal of the large teeth >mary in the genus followed (toward the tip) by 3 smaller teeth: , ,ip is defective, having been broken off, then reattached in the ... ig place. There is a punctated groove down the middle of the 1 p and the outer surface. . , ! the species of Callinectes living on the Pacific coast of America. fragment resembles most C. toxotes Ordway, 1 which occurs from l i St. Lucas to Peru. ARENAEUS, species. Plate 64, fig. 1. < \eality. — Panama Canal Zone. From near Mount Hope in ditch P N lgh swampy ground. About one-quarter mile from present sen i, 6 to 8 feet above high tide. Pleistocene series. D. F. Mac- : !dd, collector. April, 1911. Station 5850. Cat. No. 321-252, il N.M. iterial. — Five fingers worn and more or less incomplete. Prob- w 1 all are movable fingers or dactyli. Length of most perfect mi imen, 8.2 mm. On the outer surface there are two grooves dotted in minute punctae; one is shallow and near the prehensile teeth, )ther is above the middle of the segment; on the upper surface ) are also two punctated grooves, but near together, while the v surface has two furrows similar to those of the outer surface. »,e or four of the prehensile teeth are enlarged as is usual in unids, and the tip is curved downward. There are evidences ot - granulation on the uppermost ridges and on the proximal part *ie segment. j lis is near A. mexicanus (Gerstaeeker 2 ), a Recent species which !nation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald, collector. 1911. lion 5882;'/ U. Cat. No. 324234, U.S.N.M. , rfyston Joura. Nat. Hist, vol. 7, 1863, p. 576. 8 ictenota mexicana Gorstaecker, Arch, fiir Naturg., vol. 22, pt. 1, 1856, p. 131, pi. 5, and 4. 166 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Measurements. — Length of carapace, 45 mm. ; gastro-cardiac sut 9.6 mm. Holotype. — One male specimen, showing parts of the upper lower surfaces, but no appendages. The outer layer of the she] the carapace remains only in the central part, where the gas 1 >ranchial and cardiac regions meet. This surface is granulated areolated much as in Oallinectes; 1 that is, the regions are separ by definite depressions, the gastro-cardiac groove is transverse, t is an areola at the inner angle of the branchial region, but ther shallower division into 2 lobules than in Oallinectes. The gastric area is incomplete anteriorly, so that it is impossible t< whether it is marked by a raised and granulated margin; the of this area most nearly resembles that of 0. exasperatus staecker 2 ), and its granulation that of 0. bocourti A. Milne Edw the granules being absent or sparse along the lateral and post* borders. Across the middle of the gastric region runs a blunt tion, concave forward. , The branchial region is divided in tw< a depression running obliquely backward and outward. These two features suggest the carapace of Euphylax dovii Stimpso species now existing on the Pacific coast of America, between Cei America and Payta, Peru. Anterior margin very broad, as in E. dovii, most of it occupied by the orbits; the front is narrow, T-shaped, much stricted at base; the anterior part of the T has a concave sui and is deflexed to meet the epistomial spine. This is more adv than the front; its tip is broken off. The upper margin of orbit slopes backward and outward and is somewhat imdula The shape of the orbit can not be definitely made out, but a poi of the smooth inner lining of the outer extremity remains, indications are that the eyestalk is long and the corneal extre large, as in E. dovii. The sternum and abdomen resemble those of E. dovii, the ant end of the sternum is depressed, the depression having a co posterior margin, from which a furrow leads back to the abdo Surface of sternum and abdomen covered with large and dis punctae. Abdomen broadly triangular; first segment not tingnishable; second, third, and fourth segments each crossed transverse ridge; third, fourth, and fifth fused, and perhaps alsc second with them. The sides of the penult segment are less vergent than in E. dovii. This species in all the characters visible in the type-specimei sembles the genus Euphylax as typified b}' E. dovii, excepting ii > Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. vol. 18, 1S96, pis. 12-23. 2 Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 22, pt. 1, 1856, p. 129. 8 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. 7, 1860, p. 226, pi. 5, fig. 5. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 167 lation and ornamentation of the central part of the carapace ih indicate an affinity with Callinectes. EUPHYLAX FORTIS, new species. Plate 64, figs. 11-13. \ipe-locality. — Banana River, Costa Eica ; tenth fossiliferous zone v the uppermost one of the section. Probably equivalent to n formation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald. collector, ber, 1911. Station 58S2&. Cat. No. 324233, U.S.N.M. msuremsnts. — Length of body (approx.), 43.5 mm.: length of ible finger, 27.3 mm.: width of the sternum between the coxae ie chelipeds, 24.5 mm. rfotype. — One specimen showing a part of the lower surface the right* cheliped. The abdomen resembles that of an imma- female or is possibly that of a male. irnura broad, surface rough with coarse punctae and fine reticu- g lines ; anterior part depressed and with a median groove lead- )ack to the abdomen much as in E. callinectias ; the ridge just Dnt of the abdomen is more transverse than in that species, •domen broadly triangular: it is impossible to tell which seg- s, if any, are fused; terminal segment subequilateral; surface ! sth and seventh segments like that of the sternum, of fourth ifth segments covered with a low, confluent granulation, hium of external maxilliped with a longitudinal groove, the ce on the inner side of the groove more raised than on the f side. eliped elongate. A cross section of the arm is shown and a on of its lower surface; this last has a broad longitudinal de- ion through the middle, and the surface near the margins, at i is coarsely granulate. e general outline of the fingers can be made out and the sur- tof some of the prehensile teeth. The fingers are elongate, as usual Portunid, and gradually taper, ending in slender black (svhich cross each other. The prehensile teeth are large, thick, colored, and very irregular, the one at the base of the dactylus i; the largest ; they appear to fit close together. The cheliped ger and stronger in proportion to the size of the body than in ■■■ ecent species of Portunid. ■ e generic position of this species is problematical ; in the width : ie sternum it resembles Eupkylax; in the strong teeth of the ; * it approaches Scylla, while the groove on the lower side of the oint is unique. 168 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. GATUNIIDAE, new family. Characters of the type genus, Gatunia. GATUNIA, new genus. Carapace of the customary Cancrid outline, that is, transver oval, with a narrow, dentate front (between the orbits) ; orbits row, with a forward inclination; antero-lateral margins am longer than the postero-lateral, and armed with 8 teeth, inclui the orbital tooth; postero-lateral margins strongly convert Genital region very narrow. Carapace without transverse ridg( Outer maxilliped with the ischium greatly elongate, and lo, tudinally grooved. Chelipeds massive; palms thick, not flattened on the inner :j devoid of ridges on the outer side. Last pair of feet with the propodus and dactylus flattened broadened to form a swimming organ as in the Portunids. Abdomen of the male with the third, fourth, and fifth segrcj fused. This genus resembles the family Cancridae in the form of j carapace, front and orbits ; while the swimming paddles and th< domen are like those of the Portunidae. The chelipeds appr| those of the genus Scylla in their massiveness, long fingers and of costae, but the absence of spines gives them the appearam many of the Xanthidae. Type of the genus. — Gatunia proavita Rathbun. GATUNIA PROAVITA, new species. Plates 54-56: plate 58, figs. 16 and 17. Type-locality. — Gatun formation, near Gatun Dam, Panama ( Zone. Miocene series. Collected by one of the workmen shipped by D. F. Macdonald. Station 5659. One specimen (j type), nearly complete. Cat. No. 324289, U.S.KM. Measurements. — Length of carapace, from tip of submedian 1] 133.2 mm.; from median sinus, 128.3 mm.; width, between ti]] teeth of posterior pair, 182.5 mm.; width between teeth of pei mate pair, the same. Tlolotype. — Carapace about 1£ times as wide as long; antero-hi margin strongly arched, cut into 7 strong teeth, besides the at the outer angle of the orbit ; teeth similar in shape, having a c<] posterior and a concave anterior margin, tip acute; the 7 teet crease in size from the first to the fifth and then diminish tl GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 169 i nth, which is the most spiniform. The orbit has a strong tooth le outer and at the inner angle and one less prominent between; w the inner angle there is a narrow tooth more advanced than e above. Frontal region, between the orbits, with a concave al surface ; anterior border cut into 4 teeth, those of the middle i nearer to each other than they are to those of the outer pair, and rated by a shallower sinus; teeth of inner pair oblong, with ided end: those of outer pair thicker. Postero-lateral margins -ly straight ; posterior margin slightly convex and thickened, lrface covered with a pavement of fine, flattened granules, and i less numerous and unequal punctae visible to the naked eye. - ' depression between the gastric and branchial regions is well ked except anteriorly, the hepatic region not being defined, ital region very narrow, longer than wide. Cardiac and intestinal ons incompletely outlined, either the eyes nor the antennae are visible. pistome subtriangular, prolonged downward at the middle in an e angle; thence a small button-hole groove runs obliquely back- i. Palatal ridge strong except anteriorly where it is low and i. Pterygostomian region granulate, densely so near the buccal ty. On the sternum a furrow runs obliquely forward from the .e of the chelipeds to the median line. ae abdomen of the male is broad and at the base reaches to the le of the last pair of feet; there is only one segment visible be- in the carapace and the third segment; it is probably the second, :e the first is hidden under the carapace much as in the Portunid is Callinectes; the second is of nearly even length throughout vidth; the third, fourth and fifth are fused, but their extent is cated by indentations in the lateral margins and by a short groove Ihe middle; the 3d segment is produced sideways beyond the nd 4th and its margins are very convex; margins of the 4th to segments, inclusive, taken together are slightly convergent, those le 4th a little convex ; 6th segment about If times as wide as long ; iinal segment nearly as long as the preceding, subtriangular, end ided. „, aelipeds very stout, in general smooth, there being no ridges nor es. The surface is finely granulate and punctate, the granules tie higher than on the carapace. The inferior, anterior margin tie only margin of the merus visible ; it is smoothly rounded, pus massive, with a broad tooth at inner angle. Chelae unequal, k, broadly rounded above and below without marginal lines ; t or larger manus about 1J times as long as high, left or smaller .". [.us about li times as long as high; next the articulation of the , ,er palm with the dactylus there is a large lobe or tooth directed ird the end of the dactylus, as in Scylla. The digits each have 2 170 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. longitudinal punctate impressions on the outer surface, the la* dactylus is more arched than the smaller; the fingers cross i other a little before the tips, at least in the smaller chela; the of the larger immovable finger is broken off; prehensile edges ai with large irregular, separated teeth, the basal tooth of the la dactylus being of enormous size and directed obliquely bacln as in Scylla. The distal half or two-fifths of the fingers is d> colored, also the prehensile teeth. The 3 pairs of ambulatory legs are only partially preserved; would, if extended, reach about to the middle of the manus oi chelipeds; the first five segments are stout; the propodus, of vi only impressions exist, has a groove through the middle and apf to be flattened ; the dactylus can not be made out with any degni certainty; the swimming- feet, or those of the last pair, are broad, the carpus is as broad as long; the propodus is about ti as long as broad; the dactylus is lanceolate-oval, about 2J tim» long as broad. Another specimen (paratype a) lacking the dentate border o) carapace, and all appendages except the coxal joints of the legs, taken from the Gatun formation, Gatun Locks, by D. F. MacDo May, 1911. Station 5900. Cat. No. 324241, U.S.N.M. A much smaller specimen (paratype b) which is identifie probably belonging to this species is labeled: "Near Gatun. cene. Rev. G. Rowell. Cat. No. 113706, U.S.N.M." It is pro* from the Gatun formation. A portion of the left side of the < pace is preserved, showing the base of the 3 posterior of the an toe lateral teeth; on the under side is shown the margin of the bica cavity, fragments of a maxilliped and the base of the cheliped separate specimen (paratype c), from the same locality, is the eft manus, somewhat crushed, proximally incomplete and lackinaB propodal finger, but with the base of the dactylus attached, incluB the first or large, rounded tooth. A fragment of a finger bearing 3 teeth (paratype d) is refijH here ; the smooth outer layer is almost gone except a few bits B the teeth; it was taken from the 85-foot cut on north side oil swamp on relocated line of the Panama Railroad, 1£ to 2 mileHi yond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio ; Gatun formation ; MkB series; D. F. MacDonald and T. W. Vaughan, collectors, MX Station 6030; Cat. No. 324242, U.S.N.M. I refer here with doubt a curved fragment of a thick-shelled sp'll which has a large tooth occupying half its surface. It may b« near one of the articulations. It was taken at Station 6033&, hH upper part of the lowest bed, Gatun section; Gatun forma M Miocene series: MacDonald and Vaughan; 1911; Cat. No. 32 ; 86 r U.S.N.M. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 171 ■ he larger claw of this species is strikingly like that described by Vlilne Edwards 1 under the name Scylla michelini from Sceaux, - f Doue, France, in the Miocene shell deposits of the shell-marl • Lnjou. M. Milne Edwards founded the species on the claw alone, s very likely congeneric if not conspecific with the form here - ;ribed. Family XANTHIDAE. CARPILIUS, species. Plate 58, fig. 22. • ocality. — Panama Canal Zone. Foraminiferal marl and coarse : Istone about 200 yards south of southern end of switch at Bohio are ge station, relocated line Panama Railroad. Upper part of }bra formation. Oligocene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. •: ,ghan, collectors. 1911. Station 6025. Cat. No. 324243, U.S.N.M. T aterial. — Piece of propodal segment of ambulatory leg on left of crab. Length 17 mm., greatest width 7.2 mm., least width lea nm., proximal thickness 4.5 mm., distal thickness 3.7 mm. Viewed Dj sally, the anterior margin is slightly convex, the posterior faintly jave. Viewed edgeways, the upper surface is longitudinally con- itifi , and the lower surface concave. Cross section oval. Surface, Upt for accidental breaks, smoothly rounded, without ridges, rows, or tubercles, thei 1 its smoothness and general form, resembles the propodus of the e yf ambulatory leg of Carpilius corallinus (Herbst 2 ), for which r \ ion I venture to attach the name Carpilius to this fragment. HETERACTAEA LUNATA (Milne Edwards and Lucas). ; til i q | Plate 63, figs. 7-9. Pilumnus lunatus Milne Edwards and Lucas, d'Orbigny's Voy. Amer. Mgr., ^1 | vol. 6, 1843, p. 20 ; vol. 9, atlas, 1847, pi. 9, fig. 2. ocality. — Costa Rica : City of Port Limon. Port Limon f orma- le« • Pliocene series. Dr. L. A. Wailes, collector. Station 4269. jk. No. 324265, U.S.N.M. )[ distribution. — Recent, San Diego, California, to Chile. T aterial. — One specimen showing distal portion of outer surface arger palm, with proximal half of dactylus (showing all sur- ■-*!s) attached. This must have belonged to a small individual i carapace about 15 mm. wide. The fossil is crushed and the of the tubercles are lacking. The shape of the two segments so istoire des Crustac<§s podophthalmaires fossiles, Paris, 1861, p. 136, pi. 3, figs. 3, 3A. : aturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, vol. 1, 1783, p. 133, pi. 5, fig. 40. 8370°— 18— Bull. 103 12 172 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. far as it is preserved accords with that of recent specimens; dactylus is more deflexed than it could be if the immovable fr were preserved in situ. The tubercles of the palm are arrai in general as in recent individuals, and slight divergences are attil table to individual variation. The dactylus has 6 punctated groL0. Callianassa ?, species. Cat. No. 324280, merus of right cheliped (?), J X Sh I. 1. Euphylax fortis Rathbun, holotype, right side, showing cross sections of merus of cheliped "and of two legs, X 1$. 1 2. Front view of same, showing remains of fingers. X II. 13. Ventral view of same, X 1| Plate 65. 1. Callinectes, species. Cat. No. 324255, maims and carpus of left cheliped. outer view, X 1*. 2. Upper view of same, X 1£. 3. Euphylax callinectias Rathbun, holotype, dorsal view, X 1£. 1 4. Posterior view of same, X 1^. 5. Ventral view of same, X lh. 6. Anterior view of same, X 1|. 7. Callinectes, species, Cat. No. 324268, distal third, tip missing, of immov- able finger, X 3. Plate 66. II. Callinectes declivis Rathbun, holotype, propodus of left cheliped, upper view, X lh 2. Inner view of same, X 1£. 3. Outer view of same, X lh 14. Hepatus chiliensis Milne Edwards, Cat. No. 324235, dactylus of right chela, inner view, X Sh o. Callinectes reticulatus Rathbun. holotype. propodus of right cheliped, upper view, X U. 184 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fig. 6. Inner view of same, X 1£. 7. Outer view of same, X 1$. 8. Panopeus, species, Cat. No. 324254, dactylua of right cheliped, im view, X 3. 9. Outer view of same, X 3. 10. Parthenope panamensis Rathbun, holotype, merus of left cheliped, 4, 180 l: rami la t us, Petrocbirus 153 grossimanus, Pachycheles 134 guanhumi, Cardlsoma— „ 127, 180, 177, 183 Hepatus 12l{ ChiltenslB 128, 129, 155, 183 species 125, 155, 184 Ffesperibalanus, species 124,125,129 Pa Heteractaea lunata 127, 130, 171, ] Hexaplax Ilexapodinae 123, Hexapus hilli, Callianassa___ 126, 129, 137, 148, Ilomaridae injudicata, Lepas 126, jamaicense, Macrobrachium jamaicensis, Cancer (Astacus) jurinei, Leucosilia 128, 130, lacunosa, Calliauassa 129, 136, 138, Lambdophallus Lambrus excavatus latus, Pachycheles 127, 129, 134, Lepas injudicata 126, Leucosiidae genus and species inde- terminable 1 130, 162, Leucosilia bananensls ___ 127, 130, 161, jurinei 128, 130, lunata, Heteractaea 127, 130, 171, lunatus, Pilumnus macdonaldi, Mursia 126, 130, 158, Macrobrachium acanthurus p a n a - mense jamaicense mexicanumi H species— 126, 129, 130, W species. 128, 129, 132, K) macrodactylus, Gelasimus 7 Uca 128, 130, 177, ■ magna, Callianassa- 125, 129, 137, 151,1 Malacostraca I mexicana, Euctenota I mexicanumj Macrobrachium M mexicanus, Arenaeus '5 Palaemon ; 1 michelini, Scylla 1 moinensis, Callianassa 126, 9, 136, 142, U Mursia 123, W arniata '9 macdonaldi 126, 130, 158, $1 obecura 124, 130,159, tt Mursilia 50 eeristata 126, 130, 160 : | Natantia !t * family, genus, and species indeterminable 129, 131. JO Nephrops costatus 12S, 129, 132. ?0 species 128, 129, 133 30 Neptunus "> nitida, Euryplax ^ obscura. Mursia 124, 130, 159 # Oeypodidae ^ ovalls, Callianassa 125, 0, 130, 137 31 i Oxyrhyncha ' INDEX. in Page. :ystomata 155 .chycheles 123 grossimanus 134 latus 127, 129, 134, 180 eduma 175 guriclae 153 laemon mexicanus 131 laenionidae 131 aamense, Macrobrachiura acan- thurus 131 aamensis, Parthenope. 126,130,178,184 aopeus 173, 174 affinis 174 antepurpureus 128, 130, 172, 180, 181 chileusis 174 purpureus 172 species 125, 130, 173,184 tridentatus ___ 128, 130, 172, 181 rthenope excavata 179 panamensis. 126, 130, 178, 184 pleistocenica 128, 130, 179, 182 'rthenopidae 178 |:ten 124,141 Ilucida, Callianassa 151 rsepbona 162 t;trochirus 124 bahamensis 153 bouvieri 129, 153 californiensis 153 granulatus 153 trolisthes 123 arinatus 135 avitus 127, 129, 134,180 galathinus -'jumnus lunatus i'. 171 listocenica, Parthenope 128, 130, 179, 182 ijjita, Euryplax 175 Vcellaua armata 135 galathina 135 Pagt. Porcellanidae 134 Portunidae 123, 162 Portunus , 163 sanguinolentus 163 prima, Tbauinastoplax 125, 130, 175, 184 Prionoplacinae 174 proavita, Gatunia 120, 130, 168, 179, 180, 1S1 purpureus, Panopeus 172 quadrata, Callianassa 124 125, 129, 137, 145, 182 quadrispina, Calappella__ 125, 130, 157, 180 rariseptatus, Balanus coucavus__ 126. 129 Reptantia 132 reticularis, Axius 125, 129, 135, 180 Callinectes 125. 130, 103, 164, 183 sanguinolentus. Portunus 163 sapidus, Callinectes 163 scotti. Callianassa 124, 125, 129, 136, 140, 142, 143, 145, 146, 181 Scylla 167, 168, 169, 170 miehelini 171 spinulosa, Callianassa 124, 125, 129, 136, 143, 182 stiinpsoni, Callianassa 148 stridens, Callianassa 125. 129, 137, 151, 182 tenuis, Callianassa _ 126, 129, 136, 144, 181 Thalassinidea 135 Tbauinastoplax 175 prima __ 125, 130, 175, 184 toulai, Callianassa 124, 129, 137, 146 toxotes, Callinectes 165 tridentatus, Panopeus 128, 130, 172, 181 tristani, Eurytium 174 Uca macrodactylus 128, 130, 177, 183 vaughani, Callianassa 125, 126, 129, 137, 148, 183 Xanthidae 171 zurcheri, Calappa 124, 130, 157 O SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 >NTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES CIRRIPEDIA FROM THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE By HENRY A. PILSBRY Of tlie Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 185-188, with Plate 67 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFPICE 1918 1 CIKRIPEDIA FROM THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE. By Henry A. Pilsbry, Of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. The small number of barnacles collected show the following rela- is. The Pleistocene and Pliocene species are identical with recent antic coast and Caloosahatchie Pliocene species, respectively, and distinctively Atlantic forms. Of the Oligocene and Miocene cies, one has relatives in both oceans, another only in the Pacific; affinities of the third being doubtful. BALANUS EBURNEUS Gould. Balanus ebumeus Pilsbry, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.. No. 93, 1916, p. 80, pi. 24. figs. 1-lc, 2, text-figs. 14 and 15, and synonymy. This recent species is represented by four individuals from Station »7j the wall being preserved complete, but without opercular plates, e smooth surface and the closety, regularly septate parietal tubes characteristic, the septa forming cells about equal in length and adth, throughout the tubes. locality and geologic occurrence. — They are from a dark mud mation about 10 feet above the present sea level, near low T er end Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. D. F. MacDonald, collector, ril, 1911. Cat. No. 324297, U.S.N.M. Five specimens, from Sta- ll 5868, from Mount Hope, in swamp ditch, in black mud forma- a; Pleistocene; D. F. MacDonald, 1911. Cat. No. 324290, U.S.N.M. Pen specimens of the same were taken at Station 6038, also from ck mud f romlower end of Gatun Locks. Pleistocene series. D. F. cDonald, collector, 1911. Cat. No. 324293, U.S.N.M. BALANUS GLYPTOPOMA Pilsbry. Plate 67, figs. 1-3. Balanus concavus glyptopoma Pilsbry, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 93, p. 102, pi. 21, fig. 2 ; pi. 22, figs. 2-2c. The walls only of several groups growing on oysters and scallops re collected. They agree with the above species described from Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie River, and show some additional iracters, notably the color. The radii are broad. The parietes are ikly ribbed longitudinally, the intervals in the best preserved in- iduals being of a deep livid brown color, the low ribs white. The ietal tubes are crossed by many septa, down to the base ; these are ttle less regular than in B. eburneus, most of the cells being longer 8370/— 18 185 186 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. than wide, exactly as in the type of B. glyptopoma. There ar< tubes in the rostrum of one of the specimens figured (fig. 2). basis is profusely porous, the pores septate (fig. 3, left hand middle individuals of group shown in fig. 1). The middle speci of this group is 31 mm. high, the rostro-carnial diameter a 1 22 mm. B. glyptopoma was described as a subspecies of B. concavm Br but it differs from that by the closely septate parietal tubes, ar evidently a distinct species. In B. concavus the tubes are fillec near the summits, and are open, with very few septa below, or in the American subspecies. The Miocene form formerly referre B. glyptopoma is a distinct subspecies of B. concavus. Location and geologic occurrence. — The specimens are from tion 5903, across Chagres River and about 200 to 225 feet abo's top of hill opposite Alhahuela, in a gray tufaceous limestone, No. 324298, U.S.N.M. and Station 5906«, 50 to 75 feet below Cat. No. 324299,- U.S.N.M. Both collected by D. F. MacDoii Upon mentioning to Dr. William H. Dall that I had identifil i Pliocene barnacle from these Stations, he kindly informed me a* "both are above the Oligocene strata and separated from the ltei by an unconformity. They are doubtless Pliocene. 5906a istfu lower of the two horizons." Mexico. From the Sayula District of Chiapas, on the AiH Chapapoapam. Pliocene series. Dr. C. TV. Hayes and othersJH lectors; 1911. Station 5886. One specimen, without opercular vsiK Cat. No. 324291, U.S.N.M. : BALANUS CONCAVUS RARISEPTATUS, new subspecies. Plate 67, fig. 4. In form this barnacle is somewhat cylindric with contracted un- mit in the adult stage, convexly conic when young. The orif 3 is ovate. The walls are only slightly roughened longitudinally. W carinolateral compartments are narrow, the parietes about one-(B as wide as the lateral compartments. The radii are wideH oblique summits, without pores; the articulating edges being cfe lated. The parietal tubes have very few, irregularly scattered, imk verse septa. There are 29 tubes in the rostrum of the type-specifc Another, of equal size, has 17 tubes in the lateral, 6 in the csM lateral compartment. Length, 27 mm.; carino-rostral diameter, 22.5 mm.; lateral d me- ter, 21 mm. In the largest individual exposed the rostrum is 3Mun. long. This form is represented by a group of about 16 individuals 'ow- ing upon and largely concealing a single old one of about S'inm. basal diameter. Probably three generations are present. Thejfere GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 187 a tufaceous limestone. The tubes of the walls are solidly filled :h calcite. Hiis was at first thought to be a smooth form of Balanus concavus onn, but on cutting it the parietal tubes were found to be much re numerous. In a specimen of B. concavus from the British Red kg (Pliocene), No. 12058, U.S.N.M., there are 19 tubes in the f trum, which is 65 mm. long. Most of these tubes have transverse >ta at long, irregular intervals, but in some places near the edges i septa are rather close, though irregular. The relation of this form to B. concavus can not be exactly esti- ted until the opercular plates are found. It may be an ancestral m of concavus or a distinct species. Meantime, it is readily reeog- lable by the characters of the compartments. . locality and geologic occurrence. — Panama Canal Zone. From ■ K foot cut, just on north §ide of big swamp, on relocated line Panama ilroad, 1^ to 2 miles beyond Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio. D fl fun formation. Miocene series. D. F. MacDonald and T. W. ughan collectors, 1911. 1 cluster; Cat. No. 324292, U.S.N.M. ::\ BALANUS (HESPERIBALANUS?), species. If I !l small, conic barnacle having a basal diameter of about 7 or 8 l. is represented by several compartments and one incomplete Icimen, without opercular valves. The walls are smooth except for i;ht ripples parallel to the base. They are solid, having no parietal : ftes. The compartments are rather thick for so small a barnacle, 1 1 when parted the articulating edges of the radii and the opposed iiural surfaces are seen to be conspicuously crenulated. The basis calcareous, thin, and seems to have radial threads on its inner 3 ft. • : )'hese characters indicate a species of the subgenus Hesperibalanus, -% possibly Solidobalanus. Neither group has been recognized riierto in American tertiary deposits, or in the recent faunas of the :$iamic region or western Atlantic. The specimens do not seem ilracteristic enough to serve as the basis of a new species, though I y can not, I think, be referred to any described form. >oeality and geologic occurrence. — They were collected by Mac- vkiald and Vaughan in the " lowest fossiliferous bed, the third below J lowest limestone bed, Las Cascadas section, Gaillard Cut. Lower ); t of upper half of Culebra formation. Oligocene." Station 6020a, nil. No. 324295, U.S.N.M. >. single valve was taken one-fourth mile south of Empire Bridge, aiai lower dark clay beneath lower conglomerate, lower part of Cebm formation, Oligocene; Station 6012a; Cat. No. 324296, , ; ;S.N.M. 8370°— 18— Bull. 103 13 188 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. LEPAS INJUDICATA, new species. Plate 67, fig. 5. This species is based upon a calcareous plate believed to be scutum of a Lepadid barnacle. It is thin, trapezoidal in outline, h basal border straight, almost equal to the length, and a little n tracted or narrowly bent in. The tergal extremity is broad to somewhat convex. The occludent margin is almost straight. § surface has the curvature of an ordinary Lepas, such as L. anati$ and is sculptured with coarse, unequal concentric folds, with^a wards the growing edges, some rather fine concentric striation. i The fossil is imperfect at the tergal end, but if restored accorm to the lines of growth it would be about 25 mm. long ; width 23 I That the fossil has been correctly interpreted is by no means er tain. If Lepadid, as believed, the very obtuse tergal end prob)l indicates a small, transversely placed tergum, not running bet jei scutum and carina, or perhaps none. Either condition would dtoto greater specialization than the modern genus Lepas. However hi; may be, the fossil is specifically recognizable by its form and s ognized as belonging to the same species. Thirteen per cent of e lagoon species occur on the exposed barrier; while 18 per cent)f the exposed-barrier species occur in the lagoon. These are ie relations within perhaps half a mile. There are 20 species in ie barrier pools and on the barrier flat. Of these 6 occur within ie lagoon and 2 were obtained on the exposed barrier; or there *e 30 per cent in common with the lagoon and 10 per cent in comnn with the exposed barrier. When such relations as these pre il among the living corals of a small group of small islands, what 'e the chances that we should among fossil corals get a large percent ;e of common species? The collection listed shows that certain species do occur in 11 three habitats, and, by searching, spots may be found where e GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 193 mas of the different habitats mingle. Corals of the same habitat ovld be compared, or groups of species of the same genera, as I ve done for Empire (Canal Zone) and Anguilla, where the habitats -3 nearly enough alike for the same genus to thrive in both. Un- : s it can be established that the habitats are ecologically very arly the same the percentages can not be used safely. 10LOGIC HISTORY OF THE UPPER EOCENE AND LATER CORAL KAUNAS OF CENTRAL AMERICA, THE WEST INDIES, AND THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. Eocene. BRITO FORMATION, NICARAGUA. i Dr. C. W. Hayes collected on or near the Pacific coast of Nicaragua re following species: Astrocoenia d'achiardii Duncan. Syzygophijllia Jiayesi Vaughan. ■J ST. BARTHOLOMEW LIMESTONE.* I am introducing the name St. Bartholomew limestone for the i»per Eocene limestones of St. Bartholomew. Description of the 13k, its stratigraphic relations, and summaries of its faunal char- ters are given in the papers referred to in the footnotes. Only io species of corals found in the St. Bartholomew limestone are itually described in the present memoir, namely: Astrocoenia d'achiardii Duncan. incrustans (Duncan) Vaughan. The fossil corals from the St. Bartholomew limestone have been serially considered by Duncan 3 and myself. Prof. A. G. Hogbom, 1 the University of Upsala, kindly lent me in 1904 the entire Cleve Section from St. Bartholomew, and in 1914 I spent eight days sidying and collecting on the island. I am combining both the ' eve and my collections in the following list, and am adding ie names of the Jamaican Eocene species, several of which also For an account of the Brito formation, see Hayes, C. W., Physiography and geology of region adjacent t he Nicaragua Canal route, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 10, pp. 285-348,1910. Description of t he Brito f nation, pp. 309-313. For accounts of the geology of St. Bartholomew, see as follows: Cleve, P. T., On the geology of the i theastern West India Islands, K. svenska Vet.-Akad. -Handl., vol. 9, No. 12, pp. 24-27, 1872. Vaughan, ' W. f Study of the stratigraphic geology * * * of the smaller West Indian Islands, Carnegie Inst. ! shington Yearbook No. 13, pp. 358-360, 1915; also Yearbook No. 14, pp. 368-373, 1916; [Present status < eologic correlation of the Tertiary and Cretaceous formations of the Antilles], Washington Acad. Sci. « r., vol. 5, p. 489, 1915; Reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its signifi- 1 ce, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 9S-T, pp. 362, 363, 1917. Duncan, P. M., On the older Tertiary formations of the West-Indian Islands, Geol. Soc. London Quart. • m., vol. 29, pp 548-565, pis. 19-22, 1873. aughan, T. W., Some Cretaceous and Eocene corals from Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, ! 227-250, 255-256, pis. 36-41, 1899; A critical review of the literature on the simple genera of the Madre- 1 aria Fungida, with a tentative classification, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc, vol. 28, pp. 371-324, 1905; Study of stratigraphic geology * * * of the smaller West Indian Islands, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year- k No. 13, pp. 358-360, 1915; The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, etc., 8. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T. pp. 362-363, 1917. 194 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. occur in St. Bartholomew. Duncan described Eocene species fr Jamaica in the papers referred to in the footnotes below. 1 Eocene corals from St. Bartholomew and Jamaica. Revised name. Placotrochvs clevei (Duncan) . . . Asterosmilia pourtalesi Duncan. new species Trochosmilia new species hilli Vaughan Stylophora compressa Duncan contorta (Leymerie) Duncan) Astrocoenia duerdevi (Vaughan).. incrustans (Duncan). d'achiardii Duncan. . Antillia (?) compressa (Duncan). (?) clevei (Duncan) species Columnastrea eyeri Duncan Favia new species 1 new species 2 Goniastrea variabilis Duncan Maeandra new species 1 (fide new species 2 . St. Bar- tholo- mew. Jamaica. [ Cata- I Rich- 1 Cam- dupa mond bridge forma- forma- forma- tion. I tion. tion. Notes. Leptoria profunda Duncan conferticosta (Vaughan) conferticosta var. columnaris (Vaughan) Trochoseris catadupensis Vaughan A tttilloseris eocaenica (Duncan) major (Duncan) grandis (Duncan) jamaicaensis (Vaughan) .1 cantabrigiensis (Vaughan) I angulata (Duncan) ; cyclolites (Duncan) Physoseris insignis (Duncan) j Protethmos (?) new species 1 1 new species 2. new species 3 new species 4 Metethmos (?) new species Dendracis cantabrigiensis Vaughan. A ctinacis new species MuUicolumnastrata cyatkiformi can) Goniopora new species 1 (Dun- new species 2. Turbinoseris clevei Duncan. Flabellum appendiculatum can, woi;Brogniart. Stylocoenia duerdeni Vaughi Stephanocoenia incrustans can. Circophyllia compressa Dun Circophyllia clevei Duncan. " Eocene of Jamaica. " Manicina areolata Duncai Linnaeus. Ulophyllia macrogyra Du IH not Reuss. Diploria conferticosta Vaugb . These three "species" m: reduced to one. Trochosmilia insignis Duni T. arguta Duncan, not 1 Trochosmilia subcurvata Di pi. 19, fig. 1, not Reuss. Trochosmilia sulcurvata Dl pi. 19, fig. la, not Reuss. Astraeopora panicea Duna Pictet. A ctinacis rollei Duncatfld Reuss. Porites ramosa Duncan »■ Catullo. The following names in Duncan's list of St. Bartholomew cells are dropped, because the specimens on which he based his debr- minations could not be found: i Duncan, P. M., and Wall, G. P., A notice of the geology of Jamaica, especially with reference* »• district of Clarendon; with descriptions of the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene corals of the island, Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 21, pp. 1-15, pis. 1,2, 1865 (the descriptions of the corals are by Du:|B)» Duncan, P. M., On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the West Indian Islands, Geol. Soc. London Journ., vol. 24. pp. 9-33, pis. 1-2, 1867. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 195 l Uylophora distans (Leymerie). conferta Reuss. tuberosa Reuss. granulata Duncan. Uephanocoenia elegans (Leymerie). isirocoenia muliigranosa Reuss. ramosa (Sowerby). ^locophyllia caliculata (Catullo). - hlenastraea columnaris Reuss. a Che revised list of the St. Bartholomew coral-fauna contains 33 i icies, two of which may be referred to the synonymy, but a few cies may be added from the collection I made, the study of which tiot quite complete. I have described and have had figures made I ill the species in the Cleve collection. I hope soon to add descrip- jtas of the specimens I obtained and then to publish a full account obhe fauna. ■ seriously doubt the Catadupa corals being Eocene ; it seems more P'bable that they are Cretaceous. The species I described as 1 )chosmilia Mlli is probably a f ungid coral. The Richmond " beds " jlamaica contain two species, one of which is found in the St. Bar- tUomew limestone. The Cambridge "beds" contain three species, r> of which also occur in the St. Bartholomew limestone. The J« relation of the Richmond and Cambridge formations of Jamaica Rh the St. Bartholomew limestone, seems to be well founded. JACKSON FORMATION AND OCALA LIMESTONE. ?he corals of the upper Eocene Jackson formation in the Gulf States i described in monograph cited below. 1 The species are as follows : . l? hbellum cuneiforme var. wailesi Conrad. Udrichiella 2 elegans (Vaughan). "urbinolia pharetra Lea. "rochocyathus lunulitiformis (Conrad). var. montgomeriensis Vaughan. laryophyllia dalli Vaughan. \rasmilia ludoviciana Vaughan. ircJiohelia burnsi (Vaughan). 3 istrangia expansa Vaughan. ludoviciana Vaughan. harrisi Vaughan. 4 ^latycoenia jacksonensis Vaughan. ManopTiyllia irrorata (Conrad). — aughan, T. w., The Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, U. S. Geol. Survey M 39, pp. 263, 24 pis., 1900. See especially p. 30. langed from AUrichia. ranged from Astrohelia. ime added. 196 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Endopachys maclurii (Lea). var. triangulare Conrad. shaleri Vaughan. 1 minutum Vaughan. A comparison of this list with the one of the St. Bartholons and Jamaican corals reveals nothing in common; but I believe it j be made clear that the two faunas are of nearly the same age. T it the Jackson formation in Mississippi and Louisiana is a shallow-Wirf deposit is indicated by the nature of the sediments, the growtlnl specimens of Astrangia on rounded, somewhat indurated balls A sand, such as are common along some beaches, the presenceBi oyster shells, etc. The striking difference between the Jackson A St. Bartholomew coral faunas is due neither to great difference m geologic age nor to difference in the depth of water in which m faunas lived, but it is due to difference in the temperature of m water. The St. Bartholomew is a tropical fauna; the Jackson : 1 temperate fauna. The correlation of the St. Bartholomew limestone, the Richmnd and Cambridge formations of Jamaica, and the Brito formation^ Nicaragua with the Jackson formation of the Gulf States has bjB made possible by the work of C. W. Cooke and J. A. Cusnmi, Cooke shows in the paper cited in the footnote 2 that the Oda limestone of southern Georgia and Florida is of Jackson age; am n more recent papers he 3 describes the stratigraphic occurrence, » J. A. Cushman 4 describes the species of the orbitoid genus of for*' i- !' inifera Ortliophragmina from the Ocala limestone in southern Geo;iai and Florida. The following is a list of the species: Orthophragmina flintensis Cushman. fioridana Cushman. americana Cushman, st. mariannensis Cushman, st. mariannensis var. papillata Cushman, st. georgiana Cushman, st. vaughani Cushman, st. Those species whose names are followed by "st." are stellai[y | marked or are stellate in form. The Ocala limestone is a shoal-wf&r deposit, laid down in a sea having a tropical temperature. 5 On<)f the results of my collecting in St. Bartholomew was to find in efl St. Bartholomew limestone a stellate species of Orthopliragm/ih » Name added. 2 Cooke, C W., The age of the Ocala limestone, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 95-1, pp. 107-117, 19 3 Cooke, C. W., The stratigraphic position and fannal associates of the orbitoid foraminifcrs of the ! U f Orthophrag mina from Georgia and Florida, U. S. Gcol. Survey Prof. Pap. 108-G, pp. 109-113, 1917 « Cushman, J. A., Orbitoid foraminifera of the genus Ortliophragmina from Georgia and Florida, |& i1 Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 108-G, pp. 115-124, pis. 40-44. & Vaughan, T. W., A contribution to the geologic history of the Floridian Plateau, Carnegie Inst. \ b- ington Pub. 133, pp. 150-153, 1010. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 197 iriy related to 0. mariannensis Cushman, and a second species of tkophragmina that is of lenticular form. I also collected two hcies of Nummulites and one species of Lepidocyclina in St. Bar- hlomew. Lepidocyclina occurs in Georgia as far down strati- iiphically as a horizon about the middle of the Jackson formation, Id apparently as low as the base of the formation. The presence of Ipecies of Orthophragmina so similar to 0. mariannensis seems to 4nant the correlation of the St. Bartholomew limestone with the i per part of the Ocala limestone of Florida and Georgia, and there- -|e with the Jackson formation in Mississippi and in the States |ther westward. (Regarding the Brito formation of Nicaragua, it must be recognized sAit a single poor specimen of coral furnishes slim evidence on which febase a correlation. Doctor Cushman submits the following state- ■|nt regarding the foraminifera from the Brito formation: *js to the Brito material, two lots especially are of interest. No. 6411 "coast about 1 1. s. e. of Brito Harbor" marked "Ool. fos. I. s." has abundant orbitoids with a _b utifully ornamented exterior which without the confirmatory evidence of sections nil to be clearly Orthophragmina of a group not so far represented in the material 31 lied. From No. 6408 two miles n. w. of Brito Harbor, however, there is more 3 lence. The material is very different and contains specimens which in accidental it ion show definite chambers of Orthophragmina of a different group. This does not hrever. suggest either of the species from St. Bartholomew. Associated with it is a B]:ies of the flattened, broadly spiral form of nummulites. In the St. Bartholomew a ierial there is such a form but of a species very much larger. ow there is on the other hand a closer resemblance, that is to the lowest material tt he Flint River collections. The Brito species of Orthophragmina is similar so far & have made out to the one I have called . fiintensis. Moreover it is associated a irito as along the Flint River with this broadly spiral, flattened form of nummu- li. The specimens of nummulite from the two localities are very close in form a size and only differ in minute details. They may not be specifically identical ii inal analysis but are very close. The statement by Doctor Cushman seems conclusive. 1 horizon very nearly the same is recognizable in Colombia as the flowing quotation from Doctor Cushman shows: ow, as to the specimen from one league west of Arroyo Hondo, Bolivar, Republic o olombia. There is an association of Nummulites and stellate orbitoids which very d idedly suggests Eocene. While I can not definitely make out the equatorial embers, the stellate form is very apparent in several specimens, and I should say 8] nfically different from any of the species of Orthophragmina described in my Per from Georgia and Florida; in fact, they represent a very different group, I thk, but are undoubtedly Orthophragmina. Eocene deposits of the same or nearly same horizon as the St. Irtholomew limestone are widely distributed in Cuba, as is indi- te ed by species of Orthophragmina and a number of echinoid species t t also occur in St. Bartholomew. 198 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE EOCENE. From the foregoing discussion it is clear that marine upper Eoce formations are widely distributed in the southern United States, t West Indies, Central America, and northern South America, a that the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans were connected at that tir One of the areas in which there was such a connection was acr< the present site of eastern Nicaragua. Haug, I believe, correctly correlated the Jackson of Mississi and other Gulf States with the Bartonian-Ludian (Priabonian) Europe. 1 Attention should be directed to a statement by Oppenheim 2 which he suggests that the St. Bartholomew coral-fauna might the equivalent of the Priabona formation. The sequence I giving three of the important American horizons precisely pai< lels Oppenheim 's order, as expressed on page 13 of his work cit It is as follows : Oligocene: Middle (Stampian = Rupelian = Antiguan) . Lower (Sannoisian = Lattorfian = Vicksburgian) . Eocene : Upper (Priabonian = Ludian =Jacksonian = horizon of Bartholomew limestone, etc.). Oligocene. LOWER OLIGOCENE. The lower Oligocene corals of the United States have been scribed by me. 3 Dr. C. W. Cooke, in a paper recently published, subdivides Vicksburg group in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida as follows: Subdivisions of the Vicksburg group in Jfississippi, Alabama, and Florida. Mississippi. Alabama. Bryam calcareous marl. Glendon limestone member. II Maris limes Mint Spring calcareous mar! member. i "Chimney Rock" fades Florida. Forest Hill sand Red BlufI clay (Western Mississippi). (Eastern Mississippi). ■ Haug, Emile, Traite de goolcgie, vol. 2, p. 1523, 1911. 'Oppenheim, P., Die Priabonaschichten und ihre Fauna, Palaoontographica, vol. 47, pp. 348, 2!| 1901. » Vaughan, T. W., The Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, U. S. Geol. Mon. 39, pp. 263, pis. 21, 1900. See especially p. 30. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 199 The 11 coral limestone," formerly referred to the top of the Vicks- irg group, as will be shown on subsequent pages, is, in my opinion, uivalent to the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation. The [lowing is a list of the species of corals at present known from the cksburg group: Fossil corals from the Vicksburg group. Name. Byram calcareous marl, i bellum magnocostatum Vaughan rhomboideum Vaughan binolia insignifica Vaughan iphonotrochas pulcher Vaughan thohelia neglecta (Vaughan) vicksburgemis (Conrad) , mississippiensis (Conrad) harrisi (Vaughan) aldrichi (Vaughan) , j 'iguastrta cellulosa (Duncan) finophyUia elongata Vaughan , caulifera (Conrad) caulifera var. mvltigranosa Vaughan. J drophuUiu new species Marianna limestone. Glendon limestone member. Mint Spring calcareous marl member Red Bluff clay. rhis fauna is different from any now known in the West Indies or (ntral America. It lived under conditions closely similar to those ider which the Jackson fauna of the same area lived. It is impor- tit to note that Antzguastrea cellulosa, a species very abundant in ti middle and sparingly present in the upper Oligocene, occurs in tj uppermost beds of the Vicksburg group. The Oligocene coral reef nresented by the " coral limestone" at Salt Mountain, Alabama, si at Bainbridge, Georgia, overlies the Vicksburg group, which can ■;h considerable assurance be correlated with the lower Oligocene (attorfian) of Veneto and elsewhere in Europe. The greatly- creloped Oligocene coral reefs of Antigua are to be correlated with b) reefs of Bainbridge. They are therefore stratigraphically higher tin the Vicksburg group and are of middle Oligocene (Rupelian = Simpian) age. MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. ANTIGUA FORMATION. 1 The following list of species is based on a revision of Duncan's 9 rk on the Antigua corals, 2 after a study of his types in the collec- N'ame proposed by J. W. Spencer in his paper entitled On the geological and physical development ° ntigua, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 57, pp. 496-498, 1901. See also, Brown, Amos P., 3S on the geology of the Island of Antigua, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. for 1913, pp. 584-616, pis. 18-20, Vaughan, T. W., papers referred to in footnote on page 193; and Memorandum on the geology and g ndwaters of Antigua, B. W. I., Imperial Dep 't of Agriculture West India Bull., vol. 14, No. 4, 5 pp., >uncan, P. M., On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands, Part 1, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ- v 19, pp. 408-458, pis. 13-16, 1863; Part 4, Idem., vol. 24, pp. 9-33, pis. 1, 2, 1867. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 2 200 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tions of Geological Society of London and the British Musei (Natural History), and principally the collection made by mys which contains 60 species. It seems that I failed to find 7 of 1 species reported by Duncan; and apparently Mr. Robert T. Hill a Dr. J. W. Spencer each obtained one species that I did not colle I feel a little doubtful about two or three of Duncan's types hav: really come from Antigua. Each species whose name is precec by an asterisk * is considered in the systematic part of this paper Fossil corals from the Antigua formation. Name. Distribution outside Antigua. *Stylophora ponderosa Vaughan new species 1 new species 2 Poeillopora tenuis Duncan new species Aladrepora new species *Stylocoenia pumpellyi (Vaughan) Salt Mt. t Ala Nomenclatorial notes. new species *Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan.. *decaturevsis Vaughan . . *portoricensis Vaughan . new species Asterosmilia exarata Duncan var Genus indet. new species Euphyllia new species Antillia new species Leptomussa new species Genus indet. new species Cladocora recresccns Lonsdale *0rbkella antillarum (Duncan). *costata (Duncan) *itisignis (Duncan) . . . intermedia (Duncan). *Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duucan). *var. curvata (Duncan) *var. silecensis Vaughan . Diplothecastraea monitor (Duncan) Dun- can. *Favia macdonaldi Vaughan *Favites polygonalis (Duncan) new species Lamellastraea smythi Duncan Genus indet. new species Goniastrea reussi (Duncan) *Afaeandra antiguensis Vaughan. dens-elcphantis (Duncan). *Leptoria spenceri Vaughan Manicina willoughbiensis Vaughan *Pironastraea antiguensis Vaughan . Pavona new species Leptoseris new species 1 new species 2 Haloscris new species *Siderastrea con/crta (Duncan) * Cyathomorpha hilli Vaughan *brovmi Vaughan *belli Vaughan *splendcns Vaughan . . *antigucnsis (Duncan), *ienuis (Duncan). Bainbridge Ga. Cuba, Panama Cuba, Bainb'idge, Ga. Porto Rico Santo Domingo. Chattahoochee formation, up- per part, Ga. Montserrat Porto Rico, Canal Zone, An- guilla Arube Porto Rico, Cuba, Fla., Ga., Miss., Mex., Anguilla, Arube Ga., Fla., Mex, Panama Bainbridge, Ga. Panama. Cuba.!" Cuba. Porto Rico, Canal Zone, An- guilla. Porto Rioo, Cuba, Mex. Porto Hico, Cuba . Stylocoenia lobato-rot Duncan, not M. Edwi and Haime. Astrocoenia ornata Dm not M. Edwards and Ha Heliastraea antillarum Dm i Heliastraea costata (D Duncan. Heliastraea insignis Du: Heliastraea radiata var. media (Duncan). Heliastraea cellulosa (Di Duncan + Isastraea tu\ Duncan. Stephanoccenia reussi Dm I Coeloriadensclephantis Di Maeandrina species Di Coeloria labyrinth if or mis can, not Linnaeus. Isastraea conferta Dune Heliastraea antiguensis can) Duncan + As afjlnis Duncan + antiguensis Duncan. Heliastraea tenuis (1 Duucan. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 201 Fossil corals from the Antigua formation — Continued. Name. Distribution outside Antigua. Nomenclatorial notes. ploastrea crasxolamcllata (Duncan) . . *var. magnified (Duncan). . . *var. nvgenti (Duncan) sfairophyllia new species Jropora panamensis Vaughan new species 1 *saludensis Vaughan new species 2 * treopora antiguensis Vaughan * tinacis alabamiensis Vaughan new species 1 new species 2 ( iopora new species 1 new species 2 ♦regularis (Duncan) Porto Rico, Cuba, Ga., Canal Zone. Porto Rico, Cuba, Ga . Heliastraea crassolamellata (Duncan) Duncan + vars. magnetica, pulchella, and no~ bilis. + var. minor Duncan. Canal Zone Canal Zone. Canal Zone Salt Mt., Ala.: Bainbridge, Ga. Bainbridge, Ga iopora t. opora ♦var. microscopica (Duncan). new species 3 | *clevei Vaughan i Anguilla, Canal Zone. *portoricen$is Vaughan j Porto Rico *cascadensis Vaughan j Anguilla, Canal Zone. new species 4 ! new species 5 1 (?) tenvis (Duncan) 1 new speciesl., new species 2. Alveopora daedalaea var. rcgu- laris Duncan. Stephanocoenia tenuis (Dun- can) + Rhodaraea irregularis Duncan. Three of the species recorded by Duncan from Antigua, in my anion, are incorrectly identified and their names are dropped f m the list. They are as follows : Favoidea jungliuhni Reuss, according to Duncan. Heliastraea barbadensis Duncan. - Solenastraea turonensis (Michelin), according to Duncan. Another species, Asiraea megalaxona Duncan, is based on uniden- t able material, and its name is also dropped. The total number c recorded species from Antigua, therefore, is 69, and 5 varieties are r ognized. Of the 33 species iudicated as new, descriptions of 8 Ivq been written [and descriptions of 26 remain to be written at U time of making out the preceding table. The number of species, 69, recognized is interesting for compari- si with the number recorded for areas in which living reefs occur. Marenzeller 1 records 71 species from the Red Sea in his report the Pola expedition corals Bedot 2 records a total of 74 species ■5 varieties from Amboina — a number that should be reduc ed by flDut 4, because of the reference of some names to the synonymy of oier species listed, leaving the number of valid species at about 70. 1 my paper on the shoal-water corals from Murray Island, Austra- li I list 63 species from Murray Island and its vicinity in water r exceeding 18 fathoms deep, and report 51 species from Cocos- <'on Marenzeller, E., Riffkorallen, Exped. S. M. SehirY Pcla in das Rote Meer, Zool. Ergeb. 26, K. K. d. Wiss. "Wien, Mat.-Naturwiss CI., vol. 80, pp. 28-97, pis. 1-29, 1906. *edot, M., Madreporaries d' Arnboine, Rev. Suisse de Zool., vol. 15, pp. 143-292, pis. 5-50, 1907. 202 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Keeling Islands. 1 It is known that at least a few more than species occur in these islands. Outside the main coral-reef z the number of species is smaller. For instance, there are only* supposedly valid species recorded from water between and 25 fathoms deep in the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan. 2 It is not ■ tain that 3 of the species included in the number 43 were obtaisd in the Hawaiian Islands. The usual number of species obtained Florida or the West Indies, in water less than 25 fathoms dB where conditions are favorable for coral growth is about 35. Tire were on the Antiguan reef as many species of corals as are at pre* it usual for one island or a small group of islands in the Indo-Pact Vaughan, T. W., Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Island ^ i Fanning Island, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, see especially pp. 67-72, 1918. 2 Vaughan, T. W. f Recent Madreporaria of the Hawaiian Islands and Laysan, IT. S. Nat. Mus. ^1- No. 59, pp. 32-34, 1907. [The list referred to has been slightly revised and the number reduced by 2 m #•) < « Fabiani, II., II paleogone del Veneto, H. Univ. Padova Inst. Geol. Mom., vol. 3, pp. 229-231. 19: GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 203 ^ th a synapticulate and perforate wall at and just below the calicu- r margin, the w T all at lower levels usually, but not invariably, ] coming solid. In Fabiani's list this species, under the generic me Stephanosmilia (name proposed by Reuss in 1874, not Ste- ■anosmilia De Fromentel, 1862), comes between Parasmilia and ^ocophyllia (a synonym of EupJiyllia) . I do not know what the 6 "stematic relations of Leptaxis Reuss are. Reuss based the genus \j d the type-species, L. eUiptica Reuss, on a single specimen from p)nte Grumi and seems not to have obtained another from any- ~iere. Until additional specimens of L. eUiptica have been critically idied, Leptaxis is not an identifiable genus. Although Duncan Qsidered Leptaxis a subgenus of Antillia, I think that it may be e of the simple fungid genera. The species referred to 10 genera, lose names are followed by a question mark," should all be tically restudied. The names of the genera preceded by an asterisk, "*", in the :egoing table are also found in the middle Oligocene of the West Idies or the southeastern United States. The following genera Ive closely related species: Iflophora EupJiyllia Leptomussa Actinads ijlocoenia Orbicella CyatJiomorpJia Goniopora Arocoenia Antiguastrea Astreopora Alveopora I am not at all sure that some of the American middle Oligocene *d the European Rupelian species are not identical. Dr. Joseph A. Cushman has described the following species of 1 pidocyclina from the collection I made in Antigua (not yet pub- lhed): Lepidocyclina gigas Cushman undulata Cushman undosa Cushman favosa Cushman L. undulata seems to be the largest known species of Lepicocyclina , sine specimens attaining a diameter of 100 mm. The calcareous algae, echinoids, Mollusca, and Bryozoa, as well as 1 3 Foraminif era of the Antigua formation will be described in a forth- cning volume to be published by the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ip»on. The Antigua formation must, in my opinion, be the type E the American middle Oligocene. PEPINO FORMATION OF PORTO RICO. 1 The corals here listed were almost all collected by Mr. R. T. Hill. 1 lave added the names of a few additional species collected b} r i mbers of the New York Academy Porto Rico Survey. ■^or accounts of the geologic relations of this formation, see Hill, R. T., Notes on the forest conditions o jrto Rico, U. S. Dept. Agriculture Div. of Forestry Bull. No. 25, pp. 14, 15, 1889. Vaughan, T. W. , * eferences in footnote on prj. 193,205. 204 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fossil corals from the Pepino formation. Astrocoenia portoricensis Vaughan, Antigua, and Canal Zone. I Orbicella costata (Duncan), Antigua, Anguilla, Canal Zone. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, Florida, Georgia., etc. 1 Maeandra portoricensis Vaughan. Leptoseris portoricensis Vaughan. Pironastraea anguillensis Vaughan, Anguilla. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan), Antigua, Canal Zone, Anguilla. CyathomorpJia antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, Mexico. i tenuis (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, Georgia. Astreopora portoricensis Vaughan. Goniopora portoricensis Vaughan, Antigua. Of the 12 species from the Pepino formation, 8 are known in t 1 Antigua formation of Antigua. LIMESTONE ABOVE CONGLOMERATE NEAR GUANTANAMO, CUBA. The geologic relations of the corals from the vicinity of Guan \* namo will be described by Mr. O. E. Meinzer in a forthcoming repo The following is a list of the species: Fossil corals from the middle Oligocene, Guantanamo, Cuba. Pocillopora guantanamensis Vaughan. Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan, Antigua, Panama. decaturensis Vaughan, Antigua, Georgia. meinzeri Vaughan. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Kico, etc. Trochoseris meinzeri Vaughan, Panama. Pironastraea antiguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Cyathomorpha anguillensis Vaughan, Anguilla. antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Rico, etc. tenuis (Duncan), Antigua, Porto Rico, etc. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, etc. Goniopora decaturensis Vaughan, Georgia. Of the 12 species here listed 7 are also found in Antigua; of th 3 : remaining species 2 are at present known from only one locality 2 occur elsewhere in association with a fauna of the same facies 3 i that of Antigua, while 1 occurs in the base of the Anguilla formatii . Limestone, Rio Canapu, Manasasas trail, Cuba. The following species were collected by Dr. Arthur C. Spencer: Leptoria spenceri Vaughan, Antigua. Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan), Antigua. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Antigua. The first and second species of the above list were obtained atf * tion No. 3473 of the U. S. N. M. record of localities for Cenozoic i- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 205 3rtebrate collections. Specimens of Orihophragmina were obtained ) the same station and indicate upper Eocene or lower Oligocene as te age of the rock. This matter will be further discussed in the ■rthcoming report on West Indian paleontology. Ir. BASAL PART OF CHATTAHOOCHEE FORMATION IN GEORGIA. 1 The localities at which the specimens of fossil corals were obtained -e at Blue or Russell Springs on Flint River about 4 miles below ainbridge, and at other localities along Flint River to Hale's Land- g, about 7 miles below Bainbridge. The corals are most embedded i or weathered out of chert which was once a coral-reef limestone lat was formed on the subaerially eroded surface of the Eocene cala limestone after submergence. Dr. W. H. Dall in a recently lblished paper 2 appears to correlate this bed with the Orthaulaz ugnax zone of Tampa, Florida, and states that I concur in that )inion. Although the chert forming the base of the Chattahoochee rmation in the vicinity of Bainbridge is faun ally nearly related to te "silex" bed of the Tampa formation, in my opinion they are not [ the same age, the "silex" bed being geologically younger. The >ral faunas are not the same, and there is at least a species of one )iius at Tampa of stratigraphically later affinities than any species the vicinity of Bainbridge. The following are the species from near Bainbridge mentioned in lis paper: Fossil corals from basal part of Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. Stylophora minutissima Vaughan. Stylocoenia pumpellyi (Vaughan) V aughan, Antigua. Astrocoenia decaturensis Vaughan, Antigua, Cuba. OrbiceUa bainbridgensis Vaughan, Santo Domingo ?, Porto Rico. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, etc., Tampa. var. silecensis Vaughan, Antigua, etc. Favites polygonalis (Duncan) var., Antigua. Siderastrea silecensis Vaughan, Tampa; Alum Bluff formation. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, etc. var. magnified (Duncan), Antigua, etc. Astreopora antiguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Actinacis dlabamiensis (Vaughan), Antigua; Salt Mountain, Ala. Goniopora decaturensis Vaughan, Cuba. The more important references to the literature are as follows: f aughan, T. W., A Tertiary coral reef near Bainbridge, Georgia, Science, n. s., vol. 12, pp. 873-875, 1900; inbridge and vicinity in Preliminary report on the Coastal Plain of Georgia by O. Veatch and L. W. phenson, prepared under the direction of T. W. Vaughan, Geol. Survey of Ga. Bull. 26, pp. 328-333, 1; The reef coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its significance, U. S. Geol. -vey Prof. Pap. 98-T, pp. 363-364, 1917. Ooke, C. W., Age of the Ocala limestone, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 95-1, pp. 107-117, 1915. A contribution to the invertebrate fauna of the Oligocene beds of Flint River, Georgia, Proc. U. S. Nat. • ,vol. 51, pp. 487-524, plates 83-88, 1916. 206 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Of the 13 species and varieties listed above, 9 are common Antigua, and Goniopora decaturensis occurs in Cuba in associati with species of corals abundant in Antigua; of the 3 remaini species, Stylophora minutissima has so far been positively identifi only at Bainbridge, but it is very near a species common in Antigi 2 of the 13 forms are known from the "silex" bed of Tampa. T coral fauna near Bainbridge is a moderately rich one. In additi to those listed there are species of Stylophora, Astrocoenia, Antillic Astrangia or Rhizangia, Mesomorpha, Astreopora, Actinacis, Gon pora, and Alveopora, and of a few genera not yet positively identify There are between 25 and 30 species, of which only 4 or 5 are cor mon to the Tampa coral fauna. It should be stated here that casts of a species of Pecten, whi appears to P. suwaneensis Dall, occur at station 3381 in the mati with Diploastrea crass olamellata, which may therefore be of upj Eocene as well as of Oligocene age, or I may not have discriminat closely enough between species. "CORAL LIMESTONE " OF SALT MOUNTAIN, ALABAMA. 1 I described in the monograph referred to in the footnote || species, as follows: Stylophora ponderosa Vaughan, Antigua. Actinacis alabamiensis (Vaughan), Antigua; Flint River, Georgia I long surmised that the " coral limestone" of Salt Mount i really represented the basal part of the Chattahoochee formatic, but only recently did I obtain evidence that this limestone is ti stratigraphic correlative of the Antigua formation and of the coi. reef horizon near Bainbridge. SAN RAFAEL FORMATION OF EASTERN MEXICO. 2 The formation from which the fossil corals were obtained first designated by Mr. Dumble "San Fernando beds," a name lo. in use for a Tertiary formation in the Island of Trinidad. He h recently changed the name to San Rafael. It is an important fori tion in eastern Tamaulipas, Mexico. Several of the corals are well enough preserved for purposes of identification. The follow is a List : Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua, etc. var. siheensis Vaughan, Antigua, etc. Favites mexicana Vaughan. Maeandra dumblei Vaughan. i For a description of the geologic relations, see Vaughan, T. W., Eocene and lower Oligocei faunas of the United States, U. S. Geological Survey Mon. 39, pp. 30, 31, 1900. a The principal literature is as follows: Dumble, E. T., Some events in the Eoceno history of the present Coastal area of the Gulf of Me* Texas and Mexico, Journ. Geol., vol. 23, pp. 481-498, 1915 (see especially pp. 495-497); Tertiary de of northeastern Mexico, California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, vol. 5, pp. 163-193, pis. 16-19, 1915 (see | cially pp. 189-192). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 207 D CyatJiomiorplia antiguensis (Duncan), Antigua, etc. iS Goniopora species. Similar to Antiguan species. Although the identifiable species are few, it appears safe to cor- :ii ilate the San Rafael formation with the Antigua formation. TONOSI. PANAMA. Doctor MacDonald obtained at this locality, station 6587, the fol- - j wing species of corals : ' Astrocoenia guantanamensis Vaughan, Antigua, Cuba. . ■ Favia macdonaldi Vaughan, Antigua. J Maeandra antiguensis Vaughan, Antigua. Trochoseris meinzeri Vaughan, Cuba. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan), Antigua, Cuba, etc. There can be no reasonable doubt that this is the same as the coral una found in the Antigua formation. As the locality at which e specimens were obtained is on the Pacific coast of Panama, the ■idence is conclusive that there was middle Oligocene connection >tween the Atlantic and the Pacific in that area. SERRO COLORADO, ARUBE. Three species were obtained at this locality, 1 as follows: Orbicella insignis (Duncan), Antigua. Antiguaslrea cellulosa (Duncan), Antigua. : Goniopora species (the kind of casts to which Duncan applied the ime Alvepora daedalea var. regularis). This fauna is evidently the same as that of the Antigua formation. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. The foregoing lists show that Antiguan middle Oligocene coral una is known in Porto Rico, Cuba, southern Georgia, southern iabama, eastern Mexico, Panama, and Arube. That it also occurs Santo Domingo is known from some of the specimens, Siderastrea nferta (Duncan) typical and a peculiar variety of Asterosmilia arata (Duncan), both brought from Santo Domingo by Gabb. It a key horizon in the American Oligocene. The Byram calcareous arl of Mississippi occurs either at its base or just below its base. therefore overlies all the Vicksburgian lower Oligocene, with the )ssible exception of the uppermost member, and is stratigraphi- lly just below the "silex bed" of the Tampa formation. The ^relation of the deposits containing this fauna with the Rupelian Veneto has been made on page 202. That there was middle Oligocene connection between the Atlantic id the Pacific was pointed out on this page in discussing the species 3m Tonosi, Panama. Vaughan, T. W., Some fossil corals from the elevated reefs of Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, Geolog. ichs-Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. pp. 1-91, 1901 (especially pp. 11, 12). 208 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. UPPER OLIGOCENE. CULEBRA FORMATION. The Culebra formation and the base of the Emperador limestoi in the Canal Zone contain a few species that indicate close relation ship with the Antiguan horizon, but on the whole the affinities a: rather with the next higher fauna. Fossil corals were obtained i the Culebra formation at three stations, as follows: Station 5863, west side of Gaillard Cut, at station 1863 of tl Canal Commission, between points opposite Curacha and Paraiso. Station 6020c, Las Cascadas, Gaillard Cut, third bed from tl bottom of the section. Station 6026, one and one-half miles south of Monte Lirio, ( Panama Railroad (relocated line). The list of species is as follows: Species of corals from the Culebra formation. Name. Station | Station 5863. | 6020c. Station 6026. Empera- dor Is. Antigua. Anguil X X X X X X Orbicella costata (Duncan) ::::::::::r* x" •' XXXX X X ! x X Goniopora cascadensis Vaughan :::::::::: r -x- X Of the 6 species in the Culebra formation, 2 also occur in tl Emperador limestone; 4 also occur in the Antigua formation; and also occur in the Anguilla formation. There is only one speck Astreopora aniiguensis, that is elsewhere known only from tl Antigua horizon; while 2 species are at present known elsewhe only from the Anguilla horizon. These relations indicate, but do n prove, that the upper part of the Culebra formation, the part of t] formation in which the corals were collected, is stratigraphical higher than the Antigua formation, and is, therefore, referable to tl upper Oligocene. The foraminiferal fauna, to be discussed on pag 554, 555, 585, supplies stronger evidence in favor of considering tl upper part of the Culebra as of upper Oligocene age. EMPERADOR LIMESTONE. The principal collections from the Emperador limestone were ma< by Doctor MacDonald and me at Station 6015 and 6016, in Empi village. Dr. Ralph Arnold subsequently made a small collection Empire and obtained one species, Pocillopora arnoldi Vaughan, n collected by Doctor MacDonald and me. Doctor MacDonald ai I also made a small collection at Station 60246, the upper bed the lower end of the culvert where the Panama Railroad (relocate line) crosses Rio Agua Salud; and he subsequently obtained son GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 209 ary interesting specimens at station 6256, which is 1J miles south f Miraflores. The following is a list of the species: I * * Species of corals from the Emverador limestone. Empire quarries. Station 60246. Station 6256. Anguilla. Antigua. ylophoro, impcrdtoris Vaughan X V x X panamcnxis Vaughan ffocthcilsi Vaughan xxxx: wiacdoncildi Vaughan x cancilis Vaughan tciUopora arnoldi Vaughan ttTococnia poTtoTic€7i$it Vaughan x x bicclla im petaloTis Vaughan X X X X X X cancilis Vaughan 'jlanoia panamensis Vaughan X X rropora panamensis Vaughan X X X xxxxxxxxxxx: X ! panamensis Vaughan X X X X clevei Vaughan X toulai Vaughan X i anguillemis Vaughan X X X X X X Of 26 species from the Emperador limestone, 6 have been identified . the Antigua formation and 9 in the Anguilla formation, but it probable that the number of species common to the Emperador mestone and the Anguilla formation will be somewhat increased, he Emperador limestone is of nearly the same horizon as the An- nilla formation. Additional evidence favoring this opinion will be iduced on subsequent pages. ANGUILLA FORMATION. 1 This name is proposed for the coralliferous limestone and argilla- ious marls of Anguilla. The type-locality is on the south and west des of Crocus Bay, where it is exposed to a thickness of about 200 set. The faima has been monographically described, and the account f it will be published in a forthcoming volume of the Carnegie Institu- on of Washington. The following species of corals from it are onsidered in the present paper: The principal literature is as follows: 21eve, P. T., On the geology of the northeastern West India Islands, K. svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., 1 9, No. 12, p. 22, 1872. Vaughan, T. W., see references in footnote, p. 193. 210 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Species of corals from the Anguilla formation. Name. Cu'ebra forma- tion. Empera- dor lime- stone. Antigua. Other localities. Stt/lophora imperatoris Vaughan X X X Cuba. X X X X P. R.; Cuba; etc Agaricia anguillensis Vaughan Pimnastraea anguillensis Vaughan P. R. P. R. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) X X Goniopora panamensis Vaughan xxxx: cascadensis Vaughan X X X P. R.=Pcrto Rico. Of the 17 species listed above, 4 are also found in the Culebr formation, 9 in the Emperador limestone, and 12 of the 17 in th combined Culebra and Emperador of the Canal Zone. In additio to the species here considered there are other species of Siylophort Stylocoenia, Antillia, Cladocora, Maeandra, Goniopora, and Poritet There are 9 or 10 species of Goniopora. The total coral fauna in th collections available to me comprises about 28 species. The Anguilla formation is correlated with the Emperador limeston for the following reasons : Heterosteginoides , a new genus of orbitoidi foraminifera described by Doctor Cushman, is represented in tb Anguilla formation by a species, also found in Antigua, but ver near a species that occurs in the Emperador limestone. Althoug Heterosteginoides occurs in both Antigua and Anguilla, Lepidocyclim which is so abundant in Antigua, was not collected by me in Anguill and is only sparingly present in the Emperador limestone identity of certain species of corals in the two formations has bee shown. Echinolampas semiorbis Guppy is abundant in Anguilla (o the west side of Crocus Bay between 25 and 70 feet above sea leve and in the base of the Emperador limestone, Canal Zone. Ortha pugnax (Heilprin) was collected in the base of the Crocus Bay posures. CUBAN LOCALITIES. Orbicella imperatoris Vaughan has been collected at the folio localities in Cuba: Station 3450, 4 miles north of Pinar del station 3451, one-half mile west of Cienaga railroad station, n Habana; station 3566, Bejucal; station 7544, Rio Yateras, 1 Guantanamo. That the Anguilla horizon is widely extended Cuba is shown by the distribution of the echinoids which will b considered in another place. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 211 TAMPA FORMATION OF FLORIDA. The corals from the "silex" bed of the Tampa formation considered 1 this paper are as follows : Orbicella tampaensis Vaughan. var. silecensis Vaughan. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Siderastrea silecensis Vaughan. Siderastrea Mllsboroensis Vaughan occurs at about the same horizon 3 the "silex" bed. The Tampa coral fauna has not been described in print, but I lrnished Doctor Dall a list of my manuscript names of the species ad it appeared in his monograph of the molluscan fauna of the rthaulax pugnax zone of the Oligocene of Tampa, Florida. 1 I have ointed out that Orbicella tampaensis var. silecensis (see p. 391 of this aper) closely resembles some of the variants of 0. costata from An- uiUa and that the specimens identified as Siderastrea silecensis in hich there are over 60 septa perhaps should be referred to S. con- rta (see p. 449). Besides the species mentioned, there are species ^presenting the following genera: Stylophora, Antillia^, Galaxea, olenastrea, Maeandra, Syzygopliyllia ?, Endopachys, Acropora, Gonio- ora, Porites, and Alveopora. Two and perhaps three of the "silex" bed species of corals also ccur at Bainbridge, but the faunas otherwise are not the same, 'wo of the species from Tampa are near living West Indian and loridian species. These are S olenastrea tampaensis Vaughan, nomen udum, which is near S. liyades (Dana) ; and Porites wiUcoxi Vaughan, omen nudum, which has the septal arrangement of Porites asireoides. he presence of such species with modern affinities seems to me toindi- ite a considerably younger age than that of the reefs near Bain- ridge. Furthermore Lepidocyclina is abundant in the reefs near 'ainbridge, but has not yet been found at Tampa. Orthaulax pugnax xurs in the " silex" bed at Tampa, but it has not been found in the berrying limestone; the same species occurs in the base of the An- uilia formation, but I did not find it at higher levels. Dr. C. W. ooke, who has monographically described the moliusca of the nguilla formation, correlates it with the Tampa formation on the asis of similarity in their molluscan faunas. The correlation of the ampa formation is further discussed on pages 570, 571. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE UPPER OLIGOCENE. ■ That there was connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans uring upper Oligocene time is shown by the continuity of both the ulebra formation and the Emperador limestone from the Atlantic ) the Pacific slopes of the Isthmus. On the geologic map, plate 153, i U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 90, p. 18, 1915. 21,2 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the Emperador limestone is represented as dipping below the Gaty formation on the north side of the Isthmus, and it is exposed almoi, down to the sea level on the south side. The Culebra formatic underlies the Emperador limestone on both slopes, but it is not ind| cated on the map on the north slope of the Isthmus. Miocene. BOWDEN MARL.' The point of departure in the consideration of the Miocene is tlj fauna of the Bowden marl of Jamaica. The following is a revise list of the species: Placotrochus costatus Duncan. Sphenotroclius new species. Placocyathus barretti Duncan. alveolus (Duncan.) StylopJiora granulaia Duncan. Asterosmilia profunda (Duncan). MM Vaughan. Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper), also living. Aniillia walli Duncan. TJiysanus exceniricus Duncan. elegans Duncan. new species. SyzygopJiyllia gregorii (Vaughan). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), also living. Goniopora new species. Porites baracoaensis Vaughan. Acropora new species. This fauna indicates somewhat deeper water than that in whi< ( the species mentioned on preceding pages lived; but the presence ! Stephanocoenia intersepta, Siderastrea siderea, Acropora new specie' a massive species of Goniopora, and Porites baracoaensis, furnish ev dence in favor of the conclusion that the depth probably was not ! much as 20 fathoms. The most striking feature of this list is that contains the names of two species still living in the Caribbean regio in this respect differing from all the other faunas previously consi ered in this paper. The Bowden not only marks the introduction species that persist in the West Indian region, but as neither Jamaica, Santo Domingo, nor Cuba, have species of Astrocoem Siylocoenia, Leptomussa, Antiguastrea, Faviies, Leptoria, Trochoser] Leptoseris, llaloseris, Pironastraea, Mesomoryha, Cyatkomorph Diploastrea, Astreopora, Aciinacis, or Porites (Synaraea) been foui id beds of the samo age as or younger than the Bowden, the 1 For an account of the stratigraphic relations of the Bowden marl, son Hill, R. T., The geology l'j physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 226, with 35 plates, 1 j ' (especially pp. 82 86, 145-152). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 218 genera and one subgenus of middle and upper Oligocene corals tparently had become extinct in this region. The genus Thysanus is esent in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of Florida ;%nd in Santo Dmingo Placocyathus, Stylophora, AntiUia, and Syzygophyllia occur horizons above that of the Bowden marl, 'while the number of species >w living increases. The Bowden marl marks an important change the character of the coral faunas, a change from an older to a more cent facies. It therefore seems to me that the Bowden marl can f>t be considered of Oligocene age, and that it must be referred to e lower Miocene. SANTO DOMINGO. With regard to the species reported by Duncan from Santo Do- ingo, it will be said that Duncan does not describe the stratigraphy Santo Domingo, but refers the specimens to the Nivaje shale, the perficial or tufaceous limestone, Posterero shale, Cerro Gordo ales, Esperanza shale, and "the silt of the sandstone plain." The [lowing is a list of the species recorded by him, the geologic forma- >n in which they were reported to be found, and the revised names I th annotations : Fossil corals reported by Duncan from Santo Domingo. Name used by Duncan. helium exaratum Duncan. '.helium new species cotrochus lonsdalei Duncan atotrochus duodecim-costatus M. .hd- ards and Haime. Khocyathus latero-spinosus if. Edwards ad Haime. racyathus henekeni (Duncan) Duncan. ■ coqjathus barretti Duncan variabilis Duncan costatus Duncan • illopora crassoramosa Duncan I lophoro affinis Duncan var. minor Duncan. tlophora affinis Duncan var. 2..... (?) + «2 ® si n mixed with specimens from a younger formation ? Having in 37149— 19— Bull. 103 3 216 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mind the information above stated, I published the suggestion t some of the Santo Domingan fossil corals are perhaps of Pliocene a; Recently Miss Carlotta J. Maury has submitted to me for study fossil corals she collected during an expedition to Santo Doming She informs me that the zones on Rio Gurabo are lettered in stra graphically descending series, "A" being at the top and "G" at base of the section; zone H on Rio Cana is considered to be the sai as zone G on Rio Gurabo. Bluff 1 on Cercado de Mao is correlat by Miss Maury with a part of the Rio Gurabo section above zone and bluff 3 on Cercado de Mao is correlated with that part of the I Gurabo section below zone F. As regards the corals, the definite stratigraphic tie-point is fou in zone H on Rio Cana, where three species which also occur in Bowden marl of Jamaica were collected. It has been stated on 212, 213 of this paper that the Bowden coral fauna is stratigraphica above the Oligocene faunas of Antigua, Bainbridge (Georgia), La (Porto Rico), Empire (Panama), and Tampa (Florida). These Sai Domingan corals, except those from zone G-H, therefore belc stratigraphically above the horizon of the Bowden marl. In a mai script now almost ready for press I am describing as new six ac tional species of Placocyathus from Miss Maury's collection. Th are not entered in the table following. Washington Acad. Sci. Jour., vol. 5. p. 489, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 217 £ :- £ o 6 s + + +-r + + ++ £ *- ~ 3 3s 22P, c g so _: — - w 5 § 1° I § 13 11 w CO 35 s 3 od g si. 5 c 3 ? ?: S £ *: ~ £ s| a a £ -~ ^ U g £££ III a a £ 5 1 s 5: -~ Co^ CO ■'CO ^ 1 I! a, co» 21'8 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. An inspection of the foregoing table shows that at zone H Orbicell cavernosa and Solenastrea bournoni, both now living, were collectec bringing the total of living species from the Bowden horizon up to fou: The following are my conclusions on the geologic age of the cora liferous beds of Santo Domingo: 1. The oldest fauna represented by Miss Maury's collection, zor; H on Rio Cana, is that of the Bowden marl. It is somewhat young< than the Chipola marl of Florida and is of Burdigalian age accordir to European nomenclature. 2. Zone F is closely related to G and H. It is also probably* Burdigalian age, and corresponds to a part of the Alum Bluff form; tion of Florida lying above the Chipola marl member. 3. Zone E and D are faunally near the underlying beds and a: probably of uppermost Burdigalian or Helvetian age. 4. Zones C to A, inclusive, are probably of Helvetian age. 5. The Santo Domingan coral faunas are younger than the exte sively developed Oligocene coral reefs of Georgia, Florida, Cub Porto Rico, Anguilla, Antigua, and Central America. 6. The presence in Santo Domingo of Asterosmilia exarata variet which is also found in the Antigua formation, of a species of Lept mussa, and of Siderastrea conferta (Duncan) typical, indicates th there are deposits of middle and upper Oligocene age in San Domingo, but Miss Maury did not make collections of corals fro those horizons. CUBA. BARACAO AND MATANZAS. Fossil corals of Bowden age were collected at two localities namely, station 3476, in a yellow marl at Baracao; and station 34( also in a yellow marl in the gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas. T species are as follows : Fossil corals from Baracoa and Matanzas, Cuba. Name. Stylo-phora granulata Duncan Pocillopora baracoaemis Vaughan Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Thysanus hayesi Vaughan Pontes baracoaensis Vaughan var. matanzasenvis Vaughan Baracoa. Matanzas Bo' LA CRUZ MARL. This name is proposed for the bedded, yellow, argillaceous, «j calcareous marl particularly well exposed on the east side of Santilj Harbor between Santiago and the Morro. The type exposures < along the railroad eastward from the La Cruz to the crossing of * highway from Santiago to the Morro. The corals collected in if GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 219 rmation are listed below. Descriptions of the raollusca by C. W, >oke will appear in a forthcoming publication of the Carnegie In- itution of Washington. The corals are as follows: Fossil corals from the La Cruz marl, Cuba. Name. I Santo 'Domingo I above zone H. ■lopkora affinis Duncan puopora species phanocoevia intersepta (Esper) oicella limbata (Duncan) .enastrea hyades (Dana) bournoni M. Edwards and Haime . i ysanus aft 5 . T. excentricus Duncan >eraztrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) liopora jacobiana Vaughan iritesporites (Pallas) astreoidcs (Lamuck) Santo Domingo zone H Bowden. Eecent. Of 11 species listed above, 5 are now living in the Antillean re- Dn; but of the 8 genera represented, 4, i. e. 50 per cent, are now un- lown in the Atlantic Ocean. The horizon appears to be above that of e Bowden marl, and to be near zones D and E of the table on ige 217. I obtained numbers of poor prints and casts of corals ar or at the base of the formation in the vicinity of Santiago, though they are too poor for determination, they resemble in rm the species of Placocyathus, Asterosmilia, Antillia, Thysanus, id Syzygophyllia, of the Santo. Domingan deposits. Similar poor sts and imprints suggest that this is a widelv distributed formation Cuba. FLORIDA. ALUM BLUFF FORMATION. The coral fauna of the Chipola marl, member of Alum Bluff f orma- m is small, comprising four species representing as many genera, mely, Stylophora, Antillia, a new genus that resembles a Thysanus th a commensal sipunculid worm in its base, and Goniopora. The coral fauna of the Alum Bluff formation is meager. Exclud- ^ the Chipola marl member it comprises the following species: Fossil corals from the Alum Bluff formation. Name. Oak Grove. White Springs. 1 Tampa brick- yard. rhelia new species . X erastrea hillsboroensis Vaughan X X X silecensis Vaughan liopora jacobiana Vaughan X For description of the stratigraphic relations of beds at White Springs see Vaughan, T. W., and Cooke, 1 V., Correlation of the Hawthorne formation, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 250-253, 1914. Although, in my opinion, the formation in which these corals occur ; ould be referred to the Miocene, I believe it is very low Miocene, I 22.0 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. below the Bowden horizon. A recent discovery by Sellards is importance in determining the age of the Alum Bluff formatioi The following is a list of the vertebrates: • Parahippus leonensis Sellards. Mery chip pus species. Mesocyon? leonensis Sellards. Oxydactylus? Leptomeryx? Sellards says: It would seem, therefore, as a whole, that the vertebrate fossils indicate that t Alum Bluff formation is to be referred to the Miocene. The presence of protohipp; horses in particular would seem to be decisive as to the age of the formation, excli ing its reference to the Oligocene. The opinion of Prof. J. C. Merriam on the age indicated by t Merychippus is quoted. He says that he would judge the horiz to near the lower portion of the middle Miocene. Later Profess Merriam informed me that he considers the Merychippus as of low Miocene (Burdigalian) age. The evidence in favor of considering the Alum Bluff as of low Miocene age might be greatly multiplied. The presence at Grove, Yellow River, Florida, of a species of Astrlielia closely relat to .4. palmata (Goldfuss) of the Maryland Choptank and Calv formations suggests Miocene. Pecten sayanus Dall indicates M cene. Canu and Bassler are positive that the Bryozoa are of Miocc age. Berry's opinion based on his study of the fossil flora 2 is i incompatible with this interpretation. MIDDLE AND SOUTH ATLANTIC STATES. The following is a list of the Miocene species, as far as at pres< known : :; Miocene corals from, the Middle and South Atlantic States. Name. Geologic formal ion. Calvert. Chop- tank. St. i York- Marys. , town. Duplin. Choc hate J'aracyathu.s vaughani Gane X X X Astrhelia palmata (Goldfuss) X X Astrangia lineata (Conrad) X X X conradi Vaughan Scptastrca marylandica (Conrad) X X cras.ia (Tuomev and Holmes) X 1 i Sellards. E. II., Fossil vertebrates from Florida, A new Miocene fauna, Florida Geo!. Surv., 8tb p. Kept., pp. 83-92, 1916. » Berry, E. \y\, The physical conditions and age indicated by the flora of the Alum BlulT forme U. S. Geol. Survey I'rof. Pap. 98-E, pp. 41-59, pis. 7-10, 1916. 3 Vaughan, T. W., Anthozoa: Maryland Geol. Survey Miocene, pp. 438-448, pis. 122-129, 1904; Th«' coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County. California, and its significance, U. S. Geol. Survey »• Pap. 98-T., p. 366, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 221 l Berry has recently reviewed the Miocene Calvert flora of Maryland lid Virginia, and expressed the following opinion: 1 ■Seven of the Calvert plants, or 26.9 per cent, are common to the Tortonian of Europe, pi 10 others, or 38 per cent, are represented in the Tortonian by very similar forms. B view of the fact that these floras spread into both regions from a common and equally ■■essible source, as I have just stated, the evidence that the Calvert flora indicates k'ortonian age is as conclusive as intercontinental correlations can ever be. Com- ■ ed with other American floras of Miocene age, that of the Calvert has little in com- nn with the described Miocene floras from Colorado, Idaho, Oregon, or California, uch are all lake or river valley floras of moist upland forest types. i Should Berry be correct in his correlation of the Calvert with the iiropean Tortonian, there is at present no definitely recognized Helvetian Miocene in the Coastal Plain of the United States; and con- smently no Helvetian coral-fauna. COSTA RICA. ■[Corals representing the Bowden horizon or one very near it were K'tained in Costa Rica at two localities, viz: i Limon, Colline en demolition," No. 618 of the H. Pittier collection; Id at station 6249, Hospital Point, Bocas del Toro. The species f m the former of these localities are as follows: Asterosmilia hilli Vaughan. t Stephanocoenia inter septa (Esper). j Dichocoenia tuherosa Duncan. Balanophyllia pittieri Vaughan. BalanophyUia- pittieri was obtained at Hospital Point as well as 8 Port Limon. PANAMA. The type of Stylo phora portobellensis Vaughan, from Portobello, v.s probably collected in the Gatun formation. COLOMBIA. vlr. George C. Matson collected at a locality 0.5 kilometer east of liacuri in association with a fauna representing the Gatun forma- t q specimens of Septastrea matsoni Vaughan, which is very nearly rited to Septastrea marylandica (Conrad) — a species common in tp St. Marys and Yorktown Miocene of Virginia. The available e dence leads to the opinion that the Gatun formation is of Miocene Pp, and that part of it is of upper Miocene age. CONCLUDING REMARKS ON THE MIOCENE. Qie Gatun formation, the formation next above the Emperador li.es tone, according to the geologic map, plate 153, occurs only on H north flank of the Isthmus and does not extend from ocean to an. There is in the Canal Zone no evidence to indicate inter- i U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-F., p. 66, 1916. 222 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. oceanic connection during Miocene time, although there was su connection in other areas not far away, in Nicaragua for instan During the Miocene there was a very weak development of re corals in Central America, the Antilles, and the southeastern Unii States, as the foregoing lists show. The Miocene is characterized the disappearance of many genera of corals that were abundant the middle and upper Oligocene and by the introduction of the mod< coral-fauna. However, a number of genera at present known liv. only in the Indo-Pacific persisted. These genera are as follows: Placotrochus. PociUqpora. Syzygopliyllia. Placocyathus. Antillia. Pavona. Siylopliora. Favites. Goniopora. Of the Miocene genera, Astrhelia, Septastrea, and Thysanus are i known living. Pliocene. CALOOSAHATCHEE MARL, FLORIDA. The following species of corals have been recognized in the Caloo hatchee marl: *Archolielia limonensis Vaughan. Dichocoenia new species 1. new species 2. Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus). Cladocora johnsoni Gane. Pliyllangia Jloridana Gane. *Solenastrea Jiyades (Dana). *bournoni M. Edwards and Haime. Septastrea crassa (Tuomey and Holmes). Thysanus species. Maeandra pliocenica (Gane). aff. M. strigosa (Dana), aff. M. clivosa (Ellis and Solander). *Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan. *dalli Vaughan. *Porites porites (Pallas). *furcata Lamarck. divaricata Le Sueur. Those species whose names are preceded by an asterisk are c sidered in the descriptive part of this paper. The foregoing list is complete for the Caloosahatchee corals fi Caloosahatchee River and Shell Creek, Florida, except one spo- of whose genus I am not sure. There are in the United Sta, National Museum 19 species from the Caloosahatchee marl these 19 species, 6 and porhaps 8 are also living in the Florida region, while the other species, except those belonging to Septas' GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 223 d Thy sanus f have close relatives in the present Floridian fauna. Jiave previously pointed out 1 that this fauna contains no genera : present confined to the Indo-Pacific, such as Placoirochus , Placo- Tthus, Stylophora, Pocillopora, Antillia, Syzygophyllia, and Gonio- ■ : \ ra, all of which occur in the West Indian Miocene, and all except e first two also occur in the West Indian Oligocene or Eocene. LIMON, COSTA RICA. , Certain corals collected in the vicinity of Limon are reputed to me from a bed of Pliocene age. The}" are as follows: Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Archohelia limonensis Vaughan. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solan der) var. cavernosa var. endoihecata (Duncan). var. cylindrica (Duncan). Except Archohelia limonensis, it appears that these corals might ^resent the Santo Domingan Miocene above the Bowden horizon, e material is not adequate for a positive opinion. CARRIZO CREEK, CALIFORNIA. Recently I have described in detail an interesting small reci- tal fauna from Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California. 2 The following table, taken from the paper mentioned, contains h names of the species composing this fauna and of the most iarly related species in Florida and the West Indies. Corals from Carrizo Creek, Cal. Name. i milia carrizensis Vaughan L wcoenia merriami (Vaughan) var. crassisepta Vaughan 8 nastrea fairbanksi (Vaughan), typical. var. columnaris (Vaughan) var. normalis Vaughan var. minor Vaughan J '.andra bowersi Vaughan 6 rastrea mendenhalli Vaughan var. minor Vaughan S rastrea californica Vaughan ■F tes carrizensis Vaughan Most nearly related species in Florida or West Indies. ! Eusmilia fastigiata (Pallas), PI, R. \\Dichocoenia species, P; D. slokesi Milne Edwards ! / and Haime, PI, R . [Solenastrea hyades (Dana)Tand S. bournoni Milne [Edwards and Haime, P, PI, R. Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus), PI, R. ^Siderastrea dalli Vaughan, P. Siderastrea pliocenica Vaughan, P. Porites astreoides Lamarck, PI, R. P, Pliocene; PI, Pleistocene; R, Recent. ttegarding the geologic age of this fauna, it was said: 'he specific affinities of the Carrizo Creek corals are discussed in detail after the dcriptions in the systematic part of this paper. The Carrizo Creek species are so u r species belonging to the same genera in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of J rida and in the Pleistocene and living reefs of Florida and West Indies that it a* xis to me they can scarcely be so old as Miocene; lower Pliocene appears to be the ^umum age which may be assigned to the fauna. The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, Prof. Pap. 9&-T. p. 366, 1917. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, pp. 355-386, pis. 92-102, 1917. 224 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The following is said as to the bearing of this fauna on a possi" post-Oligocene interoceanic connection: That there was interoceanic connection across parts of Central America dui upper Oligocene time and that this connection was terminated in Miocene tinn generally admitted. The extinction of Pacific faunal elements in the Gulf of Mex: the Caribbean Sea, and the Western Atlantic Ocean has been discussed and si marized on page 366. Was there interoceanic connection during upper Mioceru Pliocene time after the sharp differentiation of the Caribbean and Mexican C faunas from the Indo-Pacific faunas, thereby permitting interoceanic faunal mij' tion? The discovery of a reef-coral fauna of purely Floridian and Caribbean facie the head of the Gulf of California strongly suggests, if it is not positive proof, that western Atlantic fauna extended from the Atlantic into the Pacific after the fan differentiation had taken place. It is well known that the living reef-coral fauna the Pacific side of Central America is depauperate in comparison with that on Atlantic side. Greater vigor may account for the dominance of the migrant fa over the Pacific fauna, which was finally suppressed, or geologic or other ecolct conditions that are not yet understood may have excluded the Pacific fauna from i head of the Gulf of California, while they permitted the migration of the Atlai fauna into that area. That the suggested interoceanic connection existed can scarcely be doubted, locate it, in the present state of meager knowledge of the areal and stratigraphic geol of Central America, is not possible. Perhaps it was across the Isthmus of Tehuai pec. The problem awaits future investigation. This fauna differs from the Miocene fauna of the La Cruz marl Cuba in the absence of genera at present living in the Indo-Paci , for instance, Stylophora, Poc'dlopora, and Goniopora, As none of 13 Indo-Pacific genera occurs in the Carrizo Creek fauna, and as ou genera of Atlantic affinities have been found there, it seems nec- sary to infer that the fauna migrated from the Atlantic to the h( of the Gulf of California after the Indo-Pacific genera had becoi extinct in the Atlantic. This would mean connection between • Atlantic and the Gulf of California in very late Miocene or Plioc<9 time. Attention should here be called to a statement for which I 1 responsible. It is said in the report referred to below 1 that so? fossils obtained by Mr. William Palmer in a quarry in Calle Infan, Habana, may be of Pliocene age, although it is probable that th are Pleistocene and that other limestone near Habana is perhaps! Pliocene age. The material obtained by Mr. Palmer is very poB but some specimens are casts of the inside of the calico and the int - septal loculi of a large bilobate species of Antillia. The species nv probably is A. waUi Duncan of the Bowden marl, but it might J 1 A. hilobata Duncan; another cast seems to represent a species f \ Thy Minus: while another is a species of Syzygophijttia, probal' t S. dentata (Duncan). One specimen of Stephanocncnia mterse} \ (Ellis and Solander) is identifiable. The material seems qu 1 clearly to represent either the Bowden or a somewhat higher horiji 1 Hayes, C. W., Vaughan, T. W., and Spencer, A. C, A geological reconnaissance of Cuba. p. 23, W GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 225 the Miocene. It is not Pliocene, according to our present knowledge Pliocene coral faunas. Pleistocene. 3nlv the names of the Pleistocene species considered in this paper given in the following lists: Pleistocene corals from Mount Hope and Colon, Canal Zone. Icullna diffusa Lamarck. rarlcosa Le Sueur. fSusmilia fasti giata (Pallas ) . Astrangia (Phylhngia) americana M. Edwards and Haime. 1 [fladocora arbuscula Le Sueur. Solenastrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime. avia fragum (Esper). Maeandra areolata (Linnaeus). Manicina gurosa (Ellis and Solander). igaricia agaricites (Linnaeus). var. purpurea Le Sueur. pusilla Verriil. riderastrea radians (Pallas'). siderea (Ellis and Solander'. icropora muricata (Linnaeus)' palmaia (Lamarck) at Colon. ■*&rites furcata Lamarck. astreaides Lamarck. Uillepora alcicornis Linnaeus. t will be remarked in passing that the coral fauna at Mount Kpe is a typical inner-flat coral fauna. 'leistocene specimens were obtained at Monkey Point and Limon, ^ ta Rica. The list is as follows: Pleistocene corals from Monkey Point and Limon, Costa Rica. Name . Monkey Point." X E< J ilia fastigiata ( Pallas ) '. H'lndra clivosa (Ellis and Solander) I X strigosa (Dana) X Micina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander) A\icia agaricites var. crassa Verriil i Si\astrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) X Mpora muricata (Linnaeus) X palmata Lamarck | X ■ftcs furcata Lamarck Limon Moin Hill 'he corals from Monkey Point represent a seaward-facing reef; w le those from Moin Hill are more characteristic of inner-flat I ditions. imes added in the proof and not entered in the table of species, pp. 228-237., or the systematic a Horizon i formation, Anguilh Canal Zone. , formatioi II i o Canapu. Cuba; Anti- gua?. Antigua. Guantanamo; Tonosi. Pana- ma. Lares, P.R....L Lares road , . ZoneC, P.R. ; Antigua; Guan-j. tanamo,Cuba.; Anguilla. Anguilla . Anguilla. dallt Vaughan GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 233 bTKiBUTiox of Species — Continued. )ligocene- 3ontinued. Miocene- Horizon of Bowden marl, etc. Pliocene. Pleistocene. Recent. Remarks. . Santiago, Cuba; Bow- i den, Jamaica. . Matanzas, Cuba. npire. Santo Domin- go: Matanzas, Cuba. Monkey Pt., ! . C. R.;"W. I.; Fla. do L .do. .do. Mt.Hope,C.Z.; Moin Hill,C. R .; W. I.; etc. Fla.: W.I.; etc. Mt.Hope,C.Z.; W. I.; Fla.; Mt.Hope,C.Z.. Moin Hill. C. R. Mt.Hope,C.Z. W. I.; Fla.; etc. Mt.Hope.C.Z.: W. I.; Fla.; etc. Bowden, Ja- maica; Santo Domingo; San t i ag o , Cuba. Caloosahatchee marl, Fla. Mt.Hope,C.Z. Monkev Pt., C. R.; W. 1.1 Fla. ....do Especially abundant east side of Andros Is., Bahamas. Colon, C. Z.... W. I.; Fla.; Bermudas. Brazilian reefs. W. I. etc. Haiti. Fla. St. Croix,^Trinidad; probably nearly the same as the Antigua horizon. Do. Santo Domingo; hori zon unknown. Chattahoochee, Tam- pa, and Alum Bluff formations, Florida and Georgia. Do. Caloosahatchee marl, Fla. 2B4 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Stratigraphic and Geograi Name of species. Siderastrca conferta (Duncan) Cyathomor pha rochet Una (Michelin) . hilli Vaughan broicni Vaughan belli Vaughan splendens Vaughan... anguillensis Vaughan. roxboroughi Vaughan. antiguensis (Duncan). tenuis (Duncan). Diploastrea heliopora (Lamarck). crassolamellata (Duncan). var, magnified (Duncan), var. nugenti (Duncan) Blanophyllia pittieri Vaughan Acropora panamensis Vaughan. saludensis Vaughan . . muricata (Linnieus,.. palmata (Lamarck). istrcopora goethalsi Vaughan . . . antiguensis Vaughan. portoricensis Vaughan ictinacis alabamiensis Vaughan.. loniopora hilli Vaughan panamensis Vaughan. decaturensis Vaughan regularis (Duncan) xar.microscopica (Duncan) jacobiana Vaughan I m peraiorls Vaughan . . canalis Vaughan portoricensis Vaughan. Eocene— Brito formation, Nicaragua. Oligocene. Horizon of Anligua formation. Antigua; Lares, P. R. Antigua. ....do... ....do... ....do... Culebra formation, Canal Zone. Horizon | Anguilli f ormatio: Las Cascadas . . : Anguilla . . Antigua; Lares, P. R.; Guantanamo, Cuba; eastern Mexico. Antigua; Lares, P. R.; Rio Canapu and Guanta- namo. Antigua Lares, P. R (Zone C) Cuba; Bain bridge, Ga. Tonosi, Pana- ma. Antigua Lares, P. R.; j Guantanamo,; Cuba; Bain- ! bridge, Ga. Antigua Anguilla. do. Antigua. ....do... Antigua; Bainbridgc, Ga. Lares, P. R Ala.; Bain- bridge, Ga.; Antigua. Bainbridgc, Ga.; Guanta- namo, Cuba. Antigua; P. R.; Arube. Antigua 1£ mi. S. of Monte Lirio. Angi ■ Angt do. Lares, P. R. Antigua. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 235 i*TRiBUTiox of Species — Continued. "Miocene— Jontinued. Miocene — Horizon of Bowden marl, etc. imperador limestone, 'anal Zone. Pliocene. Pleistocene. Recent. Remarks. Lattorfian and Rape- lian (Oligocene) ol Veneto, Italy. East coast of Africa to Fiji Islands. • Limon and Hospital Pt, o Agua Sa- id, C. Z. o Agua Sa- id and Em- ire, C.Z. Monkey Pt. and Moin Hill, C. R.; W. I.; Fla.; etc. Monkev Pt., C. R.;" Colon, C. Z. W.L; Fla.;etc. W.I.; Fla.: etc. npire npire Santiago; apire Cuba; ~\\ hite Springs, Fla. • -do 1 236 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Table of Stratigraphic and Geograp Name of species. Eocene — Brito formation, Nicaragua. Oligocene. TTnri7fvn nf A n ti Btnsn J.\ll tig Lit* lwl lllcl L 1 \JL1 • vUlcUl Ct mi mo vi uii j f^ano! 7nTiP V- LilLcLl /jUIII. ±X\JLLHjl± C A TI (Til 1 1 lo AUg U 1 lid f f\ run q t i q n 1UI Hid lldl Antigua Anguilla . . baracodrnsis Vauerhan var. matamasensis Vaughan. .1 douvillei VaiiErhan astreoides Lamarck panamensis Vaughan . Anguilla . . {Synarxa) howei Vaughan macdonaldi Vaughan Anguilla. . GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 237 jtribution of Species — Continued. ligocene — ontinued. ;mperador imestone, anal Zone. Miocene — Horizon of Bowden marl, etc. Pliocene. Pleistocene. Recent. Remarks. npire Santiago, Cuba. W. I W.I.; Fla.; etc. do - Mt. Hone. C. Baracoa,Cuba; Bowden, Ja- maica. Matanzas,Cuba Z.;Moin Hill, C. R. ! _• Santiago, Cuba. Mt. Hope, C. Z.; W. I.; Fla. W. I.; Fla.; Bermudas; Brazil, etc. .do .do .do Mt.Hope,C.Z. W.I.;Fla.;etc. CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WEST INDIAN, CENTRAL AMERICA J AND FLORIDIAN CORAL REEFS HAVE FORMED, AND THEIR BE/1 ING ON THEORIES OF CORAL-REEF FORMATION. A brief review of the results obtained from a study of America Tertiary and post-Tertiary corals in their relation to the larger pr cent to the shore, and that of the sea bottom from the shore to abyssal depths. 1 In the subsequent discussion, after defining coral reef, brief attW tion will be given to the following topics: (1) The general ecoL of reef -forming corals; (2) the more striking hypotheses of the 1 mation of coral-reefs; (3) the conditions under which the Ameri' Tertiary and Pleistocene reefs have formed and their importa e as constructional geologic agents; (4) the conditions under wr ti- the living reefs of the same area formed and their importance's i constructional agents; (5) coral reefs of the Pacific Ocean and c( i-J parison of them with the American fossil and living reefs; (6) su-1 mary of conclusions. It is needless to say that, as an elaborate discussion of the subj< 3 mentioned would require a large volume, it is possible in the presit connection to give only summary statements. Definition of the Term "Coral Reef." As definitions are essential in this as in other discussions, expression " coral reef" will be defined as follows: A coral reef is a ridge or mound of limestone, the upper surface of which lieOt » lay at the time of its formation, near the level of the sea, and is predominantly (b* A posed of calcium carbonate secreted by organisms, of which the most important v corals. 2 1 Some shoal-waror corals from Murray Island (Australia). Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning b d> Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 54, 1918. 9 Vaup:han, T. W., Physical conditions under which Paleozoic coral reefs were formed, Bull. Cleol *• | America, vol. 22, p. 238, 1911. 238 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 239 Frequently it is difficult to decide whether or no to apply the desig- ition " coral reef" to richly coralliferous deposits that are obviously idded. However, I am applying it wherever corals of reef facies em sufficiently abundant to have formed appreciable rugosities i the sea bottom, although the deposits are bedded, i Reefs predominatly formed by calcareous algae should be desig- ned "nullipore' 1 or "Lithothamnium reefs." However, where le proportion of these organisms to corals is so nearly the same that Jy exact computation will decide between the two, such a reef ay be designated "coral." The expression "reef coral" will be »plied to corals of the facies usual in reefs; and "coralliferous nestone" or "coralliferous beds" will be applied where corals i e present, although they may be rare. Rock predominantly com- »sed of the shells of mollusks, of the tests of foraminifera and ryozoa, and of chemically precipitated calcium carbonate are ex- lded from the category "coral reefs." : The restricted use of the term "coral reef" in this paper will prob- >ly be disapproved by a considerable number of investigators, but : my opinion it is essential to clear thinking. Limestones are : itially formed by one of two processes, namely, (1) through chem- :d precipitation either by inorganic or organic agencies that lead supersaturation of water with reference to calcium carbonate ! aC0 3 ), (2) through the activity of organisms that cause the pre- oitation of calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ) in contact with their soft ssues. Corals belong to a group of organisms that secrete calcium •rbonate (CaC0 3 ), that is, cause the precipitation of calcium car- •nate (CaC0 3 ) in contact with their soft tissues. Every kind of :oal-water calcium-carbonate deposit has been called "coral rock": e mollusc an-shell sands of the Bermudas, the chemically precip- tated calcium carbonate of the oolites of Florida and the Bahamas, id limestones composed of the remains of Foraminifera and Bryozoa. le terms coral sand and coral mud have been applied to bottom- posits in which there is no coral. To apply the term "coral rock" "coral-reef rock" to all the kinds of limestones indicated would at e present time, in my opinion, be willful mental obfuscation. le study of the origin of limestones and the classification of lime- ones according to the source of their ingredients constitute a Lentific problem of great geologic importance, and I believe it a ientific duty to break away from a usage that in most instances ncealed scientific fact. The importance of the distinction between "reef" and the mate- d lying between a "reef" and the shore is particularly discussed i page 249. 240 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ecology of Reef-Forming Corals. This subject has received the attention of very many investigate 11 and most of the broad principles have long been known. Darw clearly recognized the difference ' in growth-form of exposed-re corals and the corals that grow in the lagoons. 1 This subject h been discussed at great length by subsequent investigators, of who I am one, but although facts have been presented in a more or le statistical way, the principle of adaptation of growth form to en^ ronment was as clearly perceived by Darwin as it is by anyone t day. Dana's conclusions on the relations of corals to the tempei ture of the ocean have been modified in only a subordinate way. is scarcely known who first recognized the polymorphism of speci of corals according to difference in habit. The recognition of su vegetative adaptation was at least foreshadowed by Klunzinger a: Pourtales. Brook clearly recognized the principle, and during mc recent years it has been elaborately discussed by Gardiner, V Marenzeller, Wood Jones, and many others, including myself, literature on coral ecology is enormous, and probably the ecoloj relations of no other group of marine organisms are so well known. Kecently I have published two summaries on the physical con tions under which coral reefs form, 2 and have discussed in detail t temperature relations of coral reefs in a paper entitled Temperat of the Florida Coral-reef Tract. 3 Dr. A. G. Mayer has given i: port ant information on some of the subjects of coral ecology ir paper entitled Ecology of the Murray Island coral reef; 4 and have given considerable data on the relation between the gro form of colonies and habitat in my monograph, Some shoal-wa corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, a Fanning Islands. 5 The last-mentioned paper contains a compl bibliography of my publications on corals and coral reefs up March, 1917. In the second of my papers referred to in the preceding paragra I state on page 99 : The conditions necessary for vigorous coral-reef development may be summj as follows: (1) Depth of water, maximum, about 45 meters; (2) bottom firm or rc without silty deposits; (3) water circulating, at times strongly agitated; (4) an dant supply of small animal plankton; (5) strong light; (6) temperature, annual mum not below 18° C; (7) salinity between about 27 and 38 parts per thousai To this should be added the statement that the mean temperat of the coldest month must not be lower than about 21° C. 1 Structure and dist ribution of coral reefs, ed. 3, pp. 1-19, 1889. 2 Vaughan, T. W., Physical conditions under which Paleozoic coral reefs were formed, Geol. Soc. A: Bull., vol. 22, pp. 238-252, 1911; The results of investigations of the ecology of the Floridian and Baha shoal-water corals, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95-100, 1916. See also Corals and ihc formatif coral reefs, Smithsonian Ann. Rept. for 1917 (in press). « Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 321-339, 1918. < Idem, pp. 1-48, pis. 1-19, 1918. t> Idem, pp. 49-233, pis. 20-93, 1918. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 241 Wherever there are well-developed fossil coral reefs it seems safe infer that the physical conditions above enumerated prevailed, is unnecessary to discuss separately each item entered under No. of the summary statement of the periods of coral reef develop- pnt on page 226. During upper Oligocene time (the time of the position of the upper part of the Chattahoochee formation) tropical inditions extended in Georgia as far north as latitude 32° 45 '. Hypotheses of the Formation of Coral-Reefs . During the past few years elaborate reviews of theories of the forma- )ii of coral reefs have been published by Prof. W. M. Davis, the I'ger of which are referred to in the footnote below. 1 These reviews [e, valuable in presenting most of the important coral-reef theories, I they are understood by a physiographer, who is convinced of the equacy of the Darwinian hypothesis. Numbers of complex phe- imena associated with coral reefs are not considered, and his pre- itations are not in all respects satisfying. Prof. R. A. Daly has viewed the literature on coral-reef theory, particularly from \e standpoint of an adherent of the glacial-control hypothesis. 2 'ie literature on coral reefs is so enormous, that in the present paper nsideration can be given only to certain papers that largely deal with Hral-reef hypotheses or that contain information on areas herein dis- ral short articles in Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vols. 1, 2, 1915-1917. Daly, R. A., The glacial-control theory of coral reefs, Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol; 51, pp. 157-251, 1915. Darwin, C. R., Structure and distribution of coral reefs, ed. 3, fig. 5, p. 134, fig. 6, p. 137, 1899. Dana, J. D., Corals and coral reefs, ed. 3, pp. 263, 267, 1890. 242 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. upward at such a rate that its top remains near the surface of tl water and through retreat of the shore it is converted into a barrie Continued subsidence, where the inclosed !and area is an inlan may result in the production of an atoll circumscribing a lago< without any land mass projecting above the water level. But tl is not all. The Darwinian hypothesis involves more than me Fig. 4. Copy of Darwin's figure illustrating conversion of a fringing into a barrier re: according to his hypothesis. a a — outer edge of the reef at the level of the sea. b. Shores of the island. A 'A '—Outer edge of the reef, after its upward growth purin PERIOD OF SUBSIDENCE. CC— THE LAGOON-CHANNEL BETWEEN THE REEF AND THE SHORES OF '. NOW ENCIRCLED LAND. B'B'— THE SHORES OF THE ENCIRCLED JSLAND. N. B.— IN THIS, AND '. FOLLOWING CUT, THE SUBSIDENCE OF THE LAND COULD ONLY BE REPRESENTED BY AN APPARENT «' IN THE LEVEL OF THE SEA. subsidence and the conversion of a fringing into a barrier reef, also attempts to account for extensive submarine platforms 1 assuming that they have been built upon sloping basements throuj agencies dependent on the presence of reefs. (See text-figs. 4, o, ( Dana's interpretation 1 is essentiaUy that of Darwiii. Fig. 5. Copy of Darwin's figure illustrating conversion of a barrier reef into an atoll, cording to his hypothesis. a' a' — outer edges of the barrier-reef at the level of the s The cocoa-nut trees represent coral-islets formed on the reef. CC— The lagoon-chamn B'B'— The shores of the island, generally formed of low alluvial land and of coral dk' tus FROM the lagoon channel. A" A"— The outer edges of the reef, now forming an atc C— The lagoon of the newly formed atoll. According to the scale the depth of the lagc AND OF THE LAGOON CHANNEL IS EXAGGERATED. That Darwin considered an alternative hypothesis is shown by ti following quotation: I may here observe that a bank either of rock or of hardened sediment, level wi the surface of the sea and fringed with living coral, would be immediately convert into an atoll, without passing, as in the case of a reef fringing the shore of an islar through the intermediate form of a barrier reef. 1 Corals and coral islands, od. :\, figs. pp. 263, 267, 1S90. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 243 He adds, however, * * but as we have seen, the larger groups of atolls in the Pacific and Indian eans have not been formed on banks of this nature. 1 }. 6. Reproduction of J. B. Jukes' section across the great barrier reef of Australia, a. EA OUTSIDE THE BARRIER, GENERALLY UNFATHOMABLE. b. THE ACTUAL BARRIER. C. CLEAR CHAN- fEL INSIDE THE BARRIER, GENERALLY ABOUT 15 OR 20 FATHOMS DEEP. d. THE INNER REEF. € . SHOAL HANNEL BETWEEN THE INNER REEF AND THE SHORE. F. THE GREAT BUTTRESS OF CALCAREOUS ROCK, ! ORMED OF CORAL AND THE DETRITUS OF CORALS AND SHELLS. G. THE MAINLAND, FORMED OF GRANITES ND OTHER SIMILAR ROCKS. 2. The first important protest against the Darwinian explanation as by Carl Semper, 2 who, in 1863, after studies in the Pelew Islands, Ivanced the hypothesis that atolls could be formed in areas of •evation by the solution of the interior of preexistent limestone asses, and that solution, erosion by currents, and wave-cutting •uld develop platforms behind fringing reefs, thus transforming a ,1 in gin g into a barrier reef. 3. Murray 3 introduced the idea of banks being built upward j showers of the remains of pelagic organisms until the bathymetric me of reef-forming organisms is reached, and he called attention to e cutting of volcanic islands down to wave base. His theory has 'en briefly summarized by himself in the following words: 4 That when coral plantations build up from submarine banks they assume an atoll •m. owing to the more abundant supply of food to the outer margin, and the removal dead coral rock from the interior portions by currents and by the action of the rbonic acid gas dissolved in sea-water. That barrier reefs have been built out from the shore on a foundation of volcanic bris or on a talus of coral blocks, coral sediment, and pelagic shells, and the lagoon annel is formed in the same way as a lagoon. That it is not necessary to call in subsidence to explain any of the characteristic itures of barrier reefs or atolls, and that all these features would exist alike in areas slow elevation, of rest, or of slow subsidence. 4. H. B. Guppy in 1890 published the following important opinion garding the relations of barrier reefs to submarine plateaus or dges : 5 I have now gone far enough to establish the probability, judging from the instance of e Australian Barrier-reef, that reefs of this class are in reality, and not in appearance, Structure and distribution of coral reefs, ed. 3, pp. 138, 139. Semper, Carl, Reisebericht, Zeitsch. fur wiss. Zoologie, vol. 13, pp. 563-569, 1863. Murray, John, On the structure and origin of coral reefs and islands, Roy. Soc. Edinburgh Proc, • 10, 1879-80, pp. 505-518, 1880. Idem, p. 517. Guppy, H. B., The origin of coral reefs, Victoria Inst. Journ. Trans., vol. 23, pp. 51-61, 1890. 244 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. situated on the border of a submarine plateau or ledge. Such a position, accordi to the explanation of barrier-reefs, first advanced by LeConte, and supported myself, presents the most favorable conditions for reef growth, the corals being limil on the outside by the depth, and on the inside by the sediment in the water. 1 influences of food-supply and currents act subsequently as auxiliary causes. ^'hat, then, is the explanation of the submarine ledge? The supposition that i a continuation of the land slope is at once negatived by the fact that the slope of v land in the reef-encircled islands of the Pacific is usually 6 degrees or 7 degrees, soi times only 3 degrees or 4 degrees, but often as much as 10 degrees, or 12 degrees, wljj the submarine ledge, when stripped of reefs and denned by the 100-fathom line, woi! possess a scarcely recognizable inclination, represented by a fraction of a degij It will be found, however, when we examine the contour of such an island as Vanikq that the distance of the barrier-reef from the coast may vary according to the slope the land. Thus, on the west side of this island, the average angle of the land slop 6 degrees, and the distance of the barrier reef about 21 miles. On the north side inclination of the land is between 11 degrees and 12 degrees, and the barrier ree! rather over a mile distant . This is just what we should expect . The more gradual \ land slope, the broader will be the submarine ledge, cut out in the course of agesj the action of the sea, and the more distant will be the barrier reef that has grown | along its margin. This I believe to be the true explanation of the position of bar; reefs. A submarine ledge is in the first place necessary; and, since the sediment i mud in the shallower waters on the ledge repress the growth of corals, reefs y naturally spring up toward the margin of the ledge, where the water is clearer j| where the depth is within that of the reef-coral zone. 1 5. Admiral Sir W. J. L. Wharton 2 explained the uniform depth atoll lagoons, whose edges are in various degress encircled by growi coral, by considering that the corals grow upon foundations that i the bases of volcanic islands that have been reduced by wave act: to wave base. 6. Alexander Agassiz 3 found older limestone under the recent rej in many areas investigated by him. He explained atolls by the so| tion and erosion of the interior of preexisting limestone masses aj ascribed the formation of the platforms of barrier reefs to mar, erosion without change of sea level. 7. Andrews 4 pointed out that the platform of the Great Banp Reef of Australia has been submerged at a relatively recent date sh that it continues southward beyond the reef , and he inferred that oi a minor part of the platform is "formed of coral growth. " 8. The opinions of Stanley Gardiner 5 arc closely in accord with th of Semper, Murray, Wharton, and Agassiz. According to him si marine plana tion is effective to depths as great as 200 fathoms. 1 Guppy, H. B., The origin of coral reefs, pp. 60, 61. 2 Wharton, W. J. L., Foundations of coral atolls, Nature, vol. 55, pp. 390-393, 1897. 3 Agassiz, Alexander, The ('oral reefs of the Tropical Pacific, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 27, 1 vP' I text, 3 vols, of pis., 1903. * Andrews, E. C, Preliminary note on the geology of the Queensland coast with references [U ' e 1 geography of the Queensland and N. S. Wales Plateau, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South files, pt . 2, pp r* J 185, 1902. 5 Gardiner, J. Stanley, The formations of the Maldives, Geographical Journal, pp. 277-296, March, *i \ Fauna and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, pp. 182, 183, 1901-3. * GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 245 9. Hedley and Griffith Taylor 1 accepted Andrews's interpretations Ld clearly showed that coral reefs of either atoll or linear form that ?e above shallow platforms owe their shapes to prevailing winds and xrents. They say: This explanation differs from that of Sir J. Murray, who considers the atoll form to assumed by abundant growth of well-fed corals on the margin and the solution of ad coral rock in the interior. But if solution be so destructive, how can a reef form all 02 10. According to Daly 3 the depths in the drowned valleys within irrier reefs, in barrier-reef lagoons, and in atoll lagoons in the Pacific, e closely accordant and he attributes this accordance to Recent rise sea level subsequent to deglaciation, whereby the depth of water the Tropics was increased some 33 to 38 fathoms, thus submerging decedent platforms of marine planation. That glaciation and glaciation effect the development of living reefs did not originate th Daly, but it is principally he who has elaborated the hypothesis, e gives in his papers an account of the earlier suggestions. 11. Wood Jones 4 considered sedimentation the critical factor in ral-reef theory, as corals grow only where there is comparatively tic deposition of sediment. He accepts the conclusions of Hedley id Griffith Taylor on the importance of winds and currents in shap- g atolls, and especially attacks the hypothesis of "a deepening or dening of the lagoon by a process of 'solution'." Although the results of my own investigations will be elaborated i subsequent pages, the following summary statement may here be ade: I have greatly multiplied the evidence in favor of Recent bmergence in the coral-reef areas in the western Atlantic, the Gulf of exico, and the Caribbean Sea, and have shown that the living off- sore reefs in those areas formed either during or after submergence d are growing on submerged basement platforms where conditions e favorable for the life of reef-forming corals. The platforms are 1 ntinuous beyond the limits of the reefs and their existence is in no ise dependent upon the presence of reefs. I have also shown that the great Florida Plateau has existed as a ateau since at least late Eocene time; and that some of the West dian platforms are about as old. As these plateaus existed previous Pleistocene time they could not have been formed by marine plana- m during Pleistocene glaciation. Whatever be the cause of shift i position of strand line, off-shore reefs form on shallow submarine ts during or after rise in sea level, provided the rate of movement not too rapid. This explanation applies to the fossil reefs of Hedley, C, and Taylor, T. Griffith, Coral reefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland, Australasian Assoc. v. Sci., Adelaide Meeting, pp. 397-413, 1907. Idem., p. 407. Daly, R. a., Pleistocene glaciation and the coral-reef problem, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 30, pp. * -308, 1910; The Glacial-control theory of coral reefs, Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 51, pp. 157-248, 1915. Jones, F. Wood, Corals and Atolls, London, 1910. 246 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Florida and the West Indies as well as to the reefs living to-dai I have pointed out that there are in the Virgin and northern Leewa Islands and off the shores of Central America certain subrnarii terrace flats, one at a depth of about 17 to 20 fathoms, another at depth of about 26 to 30 fathoms, the deeper flat being separated fro j the shallower by an escarpment. These relations accord with t.j demands of the Glacial-control theory as expounded by Daly. Tests of Coral-reef Hypotheses. The tests of the theories comprise ascertaining the answers to | following questions: 1. Were the important coral reefs of the world formed during after the submergence of their basements, either by a sinking of tj land or by a rise of ocean level due to some world-wide cause ? 2. What is the role of corals as constructional geologic agent What percentage of the sediments around coral reefs is composed corals, and is the flat area between a barrier reef and the shore d| to infilling behind the reef or was there a shallow marginal flat befc | the reef formed ? 3. Can a lagoon channel behind a barrier reef or the lagoon witlj an atoll rim be formed by submarine solution by sea water or submarine scour ? 4. What and how much effect have wind-induced and other cij rents in shaping coral reefs ? 5. What effect have glaciation and deglaciation had on tj development of living coral reefs ? Before considering the fossil and living coral reefs of the W< Indies in their bearing on the answers to these questions, some the more important criteria to be used in answering the questki will be briefly outlined. CRITERIA FOR RECOGNIZING SHIFT IN THE POSITION OF STRAND LINE.' J I The criteria for recognizing elevation of a former strand Lj comprise: (a) Coastal terraces bordered inland by escarpments cliffs that may be inferred to owe their origin to wave cuttiij (6) wave-cut grooves in cliffs and sea caves that stand too high have been formed at present sea level; (c) elevated beaches or baj which under proper conditions form on shallow marine terraces a] at the mouths of embayments; (d) the presence above sea level [ organisms that must have lived in the ocean. The criteria for recognizing submergence of former strand lii! comprise: (a) Indentation of the coast line caused by the sea infi ing the lower parts of subaerially eroded valleys, the channels which in many instances are preserved below sea level across aj beyond the existing strand line; (b) the presence below sea level | GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 247 ■marine flats separated by relatively steep slopes or escarpments, that I due either to marginal wave cutting by the sea or are due to the nation of a subaqueous profile above a previous profile; 1 (c) the sence, especially in limestones,, below sea level, of solution wells, and caverns that inferentially were formed subaerially by the rent action of fresh water ; (d) the presence inland of free openings t connect with the sea, showing that there are underground nnels by which ground water formerly flowed to the sea; (e) the ; sence of submerged peat bogs or swamp deposits composed of its that grow only at or above sea level; (/) the presence below | level of indurated limestone, the induration of which is due to iition of some of the original material and subsequent redeposi- if (g) erosion unconformities at the bases of marine formations, i wing that there was sub aerial erosion of the basement previous *the submergence during which the formation was deposited or cimulated in the sea. I 'he foregoing statements might be elaborated, but to do so seems pecessary. The criteria enumerated are those I have actually tosl in my own work. \ esides ascertaining the proper succession of changes in the posi- ■i< of strand line, it is essential that the amount of the oscillations If aeasured, that differential crustal movements be noted and dated, k< that an estimate be made of the endurance of the strand line in te elation to present sea level. jfeERIA FOR MEASURING THE AMOUNT OF VERTICAL SHIFT IN STRAND LINE, iD FOR DETERMINING THE RELATIVE AGES OF TERRACES AND THE PHYSIO- WA.PHIC STAGE ATTAINED BY A SHORE LINE. "J he criteria for estimating the exact amount of rise or fall of sealevel ffnot yet definite, because adequate study has not been made of ii factors that determine effective wave base and of the depth to Kh effective wave cutting extends. Notwithstanding this inade- [upy of precise information, an approximation of the amount of ihige may be made. In the case of elevation, the base of a wave- 'w bottom of the flat behind the reef; and where there is no reef I should be either a normal profile of equilibrium or an approach » s)h a profile, showing a deeper flat than that behind the reef, he- fty of the absence of an off-shore wall behind which sediment pj accumulate; but if the flat is independent of the reef, in general si uld be continuous irrespective of the presence of the reef and 'Oilin places extend beyond the reef limits. (2) If the formation .jwj flat is dependent on the presence of the reef, the reef should an on the seaward edge of the flat, that is, the flat should not project &vrd beyond the reef. (3) It is often possible to discover the L ti3 of the rock forming the sea floor between a barrier and the ■ lan, T. W., in collaboration with Cushman, J. A., Goldman, M. I., Howe, M. A., and others, . i al-water bottom samples from Murray Island, Australia, and comparisons of them with samples & t Ida and the Bahamas, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 235-297, pis. 94-98, 1918. See ' PM : " the article by M. I. Goldman, Composition of two Murray Island samples according to source of kril pp. 249-262. t 2'50 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shore. Such a floor if formed by agencies associated with the pi ence of the reef will not be composed of rock demonstrably ol< than the reef, and will not exhibit geologic phenomena that in I clearly antedate the reef; but if it can be shown that the rock of floor is older than the reef and that the floor has had a geologic I tory antecedent to the formation of the reef, it is demonstrated the reef is merely growing on the surface of a flat whose format is entirely independent of the reef development. id) The growth rate of corals, which furnishes one of the che to be applied to the Glacial-control hypothesis of the formatior living reefs, is further considered on pages 253, 254. SOLUBILITY OF CALCIUM CARBONATE IN SEA WATER. As the formation of lagoon channels behind barrier reefs and atoll lagoons by the solvent action of carbon dioxide (C0 2 ) disso] in sea water is a part of the coral-reef hypotheses of Semper, Mur A. Aggassiz, and Gardiner, if lagoons and lagoon channels have formed in the way indicated, in the Tropics the surface water the ocean should contain an excess of carbon dioxide (C0 2 should exercise a demonstrable solvent effect on calcium carboi (CaC0 3 ). If it should be found that there is no excess of cai dioxide (C0 2 ) in such water and that the water is saturated reference to calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ), the hypothesis of the foi tion of lagoons and lagoon channels in the manner postulatec Murray and others must be definitely abandoned. In 1913, Mr. R. B. Dole undertook at Tortugas, Florida, cei examinations that were intended to solve this problem, if poss In 1914 I summarized in the following words the results I had tained from a study of the bottom samples along the Florida tract, those of Drew on dentrifying bacteria, and those of Do the chemistry of the waters. 1 There are two rival hypotheses for the formation of atolls: One of these attri them to the submarine solution of the interior of a mass of limestone, the oth counts for them by constructional agencies. In order thoroughly to test the so hypothesis the results of four lines of investigation were brought to bear up and all are accordant. (1) All the bays, sounds, and lagoons within the Florid and key region are filling with sediment; (2) Drew's investigations of dentr bacteria show that chemical precipitation of calcium carbonate is taking pi the lagoons; (3) the chemical examination by R. B. Dole of samples of sea flowing into and out of Tortugas lagoon, collected twice daily for a lunar period that although both carbonate and bicarbonate radicles are in solution uncon: carbon dioxide is not present, and that the water possesses no capacity for solution of calcium carbonate by virtue of its content of free carbon dioxide; determinations by Dole of the salinity of the water within the Tortugas lagoc at the southern end of Biscayne Bay show a higher concentration than that open sea water on the outside, indicating that tidal inflow and outfioware no cient completely to mix the water in the lagoons with the water of the surro > Wash. Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 27-28, Jan. 19, 1914. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 251 and that concentration by evaporation is taking place. As the results of these 3 of inquiry are so positive, the formation of lagoons by submarine solution may iefinitely eliminated from consideration. &ace the publication of this statement other investigators have pe important contributions to this subject, noteworthy among Dm are John Johnston, H. E. Merwin, and E. D. Williamson, of Geophysical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Wash- W, and Roger C. Wells, of the United States Geological Survey. Us says : 1 i other words, sea water [from the Florida reef] appears to contain so much car- ate that in contact with the atmosphere at 1° C. it neither has nor acquires an reciable solvent action on calcite. is I have considered the subject in detail in my paper on the pray Island bottom-samples 2 and in a paper on " Chemical and ianic deposits of the sea" 3 I will merely say that sea water in ial- water areas within the Tropics can not dissolve calcium car- mte, and that lagoon channels and atoll lagoons are not formed solution, but are flattish areas more or less completely inclosed by lt-up walls. is lagoons are areas of sedimentation and not of removal of fcerial, their formation by submarine scour may also be discarded. ECTS' OF WIND-INDUCED AND OTHER CURRENTS IN SHAPING CORAL REEFS. j.^his is an old topic; in fact, considerable bibliographic work lid be needed to ascertain the names of all the investigators who i'e contributed to it and who deserve mention. That Darwin at ^it had an adumbration of the importance of these agents is indi- «3d by his statement regarding Keeling atoll: 4 :iat they [the waves] beat against it in the same peculiar manner in which the swell . windward now obliquely curls round the margin of the reef, was evident from the ;lomerate having been worn in to a point projecting from the beach in a simUarly que manner. ■onong recent investigators Hedley and Griffith Taylor, as noted ipage 245, Wood Jones, 5 and I, in a number of my papers, two )1vhich are cited below, 6 have devoted attention to this subject. Ding the field season of 1914 I had numbers of Ekman meter krent-measurements made around Tortugas and at other places ihg the Florida reef tract. The measurements to a certain degree - IJ e ^ s ' solubility of calcite in sea water in contact with the atmosphere, and its variation n temperature, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 316-318, 1918. 5 jnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 265-268, 1917. 1 Ml. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 28, pp. 933-944, 1918. 4; ructure and distribution of coral reefs, ed. 3, p. 22, 1889. 6 >ral and atolls, pp. 253-261, 1910. ' ie building of the Marquesas and Tortugas atolls and a sketch of the geologic history of the Florida reef « Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 182, pp. 55-67, 1914; Sketch of geologic history of the Florida coral - "W ract and comparisons with other coral-reef areas, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 26-34, W 252 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. give qualitatively the relations of currents to land forms, and co pletely confirm the more qualitative generalizations of Hedley g Griffith Taylor, which in brief are the axis of elongation of linear re is parallel to the direction of the dominant current while the bow a crescentic reef is directed toward the direction whence the domin; current comes. These relations of reef form to current direction most striking where the reefs rise above comparatively shallow p forms, as along the Great Barrier reef of Australia and along Florida Keys. In atolls that more or less encircle the flat tops submarine peaks, although currents are undeniably important shaping sections of the reefs, they are not of so great importance reefs that rise above shallow, long, wide platforms. CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING THE EFFECT OF GLACIATION AND DEGLACIAT ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF LIVING REEFS. Daly's elaborate paper on the Glacial-control theory of coral r< has been cited on page 245. If the Glacial-control theory is true following conditions should prevail: (a) There should be evident geologically Recent submergence of most of the shore-lines of earth; (b) the average amount of submergence should be equal to amount of lowering of the ocean-level during Pleistocene glaciat; (c) the position of the strand line during Pleistocene glaciation she be indicated by scarps separating flats, and the amount of s mergence indicated by their present position below sea level she agree with the amount of raising ocean level due to deglaciat: (d) rate of growth corals should be such that since the disappears of the continental ice sheets coral reefs could grow to a thick] equal to the amount sea level was raised as a result of the deglaciat (e) living barrier coral reefs and atoll reefs should be superposed antecedent basement flats or platforms. It should here be st* that the fact that there has been local differential crustal movem< does not at -all invalidate the importance of the Glacial-control the in its application to the explanation of the modern coral-reef deve ment. Of the criteria stated in the foregoing list only the amoun vertical change in the position of sea level because of glaciation deglaciation, the length of time since the disappearance of the g continental glaciers, and the rate of growth of corals need discus at this place. After their consideration some attention will be to other criteria of less determined value. AMOUNT OF VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT OF STRAND LINE BY GLACIATION AND DEGLACIATION. It is entirely obvious that the withdrawal of water from the o< to form the Pleistocene continental glaciers would lower sea 1( and that the return of the waters so locked up to the ocean upon melting of the continental glaciers would raise sea level back to w GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 253 fctood previous to the formation of the continental glaciers, unless l.stal changes in the earth counterbalanced the effects of such with- liwal and return of oceanic water. Reference here will be made ■only the two latest computations. ■W. J. Humphreys, as part of a symposium before the Geological feety of Washington, on March 24, 1915, said: 1 ■he fact that the average thickness of the ice cap during the last glaciation can be ■r roughly estimated renders any calculation of its effect on ocean level corre- ■idingly doubtful. It does not seem probable, however, that they should have Braged much if any thicker than the present caps of Greenland and of Antarctica, Ich a number of good observers have estimated to be about 1,000 meters. Taking I value and assuming the deglaciated area to be equal to one-fifteenth the area of I ocean, or, roughly, twice the glaciated area of North America, we estimate the ■age in sea level to have been about 67 meters. As already stated, this is only ■ stimated change, but perhaps it is a conservative estimate. ■)aly in his paper on the Glacial-control theory of coral reefs sum- ■rizes his discussion in the following words: 2 ■bmbining results, it is seen that, at the time of maximum glaciation, the tropical «e probably had an average level which was 60 to 70 meters (33 to 38 fathoms) lower It at the present time. ■the estimates of Humphreys and Daly are essentially the same. ls maximum glaciation was probably not of long duration the Batest effect of submarine terracing would be expected in some- Mat shallower depths, probably between 20 and 30 fathoms. RATE OF GROWTH OF CORALS AND LENGTH OF POST-GLACIAL TIME. I recently I have published two summaries of the results of my e: eriments and observations on the growth rate of Floridian and Biamian corals, and compared my results with those obtained by jfatigators in the Pacific. 3 The following statements are taken frn the second of the papers referred to in the footnote: i j has been stated, the primary object of this investigation was to get an approxi- mi measure of the rate at which corals might build reefs. In order to make this es aate the true reef corals must be considered separately from those which live in ot r habitats. The reef species par excellence in the Recent and Pleistocene reefs of Fl ida and the West Indies is Orbicella annularis; after it in importance are Afaean- drttjigosa, M. labyrinthiformis, and Siderastrea siderea. Other corals, the most impor- ts of which is Porites astreoides, with Agaricia and Favia fragum of secondary imrtance, occur in the areas intermediate between the prominent heads. In some M«; Acropora palmata is the dominant species. The massive heads form the strong fraework of the reef, with infilling by other corals and other organisms. Therefore th lpward growth rate of Orbicella annularis on the reef is critical. * * * 1 imphreys, W. J., Changes of sea level due to changes of ocean volume, Washington Acad. Sci. |W •, vol. 5, pp. 445-446, June 19, 1915. i'tner. Acad. Arts and Sci. Proc, vol. 51, p. 174. * ughan, T. W., Geologic significance of the growth-rate of the Floridian and Bahaman shoal-water Mr Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 591-600, 1915; Growth rate of the Floridian and Bahaman ^ c ^ater corals, m On Recent Madreporaria of Florida, the Bahamas, and the West Indies, etc., CMine Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 221-231, 1916. 254 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Using these figures [in the paper referred to] as the basis of a further computat a reef by the continuous upward growth of corals [Orbicella annularis] might at at a rate of 6 mm. a year a thickness of 25 fathoms =150 feet in 7,620 years; and rate of 7 mm. a year it might attain the same thickness in 6,531 years. Should the growth rate of Acropora palmata be taken as a measure, the tim accumulate such a thickness would be considerably less. This species forms spr ing, palmate fronds, rising from stout bases. As age advances the fronds thicken can withstand the pounding of surf and breakers. The average upward growt between 25 and 40 mm. per year, but as the interspaces between the fronds are siderable in volume, comparisons with Orbicella annularis must be based upon rela increases in weight for a known period. * * * These two estimates [as shown in the paper cited] give a measure of the limi reef formation under continuously favorable conditions for upward growth. S corals as Orbicella annularis might form a reef 150 feet thick in between 6,500 j and 7,600 years; while such corals as Acropora palmata might form a similar thick in 1,800 years. The data available for the Pacific corals are not so abundant as those for the Atlai nor have the records, with few exceptions, the same degree of precision. Howe they are sufficient for some general comparisons. The general growth rate of branc corals is nearly the same for both regions; but the growth of the massive forms Pacific appears to be appreciably more rapid than that of similar forms in the tic. Therefore it seems probable that in the coral reef regions of the Pacific and In oceans a reef 150 feet thick may form under favorable conditions in less than years. According to Gardiner such a reef might form in 1,000 years. As the disappearance of the last continental ice sheets is estimated to have between 10,000 years ago in Scandinavia and Alaska and 40,000 years ago at Niaj the data presented show that there has been ample time for the development of known living reef since deglaciation. EFFECT OF LOWERING OF MARINE TEMPERATURE ON REEF CORALS DURING GLACIATION. Daly in his paper on the Glacial-control theory devotes much at tion to the probable extinction of reef corals over large areas their restriction to only the hotter parts of the ocean during gla tion. 1 Daly's discussion of this subject is interesting and suggest but not really convincing. It is one on which far more researc needed. I rather hope that the data I have recently presents my paper on the temperature of the Florida coral-reef tract 2 will in furnishing a basis for such a computation. That there wi lowering of the vitality of corals over large areas marginal to tro can scarcely be doubted, but that reef corals thrived througl Pleistocene time appears more than merely probable. In this connection this following list of corals from the elevated i of Barbados is pertinent. Professor Jukes-Browne sent the collec to me after Prof. J.W. Gregory had published his paper on the 1 badian elevated-reef corals, 3 making the statement that great had been taken in determining the height above sea level at w 1 Amcr. Acad. Arts and Sci. Proc, vol. 51, pp. 160-171. * Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 319-339, 1918. » Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physic al geography of the West Indies, Soc. London Journ., vol. 51, pp. 255-310, pi. 11, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 255 ch lot was obtained. The collection is now the property of the lited States National Museum. mis from the elevated reefs of Barbados submitted by Prof. A. J. Jukes- Brovrne. [Elevation 1,043 feet. Horse Hill, St. Joseph. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 845 feet. Cutting side of road, Parris Hill, St. Joseph. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). ^Elevation 747 feet. Cutting side of road, Market Hill, St. George. , Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander) . Elevation 720 feet. Russia Gully, St. Thomas. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus). Elevation 707 feet. Haynesfield, St. John. ( Stephanocoenia inter septa (Esper) Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). ; Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 700 feet. St. Johns Church, St. John. ! Maeandra strigosa (Dana). ( Elevation 480 feet. Locust Hall, St. George. > Stephanocoenia inter septa (Esper). \ Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). cavernosa (Linnaeus). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 362 feet. Ridge, Christ Church. \ Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). iElevation 360 feet. Small Ridge, Christ Church. f ; Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 300 feet. Skeens Hill, near Lower Greys, Christ Church, i Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). ; Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander) . Elevation 300 feet. Dayrells Hill, St. Michael. Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 180 feet. Codrington Quarry, St. Michael. Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander). Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 160 feet. Cutting side of road, Charles Rose gully, St. (orge. Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus). Elevation 100 feet. Chelston Quarry, St. Michael. Meandrina maeandrites (Linnaeus). Manicina gyrosa (Ellis and Solander). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Acropora muricata (Linnaeus). 256' BLLLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Elevation 80 feet. Prospect, St. James. Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper). OrbiceUa annularis (Ellis and Solan der). Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus). Acropora muricata (Linnaeus) s. s. (as pebbles). Elevation 70 feet. Grazettes, St. Michael. Stephanocoenia intersepta (Esper). OrbiceUa annularis (Ellis and Solander). Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus). Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Elevation 40 feet. Sandy Lane, St. James. OrbiceUa annularis (Ellis and Solander). Maeandra labyrinthiformis (Linnaeus). Elevation 40 feet. Colleton, St. Lucy Parish. Maeandra strigosa (Dana). Elevation 20 feet. Black Rock. Acropora muricata (Linnaeus) s. s. Just how much of Pleistocene time is represented by this collect I can not say, but it is certainly a considerable part of it. Mr. O. E. Meinzer, in the vicinity of Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, tained living species of reef corals on Pleistocene terraces between and 500 feet, at 275 feet, 200 feet, 125 feet, and 50 feet above sea le^ It is unfortunate that Daly should have attempted to account the disappearance in the West Indies of so large a percentage of gen that now persist in the Indo-Pacific by appeal to the lowering of temperature in the western Atlantic Ocean through Pleistocene gl ation. In a recently published paper 1 , as well as the present on< have shown that the genera had disappeared previous to Pliocene til It is at present my opinion that not enough is known regarding effect of lowering of marine temperature during glaciation to se. as a basis for very strong arguments for or against the validity of Glacial-control hypothesis. VALLEY-IN- VALLEY ARRANGEMENT AND CLIFFED SPURS. Professor Davis says in his Shaler Memorial study of coral reefs: Furthermore, if the embayments of a central island within a barrier reef result f the drowning of valleys that were eroded with respect to lowered sea level of a relatii short glacial period, then each valley must be entrenched in the floor of a pregla valley; and above the head of each embayment resulting from the drowning new-cut valley, there should be a ' 'valley -in- valley " landscape, unless the glacial valley was so young and narrow that its sides were undercut and destroyec I he deepening and widening of the glacial valley. 2 i Vaughan, T. W., The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its sitmific: U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 366, 1917. " Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 35, p. 210, 19K"> GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 257 The character of the entrenching within an established valley after wering of sea level will depend upon the off shore slope of the sea )ttom previous to the lowering of sea level. As any acceleration ' headward erosion by a stream depends upon increase in steepness ' the longitudinal profile of the stream bed, unless the gradient of ie lower course of the stream is considerably increased there will 5 no visible valley-in-valley landscape after submergence following jglaciation. Subsequently I will show that in the West Indies there abundant evidence of another kind that during Pleistocene time a level was lowered, and that at the close of Pleistocene time it was ised. Valley-in-valley arangement is a criterion of very doubtful ulue. Professor Davis also insists that if the Glacial-control hypothesis correct, the spurs of islands within barrier reefs should be cliffed — e cliffs cut during Pleistocene glaciation. As promulgated in print r Professor Davis, I doubt the validity of this criterion. Perhaps e following hypothetical explanation may apply in some instances: Around volcanic islands, the centers of which are far enough from e shore for the surface profile of the ejecta to have assumed the , eoretic catenary curve, marine planation may proceed without at . st cutting pronounced cliffs. If the material on the higher slopes not greatly consolidated, alluviation and surface creep may deliver .. 1 any place where the proper ecologic conditions might be found d develop into a barrier reef, off a land area on which there would ^ no valley-in-valle} 7 arrangement of stream courses and along whose ores there would be no cliffed spurs. This is an hypothetical in- ince, but that it is possible is apparently shown by the island of Christopher, West Indies, where such an arrangement of central plcanic mountains and relatively flat areas underlain by volcanic Ricta and colluvial and alluvial material intervene between them 2,58 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and the shore. In other volcanic islands the sea may not be h back from the harder rocks and may cliff them. There are numbers of possibilities which deserve consideration, 1 the actual explanation of how present conditions were brought ab( is possible only through detailed field work in each area. Some other kinds of shore hues may be mentioned. It is v known that one of the important factors in determining the amon of cliffing and the character of the cliffing of some shores is geolc^ structure. In an uplifted island composed of bedded sedime which have been moderately tilted the highest cliffs will be on ( up-dip side along the line of the strike; the cliffs will decrease! height from the up-dip exposure along the line of the dip, and on side of the island where the rocks pass beneath sea level there mayt almost no cliffs. These relations are well illustrated in Anguilla I other islands in the West Indies. After such an earth block I been outlined there may be oscillation of strand line without furti local crustal deformation. The island of St. Croix is interesting in this connection. J south of its north shore, which is determined by a fault, are matuil dissected mountains which attain an altitude of about 1,000 f«j Off the south foot of the highland is a sloping, slightly undulat plain, underlain by limestone, which extends to the south con (See pi. 70, fig. D). If this island were submerged 120 feet the lii| stone plain would form a submarine flat from one to about tfc: sea-miles wide. Corals might grow on such a flat and form a bari reef inside which there would be no strongly cliffed spurs along el shore, while the mountains would be in a stage of mature dissect American Tertiary and Pleistocene Reef Corals and Coral Reefs. Most investigators of the genesis of coral reefs have conside only the modem; but the ancient, or fossil, reefs in many instar afford better opportunities than the living reefs to determine geologic character of the basement on which the reefs have b built, the change in the relation between the reef basement and level, and the importance of corals as constructional agents. ' southeastern United States and near-by West Indian Islands fun numerous examples of both ancient and modern coral reefs, these have been the subject of investigation for many years, location of the Tertiary fossil reefs in the southeastern United Sta their associated faunas, the inclosing sediments, including in n instances both the overlying and underlying strata, the stratigrajic j relations of the successive geologic formations, the geologic struct H and the geologic history, have been ascertained with a fair de<»j of accuracy. The coralliferous beds range in age from the base of ie \ Eocene to Recent, and the coral fauna of each geologic formation | GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 259 own with approximate completeness. The total coral faunas have •lded some hundreds of species. EOCENE REEF CORALS OF ST. BARTHOLOMEW. The corals obtained from the St. Bartholomew limestone are listed page 194. Although there are many specimens and species of reef ;ies, they scarcely form a reef properly speaking. However, the tatigraphic relations are interesting. The best collecting ground on the northeast face of the northwestward projecting limb of the md, between Anse Lezard at the northwest and Jean Bay at the itheast. Anse Ecaille lies between the two bays mentioned. >ve's 1 account of the geologic succession is correct, perhaps with lie modification of his dates of a part of the igneous rocks. The se of the section is composed of volcanic agglomerate, above lich there is interbedded agglomerate or sandstone, conglomerate mposed of volcanic material, and limestone, succeeded by mas- e, hard, blue limestone. Most of the corals occur in the lower rt of the sedimentary formation, in the limestone or in the t'ter, more rapidly weathering layers of calcareous sandstone, in ich there is rehandled volcanic material. In conglomerate at > base of one exposure I observed boulders of volcanic material much as 8 inches in diameter. Although, as Cleve stated, there is bae interbedding of the limestone and agglomerate in the lower part the sediments the upper formation rests unconformably on the i ever. The gradation upward into purer, more massive limestone has been tentioned. The presence in the higher limestone of a few corals of B same species as those in the lower beds and the abundance of dcareous algae in some places, indicate a shoal-water deposit; »d, as the area of the deposit is relatively extensive, the evidence fin favor of its having been laid down on a submerged flat. The Jamaican Eocene corals are shoal-water forms but they are |illy not of reef facies. WEST INDIAN MIDDLE OLIGOCENE REEFS. That the bedded volcanic tuffs underlying most of the Central , ain of Antigua dip under the Antigua formation toward the north- ; 3 £t is indicated by the general structure of the island, and is con- med by a well record, kindly furnished me by Dr. H. A. Tempany, - vernment chemist of the Leeward Islands. The record mentioned of a well bored on Fitches Creek, half a mile northeast of the south- . ^st boundary of the limestone. Compact, noncalcareous rock is struck below the limestone. In the Central Plain patches of 5 "Cleve, P. T., On the geology of the northeastern West India Islands K. svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 9, No. 12, pp. 24-27, 1872. 260 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. gravel and cobbles overlie the surface of the bedded tuft's at a numb* of places, two of which are Casada Gardens and Gunthorpe sugai factory. At Morris Looby Hill, near the head of Willoughby Ba; conglomerate immediately underlies the limestone; and the bas contact of the formation is also exposed on the north side of Wi loughby Bay, where it is underlain by conglomerate, mostly compose of basic volcanic material. The main reef occurs within the Antigt formation at or near its base and is exposed along a southwes northeast line from Willoughby Ba}^ to near Wetherell Point. Tl' Antigua reef therefore grew upon a basement that had been sui aerially eroded and was later depressed below sea level. The re and the limestone of which the reef forms a part were formed durii or after the submergence of their basement. Associated with tl corals are many specimens of several species of Lepidocyclina, whic are organisms characteristic of shallow, tropical water. The are; extent of these sediments, coupled with the fact that the deformatic of the water-bedded tuffs that lie below the Antigua formation is n CUBA. eef corals of middle Oligocene age were first collected in Cuba, Rio Canapu, by Arthur C. Spencer, who obtained three species, lil m which also occur in Antigua; but the only at all extensive col- f ion is from the vicinity of Guantanamo, and was made by O. E. Inzer, who studied in detail the stratigraphic relations of the coral- f ous formation. I am taking the following note from a manu- B>t by Mr. Meinzer, now awaiting publication. That there is a riounced unconformity is indicated by a conglomerate at the base - f he formation. Previous to the submergence, during which the #1 reefs were formed, there was a long period of subaerial erosion, 1 geologic investigations have not been prosecuted over large j rkey, C. P., Geological reconnaissance of Porto Rico, New York Acad. Sci. Ann., vol. 26, pp. 12-17, M ' ;m. p. 3. 3 m.p.59. 262 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. enough areas in Cuba to draw inferences as to the physiograph features of the land surface resulting from the erosional activitie WEST INDIAN AND PANAMANIAN UPPER OLIGOCENE REEFS. ANGUILLA. Basic igneous rock above which in places there is some sandstoi is exposed below the coralliferous limestone at Crocus Bay ai Road Bay. The contact is very clearly one of erosion unconformit The following is a composite of the sections exposed at Crocus Ba Geologic section at Crocus Bay, 'Anguilla. 3. Hard cavernous limestone, with few or no corals 60 fe 2. More or less argillaceous limestone with some beds of harder, purer lime- stone; contains fossil corals from bottom to top, some coral heads as much as 2 feet in diameter; this member subdivisible into subordinate beds about 2 ) fe 1. Yellowish and brownish clay underlain by dark blue-black clay, or sand- stone and conglomerate of igneous material overlying basic igneous rock (exposed at Pelican Point) 5 feet The exposure at Road Bay is essentially the same as that at Croc Bay. The Anguillan reef was evidently formed during submergence afl the subaerial erosion of its basement. It should be emphasized that the richly coralliferous limestone overlain by more massive, harder, limestone in which there are f or no corals; and that the areal extent of the shoal-water limestc indicates a submarine flat. CANAX ZONE . The Emperador limestone, according to Doctor MacDonald, lj unconformably on several of the beds belonging to the underlyil Culebra formation, and supplies another instance of a fossil coral r with an unconformable basal contact. The stratigraphic relations of the important West Indian and Ca:J Zone reef corals and coral reefs are summarized in the follow] table : Stratigraphic relations of West Indian and Canal Zone Eocene and Oligocene reef co and coral reefs. Age. Locality. Basal contact. Overlying rock. Surface of b ment. Upper Oligocene Middle Oligocene.... Canal Zone (Em- perador Is.) Anguilla Unconformable on Culebra formation. Unconformable on igneous rock or on sandstone and con- glomerate. do Limestone without or with few corals. do Submerged Do. Do. Not known Submerged Porto Rioo (Pepino formation). Cuba (Guantanamo) do do do Limestone without or with few corals. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 263 Jl of the fossil reefs discussed in the foregoing remarks were ned during periods of subsidence that followed subaerial erosion their basements. The basal contacts might be interpreted as porting Darwin's hypothesis, but in four of the six instances the s are buried under later nearly pure limestones in which there are or no corals. What caused the change in the character of the ments, and coincidently led to the extermination of the reefs is known; but the organisms in the overlying sediments indicate low, tropical waters, and as the geologic formations are areally ;nsive (relatively speaking), they were evidently formed on aiarine flats. The corals began to grow on such flats and were nately killed. So long as the ecologic conditions were favorable, corals flourished, but died when the conditions changed. The lation of the flats can scarcely be attributed to the corals. WEST INDIAN MIOCENE REEF CORALS. eager developments of reef corals during the Miocene occur in a and Santo Domingo, but at present no Miocene reefs are known ss the name reef be applied to the corals found in the La Cruz I, eastward from La Cruz to the intersection of the railroad with highway from Santiago to the Morro. The La Cruz marl is a led formation in which there are a few reef corals. The presence ebbles in the basal part of the formation at the south end of iago Harbor suggests an erosion unconformity with some older iary formation. p Pliocene reef corals are at present known in the West Indies, erroneous suggestion, that a coralliferous limestone exposed in uarry on Calle Infanta, opposite Castillo de la Punta, Habana, it be Pliocene, has been corrected on page 224. This limestone is to represent very nearly the same horizon in the Miocene ie Bowden marl of Jamaica; it may be stratigraphically somewhat er. It contains some corals of reef facies but it can not appro- mely be called coral-reef rock. The stratigraphic relations of the a: of the deposit are not known. WEST INDIAN PLEISTOCENE REEFS. 'ie West Indian Pleistocene reefs, whose stratigraphic relations I been critically investigated and can be discussed here are those i imaica and Cuba. Mr. K. T. Hill has placed in my hands a ifiiscript describing the Pleistocene reefs of Barbados, and Doctor la 3onald will discuss those of Costa Rica and Panama in his memoir & ie geology of the Canal Zone and adjacent areas. ie basal contacts of the Jamaican Pleistocene reefs, as has been la>rately presented by K. T. Hill in his account of the Jamaican 1 1 1 . R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, pp. 90-99, 89. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 6 264 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. reefs, at least usually show unconformable relations. Althc that Agassiz was aware of the unconformity at the base of the Ci Pleistocene reefs can be inferred from his descriptions, he did emphasize the stratigraphic relations; however, he does say regar the living Cuban reefs: ''In Cuba they [the coral reefs] abut upor Tertiary limestone of its shores." I observed the unconform relations at Baracoa, and stated that "Upper Oligocene yello calcareous marls or limestone are found in the vicinity of Nuev also at Baracoa, where they immediately underlie the Pleistocene co soborruco." 1 On page 32 of the same report it is stated: "It sh be added here that all of the elevated Pleistocene coral reefs as by us and all of those recorded by those whom we consider co] tent observers, are plastered on the surface of the upper Oligc [mostly Miocene] formations, or in some instances upon older g gic formations." Unconformable relations between the elevated Pleistocene and the underlying Miocene limestone or marl are observab Matanzas, Habana, and Santiago. The rock in the left foregr (pi. 71, fig. A,) is the slightly elevated soborruco (coral-reef : that extends into the mouth of Santiago Harbor, clearly p ing that the harbor was outlined as a drainage basin pre to the formation of the particular reef now under consider* The bluff and slopes in the background and on the right side c illustration are formed in the Santa Cruz marl. The known unconformable relation at the base of the Pleist elevated reefs was the basis of inferred "subsidence of 80 to 100 during the Pleistocene; this subsidence was followed by elevatio: channeling in the mouth of the harbor; and this was follow* Recent submergence. 2 I have recently prepared a revised accoi the shore-line phenomena of Cuba, and present the following mary for the vicinity of Habana: 1. Stand of land high enough for the subaerial erosion c basement of a reef that seems to be about 30 feet above sea at present, and for the outlining by erosion of Habana Harboi 2. Submergence in Pleistocene time to a stand about 30 feet than at present. 3. Emergence in Pleistocene time sufficient to permit the c of a channel, now submerged 100 feet in Habana Harbor; the ai of this emergence would be about 100+ feet =130 feet. 4. Submergence, assigned to Recent time, to a depth of 100 feet. J Hayes, C. W., Vaughan, T. W., and Spencer, A. C, A geological reconnaissance of Cuba, mi the direction of General Leonard Wood, Military Governor, p. 23. The upper 01igocen9 in this | is now considered Miocene. The italicized part of the sentence is in Roman letters in the ort " *Idem., p. 34. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 265 There may have been minor oscillations, for instance the 5-foot orruco may represent slight elevation subsequent to the last nergence. r. O. E. Meinzer, in his manuscript, "Geologic reconnaissance of egion adjacent to Guantanamo, Cuba/' referred to on page 204, s the following summary of events for the vicinity of Guantanamo : (Previous to the formation of the terraces) "Erosion, resulting le excavation of the principal valleys now in existence, some of m probably below present sea level. Submergence sufficient in amount to bring the land at least feet below the level of the present shore line. Successive stages of emergence and perhaps slight tilting of the I alternating with stages of quiescene, the emergence being about feet in amount so that the land area stood about 100 feet higher i at present, thereby permitting stream erosion below the present level; during the stages of quiescence sea benches and cliffs 3 formed at different, successive stands of the land. Submergence to the present level, resulting in the drowning of lower parts of the stream valleys and in the production of innum- )le small estuaries, bays, and coves. Filling of the submerged valleys and development of a new sea h by destructive and constructive processes. " he reefs considered in this section are fringing reefs. They rest Dnformably upon their basements, but were formed during ses in emergence. 7IARYAND PLEISTOCENE REEF CORALS AND CORAL REEFS OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES. the United States Tertiary reef corals first appear at the base le Eocene in the Midway group in Alabama, but these are not pently abundant to entitle the deposit to the designation al reef." ae oldest Tertiary coral reefs in this province are of middle ocene age, and have been studied at Salt Mountain, near Jackson, >ama, and near Bainbridge, Georgia. The basal contact of the at Salt Mountain is not exposed, and its nature is, therefore, Mown. The reef in the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation ainbridge, Georgia, rests on the surface of the upper Eocene Ocala stone, which shows evidence of subaerial erosion, and is exposed place to place along Flint Kiver throughout a distance of 8 miles. It is relatively thin, perhaps only 10 to 15 feet thick, contains a fauna of about 30 species of corals, mingled with h are many specimens of Liihothamnion and large Lepidocyclina. ie next younger development of reef corals is in the upper part ie Chattahoochee formation and its stratigraphic equivalent, 266 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the "srlex" bed and limestone of the Tampa formation. Corals sufficiently abundant to justify being designated " reefs" at sevi localities, the most important of which are 18 miles south of TV hassee, Florida, in several counties in southern Georgia, and! Tampa, Florida. Coralliferous limestone of the same or nearly i same age is exposed one-half mile south of River Junction, Flor and at old Jacksonboro, Georgia. Well borings in Tampa show 1 beneath the coralliferous limestone is a variable thickness of which overlies the irregular surface of the Ocala limestone, indica 1 subaerial erosion, followed by submergence. The coralliferous 1 are stratigraphically below the next younger set of deposits groii under the Alum Bluff formation, indicating the continuation of sidence after the formation of the reefs. The thickness of the r and coralliferous beds is not great, perhaps between 10 and 20 i The fauna comprises about 20 species of corals. Where not silic and its character may be studied, the limestone associated with corals is of complex origin. It is partly organic, probably in p* chemical precipitate, and contains terrigenous impurities. This : cates that the reefs and corals of this period grow during subsid! on a previously formed platform, but possess greater value for | aid in stratigraphic correlation than as constructional agents. The Alum Bluff formation, which, in my opinion, is of Mioft age, according to the usage adopted by the United States Geoloft Survey is subdivided into three members, which named fron» bottom upward are the Chipola marl, Oak Grove sand, and £St River marl. The basal Chipola marl member was known on ll an area extending from Alum Bluff on Apalachicola River west«( to Chipola River until it was recently identified by Miss Julia Cm ner from a collection made by Dr. E. H. Sellards at Boynton Laiflf on Choctawhatchee River, in Washington County. The beA Chipola River seems conformably to overlie the Chattahoochee fc'ft tion, it is conformably overlain by higher beds of the typical .1 Bluff formation, and is between 15 and 17 feet thick. Of theBc or five species of corals found at this horizon, one is of reef facHi massive species of Goniopora. Subsidence was in progress B these coralliferous beds were being deposited. ■ Before completing the discussion of the Alum Bluff formatioiw tain events antecedent to its deposition in central peninsular FlBi should be stated. Previous to the deposition of ChattahoocheCENE FORMATION. s calcareous deposit, 55 feet thick, of undetermined age. Beneath tre 450 feet of sand, mostly quartz, of Miocene age, below which )w in descending order, limestones of Chattahoochee and Ocala a {. but without any development of reef -corals. Planimeter meas- I nents indicate an area of 66 square miles for the Pleistocene reef a {inst an area of 1,670 for the chemically precipitated calcium car- I ate of the Miami and Key West oolites. I have already published 270 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. the statement that in Pleistocene time the calcium carbonate chi cally precipitated probably predominated over that secreted by c< in the ratio 100 rl. 1 The theory advanced by Louis Agassiz 2 for the building of p( sular Florida is familiar to most geologists through the writii LeConte. Agassiz says: * * * "the peninsula itself has been a reef at least as far as the 28th degree of north latitude, shown by the investigation of the Everglades, and by the examim Fig. 8. Florida, location of Pleistocene coral reefs as shown by +, and the location AGAS3IZ-LeCONTE BOUNDARY OF SUPPOSED CORAL FORMATION. of the rocks at San Augustine." According to LeConte 's map half of peninsular Florida was formed through the agency of reefs. 3 (See figure 8, above.) Eugene A. Smith, in 1881, showed that Eocene deposits exmm south of Ocala into the peninsula; Heilprin showed that coralf«d unimportant to the latitude of Lake Okechobee; Alexander AglBi » Vaughan, T. W., Sketch of the geologic history of the Florida coral-reef tract and comparison witBH coral-reef areas, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 26, 1914. 2 U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Ann. Rept. 1851, pp. 145-160, 1852. J Elements of geology, cd. 4, p. 163. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 271 fe-epted the results of Smith and Heilprin but contended that the cithern end of the peninsula is composed of wind-blown coral sand. ter investigations have established that the material comprising pei3 part of the peninsula is neither coral sand nor is it wind-blown, ^rtecedent to the Recent reef out of an area of between 25,000 and - aOOO square miles, perhaps as much as, but probably less than, 66 iiiare miles may now be attributed to coral. iirhe data on the fossil reefs of the Southeastern States may be nmarized as follows: h Corals have played a subordinate part, usually a negligible part, the building of the Floridian plateau. \ I Every conspicuous development of fossil coral reefs or reef mh took place during subsidence. I. In every instance the coral reefs or reef corals have developed platform basements which owe their origin to geologic agencies er than those dependent on the presence of corals. ilendenhall 1 has described in detail the relations of the coralli- )us beds at this locality, and I have republished his statements ny account of the collection of corals made by him and Dr. Stephen wers. 2 There is here another instance of a richly coralliferous | mation with an erosion unconformity at its base. -ii [Ving Coral Reefs of the West Indies, Florida, and Central America. general account of the position and general features of the -vng reefs within the region above mentioned will be given here, as subject has been fairly well treated by Alexander Agassiz for the st Indies and Central America, 3 and during the past eight years ave published a number of papers, listed in the footnote, 4 on the fendenhall, W. C, Notes on the geology of Carrizo Mountain and vicinity, San Diego County, Cali- a, Journ. Geology, vol. 18, pp. 336-355, 1910. aughan, T. W., The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, and its significance, y. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98-T, pp. 355-386, plates 92-102, 1917. - gassiz, A., A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of Cuba in the steam yacht Wild 1 Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 145-166, 1894. aughan, T. W.: 3tch of the geologic history of the Floridian Plateau, Science, new ser., vol. 32, pp. 24-27, July 1, 1910. contribution to the geologic history of the Floridian Plateau, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 133, 1)9-185, 1910. ; idies of the geology and of the Madreporaria of the Bahamas and of southern Florida, Carnegie Inst. < aington Year Book No. 11 (for 1912), pp. 153-162, 1913. marks on the geology of the Bahamas and on the formation of the Floridian and Bahaman oolites, $j aington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 3, pp. 302-304, May 19, 1913. ith L. V. Pirsson, A deep boring in Bermuda Island, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 36, pp. 70-71, July, jf' letch of geologic history of the Florida coral reef tract and comparisons with other coral reef areas, Wash- °>n Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 26-34, Jan. 19, 1914; abstract, Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 25, pp. - ] March, 1914. e reef corals of southern Florida, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 12 (for 1913), pp. 181-183, PLIOCENE REEF CORALS FROM CARRIZO CREEK, CALIFORNIA. [Footnote continued on page 272.J 272 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Floridian, Bahamian, West Indian, and Central American re In addition to my studies in the field and my work on charts e maps in the office, I have compiled all available information Pleistocene and Recent strand-line movement along the Atlai coast between Argentina on the south and New England on north. The discussion to follow will present evidence on Recent changi the position of strand line, on the amount of change, and on the r tions of the living coral to the basements on which they have fonl for the West Indies from Antigua along the Caribbean arc to Ci the Bahamas, the Bermudas, Florida, and Central America. Accou of these areas will be followed by remarks on some other West Inc Islands, on the Brazilian reefs, on the Argentine shore line, and on shore line of the United States between Florida and Cape Cod. ■ [Footnote continued from page 271.] Investigations of the geology and geologic proccesses of the reef tracts and adjacent areas in the Bat and Florida, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 12 (for 1913), pp. 183-184, 1914. The platforms of barrier coral reefs, Amer. Geog. Soc. Bull., vol. 46, pp. 426-429, 1914. Preliminary remarks on the geology of the Bahamas with special reference to the origin of the FIoj Mid Bahama oolites, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 182, pp. 47-54, 1914. The building of the Marquesas and Tortugas atolls and a sketch of the geologic history of the F.j ree; tract, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 182, pp. 55-67, 1914. Study of the stratigraphic geology and of the fossil corals and associated organisms in several of the si ier West Indian Islands, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 13 (for 1914), pp. 358-360, 1915. Geological investigations in the Bahamas and southern Florida, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Kik No. 13 (for 1914), pp. 227-233, 1915. Reef corals of the Bahamas and southern Florida, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 1 1914), pp. 222-226, 1915. Coral reefs and reef corals of the southeastern United States, their geologic history and their signifii ice, Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. 41, pp. 508-509, April 2, 1915; Geol. Soc. America Bui., vol. 26, pp. 60, 1915. Introductory remarks to symposium on the factors producing changes in position of strand line c ing the Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 444^145, June 18, 191 [Resum6 of the present status of the geologic correlation of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations Antilles], Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 489, July 19, 1915. Memorandum on the geology of the ground waters of the Island of Antigua, B. W. I., West Indian vol. 14, No. 4, 4£ pp., 1915. Imperial Dept. of Agri. for the West Indies. The geologic significance of the growth rate of the Floridianaud Bahaman shoal-water corals, Washi Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, No. 17, pp. 591-600, Oct. 19, 1915. On Recent Madreporaria of Florida, the Bahamas, and the West Indies, and on collections from M Island, Australia, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 14 (for 1915), pp. 220-231, 1916. And Shaw, E. W., Geologic investigations of the Florida coral-reef tract, Carnegie Inst. Wash! Year Book No. 14 (for 1915), pp. 233-238, 1916. Study of the stratigraphic geology and of the fossil corals and associated organisms in several of the s West Indian Islands, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No. 14 (for 1915), pp. 368-373, 1916. Present status of the investigations of the origin of barrier coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, t No. 241, pp. 131-135, January, 1916. The results of investigations of the ecology of the Floridian and Bahaman shoal-water corals, Nat Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95-100, February, 1916. Some littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Virgin and northern Leeward Islanr MA 1 heir bearing on the coral reef problem, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 53-66, Feb. 4 HI also abstract Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 41-45, 1916. The corals and coral reefs of the Qui! of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea (abstract of paper read lV special meeting of Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., in cooperation wit h Pan-American Congress), Science, ne Jm vol. 43, pp. 250-251, February 18, 1916. In collaboration with Cushman, J. A., Goldman, M. I., Howe, M. A., and others: Some shoal mf bottom samples from Murray Island, Australia, and comparisons of them with samples from FloricjH the Bahamas, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 213, pp. 235-297, pis. 94-98, 1918. Chemical and organic deposits of the sea, Geol. Soc. American Pull., vol. 28, pp. 933-914. pis. 47, 4fBM Uei 1 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 273 ANTIGUA-BARBUDA BANK. The islands of Antigua and Barbuda rise from a bank which is mded by the 100-fathom curve and is 50 miles in length along a iipth-soutn line, and from 13 to 20 miles in width. Antigua is near southern and Barbuda near the northern end, with water from to 18 fathoms in depth between them. (See text fig. 9.) 17 C2 13 18 18 12 12 .140V 104/ 21 /* 15 30 19 1S , 9 6 & .Paliuetto.Pt.,. . . Codrington Skls-V;-',.-. 'i'lY a'****. 1 13 16 17 feWVv !»r 12 24 15 /' 8 6 'Vjfjlfi / 15 14 Co.Sh.^y^io ' 1^/146 14 16 M 39 1 19 J5 / 40/ 14 \ 15 21 \ 100 / 29 18 , , St.Joh 22 .17 18 W»i \ 15 15 17 «V ,-.(?; dJ\ ig i5/ p i7 irr> sslVi* 13 225 \ 295 11 .13 } m i ANTIGUA 3^^/15 (British) 1 t-.'<-/v. 30 34 320 ' v 31 345 255 s 338 (52 c -Chart of antigua— barbuda bank. From U. S. hydrographic chart no. 2318. Scale, 1 INCH = ABOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. The shore line of Antigua is deeply indented by numerous bays ad harbors, as St. John, Five Islands, and Falmouth harbors, and Mloughby, Nonsuch, and Belfast bays (pi. 68, figs. A, B, and mt fig. 10). The absence of terraces and elevated wave-cut cliffs i especially noteworthy. The discover}' in St. John Harbor, at a I ">th of 20 feet below sea level, of a 4-foot bed of peat, which 274 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is not composed of marine plants (according to Mr. C. A. Da^j adds confirmation to the inference from the indented shore line the absence of elevated terraces and wave-cut cliffs that the important movement of the strand line was one of submerge] Present sea-level relations have persisted long enough for the deve ment of sea cliffs, in places 100 feet or more high, for the allu fillings at the heads of the bays, and for the extension inlanc alluvial deposits along the stream ways. There is some evidence slight upward movement of the land, a few feet, less than 10, s the submergence. t Fig. 10.— Chart of part of east coast of antigua. From U. S. hydrographic chart no. 1C Barbuda, which is composed of limestone and has a maxin height of about 200 feet, has no marked indentations of its si line; but Dr. H. A. Tempany informs me that fresh-water spr emerge below sea level in the lagoon about one-half mile souti^p Codrington village, a fact of significance in probably indica submergence. The similarity of the land mollusca of Antigua and Barbuda support to the inference from physiographic data that these is were part of one land mass in Pleistocene time and have been sevi by submergence, and as the w _ ater between the islands is IS fath j deep, the sea level must have risen at least that amount. A merged steep slope off the southeast side of Antigua at depths tween 100 and 150 feet accords with submergence to a depth of at 1 J wad GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 275 7 fathoms, and indicates submergence of about 120 feet or 20 horns. (See fig. 11 below.) Barrier coral reefs occur around Antigua of! the mouth of Nonsuch off the southwest angle of the island, and there is a discon- uous barrier off the west side of the island, ^ches, some of which are almost barriers. There are other reef Barbuda has barrier %s, Cobb and Goat reefs, off its northern end. These reefs of iintigua and Barbuda occur on a platform which has m submerged. That the platform or flat lying between Antigua 1 surrounding Antigua is in origin independent of the corals growing itsjfsurface is shown not alone by its continuity irrespective of ) presence of corals. That a land area existed between Antigua i Barbuda in Pleistocene time is clearly shown by the land mol- ca: while the submerged steep slope or scarp shows that the flat SOUTHEAST COAS <£j mr'/cs - OF ANTIGUA Sea !eve! EAST COAST OF ANGUILLA d - 6/^ mi. J NORTH COAST ST. THOMAS HAVANA HARBOR shosving depth of filled channel in harbor S3. MCSQUiTO BANK Fig. 11. — Submarine profiles off west indian islands axd across mosquito bank. sted and was marginally cut by the sea while it stood about 120 t higher than at present. ST. MARTIN PLATEAU. f J. W. Spencer has applied this designation to the plateau on which I. Bartholomew, St. Martin, and Anguilla stand. This plateau, as funded by the 100-fathom curve, is irregular in shape and is 75 lies long by 45 miles wide. The maximum depth of water between £ Bartholomew and St. Martin is 16 fathoms and between St. hrtin and Anguilla 14 fathoms. (See text fig. 12.) The shore line of St. Bartholomew is indented, the indentations are I lally divided by beaches into an inner or lagoon part and an outer ty or harbor part (pi. 68, figs. C, D). The beaches may have 1 en elevated between 3 and 5 feet. The lagoons behind the beaches 276 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. are the salt ponds of the island. There is an entire absence of € vated terraces, unless some apparent shoulders on outlying islets, actually visited b}^ me, should be slightly elevated sea-cut bench Wave-cut cliffs margin the rocky shores, and alluvial flats oc< around the heads of the bays. The shore line of St. Martin is indented. Each reentrant into land is usually divided by a transverse beach into an inner lagoon 63! lb 260 301 248 296 190 -gg-v 179/25 26 / Co. 26 G4».\ jgg 1 A n gu i 1 1 a\ 160 28 „26 ,45 132,/ 19 26 Bank 25 40 ** . 40\. 102 ^ 1012 13 2^4,5tfte# 2 * 30 036 140.^ '° 25 23 31 34 " 38 27 2V,, 27 28 ' „ Scrub I (j 14 (50) 33 37 56 v ^-.„.^'4i:iQ4 38 32 to 157 3* 38 3=3 37 36 30 37 /* 29 32 38/ 16 22 2 NGUILLA 33 27 36/' W" ^TintamarreX (go) ao 33/' Vl9_^^.8..SS$ 7 j 6 14 18 24 26 26 26 ito 3T.MARTIN I. _ / 5 i> ,-OtiMer Pond Oi go oa' 15 18 28 29 \ ■ m<* k chxkens 23 22 27\1 46 * Ag* 20 ._23 24 ^ 297 422 ^^f^.21 23 22 30 ^30-^ ;;4^ : ^,^ 21 26 24 34\ 121X28 21 ST.B AKTHOLOMEW ! I. .28 23 28 24 24-13'0 ^ 25 27 \49 28 » 29 30 V ll6 _ , n. on :*J 32 26 19 /^,,:^^ 1T2 29 cv 90 c«. Co../ \28 " ' 28 °" 30 26 >5 . 31 32 ^ ( c,.s.sa. ^31 40 30 ^ '33 33 120 111 G3 U i-IU. 12. — 1. ilAKl OV St. MARTIN tU.±'i KA\S. FROM U. S. HYDROGRAPHIC CHART NO. 2318. 8CALE ; INCH= ABOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. salt pond and an outer bay portion; and alluvial flats margin heads of the reentrants and project inland between the hills, spurs along the shore are truncated by wave-cut cliffs (see pi. fig. A) and exhibit no definite terracing. Older beach rock was at the northeast end of Blanche Point, perhaps indicating s 1 differentia] uplift for that locality. The shore line of Anguilla (see pi. (39, figs. B, D), although so conspicuously indented as that of St. Bartholomew and St. M GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 277 indented, and a number of instances, Road Ba}^, for example, of e separation by beaches of an inner lagoon from an outer bay are esent. Three instances of inclosed basins having underground mmunication with the sea were noted (pi. 69, fig. C). No definite -races are present and wave-cut cliffs are greatly developed. That the last important change of sea level was by submergence i the land is evident from the character of the shore fine in St. Bar- olomew, St. Martin, and Anguilla; and in Anguilla additional idence is afforded by the underground communication between closed basins in the limestone and the sea. Stable condition of the ore line for a considerable time is attested by the wave-cut cliffs, e development of the beaches, the alluvial fillings at the heads of 3ntrants into the landmass, and in St. Martin by the presence of kterraced flood plains along the streamways. In my paper on the littoral and sublittoral physiographic features the Virgin and northern Leeward Islands, referred to in the foot- te on page 272, 1 have shown that on the windward side of the St. irtin plateau there is an outer deeper flat, 26 to 36 fathoms below a level, with a maximum length east and west of over 30 miles, and at this flat may be subdivisible into two subordinate terrace flats, le scarp on the landward side of the deeper flat in places is about feet high, in depths between 20 and 28 fathoms; above the deeper t is a shallower one, whose outer edge is about 20 fathoms under e sea (see text-fig. 11, p. 275). Other submarine evidence of sub- 3rgence in this area is given in my paper cited. At the time the ore line around the St. Martin Plateau was about 20 fathoms firer than at present, Anguilla, St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew nst have been united. The biologic evidence at present available i not sufficient to be decisive, but all that is known accords with Us interpretation. Notches on the outer edge of the plateau sim- Ute hanging valleys and may represent the outer ends of valleys jt while the sea stood about 40 fathoms lower than now; but the ? ormation on these is too scant to justify more than a suggestion. The hydrographic chart does not show well the reefs of these islands, r does the British Admiralty West India Pilot give a good descrip- >n of them. Because of rough weather most of my own observa- >ns were made from the shore. Coral reefs occur across the en- mces to most of the bays on the northeast and southeast sides of . Bartholomew; reefs are well developed on the east side of St irtin, off North Point, and on the southeast side of Tintamarre and; and there are dangerous reefs off the southeast coast of iguilla and on the north coast of the east end of the island. Seal and reefs occur on a ridge extending westward from the northeast d of Anguilla. Some of these reefs are of the barrier type, as vigable channels lie between them and the shore, one at Forest >int is an instance. 278 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The reefs of the St. Martin Plateau are superposed on an ai cedent platform that was brought into its present relations to level by geologically Recent submergence to an amount of aboul fathoms. 65° pollers frequently occur / 29 25 17 12 £j 17 ^NEGAD from October to May l _ ^ & 7 i£^ c '3c : < ? 18 \ ^--'"81 Co 5 35 30 140. -'30 35 19 21 r^-lAO.^---^ 20 / \- M Scrao? it ^£mW+' G $ i3 j.-«6 L ' / ^ t. ^r&,-3/l8 ,/-^ 23 15, 18 IT J8 "%^glO lO r V 8 15 ^ 330 «f ooo 880 G 720 1105 18 565 1020 325 1230^ \ \ 1395 1337 V 1061 875 ^ 1350 1116 519 990 695 1698 —1275 1091 861 158G- 2112 2376 lOtJO 999 1600 1253 1670 ::0 1005 550 910 600 213 931 720 625 5 l&lW 1 ' 936 ^ ?^r 2 > 551 ML*£ 185 $ M ; 180 /^-..r -^13 15^1^ 758 7 65 879 667 ST.CROIX V :u ^v redone |^f>rv^- '117 "112 Fig. 13.— Chart of virgin islands and st. croix. From U.S. hydrograhiic chart no. 2318. ONE INCH— ABOUT 12.8 NAUTICAL MILES. ST. CROIX ISLAND. This island rises above a bank about 30 miles long and 10 rM wide. The distance from the shore to the 100-fathom curve is usiflj GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 279 i|3 than three-quarters of a mile on the west end; and on the north oje west of Sugar Bay the distance ranges from one-quarter to one- j}lf mile. Off the south shore the distance to the 100-fathom curve :places slightly exceeds 3 miles; off the east end for 7 miles the ?ter is less than 40 fathoms deep, while off the north coast the t,tform gradually narrows westward until near Salt River Point its ' 1th is less than one-half mile. . rhere is a long, disconnected barrier reef off most of the south list, and barrier reefs are present off the north coast to a short dis- !'ice west of Christians ted. The indented, ragged coast line and i depth of water on the platform so clearly point to the same con- cision as that already drawn from a study of Antigua, St. Bar- idomew, etc., that reiteration is not necessary. VIRGIN BANK. The Virgin group of islands consists of about 100 small islands and us (text fig. 13). The bank above which they rise is an eastward jlongation of that on which Porto Rico stands. The chart shows the rented coast line and the extensive, relatively shoal platform above ] surface of which the islands project. The maximum depth of sber between the islands is about 17 fathoms. St. Thomas well uibits the coastal phenomena to which attention has already been • often directed — reentrants with alluvial fillings at their heads, i erraced alluvial bottoms along streamways, and wave-cut cliffs on ] unterraced promontories (pi. 70, figs. A, B, C). n my paper on some littoral and sublittoral physiographic features > :he Virgin and northern Leeward Islands, already referred to, it i been pointed out that there are three terrace flats under the sea ):St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, and Virgin Gorda (see text fig. 11, > 375). On the leeward side the deepest lies between 26 and 30 noms in depth and is separated by a scarp or steep slope on its aiward side from a flat ranging from 14 to 20 fathoms in depth, ? ch in turn is separated by a steep slope from a flat ranging from > o 10 fathoms in depth. On the windward side the respective l'ths are 26 to 34 for the deepest flat, 14 to 20 fathoms for the immediate flat, and 7 to 10 fathoms for the shallowest one. The Evrmediate flat is narrow or absent on the promontory tips on the vdward side, while it is preserved on the leeward side, strongly ft gesting, if not actually proving, that the intermediate flat is older '1q the deeper one and was cut away in exposed places while the 1 per one was forming. This evidence necessitates the deduction (H in recent geologic time the Virgin Islands, except minor differ- ^ial crustal movement in the vicinity of Anegada, have been sub- K'ged to a depth of about 20 fathoms, and that they were previously Ided to Porto Rico, a deduction completely corroborated by bio- 37149— 19— Bull. 103 7 280 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. logic evidence, for Dr. L. Stejneger says in his herpetology of Pc Kico that "St. Thomas and St. John form only a herpetological , pendix to Porto Kico/' and Dr. P. Bartsch informs me that testimony of the land mollusca is the same as that of the rept and batrachians. Indentations at depths of about 40 fathoms in outer edge of the submarine bank simulate hanging valleys that e have been formed while the sea level was 40 fathoms lower thar present. In the Virgin Islands there are three tiers of coral reefs, nam (1) on the outer edge of the deepest flat, (2) on the outer edge of intermediate flat, (3) within depths of 10 fathoms or less. The r< could not have been formed on the deepest flat while the scarp the landward side of the flat was being cut, and the other reefs clearly younger than the basements above which they rise, for t] basements existed and had had a complicated history prior the formation of the living reefs. In fact, the basements were c land surfaces during at least a part of Pleistocene time. CUBA. The principal contributors to the literature on the shore-line f nomena of Cuba are W. O. Crosby, 1 Alexander Agassiz, 2 R. T. B Vaughan and Spencer, 4 and Hayes, V aughan, and Spencer. 5 I h in papers cited on pages 271, 272 referred to some of the feature the Cuban shore line as bearing on the conditions under which the ing coral reefs off the shores of the island have formed. W. M. Di has recently alluded to the origin of the pouch-shaped harbors, 6 here it may be well to direct attention to a criticism made by in his article cited in the foot note. He says: It is, however, worth noting that the embayments here considered have a c different relation to the adjacent coral reefs from that found, according to Hi Vaughan, and Spencer, in the pouched-reef 7 harbors of Cuba: All the embayn I saw inside of sea-level barrier reefs in the Pacific islands occupy valleys older the reefs; but in Cuba the valleys, and still more the subsidence which dro\ them in producing the pouched harbors, are described by the above-named aui as younger than the elevated reefs which inclose them; and such valleys do not on the origin of the reefs, as appears from the following extract: * * The extract is followed by comment, then by a quotation f: Crosby and one from Hill, after which he says: "Without additi « Crosby, W. O., On the elevated reefs of Cuba, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., vol. 22, pp. 124-130 ! 2 Agassiz, A., A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of Cuba in the steam Wild Duck, January to April, 1893, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 108-136, 1894. a Hill, R. T., Notes on the geology of the island of Cuba, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 16, pp. 2't I 1895. 4 Vaughan, T. W., and Spencer, A. C, The geography of Cuba, Amer. Geog. Soc. Bull., vol. 34, pi | 116, 1902. * Ila3'es, C. W., Vaughan, T. W., Spencer, A. C, Report on a geological reconnaissance of Cub' 123, 1902. « Davis, W. M., A Shaler Memorial study of coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 40, pp. 2 1915. i "Pouched-reef harbors" are words not used in the publication under discussion by Professor! 1S - GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 281 i study it is impossible to say which one of these views is correct, the features of the Pacific reefs that I have seen support Hill's ■nation." I have twice published the statement that " Hayes, ighan, and Spencer have shown, as is evidenced by the pouch- 1 ped harbors of the Cuban coast and filled channels, such as the 1 merged filled channel in Habana Harbor, that the last movement " he Cuban coast has been downward with reference to sea level," that " the platform on which the Cuban reefs grow 1 has been ; lght to its present position by subsidence." These remarks ly to the present living coral reefs and not to the elevated reefs r the conditions presented by the pouch-shaped harbor is only a \ of the evidence showing recent submergence of the Cuban shore rofessor Davis's remark that £ ' all the embayments I saw inside sea-level barriers in the Pacific occupy valleys older than the s" has no application whatever to the protecting effect a fringing may have on the shore of a land during elevation subsequent he formation of a fringing reef, thereby permitting erosional icies to operate more rapidly on the softer rocks lying back j l the shore. The words in the Cuba report are: " Wherever the . litions are favorable for the growth of corals a fringing reef is W L. * * * >> a preceding pages of this paper I have shown that there were 1 reefs in Cuba in middle Oligocene time; that there were reef Is in both upper Oligocene and Miocene time (this Miocene is id upper Oligocene in the Cuba report); and that there are utocene as well as living reefs. In the Miocene La Cruz marl in u vicinity of Santiago the greatest abundance of reef corals is not \ ie present head of Santiago Harbor, but it is seaward of the town f antiago, east of La Cruz. (For a view seaward through the icth of Santiago Harbor, see pi. 71, fig. B.) Whether the coral ess are sufficiently abundant to have retarded erosion toward Knouth of the harbor, while it was more rapid on the landward d I am not prepared to say. This, however, was not a fringing ie should it be appropriately considered a reef. - to whether the elevated Pleistocene fringing reefs extended up I ie sides of the outflowing water at the harbor mouths, thereby ia taining restricted outlets, or whether channels have been cut ci>s the reefs after uplift, either of the alternatives is possible* Jfl-he mouths of bays in Antigua, channels are maintained across Vg barrier reefs, which are tied to the shore at one end; while ff irgin Gorda, a barrier reef extends perpendicularly across the p of the mouth of a submerged valley. These are living reefs, 'hh have grown up during or after submergence and are younger 1 Not italicized in the original. Note use of present tense, "grow," 282 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. than the valleys landward of them. However, as the eleva Cuban reefs under consideration are fringing reefs, it seems to more probable that they never extended across the harbor mout and I will add that the harbor basins had been formed, at leasl large part, before the development of the now elevated fring Pleistocene reefs. Crosby, in 1883, seems to have been the first one to recognize significance of the pouch-shaped harbors of Cuba. He says: 1 * * * During this period of elevation, Cuba, like most rising lands, had harbors, but when subsidence began the sea occupied the channels and basins w had been excavated and cleared out by the rivers, and thus a large number of hai came into existence. * * * They are half -drowned valleys filled to a cons able depth with land detritus, conditions which could not exist if the land was r or had risen. There are very many pouch-shaped along the Cuban coast, following table presents information on 15 of them: Principal Cuban harbors. Name. NORTH COAST. Bahia Honda Cabanas Mariel Habana Nue vitas Padre Banes Nipe Livisa and Cabonico. Tanamo Shape. Palmatelv digitate . , Trilobate Irregularly digitate.. Trilobate Bilobate Irregularly bilobate . Palmately digitate. Unequally bilobate. do Maxi- mum width, sea- miles. 1 SOUTH COAST. Baitiqueri... Guantanamo. Santiago Ensenada de Mora. Cienfuegos Irregularly bilobate . Trilobate head Irregularly dumb-bell shaped. Unilateral Unilateral. 3.00 6.00 1.50 « 2.00 7.00 7.50 3.25 8.00 5.38 5.00 1.00 '4.25 Maxi- mum known depth in chan- nel or harbor. Chan- nel length, sea- miles. Feet. 2 59 79 3 72 5 60 6 137 75 85 ic 234 " 168 156 12 33 59 68 58 13 139 1.50 .50 .60 .75 4.38 1.75 1.50 2.00 .50 .63 .18 3.75 .38 2.13 ; Height of Chan- centlar nel | within narrow- est j East part. side. Feet. 2,180 1,825 900 470 1,400 900 450 2,900 1,300 600 300 ,530 675 1,200 Feet. 30-40 160 200 Flat. Flat, s 100 8 200 50-75 120-176 590 436 230 i30 1 1 sea-mile=6,081 feet. 2 110 feet outside at channel mouth. 3 90 feet in channel mouth. * About. 5 Submerged channel 100. 6 100 feet frequent. 7 Coral rock according to A. Agassiz. 8 South. » North. 10 180 feet and over frequent. 11 150 feet frequent. 12 78 feet at mouth. 13 214 feet off Pta. Pasa Caballos. It is important to note that where the harbors are digita shape, Bahia Honda for instance, one or more streams enter digitation, and that the mouths of the streams are either emt or, in places, swamps and delta plains have formed. The p< shaped harbors are not the only indentations of the shore lin for the lower courses of all the larger streams are more or less emb m i Crosby, W. O., On the elevated reefs of Cuba, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., vol. 24, pp. 124-130 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 283 284 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. How are the harbors to be explained? Doctor Hayes anc believed we found the answer in the conditions at present exist along Yumuri River, near Matanzas. The river here empties ii the sea through a narrow gorge cut through Miocene limestone i marls (see pi. 71, fig. C). The top of the gorge is 200 feet ab( sea level, while farther back from the stream altitudes of 400 f or slightly more are attained. Above the gorge, the Yumuri i its tributary, Rio Caico, have sunk their courses through the lii stone, have removed it, and have developed wide, almost base-le valleys (see pi. 71, fig. D), on the underlying softer sandsfoj and shale. If this basin were depressed sufficiently to let the into it through Yumuri gorge a pouch-shaped harbor would result Additional evidence bearing on the problem of the origin of tl harbors was obtained from records of borings. Mr. C. A. Knowlli an engineer at Santiago, reported to us that in boring wells in valley of San Juan River, 3 miles southeast of Santiago, he fo at a depth of 70 feet below sea level what appeared to be stn gravel. Even more convincing evidence was obtained in Hab< Harbor. In the preparation of plans for a sewerage system i Military Governor had a series of borings made across the harl- This harbor occurs in a rather wide valley surrounded by a; which slope upward from sea level to an altitude of about 200 ff The borings revealed a submerged terraced valley within the wj valley and in the middle of the inner valley a channel reachin depth of more than 30 meters (about 100 feet) below sea level I text-fig. 14). The depth of the first flat above the sides of channel is about 13 meters (about 42 feet) below sea level. This i is now covered with sand and the submerged channel is filled 1 sand and clay. There are at present no known processes whe:J such a channel and terrace could be developed and then bui| except by a higher stand of the land enabling a stream to ci trench and develop a terrace, followed by a lower stand of the .x which submerged both the channel and the terrace and resultei their burial by sediment deposited over them. It appears to me that there is no escape from the interpreta made first by Crosby, that the pouch-shaped harbors are dro\» drainage basins. Before the accumulation of the data by He? Spencer, and me, Hill endeavored to explain them without a :i in height of strand-line, but after the additional information ' presented to him he abandoned his interpretation and accepted < There is a statement to this effect in a manuscript by him now irjl possession, and this citation is made with his authority. The factors producing the peculiar form of the harbors will >* be briefly considered. According to Crosby, Hill, and the accW in our report on Cuba, fringing reefs are supposed to have restried GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 285 mouths of the streams, either by growing up to the edges of the .flowing water, a channel thereby being maintained, or because of, ir greater hardness they offered greater resistance to erosion than the softer rocks on their landward side. It is my present trion that the hypothesis of the reefs having more than a secondary wrtance in the development of these features must be discarded | the following reasons: First, that such physiographic forms are lio wise dependent on the presence of coral reefs is shown by their wuency in areas underlain by Cretaceous limestones in Texas. BLcoat Valley in the southwest quarter of the Nueces quadrangle, |tas, is such a basin, with a narrow outlet into Nueces River. This isnly one of a number of instances that might be given. In phy- *Taphic form this basin and its outlet resemble the pouch-shaped labors of Cuba. Second, there is no evidence that corals had any Ire influence in Cuba than in Texas, for instance, Yumuri gorge at MLanzas is about 200 feet deep. The highest important elevated coral m rocks occur at an altitude of about 35 feet above sea level off the ||l:Sof the stream mouth. The stream has cut and maintained a gorge tbmgh about 165 feet of limestone and marl which are topographi- py above the reef and which are not coral reef rocks, but which ar bedded and were formed by other agencies. Other instances of ftie relations might be given. he conditions around the Habana Harbor are interesting in this coiection. Limestone of upper Oligocene or Miocene age occurs at he Morro and forms the higher land along the shore east of the Ml, and it outcrops at lower altitudes in the western part of the eil ; but the drainage at the south end of the harbor has cut through th limestone and exposed the underlying rocks, serpentine, rotten di'ite, etc.; and that underground solution is active is indicated by th presence of springs along the serpentine contact. The condi- tio are here favorable for erosion by both mechanical cutting and so.tion in the area lying behind, while a channel has been main- tasd across the limestone on the sea front. This basin after it Wt outlined was submerged. is intended to give a much fuller discussion of the Cuban harbors in paper now almost ready for press. The differences in form, and thi causes to which the differences are due, are worthy of far more de iled treatment than is practicable in this place. I will end this pa of the present discussion by saying that corals have in certain msinces played a subordinate role by narrowing the mouth of a ha or and by preserving a constricted outlet. That the outlets of th» basins here considered were constricted by reef rocks, now ele- y a d, is shown by the conditions in Habana and Santiago harbors, a & that similar constriction is now taking place by similar agencies 286 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is exemplified in many of the West Indian Islands. As the c rock is usually harder than the rocks on which it rests, after emergence it protects the narrow exit behind which erosion is n rapid and enlarges the basin. From the remarks already made it appears unnecessary to dis specially which are the older — the drainage basins occupied by harbors or the coral reefs now elevated about 30 feet. Howe that the Santiago basin is older than the coastal soborruco is sh by finding the soborruco within the harbor mouth; and as I f recent species of reef corals, apparently in place, on the east sid Habana Harbor, south of the Morro, at a height of 30 feet above level, the 30-foot reef seems to extend into the mouth of Hat Harbor. The valleys are clearly older. On page 264 of this pap special point was made of the unconformity between the elev Pleistocene reefs and the underlying Miocene material and the ference was drawn that the reefs were formed during subsidence erosion of the basement under them. This is precisely the inter pi tion Professor Davis had made of the relations in the elevated of the New Hebrides, but it seems such relations may develop in same cycle, and, in my opinion, they are of slight importance in bearing on the general theory of coral-reef formation. The Isle of Pines furnishes important information on changes ii level around Cuba. This island is nearly opposite Habana, 60 r south of the south coast of Cuba, from which it is separated by "ttiJ less than 10 fathoms deep. It comprises two parts, a southern w ch is mostly swamp, and a northern which is topographically hi| er. The surface of the northern division is mostly a plain, real ft peneplain (see pi. 72, fig. A), above whose surface stand monadn kfl of harder rocks (pi. 72, fig. B). This island is very different m the main island for, as no Tertiary or Cretaceous marine dep its are known to occur on it, it appears to have remained above W level during these periods, but it has experienced the later chaies of sea level which affected the larger island and during Pleisto n* time it was joined to Cuba. The peneplain was formed at a \m level than that at which it now stands, it was then sufficiently upl ed to permit streams to cut into it, and has then been depre )d, thereby drowning the mouths of the streams, but not bringing h« plain surface so low as it formerly stood (pi. 72, fig. C). m coast line of the Isle of Pines and that of Cuba immediately nor (■ it both are indented by the embayment of stream mouths thr gh geologically recent submergence. That the Isle of Pines was joined to Cuba during Pleistocene a»i is shown convincingly by its land fauna. Every species of re]ik> except one, found on it, Dr. L. Stejneger informs me, is know to occur in Cuba, and two species of the mammalian genus Capr GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 287 :| common to both. Dr. Paul Bartsch tells me that the Isle of ies is only "a chunk of Cuba" and that its land Mollusca represent liunal area as closely related to the faunal areas of Cuba as are I different faunal areas in Cuba to one another; that is, faunally, I Isle of Pines is simply a portion (a faunal area) of Cuba. There- in, it is clear that the Isle of Pines has been severed from Cuba in I latest Pleistocene or Recent geologic time. irractically all the Cuban shore line has now been considered except «t on the north side of the Province of Pinar del Rio, within the ^torados Reefs. Guadiana Bay is a nearly typical estuarine em- 'fcment, while slighter embayment of other stream mouths is licated, and lines of islands extend seaward from some headlands. ih shore line clearly indicates submergence. Mr. J. B. Henderson ■i Doctor Bartsch, however, tell me that there is positive evidence f ainor uplift west of Guadiana Bay. 1 •t'he Cuban shore line as a whole shows evidence of Recent or latest "Aistocene submergence, and this submergence has influenced the federn coral-reef development. f tegarding the amount of Recent submergence of the Cuban shore l . reference to the table on page 282 shows that there is close ac- llance in the depths of the channels or harbors, except certain ■As that will be discussed later. These indicate that prior to the fi submergence the land stood about 100 feet or slightly more, iVut 20 fathoms, higher than at present. The amount of emergence wild establish a broad land connection with the Isle of Pines. J uhe discrepant harbors are Nuevitas Bay, which shows an excess i:only about 27 feet, Nipe and Tanamo bays, and the channel cling from Livisa and Cabonico bays, on the north coast, and Onfuegos on the south coast. The harbors with the discrepant d tths on the north coast all occur on the north side of the Province o.Oriente and at the eastern end of the Province of Camaguey. Joy seem to indicate deeper submergence than at other places and tit the submergence has not been uniform in amount for the entire cf be land during Pleistocene time at least 228 feet higher than at >r.ent. Shattuck 3 and Miller accept a higher stand of 300 feet, ©Wed by submergence of 300 feet, and conclude that this move- R< t in strand-line position was followed by emergence, to an amount >ev'een 15 and 20 feet. From my own experience in the Bahamas ^h last change in the position of strand line was accompanied by n or differential crustal movement. For instance, at Nicollstown Lilt, Andros Island, a sea cave stands at such a height above the *e>as to show conclusively an elevation of 18 feet above the position • Mis.Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 41-42, 1894. J ughan, T. W., Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 13, p. 229, 1915. 'jattuek, G. B., and Miller, B. L., Physiography and geology of the Bahama Islands, The Bahama Islj s, pp. 19, 20, 1905. 292 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. at which it was formed; but 4,000 feet southeast of the cave elevation is only about 4 feet in amount. I have given more in 1 mation on this minor uplift in the paper referred to in the footnc Agassiz, Shattuck, and Miller, and I agree as to the geol cally Recent submergence of the Bahamas. The accompanying diagram (text-fig. 17) indicates the relat: of the barrier reef off the west side of Andros Island to the platf< on the edge of which it is growing. This reef is growing on the € of a platform that had stood above sea level at least as much as ' feet. It was perforated by solution wells and then submerged, perforations in the platform show that it antedates the barrier i and that its formation is not dependent on agencies associated \ the presence of the reef. There is here another instance of a formed during or after submergence, and superposed on the sur of an antecedent platform. Old oolite Fig. 17.— Diagrammatic section across the barrier reef, Andros Island, Bahamas. The relative importance of the constructional role of the lr reef will be briefly mentioned. The Pleistocene oolite of the Baha is not coral-reef rock, as was contended by A. Agassiz. It is comjN of calcium carbonate chemically precipitated on extensive subma flats. 2 I have several times published the estimate "that on An< Island, Bahamas, the ratio of the constructive work of the pra reef to that of agencies that previously resulted in the formation the Pleistocene oolite is approximately as 1 to several thousand; as a constructive agent, chemical precipitation has been sev thousand times more effective in forming limestone than corals." Before passing to the discussion of the next area it should pointed out that the amount of submergence of the Bahamas, » Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 13, p. 229, 1915. 2 For the most recent discussions of this subject, see Vaughan, T. W., Some shoal-water bottom sa from Murray Island, etc., Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, pp. 277-280, 1918; Chemical and oi deposits of the sea, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 28, pp. 933-944, 1918. a Wash. Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 4, pp. 26, 27, 1914; Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 279, 191< GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 293~ is greater than that, about 120 feet, indicated for the areas idy considered, unless the notches in the outer edges of the St. Lin Plateau and the Virgin Bank really indicate a position of sea . 40 fathoms lower than present sea level. BERMUDAS. exander Agassiz has given a good account of proto-Bermuda, that the extent and general physical character of the Bermudas pre- 3 to the submergence that has left the group in very nearly the in which we now know it. 1 Recently Prof. L. V. Pirsson has con- .ted two highly valuable articles to the literature on the geology le islands, basing his interpretations largely upon a study of >les from a well bored in Southampton Parish, on the slope of a ibout a mile west of the lighthouse on Gibbs Hill, from a height 5 feet above sea level to a depth of 1,413 feet below the surface, a depth of 1,278 feet below sea level. 2 |.ere were penetrated in the well mentioned three major classes aterial, as follows: (1) From the surface to a depth 383 feet v it, limestone; (2) from 383 feet to 600 feet, oxidized volcanic rial; (3) below 600 feet to 1,413 feet, with one slight exception, tic, usually black lava. Pirsson concludes the first of his two Kes with the following statement: Itppears to the writer that what has been learned regarding the history of the '.ruda volcano has an important bearing on the question of the way in which the B'ms on which coral islands, barrier reefs and atolls are situated, have been .It I. There is of course nothing new in the idea that these may be volcanic in gi only in Bermuda we have once more a positive demonstration of the fact. We |Cilso seen that, provided the volcanic masses are of sufficient antiquity, they iy 'ven though* of great size, have been reduced to sea level, furnishing platforms .ife extent. As mentioned above, such masses reduced to sea level would con- Bi o project from the ocean abysses indefinitely and many of them may be of great pl^.c age. There is nothing in the mere size of any of the atolls of the Pacific which (U, preclude their being placed on the stumps of former volcanic masses; it is not teied to assert by this that the foundation in every case is necessarily a volcanic I. If such masses have once been brought down to sea level and continue to exist -I rat level changes within limits from time to time by warpings in different places th';ea floor, or by an accumulation of ice on the lands and its melting, as suggested ■ffiy, then conditions of shallow water over them may be established suitable for eii olonization by those organisms concerned in the production of the so-called rabefs, which may be formed under the conditions postulated by Vaughan. I' was the understanding between Professor Pirsson and me that sluld prepare a report on the calcium-carbonate samples. The Ucing is a preliminary statement, accompanied by determinations itb Foraminifera by Dr. Joseph A. Cushman. M ;iz, Alexander, A visit to the Bermudas in March, 1894, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 273- fepL 1895. Pi m, L. V., Geology of Bermuda Island, I. The igneous platform, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 38, •Woe; II. Petrology of the lavas, Idem., pp. 331-344, 1914. 294 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Preliminary description of the limestone samples and list of species of Foraminifera the Bermuda well. No. of specimen and depth below surface. Description. Species of Foraminifera (0-6 feet) 2 (61-110 feet) 3 (110-216 feet) 4 (216-241 feet) 5 (241-286 feet) 6 (286-331 feet) 7 (331-341 feet) 8 (341-383 feet) Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite; most of the constituent particles angular; largely or mostly broken remains of organisms; occasional small round grains 0.10 mm. or less in diameter, may be aggregates of chemically precipitated calcium carbonate. Largely or mostly an organic limestone. Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite; constituent particles most- ly angular, Foraminifera and broken tests of other organisms present; a few rounded grains 0.04 mm. or less in diameter, may be aggre- gates of chemically precipitated material. Largely or mostly an organic limestone. Light cream-colored limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite, apparently but little ara- gonite; largely a recrystallized limestone, without conspicuous grains; some small pock- ets contain pulverulent calcium carbonate; some pieces granular. A few grains 0.05 to 0.8 mm. in diameter resemble small oolite grains. The rock is mostly a foraminiferal limestone, the Foraminifera embedded in a cryptocrystalline matrix. Whitish limestone, very slight yellowish tinge, some blackish particles; mixture of aragonite and calcite ; specimen consists mostly of broken rock fragments; an occasional small pebble, one 2.5 mm. as maximum diameter; constit- uent material largely organic, Foraminifera. fragments of mollusks, shells, etc. Most small particles angular; a few less than 0.12 mm. appear oolitic. One 0.09 by 0.17 mm. in size had form of an oolitic ellipsoid . Mostly an organic limestone. Whitish, faintly yellowish, pulverulent lime- stone; mixture of calcite and aragonite. Com- paratively few tests of organisms, some Fora- minifera, many small rounded grains and cryptocrystalline material. Some of the round grains appear oolitic; one of these is 0.11 by 0.15 mm. in size. It appears that a consider- able proportion of this bed is a chemical pre- cipitate, White, pulverulent limestone; mixture of cal- cite and aragonite. No organic tests were ob- served. Round grains up to 0.1 or 0.2 mm. appear to be oolite; small round grains 0.04 mm. in diameter. Much cryptocrystalline material. This bed appears to be largely a chemical precipitate. White, friable limestone; mixture of calcite and aragonite. Round grains which range in di- ameter from 0.22 to 0.45 mm., may be oolitic. Small grains, 0.09 mm. in diameter seem defi- nitely oolitic. Besides the rounded, there are broken angular grains and much cryptocrys- talline material. Few. or no organic tests. This appears to be largely a chemical precip- itate. Light-colored, earthy, yellowish-gray, impure limestone; some iron pyrites; mostly calcite, if aragonite is present the proportion is small. Many Foraminifera, Nummulites, fragments of coral. Bryozoa, etc.; many rounded grains which may be dctrital; no definitely oolitic grains were observed. A thin section shows many Foraminifera embedded in a cryptocrys- talline matrix. This bed is an impure, forami- niferal, shoal water limestone. It may con- tain some chemically precipitated material. Textularia agglutinans d'Orbij Polystomella striatopunctata . & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbig] Quinqueloculina reticulata d'O: Q. oblonga Montagu. Q. auberiana d'Orbigny. Peneroplis pertusus Forskal. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & H Textularia agglutinans d'Orbi Polystomella striatopunctata & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbig Quinqueloculina reticulata d'O Q. auberiana d'Orbigny. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & 1 Clavulina angularis d'Orbignj Planorbulina larvata Parker i Truncatulina species. Polystomella striatopunctata & Moll. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbig Triloculina cf. T. circularis mann. Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & Truncatulina species. Pulvinulina canariensis d'Orb Polystomella striatopunctata ■ & Moll. Polystomella species. Amphistegina lessonii d'Orbig Triloculina linneana d'Orbigi Orbiculina adunca Fichtel & 1 JBolivina species. Truncatulina species. Discorbis vilardeboana d'Orbij Amphistegina species. Quinqueloculina reticulata d'C Biloculina species. None reported. Amphistegina species. Nummulites species. R I: GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 295 s examination reveals three kinds of limestone, the uppermost ich subsequently may be subdivided. The three divisions are Lows: .cimens 1-4 (0-241 feet) represent a limestone which is largely or y of organic origin, but which may contain a few grains of cally precipitated material. This corresponds to the upper 1 division recognized by Cushman. cimens 5-7 (241-341 feet) represent a pulverulent limestone, Dsed of rounded grains imbedded in finely crystalline material, i rains in their size and shape resemble oolite, and some grains d with greater or less distinctness suggestions of oolitic struc- The foraminiferal fauna is meager, but it differs from that of lens 1-4 and the underlying bed represented by specimen 8. ins safe to draw the inference that this division of the lime- is in part, at least, a chemical precipitate, cimen 8 (341-383 feet) represents an impure, foraminiferal, t limestone, or a calcareous marl, in which there may be some cally precipitated material. This bed is the uppermost in the Nummulites reported by Cushman occur. It was also in the underlying bed No. 9, 383-393 feet. Probable geologic age of the limestone in the Bermuda well. [Height of well mouth above sea level, 135 feet.] amples. Probable geologic age. 1-241 feet Recent and Pleistocene. 11-286 feet Pliocene or Miocene. 151-341 feet Nothing determinable. pl-393 feet Oligocene or Eocene (Nummulites). b)3-485 feet Eocene? (no Nummulites). b outline of the geologic history of the Bermudas subsequent pc volcanic activity seems to be as follows : )>7149— 19— Bull. 103 8 296 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Until the specimens of Nummulites from the Bermuda well ] been identified with species of known stratigraphic position a i definite statement can not be made. It appears safe to assigi Eocene or pre-Eocene age to the Bermudian volcanic activity. The calcareous sediments, therefore, began to accumulate < submerged volcanic basement in Eocene or lower Oligocene t and the submergence progressed until the basement, in prob Miocene time, was entirely blanketed by calcareous deposits feet thick, which differ in their physical aspect both from the ur lying nummulitic rock and the overlying organic limestone, rock is probably in considerable part a chemical precipitate, well samples indicate no stratigraphic break at either its top base. The limestone from a depth of 241 feet to the surface is a s] water, organic deposit, in which living species of Foraminiferg abundant. Its age is probably Pleistocene, although the lower may prove to be Pliocene. The shoal-water nature of the limes indicates continued slow subsidence. The subsidence which apparently had been interrupted b; period of emergence since Oligocene time was succeeded in Pk cene time by uplift to an amount of probably more than 100 All the surface rock of the Bermudas except some in areas of elevation is considered by the»geologists who have visited the is] to be eolian deposits. However, certain of the published illu tions suggest that in some exposures there are in the bedding zontal planes intersecting the inclined layers. Cross-bedding bet horizontal planes is a structure characteristic of shoal-water or 1 deposits but not of eolian deposits. A more critical study o bedding of the Bermudian rocks may discriminate elevated ( bedded water-laid and eolian deposits. However this may b( period of uplift under consideration was the time of the Greater muda, which has been admirably described by William North *8 ilarge plain west of Tortugas, ranges in depth from 28 fathoms on its landward to 36 thorns on its seaward edge, and has an east and west width of 10 miles. The 15 to fathom flat is especially well developed south and southwest of Tortugas. It is lj mghan, T. W., and Shaw, E. W., Geologic investigations of the Florida coral-reef tract, Carnegie l ^ Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 232-238, 1916. s al communication of Mr. Samuel Sanford. I 298 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. separated by a scarp from the 28 to 36 fathom flat, and by another scarp from shallower levels in Tortugas. The presence of the continuous scarp from Coalbin B to off the west end of the Quicksands, with a depth of 25 to 30 fathoms at its foot, the presence of a terrace 28 to 36 fathoms deep, 10 miles wide, and bounded on its 1; $2X 1 [i ift. '■: Grass , . . . y ^.y orris' Cut 4 3i ! : 16 31 SS= ! • . , ■:,-?>.■■£■/ 3! 4 ! 41 , ^; 3i Hi* 3^| 7. ""17 /»J ^ |4i 3} 3 * j Am. 10* 3l4f-3i 51 » I 4 V 14 „ ./ 3| 34 ■- J4 31 31 4 ,* 31 31 41 H I6 ^1 W !*31 ** « •» . v:ao< j 41 J 31 h 16; «**. g 4 . 5i LP TO WEFfiT '-A 3s? *» 61 •41 7| iit>^5 Cape Florida; V< "IV"'.' VI ;•' 3 " fl* 3 . 41 41 !3l. 3i 31 4 « JW* 4 f *, 3 * 4 1 «1 7 2 # 1^.^ 3> 3131%) |31 - V 2 V41 ! 71 ft / " {/f li\i^ 17. W Sl(l8 ^,,-^ C |H j »* Fig. 18.— Chart of northern end of fi.omdian harrier reef. From United States coas geodetic survey chart no. 165. ward margin by a similar 6carp, suggest that the portion of the Florida reef trad of Key West at one time stood some 20 fathoms higher than now, while the 15 j fathom terraces suggest another, shallower stand of sea level. Although the tracing of the oscillations of the Florida reef tract can not ncjbfl made in detail, it seems probable that it at one time stood more than 120 feet h ier GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 299 I at present (and has been submerged to a similar amount). Besides the suggested zt swing there have been intermediate stands of sea level and numerous minor lations. The last movement of importance was one of submergence, but subse. ;it to it there has been a minor uplift of some 10 feet or slightly more in the vicinity iami. 'he accompanying figure (fig. 18) shows that the flat that the living rier-reef margins or above which coral-reef patches rise extends ond the northern reef limits, near Fowey Rocks. The living bar- reef has developed seaward of the Pleistocene barrier near the edge , previously prepared platform, for the continuity of the platform spective of the presence of the reefs shows that its origin is inde- dent of them. CAMPECHE BANK. 'he best known reef on the Campeche Bank is Alacran Reef, which i described by A. Agassiz in considerable detail in 1888. 1 (See 73, photograph of model.) Heilprin in 1891 2 said regarding 4 ,atan, "the evidence is all but conclusive that there has been i nt subsidence"; but I am unable to discover in his article the is of this opinion. Dr. C. W. Hayes orally informed me shortly >re his deeply lamented death that there is clear evidence of int submergence around Terminos Lake at the base of the penin- i; on its west side. The lagoons between Progreso and Holbox Ind are strongly suggestive of submergence. There is. a steeper ke between about 20 and 28 on the outer edge of the bank, indi- ting change in position of sea level by submergence, similar to the f age already recorded for St. Thomas and other West Indian II ids. l this connection the following quotation from Alexander Agassiz f. be introduced : 3 '. fact, what I have seen so far in my exploration of the coral reefs of the West Indies f c d show that wherever coral reefs occur, and of whatever shape, they form only a onaratively thin growth upon the underlying base, and are not of great thickness. H lorida they rest upon the limestones which form the basis of the great peninsula, toie Yucatan Bank they are underlain by a marine limestone. In Cuba they abut the Tertiary limestones of its shore. Along Honduras, the Mosquito Coast, and tH.orth shore of South America they grow upon extensive banks or shoals, parts of tnhore plateau of the adjoining continent, where they find the proper depth. doubt if there is any one bold enough to claim that Campeche Si k has been formed by infilling behind a barrier reef, for it is too •biously due to a large gentle flexure of the earth crust or some ftr kind of broad structural uplift, and that in suitable places o 1 grows on the surface of the submarine plateau formed in the a* ner indicated. E. W. Shaw 4 collected a few bottom samples 6 to Agassiz, A., Three cruises of the Blake, vol. 1, p. 71, 1888. Heilprin, A., Geological researches in Yucatan, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. for 1891, p. 148. 5 Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 26, p. 172, 1894. Shaw, E. W., Oral communication . 300 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 8 miles off shore at Progreso, and in these he found only two fragmei of coral, the main mass of the samples heing shell fiagments. HONDURAN REEFS. Although this is an important barrier reef, its length being sea-miles, I know of no adequate published description ot it, noi any published account of the shore line or of the oscillations of strand line behind it. The configuration of Honduras Bay and the Gulf of Dulce, which lies inland from it and is connected wit by a waterway, as well as that of Chetumal Bay, points clearly submergence. The reef occupies the outer edge of a platform 1( 22 miles wide and is separated from the shore by a channel frorc to 33 fathoms deep. This is a remarkably continuous barrier r but it shows discontinuity at its southern end and therefore evide of superposition. MOSQUITO BANK. Hayes, although he was not giving particular attention to c reefs, has made one of the finest studies of a shore line in a c(j reef area as yet published. 1 The following is quoted from article : 2 7. In middle Tertiary time the region was elevated and subjected to long-conti subaerial degradation, and the narrower portion of the isthmus was reduced to a plain, with monadnocks at the divide near the axis. There is no evidence that communication has existed between the two oceans across this portion of the ist since the middle Tertiary uplift. 8. In post-Tertiary time the region was again elevated and the previously deve : peneplain deeply trenched. 9. A recent slight subsidence has drowned the lower courses of the river vsl and the estuaries thus formed have subsequently been filled with alluvial de] i J. E. Spurr furnished me a note 3 confirming Hayes's dedu regarding the submergence of the lower courses of the stream the east coast of Nicaragua. Subsequently I had profiles d! across Mosquito Bank (see text fig. 11, page 275). 4 These indi submergence to an amount of about 20 fathoms. As on Mos Bank there is a submerged terrace front between about 20 aij fathoms in depth, the bank had to exist previous to formati- that feature, and as the living reefs grow on the shallower which according to available evidence was out of water duri l least a part of Pleistocene time, they are necessarily superpos an antecedent basement. Furthermore, the enormous area c| Hat and the relatively small areas occupied by living reefs, le the same conclusion — that is, the living reefs are merely growil parts of a submarine plateau where conditions favor their life. 1 Hayes, ('. W„ Physiography and geology of region adjacent to the Nicaragua Canal route, Cj Amcr. Bull., vol. 10, pp. 285-348, pis. 30-32, 1899. « Idem, p. 348. 3 Amer. Geog. Soc. Bull., vol. 46, p. 429, 1914. < Wash. Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, pp. 57, 62, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 301 lie shore-line phenomena of Panama and Costa Rica have been lifully described by D. F. MacDonald in his forthcoming report ■he physiography and geology of the Canal Zone and adjacent 13. His conclusions in general accord with those I have expressed k»ther areas. SOME OTHER WEST INDIAN ISLANDS. t T. Hill in 1899 1 pointed out "that Jamaica was once a more tiasive land than now, with benched and terraced margins which 1 submerged by subsidence," and that "similar submerged bis are now occupied by the growing reefs around the island." I appears to hold the view that the reefs were formed during It, after submergence, and as regards the elevated fringing reefs ■leve he is correct. In fact, Mr. Meinzer and I make a similar fcpretation of the conditions under which the coral-reef terraces jliba were formed. But, it seems to me that the barrier reef off lint Point, Jamaica, has been formed after an episode of sub- feence. The pouch-shaped harbors of Jamaica suggest that pderable stretches of the Jamaica shore line have undergone scit submergence. dhave compiled information on the shore lines of other West Kin islands, but to present more seems unnecessary. Possibly lot a reef off the southeast side of Barbados, all the off-shore k Indian reefs on which I have obtained information have red on preexisting flats or plateaus during or after an episode of itiergence. BRAZIL AND ARGENTINA. Lrbert M. Smith, 2 it seems, was the first to recognize evidence of il tergence on the east coast of South America, and Rich 3 has hp a pertinent application of Smith's observations and deductions \-e coral-reef problem. Smith says: BUi an estuary as I have described could only have been formed by the subsidence tl land over a great area, and the encroachment of the sea on some former Amazons d 3 tributaries. Iiring late geologic time there is in the region of the Amazon I nee of a higher followed by a lower stand on the land, lanner has made the most careful study of the shore line of tel, and summarizes his conclusions as follows: 4 3- lthough no changes of level are known to have taken place within the historic fi , there are evidences of both elevation and depression of the Brazilian coast in « eologic times. M Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 36, pp. 99, 100. S) h, Herbert M., Notes on the physical geography of the Amazon Valley, Amer. Naturalist, vol. P' '7-37, 1885. R , John L., The physiography of the lower Amazon Valley as evidence bearing on the coral-reef to i, Science, new ser., vol. 45, pp. 589-590, June 8, 1917. B .ner, John Casper, The stone reefs of Brazil, their geological and geographical relations, with a *" on the coral reefs, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 44, pp. 168, 169, 1904. ,302 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 9. The evidences of depression consist of: (a) The open bays: Rio de Janeiro and Bahia. (6) The partly choked-up bays, such as Santos and Victoria. (c) The coast lakes formed by the closing of the mouths of estuaries such as Manguaba, Lagoa do Norte, Jiquia, Sinimbu, etc. (d) Embayments altogether filled up. (e) The islands along the coast are nearly all close in shore and have the appea of having been formed by depression of the land. (/) The buried rock channels at Parahyba, now filled with mangrove swam mud, show a depression of at least twelve metres since those channels were cu (g) Wind-bedded sand below tide level on Fernando de Noronba. 10. The evidences of elevation consist of: (a) Elevated sea beaches especially well shown about the Bay of Bahia, anc the coast of the State of Bahia. (6) Marine terraces about Ilheos in the State of Bahia. These are abou metres above tide level. (c) Horizontal lines of disintegration about one metre above high tide in g and gneisses at and about Victoria, State of Espirito Santo. . (d) Burrows of sea urchins so far above low tide that sea" urchins can not ni in them. These are well shown at Pedras Pretas on the coast of Pernambuco. 11. Of the two movements the depression has been much the greater and t earlier. 12. The great depression probably took place in early Pliocene times Additional evidence in support of the submergence of the Brsj coast is given by O. P. Jenkins. 1 That the last dominant shift in the position of the strand 1 eastern Brazil was by submergence, it seems to me, is incontrove]| and that the Brazilian reefs are merely growing on the surfac submerged continental shelf is too obvious to need defense. Inl relations the Brazilian reefs accord with all other American of j reefs, perhaps with the exception of the Barbadian reef sp(| mentioned on page 301. Professor Branner dates the submejl whereby the Brazilian harbors were brought into being, as Pli» whereas the submergence in the other areas discussed is c| Recent. Without definite evidence I should not be justified in the drowning a later date than that assigned to it by Professor Br jl but I now know that I assigned too great antiquity to some p graphic features I considered about the same time that he was eij on his work on the Brazilian stone reefs ; for instance, the higher terraces are Pleistocene and not Pliocene, as I said in the Cuba previously cited. May not the antiquity of the submergence f& Brazilian coast be less than Professor Branner inferred? both the submergence and the minor uplift following it be) Pleistocene in age ? Should the two events mentioned be geol< Recent, the shore-line history of Brazil would parallel that of | Central America. I Jenkins, O. P., Geology of tho region about Natal, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, Amer. Pf Proc, vol. 52, pp. 431-465, 1913. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 303 Willis has directed attention to two areas of submergence by down- rping along the Argentine coast, namely, the embayment of the p de la Plata and Bahia Blanca; 1 but Barrell is of the opinion, from i character of the submarine profiles, that there has been sub- jrgence of the coast subsequent to the warping. 2 That there has m in late geologic time a rising of ocean level on the Argentine ^st seems a justified deduction. ATLANTIC COAST OF THE UNITED STATES NORTH OF FLORIDA. That the last shift in position of strand line from the Georgia- )rida line at least to Narraganset Bay has been by submergence is clearly shown by drowned stream mouths, resulting in estuaries d harbors, is so well known to geologists that no detailed presenta- n of evidence is necessary. Northward from near Boston there 3 been subsequent to submergence, emergence, probably due to istal rebound after deglaciation and relief of the pressure exerted the superincumbent continental glaciers. PES OF WEST INDIAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN LITTORAL AND SUBLITTORAL PROFILES AND THEIR RELATIONS TO CORAL REEFS. [n my paper on littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of } Virgin and northern Leeward islands, 3 I pointed out that there a four types of sublittoral profiles in the West Indies (see fig. 19) tfoUows: (1) That found off volcanic islands, such as Saba, into the ,es of which the sea has cut relatively narrow platforms; (2) fault me profiles, such as the north side of St. Croix; (3) wide undersea Its, where planation agencies have long been active, as off Anguilla f d north of St. Thomas; (4) submarine banks, such as Saba, Pedro, Id Rosalind, which have no bordering land, and whose upper sur- ffces lie between 9 and 30 fathoms below sea level. All of these ;fcas have undergone geologically Recent submergence. Where jti the offshore reefs occur ? IjiThere is no barrier reef on the fault slope on the north side of ft. Croix. No reef started as a fringing reef, then increased in thick- «3S and grew seaward so as to form a prism of coral-reef rock $d material caught behind the reef, so as to become converted i cording to the Darwinian hypothesis into a barrier reef; but tuere ia barrier off the south side of the island, where gently dipping lime- ones pass below the sea and produce a platform on the surface of ^lich at the proper depth a barrier reef has formed. Off the fault sore of the south side of Oriente province, Cuba, there is no barrier Hf, but farther west, between Cape Cruz and Trinidad where there Willis, Bailey, Geologic notes, in Hrdlicka, A., Early man in South America, Bur. Amer. Ethn. Bull. ' -fi?p. 16-18, 1912. Barrell, , Joseph, Factors in movements of the strand line and their results in the Pleistocene and post- 1 stocene, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 40, p. 6, 1915. Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, pp. 53-66, 1916. 304 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is a submerged flat underlain by gently dipping limestones there offshore reefs, some of which have the barrier form. Where tb are extensive offshore flats at the proper depths, if the other ecolo conditions are favorable, reef corals grow upon the surface of flats and form either patches, stacks, or barriers. Sea level W 1,000 1,000 No.l Sea level No.2 . ... Sea level "8-B SABA ISLAND Sea level NORTH SIDE OF ST THOMAS. 2 4 6 8 i i i i i i . i i i nautical miles NORTH SIDE OF ST.CROI* 2*66 Nautical miles EAST COAST OF ANGUILLA Sea /eve/ PEDRO BANK Sea. level ROSALIND SANK FUNAFUTI ATOLL FIG. 19. — TYPES OF WEST INDIAN SUBLITTORAL PROFILES AND PROFILE OF FUNAFUTI ATOLL. It seems that no one would try to explain Saba, Rosalind, or P(i Bank as the result of infilling behind barrier reefs. They are sub rine plateaus, leveled by planation agencies, which almost certa| were both subaerial and submarine, and they have been submerge' Recent geologic time. There is a rather meagre growth of reef co| on their windward sides; but these banks are scientifically of g.- importance, for, except that the coral growth is not so luxuri; they essentially duplicate the great atolls in the Pacific. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 305 ERGED BANKS NORTH OF THE CORAL REEF ZONE IN THE WESTERN ATLANTIC OCEAN. aat there are off the Atlantic coast of Central and North America, h of the temperature zone in which coral reefs now exist, sub- ne banks at suitable depth below sea level for the growth of reef- dng corals, has been stated in several of my papers. 1 There are submarine banks projecting seaward from the eastern part of iral and North America. Named in order from the south north- 1 these banks are, first, three on which there are coral reefs, ely, Mosquito Bank off Nicaragua and Honduras, Campeche k off Yucatan, and the Floridian Plateau; and, second, three on ;h there are no coral reefs, namely, Georges Bank, the banks off the t of Nova Scotia, and the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. The ence of such banks is entirely independent of corals, but corals grow on the surface of such banks where the necessary ecologic litions prevail. [ARY OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE AMERICAN FOSSIL AND LIVING CORAL REEFS FORMED. The elevated Pleistocene fringing reefs of the West Indies are rated by erosion unconformities at their bases from the geologic nations that they overlie, but they were usually, if not invariably, lied during intermittent uplift following considerable depression. The offshore reefs, whether forming parts of more or less bedded Liations or forming patches, stacks, or barriers of living reef, were i,ied during or after submergence, as is shown in the case of the til reefs by unconformable basal contacts wiierever basal contacts \d be studied, and in the case of the living reefs by a great variety evidence indicating geologically Recent submergence. ; The offshore reefs grew T upon or are growing upon antecedent I, only a small part of the surface of which was or is covered by B. The flats existed prior to the submergence during or after :h the reefs developed. Corals are constructional geologic agents help build up the sea bottom, but the large flats on which they tv would exist were there no corals. Such flats are not confined ohe temperature zone in which corals live. . The submergence of the basements of the fossil reefs seems more e.onably explained as the result of differential crust al movement; R the development of the living reefs seems in large part a result ideologically Recent rise in the stand of ocean level, for nearly the Kre eastern shore of the Americas from Argentina on the south to 1 e Cod on the north exhibits evidence of Recent submergence, after w ch there has been in some places minor emergence by differential I ital movement. The amount of the submergence usually seems 1 ience,new ser., vol. 41, pp. 508, 509, April 2, 1915; Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 26, pp. 58-60, 1915; Amer W.. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 41, p. 134. 1916; Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 238, 1916. 306 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to be about 20 fathoms, but in places some facts indicate that maximum is between 30 and 40 fathoms. Although more accu| investigations of the amount of the submergence are needed, available evidence accords with the hypothesis that glacial conti one of the important factors in bringing about the formatio living coral reefs. Coral reefs of the Pacific Ocean. It is manifestly impracticable to consider in this chapter more a few of the important reefs of the Pacific Ocean. Those sele for discussion are the Great Barrier of Australia, the barrier ree New Caledonia, and those off the Fiji and Society islands. Fii a few paragraphs will be devoted to atolls. GREAT BARRIER REEF OF AUSTRALIA. The literature on the Great Barrier Eeef is very extensive, includes contributions from numbers of investigators, among w Jukes, Saville-Kent, H. B. Guppy, Alexander Agassiz, A. C. Had Wood Jones, E. C. Andrews, C. Hedley and Griffith Taylor, E worth David, W. M. Davis, and A. G. Mayer may be mentic R. A. Daly and I have based statements regarding it upon ci graphic studies. No attempt will 'here be made to review all literature, and attention will be mostly confined to those papers ij in my opinion, correctly interpret the relations of the reef. Andrews in 1902 published a remarkable paper 1 on the shore of Queensland and the platform on which the Great Barrier stands. This paper contains an excellent account of the phy raphy of the Queensland coast, applying the deductions based the physiographic study to the conditions under which the developed, and in it is recognized the significance of a con tin platform and an interrupted reef. Because of the embayed s line Andrews correctly inferred submergence of the Australian tinental shelf, and he makes the important statement: * * * the continuance in width of the shelf southwards of the limits of (coralline), and the great shoals thereon, points to a minor part only of the shelf formed ofc coral growth. 2 A few years later Hedley and Griffith Taylor published a vail! paper on the same subject. 3 They accepted Andrews's dedu< » Andrews, E. O, Prelininary note on the geology of the Queensland coast with references geography of the Queensland and N. S. Wales Plateau, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Proc. for 1902, pt 146-185, 1902. 2 Idem, p. 177. a Hedley, C, and Taylor, T. Griffith, Coral reefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland: A study < structure, life distribution, and relation to mainland physiography," Australasian Assoc. Adv. So: laide Meeting, Jan. 1907, pp. 394-413, 3 pis. 1908. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 307 ding submergence and devoted particular attention to the s of wind-induced currents in shaping atoDs. They also say: ay be allowed, though Darwin deprecated the idea, that the continental shelf ady prepared with numerous banks representing eroded islands, just reaching lin the required distance of the surface, when the first coral builders came. 1 a subsequent page they add: tever the history of the Great Barrier Reef was, the reefs of the Coral Sea, such 3U Reefs, Flinders Reefs, and Herald Cays, shared in it. 2 ave stated in one of my papers : 3 nspection of the admiralty charts for the eastern coast of Australia shows con- ly that the platform on which the Great Barrier Reef of Australia stands has 56te m//es Profiles across continental shelf, east side of Australia. The latitude at the inter- fn of each profile with the shore line is followed by a statement of the direction of tofile from the shore. t of the southern end of the great barrier pveef: )m shore east of leading hlll, s. lat. 25° 26' 15", south 82° east. )M base of Sandy Cape, S. Lat. - 24°, 53' 40", North 68° East. bM Toowong Hill, S. Lat. 24° 22' 4", North 45° East, passing between Lady Elliot and ADY MUSGROVE ISLANDS. is the Great Barrier Reef: )M Rodd Peninsula, S. Lat. 24° 0' 0", North 50° East. )M Georges Point, Hinchinbrook Island, S. Lat. 18° 25' 40", North 72° 30' East. itence independent of the Great Barrier Reef, and that corals have established Ives on this platform where the conditions favorable for their life are realized. Ely has given cross -sections of the Australian shelf both south of d cross the Great Barrier Reef in two of his papers, 4 and I have esited a series of cross-sections in one of mine, 5 both of us basing I rofiles on the British Admiralty charts. There is one important -t hown by both Daly's and my profiles, but which Daly seems I ) have emphasized. It is that the platform not only continues Cc ieefs of the Great Barrier, Queensland, p. 406. Id ., p. 413. P lington Acad. Sci., Journ., vol. 4, p. 32, 1914. ^ : R. A., The glacial-control theory of coral reefs, Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 51, p. 197, figs. 24 > 15; Problems of the Pacific Islands, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 41, p. 179, figs. 26-29, Feb. 1916. ^ lington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 6, p. 64, profiles Nos. 1-5, 8-14, 1916. i 308 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. southward from the reef limits, but in many places the barrier : stands not on the margin of the shelf but miles landward from edge. (See text-fig. 20.) There is also a significant terrace fi at depths somewhat deeper than 120 feet. These profiles she be compared with those for the West Indies (fig. 11, p. 275). T tell essentially the same story. The platform can not be due to presence of the Great Barrier Reef, for in many places it proj beyond the reef. I state in my paper cited : The evidence in favor of a shore line between 25 and 30 fathoms below presen level is strong, if not conclusive, and supports the deduction that the living hi reef is growing on what was a land surface in Pleistocene time, an interpret essentially that proposed by E. C. Andrews in 1902. 1 NEW CALEDONIA. I have seen no good account of the coast of New Caledonia whose shores is one of the most important barriers known. Accor to P. Marshall, 2U the northeast coast is practically straight, but n inlets that form excellent harbours penetrate the southwest co< f The chart shows indentations in the north coast, although they not so deep as those on the south. I find references to the shore features in two of Professor Davis's papers, 3 and from them cei information may be obtained. The shore line is embayed, t are deltas mostly contained in the embayments between headl that are strongly cliffed on the sea front. The present barrier has developed subsequent to the truncation of the headlands subsequent to the submergence that has caused the embay] of the coast. Just how much of the platform surmounted b) 1 W. M. Davis has published since the manuscript of this paper went to press an article entitle Great Barrier Reef of Australia (Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 44, pp. 339-350, Nov., 1917), in which he c; me and others because we have not "satisfactorily explained" the origin of the form of "the cont mass." Among the statements of Professor Davis is " Vaughan's view is based on the physio investigations of parts of the eastern coast of Australia by Andrews (1903); * * * ", after he h£ duced two quotations from my paper on the littoral and sublittoral physiographic features of the Islands, etc., as given in abstract (Amer. Geolog. Soc. Bull., vol. 27, pp. 41-45, 1916). Professo has drawn an erroneous deduction regarding my cartographic studies of the Great Barrier Reef could not have been based on Andrew's work, because Andrews neither published nor made ccj on a series of profiles across the Australian platform, such as those I had prepared. Furtherm emphasis of the fact, which it seems I was the first to point out— namely, that the present Great Reef in places stands some miles landward from the margin of the continental shelf— and ray de therefrom, that the platform can not be attributed to infilling behind the reef, do not warrant the L that "Vaughan * * * has excluded coral-reef agencies from any part in forming the platfor * * *." I not only do not know how the Australian continental shelf was formed, but I do n< how any one of a number of hypothesis can be tested. I, therefore, endeavored to confine my du to matters on which evidence is procurable, and said nothing regarding the origin of the pi Professor Davis advances the hypothesis that the platform on which the present Great Barrier is is a "mature reef-plain", formed in a previous physiographic cycle, and that it has been recen merged. Whether reefs in past geologic time formed a rampart on the edge of the Australian con shelf and a plain resulted from infilling behind the barrier can at present be neither proved nor di and on this subject I have expressed no opinion. 2 "Oceania," Handb. rcgionalen Geologie, vol. 7, Abt. 2, p. 23, 1912. 8 Davis, W. M., Shaler Memorial study of coral reefs, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol 40, pp. 232, 243,245, 270, 1915; Problems associated with the study of corals, The Scientific Monthly, vol. 2, fig. 25, p. 27, 1916. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 309 ladonian barrier is due to the cut and fill process of marine nation at and below sea level during the clifhng of the montories and to the sediment deposited in the sea, derived )Ugh the erosion of mature valleys, I can not say with cer- ity, but that so much material deposited in the sea would I.er the influence of waves and currents form a submarine plain si warranted deduction; and as the barrier reef is crossed by Is and is discontinuous at both the southeast and northwest ends, h deduction seems safe that it is superposed on a submerged plat- to a of antecedent existence. FIJI ISLANDS. I hat the barrier reefs off the Fiji Islands have developed during w iter submergence of their basements is obvious from an inspec- ts of the charts to anyone familiar with the physiography of shore in. The numerous reproductions of British Admiralty charts in ■Agassiz's volume on the Fiji Islands 1 is valuable and convenient fcnich a cartographic study. That the indentations of the shore line Ijie Fijis are due to the drowning of the lower parts of subaerially ■led valleys has been pointed out by many geologists, the first M/hom appears to have been Dana, who says: 2 a r jere is. further, not merely probable but positive evidence of subsidence in the m coast indentations of the high islands within the great barriers. The long points «leep fiordlike bays are such as exist only where a land, after having been deeply to id by erosion, has become half submerged. The author was led to appreciate ffovidence when on the ascent of Mount Aoraion Tahiti, in September of 1839. P to any level above that of five hundred feet the erosion valleys of Tahiti would H(ne deep bays, and above that of one thousand feet, fiordlike bays, with the ids spreading in the water like spider's legs; and this is a common feature of the wis and islets within the lagoons of barrier islands. The evidence of subsidence Bits of no doubt. It makes the conclusion from the Gambier group positive; jaoqually so that for Raiatea and Bolabola represented on the charts in Darwin's mil Islands;" the Exploring Isles and others of the Fiji group; and that for islands, m and small, in the Louisade Archipelago and in other similar groups over the ' lis statement was misinterpreted by Davis as being confirmation i tarwin's theory of coral reefs, 3 which, as is more than once pointed >uin the present paper (see especially p. 249), carries with sub- licence an hypothesis of platform building. Evidence of sub- idice does not prove that the flat lying between a barrier reef m Andrews essentially accords with mine; that is, the reefs are su; posed on a depressed platform that was previous to its submerg a coastal lowland. Foye 3 makes the following statement regarding Viti Levu: In general the present coral reefs are developing on platforms which origir during the deposition of the coastal series. 4 Regarding Vanua Levu he says: 1 visited only the eastern and central portions of Vanua Levu. The modern fri reefs are here developing either along the shore line of recently submerged vol rocks or on coastal flats formed of the fine ash swept from the elevated hills of • i Daly, R. A., Pleistocene glaciation and the coral reef problem, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol.30, November. 1910. 2 Andrews, E. C, Relations of coral reefs to crust movements in the Fiji Islands, Amer. J ser. 4, vol.41, p. 138, 1916. a Foye, W. G., The geology of the Fiji Islands, Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc., vol. 3. pp. 305-310, April, * Idem. p. 306. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 311 ie tuffs. The most recent movements have been differential, and while uplift iken place at the southeastern side of the island, subsidence has occurred to the md north. The modern barrier reef occurs where subsidence has taken place r due to tilting or faulting during uplift. 1 mcerning the Lau Islands, he states: thin quite recent times the islands have subsided 50 to 90 feet and the modern reefs are developing on the eroded and submerged platforms. 2 ie paragraph of Foye's conclusions is as follows: 3 data assembled by Daly and Vaughan convince the writer that Pleistocene •rms exist very generally throughout the coral seas. Yet while this is true, the rms in Fiji are post-Pleistocene in their development. The writer was unable cover any evidence of Pleistocene wave-cut platforms. 3 ie second one of Foye's papers 4 contains the following signifi- statement: ;re is another method by which atolls develop. The limestone islands are rapidly i to sea level by atmospheric solution. Evidence of this process may be seen i diminishing limestone masses within the lagoons of many of the Lau islands. dal scour and wave action platforms are developed slightly below sea level. I pies of such platforms may be seen about Fulanga and Ongea. It is significant, rer, that most of these islands have lagoons 10 to 15 fathoms in depth. Such s can not be ascribed to erosion, but must be the result of recent submer- # * * r .e information bearing on the Fijis may be summarized as fol- The fringing reefs have unconformable basal contacts, as do ) of the West Indies. The barrier reefs are superposed on antecedent platforms of se origin during or after submergence. The submergence is concomitant with, if not actually due to, ifi ential crustal movement. A In that they were formed during or after submergence and are $ posed on antecedent platforms, the offshore reefs of the Fijis scd with all others, perhaps except a Barbadian reef, so far todered. SOCIETY ISLANDS. TAHITI. lat Tahiti had undergone subsidence is implied in statements by 3 the occasional harbors being mentioned in two places in his 00 W. M. Davis says: 6 Tl cliff -rimmed island of Tahiti, the largest and youngest of the group, has suffered & ite subsidence after its cliffs were cut, but its bays are now nearly all filled l tbelta plains; hence a pause or stillstand has followed its latest sinking. 'Theology of the Fiji Islands, Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc., p. 308, April, 1917. 'ft, p. 309. 1 Id , p. 309, 310. , W. G., The geology of the Lau Islands, Amer. Joura. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 43, pp. 343-350, May, 1917. 0° s and coral islands, ed. 3, pp. 149, 158, 246, 247, 1890. Al '. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 40, p. 271, 1915. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 9 I •312 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The condition of the reef between Taunoa Pass and Point V is interesting in this connection. Alexander Agassiz has giv! good description of this part of the reef and reef platform and reproduced the British Admiralty chart of it. 1 Agassiz says: Reef patches, the remnants of a former barrier reef, extend westward from Point parallel with the shore of Matavai Bay, forming the chain of Toa Tea reel 1 they are merely patches of Nullipores, with here and there diminutive coral which have taken no part in the building of these reefs. There is along the Toa Tea Reefs a great break in the continui the reef, but the platform continues, irrespective of the presen absence of a margining barrier. The depths in Matavai Bay, 16 fathoms, seem to be the maximum, are about the same as in Pa Harbor, outside which there is a well-developed reef crosse Papiete Pass. These reefs, also, seem to me to have grown u]U connectedly on a submerged coastal flat. SMALLER ISLANDS OF THE SOCIETY GROUP. Alexander Agassiz has described each of these islands in his 3r reefs of the Tropical Pacific, 2 and P. Marshall has made the obsNji tions and deductions recorded in the following quotation: 3 This reef marks the edge of the platform of marine erosion as described by I \e4 but the original margin of the land before depression as described by Darw a Dana. * * * It is evident that if the coral reef rises on the edge of a platform of marine oai this very erosion would have worn the spurs back in such a way that theyou terminate in steep cliffs. In no instance at Huaheine, Raiatea, or Tahiti t M author observed, did the spurs have an abrupt termination. The lower slope if t islands are in all cases notably less steep than the upper slopes. The deep inlets that intersect the coast line of Huaheine, Tahaa, and Raii a a clearly due to stream erosion. Prolonged marine action would have shall( ed filled them up or at least would have built up bars of coastal debris across the en Jia The author is therefore strongly of opinion that the absence of cliffs at the t aail. tion of radiating spurs, the presence of deep water in the lagoon, and of far-ichi inlets, prove that marine erosion has not had any influence on the form of thes( ilan, at the present sea level. * * * Finally the deep inlets appear to be drowned stream valleys and then! strongly supports the belief that they have been subjected to an important mc| of subsidence. Mehetia is interesting in that it is a young volcanic island, I strongly clifTed shore, a very narrow or no platform, and nc reefs around it, only a few coral patches. That the other is| Murea, Huaheine, Raiatea, Tahaa, Bora-Bora, and Maupit undergone geologically Recent submergence and that the barri< have developed during or after submergence, can not be contro Is the reef flat due to marine planation and to terrigenous sedl • Agassiz, Alexander, The coral reefs of the Tropical Pacific, Mus. Comp. Zool. Mem., vol. 2 154, pi. 209, 1903. « Idem, pp. 140, 141, 156-167. 3 Marshall, P., Oceania, Handb. regionalen Geologie, vol. 7, Abt. 2, p. 13, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 313 Tied by the streams to the sea prior to the submergence after ich the living reefs have formed ? Unless sediment was delivered the sea so rapidly that a coastal plain pushed forward beyond the erstream divides as to protect them from attack by the sea, their ward ends should have been cliffed, should the flat have been e med in the manner suggested. What are the submarine profiles the spur ends? Are there submerged cliffs at the* divide tips? e of Agassiz's illustrations 1 represents a cliff of considerable height one place on the shore of Maupiti. In my opinion sufficient evi- lce is not available to establish how the reef flats of these islands f re formed, and they may be made to accord with whatever theory reef-flat formation an author may prefer. Should it ultimately proved that these barrier reefs accord with the Darwinian hypothe- W.— Diagram to show how a linear reef lying across the wind is formed into a horseshoe. (After hedley and Griffith taylor.) a few instances in which that hypothesis applies will have been li overed. Atolls, here are two kinds of atolls: Those of the first kind rise above e lively shoal-water platforms, and are represented by the atolls of b Great Barrier Reef of Australia, those of the Floridian reef-tract, J the faros of the Maldives. That there was never any central land tf. for these atolls is perfectly obvious. Hedley and Griffith Taylor, a heir paper, cited on pages 245, 251, have shown how the atolls •d' g the Great Barrier have been shaped by the prevalent, mostly n l-induced, currents; and I have shown in my papers on the Mar- ls as and Tortugas atolls that precisely the same principles apply o lem. The principles involved are illustrated by the accompany- The Coral Reefs of the Tropical Pacific, p!. 101, fig. 4. S14 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ing diagram (fig. 21), which is copied from Hedley and Griffith Tay' Stanley Gardiner has given good descriptions of the faros of the ft dives. 1 He says in a footnote on the page referred to: The technical term atoll is der.v 'd from the Maldivan atolu, signifying a prov for governmental purposes. There are 13 of these in the Maldives, and many coi of the islands on separate banks, most of which have distinct encircling series of reaching the surface. Many of the individual reefs are themselves ring-shaped pools of water several fathoms deep in their centers. There are obvious disadvant in using diminutives of the terms atoll and lagoon as applying to such. Thej situated on shallow banks, and many are actually larger than some of the isolated : shaped reefs of the Pacific, which arise separately in the deep basin of that oceaii therefore propose to borrow further the Maldivan terms, faro and velu, the fo: I signifying such a small ring-shaped reef of an atoll or bank and the latter its ce: 1 basin. I, further, following the Maldivan use of the term velu, apply it to deep ] J even in the long, linear, circumscribing reefs of many of the banks, as I conceive I such pools have in all these reefs on banks the same mode of origin. On page 171 of the same work, Gardiner says: Each large reef on the bank is a separate entity that has grown up and pursue i history by itself, influenced it is true by the reefs in its vicinity but never dir i connected with them. It is only now that the bank is at all approaching the c i tion cf the perfect atoll. Having seen how small faro mdf be formed from i earliest beginnings, we now see in North Mahlos the further fortune of such a their joining together where possible to form long linear reefs with the loss perhi i the whole inner part of their own reefs. The second kind of atolls more or less margin and more or completely encircle the flat summits of eminences rising from ocea depths. The Darwinian explanation of the formation of such rings is illustrated by figure 5, page 242, of this paper. Have t» atolls formed in accordance with the postulates of the Darwiii hypothesis, or have more or less perfect rings developed on edges of submarine flats, with or without submergence ? The origin of the first kind of atolls has been ascertained will! high degree of probability that it amounts to certainty. They ivi been formed on relatively shoal submarine flats, during or folio iu^ submergence, and have been shaped by the prevalent currlti But a basement platform for the second kind of atolls can n< 1 traced beyond the atoll limits, at least in our present state of faro edge. However, in case of atolls of an area so large as Rangin I the Paumotus, for instance, the presumption is against their de|vi tion from barrier reefs according to the Darwinian hypot sis, They are too large, and, as Wharton long ago pointed out, I bottoms are too nearly level. If the Darwinian explanation m true, lagoon floors should be concave, more or less bowl sh m That small, flat, summit areas may result from subaerial degrad iofl and marine planation is known in many instances. That voM 1 Oardiner, J. Stanley, The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Loccadlve Archipelagoo: pt. 2, p. 155, 1901-1903. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 315 316 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. piles may be cut to wave base is known, and on page 311 of this pa Foye is quoted on a process by means of which reduction of limest masses to sea level or slightly below sea level is accomplished. In this connection Salt Key Bank, which lies between the Strait Florida, Santaren Channel, and Nicholas Channel (text-fig. 22) interesting, as it is .61 nautical miles long by 37 nautical miles w Except a few marginal islets and elongate keys, it ranges betw? 3 J and 8 fathoms in depth. Alexander Agassiz visited and descri this bank 1 and says that it is composed of eolian rock similar to 64° 225 286 m 225 ~, /51 46 ^ '54 43 17 475 341 276 200 jan L50 430 j \ 375 ( y 40 24 M 67 20 15 107/' 15 2l\ 120 ,!Saba I. ' (2820) 45 15 13 / 39 ~ 54 817 t!o / 25 | 22 \ 26 gg 21 360 12 \ 7 \Noo 384 U ^\Sfc"° 343 ^ 12 nH>4f , 0ra ' 54 ^ 19 12 V l\ 23 20 16 u „ 10 23 e 4 d 122/ 32 21 12 17 w » ^ 16 ~ n S4 BANK JO (clear white coral sand) 11 °\9; 18 16 11 1! 19 16 (8) 11 ) 7U38 #1 24 19 18 20 776 815 641 580 510 646 826 \ 20 408 679 (§>/ 148 (clear white coral sand) LI i$ .'10^> ! i6 16 11 1 2 12 S\6firjl 16 14 12 "jt^J^f % iiasE^==# =s M/ 313 .''170 "138 160 c o**V ThhieM* 408 533 503 -964 810- 951 -594- C4° Fig. 23.— Chart of san saba bank. From U. S. hydrographic chart No. 2318. Bahamas. The bank looks as if it were once a part of the Bahj and was dissevered by faulting between it and the Bah* Whether that suggestion is or is not true, there is here a large bank, obviously not formed according to the Darwinian hypotl that might serve an atoll foundation. Saba, Pedro, and Ron banks in the Caribbean Sea have been mentioned on pages 303 i Figures 23-25 illustrate them. It is not practicable to work out the geology of the foundati< the Paumotuan and the Maldive and Laccadive stolls, bu 1 A reconnaissance of the Bahamas, etc., Mus. Comp. Zooi. Bull., vol. 26, p. 81, pis. 1 and 31, 1 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 317 >ability seems distinctly in favor of their being submerged pla- l surfaces, upon which coral reefs, mostly marginal, have estab- id themselves during and subsequent to moderate submergence, will revert to Admiral Wharton's emphasis of the levelness of floors of atoll lagoons (depth 24 to 26 fathoms), to his statement, ide the low rim of growing coral which encircles their edges in ous degrees," and to his question "What causes this remarkable larity of depth and this extraordinarily even surface over these banks?" As I believe this short article by Admiral Wharton ie of the truly great contributions to our knowledge of coral reefs, 80 _ 297 17 18 c 350. 679 242,' \140 {m 15 \ U M 15 \ 1? ,18 \ 17 P e d r 236 230 270 „ 462 M§_J4 610 4J5 584 12 R 911 jr. 675 V 17 190 S, 318 J240 JO;r^2---lQ}%^ Q HI !.6 »„« b &&~r*%m.f£i** 240 642 150 %f m 4 12 # VM';240 Rosalind Ban 609 187 715 607 1232 18 dfl Iff 12"^ ~ N V 15 cy-ii"* / 'frTl <; 13\ SerranilTa 64 S 1290 773 707 357 1250 1122 675 W.Breaket (2 FT) 120 , l2T I'Baio Nuevo •\ ;,->'' (Sew bore) 134 1, Scale 1 inch = 48 l< 4.— Chart of Fedro bank. From U. S. hydrographic chart No. 1290. NAUTICAL MILES. temptation to quote all of it is great. In it he points out one of fundamental defects of the Darwinian hypothesis, namely, that I agoon floor is not basin shaped as it should be if the atoll is due ie upgrowth of a reef that began on the slopes of a volcanic cone, ■pays: "I have no hesitation in saying that a flat floor is an K liable characteristic of a large atoll, and I can not find his 'deeply Wave surface' in any large atoll. On the contrary, a flat surface find in all of these, whether the rim be above or below the surface." ily in his two papers cited has made an elaborate study of the Bj lis of atoll lagoons of the Pacific and Indian oceans and has com- *d the depths in them with the depths in the lagoon channels of I iame region. As the data compiled by him can not be repeated 318 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. here, his later discussion in his paper on the Glacial-control th e may be consulted. 1 Daly says: el "Since probably not more than 5 m. to 25 m. can be allowed for the thickD 111 the post-glacial calcareous veneer in the wider lagoons, the accordance of pla | depth for the wider lagoons and reefless banks seems clear. Their range of 60- : represents magnitudes of the same order as the depths computed for the Pleist ' e wave-formed benches." ( y I have pointed out the similarity in the depths on Saba, P< < and Rosalind banks, to those on the atoll-lagoon floors of the P; and Indian oceans — that is, the depths are between 20 and 30 f ath ef ,. /28 »_\» 202 f.crUe. 322 ICO f.orLs. tnjj 077 ^23 25 *_^51 J - crl - 6 - «•«*•» f.crU 100U M 2) mt \ :M al IT « 16 II 17 15 16 17 [5 16 SO' tCTl. 18 17 18 17 20 a 20 v 20 \ f J 16 2«'i5 "15 i« i«V 7 i* 15 ,. I £? 9 f/, "n i5^„ H ■;. l7 ., !J /•9124-- 3b "';-cW,.2^ L*. .« .H1320 '!. 13 12 11 1? 8 „•,<».' - ^u^ 7 »;^%^« - €» s ,3 ^% .2 12 «^ 232 .. 1Qso«? s m« ' 2Ie 'iii*, I . -■ , '« 15 „ "I* " ,2 - n ^'W5i3t J '■^•122 121 15 1? / 170 ;' 19 £*\\ i« 137 •« i» 12 13 12 12 '» i' 12 . 10; 12 M ., «S» 150 155 , A \ " 17 H" iti2 12" l"»B» |J ■ 5" «. \»» 16 j\. £ _ \ u n ,!•>*••*.„ l4 ii„*»W, 30" 27 V * 119 \ 16 "'r^no i 37 _'. 3 U 11 12 1113 )2 ' 5 l»15o ROSALIND BANK 150 23^ " OS ,19 19 lib. 19 " 18 W 18 , ISO" 17 \ TKV 17 17 16\ %\ 15 \1» 11 12 12 16 12 II 13 »" I'' 2 13 n u **"58i 15, ,13 11 1?-: W '.7d 28 28 13 is 16 15 15 5P J75_40. 16 11 13 13 13 13, 12 \H _ 12 13 ll'lcLaKlV 20 13 . 18 17 17 -J* /- -y ?/ less local movements, there seems to have been during Recent ifl lae a general submergence of the eastern coast of America from l: gentina to New England. The amount of the general Recent sub- irgence lies between 40 and slightly more than 20 fathoms; an \i lount of the order of magnitude that would be expected to result ')m the effect of deglaciation in raising sea level. The principal ive-formed Pleistocene plain now lies between 26 and 36 fathoms 320 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in depth, and is separated by an escarpment from a shallower p] that now ranges between 17 and 20 fathoms in depth. What app to be marginal hanging valleys north of St. Thomas and on the Martin Plateau, and solution wells, in the Bahamas, 33 to 38 fath( deep, suggest that there may have been a short stand of sea 1< about 40 fathoms below its present stand. 7. The fact that the terrace flat between 17 and 20 fathoms depth is cut away on promontory tips on the windward side of Thomas, while it is preserved in protected areas, indicates that higher flat is older than the lower, and that it has been resubmer after the development of the lower flat. The general similarity the submarine profiles off Antigua, on the St. Martin Plateau, anc Mosquito Bank favors the inference that there was in those are* similar lowering and subsequent rise of sea level. The. submerU, channel within the channel at the mouth of Habana Harbor, m similar phenomena at other localities around the Cuban coast, sljg that during later Pleistocene time Cuba stood more than 100 higher than immediately previous to the cutting of these val within older valleys, and that after the valle}^s-wi thin -valleys "V formed there was submergence to an amount of about 100 feet. of sea level during Pleistocene time and rise auiing Recent timfi indicated for the Bermudas, the Bahamas, Florida, Central Amei>% and the mouth of the Amazon, as well as for the areas just mentioiii These phenomena are in essential accord with the demands of Q| Glacial-control hypothesis. 8. The principal living West Indian and Central American reef:? re superposed on submarine flats or plateaus of pre-Pleistocene age, iB were dry-land areas during at least a part of Pleistocene time, I while they were dry land they were wave cut and remodeled arc .id their margins by submarine planation. 9. There are two kinds of atolls, namely, (a) those that rise at A relatively shoal-water platforms and were shaped by the prevapit currents, which are largely wind induced : (b) those that more or iss completely encircle the flat summits of eminences that rise fjjfc ocean depths. These rings are formed by constructional geoljic agencies, because, as submarine solution by sea water in such aja$ and at such depths is chemically impossible, a lower, flat area, n- rou nded by a higher rim can not be formed by submarine solup or by any other known destructional agencies. The depths on im banks as Saba, Pedro, Rosalind, etc., indicate that they werlii large part, at least, above water during part of Pleistocene tjfti and that the flat summits are largely due to processes operathjin pre-Pleistocene time. WTiat the processes were that caused m. leveling of the summits is a matter of pure speculation, but it s(fl s probable that they were subaerial erosion and submarine planaiB GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 321 m living coral rims on the banks enumerated have formed during subsequent to Recent submergence. e i review of the conditions under which the principal barrier reefs j ,he Pacific Ocean were formed leads to essentially identical con- dons. Those of the Australian Great Barrier, of New Cale- ia, the Fiji Islands, and Tahiti are superposed on antecedent ^forms that have been submerged in Recent geologic time. The mergence of the Australian continental shelf apparently can be gned to Recent rise of sea level because of deglaciation, as it ns that most of the surface of the platform was exposed as a dry- 1 area by withdrawal of water from the ocean during at least a t of Pleistocene time. The submergence of the Fijian platforms oncomitant with, if not entirely due to, differential crustal move- it. The superposition of the barrier reefs off the shores of the iller Society Islands on antecedent platforms is not proved. !dence sufficient for the basis of an opinion is not available. The ence of reefs around Mehetia, where there is no shore platform, ; ignificant. That the barriers off the other smaller islands were ned after the submergence of their basements is clear. The small Is at the spurs ends, in my opinion, do not constitute evidence j! .inst the presence of shore platforms, fiats, or lowlands, ante- ' ent to submergence. That ocean level in the Indo-Pacific, |ause of deglaciation, in Recent time has risen to an amount of )ut 60 meters (about 33 fathoms) as postulated by Humphreys 1 1 Daly, and that this rise of ocean level had influenced the 1'elopment of living coral reefs, is, I believe, so well established i to be almost if not quite incontrovertible. ?he rims of the large atolls, and perhaps of the smaller ones also, i growing, in my opinion, on the surfaces of, mostly the edges of, 3< summit areas that have undergone geologically Recent submerg- i:e. These flats, I believe, were mostly formed in pre-Pleisto- *tfe time, and it is my opinion that they were largely out of water, nvere very near the surface of the water, during Pleistocene time. I hey projected above the water for an appreciable time, they should bVe been wave cut around their edges by the lowered Pleistocene P , and evidence of such benching should be sought. I believe the edence will not be found on the hydrographic charts at present Billable, for the object of the published charts is to guide navigators rher than to serve as a basis for physiographic studies of the sea htom in depths where navigation is safe. "rom what precedes I believe it is clear that I consider that there R two factors that determine the vigorous development of offshore tfe, which under the most favorable conditions form barriers or Ml rims, the other proper ecologic conditions also being present. - e first factor is the existence of an offshore flat, which may have 322 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a land area on one side and open ocean on the other or which r be the top of an oceanic eminence. The second factor is gradual s mergence. The vigor of offshore reefs where these conditions ] vail can be correlated with certain ecologic demands of reef-fom corals. Reef corals thrive on offshore flats, near or against ocean wa because they are there removed from the deleterious eff. of both land-derived and other sediment. Some of these r! tions are well exemplified in the barrier reef off the east sid(i Andros Island, Bahamas. This reef grows on the outer, windwj edge of a small shallow flat, against the deep water of the Tongu the Ocean. As the winds set landward across the reef no ocei or land-derived sediment is deposited on the reef, it is bathed I the purest ocean water, and receives the largest amount of ani plankton that that part of the sea can supply. On the great sh 1 of the Bahama Banks and in the shoal waters of Florida behind i reefs the winds stir up the mud on the bottom; the sediment "w in suspension kills the plankton ; when it settles it kills those bott living organisms that can not endure being covered by mud. On sj flats reef -forming corals can not live. On shallow banks a reefs therefore thrive best on the windward sides. However, if 3 flat extends far enough offshore for land-derived sediment no to reach the reef and if the depth is sufficient for waves under ordirrl conditions not to stir up the mud on the bottom, but not too op for the growth of reef corals, barriers may develop on the leevrl sides of islands. A land area to the windward may actuji favor coral growth, as it breaks the force of the winds. A posi)i on an offshore flat, particularly on the windward edge of a itj insures a supply of the purest ocean water and an abundanc oS animal plankton. The gradual submergence of an offshore flat perpetuates the fa >r* able conditions for the life of reef-building corals, and gives ii opportunity for continual growth upward. With upward grew during slow submergence of the basement the ecologic conditio for the life of reef -forming corals are made better, for the deletei m effects of sediment are minimized. As regards the life of corals, tho method of bringing about t so conditions is of no importance. Whether the flat was formec I marine planation, by alluviation and the building of a coastal it, by base-leveling through subaerial erosion, by the formation |fl submarine plain of deposition, or by any other special proces'Hj unimportant, provided the flat be formed. Whether the subir^ enco be caused by differential crustal movement, local or remote by rise in ocean level duo to the melting of glaciers, is u)H- portant, provided there be gradual submergence of the baseirit* GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 323 |) manner of producing the result is subordinate to the result. Iwever the conditions may be brought about, preexistent flats I gradual submergence are two factors needed to supply continu- lly favorable conditions for the growth of reef-forming corals. I; importance of deglaciation on modern coral-reef development Ipjsts in its having caused a gradual and moderate increase in the tth of the ocean, thereby producing submergence both in rate I. amount favorable for the growth of reef-forming corals, me general conclusions here expressed are similar to those pre- [nsly published in a number of my papers. Before discussing the iring of my conclusions regarding the formation of coral reefs on [ theories advanced by others, I will give brief attention to some karks by Prof. W. M. Davis. The following paragraph is copied In a paper by him entitled: The origin of coral reefs. 1 Similar e Larks occur in others of his papers. laefs and Reef-Platforms. A modification of Darwin's theory has lately been Losed by Vaughan, who regards recent submergence proved by the embayments of central islands as the determining cause for the upgrowth of existing barrier reefs [who interprets the deeper and larger part of the entire reef mass as an independent jitform" of earlier origin. As this investigator has not yet published his views Irding the origin of the reef-platforms his modification of Darwin's theory will not i^iere discussed further than to note that it seems inapplicable to many barrier m in the Fiji and Society groups; that the discontinuity of certain barrier reefs lis to "be explicable on the assumption of imperfect upgrowth during and aftei fhent and rapid subsidence as well as on the assumption of independent origins for S!*eefs and their platforms; and that, while the extension of reef-platforms outside ftie coral zone as in the case of the Great Barrier reef of Australia, truly suggests a di origin of reef masses, this does not exclude the contemporaneous growth of plat- Eo . and reef within the coral zone during long-continued but irregular or intermittent Juidence. ■ lost of the objections raised by Professor Davis have been an- nred on preceding pages of this paper. It will be obvious to those w,) have read what I have said that my inferences as to submergence ai by no means confined to the evidence of embayments in shore lis. In fact, many submerged areas show no clear-cut shore-line enayments. It will also be obvious that the interpretation I am Dicing did not originate with me. E. C. Andrews, in 1902, after his W'k on the Great Barrier reef of Australia, put forward in essential pnciples the same explanation. a answer to Professor Davis's statement "regarding the origin of tl reef platform," I will say that the recognition of the fact of super- P'ition does not require knowledge of the constitution or origin of tl basement on which an object or structure has been superposed. ^ may recognize the fact that a book lies on a table without knowing tl kind of material of which the table is composed or the process of its iNat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 1, pp. 146-152, March, 1915. 324 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. manufacture; there is controversy as to the origin of the Sunder^ terrace in Maryland and Virginia, but no geologist will deny i certain houses have been built on the surface of the Sunder terrace flat; although the geologic history of the pre-Camb formations in Michigan and in other areas adjacent to the G Lakes may be inadequately known, no one is justified in denying such a reason that glacial deposits overlie the geolcgically old rc as it is obvious that the overlying material has in some way ] placed on the underlying. The superposition of a geologic forma on another may be recognized without knowing the complete his of either the upper or the lower. The oligocene coral reef a Flint River near Bainbridge, Georgia, rests on the eroded surface c upper Eocene limestone now designated the Ocala limestone. T knowledge of the Ocala limestone may not be adequate does invalidate the recognition of the facts that the fossil reef overli; and that an erosion period intervened between its deposition anc, growth of the reef, which obviously formed during or after the mergence of its basement. To ascertain the origin of the submarine flats on which on°S| reefs stand is important in the advancement of our knowledgi geologic history, and I have acquired as much information on subject as I could. I am completely convinced that there is nc explanation that can be applied to all of them. The following Im have already been recognized: (1) Slightly tilted bedded tuff, ; ii the fossil reefs of Antigua; (2) slightly tilted bed of limestone, sB the south coast of St. Croix and Cuba; (3) submerged coastal B as in the Fiji Islands; (4) submerged peneplained surfaces, as ii In fossil reefs of Porto Rico; (5) submarine plains due to uplift of ■ siderable areas of the ocean bottom and to the deposition of orgjol deposits on such a surface, as the Floridian Plateau previous UM formation of the middle and upper Oligocene reefs of Florida m southern Georgia ; (6) flats of complex and not definitely known oifl such as those of the Antigua-Barbuda Bank, the Virgin Bank, Ml the continental shelves of tropical America and Australia. Pins suitable for the growth of corals have been formed by subaerialnd. submarine deposition, and by both subaerial base-leveling and mt marine plantation. Nearly every, if not every, plain-prodiing process operative in tropical and subtropical regions has taken art in the formation of plains on which corals have grown or are groin^ where the plains have been brought below sea level and whereto other ecologic conditions for offshore reef formation obtain. I will revert to this subject in discussing the Glacial-control tbO' and in making suggestions as to future research. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 325 i iking of these conclusions on hypotheses of the formation of coral Reefs. Eow do my results compare with the theories and hypotheses : vanced by others ? Before considering my conclusions in their : ation to those reached by other investigators, I wish to make a few leral remarks on the literature appertaining to coral reefs. It is a yject that, in order to be properly treated, requires a considerable ' r ersity of knowledge, as biologic, oceanographie, and geologic )blems are inyolyed. Very rarely has it been practicable for a man J [be a specialist in all of these fields. Usually, as any investigator 5 been specially qualified in only one or two of them, he has paid 'ticular attention to those subjects with which he was familiar, and urly always did good work in those subjects; but in those fields in ' ich he has been only casually engaged, his work is nearly always ateurish, and his conclusions are in many instances erroneous. - Duld we expect a man who is primarily a biologist to be an expert geology, especially when he attempts geologic work after he arrives i the place where he expects to conduct his inyestigations, without Tring had previous experience ? Should we expect a man who has ■feted his attention on dry-land physiography, and who has not toight of biologic problems or of the physiography of the sea p,tom to take information from those branches of science? In t ding the many publications on coral reefs, I am impressed with the pticular, personal interests of the investigators, but what strikes t) more forcibly is the excellence of nearly all the papers. I know d paper by a serious scientific man on a coral-reef area that does not titain records of valuable observations and correct conclusions. I pre had the wish to write an account of the very gradual growth of t ! knowledge we now have of coral reefs, and point out how each of t successive workers has contributed toward making that knowl- e>e what it now is. It would be a record of honorable achievement. I the short review to follow I trust I may point out some of the 8>stantial additions to be credited to those whose opinions I shall dcuss. . The Darwin-Dana hypothesis, in my opinion, is correct as regards t: formation of offshore reefs during and after submergence; but as f ards the formation of a prism of reef material, the upper surface o which forms a flat behind the barrier, their theory is wrong for e>ry area on which we have definite information. Although the t'oretic possibility of the conversion of a fringing reef into a barrier a l a barrier into an atoll may not be denied, no instance of such c iversion has yet been discovered. The inferences of Darwin as ta a as of subsidence and of elevation, as shown on plate 3 of his work, a largely in error, for barrier reefs are present where there is not gieral crustal subsidence, as Foye points out in his paper on tho 326 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. geology of the Fiji Islands, where " since the Pleistocene period t] algebraic sum of the movements has been positive and uplift hi resulted. " 1 Very many similar instances, the Bermudas, the Bahanuj Florida, and Cuba among them, can be given. The criticisms of ti Darwin-Dana hypothesis apply to the recent publications of W. ]| Davis. 2. Semper, Alexander Agassiz, and others, who have maintain that barrier coral reefs have formed in areas of uplift, are correct, the sum total of the movements since some date back in Tertiai time be considered, and their observations and deductions are vail able in that they emphasize these facts ; but they are in error in th they failed to take into account that in many areas there is incc trovertible evidence showing submergence of the basements of t now-living reefs. Semper made astute observations on currents, h his deductions as to the formation of lagoons by destructional pn esses are not warranted. 3. Sir John Murray invented a very stimulating hypothesis, a correctly emphasized the necessity of taking submarine planati! into account in studies of the basements of coral reefs. He, howev overlooked important facts clearly proving Recent submergence coral-reef areas, and his theory of the formation of atoll lagoons a lagoon channels through submarine solution by sea water is entiri i disproved, and there are no other known destructional procesn whereby lagoons may be formed, f or lagoons are areas of sedimentati|l in which filling predominates over removal of material. 4. Guppy is correct in his interpretation of offshore reefs be:| superposed on submarine platforms or "ledges," and he made i| merous valuable contributions to our knowledge of coral reefs, but I failed to take into account evidence showing Recent submergence 5. Admiral Sir W. J. L. Wharton made one of the greatest c< tributions to our knowledge of atolls when he discovered the flatni of the floors and the uniformity of depth in atoll lagoons, and i pointed out the inadequacy of the Darwinian hypothesis to expl 1 these phenomena. He emphasized the importance of submarp plana tion in leveling the top of peaks that reach or almost reach -fr level, and definitely suggested the superposition of coral patches ejl atoll rims on flats produced in that way. He not only did not oppe the subsidence of such flats, but he thought that they frequently "subside and that some of the deeper lagoons may owe their depth 50 fathoms or so to such a movement, quite apart from subside: of large areas which we know occurs." The only emendations of th statements that I can suggest is that the probable effects of gla<-l tion and deglaciation might have been considered. I Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 3, p. 309, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 327 I Alexander Agassiz correctly observed the superposition of the jj.g coral reefs of the Bermudas and the Bahamas on older lime- ce foundations that stood above sea level previous to the sub- licence which made possible the formation of reefs in the places Ire they now grow. He also pointed out the superposition of the kidian, Cuban, and Central American living reefs on antecedent p'orais or older limestone. He showed that in several areas in the ^jfic the sum total of local crustal movements since some time in ^ertiary period had been upward. But he failed to take account Recent submergence in Florida, the West Indies, and Central prica, and he advanced the hypothesis that the living offshore ft of the Pacific are superposed on wave-cut platforms without pge of sea level by submergence of the land. I believe Agassiz pet in his emphasis of the need of an antecedent platform for the Rous growth of offshore reefs; but he did not recognize the clear pmce of Recent submergence of the shores of the reef -encircled tils, and unfortunately tried to explain the formation of lagoons Hibmarine solution and scour. 7E. C. Andrews, I believe, is incontrovertibly correct in the ■tials of his interpretation of the conditions under which the ret Barrier Reef of Australia has formed; that is, it is superposed I at part of the recently submerged Continental Shelf of Australia ui lies within the temperature zone favorable for the life of reef- >r;ing corals. 8 Stanley Gardiner, who has made great contributions to our ac ledge of Indo-PacifLc corals and coral reefs and whose work on le ceanography of the Indian Ocean is justly rated as classic, corn- it d the same errors in interpreting the geologic relations of coral I as did Murray and Agassiz. He failed to infer submergence oi shore line characters and advocated the formation of lagoons mgli submarine solution by sea water. 9 Hediey and Griffith Taylor agreed in all the essentials of 1 ;ws ? s interpretation of the conditions under which the Australian m Barrier formed; they opposed Murray's solution hypothesis for ie rmation of lagoons, and correctly emphasized the importance of in its, largely wind induced, in the shaping of the atolls along the re; Barrier. m Daly did not originate the Glacial-control theory of coral W|but he is its principal exponent. The following ascertained m >us of living offshore coral reefs conform to the demands of this M|hesis: (a) They are superposed on antecedent basement fiats; I e amount of recent submergence, between 30 and slightly more iw -0 fathoms, without deducting the amount of Recent up-build- g < the sea bottom, which probably is as much as a few fathoms, o the order of magnitude expected from deglaciation; (c) the 57149— 19— Bull. 103 10 328 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. rate of growth of corals is known to be of such an order of magnit I as to account for the thickness of any known living coral reef j the growth of coral-reef organism since the disappearance of ■ last great continental glaciers. As Daly is not a specialist on coil he has made some errors in his discussions of the geologic histl and ecology of corals, but these errors do not affect the validity! glacial control being one of the dominant factors in modern coral- a development. The only important point on which I am not in agl ment with him is the evaluation of Pleistocene marine planatior J have shown that the Floridian Plateau has existed as a plateaijl least since late Eocene time, and there have been extensive subma m flats in certain West Indian areas since late Eocene or Oligocene 1 1 The submarine profiles that I have drawn for the West Iml Central America, and Australia indicate Pleistocene benchmji depths between 26 and 36 fathoms, without deducting anything i Recent upbuilding of the sea bottom. Certain West Indian k Central American reefs and the Australian Great Barrier, I, there m believe are growing on what were dry-land areas during at hem part of Pleistocene time. It, therefore, seems to me that mar J the flats discussed by Daly are of pre-Pleistocene age, and that hell ; over-evaluated Pleistocene marine planation. Daly admits that 1 3H has been local crust al movement in some coral-reef areas. 11. Wood Jones is undoubtedly correct in attaching great m portance to the effects of sediment on the formation of coral lfy No one who has had actual experience with coral reefs can ipiir moment doubt it. He also correctly accepts the interpreta» of Andrews and of Hedley and Griffith Taylor for the Great Bi if of Australia, joining with the latter two in their opposition t«* solution hypothesis and in their emphasis of the effects of ^m: induced currents in shaping the segments of a reef. He, how^ appears not to have appreciated the importance that, in my opi ot should be attached to submergence as factor in coral-reef formrcj> 12. My own opinions can be very simply stated : (a) Fringing m. seem always to have unconformable basal contacts ; they may be fo fc. after submergence that is not followed by uplift or during interm wr uplift that follows submergence; that is, they may form during piW^ of either emergence or submergence of land areas. Are the basafc^ tacts really significant ? Must not these contacts in the very nat'!B| j the case be unconformable ? If the basement has moved upS% reference to sea level and a reef begins along the strand lin-B^ basement of the reef will certainly be different from the reefM^ and there will bo an obvious unconformity. If the land masijHi^ sides and a fringing forms along shore, the base of the reef will ref exhibit unconformable relations. I am unable to imagine a fr jav, without an unconformable basal contact. I never saw one tbtfl ; : GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 329 i have . such a contact, (b) Offshore coral reefs, barriers, and |»lls, form on antecedent flattish basements during and after sub- Irgence in areas where the general ecologic conditions are suitable 1 coral growth, as stated on page 240. This generalization applies it-fossil as well as to living reefs, (c) Recent rise of sea level because lieglaciation has made conditions favorable for coral-reef formation mr enormous areas, and it is one of the important factors in causing 1 great development of coral reefs at the present time. But in lie areas, as in the Fijis, the flats on which the reefs are growing | coastal flats that have been brought below sea level by tilting, .(described by Andrews and Foye. (d) The theoretic possibility of progressive change of a fringing reef into a barrier and later into toll, according to the Darwin-Dana hypothesis, may not be denied, no instance of such a transformation has as yet been discovered. The coral-reef investigation is of value to geology, not so much ause of what has been discovered regarding corals as it is that as led to the study of a great complex of geologic phenomena mg which corals and coral reefs are only incident. Further inves- 1/tions of the phenomena associated with coral reefs are among the ■it desiderata of geologic research. Suggestions as to Future Investigations. ■efore closing this discussion I will present a few suggestions that ne appear pertinent. |. It is my belief that, although ecologic notes are of much value systematic work, not a great deal more advantage will result a such ecologic investigations in areas where corals are luxuriant £ hose conducted by Gardiner, Wood Jones, and others, including I. elf. We need to know more of the physiology of corals, but such fi arches must be conducted by expert physiologists. There is pr,t need for ecologic work in the waters northward and southward r should enable a more precise evaluation of the effects due to aa p i than is now possible. Such investigations must not be confined » ropical and subtropical areas — they must be world wide, f fhen there is the problem of Pleistocene wave cutting. I believe, ; o "easons stated elsewhere, that Daly has overevaluated the effects leistoceme marine planation. Has either of us really enough 3,32 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. information to be convincing? Should answers to the questiJ raised in the preceding two paragraphs be forthcoming, and if oan make reliable estimates of the duration of the Pleistocene, amount of marine planation while sea level was lowered in the PI tocene might be more nearly approximated. In conclusion, I wish to say that the questions and suggestions c tained in the foregoing remarks have grown out of a study of coi and coral reefs and the phenomena associated with them; and though it may have been shown, that corals are not so important they were once considered to be, geolgists should be grateful for U romantic interest inspired by these lowly animals, for this inte " has led us into the presence of some of the profoundest problem geology. Perhaps the interest will endure and it may lead us t better understanding of the world of which we form a part. \ tl GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 333 SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE FAUNAS. I Class ANTHOZOA. MADREPORARIA IMPERFORATA. Family SERIATOPORIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime. .849. Seriatoporidae Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 262. i869. Pocilloporidae Yerrill, Essex Inst. Proc, vol. 6, p. 90. f 870. Stylophoridae Yerrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1, p. 514. i a recent publication 1 I have stated that while I seriously Dted the propriety of placing Stylophora and PociMopora in .rate families, the traditional usage was followed. Additional y since that statement was written has convinced me that Stylo- a, Seriatopora, and Pocillopora all belong to the same family, ict, it seems that both Seriatopora and Pocillopora are derived from ■yphora, mostly through retrogression in the development of the a. It is hoped to present in a future paper the evidence on which suggestion is based. Genus STYLOPHORA Schweigger (emend. Milne Edwards and Haime). 819. Stylophora Schweigger (part), Beobacht. auf Xaturf., pi. 5. 820. Stylophora Schweigger, Hand. Naturg., p. 413. 830. Stylophora and Sideropora de Blainville, Diet. Sci. nat., vol. 60, pp.319, 351, 835. Anthopora Gray, Zool. Soc. London Proc. for 1835, pt. 3, p. 86. I 846. Sideropora Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 517. 850. Stylophora Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 13, p. 102. I 857. Stylophora Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 133. . 861. Stylophora de Fromentel, Intr. Polyp, foss., p. 179. . 884. Stylophora Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 45. /pe-species. — Madrepora pistillata Esper. .mean in his papers on the Fossil Corals of the West Indies either es^ibes as new or lists the following species: ]om the Eocene of Jamaica: Stylophora contorta (Leymerie) + 1 var. . i lorn the Eocene of St. Bartholomew, Cleve collection: Stylophora compressa 2 Duncan. distans (Leymerie). 1 C aegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 73, 191S. * f lough I have studied the collection rom St. Bartholomew submitted to Duncan, I could recognize 85 e species which I hare divided into our varieties. 334 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. StylopTiora conferta Reuss. tuber osa Reuss. qffinis Duncan (described from Santo Domingo] granulata Duncan (described from Bowden, maica). From Santo Domingo : StylopTiora qffinis Duncan. var. minor Duncan (a valid species). raristella (Def ranee). From Bowden, Jamaica: StylopTiora granulata Duncan. From St. Croix, Trinidad : StylopTiora minuta Duncan. raristella (Def ranee). mirabilis Duncan (not Duchassaing and Michelo I described in 1900 1 StylopTiora ponder osa from the Oligocen Salt Mountain, near Jackson, Alabama, and StylopTiora minutis from the Oligocene of Blue or Russell Spring, near Bainbri Georgia. I recognize as valid the six species described as new by Duncan the two later described by myself. Duncan's identifications of \ Indian specimens with European species are all discarded as the) probably erroneous. In addition to the six species here described as new, I have scribed six other species in manuscript not yet published, maki: total of at least 20 species of StylopTiora known to me from American Tertiary formations. The stratigraphic range of the g in America is from the upper Eocene to Miocene. STYLOPHORA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 74, figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5. Corallum attaining a rather large size, the basal part of £ colonies as thick as a man's wrist. The cross-section of bran ranges in form from subelliptical to curved lamellate. The folio are the diameters of the broken ends of the specimen, which is mm. long, represented by plate 74, figure 1. Dhmeters in millimeter s of branches of Stylophora imperatoris. Lesser Gr diameter. diai Basal end 14.5 Smaller branch 13.0 Wider branch 9.5 10 16 U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 132, 1900. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 335 fcrhe branch terminals are compressed and often form sinuous ptes. Thickness just below the summits about 3 mm.; width very v iable, ranges from 6 or 7 up to 25 mm. Nodule-like growths are fo ment on the sides of older branches. Kalices on older parts of the corallum from 1 to 1.3 mm. in diameter, tlrefore rather large and conspicuous; intervening wails from 0.75 t(2 mm. across, usually about 1.25 mm. Near and on the branch STimits the calices are usually crowded and slightly less than 1 mm. ir diameter. Upper margin of the calices usually more prominent tin the lower, sloping slightly downward, externally finely costulate. |j>epta, 6 primaries distinct, well developed, extending to the col- li ella, the directives more prominent than the other primaries; ■Dndaries are small or obsolete, if they were present they usually Ire been destroyed in the type and paratypes of the species. I /olumella, a small, only slightly prominent style, ■itoenenchyma dense; its surface beset with pointed granulations. m{jOcalities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone stations 6016, in the Eperador limestone, quarry, Empire, where some hundreds of 8]cimens were obtained; 6024&, lower end of culvert, Panama Klroad (relocated line), on Rio Agua Salud, in the upper bed, col- le ed by T. W. Vaughan and D. F MacDonald. Station 6026, in the Cebra formation, 2 J miles south of Monte Lirio, Panama Railroad (located line), collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. i^nguilla, station 6894, bluff, south side of Crocus Bay, in the lower 5 by 5. 4. nbv 6.5 4.5T>y 5.0 4.0 by 4.0 5.0 by 5.3 5. 5 by 7. 5 5.0 by 6. 5 4. 5 by 5. 5 19.0 ^st below the place of bifurcation the parent branch is consider- compressed; in one branch the greater diameter below a fork ! mm., while the lesser diameter is only 6.5 mm. IKces rather shallow, but distinctly excavated: diameter, 1 mm. ; is nee apart from 0.5 to 1.5 mm., usually less than the calicular Peter; margins usually slightly or not at all raised, but knots wspond to the outer ends of the septa. There is no upper lip to icalices. i pta, six weU-devcloped, strong, subequal primaries extend to k columella; secondaries small but usually distinct. Subequal Is correspond to the outer ends of the two cycles of septa, and a 340 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. smaller lmot with no corresponding septum usually occurs befrwl each pair of larger knots. Columella, a distinct, round, moderately prominent style, \ slightly compressed in the directive plane. Coenenchymal surface roughly granulated, from 1 to 4 row; granules between calices, depending on their distance apart. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, in the Empen limestone at stations, 6016, quarry, Empire; 6024&, lower end of vert, Panama Railroad (relocated line), on Rio Agua Salud in upper bed, collected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes.—'No. 324769, 324770, U.S.N.M. (7 specimens). Of other species of StylopTwra with which I am acquainted S. % donaldi seems to resemble most S. granulata Duncan from Bow Jamaica. S. granulata has deeper calices, less developed secon< septa, and in some specimens the upper lip of the calices is r| prominent than the lower. STYLOPHORA GRANULATA Duncan. 1864. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vo p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 3. 1867. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vo p. 25. 1873. Stylophora granulata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vol p. 551. Original description. — "The corallum is ramose; the branches Ify nearly cylindrical, often flattened on one side, and leave the ste:]A an acute angle. The calices are placed irregularly, and are separ| by a coenenchyma, which is sharply granular, and which has rarely any grooves or continuous ridges on its surface. The c£l| are circular, not inclined, very deep, and are surrounded by a r; ring formed by the septa and costae. The columella is sitij deeply; it is cylindrical below, and sharp where free, but it doet reach the level of the calicular margin; it is delicate, and six septa are attached to it low down. The septa are in two sets, superficial septa are from eighteen to twenty in number; six areiBi tinuous with the large septa, and the rest taper finely intern all) j externally, the spindle-shaped process being one-naif septum an< rest costa. The processes are close, radiate, and horizontal. Ei eter of calices, one-thirtieth inch [0.8 mm.]. "Localities: Bowden and Vere, Jamaica.'' Duncan, in. 1873, cites this species from St. Bartholomew, buti I am convinced, is an erroneous identification. There are two small broken branches of this species in the cj tion of Mr. T. H. Aldrich, obtained at Bowden, Jamaica, an< sen ted to the United States National Museum. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 341 Specimen No. 1. — Small branch, 16 mm. long, diameter of lower 4 mm.; upper end flattened, bifurcating, greater diameter 5.5 , lesser 3 mm. )iameter of calices very slightly less than 1 mm., separated by >ut the same width of coenenchyma. The margin is usually a very htly elevated rim without an elevated Up around which are 12 to small costae. In a few instances the costae continue from one ce to the next, but usually the intercalicular coenenchymal sur- I is merely granulate. There are from two to six indefinite zones wavy lines of granulations between two calices. The granula- s are subcorneal, round-pointed. Limits of zooids sometimes tly indicated by a slightly raised granulated line. Calices mod- ely deep. Six principal septa, the second cycle represented by •ill shoit septa, variable number of rudimentary members of the w. The upper margins are slightly exsert. olu'mella does not reach to level of calicular margin, sharp- lted. pecimen No. 2. — A small somewhat compressed, broken branch, nm. long; greater diameter of lower end, 6.5 mm., lesser, 5 mm.; iter diameter of upper end, 6 mm., of lesser, 4 mm. Diameter of ces very slightly more than 1 mm. Width of intervening coenen- ma averages about the same as the diameter of the calices. licular rim a little elevated, and slightly swollen around the base. » ostae longer than in No. 1. Granulations about the same in both fiimens. Elevated line between zooids usually distinct. Lhere is in this collection a third specimen which is probably only I triation of the same species. It is a fragment of a branch 14 mm. I The diameter of the calices is about 0.75 mm. ; the calicular fas are not elevated but usually tend to be depressed. The coenen- Imal surface is very densely and minutely granulate. The limits of oining zooids are indicated either by a very faint raised or by an dressed line. t ocalities and geologic occurrence. — Besides occurring in the Bowden a l of Jamaica, StylopTiora granulata is also found in Cuba at sta- ffs 3476, Baracoa, and 3461, gorge of Yumuri Eiver, Matanzas, ■cected by T. W. Vaughan. anto Domingo, station 7781, Rio Cana, zone H, collected by Miss I . Maury. STYLOPHORA CANALIS. new species. Plate 76, figs. 2, 2a. orallum of type, a small, nodular mass, 42 mm. long, 23 mm. tall, from 10 to 14 mm. thick (see pi. 76, fig. 2, for view, natural size. ie upper surface). tin 342 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices shallow, fairly large, 1 mm. in diameter; usually 1 m apart. Margins not elevated; the walls barely distinguishable fn the surrounding coenenchyma. Septa in two distinct cycles; only the six primaries reach 1 columella, but the secondaries are well developed. Columella, a pointed style. Coenenchymal surface crossed by costules, along which are re tively coarse granulations. In places the coenenchyma appears ( lular, as the costules are not solidly fused but have cellules develoj I between them. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, in Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaugl and D. F. Macdonald. Type— No. 324775, U.S.N.M. This species most closely resembles a species from the base of Chattahoochee formation, on Flint River, 4J miles below Bainbric Georgia, but it differs from the latter species in two charact* namely, the outer ends of the principal septa are not produced i prominent teeth, and in places the coenenchyma is distinctly cellu. STYLOPHORA PONDEROSA Vaughan. 1900. Stylophora ponderosa Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 132 13, fig. 16; pi. 14, figs. 1, la, 16. One of the specimens obtained by me in Antigua seems refer* to this species. The upper surface has four nipple-shaped elevati on it; the largest is about 15 mm. in diameter at the base, at 5 mm. tall, and about 5 mm. in diameter just below the roun summit. Except such protuberances, the surface is flattish, \ some undulations. The size of the calices and the septal charac are as in the cotypes of S. ponderosa. Localities and geologic occurrence.— Alabama, Salt Mountaii miles south of Jackson, just above the top of the Vicksburg gr< collected by T. W. Vaughan. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, in the Antigua format collected by T. W. Vaughan. Genus POCILLOPORA Lamarck. 1K1G. Pocillopora Lamarck, Hist, int. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2. p. 273. 191S. Pocillopora Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Waa-tington Pub. 213, p. 75. Type species. — Pocillopora acuta Lamarck. Duncan described two fossil species of Pocillopora from the 1 Indies, P. crassoramosa 1 from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domi and Pocillopora tenuis 2 from Antigua. I have seen good suit( » Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 40, pi. 5, figs. 2a, 2b, 1864. Idem, vol. 24, p. 21, pi. 1, figs. 5a, 5b, 5c, I**7. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 343 pimens of P. crassoramosa, but have seen none of P. tenuis, crassoramosa has thickish branches on which verrucae may be i developed or obsolete; P. tenuis appears to be of more or less sive growth-form and has across the corallite cavities thin |,ilae, the spaces between which are not filled by storoplasinic B)sit. i.have specimens representing four additional American fossil Lies of the genus. They are all branching forms. I collected kof the species at Willoughby Bay, Antigua, in the Antigua forma- c; and another in the upper Oligocene marl at Baracoa, Cuba, p specimen at the latter locality was obtained in association with wphora granulata Duncan, which was originally described from the pden marl of Jamaica. Miss Carlotta J. Maury obtained P. woramosa in Santo Domingo in what she designates zone D, which toove the horizon of the Bowden marl. The geographic range of fe^enus in the West Indies is, therefore, from the Antiguan R)cene to a horizon appreciably above that of the Bowden marl. POCILLOPORA ARNOLDI, new species. Plate 76, figs. 3, 3a, 36. Lie type, which is a fragment of a branch, is 28 mm. long, diameter jtwer end 6.5 by 12 mm., diameter of upper end 5.5 by 9 mm. IJcross section of the branch is strongly compressed, and one side I and at a place of bifurcation is concave instead of being convex. *e are no verrucae. (dices slightly oblong, lesser diameter about 0.75 mm., longer aeter, parallel to the axis of the branch, from 1 to 1.25 mm. i v ies rather deep, about 0.5 mm., and steep-walled. Intercorallite e flattish, arched, or slightly crested in profile, of unequal width, I 0.3 mm. to 1 mm. across. Coenenchymal surface granulo- s late, granulations fairly coarse. S)ta rudimentary, occur as low, blunt-topped, perpendicular 1<3 on the inside of the -calicular walls. In some calices 12 of e: ridges may be distinguished. The bottom of the calice is flat ^ry gently concave; no vestige of a columella could be found. Cmenchyma solid; corallite cavities solidly filled except a few t) axis of the branch. Lnlity and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6444, quarry ti Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by Dr. Ralph Arnold, Bp name I take pleasure in attaching to this well-marked species. Ive.— No. 324782, U.S.N.M. the other five fossil species of Pocillopora known from the -rjiry formation of the West Indies and Central America, the Dned species from Antigua, previously mentioned, is the most r. The latter species is composed of small, more or less com- 37149— 19— Bull. 103 11 ,344 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. pressed branches, it has no verrucae, the calices are rather deep | septa are perpendicular ridges down the inside of the calicular vl and there is no trace of a columella. In these characters the tw<| similar. The species from Antigua differs from P. arnoldi by hsU larger calices, lesser diameter 1 mm. or more, usually more than 1 ]j| and the calicular margin is rather persistently marked by a sli| raised acute rim. A description of the species from Baracoa, ( follows. POCILLOPORA BARACOAENSIS, new species. Plate 77, figs. 1, la. This species may be characterized as follows: The corallum is branching; it has no verrucae and no colunJ tubercle. The branch is regularly subcircular or broadly ellij in cross section, 10.5 mm. in diameter at lower end. The calicc very shallow and are subcircular in outline, about 0.75 mi. diameter, distance apart usually slightly more than the cali diameter. Thick short septa join the columellar plug to the Coenenchyma very dense. These characters are different from those of any of the other k American species. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 3476, in jm argillaceous marl, Baracoa, associated with Stylopliora grai\ Duncan, collected by T. W. Vaughan. The geologic horizon o| species is that of the Bowden marl. Type.— No. 324783, U.S.N.M. POCILLOPORA GUANTANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 77, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum composed of irregularly shaped, more or less comp and contorted branches, among which there is considerable tomosis. The branches may be as much as 27 mm. wide, 7.1 thick near the summit, and 12 mm. thick at the base. The t] on which these measurements were made is 41 mm. long. Vei] entirely absent on the type. Calices from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. in diameter; usually less tl\ about their diameter apart. They are deep pits without any of septa, except that hi a few calices what appear to be thick U tives are recognizable on the plug forming the calicular floor. ( lar margins usually even with the coenenchymal surface; in j calicos they are somewhat tumid and slightly elevated. The columella is only a plug. Stout, horizontal tabulae pi Coenenchyma very dense. Surface in type worn, but appaj beset with spines or granulations and not costulate. Locality and geologic occurence. — Cuba, station 7514, al miles nearly due oast of Monument H4 on the east boundary GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 345 3. Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, altitude about 400 feet a. t., in ils of the age of the Antigua formation, collected by O. E. Meinzer. type. — No. 324784. U.S.N.M. This species differs so markedly n the other West Indian species of Pocillopora that comparisons h the other species seem unnecessary. Genus MADRACIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Axhelia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 69. 1849. Madracis Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 70. 1861. Reussia Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Ant., p. 63 (of reprint). 1871. Pentalophora Saville-Kent, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1871, p. 283. j 1884. Madracis Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 45. T1900. Madracis Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39, p. 128. -11901. Axhelia Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 294. iil902. Madracis Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 108. ype-species. — Madracis asperula Milne Edwards and Haime! MADRACIS MIRABILIS (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Li L861. Stylophora mirabilis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Ant., p. 62 (of reprint), pi. 9, figs. 6, 7. L901. Axhelia mirabilis Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 295, pi. 1, figs. 3, 3a. single fragment of a branch from Limon, Costa Rica, is 23 mm. , 2 mm. in diameter at the lower end. and 3 mm. in diameter t below trifurcation at the upper end. The fragment is slightly r-.ate in form, not quite straight, and is not so crooked as is usual i he specimens of M. mirabilis with which I have compared it. 1 septa are less exsert around the calicular margins then is usual i tie species. Although there are the differences indicated, they Ipf the kind that may be produced by vegetative causes. jcality and geologic occurrence, — Costa Rica, hills of Port Limon, (669 of H. Pittier collection ; geologic horizon not known. ,'iba, station 3461, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, 19 frag- (ts collected by T. W. Vaughan in a marl of lower Miocene Svden) age. 'iese fragments perhaps should be referred to a new species; ithey appear more probably to be only a variant of M. mirabilis. rati Family ASTROCOENIIDAE Koby. Genus ASTROCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 348. Astrocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. X)0. Astrocoenia Gregory. Palaeontol. Indica. ser. 9, vol. 2. pt. 2. p. 59. (Syn- onvmv and elaborate discussion.) ,11 pe-species —Astrea numisma Defrance. sides the five species of Astrocoenia recognized in the present , I have described one under the name of Stylocoenia duerdtni 346 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. from the Eocene of Jamaica, 1 which also occurs in the upper Eoc< of St. Bartholomew. I describe as new the species from Anti^ (A. decaturensis) , to which Duncan applied the name Astrocoe ornata. 2 This species is also found in the coral reef at the base of Chattahoochee formation on Flint River, near Bainbridge, Geor^ and near Guantanamo, Cuba. More critical study may lead to recognition of one or two additional species. The names of European species applied by Duncan and others to West Ind forms probably should be dropped from the literature. ASTROCOENIA D'ACHIARDII Duncan. Plate 78, figs. 2, 2a. 1873. Astrocoenia cT achiardii Duncan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jonrn., vol p. 554, pi. 20, figs. 7, 7a. 1899. Astrocoenia d'achiardii Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 22 Dr. C. W. Hayes obtained in Nicaragua, "on or near the Pac coast," a specimen of Astrocoenia (pi. 78, figs. 2, 2a) that se<| referable to A. d'achiardii. The corallum is ramose; branch somewhat compressed, le; diameter of lower end 10.5 mm., greater diameter only slightly rcj than the lesser. Calices from 2 to 3 mm. in diameter, measured between tin summits; the diameter of the largest calice is 3 mm. Maxim j thickness of walls between adjoining calicular cavities, 1 r| Depth of calices about 1 mm. Eight prominent septa reach the columella, with a small seplj between each pair of the larger. The large septa are narrow au the bottom of the calice, where they widen and fuse to the colunni around which they show decided thickening. The calicular cavj therefore, is steep-sided and relatively flat-bottomed. The columella is a slightly prominent, compressed style. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Nicaragua, on or near the Pai coast, in the Brito formation, collected by C. W. Hayes. Dr. Hu s&ys regarding the Brito formation. 3 The greater part of the Brito formation is apparently barren of organic rem; The only location at which fossils have been found are on or near the Pacific ( j This, however, may be due to the fact that the rock exposures are not elsewh( such a character as to facilitate the discovery of fossils, and the latter may pos be more generally distributed than present knowledge would indicate. The f| are confined almost wholly to the limestones and marly beds. They consist of c j molluscan, and foraminiferal remains. The Foraminifera, according to Dr. Joseph A. Cushman, indi an Eocene a^e. • Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 235, pi. 37, figa. 1-1, 1899. • Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 425, pi. 14, fig. 7, 1863; Idem., vol. 21, p. 23, 1867. « QeoL Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 10, p. 312, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 347 istrocoenia d'acliiardii was described from the upper Eocene of St. rtholomew. Finding it on the Pacific coast of Nicaragua is addi- lal evidence in favor of connection between the Atlantic and Pacific ans across Central America during upper Eocene time. ASTROCOENIA GUANTANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 79, figs. 1, la, 2. Jorallum massive, with a rather uniformly rounded or more or less erose surface. Type 55 mm. long, maximum width about 31 mm., *ht 38 mm. The corallum may be much larger. Malices polygonal, shallow, almost superficial, small; maximum about 1.75 mm. in diameter, 1.5 mm. usual, smallest calices ut 1 mm. in diameter, measured between thecal summits. Inter- illite walls acute or flattish, usually less than 0.25 mm. wide, dmum width 0.5 mm.; crossed by subequal costae corresponding ill septa unless very narrow, when the edge of the wall is dentate ead of costate. epta 16 in number, 8 reach the columella; 8 small, about half length of the principals; in most instances they are thicker in wall than at their inner ends. Margins of the longer with about ;e dentations on each. Septal faces with sharp granulations, olumella, a small, erect, central style. ocallties and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 7522, Mogote k, 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reser- on, Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t. ; )cted by 0. E. Meinzer (type) . ntigua, station 6865, Jackass Point, St. John, collected by T. W. Ifighan. ianama, station 6587, Tonosi, collected by D. F. MacDonald. * type.— No. 324794, U.S.N.M. \\strocoenia guantanamensis is most nearly related to Astrocoema mistans (Duncan) which is from the upper Eocene St. Bartholo- W limestone, and is the next species here described. The calices 1L incrustans, a description of which follows, are rather deep and I bit ercor alii te areas are flattish and costate. ASTROCOENIA INCRUSTANS (Duncan). \ 873. Stephanocoenia incrustans Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 553, pi. 20, fig. 6. 899. Stephanocoenia incrustans Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 229. iginal description. — "The corallum is low in height, and in crusts My surfaces. The corallites are united by their rather thick walls, ^ are parallel. The calices are quadrangular or pentangular, and th<" margins are marked by the septa of the adjacent corallites. I 348 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The septa are subequal at the wall, and 16 in number; but c eight reach the small and deep styloid columella; the others pro very slightly, and are moniliform on their free edge. The pali attached to the eight larger septa. "Height of corallum, one-tenth inch [ = 2.5 mm.]. Breadtl calice, one-twentieth inch [ = 1.25 mm.]." The following notes are based on the type-specimen: It is a small thin fragment, 17.5 mm. long, 8 mm. wide, and 4 i thick. The calices are moderately deep polygonal, many are elongate, smaller ones measure 0.9 mm. in diameter, an elongated one is mm. wide and 2 mm. long. The walls are thin, about 0.2 mm. w however, the upper edges of the septa are flattened and somev expanded. No mural styles. Septa, 16 in number, equal in thickness at the wall, thicker the spaces between; 8 extend to the columella, the laminae thi between the portions surrounding the columella and the outer e The other 8 septa are short. The margins are finely dentate, tinct pali absent. Apparently dissepiments are present. ColumeUa st3 T liform, rather prominent, compressed. This coral can not be referred to Steplianocoenia because there no pali and the septal margins are dentate, instead of being en However, it exhibits all the characteristics of Astrocoenia. In size of the calices, number of the septa, and character of the sc margins it resembles A. duerdeni (Vaughan), but differs from species by the apparent absence of mural spines Notwithstan this, it is not impossible that the type-specimen could be a poi of a corallum of A. duerdeni, the styles being absent from the whence it was derived. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Island of St. Bartholoi P. T. Cleve, collector; subsequently collected by T. W. Vaugha the upper Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone. Type. — University of Upsala. ASTROCOENIA DECATURENSIS, new species. Plate 78, figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a. 1863. Astrocoenia ornata Duncan, Gool. Soc. London Quart. Journ., v( p. 425, pi. 14, fig. 7. (Not Milne Edwards and Haime.) 1864. Astrocoenia ornata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24 Corallum massive, rather large, upper surface with numerous bosities. One specimen has a base 14 by 17 cm., respectively, a smaller and greater diameter, and is about 8 cm. in height, an« has 19 cm. as the greatest diameter of the base. Corallites polygonal, separated by walls that are never very t rarely as much as 1 mm., upper edge usually if not always ma GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 349 a ^niall raised, granulated line. The distal ends of the septa are jj' duced as short costae to this line and often a granulation occurs ween each pair of costae. The diameter of the corallites ranges r < il 1.5 to 2.5 mm. ; about 2 mm. is the average. Calices shallow, •epta distant, normally 16 in number, of which 8 extend to the rmella, occasionally 20, with 10 reaching the columella. Their er ends are slightly prominent on the wall and are equal in size. |j inner margins lie almost in a straight line or are very slightly avated but are regularly finely dentate, with four to seven teeth ..:>ach septum. These teeth are moderately acute and are directly j.quely upward and inward. Granulations on the faces minute, jpted. Indothecal dissepiments present, thin, not abundant, olumella a strong style, upper end pointed but not very promi- t. There is some thickening of the inner ends of the larger septa ;re they fuse to the columella. ocalities and geologic occurrence. — -Georgia, station 3383, Hale's ding on Flint River, 7 miles below Bainbridge; and station 3381, 8 Springs, 4 miles below Bainbridge, collected by T. W. Vaughan. . dand of Antigua, West Indies, in the Antigua formation, collected '.iRobert T. Hill. uba, station 7523, south side of Mogote Peak, altitude 250 feet J ., one-half mile east of east boundary of the United States Xaval nervation, near Guantanamo, collected by O. E. Meinzer. ; 'ype.— Cat. No. 324789, U.S.N.M. iaratype.— Gat. No. 324788, U.S.N.M. strocoenia ornata Duncan from Antigua (No. 12948, coll. Geol. c London) is a massive species of Astrocoenia. It is silicified; the ) llites are crowded, polygonal, intervening walls thin, diameter of ) llites, 1.5 to 1.75 mm. Septa, 8 principal, 8 rudimentary, thin f distant. Columella, a slender style. ASTROCOENIA MEINZERI, new species. Plate 79, figs. 3, 3a. )rallum composed of thick branches, with broadly elliptical cross- xion. Type, a broken, bifurcating branch. Length from broken a to fork, 50 mm.; diameter of basal end, 23.5 by about 24 mm. Hneter of broken end of branch at fork, 23 by 24 mm. Length of ten lateral branch from fork, 21 mm.: diameter of distal broken a 17.5 by 20.5 mm. dices rather large, diameter measured between thecal summits m 2.5 to 3 mm.; depth, 1.25 to 1.5 mm. Intercorallite walls from ■to 1.5 mm. across where well preserved, about 0.75 mm. usual, a laces the top of the wall is acute, but this condition is probably due 350 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to weathering. Where the walls are wide there is usually a dislj intercorallite groove. Thick costae or mural teeth are prob present on perfect specimens, but they are not distinct on the t as its surface is worn. Septa 16 in number; 8 principals extend to the columella, ail are short but thick. The principal septa slope in a concave curve t< bottom of the calice, and are narrow nearly to the level of the bol of the calice; the smaller septa are narrow. All septa are thic| the wall, and the principals are fused by their thickened inner around the columella. About seven small dentations were cou! on one long septum. Septal faces with small granulations. Columella a low style, with rounded upper end; it with the if septal ends fused around it forms a rather large columellar ma* Thickish dissepiments are present.. Locality and geologic occurrence, — Cuba, station 7522, Mogote II 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reservalfc Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t., lected by O. E. Meinzer. Type.— No. 324791, U.S.N.M. The species most nearly related to Astrocoenia meinzeri i d'acJiiardii Duncan from the upper Eocene St. Bartholomew | stone. The branches of A. d'acJiiardii are more irregular in f for the same size branch the calices are larger, up to 3.5 mi diameter, the intercorallite walls are not so wide, the outer pa| the septal margins are steeper, and the septal dentations are coci Notwithstanding these apparent differences, it should be adm that larger collections may lead to combining the two suprl species. ASTRO COEN1A PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 76, figs. 4, 4a; plate 78, figs. 1, la. 1901 . Astrocoenia omata Vaughan, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 57. Not: 1838. Pontes ornata Michelotti, Speoim. Zooph. diluv., p. 172, pi. 6, fig. i, 1857. Astrocoenia ornata Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vo| 257 The following is a description of the type (pi. 76, figs. 4, 4a): Corallum forming flattened, even palmate branches. The specimen, which is broken, has a greatest width of 53 mm., Id 105 mm., and a thickness ol 15.5 mm. at the lower and of 7.5 mi| the upper end. Calices, diameter from 1 .0 to 1 .5 mm., excavated but rather shal outline polygonal, united by compact, rather narrow walls, Vj range from 0.2 to 0.5 mm. across. The distal ends of the septa low costae. Septa, 16 in number, 8 reach the calumella and 8 are short or rudimentary; a few dentations, usually about 3 or 4 on the m GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 351 each principal septum. Interseptal loculi about as wide as the k ckness of the septa. t columella an erect style, which does not reach the level of the upper ;e of the wall; its upper termination rounded; cross-section ellip- il. I Sndothecal dissepiments present. localities and geologic occurrence. — Island Antigua in the Antigua Jtaaation. Collected by R. T. Hill and by T. W. Vaughan. r ^orto Rico, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, in the Pepino forma- nL coUected by R. T. Hill. banal Zone, station 60246, in the Emperador Hmestone, at the issing of the Panama Railway over Rio Agua Salud, collected by \N. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. n ype — No. 324785 U.S.N.M., from 4 miles west of Lares, Porto, ii'ino formation, collected by R. T. Hill, i faratype.— Cat. No. 324786, U.S.N.M. i'he foregoing description is based on the type-specimen and does i take into consideration the variation of the species. I obtained |)od suite of specimens at two exposures of the Antigua formation ■the island of Antigua. The branches range in form from greatly lipressed to sub cylindrical (see pi. 77, figs. 1, la, illustrations of a pimen from Willoughby Bay, Antigua). A segment from near Jbase of a subcylindrical branch was collected on Rio Agua Salud, k al Zone. Genus STYLOCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Stylocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime. Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 469. ype-species. — Astrea emarciata Lamarck. STYLOCOENIA PUMPELLYI (Vaughan). H900. Astrocoenia pumpellyi Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 39. p. 149. pi. 17, figs. 7, 7a. his species seems to belong to the genus Stylocoenia, as it has inter- ollite pillars; but as some septa show dentations on their margins, h original generic identification may be correct. It occurs in the ■ft' of the Chattahoochee formation, near Bainbridge, Georgia, and oin Vicksburgian deposits, as I stated in the original description. realities and geologic occurrence. — Georgia: Station 2326, Russell •png, Flint River, 4 miles below Bainbridge, collected by R. Pum- W (type, Cat, No. 158315, U.S.N.M.) ; station 3381, same locality she preceding, collected by T. W. Vaughan; stations 3383, coi- ned by T. W. Vaughan, and 7078, collected by T. W. Vaughan, '•'V*. Cooke, and W. C. Mansfield, Hales Landing, Flint River, i les below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chattahooche formation. 352 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Antigua: Station 6881, Willoughby Bay, collected by T. Vaughan in the Antigua formation. Family OCULINIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime. Genus OCULINA Lamarck. 1 1816. Oculina Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2. p. 283. 1849. Oculina Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29. p. 68. 1850. Oculina Milne Edwards and Haime, Mon. Brit. foss. Cor.. Inti\, p. Type-species. — Madrepora virginea Ellis and Solander. OCULINA DIFFUSA Lamarck. 1816. Oculina diffusa Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol". 2, p. 285. 1901. Oculina diffusa ? variety Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for vol. 2 p. 294. pi. 1. figs. 5. 5a. 1915. Oculina diffusa Vaughan. Washington Acad. Sci. Journ.. vol. 5. p. 5£ 1915. Oculina diffusa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Yearbook No. 14, p. I Doctor MacDonald obtained seven pieces of branches of species at the locality mentioned below. They are slender resemble fragments from specimens of Oculina diffusa, which j either in water 10 to 16 fathoms deep or where the water is quiet. The specimens from Panama nearly duplicate those 1 scribed from Porto Rico. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 5849, swi Mount Hope, Pleistocene, collected by D. F. MacDonald. OCULINA VARICOSA LeSueur. 1820. Oculina varicosa Le Sueur, Paris Mus. Mem., vol. 6, p. 291, pi. 17, fig. 1902. Oculina varicosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans., vol. 11. pi. 32, fige 4 (refs. to literature). A single nearly typical fragment of a branch was obtained. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 5849, sw Mount Hope, Pleistocene, collected by D. F. MacDonald. ARCHOHELIA, new genus. Archohelia differs from Oculina solely by having a persistent corallite, whereas in Oculina there is no axial corallite. Pali or form teeth are present on all but the last cycle of septa, Colui trabecular, with some papillae on its upper surface. Type-species. — Arclwlielia limonesis Vaughan. The relations of this genus to the species described in my irl graph on the Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the U: States 2 under the names Astrolielia neglecta, A. burnsi, Oculina i\ burgensis, O. mississippiensis, 0. singleyi, 0. alabamensis, 0. Ml I Toula (K. K. Geolog. Reichsanstalt Jahrb., Vol. 61, p. 489, pi. 30, fig. 1, 1911) applies the nac! Una gatuncnsis to a piece of a branch of coral, but his description and figure are inadequate for till I ideal ion of the species. * U. S. Cool. Survey Monograph 39, pp. 114-124, 1900. GEOLOGY AXD PALEOXTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 353 Jdrlclt i , and 0. ? smithi should be indicated. The species mentioned e axial corallites and generically resemble Archohelia except in details of the inner ends of the septa. The type-species of rhelia (the correct spelling of the name, instead of Astrohelia) is drepora palmata Goldfuss, which has no definite axial corallites, I have seen no pah or paliform lobes on its septa. The species which I applied the names Astrohelia neglecta and A. burn si, as W possess axial corallite should be taken out of the genus rhelw. As it is not practicable just now to revise critically the ene and lower Oligocene species listed above, it will here only be itioned that they probably should be transferred to Archohelia. ARCHOHELIA LIMONENSIS, new species. Plate 80, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 3. (iorallum composed of relatively slender branches. The following {measurements of the cotypes : Dimensions in millimeters of cotypes of Archohelia limonensis. Branch. Length. Diameter. Calices. Lower end. Upper end. Diameter. Exsert. 25 31 33 4.5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 2. 5-3 2-2.6 2. 3-3 1-3.5 0. 5-3. 5 1-7 . he cavity of the axial corallite is about 2.25 in diameter. The o?oing tables give the dimensions and amount of the projection ' le radial calices — the diameters stated are as measured from the lide of the walls. The distance between adjacent calicular mar- 4 is about 2.5 mm. on branch No. 2; in extreme cases it ranges po as much as 7 min., as between some calices on branch No. 3. I arrangement is in more or less definite spirals. Subequal or ijitly alternating costae, with closely granulate surfaces, cor- don d to all septa just below the calicular edges; lower down on I corallite limbs they flatten and become subequal; they may Miniie on the coenenchymal surface or disappear. The calicular fcties are, excavated; moderately deep, about 1.5 mm. I pta normally in three complete cycles; primaries as a rule slightly tfT than the secondaries, both cycles reach the columella, and a subequal, slightly exsert upper margins; tertiaries smaller than Secondaries and have lower upper margins. Inner edges of the Varies usually free, but in some systems they fuse to the sides of M ded secondary septa. Single or double paliform teeth on the tf" ends of the primaries and secondaries. Septal faces closely tt .date. 354 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Columella papillate. Coenenchyma dense; with or without costal prolongations the calicular peripheries ; fine granulations scattered over its suri Localities and geologic occurrence. — Costa Rica, Limon, as foil Station 2692, collected by R. T. Hill; Moin Hill, Niveau d and 461, collected by H. Pittier; station 5884&, Moin Hill, collectei D. F. MacDonald. The geologic horizon seems to be Pliocene. Florida, station 3300 in the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl of I Creek, collected by Frank Burns. Cotypes — No. 324809, U.S.N.M., from Niveau d, Moin Hill, Limon (3 specimens). Family EUSMILIIDAE Verrill. Genus ASTEROSMILIA Duncan. 1867. Asterosmilia Duncan, Roy. Soc. Philos. Trans., vol. 157, p. 653. 1873. Asterosmilia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. ,5 1884. Asterosmilia Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. Zool., vol. 28, p. 61 Type-species. — TrochocyatJius ahnormalis Duncan. When Duncan described this genus he referred to it his Tr cyathus ahnormalis, changing the name to anomala, and refig the species. He also described two additional species as A\ smilia exarata and A. cornuta, a synonym of A. ahnormalis A failed to designate a type-species for the genus. Trochocyll ahnormalis was described with much care, while the descriptioj the two other species are short and unsatisfactory. A. cornuti synonym of A. ahnormalis. It therefore seems best to tak( species I have selected, as indicated above, as the type-speci the genus. Duncan described three species of Asterosmilia from the Tei formations of Santo Domingo, namely, TrocJwcyathus ahnorn for which the genus Asterosmilia was subsequently erected, A nuta, and A. exarata, 1 and one species A. pourtdlesi from the ii Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone. I consider A. cornuta a i nym of A. ahnormalis, and transfer Duncan's TrochocyatJius profi from the genus in which it was originally placed to Astero® leaving four described fossil species in the genus. Pourtales desc from the West Indies one recent species that belongs to Asteros'. his A. prolifera, originally named CeratocyatJius prolifer, and of 1 Lindstrom's ParacyatJius arcuatus is a synonym. I here descri additional new species, namely, A. liilli, from Bowden, Jamaica Limon, Costa Rica, and have described two additional species Santo Domingo, in a paper not yet published, making eight, the number of American species at present known to belong to the • Collected by A. Olsson on Provision Tslarvl, Costa Pica, in the Gatun formation. Footn to page proof. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 355 ASTEROSMILIA HILLI, new species. Plate 80, figs. 4, 5, 6, 6a. I j 1899. Asterosmilia species Vaughan, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 149. | find it difficult to explain why a species so common as this one I d have so long remained undescribed. There are from Bowden, aica, 41 specimens in the Henderson and Simpson collection, 20 in [ Hill collection, and 9 in the T. H. Aldrich collection, making tal of 70 specimens that I have studied from this one locality. ries of ten of the best specimens of the Henderson and Simpson ction have been selected as the co types. >rallum cornute with a pointed base and attached, at least in its k stages, rather slender, curved in the plane of the greater trans- 3 axis of the calice. The following table gives the measurements number of septa in the t}^pe specimens. Dimensions of and number of sepia in Asterosm ilia hilli. « [it . ; y . Number of septa. About 24, and probably some rudimentary. 24, and a few rudimentary. 24, and a few rudimentary. 24 + 17 of the fourth cycle." 24 +20 of the fourth cycle. 24+20 of the fourth cycle. Calice broken on side. 24+20 of the fourth cycle. 48, fourth cycle complete. 48, four complete cycles. 1 About. ]e calice is oblique, its upper edge being considerably higher than wer. In the measurements given above the height of the coral- ts measured from the tip of the pedicel to the highest point of the li liar margin. le wall is only moderately thick, externally there is a variable Ipt of pellicular coating. Costae corresponding to all septa, ■let, but usually not prominent. There is a fair amount of varia- In the costal characters. In some specimens the costae of all fe are equal or subequal, low, flattish or only slightly crested; (lers, those corresponding to the septa of the first and second pr> of septa are decidedly more prominent than the intervening it?. Those corresponding to the third cycle of septa may be ?Hy more prominent than those corresponding to the fourth, n times costae of both kinds are combined in one specimen, it *r often in an intercostal space there is a raised thread or line I does not correspond to a septum. Minute, crowded granula- are scattered over the surfaces of the costae and in the inter- 1 spaces. Lesser diameter of calice. Height of corallum. mm. 6.5 7 9 10.5 12 15 15.5 18.5 19 25 356 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Septa, thin, distant, those of the first and second cycles have slig exsert margins. In adult specimens, 19 to 25 mm. tall, there ; four complete cycles, in younger specimens the fourth cycle is] complete. The members of the first and second cycles are of e size, extend to the columella, and are decidedly thicker than the o| septa. The members of the fourth cycle are thinner and shorter those of the third. The septal margins are subentire, arched all and fall at a very steep angle to the bottom of the calicular f<| Septal faces finely striate, with more or less elongate granulalj along the courses of the striae. Line of divergence of the striae j close to the inner side of the wall. Wide, tall, thin, pali, rouji above, stand before the septa of the third cycle, from whose i margin they are separated by a deep notch. The width of a pal} about 1 mm., height, 1.5 mm. Dissepimental endotheca, present, but not abundant. The i sepiments thin. The columella in fully grown specimens, prominent, compress* even distinctly lamellar in appearance. In young and broken sj mens it appears to be composed of interfused processes froKf inner ends of the septa, it is decidedly vesicular. Calice, r: deep, 3 to 4 mm. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Jamaica, Bowden, collectej J. B. Henderson and C. T. Simpson and R. T. Hill. Costa Rica, "Colline en demolition," Limon, Costa Rica, Noj of H. Pittier's collection. Cotypes.—'Nos. 324815, 32-1816, U.S.N.M. (10 specimens). The specimens from Limon, Costa Rica, are essentially duplfl of those from Bowden. One specimen with a greater calicular (| eter of 9.5 mm. has a few quinary septa. Genus STEPHANOCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime. L 348 . Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, 1848. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sri. nat., Zool., vol. 10, p. 300. 1850. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Mod. Brit. foss. Cor., p. XXX. 1857. Stephanocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., ■ j p. 264. ■ 1884. Antillastraea Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ., Zool., vol. 28, P- W ; ' r ' Type-species. — Astrea intersepta Lamarck = Madrepora inte\ Esper. it STEPHANOCOENIA INTERSEPTA (Esper). lit 1795. Madrepora intersepta EsrER, Pflanzenth., Eortsetz., p. 99, pi. 79, fl|| 1816. Astrea intersepta Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anira. sansTert., vol. 2, p. 2 P 1848. Stephanocoenia intersepta Milne Edwards and Haime, Compte9 < vol. 27, p. 469. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 357 ,1848. Stephanocoenia intersepta Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 10, p. 300, pi. 7, figs. 1, la, 16. 1848. Stephanocoenia michelinii Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 10, p. 301. 1864. Plesiastraea spongiformis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 39, pi. 4, figs. 6a, 66. 1866. Stephanocoenia debilis Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 76, pi. 9, figs. 7, 8. 1884. Antillastraea spongiformis Duncan, Linn. Soc. London, Journ., Zool., vol. 18, p. 108. 11895. Stephanocoenia intersepta Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. i 51, p. 276. 1900. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. 39, pp. 152, 153. 1900. Plesiastraea goodei Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 10, p. 553, pi. 67, fig. 1. 4901. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Geol. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 20. 1902. Plesiastraea goodei Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 106, fig. 1, p. 172, pi. 31 (not pi. 30 as given in the text), figs. 1, la. . 4915. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Yearbook No. 13, p. 222. 1916. Stephanocoenia intersepta Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Wash Yearbook No. 14, p. 221. lthough the original description of Lamarck is brief, it is good. Drding to him, "Cette espece forme de large plaques un peu r exe, et ofTre a sa surface un reseau assez fin, constitue par les Is reunis des cellules. On voit un petit axe au centre de chaque e." He placed Madrepora intersepta Esper doubtfully in its >nymy. Esper says regarding his specimens of the species: I kommt diese Koralle von den ostindischen Meeren; ich habe sie Ipfalls durch die Giite des Herm Prediger Chemnitz, mitgetheilt litem" It appears that Chemnitz had specimens from both the t ntic and the Indo-Pacific and that he gave number's of them to st. Apparently in some instances the locality labels were con- El, and that this is one of them, for Esper's figures (pi. 79, figs. I are fairly good for the West Indian and Floridian species to hh the specific name intersepta is now applied, and seem to me 1 present no other living species of coral with which I am familiar, lie corallum is massive, either subhemispherical or pulvinate in r. The corallites are not protuberant, joined directly by their a . or by costae, in the latter case exothecal dissepiments may be Knt. The diameter of the calices ranges between 2 and 3 mm. ^ i in three cycles. Primaries and secondaries bear well-developed dby which they are joined to the columella. Tertiaries thin and luvely short. Septal margins subentire or very finely dentate. )1 nella, a compressed style of nearly the same height as the pali. f thecal dissepiments subhorizontal, thin, average about 0.5 mm. 358 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. As this is the type-species of the genus Stephanocoenia, the follow notes on its finer structure will be repeated, with slight emendati from my paper on the Eocene and lower Oligocene corals of United States (1900): The septa are composed of ascending trabe lae; near the wall is a line of divergence. External to this line trabecular pass upward and have a slight inclination outward. I trabe 3ulae on the inner side of the line of divergence pass upward I incline inward. The trabeculae are fine, measuring from 0.027 0.04 mm. across. A study of the lines of growth across the trabeci indicate an entire or very obscurely dentate septal margin. 11 growth segments of the septa are well defined; the distance ac:' one measured along the fine of divergence is about 0.32 mm. on average. The distal ends of the septa do not thicken sufficiently form a pseudotheca. In places dark centers or a dark band car seen in the theca between the septal ends; that is, the wall belc in the euthecal class. In some instances the wall is clearly forj by peripherally placed dissepimenta. The corallites are rather o joined by their costae. In such instances the w r all of one coralli usually formed by dissepiments. There is usually distinguishab central erect piece, around which the principal septa fuse by inner margins. In some instances the columella appears to be for merely by the fusion of the septal margins. In one calice the of the columella is vacant, the septal margins having fused aroun The pali in cross section show as thickenings on the inner septal The inner ends-of the tertiary septa are free. The above description should be compared with Felix's descrir of Steplxanocoema formosa (Goldfuss). 1 I should also like to attention to a statement by Miss Ogilvie, that "it is doubtful if (Astrocoenia and StepJianocoenia) are represented in recent sea She evidently did not know that the type-species of Stephanocc is the recent S. intersepta (Esper). So if there is any doubt, that the genus is found fossil earlier than late Tertiary. It is astonishing to find the following statement in a recent p by Felix: 3 "Von dieser Art, welche heutzutage in Australis Meeren lebt, liegen mir zwei examplare vor. Fossil findet sich in Pliocanen Mergel von Rangoen auf Java." Such a statement the species he is discussing is one of the most widespread and known of those in Pleistocene deposits adjacent to and in the R waters of the western Atlantic Ocean, the Caribbean Sea, anc Gulf of Mexico ! Synonymy. — Gregory in 1895 gave full references to the liter on this species up to that date, except that he did not place Step) cocn'ia debiV.s Duchassaing arid Michelotti in its synonym. J 1 Deut83h. Geolog. Gosell. Zoitschr., vol. 50, pp. 252-251, pi. 2, fig. 1. 2 Roy. Roc. London Trans., vol. 187, p. 307, 1896. s Konigl. Sachs Gescll. Wiss., Leipzig, Math, Phys. Kl., vol. 64, p. 441, 1012. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 359 Vhile in Turin in 1897 I examined the specimens identified by chassaing and Michelotti as StepJianocoenia intersepta and S. micJie- , They belong to the same species. It is said of S. debilis: 1 1 Bien t les dimensions des calices de cette espece soient les memes que s la StepJianocoenia michelini, elle s'en distingue pourtant par la iraille, par les cloisons plus minces, et par Jes palis qui atteignent auteur de la columelle.'' The only character of apparent value is f height of the pali, which are as tali as the columella. The pali columella are usually of nearly the same height in the species; reas on some specimens the columella is somewhat taller; in other is the pali are taller. ■ examined Duncan's type of Plesiastraea [later described as Antil- yaea] spongiformis and a specimen identified by him as StepJiano- ia intersepta. The corallites of the former are united by their ae, and where the costae meet there is often a second wall outside true corallite wall. The second specimen had been cut, the larger e bearing the label StepJianocoenia intersepta; the smaller piece, ;h fits into the larger, was labeled Plesiastraea spongiformis. can, it seems, could not distinguish between the two. I agree |. Gregory in placing Plesiastraea spongiformis in the S3monym of Jianocoenia intersepta. Usiastraea goodei Verrill, fragment of the type No. 36497, (N.M., is precisely the same as StepJianocoenia intersepta — there differential characters. ,'stribution of StepJianocoenia intersepta. — Just how old, geolog- ic, this species is, is not definitely known. pmaica. — There is a specimen in the United States National mum bearing the station number 2580, which is for the collection a) by Messrs. J. B. Henderson and C. T. Simpson in the Bowden of Jamaica. Into Domingo. — Miss C. J. Maury obtained five specimens of this Uji-named species, as follows: 1 3 Gurabo: Zone D, associated with StylopJiora affinis Duncan, I "uds decaciis (Lyman), Pocillopora crassoramosa Duncan, Orbicella n ta (Duncan), Orbicella cavernosa var. cylindrica (Duncan), Syzy- p 'Ilia dentata (Duncan) ; zone E, associated with Placocyattius Species, PlacocyatJius variabilis Duncan, StylopJiora new species, d ads decaciis (Lyman), SyzygopJiyllia dentata (Duncan), Pavona Species. Limestone, Los Quemados, associated with Placocy- 1 variabilis Duncan. As zones I and H of Miss Maury's sec- wepresent the Bowden fauna, zones E and D are stratigraphi- U, above the Bowden. C>a. — I collected a specimen near the Morro, at the mouth of n igo Harbor, altitude about 240 feet above level. This specimen I je of Pleistocene age. The general basement country rock is 37149— 19— Bull. 103 12 360 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Miocene limestone and marl, which contain some corals of reef fac and on this basement there are in places well-developed Pleistoc coral reefs. Therefore, the specimens of StepJianocoenia inter 'St might be of Miocene age. Other specimens from stations 3436 3449, south side of the trocha in Santiago, seem definitely to bel in the La Cruz marl and to be of pre-Pleistocene age. Doctor Pittier obtained a specimen of the species at the a Co] en demolition/ ' Limon, Costa Rica, apparently in association ^ Asterosmilia MM, Dichocoenia tuber vsa, and Balanophyllia pitt The horizon would therefore be near that of the Bowden marl. Pleistocene. — General in the elevated reefs of the Caribbean Gulf region: Barbados (low-level reefs); Curacao and Arube; I Vaca, Florida, Recent. — The West Indies in general, northward to the Bermu Florida ; British Honduras. Although I have often picked up specimens of this species w they had been washed up by the waves, both in Florida and in Bahamas, I have not certainly seen it alive on the reefs. As color of the living polyps is brown, while alive it so closely resen Siderastrea radians that only very close examination will distin between them, probably on the reefs it was mistaken for the la That it is a common associate of the usual West Indian reef is shown by its usual presence among them in the fossil reefs, species ranges into slightly deeper water than most of the Indian reef corals. I dredged it at a depth of 4-9 fathoms off sau, Bahamas, and at a depth of 16 fathoms off Tortugas, Flo Genus DICHOCOENIA Milne Edwards. 1848. Dichocoenia Milne Edwards and Halme, Compt. Rend., vol. 27, p 1857. Dichocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Coral!., vol. 2, (type-species, figured, pi. DI, figs. 10a, 106). 1917. Dichocoenia Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 370. Type species. — Dichocoenia porcata Milne Edwards and Haia DICHOCOENIA TUBEROSA Duncan. Plate 79, figs. 4, 4a, 46. 1863. Dichocoenia tuberosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., v p. 432, pi. 15, figs. 5a, 56. This name has been placed in the synonymy of the living L coenia stokesi Milne Edwards and Haime by both Gregory 1 anc self. 2 One-half of Duncan's type is in the United States Nat Museum, No. 155275, presented by the officers of the Geol( Society of London. Although D. tuberosa is very similar 1 stokesi, D. tuberosa has a pendunculate base and granulate < markings below the calicular surfaces in all the specimens I 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 51, p. 208, 1895. 2 U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 371, 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 361 mined . As I am able to recognize the species I am treating it valid. Duncan records the form from the "Nivaje shale and aceous limestone of Santo Domingo." jocality and geologic occurrence. — Costa Rica, "Colline, en dSmoli- r Limon, No. 618 of H. Pittier collection, associated with erosmilialiilli, Steplianocoeniaintersepta, and BalanopJiyllia pittieri. ingle, small, immature specimen. The illustrations present its racters well enough to make a detailed description unnecessary, 'anto Domingo, Rio Gurabo, zone F, of Miss C. J. Maury's sec- associated with PlacocyatJius variabilis Duncan and Avtillia ia (Duncan^. Genus EUSMILIA Milne Edwards and Haime. L84S. usmilia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 467. 'ype-species. — Madrepora fastigiata Pallas. EUSMILIA FASTIGIATA (Pallas'). 766. Madrepora fastigiata Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 301. 895. Eusmilia fastigiata Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 260 (with synonymy). 895. Eusmilia knorri Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 261 (with synonymy). 901. Eusmilia knorri Vaughan, Geol. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 13. 902. Eusmilia aspera Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 114, fig. 3. 915. Eusmilia fastigiata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 916. Eusmilia fastigiata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. udy of large suites of Eusmilia convince me that Eusmilia jiata (Pallas) and E. aspera (Dana) — E. Jcnorri M. Edwards and iae are not specially separable, as there is great variation and oiete overlapping in the columellar characters by which they distinguished. calities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, Pleistocene at sta- 5849, Mount Hope; Costa Rica, 6251, Monkey Point, collected !. F. MacDonald. neral in the living and Pleistocene coral reefs of Florida, the Indies, and the Caribbean coast of Central America. Family ASTRANGIID^E Verrill. Genus CLADOCORA Ehrenherg. 34. Cladocora Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. 85 (of separate). '48. Cladocora Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 493. -ipe-species. — Caryophyllia cespitosa Lamarck. BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. CLADOCORA ARBUSCULA (Le Sueur). 1820. Caryophyllia arbuseula Le Sueur, Paris Mus. Mem., vol. 6, p. 275, p figs. 2a-2d. 1901. Cladocora arbuseula Vaughan, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, v p. 298, pi. 2, figs. 3, 3a (with synonymy). This species is common in the Pleistocene marls near Colon. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 5850 6039, Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDon Living in Florida and the West Indies on reef flats and in water 1 8 or 9 to about 20 fathoms deep. Family ORBICELLIDAE Vaughan. Genus ORBICELLA Dana. 1846. Orbicella Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 205. L849. Phyllocoenia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p 1901. Orbicella Vaughan, Geol. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, f902. Orbicella Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 93. 1918. Orbicella Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 85. Type-species.— Midrepora annularis Ellis and Solander. Of this perplexing genus of corals, the following species and v ties are treated as valid in the present papers : Orbicella annularis (Ellis and Solander) . limbata (Duncan). imperatoris, new species. altissima (Duncan). antillarum (Duncan). cavernosa (Linnaeus). var. endotJiecata (Duncan), var. cylindrica (Duncan). aperta (Verrill). bainbridgensis, new species. costata (Duncan). canalis, new species. tamjmensis, new species. var. silecensis, new variety brevis (Duncan). insignis (Duncan). intermedia (Duncan). gabbi, new species. As synonymy is discussed on subsequent pages, it is here necessary to say that under the name Astraea megalaxona 1 Du described from Antigua a silicificd coral which is not determin thnt his Astraea crassoJameUata a and its varieties are here rcferr i Geol. Boe. London Quart. Journ., vol it, p. 120, pi. 13, figs! ]2a, 12ft, 1863. 1 Idem., p. 412, pi. 13, OftS. 1-7. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 363 I fungid genus Diploastrea Matthai; his Astraea cellulosa 1 is made i type-species of a new genus, Antiguastrea, and his Astraea omti- Yisis 2 and Astraea tenuis 3 are referred to the fungid genus wthomorpJia Reuss. iJthough inadequacy of information regarding four species, 0. Xisima, 0. antiUarum, 0. insignis, and 0. intermedia, described by lie an, renders the preparation of an adequate synoptic table Iracticable, an attempt will be made to summarize the most long characters. With one exception, the species fall into two ■ er groups: the members of the first group normally have only le cycles of septa; those of the second group have four cycles, I fourth cycle is incomplete in some specimens, while in other spec- kis a variable number of quinary septa are present. One species, mcella gabbi Vaughan, has five cycles of septa. SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES OF ORBICELLA. Species with 3 cycles of septa. as usually 2 to 3 mm. in diameter; costae subequal; primary and secondary septa qual, extend to the columella 1.0. annularis (Ellis and Solander). ha 3 to 4 mm. in diameter; costae usually alternately large and small; secondary epta thinner than the primaries, but usually reach the columella 2. 0. limbata (Duncan). il 3S 3.5 to 5 mm. in diameter; costae prominent, thin; secondary septa usually bout half as long as the primaries, tertiaries small and thin. 3. 0. imperatoris, new species. lbs 7.5 mm. in diameter; costae tolerably developed, subequal; primary and sec- ndary septa subequal, extend to the columella... 4. 0. antillarum (Duncan). ■ Species of Orbicella with the 4th cycle of septa nearly or quite complete. ptfa 5 mm. in diameter; costae unequal, thicker than the septa, last "order-' of >stae well developed, contrasting with rudimentary septa; septa irregular in 'rangement, 36 in number, 6 septa in each of 6 systems. . 5. 0. altissima (Duncan). Ji s from 5 to 11 mm. in diameter; costae correspond to all septa, usually subequal; pta normally in 4 complete cycles, subequal over top of wall, first 3 cycles reach )lumella, no pali 6. 0. cavernosa (Linnaeus). Costae strongly alternating in size, fourth cycle small and thin without ob- vious corresponding septa 6a. var. endothecata (Duncan). Corallites smaller than in 6a (5 to 6 mm. in diameter), about 38 septa, last cycle of costae rudimentary or obsolete 66. var. cylindrica (Duncan). m,r to 0. cavernosa except that the first three cycles of septa are thinner and Her, strongly contrast in height with the quaternaries.. 7.0. aperta (Verrill). 3 6 to 7 mm. in diameter; costae low, equal; septa low and subequal on mural mniit; primaries and secondaries with rather wide erect, paliform lobes, young- t septa composed of incompletely fused spines. 8. 0. bainbridgensis, new species. Hp 7.5 to 8.5 mm. in diameter; costae highly developed, alternate 'in size except calicular margin; septa normally in 4 cycles, thin except in wall of some speci- 1 sns, paliform lobes and thickenings distinct but rather small, tertiaries usually orter than secondaries 9. 0. costata (Duncan V ' eol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 417, pi. 13, fig. 10. - Idem p. 419, pi. 13, fig. 8. 3 Idem, p. 421, pi. 13, fig. 11. 364 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices 5 to 9 mm. in diameter; costae sub equal or alternately large and small b calicular edge. Septa in 4 or nearly 4 complete cycles; primaries as a rule not larger than the secondaries, with a prominent tooth on inner end; second smaller, but with paliform tooth on inner end of each; tertiaries still sma quaternaries very small 10. 0. canalis, new spe Calices 6 to 10 mm. in diameter, exsert 4 to 4.5 mm.; costae very prominent, only rudimentary costae correspond to last cycle of septa; septa in 3 or 4 margins of primaries exsert as much as 1.5 mm. . . 11. 0. tampdensiss, new spe Calices not so elevated as in 11 ; small but distinct costae correspond tc cycle of septa 11a. var. silecensis, new var Calices 5 mm. in diameter, protuberant but rather low; costae strongly alterni in size; primary septa the largest; fourth cycle incomplete 12. 0. brevis (Dun« Calices 10 mm. in diameter; costae long, slender, subequal, occasionally a rudimei costa with no corresponding septum; septa delicate, long, slender, distant, f( cycle incomplete 13. 0. insignis (Dum Calices 5 mm. in diameter; in places small costae between larger ones; a few ternary septa 14. 0. intermedia (Dun The numbers preceding the names in the synopsis correspon numbers before the names heading the following descriptions. As OrbiceUa gdbbi is the only species with 5 complete cycle of se it needs no special caption nor is 0. irradians included in the ke 1. ORBICELLA ANNULARIS (Ellis and Solander). , Plate 80, figs. 7, 7a, 7b; plate 81, figs. 1, la, 2; plate 82, figs. 1, la, 2; plate 83 1, 2, 3, 3a; plate 84, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a. 1786. Madrepora annularis Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 3 69, J figs. 1, 2. 1786. Madrepora faveolata Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 166, J figs. 5, 6. 1790. Madrepora acropora Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3767. 1790. Madrepora faveolata Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3769. 1794. Madrepora acropora Esper, Pflanzenth., Fortsetz., vol. 1, p. 21, pi. 3 1816. Astrea annularis Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 2, p. 259. 1821. Astrea annularis Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. Genres des Polyp., p. 58, ] figs. 1, 2. 1821. Astrea faveolata Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. Genres des Polyp., p. 58, 1 figs. 5, 6. 1834. Explanaria annularis Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. i separate). L846. Astraea {OrbiceUa) annularis Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Zoophytes,. p pi. 10, fig. 6. 1857. Heliastraea annularis Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall 2, p. 473. 1861. Heliastraea annularis Duchassaing and Michelotti, M6m. Corall. An p. 76 (of reprint). 1861. Heliastraea acropora Duchassaing and Michelotti, M6m. Corall. Ad p. 76 (of reprint). 1861. Heliastraea lamarcki Duchassaing and Michelotti, M£m. Corall. Ad p. 76 (of reprint). 1863. Cyphastraea costala (part) Duncan, Cool. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ.. v pp. 441 and 443. 1863. Astraea barbadensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 1 Pi 421 and 444, pi. 15, figs. 6a, 66. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 365 1864. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 48. 1865. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc, vol. 10, p. 323. 1866. Heliastraea annularis Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Coral] . Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint ). 1866. Heliastraea lamarcki Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Mom. Corall. Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea acropora Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 84 (of reprint). 1866. Heliastraea barbadensis Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 85 (of reprint). 1866. Cyphastraea costata Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 85 (of reprint). 1868. Heliastraea barbadensis Duxcax, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1868. Cyphastraea costata Duxcax, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1895. Orbicella acropora Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 272. 1895. Cyphastraea costata Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 274. 1895. Echinopora franshi Gregory, Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 274, pi. 11, figs. 2a, 26. . 1901. Orbicella acropora Vaughax, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 22. 1901. Orbicella acropora Vaughax, U. S. Fish Commission Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 301, pis. 6, 8. 1902. Orbicella annularis Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 94, pi. 15, fig. 1. 1902. Orbicella annularis var. stellulata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 96, pi. 15, fig. 2. 1902. Orbicella hispidula Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 100, pi. 15, figs. 3, 3a, 3&. 1902. Orbicella annularis Vaughax, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, p. 56. 1903. Orbicella annularis Duerdex, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. 564, pis. 8-10, figs. 64-73. 1915. Orbicella annularis Vaughax, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol.. 5, p. 596. 1916. Orbicella annularis Vaughax, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. ubsequent study has led me to believe that changes should be wle in the synonymy as given in the first of my papers cited in the rpnymv. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, P. limbata var. teguta 3 ican, and Plesiastraea ramea Duncan represent one species and it s sparable from Orbicella annularis. As Phyllocoenia limbata is the H;r name, the species should be designated Orbicella limbata (Dun- Ja). The most conspicuous difference between it and O. annularis JQsists in its primary septa being markedly more developed than ;h secondaries. wbicella annularis is the principal coral of the outer reefs in Florida , ihWest Indies, and on the Caribbean side of Central America. It s ineral in the elevated Pleistocene of the same region. <*of. J. Graham Kerr, of the University of Glasgow, has kindly ! e~ me photographs of the type of this species, which is preserved 366 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in the Himterian Museum at that institution, and I have hased II following description on them: The corallum is head-shaped, with a greater diameter of 107 m and a lesser of 86. The calices are circular, 2 mm. in diameter, margins slightly | vatedj joined by equal costae, distance apart usually about 1 m: occasionally 2. Septa 24 in number, alternately larger and smaller; the larger rather thick and reach the columella; the intermediate ones are sh and their inner ends are free. Columella spongy, well developed, its diameter about one-thi that of the calice. A comparison of the photographs with specimens shows that < traditional Orbicella annularis of the Caribbean and Gulf regioil correctly identified. There are in the collection of the United States National Musei a number of specimens that are almost duplicates of the type-sp i- men, except that they are not worn, as is the type. These specimisi form the basis of the succeeding description (see pi. 81, figs. 1, la. in The corallum forms rounded masses rising above a rather lae,- firmly attached base, which is, however, less in diameter than le maximum diameter of the corallum. Frequently there is a in- jecting or incrusting edge whose lower surface is covered by epitha. The upper surface may be uniformly rounded, undulate, or lold. The size, of course, is variable; the masses may be several fee in diameter. The calices are circular, or slightly deformed. Their diamtHtf measured between thecal summits is from 2 to 2.5 mm. In depfr sions on the surface they may be smaller, about 1.5 mm., but ilmk are abnormal. Their edges are from 0.5 to almost 2 mm. ap*t,. about 1 mm. is probably an average. The calicular edges te\ slightly elevated. The inter cor alii te areas are costate. Costae j£: respond to all septa; subequal or alternating in size, those of adj ing calices meeting; edges dentate; thicker than the width of intercostal spaces and moderately elevated. Septa in three complete cycles, primaries and secondaries cc rather stout, extending to the columella and fusing to it; tertk shorter, about half the length of the primaries, somewhat thin inner edges free. Margins of the primaries and secondaries cN edly exsert; their inner edges fall perpendicularly to the bottoi the calicular fossa, and bear just above the columella one or prominent teeth, with a few smaller teeth above; the septal arecimen: east end of Hog Island, Bahamas, B. A. Bean, collector, !■ >rican museums at the time when he wrote his great work. If appears to be a small or somewhat dwarfed variety of 0. annularis. I have seen 111 specimens of a similar variety from the Florida reefs. ■lis may well be identical with M. stellulata Ellis and Solander, but the latter ■not be determined with any certainty from the figure, which represents a badly wu specimen. Its calicles, as figured, are mostly even smaller than in Dana's type, ■ somewhat unequal in size; the walls appear to be as solid as in the latter; the 'Ivies project slightly as in annularis; 12 to 15 septa are figured, all perfect; colu- m a is as in annularis. There is much more reason for calling this a variety of 0. an daris than there is for identifying it with Solenastraea hyades, as Gregory has done. II -e is no evidence that it is a Solenastraea. I fortunately Dana's Orbicella stellulata is a synonym of 0. annu- hs and is not even of varietal importance. Professor Verrill says, ■his may well be identical with M. stellulata Ellis and Solander/' anpinion from which I emphatically dissent. The figures of Ellis ai Solander are of a Solenastrea (Nat. Hist. Zooph., pi. 53, figs. 3, 4); tb costae do not continue from one calice to those of adjacent calices, ai the exotheca, as .is shown by the side of figure 3, is typical of Scnastrea. Furthermore, in the description of the species it is sted, "interstitiis planiusculis scabriuscuhs," the intercorallite aris are not " radiate" as in annularis. The Heliastraea stellulata of -lime Edwards and Haime (see pi. 80, figs. 7, 7a, 71) is not the folrepora stellulata of Ellis and Solander; it is probably the same *s~)rbicella annularis. here is much doubt about the Cyphastraea oblita Duchassaing and Kbelotti. The following is the original description: r jpece arrondie, avec des etoiles arrondies et a bord un peu elev<§: cdtes rares, P r ' liie confluentes; les intervalles de l'une a Tautre etoile sont garnies de granu- lans; la columelle est grande et papilleuse. I 874 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. La Cyphastrea oblita a les bords moins eleves, et les cloisons plus debordante pju celles de la Cyph. micro phthalma qui sont aussi garni es d'une petite dent sulWf forme qui manque dans la Cyph. oblita. St. Thomas. I found in the Museum of Natural History at Turin a speciU labeled " Cyphastrea oblita." It is a specimen of Orbicella annulm Another specimen bearing the same label, seen in the Museum d lis toire Naturelle at Paris, is a Solenastrea. 1 The latter is a rouJI head with a greater diameter of about 130 mm. The calices rig in diameter from 2 to 3 mm.; distance apart from somewhat leiM slightly more than 1 mm., occasionally 2 mm. Margins of the ceM marked by a slightly raised rim. Costae insignificant, occasions extending from one calice to the next. Septa in three com ■ cycles, primaries and secondaries reaching the columella; tertiB shorter, with inner edges free, i. e., not fused to the sides of a iM cycle. Pali variable in development; in some calices they are Lge flattened above, before all septa except the last cycle; in otfifj several teeth indicate the position of a palus. Columella, lax» papillary. This specimen is the same as the Heliastraea S Duchassaing and Michelotti. The original description of Cyphastrea oblita is not adequat* identification. One of the specimens from the Duchassaing Michelotti collection is Orbicella annularis, the other the same is own Heliastraea abdita. Because the Paris specimen is probablj type I am placing the species in the s}monymy of Solenastrea c noni M. Edwards and Haime (see p. 400). Heliastraea roiulosa Duchassing and Michelotti is a growth for 0. annularis, judging by the description. I did not find the tyj! Turin. The specimens determined by Duchassing and Michelott Heliastraea acropora (Linnaeus) and H. lamarcki Milne Edwards Haime are, according to specimens bearing those names in Museum of Natural History at Turin, referable to Orbicella annul] The type of Duncan's Cyphasiraea costata from Barbuda is served in the Geological Society of London, and I studied it t] The specimen shows no noteworthy variation from the usual Orh\ annularis, except that its calices are from 3 to 4 mm. in diam usually 3.5 mm. Another specimen, from Santo Domingo, lan Cyphasiraea costata is a Solenastrea. The specimens determine* I Gregory as C. costata were studied in the British Museun of Naif History; they are 0. annularis. Astraea bavbadensis Duncan is a specimen of 0. annularis fromi Pleistocene reefs of Barbados. 1 Illustrations of this specimen have been published by me in U. S. Geol. Sun . Prof. Pay*. 98-T, ' tips. 3, 8»; 1917. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 375 jregory refers Heliastraea altissima Duncan to the synonymy of 3 species, but I doubt the correctness of his conclusion and am Jating it as valid. geologic distribution. — Pleistocene and Recent, throughout the rated reef areas of the West Indies, eastern Central America, and > da - hincan 1 has listed Astraea barbadensis, one of the synonyms of Annularis, from the "marl formation" of Antigua, remarking that it greatly altered by f ossilization ; the calicular surface is subplane, the calices are seen as prominent columnar casts." Should lean's identification be correct, the geologic range of 0. annularis 3nds from Oligocene time to the present. Mr. R. T. Hill obtained Lntigua a silicified specimen that looks like 0. annularis, but I am sure that it is that species. osta Rica, station 4269, Port Limon, collected by Doctor Wailes eds referred to the Pliocene. There are three dissociated coral- > which have the general characters of Orbicella annularis, but are absolutely typical, for the primary septa are appreciably but not singly thicker than the secondaries. They are, therefore , somewhat rmediate between typical examples of the species and Orbicella hata (Duncan). 2. ORBICELLA LIMBATA (Duncan). Plate 85, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 26, 3, 4, 4a. 863. Phyllocoenia sculpta var. tegula Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 432. , 863. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 433. 864. Plcsiastraea ramea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 39, pi. 5, figs, la, 16. 866. Phyllocoenia limbata Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. M£m. Corall. Antilles, p. 76 (of reprint). 866. Plesiastraea ramea Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Corall. Antilles, p. 87 (of reprint). 868. Phyllocoenia limbata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 23. 868. Plesiastraea ramea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. r 870. Phyllocoenia limbata Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. et Spong. Antilles, p. 28. 870. Plesiastraea ramea Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. et. Spong. Antilles, p. 30. 'iginal description of Phyllocoenia limbata: 1 um in the shape of Stylina limbata Edwards and Haime. Stem large ylindrical. Corallites numerous, irregularly placed. Calices separated by coenenchyma, circular and but slightly elevated. Costae covering much e. Slightly dentate where they approach, and turning aside from those of other 'lis; they are not continuous, not very prominent, and slightly granular. Septa ^ ejecting far inwards, laminae granular; their upper margin is neither incised nor Hte; in six systems of generally three cycles, though occasionally of four. Pri- » Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, 1863, p. 433. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 13 376 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. mary septa largest. Columella rudimentary. Endotheea abundant. Diamete calice. with costae, one-fifth inch [5 mm.]. The deficient columella is the only point in which this species differs from M\ pora limbata Goldfuss, which has been determined by Milne Edwards to be a Styl From the yellow shale of San Domingo. Coll. Geol. Soc. Original description of Plesiastraea ramea: 1 Corallum in gibbous masses or more or less cylindrical processes with irres swellings. Calices distant, very slightly exsert, circular, and unequal in Septa thick at the wall, thin internally, unequal in size, according to orders: finely dentate above, but sparely granular laterally. In six systems of t cycles, with occasionally an additional order in one-half of a system. Pali small. Columella lax, papillated, and small. Fossa moderately deep. Costae developed, subequal, and marked by three or four dentate projections: they are ( dently covered with a fine epitheca, which is not granular; where the epitheca is I the costae are seen to be smaller, the tertiary being much smaller than the other; E project, however. Exotheca moderately developed and often becoming indur; Endothecal dissepiments fragile, but horizontal and frequent. Height, some in< diameter of branches 1 inch, more or less; diameter of corallites four-thirtieths [3.3 mm.]; distance between corallites about one-tenth inch [2.5 mm.]. From the silt of the Sandstone plain, San Domingo. Coll. Geol. Soc. I examined Duncan's types of Phyllocoenia limbata and Plesiasi. ramea in the Geological Society of London and made a note that latter, except that its septa are broken down and the calices ha* hollowed-out appearance, is the same as the former. In my Some fossil Corals from the elevated Reefs of Cura Arube, and Bonaire, and my Stony Corals of the Porto R waters, I placed in the synonymy of Orbicella acropora ( annularis), the three names of Duncan, cited above, considering specimens to which they were applied as growth forms of that spe More detailed studies, subsequently made, have led me to be] that I was mistaken in that course. This coral is very similar t annularis. However, there appear to be two constant differenc namely, the primary septa within the calices are uniformly thi and usually longer than the secondaries (this lesser developmer the secondaries is not occasional as in 0. annularis but constant) small, but distinctly developed, pali occur before the primary secondary septa. I have for study one specimen from Duncan's original ma labeled Plesiastraea ramea Duncan, No. 155273, U.S.N.M., ki sent to the United States National Museum by the authorities oMl. Geological Society of London (see pi. 85, figs. 1, la); 10 speciij^; belonging to the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 4 specii collected by Miss C. J. Maury in Santo Domingo, and ma; obtained by myself near Santiago, Cuba. The first specimen is in very good condition for study, and does not fit Duncan's desH^ tion well. The Museum of Comparative Zoology specimens, howMj^ I Geol. Soc. London, quart. Jour., vol. 19, 1863, p. 421. GEOLOGY AXD PALEOBIOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 377 exactly, omitting the remarks about the costae being covered by itheca. The figures presented on plate 85, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, and 3, e based on these specimens. Pliyllocoenia seidpta var. tegula Duncan. 1 As I do not find Dun- n's description of this coral satisfactory, and as the authorities of e Geological Society of London have kindly sent one of the original ecimens to the United States . National Museum (No. 155274), 3e pi. 85, figs. 4, 4a) v I submit the following description: Cora Hum, a rather thick folium; the specimen here described is fortunately broken on all its edges, its original dimensions are there- re unknown. Its present length is 62 mm. ; width 40 mm. ; greatest ickness, 15.5 mm.; thickness near outer edge 5.5 mm. Base in- sted with a coarsely wrinkled epitheca. The calicular margins are on the same level as the flat exothecal rfaces, or are very slightly raised. In form the calices are circular somewhat deformed. Diameter from about 2 mm., to 2.5 by 25 mm.; distance apart, from 1 to 3 mm. Intercorallite areas with stae, beaded on the edges, equal or alternating in size, correspond- l to all septa, those of one calico meeting those of the adjoining lices. 'Septa usually in three complete cycles, primaries and secondaries ger, and usually thicker, than the tertiaries, primaries average 'ger than the secondaries. All the primaries and most of the second- es reach the columella. Columella trabecular. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Nivaje shale, Santo Domingo, t. mean . Miss Maury obtained specimens in Santo Domingo as follows: io Cana, zone H, associated with Placocyathus, new species, phora granulaia Duncan, Aniillia bilobata Duncan, Orbicella bain- ensis Vaughan ?, Solenasirea bournoni M. Edwards and Haime, gophyllia gregorii (Vaughan), and Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and ander). Rio Gurabo, zone D, associated with Stylophora affinis ncan, Madracis decaciis (Lyman), Pocillopora crassoramosa Dun- Hi, Steplianocoenia intersepta (Esper), Orbicella cavernosa var. mindrica (Duncan), Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan) ; zone not stated, fcociated with Pocillopora crassoramosa, Thysanus grandis (Duncan), f^i Syzygophyllia dentata (Duncan). . collected in 1901 a fine specimen of this species east of La Cruz, the crossing of the highway from Santiago to the Morro over the IV road, near Santiago, Cuba. Other corals collected there, including 'h phora species (probably S. affinis Duncan), Solenasirea hour- n M. Edwards and Haime, a species of Thysanus (aft. T. excen- us Duncan), Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander), and Goniopora Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 19, p. 432, 1863. 378 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. jacobiana Vaughan, indicate similarity in horizon with zone I) of tl Rio Gurabo section. 3. ORBICELLA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 86, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5. Corallum forming rounded masses 16 cm. or more in diametea Calices in the type-specimen are not much elevated hut have a di tinct, somewhat raised wall; in other specimens the corallites im project as much as 2.5 to 3 mm. Calicular diameter, 3.5 to 5 mn distance between calices, from 2 to 3.5 mm. Corallites joined 1 prominent, rather thin, distant costae, which correspond either all cycles of septa or to the primaries and secondaries. Septa, typically in three complete cycles; the 6 primaries pron, nent, thicker than the members of the higher cycles, and extei to the columella; the secondaries usually do not reach the columel only about half as long as the primaries; tertiaries shorter and thi ner than the secondaries. The septa are usually distant in the wa 1 The third cycle of septa is incomplete in some calices; while in lar calices a few secondaries may reach oi almost reach the columella. Columella formed by the fusion of the inner edges of the prima septa. Endotheca well developed as dissepiments. Exotheca well dev oped between the strong costae, about 3 dissepiments within 1.5 m Localities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, "Panama, in tl Emperador limestone, at stations 6015 and 6016, quarries in Empi and 6017, one mile from Empire toward Las Cascadas, collected T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald; station 6256, in the Empera( limestone, 1\ miles south of Miraflores, collected by D. F. MacDona Cuba, station 3450, 4 miles north of the City of Pinar Rio, and station 3451, one-half mile west of Cienaga railroad stati near Habana, collected by T. W. Vaughan; station 3566, Beju< collected by Arthur C. Spencer; station 7544, Rio Yateras, n Guantanamo, collected by O. E. Meinzer. N. H. Darton, collec at station 7664, on the north slope of La Piedra, northeast of Jamai which is northeast of Guantanamo, a specimen of Orbicella apparer referable to this species. The calices are rather large, 7 mm. diameter, and nearly all of the secondary septa reach the colume It seems very near 0. antillarum. The specimens from Ciena Cuba (pi. 86, fig. 5), is illustrated as well as the cotypes from Panai Anguilla, stations 6893 and 6967, Crocus Bay. collected T. W. Vaughan. Cotypes.— No. 324884, 324902, 324903, U. S. N. M. Paratype.—No. 324878, U. S. N. M. This species is distinguished by the small size of its calices, prominent costae, its 6 long septa, with intermediate septa sho according to cycle. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 379 1863. 1866.. 4. ORBICELLA ANTILLARUM (Duncan). Astraea antillarum Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol 443. 19, p. \ntilles, 24, Astraea antillarum Duchassaing and Michelottt, Sup. Corall. p. 86 (of reprint). 1867. Heliastraea antillarum Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. p. 24. 1870. Heliastraea antillarum Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. This coral was doubtfully referred by me 1 to the synonymy of fiicella- cavernosa; but, as there is doubt, it is here accorded specific teatment. Original description.— •" A specimen in the form of a rolled flint, |md with silicified wood, has the corallum large, tall, probably ambling in shape that of the San Domingan A. exothecata. Coral- I close, unequal in size, but quite distinct: the transverse section >ws them to be circular in outline. Septa in six systems of three ?les. The primary and secondary septa are nearly equal, and* reach the columella; the tertiary are small and straight: all are slender, le apart, and very distinct. Costae tolerably developed, subequal. is moderately developed, by no means strong. Columella small, occupying a small space. Endotheca greatly developed, vesicu- | and forming cells between the septa. Exotheca well developed; cells broad, others squarer, with shelving dissepiments. Diam- 1 of the corallites three-tenths inch [7.5 mm.]. The interspaces are ?d with opalescent or porcellanous silica: sclerenchvma often ;troyed. Coll.-Geol. Soc." )cality. — Mojitserrat. ncan 2 list's a coral as Astraea antillarum variety, and makes following note: "With more distant calices than the type, pro- ved costae, and a less perfect development of the third septal le. The exact locality is not known, but the coral, from its leralogical characters, appears to have been obtained from An- iia. Brit. Mus." legarding the apparent absence of a fourth cycle of septa, it will loted that as they are often very small and may be broken away, lething especially likely to occur in worn specimens such as dls usually are, they may have been present, but were subse- intly destroyed. The size of the calices, 7.5 mm. in diameter, jests the presence of quaternary septa. Additional material Montserrat is needed to solve the question. 5. ORBICELLA ALTISSIMA (Duncan). L867. Heliastraea altissima Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, pp. 12. 24, pi. 2, fig. 3. \ riginal description. — "The corallum is very massive and tall, and lpper surface is sub plane and wider than the base. The calices 1 Geologisch. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 28, 1901. 2 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 36, pi. 4, fig. 2. 380 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. are barely above the common surface, they are circular, but occ sionally deformed, and they are slightly unequal in size. The calicul fossa is shallow, and the calicular margins are broader than t] septa. The columella is small, distinct, lax, and parietal. T] costae are well marked, unequal, and rarely touch, and they a thicker than the septa. The costae of the highest order are w developed, and contrast with their rudimentary septa. The sep are delicate, they are thinner midway than elsewhere, and the which reach the columella have a paliform tooth; they are not exse and are only slightly dentate. The septa are very irregular in th arrangement. There are six s}'Stems, and in most of them the are three cycles with or without a part of a fourth in one-half of system, so that there are constantly six septa in a system inste of eight. The endotlieca is well developed; and the dissepim are close, stout, and nearly horizontally parallel. The exotheca abundant, forming small ceils with arched outlines. Height coralium 6-8 inches. Diameter of calices two-tenths inch [ = 5 mm Locality. — St. Croix, Trinidad. Gregory 1 places Duncans Heliastraea altissima in the synonyi of Orhicella acropora (Linnaeus), without giving his reason. He n be right, but the calices are large for 0. acropora (here called annularis), and judging from the presence of quaternary septa almost certainly distinct. According to Duncan's figure every otl septum reaches the columella, a septal arrangement which is one the characteristics of 0. annularis. I did not see the type in Lond and think that until it is restudied or additional material has b< collected at the type locality, it will not be possible to reach a posit decision as to the validity of the species. 6. ORBICELLA C AVERNOSA (Linnaeus). Plate 87, figs. 1, la. 16, lc; plate 88, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 36. 1766. Madrepora cavernosa Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, vol. 1, p. 1276. 1901. Orhicella cavernosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mufi. Leiden Samml. 2j vol. 2, p. 27 (Synonymy with exceptions noted below;. 1902. Orhicella cavernosa Verkill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1 102. 1915. Orhicella cavernosa Vaughan. Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 1916. Orhicella cavernosa Vaughan. Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book No p. 227. In my first paper referred to in the synonymy I placed Astraea doihecata, Astraea cylindrica. and Astraea brevis of Duncan in synonymy of this species. .1. endothecata and A. cylindrica i seem to mo to deserve varietal recognition and A. brevis should treated as a valid species until additional information concernin i- available. Duncan's Astraea antiguensis, which I doubtf i Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 272, 1895. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 381 f ced in the synonymy of 0. cavernosa, has the general appearance Orbicella, but it is a fungid coral and is referred to the genus athomorplia. Astraea antittarum, given by me as doubtfully a lonym of 0. cavernosa, should for the present at least be treated a valid species. Vs so many of the species related to 0. cavernosa must be con- . ered in this paper, it is desirable to describe all those members of group found in the American Tertiary formations and now ng in the western Atlantic Ocean. The systematic rank of the ms described on the following pages is open to debate, and I wish e to express my recognition of other methods of treatment. As forms, whether they be designated 11 species," ''subspecies," , ariations," or merely "variants," exist, and as they have geographic I geologic significance, they should be discriminated and char- , erized. In comparison with these desiderata nomenclatorial ... siderations are of secondary importance. jrbicella cavernosa is so variable that great difficulty has been serienced in constructing an intelligible description. A very ^resting specimen, obtained by Prof. J. E. Duerden in Jamaica t' . presented by him to the United States National Museum, will } be described in detail, as it shows within itself a wide range of tiation and indicates the lines of variation of other specimens I *e constant in their character (see pi. 87, figs. 1, la, 16, lc). jhe corallum is oblong; upper surface convex but not uniformly led or domed; base epithecate. Length, 25 cm.; breadth, 20 :; thickness, 11.3 cm. r .. |he specimen has two different kinds of calices. Those of one El are rather distant, protuberant, and have subequal, not very a thick, dentate costae (pi, 87, fig. 1). The transverse outline is iular or broadly elliptical, diameter between thecal summits f :m. ; one of the elliptical calices has a greater diameter of 11 mm., ^?r about 9 mm. The costae are about 1 mm. tall. The distance ft, measured between the outer costal edges, is from almost o iguous to 6 mm. The free limb of the corallite is sub cylindrical d projects between 6 and 7 mm. The calices, as is shown by ffye 87, figures 1, la, are not uniformly distributed, and vary in iz form, and prominence. j |. a fully developed calice there are 48 septa, every other one ■ xtnding to and fusing to the columella. All the septa, particularly h< principals, are rather thick. The margins are dentate, within healicular cavity, they fall abruptly to the bottoms of the calices, ■ h are 3 to 4 mm. deep, and there the principals extend to the wnella. There are septal teeth around the periphery of the otnella but they are not in the form of well-developed pali or >a orm lobes. 382 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The columella is large, trabecular, with a papillate upper surfs diameter, as much as 4 mm. The columellar elements are rat often twisted and present a whorled appearance. Endothecal dissepiments rather delicate; exotheca, coarse very vesicular. The calices of the other kind (pi. 87, fig. la) in their typical de^ opment are smaller than those above described, their edges only slightly elevated, and the septa and costae are decidedly and exsert. Diameter of the calices from 5 to 8 mm. ; septal marj 2 mm. tall. The differences between these two kinds of calices are so gi. that it seems scarcely possible that they could belong to the sf ( species ; however, they occur on the same corallum where per, intergradation can be traced. Pourtales, as far back as 1871, 1 published the following import, notes on this species: There is considerable variation among the specimens from Florida in the Museu Comparative Zoology, enough apparently to warrant placing them among the species mentioned in the synonymy; but by carefully examining the different of each specimen, passages from one to the other can be found. Thus young po doms, expanding rapidly laterally and with rather distant polyps, appear at fii differ considerably from strongly convex ones with crowded calices; the costa< larger, flatter, and less sharply denticulate, and the border of the calicles less elev The size of the calicles, relied on to divide the genus into groups by Milne Edv and Haime, is a very uncertain character; one specimen has in one part the cal varying from 3.5 to 4 mm., in another from 7 to 8 mm. The same specimen h some parts the contiguous walls united solidly, with very few or no exothecal eel others separated by an abundant cellular exotheca. In worn specimens the last disappears first, for that reason probably Orbicella (Madrepora) radiata Ellis has characterized by the Milne Edwards and Haime as having but three cycles. Verrill gives the following description: 2 Much of the confusion in regard to the name of this species is due to the fact tl was generally described and figured from badly beach- worn specimens by the ej writers. Such specimens have the septa and calicles worn away and the har< otheca thus becomes prominent around the excavate calicles, so as to greatly cl the appearance of the coral. Another cause is the rather wide variations in th< of the calicles. The normal or average specimens have the calicles about 6 to 8 mm. in dian but occasionally a specimen occurs in which part or all of them may be 9-10 mi rarely, even 11 mm. in diameter. Sometimes, on crowded parts of large specii the diameter may be only 4 to 5 mm. The degree of elevation of the calicles i more or less variable on a single specimen. The calicles may be pretty close together- where crowded, but in other cases are separated by spaces of 4 to C mm. or more. The costae are usually well deve. as denticulated, rounded, radial ribs, usually 48 in number. The septa are generally about 48, arranged in four regular cycles, but seve: v those of the last cycle are often rudimentary or lacking, reducing the number to 4 ' Mus. Comp. Zool. 111. Cat., No. 4, p. 76. 2 Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 11, pp. 102, 103, 1902. k GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 383 y differ in breadth and thickness according to the cycles; those of the last cycle very thin and often bend toward and join those of the third cycle. The principal ta are exsert, denticulated, and thickened at the wall. The columella is usually 1 developed and broad. The paliform teeth are distinct, but not very prominent, ometimes forms hemispherical masses 4 to 5 feet or more in diameter, his species appears to be rare at the Bermudas, and probably occurs only on the prmost reefs. The only specimen seen by me from there was from near the North ks. (Centennial collection.) It is a hemisphere about 11 inches in diameter, of typical form. It is common on the Florida reefs and throughout the West Indies lia, Brazil; (Yale Mus.);=var. hirta, now, with elevated corallites; roughly serrate- 1 costae and septa; caiicles deep, 5-6 mm. broad; septa narrow, perpendicular lin, usually 40-44. EThe description of the Jamaican specimen, when taken in connec- h with the notes by Pour tales and Verrill, gives a good idea of the 'ent of the variation of the species except in one particular, that of septal arrangement. The normal, fully developed calices have four hplete cycles of septa; however, sometimes the fourth cycle may be complete while at others there may be a few quinaries. In recent specimens the tertiaries usually, but not invariably, end to the columella. ^he characters common to all of the specimens may be briefly umarized as follows: yorallum massive, base epithecate, upper surface flat, irregularly Icvex, or domed. Calices more or less elevated, diameter from 5 to •mm., externally costate, costae normally subequal. Septa nor- illy in four complete cycles, the members of the first three cycles Eend to the columella, but the fourth may not be complete, and Kietimes there may be a few quinaries. Columellar trabecular, ►1 developed, large, with a papillary upper surface. J lemarks on the synonomy of 0. cavernosa. — The names 0. radiata lis and Solander), 0. argus (Lamarck), 0. eonferta (Milne Edwards Haime), and 0. cavernosa var. hirta Verrill, are definitely placed he synonymy of 0. cavernosa, and it is thought probable that braziliana Verrill, should be referred to it. These names will be li'ussed seriatim. tfrregory applies 0. radiata to this species, as he considers the Lin- Uan definition of Madrepora cavernosa insufficient, an opinion with Itch I do not agree. All the Linnaean descriptions are unsatisfactory, n in this instance Linnaeus refers to the figures of Seba, he places the irepora astroites of Pallas in its synonymy, and he states "Habitat ). Americano. 77 Taking all things together, the original diagnosis l the references seem to me sufficient for purposes of identifica- -in fact, the brief Latin description is not bad. 0. radiata was posed to differ from 0. cavernosa by possessing only three cycles ^pta. Pourtales states, in the quotation already made from him, b "In worn specimens the last cycle disappears first; for that on probably Orbicella (Madrepora) radiata Ellis and Solander has « 384 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. been characterized by Milne Edwards and Haime as having three cycles." Lamarck's Astrea argus is a new name for the Madrepora cavern Esper. The reason for his giving it is not evident. The specimen identified by Ehrenberg as Explanaria argus, wh is the type of Milne Edwards and Haime Astrea conferta, is in Berlin Museum fur Naturkunde, and the following notes are ba upon it: The specimen is much worn and is apparently somewhat fossiliz The calices are not regularly rounded, but frequently are of irregi polygonal outline. The greater diameter of an average calicc 8.5 mm.; lesser 7 mm. Thickness of wall between the calices is mm. In one calice there were 21 large and 21 smaller septa; th may be four complete cycles in some calices. The columella is v large and vesicular and occupies the greater part of the coral cavity. Dissepiments abundant, about 13 to 5 mm.; they si downward and inward. From reading the Pourtales descript quoted above, it will be evident that this is only a variety of cavernosa with crowded calices. The Explanaria radiata of Ehrenb is the ordinary Keliastraea cavernosa as figured by Milne Edwa and Haime, except that the fourth cycle of septa may not alwayi complete. Orbicella cavernosa var. compacta Vaughan (pi. 88, figs. 3, 3a, has solid exotheca, low mammillate corallites, and equal cosi Recent on the Brazilian coast; lat. 12° 48' S., long. 38° W. fathoms. Localities and geologic occurrence. — On the living and Pleistoc reefs of Florida, the West Indies, and the Caribbean side of Cen America. There are beach worn or Pleistocene specimens from Isthmus of Darien in the United States National Museum, coUec bv Dr. Van Patton. 6a. ORBICELLA CAVERNOSA var. ENDOTHECATA (Duncan). Plate 89, figs. 1, la. 1863. Astraea endothecata Duncan, Geol. Soe. Loud. Quart. Journ., vol. p. 434, pi. 15, figs. 7a, 7b. 1868. Heliastraea endothecata Duncan. Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol p. 24. The cor alii te walls are thick; costae strongly alternating in s the last cycle are small and thin, and there appear to be no se corresponding to them; occasionally there is a rudimentary sept of the fourth cycle. The last cycle of septa may have been bro off; or the wall, because of subsequent thickening, may have incflj their inner ends; all othpr septa, with rare exceptions, extend to large, well developed columella, Diameter of corallites from 8 Ugly Gun ittn GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 385 m. Type in the Geological Society of London; duplicate in the ed States National Museum (No. 155276). The preceding re- rs are based on the latter. >calitie£ and geologic occurrence. — Type said to come from the je shale of Santo Domingo. »sta Rica, station 4269, Port Limon; collected by Doctor Wailes bed of leputed Pliocene age. The size of the calices, and the le, wall, and columella of the Port Limon specimen are as m var. k Jiecata; but usually every other septum meets the columella: a ; of small septa between the larger is clearly present. As it is able that the last cycle of septa has been destroyed in the type of endothecata, the presence of small septa between the larger would Idicate specific difference. The strongly developed costae with I ones between them are the same in both the type and the Port m specimens. ie stratigraphic range of this variety, therefore, is from the je shale (lower Miocene) to probably Pliocene. 6b. ORBICELLA CAVERNOSA var. CYLINDRICA (Duncan). Plate 89. fig. 2. Astraca eylindr'a-a DUNCAN, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 434, pi. 15, fig. 8. Heliastraea cyhndrica Du\ta and is less developed than in 0. costata. 4 5ndothecal dissepiments well developed, thin, from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. airt. Exotheca consists of thick-walled blister-like, small vesicles, a mt 0.5 mm. high, and more or less wavy platforms which extend J) ween the corallites. localities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone stations 6015 and 6 6, quarries in the Emperador limestone. Empire, collected by TW. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald, also collected in Empire by Mph Arnold. mguilla, stations 6894, lower bed: 6966, middle bed, between 5 and 75 feet above the base of the section; and 6967, upper bed. fpt side of Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughan. n ype.~ No. 324862, U.S.N.M. (pi. 94, figs. 1, la). Watypes.— No. 324861, U.S.N.M. (pi. 94, figs. 2, 2a; pi. 97, figs. 4, 4c The specimen represented by plate 94, fig. 3, 3a No. 324859, U .N.M. is a varietal form that appears referable to 0. canalis; it is frn Anguilla. sWrbicdla canalis is so nearly related to a number of Antillean upper ;ocene species, that I have hesitated to apply a distinctive name, hi as the large suite of specimens before me, 30 of those from Em- P 1 , Canal Zone, have been selected as the reserve series of the '-'ted States National Museum, shows characters by which they 390 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. can be discriminated, it seems logical to recognize them as a spec ! Stylangia panamensis has a general resemblance to those specimftB of 0. canalis in which the coraHites are small and the costae p very prominent ; but the corallites of 0. canalis are larger, and tip have not the lamellate columella of S. panamensis. Small-calkp specimens with prominent, strongly alternating costae resemble t.- imperatoris, and differ from the latter by their somewhat laii 1 calicos and more numerous septa. The calices of 0. costata I larger, the primary and secondary septa are subequal, and the ■ umella is more developed. In both 0. intermedia and 0. cosM the secondary septa are more developed. Larger suites of spH mens than are at present available may lead to the reduction of srmation, Tampa, Florida. Type. — Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. Parafype.—'No. 324896, U.S.N.M. This variety, which intergrades with the typical form of the species, , J especially distinguished by its less prominent calices and the better weloped last (quaternary) cycle of costae. Orhicella tampdensis var. silecensis is near Orbicella costata, from hich it is separable especially by the more exsert margins of the imary, secondary, and tertiary septa, and by the quaternary septa „ jiving much lower margins than those of the other cycles. The gen- al resemblance of the Tampa specimens of 0. tampdensis var. silecen- 5 is so close to specimens of 0. costata from Anguilla that at one time thought them referable to the same species, but the differences in je characters of the costae and of the upper septal margins served to ioarate them. For a comparison of 0. tampdensis with 0. irradians uilne Edwards and Haime) Vaughan see page 394 of this paper. ill w 12. ORBICELLA BREVIS (Duncan). Plate 97, fig. 1. 1864. Astraea brevis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 37, pi. 4, figs. 3a, 3ft. 1868. Heliastraea brevis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 24. 1870. Heliastraea brevis Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. et Spong. Ant., p. 30. The following is Duncan's original description: orallum small, irregularly convex above, and slightly concave belcw. Coral- s short, irregularly distant, and radiating. Calices circular, tolerably elevated, tl j height varying; the margin is rather sharp, and the external wall is marked b "ery distinct costae. The septa are very slightly exsert, largest at the wall, arched, tl radius of the curve being directed upwards and inwards, passing but a little way Hards before descending abruptly; they are dentate on the free margin. In six 3) ems of three cycles, with a septum of a fourth in some half-systems; primary - 3€ a the largest, the tertiary being small. The laminae are perfect, join the col- u:41a by ascending processes, and are slightly granular. Costae well developed, pi ing downwards and outwards from the margin; the primary are equal to the * ndary, and there is some variation in the size of the tertiary; they are dentate, 37149— 19— Bull. 103 14 II 392 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. and appear to be covered with a fine epitheea, and their course is often in a cu: ® In transverse and vertical sections the costae are seen to project far from the f and to be marked by oblique and abundant exo thecal dissepiments; the tert: it costae being much less projecting, than the others. The columella is large, lax, papillary. The fossa is deep. The endotheca is not well developed, but the sepiments extend to close to the calice. Diameter of calices one-fifth inch [5 m height of the corallum 9.10 inches [22.5 mm.]. The costae are very marked in species, and with the papillary columella and short calices distinguish it fron allies; it is related both to Astraea cylindrica nob., and to Astraea cavernosa Edwj p! & Haime. From the Nivaje shale, San Domingo. Coll. Geol. Soc. Duncan's remarks on the affinities of this coral are correct, in a previous paper I referred it to the synonymy of 0. cavern The type of the species is represented by plate 97, figure 1. costae are similar to those of 0. costata, but the calices are m smaller. It will be noted in the figure that around the caliei margins the costae are subequal and that lower down on the cora limb those corresponding to the last cycle of septa become sma while the alternate costae become more prominent and extend or the intercorallite areas. The costal beading is rather coarse, thei| resembling 0. tampaensis, which has larger calices. As predicti as to the ultimate fate of coral-names are admittedly hazard I will only remark that it seems to me from the material avails for study that 0. brevis is a distinct species; but a specimen from "silex" beds near Tampa, Florida, so nearly bridges the gap betw 0. tampaensis and 0. brevis that doubt is cast on their specific distfl ness. Should the two supposed species ultimately be combi under one name, of course 0. brevis, it being the older name, w< persist, and 0. tampaensis would become either a synonym or w( be reduced to varietal or subspeciflc rank. :- 13. ORBICELLA INSIGNIS (Duncan). Plate 98, figs. 1, 2, 2a. 1867 Heliastraea insignis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24 19, 24, pi. 1, fig. 4. Original description. — "The corallum is large, and the coral also; they are wide apart, are circular in transverse outline, and very equal in size. The wall is stout as regards the septa and cos but thin in comparison with the diameter of the corallites. The s< are delicate, wide apart, long, slightly thicker at the wall than < where, straight, and the primary septa are hardly any broader t the tertiary. There are three cycles of septa in the six systems, rarely a septum of the fourth cycle is noticed in half of a sysl The primary and secondary septa are of equal length, and the tert extend far in towards the columella, The columella is small, costae are long, slender, often bent, almost equal, and of about 1 I I Ctoolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden,, sor. 2, vo). 2, pt. 1, p. 29, 1901. GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 393 .ime thickness as the septa; occasionally a rudimentary costa is ften, and is not represented by a septum. The exotheca is inclined nd abundant. The endotheca is very abundant and inclined. Diameter of corallites (costae not included) four-tenths inch [10 irn.]. ' Loc. Antigua n Tertiary deposits. 'The large size of the corallites, the low septal number, the long rpta and costae. with the small columella and highly developed idotheca, distinguish this species." One of Duncan's original specimens, in the Geological Society of ! ondon, is represented by plate 98, figure 1 . I did not obtain in Antigua any coral definitely referable to 0. signis. Regarding the specimens from Serro Colorado, Arube, referred by e to Orbicella cavernosa, 1 the following notes will be made (see . 98, fig. 2, 2a): The corallites are circular in cross section, and have a diameter : >| a centimeter, sometimes slightly greater. The distance between em is 3 mm. or even greater. Endotheca and exotheca are very ihly developed. The septa are usually 24 in number, alternately -ger and smaller, all of the larger reach the columella; occasional lall quaternaries. They are thin, but are thickened at the wall Eiciently to form a so-called "pseudotheca." There are two speci- ns of this coral from Serro Colorado, one of which is completely icified, and a large portion of the other has undergone silicification. le columella is lax, spongy, and fairly large, occupying about one- ird of the diameter of the corallite cavity. These specimens closely jemble Duncan's Astraea radiata var. intermedia, but have larger rallites; they are very near 0. costata (Duncan), from which they er by having thicker and fewer septa and a larger columella; antillarum differs by its somewhat smaller corallites; I discover difference from 0. insignis Duncan. 14. ORBICELLA INTERMEDIA (Duncan). Plate 97, fig. 2. 1863. Astrsea radiata var. intermedia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 421. Astraea radiata var. intermedia Duncan is, according to its original ption, characterized by u having the third cycle of septa com- and a little excess of vesicular endotheca. * . * * The iety forms a link between the great astraeans of the Miocene of Antilles and the existing Astraea radiata of the Caribbean Sea, raea antillarum being closely allied to it." The type-specimen, 2943, Geological Society of London, is represented by plate 97, e 2. The diameter of the corallites is about 5 mm., distance ween corallites from 1 to 2 mm. There are in places indications 1 Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, pp. 32-33, 1901. 3-94 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of small costae between the larger ones, similar to those of 0. cavernm var. endoihecata, and there are a few quaternary septa. Colunulf rather small. I did not collect any specimen of this species in Antigua. Ill species to which I am applying the name 0. canalis is very nests related and may eventually become a synonym. However, '(J primary and secondary septa are more nearly equal in 0. interme than in 0. canalis. 0. costata and 0. insignis are both very sim to 0. canalis. O. costata has more extended costae, and 0. insic. has larger calices and, in comparison with the size of the cali fewer septa. As suites of specimens adequate for a satisfact study of variation are not available, at least temporarily, the tl names, 0. intermedia, 0. costata, and 0. insignis should be treatec valid. Locality and geologic occurrence.— According to Duncan, "Fi the upper Parian of Trinidad (Wall and Sawkins coll.), and the m formation [Antigua formation] of Antigua." The specimen re] sented by plate 97, figure 2, is from Antigua, 15. ORBICELLA GABBI, new species. Plate 108, figs. 1, la, 16. Corallum massive; corallites very large, from 20 to 25 mm diameter, by far the largest corallites of any species of the ge known from the American Tertiary formations. Intercorallite a: narrow or as much as 4.5 mm., perhaps more, across. Septa very numerous, thin, crowded, 106 were counted in | coraUite represented by plate 108, figure la. There are more the complete cycles. Septal grouping obvious, usually every othe] every fourth septum reaches the columella, but in places there seven or eight shorter septa, forming a group, between two 1 septa. Columella rather small, only about 2.5 mm. in diameter. Ei thecal and exothecal dissepiments greatly developed, thin-walle< Locality. — Santo Domingo (Gabb Collection). Type. — Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 16. ORBICELLA IRRADIANS (Milne Edwards and Haime) Vau?han. Plate 97. figs. 3. 3a. 1848. Phyllocoenia irradians Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., 27, p. 469; ]8(U). Phyllocoenia irradians MlLNE Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. ■ vol. 2. p. 272. 1868. Phyllocoenia irradians Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiasensch, Wien, M Naturw. 01., Denkschr.. vol. 28. p. 150. pi. 10. figs. 5 7; pi. 1 I . figs. This appears to he the species referred to by Fabiani in his paleogenc del Veneto" 1 as Heliastraea irradians Michelin. Micl erroneously applied the name Astrea radiata 1 to this species. R. Univ. Padova Inst, geolog. mom., vol. 8, pp. 225, 230, 231, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 395 Figures of Orbicella irradians and some notes on it are introduced a*e, because of the close resemblance of Orbicella tampaensis to it. Ihe beading of the costae in 0. tampaensis appears coarser, and riliform lobes seem more specialized in 0. irradians. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Milne Edwards and Haime (1857) .3ord it from Castel Gomberto and Chaine d'Hala (Sinde). Reuss 2 ys it is the most abundant anthozoan of the Monte Grumi beds. •|3 also records it from Castellaro, Monte Spiado, Monte del Carrioli, id Montecchio Maggiore. 3 D'Archiardi mentions it as occurring in iiat he designates as the Castel Gomberto, Montecchio Maggiore, . d Monte Viale groups. 4 Fabiani refers Heliastraea irradians, by rich I believe he means this species, to the Lutetian (Eocene) and the Rupelian (middle Oligocene) of Castel Gomberto and San jvanni Ilarione. The specimen in the United States National Lseum (No. 164723) (see pi. 97, figs. 3, 3a), was received from rfessor Parona of the University of Turin, and came from nte Grumi di Castel Gomberto. Although apparently reported m the Lutetian Eocene of Veneto, it is most abundant in the pelian or middle Oligocene. Because of the close resemblance of ncella tampaensis to 0. irradians, of the presence of Antiguastrea \ulosa in the "silex" bed at Tampa, and of the presence at Tampa [species of Stylophora, Galaxea, Endopachys, Goniopora, and Alveo- la, all genera now extinct in the Atlantic Ocean, I believe that I fauna of the "silex'' bed at Tampa surety is as old as upper )*ocene. 'he generic name PJtyllocoenia, genotype P. irradians, is a syno- a of Orbicella Dana. V Genus SOLENASTREA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Solenastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Compt. Rend., vol. 27, p. 494. 1850. Solenastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, British fossil corals, Introduc- tion, p. xl. 917. Solenastrea Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 371. ype-species. — Astrea turonensis Michelin. SOLENASTREA HYADES (Dana). 846. A[straea] Orbicella hyades Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zoophytes, p 212, pi. 10, fig. 15. ,846. A\straea] Orbicella ecccelsa Dana, 17. S. Expl. Exped. Zoophytes, p. 212, pi. 10, fig. 16. 902. Orbicella excelsa Verrill. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 98, pi. 15. figs. 4, 4a, 46. Zoophytol., p. 58, pi. 12, fie. 4, 18*2. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Math.-Natuwiss. CI. Denkschr., vol. 28, p. 156, 1868. p. 135. ho comparative) fra i coralii dei terreni terziari del Piernonte e dell" Alpi Yenete.p. 16, Pisa, 1868- 396 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1902. Solenastrea hyades Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. p. 104, pi. 15, figs. 5, 5a, 56. 1917. Solenastrea hyades Vaughan, U. S. Geological Survey Prof. Paper 98 pp. 372, 373, pi. 98, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3. Professor Verrill has studied Dana's types of Orbicella hyades in t collection of the Boston Society of Natural History, and gives t following description: 1 Oalioles circular, or nearly so, mostly 3 to 3.5 mm. in diameter; borders generc distinctly elevated above the exotheca, often to the height of 0.5 to 1 mm. Your and smaller calicles, 1.5 to 2.5 in diameter, are scattered between the full-gr( ones. In the middle of the convex summit the calicles are so crowded that the w are in contact, and here they often become angular by crowding, and when no' contact their edges may not be elevated. On other parts they may be separate' intervals of 2 or 3 mm. or more. The walls are very thin. The costae are thicke and roughly minutely serrulate; they are very narrow and mostly confined to wall, never extending across the exothecal spaces, when these occur. The sur of the exotheca is smooth or vesicular; in sections the exotheca is openly vesica Septa 20 to 24, mostly 24 in mature calicles; 12 extend to the columella; thos the third cycle are also wide, but thinner, and most of them bend toward and the larger ones about midway between the wall and columella. The septa all bee thin and curved toward the columella, but thickened at the wall; the summite narrowed and rather prominent above the walls; inner edge irregularly and roujj serrulate, especially distally; sides roughly granulated. Paliform lobes small thin. Columella usually rather small and loose; formed of small twisted proc< from the inner edges of the septa, but variable in size. Thickness of the larger mass from St. Thomas, about 50 mm.; diameter 125 i diameter of calicles, mostly 3 to 3.5 mm., rarely 4 mm. This species is found on the Florida Reefs and throughout the West Indies has not been found at the Bermudas. St. Thomas (coll. C. F. Hartt, Yale Mi In the American Museum, New York, there is a large turbinate mass, 12 to 14 in in diameter and about 10 inches high, from Jamaica. The same author gives the following description of Orbit excel sa Dana: 2 Dana's type of this species, in the Boston Society of Natural History, was care studied by me a number of years ago, and descriptions were made at that time, type is apparently slightly beach-worn, but so little that the natural surface 0; coenenchyma and costae, and the summits of the septa are well preserved in parts, and there is no evidence of post-mortem alteration by infiltration to acd for the solidity of the coenenchyma, referred to by Dana, and which is, im quite remarkable in most parts. The coral is very solid and heavy as cona with O. annularis or Solenastraca hyades. A fragment, apparently of the same specimen, and which appears to have used by Dana in describing the details, is preserved in the Museum of Yale Unive From this the accompanying photograph has been made (pi. 15, fig. 4). The grows in irregular, often upright, lobed or gibbous masses, up to 100 to 150 m more high, but when young it must be encrusting. No. 1729. The type-sperimon is so strongly lobed that the lobules in some places loo! incipient branches. But these may possibly be due to the coral growing ov< tubes of invading bivalves or annelids, though none can be seen without se » Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, pp. 101, 105, 1902. 2 Idem, vol. H, pp. 98, 99, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 397 ie calicles are more closely crowded on the lobules, especially at the obtuse summits, 'ere they become angular and are separated by thin walls and cellular exotheca. e where the calicles are nearly circular, scarcely elevated, and separated by ^'thecal spaces usually about equal to the radii of the calicles, but toward the base |m equal to their diameters. The exotheca and walls are very solid in most parts. ♦J'he 24 costae are subequal, thickened, only slightly raised, faintly or almost micro- Lically granulated: those of adjacent calicles are usually separated at the surface la slight intermediate groove, forming polygonal areas around the calicles. The theca is nearly level with the edges of the walls and costae, flat or slightly concave, nlutely granulated or nearly smooth, sometimes slightly vesicular at the surface, 4- usually almost solid and blended with the costae and walls; near the tips costae rtfe and exotheca is cellular. vii a transverse section, near the surface, the entire partition between the calicles w be perfectly solid, whether thick or thin, but in many cases one or two rows of d 11, rounded or crescent-shaped vesicles can be seen, and sometimes, close to the :iice, vesicular dissepiments are visible between the small costae, while close to i basal margin of the coral the exotheca may be decidedly vesicular, appearing .1»t like miniature honeycomb in transverse sections. But this basal portion is -jied by the thin, down-growing margin, where the new calicles are very short, jue, and far apart, as in many other corals that have a thin, proliferous margin. I ie septa are generally 24, subequal, in three regular cycles; those of the first two ?o 33 are nearly equal in height and thickness; those of the third cycle are thinner narrower, and generally bend to the right and left in pairs to join the straight of the second cycle, usually at a point more than half way to the columella, and ill i very near it. The summits of all the septa are narrow and only slightly raised a e the walls. The edges are irregularly serrulate, two to four of the basal teeth I "the- larger. The sides are distinctly granulated. The septa are all thin, but tly thickened toward the wall, and all are narrowed above the base, so as to leave >like calicular cavity. The columella is small, trabecular, papillose, and often y wanting. In transverse sections of some calicles it is solid, and formed by the I I of the inner edges of the septa, but in most it is small, porous, trabecular, imeter of the calices 2.5 to 3 mm.; breadth of intercalicinal spaces, usually 1 to 2 sometimes 3 to 4 mm. or more, near the base. (gin uncertain, supposed to be West Indies. Several irregular gibbous masses s species, 3 to 5 inches in thickness, in the American Museum, New York, were I near Osprey, West Florida, cast on the beach, after a storm, by R. P. Whit- No. 485). I have also seen specimens from Key West. irrill keeps 0. liyades and 0. excelsa separate, with the remark, 3ver, that "they may eventually prove to be one species.'' The rences between the two consist in the latter possessing a much solid exotheca and more developed costae. There is in the ed States National Museum a moderate suite of specimens from iving Florida reefs, and a large number of fossil specimens. I 2onvinced that the two forms are only variations of the same as in the same specimen the exotheca may be solid or vesicular; tthe costae may be confined to the corallite peiiphery or extend the periphery of one corallite to that of the next. Although 'ssor Verrill's descriptions are so comprehensive as to render a t^'jbne unnecessary, I should like to call attention to some features onsidered in detail bv him. The costae seen on the surface 398 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. are not prolongations of the distal ends of the septa. They are oiw elevations on the exothecal surface corresponding in position wa the septa. The exotheca is usually built up of more or less horizon I platforms, which when closely applied one above another give i| to a compact, or even a solid exotheca ; if the platforms are separat I the intervening spaces contain vesicular dissepiments. In sol instances the exothecal surface is formed by thin-walled vesical The septal trabecular are directed upward at a low angle, and htm their courses indicated by rather small and crowded granulatiol The inner septal edges or trabeculae from the septal edges fusel form a false columella. The septa usually are imperforate; howev I in some instances perforations occur between the trabeculae n the columella, but never so abundantly as in Orbicella annularis Localities and geologic occurrence. — Recent specimens in the Uni States National Museum: Osprey and Caesars Creek, Florida, lected by T. Wayland Vaughan; southern Florida, collected by S Walker; Caesars Creek, Florida, collected by Edw. Palmer; Ce Keys, Florida, collected by Lieut. J. F. Moser, U. S. N. ; reefs n Miami, Florida, collected by J. E. Benedict. Pleistocene, Miami oolite and Key Largo limestone, Florida, lected by T. W. Vaughan. In the Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl on Shell Creek and Caloc hatchee River, Florida, collected by numerous persons. In the Miocene La Cruz marl at stations 3440 and 3443, in northeast part of Santiago, Cuba; station 3445, crossing over railroad of the highway from Santiago to the Morro, collected T. W. Vaughan. At one time I thought these Santiago specim might come from a deposit of Pliocene age, but the other associa fossils indicate that this is another species of considerable geok antiquity. A specimen from station 3451, Cienaga railroad stati near Habana, collected by T. W. Vaughan, seems to belong to 1 speoies. SOLENASTREA BOURNONI Milne Edwards and Haime. 1850. Solenaslrea bournoni Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat., se: Zool., vol. 12, p. 121. 1861. Cyphastrea oblita Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Anti p. 77 (of reprint). 186J. Plesiastrea carpinetti Duchassaing and Michelotti. Mem. Corall. Anti p. 77 (of reprint). 1861. Solenastrea ellisii Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Corall. Anti p. 77 (of reprint). 1861. Solenastrea micans Duchassaing and Micheloltti, Mem. Corall. Anti p. 77 (of reprint), pi. 9, figs. 10. 11. 1861. Leptastrea caribaea Duchassaing amd Michellotti. Mem. Corall. Anti p. 78 (of reprint). 1863. l'lesiastraea distans Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 2< 'tf, pi. 4, figs. 4a, Ah. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 399 J1863. Plesiastraea globosa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 38, pi. 4, fig. 5. v 1917. Solenastrea bournoni Vaughan, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98-T, pp. 372, 374, pi. 99, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 3, 3a; pi. 100, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 36. 'he following description is based on specimens from the Pliocene bosohatchee marl of Florida: jWallum forming spheroidal or dome-shaped masses, sometimes 'iiuch as a foot, or even more, in diameter; the outer surface u ormly rounded or with gibbosities. ] he succeeding portion of the description is based upon a single " i-shaped specimen, 15.3 cm. tall: greater diameter 12.8 cm., "Sr, 11 cm. D he calices have very slightly elevated margins, and thin corallite s. Diameter from 2 to 2.5 mm. Distance apart from 0.75 to it 2 mm.: usually about 1 mm., or half the diameter of the ;es. The depth of the calicular fossae can not be determined with ainty, as the specimen is worn: where it is best preserved they 'shallow. The corallite walls externally are costate, a costa cor- onding to each septum; the costae, however, are short, those i one corallite not extending to those of the next. Between the llites are thin-walled exothecal vesicles, which have a hori- ally stratified arrangement. The outermost exothecal platform show costal striations. 'ie septa are thin, somewhat thicker at the wall; uniformly in e complete cycles ; primaries and secondaries equal and reaching i columella: tertiaries only about half as long; thinner, inner ^ins free. Rather wide, thin pali occur before the first and rid cycles. The septal faces are finely granulate, with the ses of the trabeculae indicated; no perforations could be dis- red. Thin endothecal dissepiments present. Columella poorly loped, rather small and lax. VARIATION OF SOLENASTREA BOURNONI. ie United States National Museum possesses very large suites of )( mens of this species, permitting a rather satisfactory study of s ariation. The specimen already described shows within itself leimits of variation in the size and distance from one another of ie malices. About 2 mm. is the average calicular diameter. The ^(ieca may be very light and delicate, or rather compact, even Inst solid. The septa vary in thickness and the pali may be :r«igly or weakly developed; where strongly developed they are iigular in shape, the base of the triangle directed outward, and ueertiaries may fuse to the basal corners or to the sides of the pali we the secondaries. The thickened pali are correlated with the P ir exotheca, the various skeletal elements seem to thicken og her. 400 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SYNONYMY OF SOLENASTREA BOURNONI. Of the species described by Duchassaing and Michelotti, Ckjpha obliia, Plesiastrea carpinetti, Solenastrea ellisii, Solenastrea mica and Leptastrea caribxa can confidently be placed in this synonyr I examined in the Museum of Natural History in Turin a specm labeled Cypliastrea oblita Duchassaing and Michelotti, but it small caliced corallum of Orbicella annularis (see p. 374 of this pap< and it does not accord with the original description of C. obi which is as follows: " Species rounded, with rounded calices, margins of which are a little elevated ; costae rare, almost conflue the intercalicular areas are beset with granulations: columella, la and papillaiy." In a note it is stated the septa of C. oblita bear small, subpalifc lobes. It seems to me more probable that the type is the s'peci in the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, figured by me in Uni States Geological Survey Professional Paper 98-T, plate 99, figr 3, 3a. The original description of P. carpinetti is as follows: "The forn the corallum is convex and lobed; the calices are small, and of slightly deformed with prominent margins, separated by disti costae and vesicular tissue: the septa are finely denticulate and not attain a length of one-third the radius of the calice becaus the development of the pali. The last are thick, as strong as septa, when examined with a lens they appear covered with gr lations; the columella is formed by papillae sinularly granulate. Solenastrea ellisii, according to Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1 for a synonym the Astrea pleiades figured in the work of Ellis Solander, Nos. 1 and 4 of plate 53." There is a specimen, proba the type, in the Museum of Natural History at Turin, labeled So astrea, ellisii. It has small calices, 2 mm. in diameter, and t cycles of septa, the members of the last cycle are very small. The original description of Solenastrea rnicans is as folio " Corallum orbicular, with crowded calices, circular, but often formed, diameter about a line [2 mm.]; their upper margin is projecting above the rest of the surface; the septa are very echi late and thicken outwardly; the columella is thick and vesicula St. Thomas. The calices of the type are crowded; 2 to 3 mm. in chain Septa in two complete cycles, with a few tertiaries; primaries secondaries of the same size The original description of Leptastrea caribaea is as follows : " Sp globular, with calices almost contiguous, circular, margins eleva columella simple, septa alternately smaller." St. Thomas. Calices of the type, 2 to 2.5 mm. in diameter: margins slig elevated. Septa of the last cycle rarely fused to the sides of GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 401 >ndaries; paliform lobes insignificant or absent. Columella with * filiate upper surface. I i)uncan's Plesiastraea distorts and P. globosa, from the silt of the II dstone plain of Santo Domingo, belong in the same synonymy, i b types of both species are preserved in the collection of the •logical Society of London, where I have studied them. A dupli- &J b ol the latter is in the United States National Museum. The < erence between P. distorts and P. globosa consists in the calices ; ,he former being one-half or more than one-half their diameter In rt, while in the latter the distance between them is usually less :n one-half this diameter. 'yphastrea hyades and 0. bournoni are closely related species. The J ces of C. hyades, however, are constantly larger than those of i bournoni, and the tertiary septa, except in young coralla, con- : iitly fuse to the sides of the secondaries. C. bournoni has smaller j pes. and except when the pali are decidedly thickened, has the ir ends of the tertiary septa free. These differences are constant n he considerable suites of specimens that I have been able to study. kocalities and geologic occurrence. — Living at St. Thomas, Virgin Jrnds, whence Duchassaing had a number of specimens. Tortugas, rida, in water between 8 and 9 fathoms deep. >4liocene, in the Caloosahatehee marl of Florida, on Caloosahatchee Jer, collected by Frank Burns and others; and Shell Creek, ;JHda, collected by Frank Burns and by Doctor Griffith, pliocene, Rio Cana, Zone H, Santo Domingo, collected by Miss f. Maury in association with an invertebrate fauna of the age of ; Bowden marl of Jamaica. i|liocene, in the La Cruz marl, Santiago, Cuba, at stations 3436, v 7, 3446, collected by T. W. Vaughan, in association with an j srtebrate fauna closely related to, but probably a little younger l that of the Bowden horizon. ANTIGUASTREA, new genus. rowth form massive; asexual reproduction by intercorallite ijjding; septal margins very obscurely dentate, subentire; coral, f usually joined by thin costae; columella lamellar, usually well loped and prominent; exothecal and endothecal dissepiments jjkdy developed. 'ype-sjyecies. — Astraea ceUulosa Duncan. his genus is near Orbicella, from which it differs by its more t'urely dentate septa and its lamellar columella. The costae veen corallites are thin and in some instances disappear on the ace of the exothecal vesicles. ■ 402 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. is Reis 1 proposed the name Heterastraea for the genus here nan Antiguasirea; but, as R. F. Tomes had used Heterastraea for a gei of English Liassic corals in 1888, 2 Reis's name can not stand. R account of the columella in his description of Heterastraea is cont dietary. Regarding Heterastraea tenuilamellosa (Gurnbel) Reis, says, ''zeigen ein verlangertes blattartiges bis papilloses Saulche The columella in that species, therefore, is lamellate. This genus of corals is important in its bearing on the correllat of American and European Tertiary formations. At the end of table of the corals from the Reiter Schichten, Reis sa} T s: 3 I diesem Tabelle geht unzweifelhaft hervor, dass erstens die Re: Korallenlager und die vom Hallthurm mit denen von Haer ganzlich stimmen, also keinen tieferem Horizont angehoren koni und dass zweitens dieser Horizont sowohl durch Haeringer Schich als auch durch die deutlichsten Beziehungen zu den unter- bis mi oligociinen Korallenlagern des Vicentins als solcher festgestellt it Reis reports species of Heterastraea from Reit, Castelgomberto. Crosara. There is in the United States National Museum (No. 155186 specimen of Heterastraea michelottina (Catullo) Reis, received fr Prof. K. A. von Zittel. This specimen has a distinct, short, thi lamellar columella. It so closely resembles Antiguasirea crflul that specific distinction is difficult, perhaps even-doubtful.- Isasi elegans Reuss is referable to Antiguasirea. It is described after A guastrea eellulosa (see p. 409, pi. 102, figs. 1, la). Astrea alveole Catullo 4 also belongs to Antiguastrea. Notes on it follow those A. elegans. ANTIGUASTREA CELLULOSA (Duncan). Plate 08. figs. 3, So, 4, 4a: plate 99, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a. 3, 3a; plate 100, figs. 1. 2. 3 4. -la; plate 101, figs. 2, 2a. 18G3. Astraea eellulosa Duncan, Geol. Soc*. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, 417. 418. pi. 13, fig. 10. 1863. Isastraea turbinata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19 423, pi. 14, figs, la- 1c. 1866. Heliastraea eellulosa Duchassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Mem. Co Antilles, p. 86 (of reprint). 1866. Isastraea turbinata Duchassaing and Michelotti. Sup. Mem. Co Antilles, p. 89 (of reprint). 1867. Heliastraea eellulosa Duncan. Geol. Soc. London Quart . Journ.. vol. 24, p 1867. Isastraea turbinata, Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 24, p 1870. Heliastraea eellulosa DUCHASSAING, Rev. Zooph. et Spong. Antilles, p. 1 Koralicu der Reiter Schichten, Bayerisch. geognost. Lan:lcsuntersuch, geognost. Jahreshefte, fah pp. 150-152, 1889. « Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 5, pp. 207-218, pi. 7, 1888. 3 Korallen der Reiter Schichten, r>. 94. 4 Dei tcrreni di Sedimento superiore epta thin, normally in four complete cycles; in some calices qui- ies are present in a few quarter systems. The primaries are usually >iewhat thicker, in a few calices conspicuously thicker than the inbers of the higher cycles, and extend to the columella : the sec- taries also extend to the columella. The tertiaries may fuse to ^secondaries near the columella; and the quaternaries may fuse (he tertiaries about halfway between the calicular periphery and I columella, or the inner septal ends may be free. Septal grouping I conspicuous. Septal margins with fine dentations, about 7 in i mm.; that is, a little less than 0.2 mm. from the top of one tation to that of the next. olumella small, in some calices represented by an axial lamella. variant represented by this specimen is abundant about three- rters of a mile south of the Cathedral in St. John, on the south- : t side of the Otto estate, where I obtained 11 specimens. Specimen No. 2, also from Station 6866, St. John, Antigua (pi. 99, 3, 3a) . — The corallum is of tuberose shape and has a maximum th of about 75 mm. - Ibis specimen resembles in its characters that part of specimen ♦ l where the corallites and calices are smaller and more distant. : calices are tumid around their peripheries and are shallow. The >J calicular diameter, measured between the tops of the septal r tries considerably thinner; quaternaries the thinnest, unless li iries are present. There is grouping of the highest cycles around Secondaries, but it is not very striking. 406 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Columella variable in development, represented by an |s papilla or by a distinct axial lamella. Other specimens from Station 6866, St. John, Antigua. — % are in addition to those already described, from station ll two large specimens and fragments representing three others. tl largest is 13 by 14 cm. in diameter and about 9 cm. tall. The i] ular and septal characters are similar to those of specimen NcS the foregoing descriptions. The primary septa in man y calicli decidedly thick, the thickness of the other septa decreasing acccli to cycle. The columella, although it appears to be derived fro:l septa, is an axial lamella and in many cycles is decidedly thick! The specimens described in the foregoing remarks are the one:i have given me the most trouble in identification. They grade dil into typical specimens, such as the one on which Duncan basught to Washington about 100 specimens. A list of the stations which collected would be almost a list of the exposures of the ^tigua formation examined. In Cuba, at station 7508, Ocujal •ing, altitude 200 feet a. t., near Guantanamo, collected by E. Meinzer. In Porto Rico, zone C, near Lares, collected by Bela bbard, of the New Academy Porto Rican Explorations. Serro . orado, Arube, Dutch West Indies. a slight variant from the typical form, it is common in the base ;he Chattahoochee formation along Flint River, near Bainbridge, iatur County, Georgia, and it is well represented in the silex bed he Tampa formation at Tampa, Florida. t is also found in Anguilla, where I collected a single specimen at jjaon 6893, on the south side of Crocus Bay. n the State of Tamaulipas, Mexico, at the following localities: I mile east of Salitre ; Cerro del Aire, 7 miles southeast of Refugio ; ile east of San Jose de las Rusias; hill 4 miles east of San Rafael ^cimens submitted by Mr. E. T! Durable). l specimen sent to the United States National Museum by Mr. lip Crutcher is reputed to come from Vicksburg, Mississippi; sequently collected by O. B. Hopkins at station 7463 in the Byram areous marl, 4J miles south of Vicksburg, Mississippi, i general, the species is abundant in the three formations men- ed, and is important in indicating an Oligocene horizon. It has yet been found in deposits younger than those of Tampa age. rof. K. Martin, director of the Geologisch-Reichs Museum, len, submitted to me for determination some material from ai'O Colorado, Arube, that I referred to Orbicella tenuis (Duncan), oosing at the time that Duncan's Astraea tenuis belonged to the 'tis Orbicella. 1 Subsequent study of additional collections has IJvn that Duncan's Astraea tenuis is in reality a fungid coral. The Jwing are the notes I published on the xArube specimens in the pr referred to in the footnote: 'e corallites are long; are close together, only a millimeter apart, and usually fjtot round because of having been deformed by mutual pressure; the diameter rie corallites is from 4 to 5 mm. The septa are thin, and crowded; the usual r gement being four complete cycles. The members of the first and second cycles ' 1 I. the columella; those of the third cycle are not so long; and those of the fourth . - Jill shorter. The members of the first and second cycles are of about the same illness, no constant difference in thickness according to cycles is discernible, ffte is no marked difference in the thickness of any of the septa at the wall. The , ipers of the third and fourth cycles are slightly thinner. Endotheca is well devel- I The exotheca has been destroyed in the process of fossilization. The columella >rly developed, being formed by the loose fusion of the principal septa in the space. also pointed out in the paper cited the close resemblance of specimens described to " Orbicella" cellulosa (Duncan). I have 1 Geolog. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 33, 1901. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 15 408 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. carefully restudied the specimens, and, as I can find only diss mental endo- and exotheca, they can not be identified as Dunca Astraea tenuis. Because of silification and changes due to fossili tion the columellar characters are obscured, but it is possible recognize the presence of a lamellar columella. The species, th(| fore, is definitely Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). ANTIGUASTREA CELLULOSA var. CURVATA (Duncan) Plate 98, figs. 4, 4a. 1863. Astraea cellulosa var. curvata Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Joi vol. 19, p. 418. Original description. — "Corallites slender, long, close, someti] compressed; circular in transverse section, except when compresf Walls thin and delicate. Costae delicate, unequal, narrow at base, tapering externally. Septa well developed, in six systems four complete cycles. The primary septa are large, toothed on eit side, not larger at any one point than at another. The second septa are smaller than the primary, and have a tooth near columella. The tertiary are smaller than the secondary, vary m in size, often extend nearly up to the columella, and curve tl towards the latter; they have lateral teeth, and a larger tooth at end; or they reach only halfway, being either straight or cur* The quaternary septa have wedge-shaped bases and spike-like ] longations, extend one-quarter the distance to the columella, sometimes curve towards the tertiary. Columella lax and park Endotheca greatly developed, subdividing the septal loculi transverse bars. Exotheca distinct, cells small. "Dimensions. — Diameter of the corallites one-fifth inch [5 mm. bud 1 line [2 mm.] in diameter has three cycles. " Chert-formation of Antugua. Coll. Geol. Soc. As a rule, variety is curiously fossilized." Plesiotype.—U.S.'NM. No. 324923 (pi. 98, fig. 4, 4a). Thi actually more abundant in Antigua than the typical examples of species. I doubt the presence of teeth on the primary and seconc septa. The appearance of their being present is probably du- changes resulting from fossilization. ANTIGUASTREA CELLULOSA var. SILICENSIS, new variety. Plate 101, figs. 1, la. The two distinctive characters of this variety are, (1) the fla domed upper surface; (2) the rather large calices, which are o sionally only 4 mm. in diameter, but usually 5 to 6.5 mm., some 1 ' the diameter may be as much as 11.5 mm. when the fifth cycl septa is nearly complete. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Basal part of the Chattahoo< formation, Blue Springs, Flint River, 4 miles below Bainbridge, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 4ll9 des Landing, Flint River, about 7 miles below Bainbridge, Ga.; ilex" bed of the Tampa formation. Specimens obtained about ee-quarters of a mile south of the Cathedral St. John, Antigua, at station 6893, Crocus Bay, Anguilla, and one specimen from 4 miles south of San Rafael, Tamaulipas, Mexico, are referable to variety. Vype.—No. 324936, U.S.N.M. ANTIGLASTREA ELEGANS (Reuss) Vaughan. Plate 102, figs. 1, la. 1874. Isastraea elegans Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. '\Yien, Math.-Xatunviss. CI., Denkschr.,vol. 33, p. 36, pi. 53, figs. 3-5. 1915. Isastraea elegans Fabiani, R. Univ. Padova Inst, geolog. mem., vol. 3, p. 230, lustrations of and a few notes on this species are introduced for )oses of comparison with Antiguastrea cellulosa. The illustra- is exhibit the calicular characters so well that a detailed descrip- i is not necessary. Specific distinction between it and A. cellu- is exceedingly doubtful. localities and geologic occurrence. — Reuss originally described traea elegans from Font ana della Bova di San Lorenzo, the locality rhich the specimen here figured was obtained. Fabiani lists it as pelian Oligocene. 'lesiotype. — No. 156898, U.S.N.M. ; specimen received in exchange a Prof. J. Felix of the University of Leipzig. ANTIGUASTREA ALVEOLARIS (Catullo) Vaughan. 1856. Astrea alveolaris Catullo, Terr. sed. sup. Venezie, p. 54, pi. 11, fig. 1. L874. Phyllangia alveolaris Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Natunviss. QL, Denkschr., vol. 33, p. 32, pi. 52, figs, la, lb. 1868. Phyllangia alveolaris D'Achiardi, Stud, comparat. corall. terr. terz. Pie- monte e Alpi Veneto, p. 20. 1915. Phyllangia alveolaris Fabiani, R. Univ. Padova Inst, geolog. mem., vol. 3, p. 231. is coral is not a species of PJiylhngia, the type-species of which is ngid americana Milne Edwards and Haime, 1 from Florida and est Indies. I dredged a particularly fine example of P. ameri- in water between 15 and 16 fathoms deep in Rebecca Channel, da, between Tortugas and Rebecca Light. The columella is sed of curled, flaky processes from the inner ends of the t cipal septa. The margins of the largest septa are faintly dentate, rle on the septal faces there are small, sharp, distinct ridges with r; ulations along their courses, euss's figures of an enlargement of the calices of Phyllangia lans represent the columella as bluntly styliform. He says K>ever, "Die rudimentare Axe besteht nur aus 1-3 ofters etwas 1 Brit. loss, corals, Introduction, p. 44, 1850. m 410 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. verlangerten Papillen." There are two specimens in the Uni&d States National Museum, as follows: (1) No. 156910 from Fonti* della Bova di San Lorenzo, received from Prof. J. Felix; (2) IP 164726, from Monte Grumi, received from Professor Parona of w University of Turin. I believe there is no doubt as to the correcti >« of the identification of these specimens. The columella in botlif lamellate; in No. 156918 a relatively thick, coarse lamella; in w 164726 it is small and thinner but distinct. Astrea alveolaris Catitf therefore, belongs to the genus Aniiguastrea, and it closely resem^C' those variants of A. cellulosa, in which the calices are somewhat Pi vated and relatively remote one from another. Compare especijp with the description of specimen No. 2 on page 405 of this papeiHp Localities and geologic occurrence. — Catullo originally described m species from "Gambugliano nel Vicentino;" d'Achiardi record* from Dego, Torricelle, Castelgomberto, Monte Viale, Montec Carlotta; the United States National Museum has it from Font 'ft della Bova di San Lorenzo and from Monte Grumi. Fabiani . jtfi the species as of only Rupelian Oligocene age. Genus STYLANGIA Reuss. 1874. Stylangia Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. "Wien, Math.-Naturwiss. CI., Denks vol. 33, p. 11. Type-species. — Stylangia elegans Reuss (K. K. Akad. Wiss. W Math-NaturwissCL, Denkschr., vol. 33, 1874, p. 11, pi. 42, figs. 11 from San Giovanni Ilarione. Horizon, Lutetian Eocene accordin Fabiani. 1 The species of coral next to be described does not precisely fit any of the genera known to me. It has the general aspect of A guasirea alveolaris (Cat.) Vaughan, and as it has a compressed sty or very narrow-lamellate columella, it appeared referable to A guastrea, but the columella is really more in the nature of a c pressed style than a lamella. I should have no hesitancy in refer the species to Stylangia, if it were not for the very distinctly devek pali. However, as pah in this group of corals are usually not of neric value I am placing the species in Stylangia. STYLANGIA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 86, figs. 1, la. The following is a description of the type, the only specime: the species well enough preserved to show clearly the specific cha ters: Corallum, a small mass, 29 mm. long and 26 mm. wide. Corallites protuberant from 1.5 up to 3.5 mm., distance betv the calicular margins from 2 to 4.5 mm. The diameter at the ci I R. Univ. Padova Inst, geolog. mem., vol. 3, p. 22G, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 411 : a corallite about 3 mm. tall is about 4 mm., at its base about 5 n., showing that although the diameter at the base of the free . Yallite limbs is greater than it is at the calice, the increase in diame- • toward the base is rather slight. The costae on the free limbs 3 low, subequal, closely crowded, between 40 and 48 in number, atively thick, as thick as or thicker than the intercostal furrows, d closely beaded along the edges. The walls are thick, septa, 3 complete cycles and a variable number of quaternaries, e 6 primaries are larger than the other septa, extend to the colu- t ilia, and bear paliform thickenings which are decidedly prominent those calices where they have been preserved; the secondaries are ne what shorter than the primaries; the tertiaries still shorter; and ; i quaternaries, which may be completely developed in some sys- as, are still smaller; in some systems in many calices the quater- ies are not distinguishable within the calices, but are represented :.a) small costae. i fliJolumella, a narrow, compressed style. Lndotheca and exotheca, details of their character not clear in type. locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, in the iiperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan I D. F. MacDonald. Type.— Cat. No. 324955, U.S.N.M. Genus SEPTASTREA d'Orbigny. .ijll849. Septastrea D'Orbigny, Notes sur Polyp., p. 9. 1849. Septastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. uar., ser. 3, Zool.. yol. 12, p. 163. •7 ^1 1857. Septastraea Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall.. vol. 2, p. 449. '.; 18 — . Septastraea (part) de Fromentel, Intr. Etude Polyp, foss., p. 174. : ;i)(1884. Septastraea (part") Duncan, Linn. Soc. London. .Tourn., Zoology, vol. 18, p. 103. 1887. Glyphastraea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 43, pp. 24-32. pis. 1-3. ^'■^1888. Septastraea Hinde, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 44, pp. 200-227, pi. 9. 1900. Septastraea Gane, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. vol. 22, p. 194. 1904. Septastrea Vaughan, Maryland Geological Survey Miocene, p. 444. 'ype-species. — Septastrea subramosa d'Orbigny, 1849=5. forbesi ie Edwards and Haime, 1849 = Astrea marylandica Conrad, 1841 = tastrea marylandica (Conrad) Vaughan, 1904. to JH 1 1 TeciiQ : SEPTASTREA MATSONI, new species. Plate 86, figs. 6, 6a. e. jorallum in crusting surfaces of shells. The type incrusts part of 'surface of a Turritella shell. It is probable that the fully grown : hVwax may be massive or ramose. 412 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices irregular in form, subpolygonal or more or less elliptical! outline; slightly excavated. Diameter from 3 to 4.5 mm.; de about 1 mm. Intervening walls narrow, acute. Septa in two complete cycles. The primaries are rather thick reach the calicular center; in fully developed cahces all or nearly of the secondaries also extend to the center, tertiary septa absen very rudimentary. Margins not exsert; within the calices stra: or slightly concave upward. There are no recognizable dentati but on the septal edges and faces there are many rather large gr* lations. Interseptal ^culi wide and open. Columella false, formed by the fusion of the thickened inner £ of the principal septa. There are no trabecular septal processes. Asexual reproduction by intercorallite budding. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Republic of Colombia, sta 7873, Gatun formation, about 0.5 km. west of Usiacuri, collecte( G. C. Matson. Type.— Wo. 324956, U.S.N.M. Septastrea matsoni closely resembles young cor alia of S. m landica (Conrad) Vaughan, from the St. Marys and Yorktown foil tions in Virginia. 1 It is interesting to find in Colombia a speci( ol Septastrea that is doubtfully distinguishable from a species in* Miocene of Virginia. The fossiliferous marl that almost surroi Usiacuri appears to be the same formation as the Gatun formation to be a part of the Gatun formation. Although the evidence plied by this coral is not great, it is at least indicative of the Miocene age of a part if not all of the Gatun formation. ICQ Family FAVIIDAE Gregory. Genus FA VIA Oken. 1815. Favia Oken, Lehrb. Naturgesch., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 67. 1857. Favia Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall, vol. 2, p. 426 1902. Favia Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 88. 1917. Favia Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 100. Type-species. — Madrepora fragum Esper . FAVIA FRAGUM (Esper). 1795. Madrepora fragum Esper, Pflanzenth., Fortsetz., p. 79., pi. 64, figs. 1 1901. Favia fragum Vaughan, Geol. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol 34 (with synonomy). 1901. Favia fragum Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 303 1902. Favia fragum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, pi. 13, figs. 1, 2. 1915. Favia fragum Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. I 1916. Favia fragum Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 1 224, 227. 1 See Vaughan, T. W., Anthozoa, Maryland Geol. Survey, Miocene, pp. 444-447, pi. 126, figs, la pi. 127, figs. 1-3; pi. 128, figs. 1, 2; pi. 129, 1904. or. ipts ipo hi 15: Hi m Mae one abers DDE GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 413 This species is common in Pleistocene deposits near Colon, Canal ine. ^Localities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone stations 5850 and 37; Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. ;"4joughout the West Indies, in Florida, and on the At 1 antic side of iitral America, where there are elevated Pleistocene reefs. Now ing throughout the same area, in the Bermudas, the Azores (Quelch), d St. Vincent (collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, specimens do- ted to the United States National Museum by Prof. J. Stanley r diner). FA VIA MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 102, fig. 2; plate 103, fig. 1. Dorallum massive, with a rounded upper surface (for general >ect of the upper surface (see pi. 102, fig. 2). Dalices large, oblong, elliptical or subquadrang^ar in outline; sepa- ed by intercorallite areas from 2 to 5 mm. across. Cavities slightly ;avated. WaPs thin on the upper edge, in places entirely composed dissepiments; deeper down fairly thick. • 3 Measurements, in millimeters, of calices of Favia macdonaldi. ifiter diameter, er diameter . . it* 1 11.5 11.5 2 9. 75 8.5 3 4 10. 5 15. 5 9.5 8 I * j i 5 14.5 11.5 7 13.5 12 11 rhe number of septa in calico No. 4 of the table is about 38, of which or 13 extend to the columella. A few rudimentary septa may have hn broken so as not to be distinguishable now. In calice No. 5, I septa were counted, of which about 12 extend to the columella. [ a polished cross section, in which every septum is clearly visible, lire are 31 septa in a corallite having calicular diameters of 12.5 tl 8.5 mm.; of the septa about 12 reach the columella — that is, usu- w every alternate or every third septum extends to the columella. Cthe calice the septa are thin and distant, but deeper down they are ■iher thick. The inner ends of the long septa are slightly thickened, r;gesting that paliform lobes were present. ; 3ostae correspond to all septa, greatly developed, long; those am one corallite extending to meet those from the adjacent corallite; fcmbers of the different cycles subequal in thickness; thicker in the Rll, gradually thinning distally. Columella composed of the fused inner ends of the septa; fairly II developed; some papillae on upper surface. Chin endo thecal and exo thecal dissepiments well developed. Ho clear instance of asexual reproduction was observed, but that *s by fission seems an inference warranted by the configuration of corallites. 414 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Station 6587, in limestone J iron bearing sandstone, Tonosi, Panama, collected by D. F. M donald. This deposit is of Oligocene age (for fuller discussion, a pages 207, 555, 582). Station 6881, Antigua formation, Willougtf Bay, Antigua, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Type.-— Cat, No. 324993, U.S.NJVL The only American fossil species at all nearly related to Fm macdonaldi is one from the Oligocene or Miocene of Santo Domi]|J not yet described in print. It has smaller corallites and relatr more numerous septa than F. macdonaldi. These two species are Ii Pacific in their affinities, there being no nearly related specie; the Atlantic Ocean, with the possible exception of F. leptopli Verrill, of which I have no specimen for comparison. It gives pleasure to attach the name of Doctor Macdonald to this re handsome species of coral, which was discovered by him. Genus FAVITES Link. 1807. Favites Link, Besehreib. Xat. Samml. Rostock, pt. 3, p. 162. 1901. Favites Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, ] 1902. Favites Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 92. 1917. Favites Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 109. Type-species. — Madrepora abdita Ellis and Solander. FAVITES MEXICANA, new species. Plate 103, figs. 2, 2a. Corallum massive, with more or less rounded or flattish u] ! surface. Type a small broken specimen, 54 by 61 mm. in horizo' diameter and 27 mm. thick. Corallites polygonal, separated by narrow intercorallite walls w are barely 0.5 mm. thick. Diameter of corallites as follows: Diameter, in millim,eters , of corallites of Favites mexicana. Corallite Greater diameter. Lesser diameter.. 1 2 I 3 i 5 6 7 9 11 8.5 8.5 9 7.5 11.5 7.5 8 7.5 7.5 6.5 9 Caliccs damaged so that their depth can not be definitely as tained, but apparently they were shallow. There are 46 septa in a corallite 7.5 by 6.5 mm. in diametei these, 14 reach the columella and 23 are small or rudiment Usually three sizes of septa are recognizable; the tertiaries fus the side of the secondaries, as a rule. Even the large septa relatively thin, not so thick as the width of the interseptal lo The inner ends of the principal septa an; somewhat thickened paliform lobes may have been present. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 415 lumella trabecular, false, fairly well developed, lirhin endotheeal dissepiments abundant. . Asexual reproduction by marginal fission. jLoc-ality and geologic occurrence. — Mexico, hill 4 miles east of San fael Ranch, State of Tamaulipas, collected by W. F. Cummins I J. M. Sands in the Oligocene San Rafael formation of Dumble, 1 dissociation with Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Vaughan. kype — Cat. No. 324995, U.S.N.M. 'his specimen closely resembles Astroria antiguensis Duncan. 2 I !i*e a photograph (see pi. 131, fig. 4) of Duncan's type (No. 12936, I. Geol. Soc. London), and because of the resemblance, I furnished Dumble the name Goniastrea (?) antiguensis (Duncan), as given is papers cited. Subsequent study of the photograph and further n lparisons with specimens from Antigua lead me to believe that rpria antiguensis is in reality a fungid coral, and is probably based silicified specimen of Cyathiomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) ighan in which the corallites are deformed by crowding. That icent corallites are separated by costate intercorallites areas is r on most of this photograph; and apparently there are both rcostal and mural synapticulae. For additional notes on Astroria guensis see page 466 of this paper. FAV1TES POLYGONALIS (Duncan). 33. Astroria polygonalis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 424, pi. 14, fig. 6, 1863. esides F. mexicana, the only other definitely known species of \ites in the American older Tertiary formations is F. polygonalis tncan) Vaughan, which is very abundant in Antigua. The calices '. polygonalis are much larger than in F. mexicana, the smallest usually being 15 mm., rarely as little as 14 mm. in "diameter: ;e in diameter from the size just stated up to 23 mm. wide by am. long, an extraordinarily large calice. The lesser diameter calice is usually between 15 and 20 mm. The calices are exca- d, depth 8 to 10 mm., separated by acute walls. Septa in 4 sizes, thin, rather distant, about 8 within 1 cm. In many imens there is a more or less flattened zone around the colum- fossa, which is bounded by the rather steep inner ends of the li. In F. mexicana, 9 septa were counted within a linear dis- ke of 5 mm., being twice as many within the same distance as k? are in F. polygonalis. Cooke and Mansfield collected in the | of the Chattahoochee formation, station 7078, 8 miles below bridge, Georgia, a species of Favites that seems to be the same e Antiguan specimens of F. polygonalis with small calices. ptti 1 See p. 206 for additional notes. * Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 425, 416 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus GONIASTREA Milne Edwards and Haime. 1848. Goniastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 4 Type-species. — Astrea retiformis Lamarck. GONIASTREA CANALIS, new species. Plate 91, fig. 4. Corallum massive, rounded or flattened on the upper suri forms masses 15 cm. or more in diameter. Calices joined directly by their walls, shallow, polygonal defon lesser diameter of adult calices about 3.5 mm., greater diameter i 3.5 mm. up to 5.5 mm. Septa about 42, in a calice 3.5 mm. wide by 4 mm. long; of t 11 extend to the columella, and there are about 21 small (ra rudimentary) septa. The inner ends of the smallest septa are usi|i free; but the septa of the intermediate size fuse to the sides oi members of lower cycles, and in places a small septum fuses tc side of a member of a lower cycle. As is normally the case in c< reproducing by fission, the septal arrangement is not definite 10 septa, alternately larger and smaller, were counted in a spa< m 2.25 mm. along the wall. At the wall the interseptal spaces about as wide as the thickness of the larger septa. Septal with some granulations. Septal margins too badly damage permit a study of their characters. Columella false, fairly well developed, formed by the fusion o inner end of the long septa. Asexual reproduction by fission, either equal or unequal, e fission seems more common. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, qu Empire, in the Emperador limestone collected by T. W. Vau and D. F. MacDonald. Type. — No. 324996 U.S.N.M. Of the species of Goniastrea previously described from the Ame Tertiaries, G. variabilis Duncan 1 from the upper Eocene St tholomew limestone, French West Indies, has larger calices, abt mm. wide, and as it has about 40 septa to a calice, the septa in i less crowded than in G. canalis. I collected in the Oligocei Antigua, in the Antigua formation, a species of Goniastrea, th evidently the same as Stephanocoenia reussi Duncan. 2 This differs G. canalis only by the absence of rudimentary septa betweei larger septa. The two forms, although closely related, seei represent distinct species. F ID irl lb I. \ ft] Ins ' Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 29, p. 557, pi. 21, fig. 11, 1873 2 Idem, vol. 24, p. 19, pi. 2, fig. 1, 1867. I have excellent photographs of Duncan's type, whic. 5011, Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 417 Genus MAEANDRA Oken. 1815. Maeandra Oken (part), Lehrb. Naturg., Th. 3, Abth. 1, p. 70. 1902. Maeandra Yerrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 66. 1917. Maeandra Yaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 119. Type-species. — Madrepora labyrinthiformis Linnaeus. MAEANDRA ANTIGUENSIS, new species. Plate 103, figs. 3, 4, 4a. 'he general habit of the corallum is similar to that of Maeandra osa (Ellis and Solander), that is, the upper surface is more or less llate, not rather uniformly rounded or domed as M. strigosa ina). A view of the upper surface of each cotype is shown on e 103, figures 3,4. Valleys sinuous, relatively long, as much as nore than 26 mm. in length; width from 3.5 to 5.5 mm., about i mm. usual; depth about 2 mm. Collines with narrow, acute or acute summits, the septa sloping away at an angle of about 45°. acent valleys are usually separated by simple walls; in places irate mural edges are distinguishable, but in such instances the ance between the walls is less than 0.5 mm. epta decidedly crowded, 8 or 9 long septa and as many interme- e short septa within 5 mm., that is, from 32 to 36 septa, alternately 19 rtand long, within 1 cm. The long septa extends to edge of the mellar fossa; the intermediate septa are about half as long. tal margins finely dentate, about 10 small teeth on the long septa; e downward and inward at an angle of about 45°, as previously led. Inner ends of long septa more or less thickened, some appear >ear paliform lobes, fused by lateral expansions and processes at edge of the columellar fossa. V: Dlumella composed of axial septal processes, which are usually e or less flattened and curled. Calicinal centers indistinct. luin, crowded, endothecal dissepiments abundant. . realities and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, station 6881, Antigua * (lation, Willoughby Bay, cotypes, 2 specimens, collected by V. Vaughan. anama, station 6587, Tonosi, a broken specimen, collected by T. MacDonald. vtypes.—No. 325003, U.S.N.M. - laeandra antiguensis is very close to M. clivosa. The principal trences seem to be the steeper margins and the thicker inter- Hllite walls, and the slightly wider and deeper valleys of M. msa. The cotypes of M. antiguensis were compared with 33 small feimens of M. clivosa and the differential characters indicated . ftar valid. Ike specimen obtained by Doctor MacDonald is only a fragment, * as the cross-section of the corallites and walls and the septal 418 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. characters agree with M. antiguensis, there is no reasonable doubt to its belonging to that species. MAEANDRA PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 107.. figs. 1, la. Corallum massive, composed of long valleys, from 5.5 to 9 n| wide, and about 3.5 mm. deep, separated by acute collines. W;! in the collines, rather thick but simple. Septa, rather thick, crowded, about 10 in 5 mm., or 20 to centimeter. As a rule alternately shorter and longer, but in so places they are equal. At the wall usually equal in thickness. I inner ends of some septa are enlarged, and there are indications I such septa bear upright paliform teeth. Margins dentate. Calici| centers indistinct. Columella absent. Locality and geologic occurrence.— Four miles west of Lares, Pc Rico, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Type. —'No. 325004, U.S.N.M. Remarks. — Maeandra portoricensis is very close to an undescri species from the St. Bartholomew Eocene, to which Duncan e] neously applied the name Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) . The dif ence seems to lie in the former having straighter valleys (a chara< of very little value), and thicker septa and walls. MAEANDRA DUMBLEI, new species. Plate 104, figs. 1, la. Corallum massive, upper surface gradually curved, without }l bosities. The type, a segment of a head, is 63 mm. long, 57 rj wide, and 45 mm. thick. Valleys straight or curved; length from 5 mm., the diameter a solitary calice, up to 30 mm. or even more; width from 3 to 5 m • depth 1.5 mm. or less/ the valleys are very shallow, almost su]r flcial Collines flat or furrowed along the top; width from 1.5 to J mm. Each of two adjacent series usually with its own sepa^ wall, the walls separated on top by a slight depression whicJl crossed by costae. The colline characters are those character] ic« of Diploria, which is typical Maeandra. Septa rather distant, 9 within 5 mm. or 18 to 1 cm.; subecil or alternately longer and shorter, the shorter usually almost rac- ing the columella; no rudimentary septa except in young calis; outer septal ends thick. Septal margins broken in the type, fa the trabeculae indicate fairly large dentations, about 5 on a lg septum outside the distinct, thickened, palar lobe. Columella composed of septal processes, only slightly develo o Calicinal centers distinct or obscure. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 419 Locality and geologic occurrence. — Mexico, hill one mile east of { n Jose de las Rusias ranch, State of Tamaulipas, collected by W. F. (mmins and J. M. Sands, in the Oligocene formation to which !*. E. T. Dumble 1 applied the name "San Fernando beds," later (anged to San Rafael beds. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan) Vughan was also collected at this locality. AType.— No. 325005, U.S.N.M., presented by Mr. E. T. Dumble. This species groups with the living West Indian Maeandra labijrintld- imis (Linnaeus), the genotype, which has far more crowded septa, ai with M. bowersi Vaughan, from Carrizo Creek, California, winch h wider intercorallite areas, deeper valleys, and fewer long septa Ithe centimeter. MAEANDRA AREOLATA (Linnaeus). \ 1758. Madrepora areolata Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 795. 1901. Mankind areolata Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 305, pi. 4, figs. 2, 3. f 1902. Maeandra areolata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 81, pi. 11, figs. 1, 2; pi. 12, figs, 1, 2, 3. I 1915. Maeandra areolata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. ft 1916. Maeandra areolata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, pp. 225, 227. ii)ommon in the Pleistocene marl of Mount Hope near Colon, Cial Zone. E jocality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, stations 5850 and 8< 9, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Tiis species is a common fossil in the Pleistocene coralliferous iosits and in areas of living reefs in the Caribbean region and Frida. M. areolata is not a true reef coral. It thrives best on tl flats behind the reefs or in water 10 to 12 fathoms deep off tl reefs proper. As it has no firm basal attachment, it can not st the impact of the waves of rough seas. MAEANDRA CLIVOSA (Ellis and Solander). 1786. Madrepora clivosa Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 163. 1901. Platygyra clivosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 57. (With synonymy.) L902. Maeandra clivosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 78. L902. Maeandra agassizi Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 80, pi. 14, figs. 1, la. ' 915 . Maeandra clivosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, pp. 596, 597. 916. Maeandra clivosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 227. ocality and geologic occurrence. — Costa Rica, station 6251. Monkey it, in a slightly elevated Pleistocene reef, collected by D. F. Mac- mble, E. T., Some events in the Eogene history of the present coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico as and Mexico, Journ. Geol., vol. 23, pp. 481, 498, 1915 (see pp. 495-496); Tertiary deposits of north- I Mexico, Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 5, pp. 163-193, pis. 16-19, Dec, 1915 (see pp. 189-190). 420 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Donald. This species is general in the elevated Pleistocene n and in the areas of living reefs in the Caribbean region and in Flori It is one of the most abundant species on the living Bahamian re but appears not to occur in the Bermudas. MAEANDRA STRIGOSA (Dana). so I8| of la 1846. Meandrina strigosa Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 257, pi. 14, 4a, 4b. L901. Platygyra viridis Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden, ser. 2, vo p. 51. (With synonymy.) 1901. Platygyra viridis Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. pis. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. 1902. Maeandra cerebrum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol|^ p. 74, pi. 10, fig. 4; pi. 12, fig. 4; pi. 14, figs. 4, 5. 1902. Maeandra viridis Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, p 1907. Maeandra cerebrum Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol] P p. 169. 1915. Maeandra strigosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p 1917. Maeandra strigosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook Xo p. 227. I can not at all agree with Professor Verrill's application of and Solander's name u cerebrum" to this species. There are large, massive species of Maeandra in the West Indies and Flor bi namely, M. labyrintMformis (Linnaeus), M. clivosa, (Ellis and So jng der), and M. strigosa (Dana). I applied to M. strigosa a varilnr( name proposed by Le Sueur, but Professor Verrill expressed dc \ \ as to Le Sueur's having meant the species under consider ati on There is good evidence that Ellis and Solander did not intend Ma ?u a j)ora cerebrum for this species, for they applied the name Madre^ labyrintJiica to it and figured it. As they applied names to two of identifiable species, it is probable that they intended Madrm cerebrum for the third species, that is, for Mad-repora labyrinthifor of which Diploria cerebriformis (Lamarck) M. Edwards and Hg is a synonym. Under these circumstances, the proper course to pursue evide is to take the first name concerning which there is no doubt. Ch then fall on Meandrina strigosa Dana, the type of which is in United wStates National Museum. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Costa Rica, station 6251, Mor ^ Point, in the slightly elevated Pleistocene reef, collected by D. F. } j, J!: -; Donald. This species is general in the Pleistocene and living c ^ reefs of the Caribbean region, Florida, and the Bahamas, an found living in the Bermudas. It is one of the two most impor massive reef -building species in Florida and the West Indies; other of the most important species is Orbicella annularis (Ellis * u Solander). M llo spe em of] ■on. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 421 1 Genus LEPTORIA Milne Edwards and Haime. • • 'III 1 1848. Leptoria Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 493. : L917. Leptoria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 117. \jpe-species. — Meandrina phrygia Lamarck = Madrepora phrygia 3 and Solander. LEPTORIA SPENCERI, new species. \ ' Plate 109, figs. 2, 2a, 3. .863. Maeandrina species Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, p. 424. Drallum more or less explanate, with a flatish, undulate upper ace. alleys long and sinuous, shallow, from 3.25 to 5 mm. wide, rated by narrow, but strong colline walls. lere are 8 or 9 long septa within 5 mm., 18 to 19 within 1 cm. se are rather stout and extend from the wall to the columellar somewhat thickened in the wall and on their inner ends, where e appear to be paliform knots or lobes. Usually between each I of larger septa is a very thin septum, which is either short or long, tl le columella is stout and lamelliform. Fioi reality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 3473, Rio Canapu, se sing of Manassas trail, Oriente Province, Cuba, collected by Dr. I tur C. Spencer, for whom the species is named. Cyathomorpha Is (Duncan) was obtained at the same place. The geologic son, therefore, seems to be that of the Antigua formation of !;gua; but Dr. J. A. Cushman reports Orthophragmina from the i i station, and suggests that the formation exposed there is of ;r Eocene age. le specimen from Antigua referred to by Duncan as " Maeandrina seems to belong to L. spenceri, according to two photographs I of Duncan's original specimen, No. 12946, coll. Geol. Soc. on. Duncan's specimen has a distinctly lamellate columella. Ape.— No. 324968a, U.S.N.M. (pi. 109, figs. 2, 2a). iratype.— No. 3249686, U.S.N.M. (pi. 109, fig. 3). lere is no other known species from the West Indies to which L. zeri is nearly related. It has closer affinities with the Indo- le species L. phrygia and L. gracilis. L. spenceri has about the number of septa to the centimeter as Maeandra antiguensis, but ffers from M. antiguensis in having shallower valleys, stouter . i serial walls, and its columella is distinctly lamelliform. Genus MANICINA Ehrenberg. >34. Manicina Ehrenberg, Corallenth. Roth. Meer., p. 101 (of reprint). 48. Colpophyllia Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 27, p. 4^2, '02. Manicina Verrell, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 84. pe-species. — Madrepora gyrosa Ellis and Solander. 422 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MANICINA GYROSA (Ellis and Solander). 1786. Madrcpora gyrosa Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 163, pi figs. 1, 2. 1901. Colpophyllia gyrosa Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs-Mus. Leiden, ser. 2, 2, p. 41 (With synonymy, except Mussa fragilis Dana). 1902. Manicina gyrosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, t 1915. Manicina gyrosa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Jonrn., vol. 5, p. 1916. Manicina gyrosa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Year Book. N p. 227. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 5850, P tocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. Costa Kica, station 5884?>, probably Pleistocene, Moin Hill, lected by D. F. MacDonald. This species is general in the elevated Pleistocene and on the lr coral reefs of the Caribbean area and in Florida. Usually specin are not abundant, but can nearly always be found in both the P tocene and living reefs. There is in the Antigua formation of Antigua a very hands species of Manicina, which is of interest in showing the presenc the genus in American Tertiary deposits of middle Oligocene a MANICINA WILLOUGHBIENSIS, new species. Plate 104, figs. 2,2a: plate 105. Corallum attached by a more or less centrally placed basal pedu from which the lower surface slopes upward and outward, upper face curved or flattish. Common wall thrown into rounded rugations, which are narrow at the lower end, but widen with ward growth until they may be 15 mm. across, height as much mm. Besides the corrugations, the lower surface is costate; L low rounded costae about 1 mm. apart, with an intermediate sm costa between each pair of larger. There is no vestige of epitl (There are only occasional shreds of epitheca on the lower suj of M. gyrosa.) Valleys long and sinuous; from 7 to 16 mm. wide, be twee and 11 mm. usual; depth 8 to 10 mm. Colline submits nai usually from 1 to 1.5 mm. wide, but the walls of adjacent serie nearly always distinct, being separated by a narrow furrow, ag the sides of which the outer ends of the septa terminate. Septa from 19 to 22 to 1 cm., one-half of which are small rudimentary; the larger septa are thin and are arranged in 2, 4 sizes. Near the top of the wall all septa are narrow and * through a distance of about 3 mm., below which the larger s widen by a slope of about 45°; their inner edges fall steeply, in p perpendicularly, to the bottom of the axial furrow. There ai definitely developed p aliform lobes, but in places the septal ma rise upward just outside the steep fall into the axial fossa. Di GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OE THE CANAL ZONE. 423 as on the septal margins small and serrate, not prominant. Septal es with small granulations. columella very poorly developed or absent; calicinal centers as a :, 9 fairly distinct, range from 9 to 21 mm. apart, ^hin endothecal dissepiments well developed. locality and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, station 6881, Wil- *hby Bay, (cotypes), and at other localities in the Antigua forma- ' 1, Antigua, collected by T. W. Vaughan, myP e -— No - 325006a, U.S.N.M. 4 y aratype.— Cat. No. 3250066, U.S.N.M. his species is closely related to the living Manicina gyrosa of the ibbean and Floridian regions. It has narrower collines, because septa are narrow in their upper part; it has much more numerous J;a; and the septa of M. gyrosa have far more exsert-margins. j he only European species, known to me, with which comparison be made is Diploria intermedia Michellotti from the di- me of Sassello, Liguria (specimen so labelled, received from Museum of Natural History at Turin, No. 156300, U.S.N.M.). ; specimen, although it has the aspect of Diploria (precise synonym rpical Maeandra), is in my opinion really a species of Manicina, for lower surface is corrugate and there is no epitheca, while there complete, concentrically striate epitheca on the base Maeandra iploria ,} ) labyrinthiformis. The costae on the base of Diploria ^media are similar to those of Manicina. Besides the characters idy mentioned, the calicinal centers in D. intermedia are more net than in the type-species of Diploria. I will therefore desig- Michelotti's species Manicina intermedia (Michellotti). This ies has narrower (3.5 to 7 mm. wide), shallower (2.5 to 3 mm. ), valleys, and thicker septa than M. willoughbiensis, and 3 are distinct, thickish paliform lobes on many long septa. \ough the two species are distinct, the genus to. which they lig was coincident in the Oligocene of southern Europe and of the j; Indies. D'Achiardi has described two species of this genus as iophyllia tarameUii and C. jlexuosa from the Eocene of Friuli. Genus THYSANUS Duncan. 1 >63. Thysanus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19, pp. 430, 439, pi. 15, figs. 3a, 36, pi. 16, figs. 6a, 66. j 163. Teleiophyllia Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 20, p. 34. -li 64. Thysanus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 21, p. 10. | 84. Thysanus Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zoology), vol. 18. p. 15. j 84. Teleiophyllia Duncan, Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zoology), vol. 18, p. 85. e-species. — Thysanus excentricus Duncan (Geol. Soc. London . Journ., vol. 19, p. 439, pi. 16, figs. 6a, 66). ly-^Jncan included two species in this genus at the time he described iierfjsignating neither one as the type. Thysanus corbicula occurs idwn the paper, but as specimens of it are not accessible for study, ! 37149—19 Bull. 103 16 424 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. I have selected as the genotype the second species, Tliysanus centricus, of which I have seen nearly 700 specimens. THYSANUS aff. T. EXCENTRICUS Duncan. 1863. Thysanus excentricus Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. p. 439, pi. 16, figs. 3a, 3c. Apparently the tall variant of T. excentricus is represented by cf in material from Cuba. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 3439, in the Cruz marl, first railroad cutting east of La Cruz, near Santiaf collected by T. W. Vaughan. THYSANUS HAYESI, new species. Plate 77, figs. 3, 3a, 36. The type is much damaged, but the three views on plate figures 3, 3a, 3b, give an idea of its form. The corallum, which about 21 mm. long, 12 mm. tall, and 13 mm. in maximum diame is relatively wide, and is unilateral. The costae are decidedly prominent, 1 mm. or more tall at the mi edge, and are distant, about 2 mm. between the summits of adja( costae. Their edges are coarsely and irregularly dentate, the dei tions compressed transversely to the septal planes, and seconda spinulose. Toward the base of the corallum the costae become prominent and are obsolete on the base. There are no dist secondary costae. Nearly all of the septa extend to the columella, they are disi and rather thin; intermediate small septa are rare. Margins dent Faces with sharp ridges and coarse granulations. Columella trabecular and obscurely lamellate. Endothecal dissepiments abundant, thin. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 3461, Gorg Yumuri River, Matanzas, lower Miocene, collected by T. W. Vaug Type.— No. 324994, U.S.N.M. This species, which I am naming for Dr. C. W. Hayes, is most ne related to Thysanus corbicula Duncan, but differs in its more dist more prominent, and coarser costae. Family MUSSIDAE Verrill. Genus SYZYGOPHYLLIA Reuss. 1860. Syzygophyllia Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mat., Natur. CI., Sitzur vol. 39, p. 216, pi. 1, figs. 10-12; pi.* 2, fig. 10. Type-species. — Syzygophyllia brevis Reuss. SYZYGOPHYLLIA HAYESI, new species. Plate 106, figs. 1, la, 16. Corallum compressed-turbinate in form. Greater diameter 75 1 cesser diameter 59 mm.; height 40 mm. + . The tip of the baser % GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 425 3 upper part of the calice of the type are broken. Wall strong, •derately thick; with coarsely dentate costae just below the icular edge, lower down covered by thick, finely wrinkled epitheca. The number of septa could not be counted with certainty, there about 200, or approximately 6 cycles. The primaries, secondaries, ,1 tertiaries extend to the columella and are very thick, 1 mm. I.al and 2 mm. occasional. The quaternaries are shorter and thin- I ; and the members of the fifth and sixth cycles shorter and thinner In the quaternaries according to cycle. The very thick principal |ta with shorter and thinner intermediate septa constitute one of I most striking characteristics of the species. The septal margins ■ broken but their character can be inferred from the plan of the ■ken cross section. There are alternate swollen and thinner areas, Iwing that the septa are composed of compound trabeculae, and had Irsely dentate margins. The bases of some of the teeth were prob- Jw as much as 3 mm. in width, but a more usual width was probably (veen 2 and 2.5 mm. 4ie columella is relatively small, it appears to be entirely composed lie fused inner ends of the septa. locality and geologic occurrence. — Nicaragua, Brito formation :4>er Eocene), on or near the Pacific coast; collected by C. W. les, for whom the species is named. A/pe.— No. 325009, U.S.N.M. |vo other species of SyzygophyUia are known from middle America, mgophyUia gregorii (Vaughan) and S. dentata (Duncan). S. gre- 'Jm was first described from the Bowden marl of Bowden, Jamaica, ■ also occurs in beds of equivalent age in Santo Domingo. S. mta, which was described from the Nivaje shale of Santo Domingo, Irs stratigraphically above S. gregorii, but in deposits paleonto- . «ally closely related to the Bowden marl. Of the two' species i'ilym is more like S. gregorii, but its principal septa are thicker Its columella is less developed. Probably the most nearly related ■; ies is one collected in the Eocene St. Bartholomew limestone ; Jpof. P. T. Cleve, but the specimen that I have seen of this is rt'ood enough for positive identification. MADREPORARIA FUNGIDA. Family AGARICIIDAE Verrill. Genus TROCHOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 49. Trochoseris Milne Edwards and Haime, Comptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 72. -)5. Trochoseris Vaughan, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 28, p. 384. ftpe-species . — Antliophyllum distortum Michelin. I > columella in the type-species is very small, false, and more or Mpillarv. 426 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TROCHOSERIS MEINZERI, new species. Plate 106, figs. 2, 2a, 26. Corallum trochoid, attached by a basal peduncle. Greater di^ eter of calice, 59.5 mm.; lesser diameter, 41 mm.; height, 38.5 m wall solid, finery and closely costate; costae low, equal or alii nating in size, about 13 in 5 mm. or 26 in 10 mm. Calice, flar^ shallow, slightly excavated. Septa very numerous and crowded, about 16 in 5 mm., 32 hi mm; at the calicular edge, thicker than the width of the irjj septal spaces. Of the septa about every eighth seems to exten I the axial fossa, and 35 were counted around the fossa, but the nlj ber of septa probably exceeds 280. The margins are obscuift very finely, dentate, subentire. Synapticulae small, numeri crowded. Columella very small, 2 mm. in diameter, in a small fossa ; a I papillae are recognizable. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 7522, Mogote P 0.5 mile east of east boundary of United States Naval Reserva Guantanamo, south side of peak, altitude about 375 feet a. t., colle by O. E. Meinzer (type). Panama, station 6587, Tonosi, collected by D. F. MacDonald Type:— No. 325228, U.S.N.M. The only other species of Trochqseris described from the Amei Tertiary formations is T. catadwpensis Yaughan 1 from the Ec at Catadupa, Jamaica. This is a much smaller species tha) meinzeri and does not appear closely related. The specimen obtained by Doctor MacDonald at Tonosi, Pan is broken and poor, but the identification of it with the C specimen seems certain. Genus AGARICIA Lamarck. 1801. Agaricia Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., p. 373. 1905. Agaricia Vaughan, Science, n. s., vol. 21, p. 984. 1917. Agaricia Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 140. Type-species. — Madrepora undata Ellis and Solander. AGARICIA AGARICITES (Linnaeus). 1758. Madrepora agaricitcs Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 795. 1901. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Geol. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., vol. 2, p. 64. 1902. Agaricia agarcites Vehrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 146, pi. 26, figs. 2, 3; pi. 27, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 5, 6, 6a, 7, 7a. 1915. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, J 1916. Agaricia agaricites Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook Is p. 228. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6039, 1 tocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, abun< i Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 242, pi. 30, figs. 5, 6, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 427 is species in its typical form is generally present on the living 3st Indian and Floridian reefs, and is usual in the Pleistocene liafs of the same region. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. PURPUREA Le Sueur. ill 1820. Agaricia purpurea Le Sueur, Mus. Hist. nat. Paris Mem., vol. 6, p. 276, pi. 15, figs. 3a, 36, 3c. 1902. Agaricia purpurea Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 149, pi. 27, figs. 4, 4a, 46. 1902. Agaricia agaricites var. gibbosa Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 148, pi. 27, figs. 1, la. 1012. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, No. 10, p. 153. 1912. Agaricia fragilis var. Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 153-154. 1915. Agaricia purpurea Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 596. 1915. Agaricia purpurea Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, Xo. 14, p. 228. ■ in ,ocality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station Nos. 5849 6039 Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, ndant. This variety is widespread on the living reefs in the 3t Indies and Florida. garicia agaricites var. purpurea is one of the corals on which I le many experiments at Tortugas, Florida. The following is an >unt of one experiment: 1 v. result of one experiment with Agaricia gave unexpectedly important informa- on the influence of environment on variation. On the piers of the Fort Jefferson a thin, unifacial, subcircular, or reniform Agaricia, attached by the center of ower surfaces, is rather abundant. This seems to be a variety of Agaricia fragilis a). On the reefs off Loggerhead Key an Agaricia of massive form, several inches if ameter and of somewhat less height, is abundant. This appears to be the same ■jaricia crassa Verrill. One specimen of the thin Agaricia fragilis form attached tile in June, 1910, had by June, 1911, assumed the Agaricia crassa growth-form, specimen was attached by its entire lower surface and seems to have had its :h-form influenced by the wide basal attachment. It is evident that there is one species of Agaricia that under different conditions assumes different growth- In very quiet water it is thin, orbicular, or reniform, with a slight basal ament at its center, while on the reefs it is more strongly attached and has a massive growth-form. But, in the quiet waters, the massive growth-form may oduced by giving the normally thin form a wide base of attachment, or there is :tion to contact. On the reefs, when the water is strongly agitated, there is prob- a clinging of the peripheral polyps to the basal support; this causes the basal lment to cover a larger area than in the more quiet waters ; then upward growth this wide base would produce the massive form. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. CRASSA Verrill. v0 jj 902. Agaricia crassa Verrtll, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 145, pi. 30, fig. 6; pi. 34, lig. 2. )15. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5. p. 596. U6. Agaricia crassa Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook, No. 14, p. 228. Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, pp. 153-154, 1912. 428 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Limon, Costa Rica, Moin H " Niveau £" collected by H. Pittier, probably Pleistocene. As has been stated this is in reality only a vegetative growth foi of Agaricia agaricites var. purpurea. It is especially abunds on the reefs off the west side of Andros Island, Bahamas. AGARICIA AGARICITES var. PUSILLA Verrill. 1902. Agaricia agaricites var. pusilla Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trai vol. 11, p. 148, pi. 27, figs. 3. 3a. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6039, Pleis cene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald, moderat abundant. This variety was originally based on specimens fr< Colon, Panama. AGARICIA ANGU1LJLENSIS, new species. Plate 108, figs. 2, 3, 4. Corallum rather low, consisting of crispate, divided, and lot fronds. Height or extension from the center, 44+ mm. Thickn< 3 to 4 mm; thinner on the edges. Calices unifacial, sub concentrically arranged, mother calice exc trie. In the type-specimen, the distance from the mother calice the edge of the frond is 35 mm., with five rows of calices, the oui most calice 6 mm. from the margin, making 7 mm. the average tance between the rows, the distance varies from 5 or 6 to 9 : The lower side o f the rows is very slightly swollen; the ridges are ah suppressed. Transverse diameter of calices 3 to 7 mm. On upper side the septo-costae are directly continuous without elevat to the next series. Under side of frond finely striate. The septa vary in number from 15 to 38, alternately larger smaller, arranged in three cycles; 6 to 12 septa are decidedly lai and thicker than the others. The septo-costae are solid and coa alternately larger and smaller. Synapticulae abundant. Calicular fossa shallow. Columella stout, composed of two three large papillae that fuse to form an axial tubercle or an a lamella. Localities. — Island of Anguilla, West Indies; collected by P Cleve. Type. — University of Upsala; duplicates in the United St National Museum (Cat. No. 324971). One of the striking characters of this species is the slight tumi of the lower side of the calices; otherwise it closely resembles I ricia dominicensis, the species next to be described. AGARICIA DOMINICENSIS, new species. Plate 109, figs. 1, la. The type is a fragment of a frond, 27.5 mm. long, 23 mm. wide, from 1 to 2.5 mm. thick on the lower edge, exclusive of the calic ■ 1 gl GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 429 tuberances. The width of the frond as given is the true width, I the specimen is not broken on its lateral edges. Common wall [d, naked. Calices are confined to one surface. The outer surface pngitudinally finely costate; 16 costae, alternating in size, were nted within 5 mm. in two areas. The costae are low, triangular •rofile, their bases meeting or with an exceedingly fine costal thread liveen them. These costal threads are not included in the count [ostae within 5 mm. as given above. A row of small granulations lig each costal edge. lalices swallow-nest-like, tend to be arranged in concentric rows I series; lower side protuberant about 3 mm. Distance between. I:ular series 4 to 7 mm. In the same series adjacent calices con- lat but with separate centers; isolated calices may form part of I same row. Transverse diameter of isolated calices from 2.5 to ;m. Ijpta in largest isolated calices 24 in number, 10 of which extend lie columella; as a rule alternately longer and shorter, and alter- lly more and less exsert. Septal margins over the edges of the luberant side of the calices steeply arched but not pointed, lipto-costae with very thin edges, as a rule alternately taller and i r; 16 within a linear distance of 5 mm. The septo-costae from lupper side of a lower calice or calicular series extend as septo- fie to the next higher calice or calicular series and continue as isepta of the higher calice or series. Synapticulae are highly "■loped. llumella a wide, thin, prominent, axial plate. Ucality and geologic occurrence. ^-Santo Domingo, station No. 7778, Ijrurabo, zone G, collected by Miss C. J. Maury (type), associated f Placocyaihus variabilis Duncan. fba, station 3461, gorge of Yumuri River, Matanzas, collected by I". Vaughan. \v e -— No. 324973, U.S.N.M., presented by Miss C. J. Maury. vricia dominicensis differs from A. anguillensis by the greater ity and prominence of the lower lips of the calices or calicular ! l.; in fact, the lower edge of the calices in A. dominicensis is carried ird so that usually it is as high as or higher than the upper side • : Jp calicular aperture. It also differs from A. anguillensis in its prominent, platelike columella. 3 living Agaricia nobilis Verrill, 1 found in Florida, Turks Island • :: lib Indies), and Porto Rico, is near A. dominicensis. A. nobilis 3 till a more prominent calicular lip, and more prominent and ;ly alternating septa and septo-costae. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 150, pi. 28, tigs. 1, 2, 1902. See also Agaricia elepTiantotus U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 1, p. 310, pi. 17, fig. 1. 430 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The three species, naming them in geologically ascending series anguillensis, A. dominicensis, and A. nobilis, seem to form an ev( tionary series, the lower side of the calices becoming progressh more produced and more prominent, while the alternation in the of the septa and the septo-costae increases. Genus PAVONA Lamarck. 1801. Pavona Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans. Vert., p. 372. 1917. Pavona Vatjghan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 132. Type-species. — Pavona cristata Lamarck = Madrepora cristata '. and Solander = Madrepora cactus Forskal. ft v llmi itvl PAVONA PANAMENSIS, new species. Plate 110, figs. 1, la, 16, 2, 2a, 3, 3a. This species is so variable that formal descriptions of the extremes will be presented. The first specimen to be described (pi. 110, figs. 1, la, lb) is f: station 6016, Empire, Canal Zone. Corallum massive or forming thick plates, maximum thicknes type 37 mm. Calices in more or less definite series; diameter, about 4 n distance between series as much as 3.5 mm. Intercalicular a arched or flat. Septa strongly alternating in size; about 10 prominent, tall s< reach the columella; between each pair of these is a lower, sm septum, occasionally three small between two larger septa; edge the larger septa steep around the columella fossa. Septo-costae continuous from calice to calice, strongly alterna or in places subequal in size; synapticulae visible between them Columella formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the large se in some calices it appears to be a central tubercle. Dissepiments well developed; 7 within 4 mm. The next specimen (pi. 110, figs. 2, 2a) is from station 6015, ak Empire, Canal Zone. 1 Corallum forming nodular masses or encrusting dead coral or c \$ such objects. The size and form are shown by plate 110, figur 2a. Another specimen has an attached base and flat upper sur Calices irregularly distributed or in short, indistinct series ; dian of the apertures usually range between 2 and 3 mm., as the outlii ii\ plan is subelliptical or oval the two diameters at right angles rarely equal in the same calice; depth about 1.5 mm. ; distance g ranges from a mere dividing wall up to 2.5 mm., about 1 mm. u g Intercalicular areas flat between fully developed calices. Septa, number in fully grown calices 24 to 26 ; of these about or more than half extend to the columella; around the calicular <] in h Jalh: is a I the 5,5 mi If fiateh im and ices i cafe i Compare the illustrations of this specimen with the figures of D'Achiardi's Eeussastraea gra Corall. eocen. Fruli, p. 67, pi. 13, figs. 2a, 2b, 2c, 1875. Reussastraea is a synonym of Pavona •aise, as n rath. hh 1 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 431 Y are thick and subequal, within the calice there is indefinite alter- ion in size, and there may be irregular grouping, but usually the ill septa do not fuse to the sides of the larger. The septal margins ain the ealices fall steeply to the bottom of the relatively large a. epto-costae continuous from one calice to the next; they are low, equal, and synapticulae are visible between them. olumella formed by the fusion of the inner ends of the long septa ; styliform in many ealices, and in some it is distinctly compressed. . specimen from station 6016, represented by plate 110, figures x, is intermediate in its septal and septo-costal characters between two other specimens above described. ocalities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, stations 6015 and 6, in the Emperador limestone, quarry, Empire, collected by JST. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. types — Nos. 325232, 325334, 325335, U.S.N.M. his species has its nearest relative in the living P. clivosa, from rl Island, Bay of Panama. Genus LEPTOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime. 1849. Leptoseris Milne Edwards and Haime, Coniptes Rend., vol. 29, p. 72. ype-species. — Leptoseris fragilis Milne Edwards and Haime. LEPTOSERIS PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 107, figs. 2, 2a, 26. lorallum forming a rather thick unifacial frond. The type-speci- :. is a fragment and does not give a definite idea of the size to oh the corallum grew. It is 45 mm. long, of the same width, [5.5 mm. thick. The back is without ealices; it is naked and finely ate, about 23 costae to 1 cm. The costae are subequal in size, rnately larger and smaller, or every fourth may be slightly larger i those intervening. The costal edges are narrower than the is and are finely beaded. Intercostal furrows of about the same ih as the costae. alices-iiot very definitely arranged, occurring in clusters or in . Rilar transverse series. Considerable areas are without ealices. h. calice is surrounded by from 6 to 9 prominent septo-costae, tail as 2 mm., and 1 mm. thick. Between these on the upper fcal) side often there are smaller ones. New ealices may originate loudding from the costate area. Diameter of fully developed i es, about 4 mm. The septo-costae in the noncaliculate areas • coarse, prominent, and equal. Number to the centimeter, 10: ht as much as 1 mm.; thickness of base, as much as 0.7 mm. ies rather acute and beaded. Intercostal furrows usually nar- K r than the costae. Synapticulae present. 432 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. m Go BUI If t teal is; Columella absent, or slightly developed and false. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 mi west of Lares, in the Pepin o formation, collected by R. T. Hill. Type.— No. 325231, U.S.N.M. It is possible that this species may ultimately be referred to genus Mycedium, to which it is very close. Genus PIRONASTRAEA D'Achiardi. 1875. Pironastraea D'Achiardi, Corall. eocen. del Friuli, p. 76, pi. 15, figi 2b, 3a, 36, 3c, 3d. Type-species. — Pironastraea discoides D'Achiardi, from the Eoce; fly at Brazzano, Russitz, Cormons, and Rosazzo, Italy. The species described below as Pironastraea anguillensis is esse tially typical of the genus except that the basal epitheca is inco] plete, occurring only as shreds in both the type-specimens frc Anguilla and in a specimen from Porto Rico, collected by Mr. B< Hubbard, of the New York Academy of Sciences Porto Rico expe< tion. The columella of P. discoides, according to D'Achiardi, is single papilla. The following generic diagnosis is based on the two West Indi species, P. anguillensis and P. antiguensis, descriptions of which subsequently given: Corallum more or less massive or forming thick undulating plai which expand from a subcentra 1 basal attachment. Lower surfc mostly naked, a few epithecal shreds are present, finely costate; co: mou wall synapticular hi origin, but in places it is almost or qu solid. Upper surface caliculate. Calices usually form subconcentric series, some are circumscrib<| H0 ; In the series calicinal centers either distinct, or indistinct as Pachyseris. Separated by rounded collines, of equal slopes on be the peripheral and proximal sides; no interserial walls. Septa lamellate, with few or no perforations; apparently some p f orations near the columella, where the trabecular fusion is inco: plete. Septal margins with obtuse, crowded dentations, which i compressed transversely to the septal planes, and are more cc spicuous around the axial fossa, where the calicinal centers are d tinct, or along the bottom of the valley where the calicinal cent* ^ are indistinct. Columella false, in places a few papillae may recognized. Septo-costae equal in size, directly confluent across t collines. Synapticulae greatly developed, small, crowded. Geologic occurrences. — Oligocene of Anguilla, Antigua, Cuba, a Porto Rico. There seems to be only one genus of corals with which compariso need to be made. Milne Edwards and Haime 1 proposed Oroseris 2 1 Polyp, foss. Terr, paloozoi'ques, p. 130, 1851. A synonym of Comoseris D'Orbigny, according to Gregory, Juras. Cor. Cutch., pp. 154-156, 1900. nth i . Dm, fu eit GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 433 ;e;< enus, designating as the type-species 0. plana M. Edwards and pne, which is a new name for Agaricia sommeringii Michelin 1 \ Goldfuss), from the middle Oolite of Mecrin and Hannonville use) . A part of the description of 0. plana is as follows : ' 1 Quelques lines minces et peu saillantes entre lesquelles on voit souvent Isieurs series de centres calicinaux. Ceux-ci sont bien distincts et I profonds." I'he multiple series of calices between collines and the very dis- ii t calicin al centers appear to be valid generic differences. Further- ■•e in the distinct calices of Pironastraea the columella is false but ■rly papillary, whereas in Oroseris the columella is rudimentary, ■re may be additional differences in septa] structure not ascertain - m from the short description of the type-species of Oroseris. ironastraea differs from Pachyseris by its more distinct calicinal ers; but apparently it is the ancestor of the ] atter genus. Plate 111, figs. 1, la, 16; plate 112, figs. 1, la. Drallum forming plates as much as nearly 5 cm. thick, and more A 12 cm. across. Width of valleys measured between collines 1 •Bmits from 2.5 to 5.5 mm., about 4 mm. usual; height of collines ibfe the bottom of the axial furrow or of the columella pit about . <|pm. Distance between distinct calicinal centers ranges from 3 I mm. pta numerous, from 38 to 45 in fully developed calices, most of ha extend to the axis, some grouping in 3's at the calicular ends, ka septum 2 mm. long about 10 crowded, knot like dentations, ie .o-costae equal, crowded, 18 were counted within 5 mm. »Vie columella fossa, where the calicinal centers are distinct, is a ml pit, less than 0.5 mm. in diameter. |mapticulae abundant, crowded, 7 or more to an interseptal us. - cality and occurrence. — Anguilla, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, s Bay, T. W. Vaughan collector. A specimen from station was obtained hi place between 30 and 50 feet above the base e bluff on the west side of Crocus Bay. flfrto Rico, Lares Road, zone C, collected by Mr. Bela Hubbard e New York Academy of Sciences Porto Rico Expedition. pe.—No. 325174, U.S.N.M., pi. Ill, figs. 1, la, lb. ratype.— No. 325175 U.S.N.M., pi. 112, figs. 1, la. Iconograph zoophytol., p. 105, pi. 23, fig. 2, 1843. 434 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. PIRONASTRAEA ANTIGUENSIS, new species. Plate 112, figs. 2, 2a; plate 113, figs. 1, la. Corallum massive. Type a small specimen, 48 mm. long, 32 m wide, and about 30 mm. thick. Subsequently two larger specime apparently referable to this species, will be described. Width of calicinal series, measured between colline summits mm. to 7.5 mm. Valleys shallow, about 1.5 mm. deep. Colli} with broader bases than in P. anguillensis, some colline-profiles . more triangular than in the latter species. Distance between c: cinal centers in the same series about 4.5 mm. Septa numerous, about 48 in a calice 6 mm. in diameter, betw U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 98-T, p. 374, pi. 101, figs. 3, 3a, 4, and var. minor, Idem, p. 375, p fig. 1, 1917. " Idem, p. 375, pi. 102, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 4. illume; Cali iume] GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 437 ial specimens of S. pariana and S. confusa from St. Croix, Trinidad, needed before those species can be adequately characterized, but original descriptions of them are included. Therefore, the fol- ing old names are adopted in the discussion here given : . radians (Pallas), living. . siderea (Ellis and Solander), living; fossil in the Miocene Bowden •1 of Jamaica and in deposits of similar age in Santo Domingo and >a. stellata Verrill, living. . conferta (Duncan), fossil. . pariana (Duncan), fossil. . confusa (Duncan), fossil. am describing as new five species and one variety as follows : . pourtalesi, upper Oligocene or lower Miocene of Santo Domingo. . pliocenica, Pliocene Caloosaha tehee marl, Florida. . hillboroensis, lower Miocene Alum Bluff formation, Florida; ;ocene Chattahoochee formation. . silecensis, Oligocene Tampa formation, Florida, and Chatta- 3hee formation, Florida and Georgia; lower Miocene, Alum Bluff lation, Florida. . dalli, Pliocene Caloosahatchee marl, Florida, bese species may be divided into five groups on the basis of the iber of septa. The first group has only three cycles of septa and •ains one species ; the second group has the fourth cycle of septa mplete; the third normally has four complete cycles and occa- ally a few quinaries; the fourth has uniformly a few quinaries in m developed calices; the fifth has from 12 to 43 quinary septa in r developed calices. The following synopsis of some striking acters may aid in recognizing the different species : SYNOPSIS OF CHARACTERS OF SPECIES OF SIDERASTREA. 3 cycles of septa 1. S. pariana (Duncan). ,h cycle of septa incomplete. .J Jolumellar fossa a pronounced pit. Calices rarely 4 mm. in diameter. Columella composed of from 1 to 3 fused papilla?. 2. S. radians (Pallas). Calices deformed, lesser diameter 2 to 3 mm., length as much as 6.5 mm., or more. Columella finely papillary 3. S. stellata Verrill. lolumellar fossa only moderately deep. Calices 2.5 to 5 mm. in diameter. Columella false 4. S. confusa (Duncan). olumellar fossa shallow, calices shallow and open. Wall delicate, interseptal loculi relatively open. 5. S. pourtalesi, new species. Wall stout, interseptal loculi narrow, largely closed by granulations and syapticulae (fourth cycle complete in some large calices). 6. S. pliocenica, new species. 4' 3 8 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Fourth cycle of septa normally complete, a few quinaries in large calices. Columellar fossa not very deep; lesser diameter of calices from 4 to 6 mm.; tert septa fuse to secondary distinctly back from the columella; about 4 septal t< to 1 mm. (fourth cycle of septa incomplete in some calices). 7. S. hillsboroensis, new spe( Columellar fossa deep, rather narrow at the bottom; calices 3 to 5 mm. in di eter; tertiary septa normally fuse to secondaries distinctly back from columella; 6 to 8 septal teeth to 1 mm 8. 1 5. siderea (Ellis and Solanc Four complete cycles and normally some quinaries septa. Columellar fossa rather deep and wide bottomed; calices 5 to 7, even 8 mir diameter; tertiary septa fuse to secondaries near or at the columella; septa septal teeth less numerous than in No. 11; septal teeth not transversely pressed and frosted as in No. 10 9. S. silicensis, new spe< Columellar fossa shallow, calices widely open; calices 5 to 6.5, even 8, mm. in r imum diameter; tertiary septa fuse to secondaries near the columella; se teeth numerous, crowded, transversely compressed, finely frosted. 10. S. dalli, new spe Four complete cycles of septa and many quinaries. Columellar fossa shallow or rather deep and narrow; calices from 4.25 to 6, u 8.5 mm. in maximum diameter; septa numerous, up to 91 in large calices, crowded; septal teeth small, crowded 11. S. conferta (Dune The foregoing is intended to aid in the preliminary placing c species with reference to the other members of the genus, and is a complete summary of characters. The details of the mural chai ters, the relative thickness and crowding or remoteness of septa, the septal trabeculae, the dentation of the septal margins, distribution and size of the synapticulae, and the details of columella, all need to be considered. For these additional det the descriptions and the rather elaborate illustrations must be c suited. I. SIDERASTREA PARIANA (Duncan). 1867. Astraea pariana Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. pp. 14, 24. Original description. — "The corallum is massive and rather and its upper surface is flat. The corallites are slender, tall, crowc and equal. The calices are small, and the fossa is rather deep, columella presents one rounded process. The septa are in six terns and there are three cycles; they are alternately large and sir and the smallest usually unite to the large septa; they are fail dentate. The laminae present on their sides sets of granules horizontal but wavy lines. The endotheca is rare. The diam of the calices is one-twelfth inch [2 mm.]." Locality. — St. Croix, Trinidad. i S. siderea var. dominicensis, new variety, is like S. siderea except that it has larger calices and ffsl -pondingly a number of quinary septa. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 439 2. SIDERASTREA RADIANS (Pallas). Plate 114. fig. 1. 1766. Madrepora radians Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 322. 1767. Madrepora astroites Linnaeus. Syst. Xat.. ed. 12. p. 1276 (not Pallas. 1766). 1786. Madrepora galaxea Ellis and Solander. Nat. Hist. Zooph.. p. 168, pi. 48, fig. 7. 1801. Astrea galaxea Lamarck. iSyst. Anim. s. Vert., p. 371. 1815. Astraea radians sen astroites Okex. Lehrb. Xaturgesch.. Th. 3. Ahth 1, p. 65. 1830. Astrea (Siderastrea) galaxea De Blaixville. Diet. Sei. nat., vol. 60, p. 335. 1834. Astraea astroites Ehrexberg. Cor. Roth. Meer.. p. 95 (of separate). (Not Explanarid galaxea Ehrenberg=' 'yphastraea savignyi Milne Edwards and Haime. > 1846. Siderina galaxea Daxa. U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph.. p. 218. pi. 10. figs. 12. 121). 12c (not figs. 12tt, V2d). , : 1880. Siderastraea galaxea Pourtales, Mus. Comp. Zool. Mem., vol. 7. pt. 1, pi. 11, figs. 14-31: pi. 15. figs. 1-12. 1895. Astrifea radians Gregory. Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Journ.. vol. 51. p. 277. 1901. Siderastrea radians Vaughax. Greolog. Reiehs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2. vol. 2. p. 61. 1901. Siderastrea radians Vaughax. I". S. Fish Com. Hull, tor 1900. vol. 2. p. 309. pi. 15, pi. 16, fig. 2. 1902. Siderastraea radians Verrill. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sei. Trans., vol. 11. p. 153. pi. 30. lig. 1. 1904. Siderastrea radians Duerdex. Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 20. pp. 1-130. 11 plates. 1915. Siderastrea radians Vaughax. Washington Acad. Sei. Journ.. vol. 5. p. 597. 1916. Siderastrea radians Vaughax. Xat. Acad. Sei. Proc. vol. 2. pp. 95 et passim. 1916. Siderastrea radians VAUGHAN, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook Xo. 14. p. 228. pis is one of the best known species of Antiilean corals. Its ►st important characters may be summarized as follows: Calicos ►re or less deformed or subhexagonal; diameter from 2 to 4 mm. ; >ta in 3 complete cycles: fourth cycle normally incomplete. Outer I of septal margins flattened above, inner part falls steeply, lost perpendicularly, to the bottom of the columella!* fossa; septal rations relatively coarse, 12 to 14 on long septa. Columella tally composed of two or three solidly fused papillae. All of these > tractors are shown on plate 35, figure 1. . Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, stations 5850 and 9, Pleistocene, Mount Hope, collected by D. F. MacDonald. nmon on the living and Pleistocene reefs and reef flats of eastern ttral America, the West Indies, and Florida; on the living reefs I reef flats of the Bermudas. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 17 440 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 3. SIDERASTREA STELLATA Verrill. Plate 115, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. 1868. Siderastraea stellata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 1, p. 1901. Siderastrea stellata Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., vol. 2, p. 02. 1902. Siderastraea stellata Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol p. 155, pi. 30, figs. 4, 5. This species resembles S. radians in usually having the foui cycle of septa incomplete, in the flattened outer margins and steep inner margins of the septa, and a deep columellar fossa, differs, as a comparison of the figures shows, by having deeper calic which may be meandriform, by its more coarsely dentate septa, by its much less developed, finely papillate columella. It is a distinct species and is not a synonym of S. siderea, as Gregory posed. 1 The specimen figured (pi. 115, figs. 2, 2a, 2b) is No. 368 L.S.N.M. Locality and geologic occurrence.— 1 ' It is widely distributed on coast of Brazil; Bahia, Abrolhos reefs, etc.; " living. 2 4. SIDERASTREA CONFUSA (Duncan). 1867. Isastraea confusa Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24 14, 24, pi. 2, fig. 6. Original description. — ''The corallum is short, and covers mi space. The corallites are very irregular in size, and the calices al The fossa is moderately deep, and presents a false columella, septa are thick, and unite laterally in sets of three, four, or six. free margin is faintly dentate. The largest calices have four cy< of septa in six systems; but usually only three cycles are found smaller calices. The diameter of the calices is from one-tenth four-tenths inch 2.5 to 10 mm.'' Locality. — St. Croix, Trinidad. 5. SIDERASTREA POURTALESI, new species. Plate 115, figs. 1, la. 1875. Siderastraea galaxea Pourtales, Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 2, vol. 2, p. The specimen identified by Pourtales as Siderastrea galaxea (E and Solander) = Siderastrea radians (Pallas), the older name, is that species, but as it is closely related the following is a comparai diagnosis. In growth, form, size of calices, and septal arrangement, Sideras pourtalesi is similar to S. radians, but the wall is very thin, e interrupted, zigzagging between the thick outer ends of the wee shaped septa. The intcrseptal spaces are relatively wide and 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 279, 1S95. 2 Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 155, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 441 nspicuously open. Synapticulae are present, but they are rather arce. and are delicate. The delicate wall and synapticulae and the lative openness of the interseptal loculi constitute striking differ- 'jces from the appearance presented by S. radians. Locality. — -Santo Domingo, collected by TV. M. Gabb. Type. — ! Museum of Comparative Zoology. 6. SIDERASTREA PLIOCENICA, new species. Plate 118, figs. 2. 2a, 2b, 3. Twelve specimens, all of them excellent, serve as the basis of the lowing specific diagnosis. One is designated as the type in the ; lection. Irhe corallum usually forms a rather small rounded head; but a \r are elongate, and one is fiattish, sublamellate. The heads attain Jliameter of between 45 and 50 mm. About a third of the speci- Ins show signs of having been attached or have not calices uni- flrnly distributed over the whole outer surface of the corallum. The corallites are rather large, and are rather uniformly hex- jnal or pentagonal; usual diameter is 4.5 to 5 mm.; intercorallite rl distinct and zigzag in plan. The calices are shallow or super- ¥■ epta thick, usually in almost four complete cycles, the iourth e is as a rule absent in one or two systems. Septal margins ctate, each dentation rounded, corresponding to the upper termi- (on of a septal trabecula, the number of dentations on a septum (he first cycle varies from 8 or 9 to 13. The length of such a um is almost 2.5 mm. Septal grouping is as usual in the genus, ; - members of the first cycle are continued directly to the colu- .v: ar space and do not form parts of septal groups; the members le second c}'cle, also, are continued directly to the columellar e, but each member of this cycle is the middle of a septal group, members of the third cycle bend toward it, and the members le fourth bend toward the included member of the third. Along jourse of each trabecula is a regular row of granulations, which impressed in a plane transverse to the longitudinal course of trabecula. Septal perforations are frequent near the inner ;ins of the septa, usually occurring in the intertrabecular spaces, i in places a large perforation interrupts a trabecular course. \ perforations become rarer as the wall is approached. Com- ply imperforate septa are very rare or do not exist at all. th synapticulate and dissepimental endotheca is present. In as mam' as four or five vertical rows of synapticulae can be guished. Very thin dissepiments are abundant. The wall is ^d by synapticulae that are so elongated in a vertical row that 442 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. J they fuse and produce a continuous wall with only an occask perforation. The columella is papillary, about two papillae being larger t the others. In worn specimens it is very prominent, appearing c pressed styliform. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Florida, Caloosahatchee Ki collected by W. H. Ball : Shell Creek, Florida, collected by Do Griffith; Pliocene. Type- — No. 325184, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—No. 325185, U.S.N.M. The most striking differences between S. pliocenica and S. tad to which it probably has the greatest affinity, are its larger i| much shallower calices. S. calif omica Vaughan from the PlioceniJ Carizo Creek, California, is a nearly related species. 7. SIDERASTKEA HILLSBOROENSIS, new species. Plate 117, fig. 2. Description of the type. — Corallum massive, composed of 1 prismatic corallites. No entire corallum is available for descrip* but the height may certainly exceed 10 cm. Diameter of a large corallite, 5.5 mm.: of a smaller one, 4 The two measurements indicate the range in diameter. Septa normally in 4 cycles, the fourth cycle complete or all complete, arranged as follows: The six primaries extend direct) the columella and are free from fusion with other septa; the seco ries also extend to the columella, near which the tertiaries fue sides of the included secondaries: the quaternaries fuse to the of the included tertiary system about halfway between the wall] the columella. The fourth cycle is incomplete in a few quartJ terns of some calices. The primaries and secondaries are of a equal thickness; the tertiaries slightly thinner, and quatern still thinner. The number of dentations on the septal margins estimated from the number of septal trabeculae, as the septal ma are not preserved: it is 9 or 10. Synapticulae well developed; in each interseptal loculus; 1 hi four are usually conspicuous between the wall and halfway it to the columella. Although the upper septal margins are not served, it seems probable (ha( there is a flattened area hot adjacent calicular fossae in perfect specimens. Columella false, but strongly developed by the axial fusion t inner ends of the primary and secondary septa. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Station No. 4890, Tampa 1 yard, 5 miles northeast of Tampa, Florida, in the Alum Bluff f( tion, G. C. Matson collector, the type; in the Alum Bluff form at station No. 3836, near Alachua, Florida, T. W. Vaughan coll< GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 443 nid at White Springs, Florida, T. W. Vaughan and L. W. Stephen- n, collectors. Station 7076, in the Chattahoochee formation, 12 ales below Bainbridge, Georgia, on the east bank of Flint River, (Elected by C. W. Cooke and W. C. Mansfield. Type.— Ho. 325183, U.S.N.M. .Paratype. — No. 325155, U.S.N.M., the specimen described below. The diagnosis of S. Mllsboroensis was written and- the figures made illustrate it before an interesting specimen from 12 miles below inbridge came to my notice. This specimen, which is a subcy- ndrical segment of a more or less columnar corallum, has a maxi- jjim horizontal diameter of 160 mm., and a vertical thickness of 75 Aa. The entire corallum was rather large. The septal margins Air considerable areas are somewhat elevated around the calicular sae and the rims are separated by depressed interspaces that in ces are as much as 2 mm. across. Adjacent corallites, however, separated by simple common-walls. The number of septa in y developed calices ranges from a few less than to about four . nplete cycles, grouped as in the types of the species. The septal |itations are strikingly large. The following table gives the dimen- is of several corallites, the number of septa, the number of septal th within 1 mm., and the character of the columella: Dimensions of corallites, etc., in Siderastrea hilhbnroensis. Corallitc No. Qiameter corallites. Number of septa. Septal teeth*. — ■ — 5 by 7.5 mm ■ 50 d 4.5 by 6.6 mm 5.5 bv 6 mm .-. 6 by 6.75 mm 48 50 48 ' 5.25 by 7 mm 1 in 1 mm 5 in 1.5 mm 6 in 1.5 mm [-'■ ! Columelh Weak. Do. Do. .Mllsboroensis has, some corallites of nearly the same size as those of Uecensis, but they average smaller; it has thicker and relatively r septa, which fuse into groups farther from the columella; and septal teeth are distinctly coarser. 8. SIDERASTREA SIDEREA (Ellis and Solander). Plate 114, figs. 2, 3; plate 122, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 3, 3q. 786. Madrepora siderea Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., p. 168, pi. 49, lig. 2. 816. Astrea siderea Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. 2, p. 267. 830. Astrea (Siderastrea) siderea De Blainville, Diet. Sci. nat., vol. 60, p. 335. 834. Astraea tricophylla Ehrenberg, Cor. Roth. Meer., p. 95 (of separate) (fide Milne Edwards and Haime). 444 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1846. Favonia siderea Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped. Zooph., p. 331. 1850. Siderastrea siderea Milne Edwards and Haime, Ann. Sci. nat.. sel Zool., vol. 12, p. 141. 1857. Astraea siderea Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. nat. Corall., vol. p. 509, pi. D7, fig. 2. 1863. Siderastra-ea grandis Duncan. Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. p. 441, pi. 16, figs. da. 56. 1871. Siderastraea siderea Pourtales, Mus. Comp. Zool. 111. Cat. No. 4, p. 1895. Astraea siderea Gregory, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 2 1901. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs-Mus. Leiden Samml., ser vol. 2, p. 62. 1901. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, U. S. Fish. Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2. p. c pi. 14, figs. 1, 2; pi. 16, fig. 1. 1902. Siderastraea siderea Yerrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. p. 151. pi. 30, figs. 2, 3. 1903. Siderastraea siderea Duerden, Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. S. p. 588, ] 22-24. figs. 150-160. 1915. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ.. vol. 5. p. I 1916. Siderastrea siderea Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook Xo. p. 228. This species forms much larger masses than S. radians, the ot: abundant living species of Siderastrea in the West Indies and Flori and is a common exposed-reef coral. The calices average larger i\ in S. radians, usually 4 to 5 mm. in diameter, occasionally smal 3 to 3.5 mm. in diameter. The intercorallite walls are more ac and the septal margins are more sloping: but, as is shown on pi 114, figure 3, on some areas the corallite wall may occur in a sli; depression (pi. 114, fig. 2). The septa are normally in four compl cycles, arranged as in figure 3, on plate 114. The tertiary septa f to the secondaries, and the quaternaries to the tertiaries nearer wall than in S. silecensis, the next species to .be described. r septal margins are more finely dentate than in S. radians, and usu: the columella is distinctly, finely papillate. The foregoing notes are on shallow-water specimens, and appl} specimens ranging in locality from Barbados to the Bahamas in West Indies, from Central America, and from Florida. About c half mile south of Loggerhead buoy, Tortugas, in water betwee and 9 fathoms, I dredged three specimens of S. siderea that showT interesting variation. The size and shape of the calices, the chara< of the wall, the number of septa, and the axial fossae are as w in the species; but the septa are thicker, the septal pectinations more conspicuous, and the columellar papillae are solidly fusee there is a single, stout, compressed axial tubercle. A group of cal is shown on plate 122, figure 1. These specimens agree in all es; tial particulars with a specimen from the Bowden marl of Janiaic description of which follows: Description of specimen front Boiuden, Jamaica (pi. 122, figs. 3. 3a CoraJlum with a rounded upper surface and a flatfish base: epi GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 445 ite around the edge. Transverse diameters. 36 by 38 mm.: height 16 mm. Calices irregularly polygonal, excavated on top of the corallum, but lallov near its edges. Length of largest calices, 5.5 mm.: width 'largest calices. 3.5 to 4 mm.; 4 to 4.5 mm. about the usual diame- r; depth between 2 and 2.25 mm. The area between adjacent ilicular depressions is relatively acute, the wall usually traceable long the summit as a slightly raised zigzag or straight line. • Septa thicker than the width of the interseptal loculi; four com- ete cycles and in the larger calices some quinaries: primaries and jcondaries extend to the columella, subequal, • or the primaries ghtly larger: tertiaries fuse to the included secondary about two- irds the distance from the wall to the center of the calice or very ar the columella: quaternaries fuse to the included tertiary about e-tbird or one-half the distance from the wall to the calicular titer : quinaries where present fuse to the included quaternary. Septal margins slope gently from the wall to about half the distance ward the calicular center and then incline steeply to the outer edge , the columella. The dentations are small, crowded, and bluntish rather acute, more pointed near the columella, compressed in mes transverse to the septal planes ; 15 were counted on a septum > mm. long: in other words, 6 within 1 mm. Synapticulae crowded near the wall, 3 within 1 mm. measured jwn the septal slope from the wall edge. Columella small, false, papillary : a central, styliform papilla notiee- jfte in many calices. {Description of a specimen collected by Miss C. J. Maury in Santo 'wmingo, Bio Oana, zone H (pi. 122, figs. 2, 2a, 2b).- — Corallum a small Dss, with a flattish base and a rounded upper surface. Diameter, 2 by 28 mm. : height, 15 mm. ■Calices shallow, polygonal, usually one diameter longer than the p er, separated by narrow, straight, or zigzag walls. Diameter of Is 'est calice, 6 mm.: about 4 mm. a usual measure of the diameter. I n the largest calice (6 mm. in diameter) there are 52 septa, which, e.«ording to the usual practice of assigning septa to cycles, would K resent 4 complete cycles and 4 quinary septa. Fifteen septa, 6 rimaries, secondaries, and 3 tertiaries, extend to the columella, Hi 2 other tertiaries fuse to the included secondary almost at the pm this locality is 187 mm. across. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Miocene: Jamaica. Bowden irl. received from Hon. T. H. Aldrich. Santo Domingo, Rio Cana, ne H, collected by . Miss C. J. Maury. Cuba, La Cruz marl, dtion 3446, near Santiago, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Pleistocene: Canal Zone, at station 5849, Mount Hope: and Costa a. station 6251. Monkey Point, collected by D. F. MacDonald: . j.in Hill, Costa Rica, collected by H. Pittier. This species is general in the Pleistocene and living reefs of the |ast Indies, eastern Central America, and Florida. The stratigraphic range of S. siderea is from the horizon of the vftwden marl to the present. 8a. SIDERASTRFA SIDEREA var. DOMINICENSIS, new variety. Plate 114, figs. 4, 4a, ^This variety differs from typical S. siderea by having much larger iices, which are as much as 6 mm. in diameter in a nearly hexagonal »»ice, and 4.5 by 8 mm. in diameter in a much deformed calice; and responding to the greater size of the calices, there are many quinary -*ta. Otherwise there seems to be no important difference, for the « tal slopes, the septal dentations, the columellar pit, and the nillary columella are about normal. l>. siderea var. dominicensis resembles S. conferta (Duncan) in assessing more than 4 cycles of septa, but according to the size of the ' ces the septa of S. conferta are more numerous, more crowded, 1 1 have more finely dentate septal edges : and the calices of S. iferta are shallower and more open. jocality and geologic occurrence. — Haiti, living, collected by Lang- ii, no more definite information. . type.— No. 36909, U.S.N.M. 9. SIDERASTREA SILECENSIS, new species. Plate 11(5. tigs. 1. J«, 2, 3; plate 117, figs. 1, la, lb; plate 118, figs. 1, la. fi. Siderastrea sileceiisis Vaughax, nomen. nudum, U. S. Nat. Mils. Bull. 90, p. 18. 'he following is a description of the type of the species (pi. 116, ' \. 1, la): orallum massive, with domed upper surface. Greater diameter Specimen 170 mm.; lesser diameter 140 mm.; thickness, originally n> e than 85 mm. alices polygonal, separating wall usually slightly raised. The i< pheral part of the septal margins is flattened, producing between Kicent calicular fossae a flat area which ranges from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. n "idth. Diameter of an adult calice. measured between the thecal 448 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. summits, 5 mm. ; some oblong calices are as much as 7 mm. long 5 mm. wide. Depth of calices, 1.5 mm. Septa, number in a calice 5 mm. in diameter, 50 — i. e., 4 comp cycles and 2 quinaries; in a calice 6 mm. long and 4.5 mm. wide, ie number is 48, precisely 4 cycles. The usual number of sept is 4 complete cycles, with a few quinaries in large calices. Around n calicular margins the septa are subequal in size, the outer ends of m quaternaries being only slightly smaller than those of the mem J of the lower cycles. The interseptal spaces average slightly wm than the thickness of the septa. Within the calices the prinul and secondaries are only faintly larger than the tertiaries. The: 1 the usual septal fusion of tertiaries to secondaries and quatermd to tertiaries, but the tertiaries may almost or actually reach the cl mella area while the quaternaries extend more than half way f qj the wall to the columella. The upper flattened part of the septal margins is beaded ; withl distance of 1 mm., 5 rounded dentations were counted; between lie place where the septa drop downward in the calicular fossa andlB columella the number of dentations on the long septa is betwe^ and 10; the total number on the large septa is, therefore, betwee JI and 15. Synapticulae well developed, rather coarse, as woul bj expected from the relatively coarse septal trabeculae. Columella weakly developed; upper surface papillary, but in rjqf instances crossed by directive septa which meet in the coralhte as, Locality and occurrence of type specimen. — Station 3694, pine w Waukulla, Florida, T. W. Vaughan collector; Chattahoochee fofo tion. Type.— No. 325187, U.S.N.M. The following is a description of a young, encrusting cor£^ without a locality label, but almost certainly from the "silex" b Tampa, Florida. (See pi. 116, fig. 3.) The calicular cavities are slightly excavated, between 0.75 mm. deep; separated by intervening flattish areas which are froiil to a little more than 2 mm. across and are faintly furrowed adjacent corallites meet. The corallite wall may usually be r nized as a raised thread-like ridge in the intercprallite furrow. ( lite diameter from 5 to 6.5 mm. Septa in 4 complete cycles with 6 or a few more quinaries i| larger calices. The septal dentations are serrate or rounded, i£ 13 on the long septa. Columella with a papillary upper surface, but some calices considerable stereoplasmic deposit around the papillae with ten< toward the formation of a compact columella. A specimen from the "silex" bed at Ballast Point, Tampa, coll by C. W. Cooke, has some calices that duplicate those of the spe : GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 449 st described, but in other calices the septa and columella are thick- ■ ed, the columella in some calices being a more or less papillate ■f mpressed axial plug. The variation from the normal is similar to :|i e variation exhibited by the specimens of S. siderea from a depth i about 9 fathoms south of Tortugas, described on page 444. ^Another specimen from Ballast Point has calices up to as large as ■{by 6.5 mm. in diameter. A large calice has 64 speta. Except in tving rather large calices and correspondingly more septa, this ?scimen does not seem to differ in any important particular from p type of the species. Plate 117, figures 1, la, lb, illustrates a variant from Coronet losphate Mine, station No. 6043, G. C. Matson collector. The ?ices in it are from 7 to a little more than 8 mm. in diameter. A lice, 6.5 by 8 mm. in diameter, of this specimen has 66 septa, i specimen from station 6084, Withlacoochee River, 3 miles below ^ldosta, Lowndes County, Georgia, has in a calice 6 by 7 mm. in meter 64 septa and in a calice 5.5 by 7 mm. in diameter 72 septa. 4is specimen very closely approaches 8. conferta (Duncan), but ibears to have on the average fewer septa than S. conferta. Perhaps $se specimens that have over 60 septa should be separated from )silecensis and either referred to a new species or to S. conferta. \ one. time I referred them to S. conferta, but their average fewer I ta according to the size of calices as compared with S. conferta, :<| me to consider them and the specimen next to be described as longing to a different species. [{description of a specimen from station 3381, Flint River, 4 wxiles >w Bainbridge, Georgia (pi. 118, figs. 1, la). — Corallum subdiscoid rorm. Its greater transverse, diameter 45 mm.; lesser transverse (■meter, about 38 mm.; thickness, 14 mm. Upper and lower sui- te, subplane, somewhat undulated, 'alices irregularly hexagonal or pentagonal in shape, fairly large, £ge in diameter from 4 to 6.5 mm. : rather shallow or superficial. epta numerous, in one calice 6.5 mm. long by 4.5 mm. wide 5S tfe counted. There are, applying the ordinary method of distri- :>ing septa into cycles according to the number, four complete |les and a fair number of members of a fifth. The various cycles i not distinctly marked. The septal margins in places slope from ej|acute ridge to the bottom of a moderately deep calice: in other >,i.lee$ the calices are shallow, superficial, the septal margins flat- lid from above, no ridge being present. The dentations on the esflal margins are rounded : there are about 10 within 2 mm. Some •^ta are perforated between the trabeculae, but it seems probable h these perforations are of secondary origin, resulting from the >tion of the septa in the thinnest places during fossilization. . niapticulae are very abundant, especially well developed in J, ral, at least two or three, vertical series near the outer boundary 450 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of the corallites. The boundary between adjoining calices is form by a vertical row of synapticulae, considerably larger than the othe Columella papillary, fairly well developed. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Chattahooche formation, ba* part, station 3381, Little Horse Shoe Bend, Flint River, 4 miles bel Bainbridge, Georgia, collected by T. W Vaughan; Chattahooc formation, probably near the base, station 6084, Withlacoochee Riv 3 miles below Valdosta, Lowndes County, Georgia, collected by L. Stephenson; Chattahoochee formation, upper part (stratigr'aphica the same as the Tampa formation), station 3694, Waukulla, Flori collected by T. W. Vaughan. Tampa formation, the "silex" bed, Ballast Point, Tampa, stall 2115, collected by F. Burns; station 7754, an excellent specimen c lected by C. W. Cooke. Alum Bluff formation, station 6043 Coronet Phosphate Mine, n Plant City, Florida, collected by G. C. Matson. Specimens of this species have been obtained at other localities Georgia and Florida in the Chattahoochee and Alum Bluff formatic It is abundant around Alachua, Florida. Siderastrea silecensis so closely resemble S. conferta (Duncan) t. for some time I referred the specimens of it to that species, but calices of the same size the septa in S. conferta are more numerc more crowded, and thinner, and have more finely dentate marg: In a calice, 4.5 by 8.5 mm. in diameter, of a specimen of S.-conft from Antigua there are about 80 septa, a larger number than | counted in any calice of S. silecensis. 10. SIDERASTREA DALLI, new species. Plate 119, %s. \> la, 2. Corattum forming a mass rounded above. The type has a lengt about 122 mm. and is 75 by 82 mm. in diameter in its median p The corallites are large, hexagonal or pentagonal in shape usual diameter is from 5 to 6.5 mm.; a large corallite is 5.75 b mm. in diameter. Wall between the corallites usually distinct, Calices, shallow. Septa, rather thin, or fairly thick, very crowded. There are complete cycles and a fair number of the members of a fifth c} The large calice, 5.75 by 8 mm. in diameter, has 68 septa, septal grouping need not be described, as it is that common for genus. Septal dentations fine, compressed transversely bo the se planes, finely frosted, from seventeen to twenty or more teeth on members of the firsl cycle. No compound or double dentations) seen. The septal faces, closely granulate: perforations simila those in S. plioeenica. lit GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 451 Synapticulae in three or four vertical rows — in the outer portion of e interseptal loculi, there may be even more. Very thin, nearly >rizontal dissepiments present. The wall is similar to that of pliocenica, but thinner. Columella, papillary. The papillae are fine, more delicate than in pliocenica. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Florida, station No. 3300, lell Creek, collected by F. Burns (type): station 2094, Caloosa- Itchee River. Florida, collected by W. H. Dall; Pliocene. Type.— No. 325196. U.S.N.M. (pi. 119, figs. 1. la), wuratofpe — No. 325195, U.S.N.M. This species is separated from 8. pliocenica by its generally more licate structure, more numerous septal dentations, and more imerous septa. It differs from 8. siderea (Ellis and Solander) by i larger and shallower calices and its more numerous septa. The closely crowded, transversely compressed, and finely frosted ipi&l dentations of S. dalli give it an appearance very different >m any other American species of Siderastrea. The number of pta is in corallites of the same diameter about the same as in fecimens of S". sile.ee nsis. 11. SIDERASTKEA CONFERTA (Duncan). Plate 117, tie:. 3; plate 120, figs. I. 2. 2a, 3, 4; plate 12L, figs. 1, La, 2, 2a. I 18H3. Isastraea conferta Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 19. p. 422. pi. 14, fig! 2. .. 1867. Isastraea conferta Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. The original description of Isastram conferta is as follows: "Coral- ies very close, tall, slender, straight, and prismatic; a transverse •tion shows the wall to be very thin. The breadth of the corallites Aries from three-tenths to one-tenth inch [ = 7.5 to 2.5 mm.]. J pta very numerous: linear: the primary extend to the centre of fie corallite, the secondary less so, and the others join the larger •*ota at a very acute angle; all are very slender and excessively >wded. There are eighty-two septa in the larger corallites, sixty the smaller. The septa of one corallite do not join those of the xt, but end sharply at the wall. Endotheca plainly exists, linear, pearing, in transverse section, to divide the interseptal loculi o several cells. The reproduction is by submarginal budding. Vhe sclerenchyma has been replaced by dark homogeneous silica, ■*d the interspaces by porcellanous and opaline silica. "From the Chert-formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc. "This is a very remarkable form. Unfortunately no calices exist: t the transverse view of the corallites is excellent. If the specimen 452 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. had been found in Oolitic rocks, it would have passed for a sn variety of Isastraea tenuisiriata" I examined the type of this species in the Geological Society London collection (No. 12,929), and it is represented by plate 1 figure 1. It belongs to the genus Siderastrea. There are m than four cycles of septa. The septal trabeculae are narrow, * produce fine dentations on the septal margins. The estimated num of teeth on the margins of the longer septa is about 20; the syn ticulae are fine and are crowded in two or three rings near the ^ which is narrow and continuous. The columella is weakly develop and evidently had a finely papillary upper surface. I collected in Antigua, station 6888, one-half mile north of McE i non's mill, in the Antigua formation, one satisfactory specimen this species. It is of massive, subcolumnar growth form, is abtj 105 mm. tall, and is 82 by 92 mm. in diameter near the top. 'j basal part is appreciably narrower than near the summit. ' calices are shallow; corallite walls thin. Acalice 4.5 by 8.25 in dii eter has about 80 septa. Septa composed of small trabeculae j correspondingly have finely dentate margins. Synapticulae delicM and crowded. This species is very abundant in the Oligocene deposits of the Vat- Indies and the Canal Zone. Description of or notes on specie ft from the different localities follow. The next specimen to be pi scribed is essentially typical, and as it is in a better state of preseiM tion than the one from Antigua, it is more satisfactory for purpA of illustration. Description of a specimen from near Lares, Porto Rico (pi. m fig. 2, 2a). — Corallum massive, rounded above, basal portion sow what expanded. Greater diameter of base, 106 mm.: lesser diam 3fj of base, about 65 mm.; height, 65 mm. Calices polygonal, rather large, diameter (measured from sudc to summit of wall) from 4.7 to 7.4 mm., 5 to 6 mm. the u diameter. Near the edges the calices are shallow, higher up on j corallum they are excavated and moderately deep. The outer < of the septa are arched on the upper part of the corallum, maj| somewhat flattened near the wall; lower down they may.be depre; across a wide area, with a very shallow calicular cavity; in a instances a depression corresponds in position to the upper edg| the wall. Wall usually distinct, narrow, zigzag. Septa very crowded, thin and numerous, 70 in a calice 4.6 by j mm. in diameter, 76 in one 5.75 by 7.6 mm., 74 in one 5.5 by 6.3 ]B- in diameter. They are so crowded that it is difficult to make tl the cycles. The primaries appear to be free, the other septa fB v " groups around the secondaries. Septal margins finely bea«B. about 26 dentations on a large septum, an actual count for an eitrfl GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE ©ANAL ZONE. 453 ^tal length could not be made, but 6 teeth within 0.7 mm. were jnted on the outer part of a septum. This would be more than 8 :bh to 1 mm. Synapticulae abundant. •Columella not greatly developed: upper surface finely papillary. collected at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, a suite of 22 specimens very |.ely similar to the Porto Rican specimen. Several of these are ^strated by plate 117, figure 3 : plate 120, figures 3, 4; and plate ^f, figures 2, 2a. The calice represented by plate 117, figure 3, is 1) by 6.6 mm. in diameter, and has 68 septa; the larger calice illus- • ed by plate 120, figure 3, is 7 by 9.5 mm. in diameter, and has 91 the calice illustrated by plate 120, figure 4, is 5.5 by 7.3 mm. iameter, and has 64 septa; and one of those figured on plate 121, re 2a, is 4.5 by 6.3 mm. in diameter, and has 75 septa. cimens of what seem undoubtedly to belong to the same species 13 collected in the Culebra formation, station 6020c, near Las fadas, by Doctor MacDonald and me. Some specimens are as ^h as 14 inches (about 36 cm.) tall, and over 12 inches (about 31 &• thick. A part of the surface and an enlarged view of the calices ^represented by plate 121, figures 1, la. A calice 4 by 5.7 mm. iameter has about 72 septa. I specimen collected by Gabb in Santo Domingo and identified by ^rtales as Siderastraea siderea 1 belongs to this species. The speci- t has numerous thin, crowded septa; there are about 82 septa in a ve 4.5 mm. wide and 6.5 mm. long. It is the property of the ieum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. jcalities and geologic occurrence. — Island of Antigua, Antigua for- aon, Duncan's type; station 6888, one-half mile north of Mc Kin- is Mills, collected by T. W. Vaughan. orto Rico, Pepino formation, station 3191, 4 miles west of Lares, Icted by R. T. Hill. :Unal Zone, Culebra formation, station 6020c, at Las Cascadas, icted by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. -land of Anguilla, Anguilla formation, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, flr and middle beds, south and west sides of Crocus Bay, collected W. Vaughan. has been remarked, S. silecensis Vaughan from Georgia and ( da is very close to S. conferta. In calices of the same size there aore septa and the septa are more finely dentate in S. conferta f in S. silecensis. Family OULASTREIDAE, new family. 1 ngid corals with the superficial aspect of the genera belonging to family Orbicellidae. Corallites with distinct margins, usually 0'ated by intercorallite areas that are crossed by confluent or 1 Geol. Mag., new ser., dec. 2, vol. 2, p. 545, 1875. 454 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. alternating septo-costae. Septa lamellate but irregularly more or perforate. Both synapticulae and dissepiments present. Colunj trabecular. Asexual reproduction by intercalicular gemmation. 1 ! The coral genera represented by Oulastrea Milne Edwards I Haime, Diplo&strm Matthai, and OyatkomorpJia Reuss appear tcjj to deserve recognition as a group of family value. The latter* of these genera have been confused with OrbiceUa, as will be rJ evident in subsequent remarks. It is unfortunate that the val t of neither (ijathomonpha nor of Diploastrea can be establishe present. The reasons for the uncertainty will appear in discus* 1 to follow. Oulastrea crispata (Lamarck) Milne Edwards and Haime, the species of Oulastrea 1 is represented in the United States Nat Museum by 30 specimens from Puerto Princesa, Palawan. ( ollei by J. B. Steere, and from near Mariveles, Luzon, collected by Al M. Reese, Philippine Islands. The description and figures give Milne Edwards and Haime are really excellent, but they did not ognize that the genus belongs to the Madreporaria Fungida. I septa are mostly solid, but there are some perforations, especiai the smaller septa. The walls of the corallitrs are synapticulatt perforate around the periphery of tin 4 corallum, but those o' 1 interior corallites ate continuous, with few or no obvious perform There are synapticulae 1 between the peripheral septo-costae ; withi' coraHite cavities synapticulae mostly occur near the inner ed^ the septa, but some occur between the wall and the inner s edges. Thin dissepiments are abundant. The septal teeth us make two fairly definite, in some very definite, palar crowns ■ stand a little higher than the columeDar papillae. These sped an 1 stained black and do not bleach when boiled with caustic p(' As Oulastrea is the only genus referred to the family of the val of whose name 1 I can fee reasonably certain, notes on tin 1 generic \ acters an 1 given in some detail. Genus ( YATHOMORPH A Reuss. 1868. CyathnmorpJw Reuss, K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien.. Mai .-Xaturwi:! Denkschr.. vol. 28, p. 142. pi. 2. figs.. 6a, <>/>. <>r. i 1884. Cyathomorphn Dlncax. Linn. Soc, Lend. Journ. (Zool), vol. 18. p. } J889. Cyathomprpha Reis, Bayer, geognoet. Landesuntersueh. Geognost. Ja Jahrg. -2. v. 1 17. pi. 3', figs. 17-19. r Type-species.— Cyaihvmorphu conylobata (Keuss) Reuss =. ft rochettina Michelin = ( 'yathomorpha rochettina (Michelin ) Reis,jide 1 Comptes Rend., vol. 27. p. 49.5, 1S4S; Ann. Sci. nat., ser. % Zool., vol. 10, pi. 9, figs. 4. 4a, 184 1 vol. 12, p. 116, 1849. 2 Bayer, geognosl. Landtsnntcrsuch. Oeognost. Jahresh., Jalirg. 2, p. 147. GEOLOGY AXD PALEOXTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZOXE. 455 As the validity of this genus name is in doubt the following marks will be made on genera that appear to be either closely lated or synonymous. Brachyphyllia Reuss: type-species, B. dormitzeri Reuss. ,In the first of the publications cited in the footnote 1 below euss described and referred the following species to Brachyphyllia : (lepressa, B. dormitzeri, and B. glome rata. In the second paper 2 :ed Reuss proposed the name Agathi phyllia, referred Brachyphyllia pressa to it, and said "der Typus der Gattung Brachyphyllia bleibt ^thin fortan Br. dormitzeri Rss. * * * Sie wird durch die viel nneren Zellensterne, die diinneren, am obem Rande gleichmassig n gezahnelten Radiallamellen und die wenig entwickelte, sehr ; nkornige Axe charakterisirt." \Agathiphyllia Reuss: type-specie* , A. explanata Reuss. ^Reuss origin ally refeiTed three species to Agathi phyllia: 2 A. oressa (Reuss) Reuss (first placed in Brachyphyllia), A. conglobata uss, and A. explanata Reuss. In 1868, 3 A. conglobata and one j cimen previously referred to A. explanata are combined under A. \iglobata, and made the type-species of a new genus, Cyathomorpha . ;ldch is separated from Agathiphyllia by possessing a conspicuous fciar crown. This procedure left two species, A. de pressa (Reuss) il A: explanata Reuss, in Agathi phyllia. Reuss does not actually iiignate a type-species for Agathiphyllia, but. as lie says, ''Die attorn g Agathiphyllia diirfte sich daher auf die I.e. 4 . Tab. 2, Fig. p abgebildete A. explanata beschranken," I take A. explanata as . M genotype, excluding the misidentified specimen of A conglobata. kn an endeavor to ascertain the generic characters of Brachyphyllia, , Ipourse, B. dormitzeri must be studied. As there is no specimen of .: It species in the United States National Museum. Renss's original -Kcription and the later one by Felix 3 were consulted, but neither J the details of the structure and mode of formation of the wall or dhe septa, nor is the character of the endotheca give-). At present t;not known whether Brachyphyllia is an imperforate coral belong- ito the family Orbicellidae. or whether it is a fungid coral, related to ihe same as Cyathomorpha. •imcan G refei*s Agathiphyllia to the synonymy of Cyathomorpha - pout giving any reason for adopting the later instead of the earlier Bie. The type-species of Agathiphyllia, A. explanata Reuss, is i Oberburg, Styria. According to the figures, Agathi phyllia has ■\? s the wide paliform lobes of Cyathomorpha; but critical studv of ;a>.« h : — — — : 1 K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Mat.-Xaturwiss. CI., Denkschr., vol. 7, p. 103, 1854. 2 Idem. vol. 23, p. 14, 1864. 3 Idem. vol. 28, p. 143, 1868. 4 Idem. vol. 23, p. 15, 1864. 6 Palaeontographica, vol. 49, p. 260, 1903. 6 Linn. Soc. London Journ. (Zool.), vol. IS. p. 105, 1884. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 18 456 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. authentic specimens of the type-species is needed to ascertain whetl the genus is or is not a fungid coral. At present neither BrachypJvyllia nor Agathiphylhia can be identify Cyathomorpha is a fungid genus that has the general appearance Orbicella, with which it has been confused. The next description is of the genotype. CYATHOMORPHA ROCHETTINA (Michelin) Reis. Plate 128, figs. 1, la } lb, lc, le. 1840-1847. Astrea rochettina Michelin, Icongraph. Zoophytol., p. 58, pi. 12, 1889. Cyathomorpha rochettina Reis, Bayer, geognost. Landesuntersuch. G noat. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147, pi. 3, figs. 17, 19. (With synonymy There is in the United States National Museum one young specin (No. 156900), from Crosara, Italy, received from the K. K. Muse fur Naturkunde, Berlin. Plate 123, figures 1, la, 16, presents a v] each of the upper surface, of the side, and of the lower surface of specimen, natural size. On the base and in places on the sides of the corallum the edge superposed layers are clearly seen, the lower edge of the outer la often flaring somewhat. There are prominent, steep-sided, dist costae, crossed by transverse carinae; distance between costal cr< usually ranges from about 0.75 to 1.5 mm. In places the course these costae are interrupted by what morphologically correspond septal perforations. Between the larger are small costae, which the most part are represented by rows of spines. Exothecal sepiments are present. The walls hi general appear solid, but r the upper edges synapticulae and intercostal pits or perforations distinguishable. The spines, trabeculae, of the small costae in pi are joined to the large costae by synapticulae. The larger septa are imperforate, at least for the most part, but last two or three cycles are clearly perforate, composed of imperfe fused trabeculae. Faces of large septa with carinae; synaptic well developed, especially near the columella. Columella large, trabecular; upper surface papillary. The foregoing notes are not intended as a description of the spe< their object is to emphasize the fact that Cyathomorpha is a fuj coral and to indicate its important generic characters. Reis 1 re nized the presence of synapticulae in this species but did not ref to Madreporaria Fungida. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Castel Gomberto, Crosara, Sassello, Italy; Eeit-im-Winkel, Bavaria; lower to middle 01igoc< 1 Bayer geognost. Landpsuntersiieh. Geognost. Jahresh., Jahrg. 2, p. 147, 1*^89. - Mem., pp. 93, 91. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 457 CYATHOMORPHA HILLI, new species. riate 124, figs. 1, la; plate 125, figs. 1, la, 16, lc, Id, 2, 2a. -^Corallum with a small base, above which it increased in diameter; .per surface rounded; calices confined to the upper curvature; se and sides below the 'evel of the calices naked, not even shreds lepitheca were observed. Below the cahces, the sides of the cora 1 - :n grow outward by the superposition of costate layers, each outer er resting on the costae oi the next inner layer, except at the fer edge where it may flare outward. The layers range in thick- -p from 0.5 and 1.5 mm.; usually they are imperforate, but in ces perforations and synapticulae can be clearly recognized, e costae are narrow, steep-sided, fairly prominent, acute or J Inded on the edges; distance between costal summits from 0.75 to ■ r - mm. The type is 112 mm. in horizontal diameter and 80 mm. tall, yorallites protuberant from 1.5 up to more than 10 mm., average r 6 mm. ; distance between thecal summits of neighboring coral- s from 3 to 10 mm., or even more. Corallite walls with a rather ^ rp upper edge; mostly imperforate. Some perforations and J apticulae, especially near the upper edges. Septo-costae low, ' equal, wide, flattish or rounded in profile. Malices subcircular, broadly elliptical, or compressed elliptic al in y line. A large subcircular calice on the type is 18 mm. in diam- ; a small, but apparently fully developed calice, on the same ■ :imen, is 10 by 13 mm. in diameter; the shorter diameter of ng calices is only 8 mm. The calices of the type are larger than he of the other specimens of the species. In paratype No. 1 125, fig. 1), the largest calice is 11.5 by 13.5 mm. in diameter; Smallest is 8 by 13 mm. in diameter. In paratype No. 2 (pi. 125, 2), the largest calice is 13.5 by 16.5 mm. ; the smallest., 10 mm. iameter. Unless the calices are young or stunted the average he two diameters is rarely below 10 mm. Depth of calices slight, I: 4 nun. a maximum; columellar fossa not deep. 3 number of septa in the calice represented by plate 125, fig. lc, ype No. 1, is 70. This calice is 11.5 by 13.5 mm. in diameter, s of the size about normal for the species. It has four com- cyeles of septa and 22 quinaries. About 8 of the septa are ?r than the others, and bear thick paliform lobes which are half the width of the septa. These 8 septa and about 15 er septa extend to the columella; the thinner septa also bear paliform lobes. In general in a half or quarter system the of the penultimate cycle fuse to the sides of the included mem- f the next lower cycle, while the members of the last cycle are . All except the smallest septa bear paliform lobes. Septal ins low over the wall, subentire: within the calice the thicker 458 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. septa have subentire margins, the thinner septa have decide dentate edges. Larger septa solid; the thinner ones, espec those next to the last cycle, considerably perforate; septal fa granulate. Synapticulae well developed, especially near the wall and the columella; very obvious near the inner fusion of the sej groups. Some thin dissepiments present. Columella rather coarsely trabecular, well developed, appr mately one-third the diameter of a calico; upper surface sunker a shallow central fossa. • Asexual reproduction by interealicular budding. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, in the Antigua fori tion, at stations 6881, Willoughby Bay (type and paratypes); 6£ Rifle Butts; 6856, south side of Friar s hill; 6888, one-half north of McKinnon's mill, collected by T. W. Yaughan. Type.— No, 325204, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.— No. 325205, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens). That Cyathomorpha hiUi is very nearly related to Cyathomi rochettina (Michelin) Reis, is shown by a comparison of the desc tions and figures here presented. C. browni, the next species t( described, differs from C. liilli by its prominent, acute costae] by its septa higher than the second cycle being more strongly di entiated according to cycles. It gives me pleasure to attach the name of Mr. Robert T. Hi' this handsome species. CYATHOMORPHA BROWNI, new species. Plate 12(5. figs. 1, la, lb. This species is similar to Cyathomorpha liilli in the general as of the corallum. It differs principally in having prominent, a costae corresponding to all except the last cycle of septa, to w the corresponding costae are either very small or obsolete. The calices range from about 8 to 13 mm. in diameter; ave size smaller than in C. hilli. In a calice 12.5 nun. in diameter there are 4 cycles of septa in some systems the fifth is complete but it is represented by s thin, rudimentary septa. Primaries and secondaries sube< tertiaries and quaternaries shorter and thinner according to c\ All septa except the last cycle bear thickened paliform lobes, septa are thinner and the interseptal spaces relatively wider in C. hilli. Synapticulae present near the wall and near the inner ends o septa. Apparently some thin dissepiments present. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, in the Antigua mation, stations 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's mill ( GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 459 Jfl three other specimens); 6868, Pope's Saddle, collected by | W. Vaughan. \Type.--No. 325211, U.S.X.M. iThis coral-may ultimately be shown to intergrade with Cyatlw- u„ B 12.5 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 461 The young calices, of course, are smaller. Distance apart 7 to 20 mm. Isolated calices may be decidedly rominent. 5 mm. or more in height. Depth, moderate. The corallites externally are strongly costate: large, tall, thin iDstae alternate with much smaller ones. The intercostal spaces ■ ider than the costae. Wall mostly dissepimental, but there are nme synapticulae with intervening perforations similar to those in f. rochettina. ! Septa in the larger calices between 70 and 80, the various systems id cycles are not distinctly differentiated, about 24 reach the [lumella. Within the wall the septa are thin, in the thecal ring l ey are thicker : the costae are thicker than the inner portions of the [pta. Pali before the members of the first three cycles of septa. I)th synapticulae and dissepiments present. I Columella large, composed of twisted, interlacing, fused inner ends ■ septa. Its diameter about one-third the diameter of the calice. I Localities and geologic occurrence. — Island of Anguilla, West Indies, Idlected by P. T. Cleve: station 6969fl, bottom bed. Road Bay. liguilla. collected by T. W. Vaughan. wA specimen from station 7509, west of Ocujal Spring, conglomerate lulder on hill of limestone conglomerate, near Guantanamo, llba, collected by O. E. Meinzer, seems to be referable to this species: Sis a large calicled species of Cyathomorpha, and I have found no Rerences between it and C. anguiUensis. mType. — University of Upsala (pi. 127, fig. 1) ; 4 specimens in the Tited States National Museum. I Three specimens belonging to the University of Upsala collection ka typical, although they show some variation. Four other speci- fic ns show gradual decrease in both the size and prominence of the pee. These four specimens are figures on plate 127, figures 2, 3, R,). With them before one it does not seem possible to separate slrply the large and prominent caliced specimens from those with p Her (7 mm. diameter) and only slightly prominent calices. he specimens with smaller, less prominent calices closely resemble B specimens described below under the name G. roxborovghi. CYATHOMORPHA ROXBOROUGHI, new species. Plate 129, figs. 1, la, 15. Drallum massive, usually rather broadly and obtusely conical in sh>e. Type — greater diameter of base, 111 mm.: lesser diameter °f ise, 73 mm. : height. 103 mm. The rather large difference in the ba 1 diameters is probably in part due to compression. A paratype h& a greater basal diameter of 121 mm.; lesser basal diameter, JOmm.: height, 96 mm. Base without calices; apparently some 462 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. shreds of epitheca. Costae of base, low, rather crowded, subeqvl, with clearly visible synapticulae between them. Calices very shallow, quite or almost superficial, with margins rait ing from flush with the intercorallite areas up to 3.5 mm. or moripe.~No. 325248, U.S.N.M. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 463 This is the species, to which I referred as Diploastrea from the lowest rizon of the exposure at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, in discussing the )QUS Diploastrea in my paper entitled: Some shoal-water corals ]>m Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning. j.and. 1 My remarks particularly applied to the paratype from sta- S>n 6894. Oyathomorpha roxboroughi closely resembles those specimens of tanguillensis with smaller calices. . C. roxboroughi is named for His Honor T. L. Roxborough, who was 4 minis tr a tor of St. Christopher while I was there and to whom I ii indebted for many acts of courtesy and kindness. CYATHOMORPHA ANTIGUENSIS (Duncan) Vaughan. 16,129, fig. 2: plate 130, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3; plate 131, figs. L, La, 16, 2, 3,4; plate 132, figs. l, 2. 2a, 2b; plate 133, fig. 1. 1863. Astraea antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 19' r p. 419, pi. 13. fig. 8. 1 1863. /Astroria affinis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 19 5 p. 425. 1 1863. Astroria antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ.. vol. 19 r p. 425. 1S66. f Astroria affinis Duchassaixg and Michelqtti, Suj>. Corall. A ntalles, p. S3 (of reprints • 1866. Astroria antiguensis Duchassaixg and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 83 (of reprint ). ( , 1866. Heliastraea antiguensis Duciiassaing and Michelotti, Sup. Corall. Antilles, p. 86 ( of rei)rint I. 1867. ? Astroria affinis Duxcax, Geol. Soc London Quart. Journ.. vol. 24, p. 24. '1867. Astroria antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p 24. 486/. Fleliastraea antiguensis Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, I P. 24. ,1870. ? Astroria affinis Dt cn assalng. Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. |1870. Heliaslraea antiguensis Duchassaixg, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. 1870. Ast ro 'a antiguensis Duchassaixg, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 30. his species was referred by me doubtfully to the synonymy of micella cavernosa (Linnaeus) in my Fossil Corals from the Elevated R'fs of Curacao, Arube and Bonaire,' 2 not having recognized at th time that the species is one of the Madreporaria Fungida. I riginal description. — "Corallum large, turbinate, convex and • Hous above, with a very small base. Corallites long, close, rather p r ded. but distinct and radiating from the narrow base. Walls tfq developed, moderately thick. Costae moderately developed, (Meeting more than the width of their base ; they are plain where ft superficially, very nearly equal, and are not spined or toothed, fcpme coiallites the fourth cycle of costae is wanting, but not in V" ( 3 that are fully developed. Calices circular, slightly raised. 1 Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 142, 1918, 2 Geologisch. Reichs. Museum Leiden Saminl., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 28, 1901. 464 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. appearing as truncated cones, sometimes compressed (at the of the corallum they are distorted), unequal in size; margins I Fossa not deep, but variable. Columella well developed, projec at the bottom of the fossa; its component tissue is laminar and foL d and it is rounded above. Septa straight, very slightly exsert, deli- to throughout, not larger at any point decidedly; but the largest A more delicate midway between the walls and the columella : they in arranged in six s} 7 s terns of four cycles. The primary and socoinn septa are equal; the tertiary a little smaller; those of the f o tl order are very small, and barely developed in some calices, but m exist in all. The primary and secondary septa have a tooth ;|l the columella. Endotheca tolerably developed. Exotheca el developed, forming large and small cells, both square, though oar divided by dissepiments. Reproduction by extracalicular gemM tion. There is no epitheea. "Dimensions. — Height of corallum several inches; diametetfl calices from a little less than 3 lines to 4 [6.25 to 8.3 mm.]; thick as of septa one-sixtieth inch [0.4 mm.]. The dimensions of the op- tical calices are — length, 3 h lines [7.3 mm.] ; breadth, 2 \ lines [5.2 mm depth of fossa, two-thirds of a line [1.4 mm.]. Exothecal cells j >03l one-fourth to one-half line [0.5 to 1 mm.]. The lateral calices ire very irregular, and the younger corallites have three cycles of seta. 11 Fossillization. — Calices, as a rule, not filled up. Sclerenclnna light-brown in color, opaque, and siliceous, the central portior of the corallum evidently consisting of dark homogeneous flint, he sclerenchyma having been destroyed in the process of silicificatic. " From the Marl-formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc." Plate 130, figures 2, 2a, presents illustrations of Duncan's type 12942, collection of the Geological Society of London). Dii/M was of the opinion that this species belonged to the genus Helios I Milne Edwards and Haime, which is a synonym of Orbicelhi I | It was my belief that the species was referable to Orbicella un obtained a number of remarkably good specimens in Antigu selected series of these will be described in the following remar The corallum forms rounded or discoid masses, the two 1 collected ha ving the following dimensions ; No. 1 , horizontal dia: 225 by 305 mm. ; height, 155 mm. No. 2, horizontal diameter, 3 400 mm.; height, 131 mm. Specimen No. 1 has a more upper surface than No. 2 which is more discoid in shape. On the lower surface of the corallum there is very little epith< only shreds in places. Costae are well-developed, subequal, i rupted here and there; intercostal furrows perforate, many sj ticulae present, joining the outer ends of adjacent septa (see pi. figs. 1, la). I GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 465 The series of figures (pi. 131. figs. I, 2, 3), shows the range in size, lape. depth, and distance apart of the calices. Except very young ilices, which may be only 3 mm. in diameter, the range in iameter of these on the specimen represented by plate 129. figure 2, from 5.5 to 10 mm.: on the specimen represented by plate 130, *ure 3, one calice is 12.5 mm. in diameter. In shape the calices •e subeircular, elliptical, deformed elliptical, or. where crowded, )lygoual. The depth ranges from superficial to as much as 4.5 mm. '•a little more, but on most specimens the calices are rather shallow le distance apart ranges from 0.75 mm. to nearly 10 mm. Plate I'll, figure 3. shows polygonal crowded calices and distant circular Ilices on the same specimen. Costae subequal or slightly alter- ting. correspond to all septa. Their margins, where perfectly - eserved, are beaded, in places interrupted. Unless the calices e very crowded, synapticulae are obvious between the costae. 'ie corallite walls are synapticulate and very perforate (see pi. 131, i. la). The septa are usually thin, in about 4 cycles, as many as 58 in •I'ge calices. Primaries and secondaries subequal, extend to the -f umella: tertiaries rather long but usually do not reach the colum- rto Rico, in the Pepino formation, station 3191, 4 miles west of ^>s, Porto Rico, collected by Robert T. Hill. 466 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a! Cuba, station 7514, 5 miles east of monument H4 of U. S. N* Reservation, Guatanamo, altitude 400 feet a. t., collected by O Meinzer. Mexico, in the San Rafael formation, 4 miles east of Salitre Rai State of Tamaulipas, collected by W. F. Cummins and J. M. Sa] The foregoing description, except the measurements of the h|e specimens, is based entirely on the five specimens represented l>v plate 129, figure 2; plate 130, figures 1, la, 3; plate 131, figures l.m, 16, 2, 3. Two of these specimens, plate 129, figure 2 and plate |H), figures 1, la, 3, are from station 6881, Willoughby Bay; and trip plate 131, figures 1, la, lb, 2, 3, are from station 6854, Rifie Bits Antigua. The specimen from Salitre Ranch, Tamaulipas, Mejp, is so completely typical that no further notes on it are necessl Two of the specimens from Porto Rico, plate 132, figures 1 , 2, 2a lb, have thicker primary and secondary septa, and the costae C(H sponding to the last cycle- of septa seem usually to be small or 4|jcimen No. Greater diameter. Lesser diameter. Height. mrn. (»9 87 too 12u mm. 52 7U 100 97 m m . 55 58 45 ■ 64 Specimen apparently somewhat crushed. Specimen suhquadrahgular in shape. I w Of? Specimens figured. he calices of specimen No. 1 (pi. 132, figs. 3, 3a) are described, ough those along the top have been somewhat deformed through 'at compression of the corallum. The calices on the upper part ie surface have slightly elevated margins; 0.75 mm. is the maxi- height. Some calices are rather deep, about 2 mm.; the teter of the most nearly circular ones ranges from 3.5 to very try more than 4 mm.; the distance between adjacent calices is a mere dividing ridge to 2 mm.; the calicular edges, however, isually distinct. Around each calice and joining adjacent ones qual, acute costae, between which are synapticulae. On the 468 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sides, near the lower edges, the calices flatten, become larger more distant, and are either circular or faintly hexagonal in out] Diameter from 4.5 to 5 mm.; distance apart, from 0.5 to 2 n the range in the distance apart is the same as on the top, but calices are more uniformly separated. The costae are distinct, and equal, with numerous intervening synapticulae. The number of septa to a calice is the same for both the top sides, ranging from 26 to a few over 30? They are relatively t that is, not so thick as the width of the interseptal loculi, except they are thickened at the wall and the principals are thiekene< their inner ends, bearing distinct paliform lobes. The primaries secondaries are subequal, extend to the columella, and are pal ous: tertiaries shorter and thinner within the calice; quaternafei where present, still smaller. The wall is composed of peripl synapticulae. Columella only slightly developed. The preceding description is based on a single specimen — No. the table. The principal variation shown by the other specime in the distance apart and size of the calices and the number of set* In specimen No. 3 (see pi. 133, fig. 2) the calices are usually a 0.75 mm. apart; their diameter ranges from 3.5 to 5.7 mm., ane confused with it. Diploastrea has more coarsely dentate and *«3 perforate septa than Cyathomorpha , and it lacks the prominent; & pali of Cyaihomorpha; but the inner septal teeth of Diploastrea n any instances simulate pali. For the present at least it is desirable eat each as a valid genus. According to Reuss (see p. 455 of this >&t), Agathiphyllia differs from Cyaihomorpha, in not having pali; More, Diploastrea may be a synonym of Agathiphyllia. rfore discussing the species here referred to Diploastrea, mention n be made of two species — Brachyphyllia eckeli 1 and Brachy- M'ia irregularis 2 described by Duncan from St. Croix, Trinidad, i^e, according to the figures, are fungid corals, and probably are r &f able to Diploastrea. The costae of the type-species of Diploastrea Either confluent or notched in the intercorallite areas. Brachy- wia, until the type-species, B. dormitzerij has been studied and 1 Geol. Soc. London Quart. Tourn., vol. 24, p. 13, pi. 2, fig. 4, 1867. 2 Idem, p. 13, pi. 2, fig. 5. 470 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. described in more detail is an unidentifiable genus (see pp. 455, 45 this paper). DIPLOASTREA HELIOPORA (Lamarck) Matthai. Plate 134. figs. 1. la. lb. Ic. 1816. Astrea helioporu Lamarck. Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2. p. 205. 1914. Diploastrea heliopora Matthai. Linn. Soc. London Trans., ser. 2. ' t vol. 17. p. 72. pi. 20. tigs. 7, 8: pi. 34. fig. 9. 1917. Diploastrea heliopora Vacchan. Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. p. 143. pi. 59. figs. 5. oa. Figures 1, la, \b, Ic, plate 184, are intended to illustrate the g& characters of the genotype. Plate 134, figure 1, is a natural size of the calices: figure lb is a view of the calices enlarged four ti These figures illustrate the imperfect, synapticulate wall as seen j above, the dentate septal margins, and the trabecular columella should be noted here that the septal margins are not so prominen are they so coarsely dentate in all specimens. Plate 1 134, ligur illustrates the costae of the edge of the lower part of the coral four times enlarged, and shows that the common wall originally is apticulate and perforate. Plate 134, figure Ic, is a longitudinal s» of the corallites, four times natural size, to illustrate the interru corallited walls, the perforate character of the septa, and the s} ticulae and dissepiments on the septal faces. Geographic distribution. — Diploastrea heliopora is found on living coral reefs of the Indo-Pacific from the east coast of A French Somaliland, eastward at least as far as the Fiji Islands, specimen here figured is from Djibouti, French Somaliland. coll by Dr. Charles Gravicr. DIPLOASTREA CRASSOLAMELLATA (Duncan) Vaugban. Plate 135. figs. L, 2. 3. 4. 4a. 5. oa. 56; plate 13(5. tigs. 1. ia. lb: plate 137. figs. '. 4, 4a, 5. 186$. Astraea crassolamellata Duncan. Cieol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., i pp. 412 417. pi. 13. figs. 1-7. IHttfi. Heliastraea crassolamellata DuCHASSAiNO and Michelottt, Sup. Antilles, p. 8(5 (of reprint). 1S57. Ifeliaslraea crassolamellata Di m an. (leol. Soc. London Quart. . vol. 24. p. 24. 1870. Heliastraea crassolamellata Duchassaing, Rev. Zooph. Antilles, p. 1902. Otfneella crassolamellata and Brachyphtjllia sp. Vaic.han. CSeol. Soc. 1 Quart. Journ., vol. 57. p. fc97. The following are Duncan's original descriptions of the g< characters of this species and of the typical form, and his syno the seven varieties into which he subdivided it: General description. —"A group of forms from the Marl pr the following structural characteristics: Corallum very massi large, with an irregular upper surface, which is convex in some GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 471 nost flat in others, and more or less largely gibbous in all: inter- licular groove very decided. Corallites usually very large, and ver very small. Wall very delicate and indistinct; costae small; lumella large. Septa variable in cyclical arrangement, the larger sessively developed at the wall and linear within. Endotheca Lundant. but not in excess, vesicular. Exotheca not well devel- ed, but decided and plentiful. Calices invariably found as casts, pressions prove them to have been shallow. Coenenchyma well /eloped. 'These characters, common to many forms, are more or less varied intensity in different specimens. The septal number varies in ividuais of the same corallum, in one series of forms to a remarka- extent, although the corallites thus differing are nearly equal liameter, and are nearly, if not quite, as advanced in development, other forms it is fixed to four cycles in six systems; whilst in ,ie there are three cycles in some systems, and only two in others, corallum being large. The form which I consider typical of the species has four perfect las in six systems; but in some corallites the rudimentary sixth seventh orders of a fifth cycle exist. The specific character- s—the thick and great development of the septal laminae at r wall end, and the more or less linear, but entire, conditions of r internal parts — are seen in all these forms, in the primary, ndary, and tertiary septa, according to the relative septal arrange- |ts. In some corallites with a low septal number, the primary la alone are thus characterized; and as the higher cycles are I, so the secondary and tertiary septa become enlarged and resem- Ithe primary. The septa of the higher orders are either linear lughout or slightly enlarged at the wall; and as they approach .■tertiary or quaternary, as the case may be, they are seen to •me more equal to them in size. In examining these forms ■ranee must be made for their fossil condition: and attention f be given, in examining transverse sections of corallites, that I are quite at right angles to the coraliite, for any obliquity will, li'urse, diminish the peculiar spear-shape or mace-shape of the , and render them more like a paddle, or a leaf with the stalk Hied. I he tendency of the higher orders of septa to become linear aT'ghout, or to be less decidedly large at one end and thin else- fho — that is, more or less uniformly thick, but in a less degree wis usual at the wall — is seen throughout the species; and in a ^ tic variety, where the fully developed corallites have 12 or 14 Ipi in every system, the whole of the septa are less decidedly aic at the wall, and are either more or less so throughout, or present W ual form of the septa in a modified degree. > i 149— 19— Bull. 103 19 472 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. "This species is found throughout the great Marl formation, 1 presents every variety of siliceous fossilization, from that cliall terized by silicification of. the scierenchyma and infiltration of I interspaces by granular carbonate of lime, to that where all is silic<| and capable of polish. Destructive silicification almost invaril exists in a greater or less degree; and as the sections preserved '1 made, as a rule, for ornament or amusement, I have seldom I accurately transverse and longitudinal views of the corallites. "All the specimens, with the specific peculiarities mentioned, I be ranged in several groups; that which contains the detailed cm acters in their greatest intensity, generally, may be considered!! typical form. "a. Astraea crassolamellata, typical form. "Corallum large, irregularly convex above. Corallites tall, ill crowded here and there, but not so much so higher up or at thep face. Calices circular, but more or less elliptical when on an irregulB of the surface; very large, and separated from each other, by ■ marked, furrow-shaped, polygonal tracts; tracts marked by cm elevations and by granules. 1 Calices crateriform, not much elemt above the surface. Wall thin, and rendered insignificant b^m great development of the septa at the margin. Fossa not m Costae numerous, and, considering the diameter of the septa am wall, very small; they project but little, and are, as a rule, H nately large and small, not dentate, and often incline one to the W at their free edge. The larger costae present regular enlargerB| where the cross-tissue (dissepiments) of the exotheca joins iH when there are more than four cylces of septa, the smaller (H are irregular as regards their' appearance and development. II mella large, of lax laminae, parietal; it does not project much « bottom of the fossa, and occupies a large space in the cor lite Septa numerous, generally characterized by great enlargement uH wall, and linear appearance in the rest of their course, the ljbfii orders being nearly linear at the wall also. The number of varies with the stage of development of the corallite. Analysis of the species. Astraea crassolamellata (type). -var. mayrtctica. Intercalicular furrow. Well marked. .do. var. pulchella Less well marked var. nobi/is ! do var. minor i do var. nugivti j Less marked var. matjvifica Well marked Septa. Verv thick at wa do do Very large at w 11. . Very thick at wall. . do I. ess thick, more linear. Cycles. 4, in some. Variable do. . 2 and 3. . do.: 4 to G.... Dia cor 19 to 20: 12.7 mm. 8 to 12.7] Vai iabj Small, Do. 8 to 25 i As none of the specimens exhibit, perfect calices many of these characters have, of necessity, from casts. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 473 r'ln young corallites there are six systems of three cycles. As Dwth proceeds the other orders of the fourth and sometimes of the h cycle are gradually added. Some systems are defective in i-tain orders, while others possess them. The largest corallites t(7e four perfect cycles, and a fifth in two or three systems; the sj.th order being usually wanting. It is difficult, in the larger iallites, to distinguish the systems on account of the resemblance i the primary, secondary, and tertiary septa to each other. j'The primary septa are very thick externally, but delicate and war elsewhere; the linear part joins the rest suddenly, like the diT of a big-headed spear; at the junction the thick corners of the argement give off a lateral spine, like a piece of endotheca; near l costal end of the septa there are delicate lateral spines. The lice between the sets of lateral spines is more or less square. The :>ndary septa are very like the primary. m When there are more orders in the system than five — that is, in there are six, seven, eight, and nine — the tertiary septa equal I primary and secondary, the blunt end terminating in the linear mon a little nearer the wall. When there are four cycles, the ifary septa are smaller than the primar} 7 and secondary; and when ■lie are only three cycles, as in young corallites, the tertiary septa /linear throughout. The quaternary septa are linear and very i tly developed; when there are more septa than those of the fourth ■jh, the quaternary resemble small tertian septa. The remaining •li are very small and linear, and reach a very little way from the -1; they are apt to curve towards the septa nearest them. In ■lining the shape of the septa in this and in all the allied forms, tcular attention must be paid that the section is quite transverse, . jiiy obliquity will more or less alter the shape of the larger end. Iks regards the endotheca, the dissepiments are frequent and lite, and not very much developed. The exotheca is tolerably : ideveloped, but not in proportion to the size of. the corallites. Ilissepiments form square cells. The free surface between the »9 and calices has a few granules. Increase by extracalicular Ciation. arl formation of Antigua. Coll. Geol. Soc. "leasurements. — Diameter of the calices in six specimens j inch j m.], in seven others f inch [20 mm.], and in some from \ to \ etl2.5 to 6.25 mm.]. The elliptical calices (situated on the sides l> corallum) are about 1^ inch [27.5 mm.] in longest diameter. Greatest thickness of the septa at the wall is ^ inch [2.5 mm.]. Piella | inch [5 mm.] in diameter." It* obvious that Duncan had no really good specimens on which m-Q his original description of this species. I was fortunate in 'taing more than 60 specimens in Antigua, and have selected 14 474 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of these as the basis of the following notes. Of Duncan's varil it seems to me that magnetica, pulchella, and nobilis should be C| bined with the typical form of the species; that his varieties m and nugenti should be combined under one name, nugenti, prefe| by me as it is desirable to preserve the record of the part Dc Nugent played in making known the fossil corals of Antigua ; and variety magnificea should be retained without any important cha DIPLOASTREA CR ASSOLAM ELLATA (Duncan) Vaughan, typical. Plate 135, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 56; plate 136, figs. 1, la, 16; plate 137, figs. 1 4, 4a, 5. Plate 135, figure 1, illustrates, natural size, a polished surface typical specimen in Duncan's original sense; and plate 135, figu illustrates natural size, a polished surface of Duncan's variety no Duncan did not recognize that the septa in such specimens perforate and that synapticulae are abundant. These two fi: will serve to validate the identifications here made, as referen Duncan's original figures will show. As I collected a series of specimens ranging from a solitary cor to a fully developed corallum, the development of the corallun be described. Specimen No. 1. — The only solitary corallite I collected (pi fig. 3) is inversely sub-conical in shape, the apex broken. 28.5 mm. tall, and is 16 by 18 mm. in maximum diameter. | older calice was damaged and a smaller calice has formed abo^j older. On the outer surface is an incomplete, finely striate pell epitheca; subequal or alternately larger and smaller, more o interrupted, beaded costae are seen in the areas not covered fc epitheca. The costal ends are joined by synapticulae, be which are perforations. The wall originally is synapti Septal margins coarsely beaded. Primary and secondary solid for the most part; tertiaries more perforate; quaternari cidedly perforate. Columella well developed; surface co papillary; fossa shallow. As the structural characters of this men are essentially identical for all other typical specimen species, descriptions of the epitheca, costae, and intercostal sy culae need not be repeated. Specimen No. 2. — In this specimen the primary corallite hi rise to one lateral bud (pi. 135, figs. 4, 4«), between which ai parent corallite is a slightly depressed intercorallite area. Di of parent corallite, 24 mm. Septo-costae more or less coi and continuous, interrupted with perforations, joined to one ajl by synapticulae; margins coarsely, rather irregularly beaded ' Specimen No. 3. — There are seven corallites, separated b} intercorallite grooves, in this specimen. Five corallites are GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 475 i plate 135, figure 5. The lesser diameter of the three larger coral- nj is 19 mm.; the greater diameter ranges from 21 to about 23 mm. le calices of this specimen are shallow. In the calice represented •plate 135, figure 5b, it will be seen that the primary and secondary • ta are subequal and are thicker than the members of the higher les. There are about 86 septa in this calice — that is, there are 4 • lplete cycles and 38 quinaries. The primaries and secondaries , solid for the most part; the tertiaries are somewhat thinner and |r the columella they are represented by only partially fused ftal tabeculae. The quaternaries are thinner and more perforate In the tertiaries, to which they fuse by their inner ends rather Ir the columella. The quinary septa are still thinner and very •Vorate; they tend to fuse to the sides of the included quaternary, (the inner part of the largest septa are indefinite lobes or teeth, 4e of which simulate partially developed paliform lobes. Synap- ilae are greatly developed, between both the costae and the septa; T there are endo thecal dissepiments. necimen No. 4- — This specimen is composed of seven corrallites, ie 137, figure 1. It differs from specimen No. 3 principally by flng deeper calices and on some of the large septa there are fairly x -developed paliform lobes. 1 jecimen No. 5. — Plate 136, figures 1, lb, are two views, natural % of a specimen that is essentially typical variety nobilis of Duncan, i iffers from the typical form of the species by having somewhat n ler corrallites and consequently less numerous septa. Specimens rising the slight gap between specimens Nos. 4 and 5 might be Iribed, but to do so seems unnecessary. tie foregoing descriptions apply to the typical form of the species; w variants will now be considered. wecimen No. 6. — Plate 137, figure 3, represents a calice and inter d ilar areas in a specimen that differs from specimen No. 3 chiefly the nonexsert calicular margins. mecimen No. 7. — The calices represented by plate 137, figures 4, 4a, «f a specimen that practically intergrades with specimen No. 6. hoalices illustrated are smaller and the septo-costae coarser than . ftecimen No. 6. Plate 137, figure 5, illustrates a closely similar >enen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation, on Flint p!', about 4 miles below Bainbridge, Georgia. The calices of the &i >ridge specimens are excavated, thereby differing from specimen o. . S amen No. 8.— This specimen, plate 137, figure 2, has corallites Ware more prominent and more isolated than in the other •eciens described, and the costae on the free corallite limbs are °5 r subequal. 4 76 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Island of Antigua, in the Ant! formation, at stations 6854, Rifle Butts; 6856, Friar's hill; 6i Willoughby Bay; 6888, one-half mile north of McKinnon's i] collected by T. W. Vaughan. Previously collected by Robert T.I and by J. W. Spencer, in addition to the material originally stu|| by Duncan. Island of Porto Rico, Lares road, associated with corals, repre* ing the Pepino formation of Hill, collected by Bela Hubbard oj New York Academy Scientific Survey of Porto Rico. Cuba, station 3481, Rio Canapu, Manassas trail, collectecll Arthur C. Spencer. Station 7506 west side of Ocujal Spring, I Guantanamo, Cuba, altitude between 200 and 250 feet, at con with underlying conglomerate, collected by O. E. Meinzer. H ments from station 7522, Mogote Peak, one-half mile east of I boundary of United States Naval Reservation, Guantanamo, efl tion about 375 feet, a. t., collected by O. E. Meinzer, probably slB be referred to variety magnifica (Duncan). Georgia station 3381, 4 miles below Bainbridge, Flint Rivta in every system. Lateral teeth exist on all the primary septa the place of greatest width. The higher orders in every system , } very linear. Endotheca abundant, but not in excess. Columella . ;,2je, well developed, and spongy. Coenenchyma formed of cells Kluced by the costae and the exo thecal dissepiments." Cxcept that Duncan failed to recognize that this is a fungid coral description is good. am introducing on plate 138 figures of two specimens of this iety, one specimen from Antigua (fig. 1); the other from Flint er, near Bainbridge, Georgia, (figs. 2, 2a). ne, at station 60245, crossing of Panama Railroad over Rio Agua [jSlud between Bohio Ridge and New Frijoles (cotypes): and at fcition 6016, quarry, Empire, collected "by T. W. Yaughan and 1 P. MacDonald. I Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, in the Antigua formation, elected by T. W. Vaughan. Ootypes.— No. 325043, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens.) This species belong in the same group of Aeropora as A. squarrosa •larenberg), A. rosaria (Dana), and A. murrayensis Vaughan, 1 and is perrable to the subgenus Rliabdocyatlius of Brook. ACROPORA M URIC AT A (Linnaeus). 1758. MiUepora muricata Lixxaeus (part), Syst., Nat., ed. 10, p. 792. 1767. Madrepora muricata Linnaeus (part), Syst., Nat., ed. 12, p. 1279. wghan, T. W., Some shoal-water corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling, and Fanning ds, Carnegie Institution, Washington Pub. 213, pp. 183-184, 1918. 482 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1893. Madrepora muricata forma cervicornis Brook, Brit. Mas. (Xat. Hist.) jk Madrep. corals, gen. Madrepora, p. 27. 1900. Madrepora cervicornis Gregory, Ann. and Mag. Xat. Hist., ser. 7, xo'.ft, p. 30. 1901. Isopora muricata s. s. Vaughan, U. S. Fish. Com. Bull, for 1900, vo2, p. 313, pi. 21, pi. 22, fig. 2. 1902. Acropora muricata var. cervicornis Verrilt., Conn. Acad. Arts and l|L Trans., vol. 11, p. 167. 1903. Madrepora muricata Duerden (port), Nat. Acad. Sci. Mem., vol. 8, p. jjj. pis. 1 to 3, figs. 1 to 27. 1915. Acropora cervicornis Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol|6, p. 597. 1916. Acropora cervicornis Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook o, 14, p. 228. The nomenclature of the living West Indian and Floridian spe as of Acropora is, in some respects, amusing. Brook in 1893, a 3r studying the considerable collections in the British Museum of Nati al History, reached the conclusion that the three previously rec*- nized species from Florida and the West Indies, A. cervicoiu A. prolifera, and A. palmata, really represented only forms of le species, to which he applied the specific name muricata of Linnaunty, Georgia, collected by T. W. Vaughan, in the base of the enattahoochee formation. piCanal Zone, station No. 6026, 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, col- lated by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald in the Culebra airmation. Type. — Museum of Comparative Zoology. ttParatypc. — Ho. 325609, U.S.N.M.; also other specimens. ^Comparison of the specimens from near Bainbridge, Georgia, with 5 smaller specimens from Antigua, fails to reveal any difference natever between the specimens; and no noteworthy difference is \n between the other specimens and the best one from near Monte olio. ASTREOPORA PORTORICENSIS, new species. Plate 140, figs. 2, 2a. ^orallum ramose, branches subcircular or elliptical in cross- U'ted by me in Antigua. It is represented by a small piece 1 m. long, 33 mm. wide, and 25 mm. in maximum thickness. pper surface is nodose: calices from 1.25 to 1.5 mm. in diameter; nchyma composed of a fine trabecular mesh work. This speci- *i eems to me to belong to the same species as the specimens from ^ Bainbridge . Georgia, that I am identifying as A. alabamiensis. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 20 i 488 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Localities and geologic occurrence— Alabama, Salt Mountain, 6 m south of Jackson, in the "coral limestone" above the top of Vicksburg group, collected by T. W. Vaughan (the type). Georgia, station 3381 and 3383, on Flint River, respectively 4 ar miles below Bainbridge, in the base of the Chattahoochee format collected by T. W. Vaughan. Antigua, West Indies, station 6854, Antigua formation at l! Butts, collected by T. W. Vaughan. This species is of a high order of importance in the correlatio American Oligocene deposits. The septal arrangement in A. alahamiensis is similar to of Porites in the presence of a plane of symmetry and the tend(cg of the. septa to fuse by their inner ends in pairs. The septa tin selves, however, are very different, being lamellate, almost im'1 f orate, and sharply differentiated from the surrounding coenencrrjui Professor Felix in his Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in er Ostalpen 1 has redescribed and figured A. haueri Reuss ancj martiniana d'Orbigny. He does not speak of the bilateral symiriB of the calices but both of his figures indicate such a condition, k each there are two opposite elongate septa that connect with m other through the columella. I take it, then, that the calic< fl| A. martiniana are bilaterally symmetrical with the septa grojd[ not very definitely in two's, three's, four's, or five's on each si7. Alveopora daedalaea Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 24, p. 25. i 91. Alveopora rcgularis Vaughan, Geolog. Reichs. Mus. Leiden Samml., ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 71. lean's material of this coral is very poor, consisting of casts and replacements of the original skeleton; and, as I pointed out aper cited in the synonomy, he incorrectly gave the dimensions corallites. The diameter is not " J line" [ = about 1 mm.] as by Duncan, but is usually 2 mm., with a range from 1.5 to 2.5 I have three photographs of Duncan's type (No. 12949, Coll. . London), and after having made a large collection in a identify with certainty the species represented by Duncan's ecimen. It is a species of Goniopora and is one of the common- ^ls in Antigue, where I obtained about 30 good specimens. 492 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The corallum is usually more or less turbinate in shape, rising a narrow base, expanding upward, with a lobulate, but some^i flattish upper surface. The dimensions of the largest specimen a follows: Least diameter of fracture on basal surface, 5 cm. ; heights cm.; diameter of upper surface 22 by 25.5 cm. Some specimen a more or less columniform; others are glomerate. The calices are from 2 to 2.5 mm. in diameter and are sepa:t< by distinct, straight walls, or there is some costate intercorli reticulum. The septal formula is normal for Goniopora, but the septa are m distinctly lamellate than is usual. There is a wide, detached, granule, that is usually compressed in the septal plane and is ] it like. Pali well developed; plate-like in many calices. . This species will be described in detail and figured in a forthccli report. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, at nearly every ijj sure of the coral reef in the Antigua formation, collected by r | Vaughan. Porto Rico, zone C, near Lares, collected by Bela Hubbard, New York Academy Porto Rico investigations. Arube, Serro Colorado. GONIOPORA REGULARIS var. MICROSCOPICA (Duncan). 1863. Alveopora microscopica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., p. 426, pi. 14, fig. 5. 1867. Alveopora microscopica Duncan, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., p. 25. Duncan based Alveopora microscopica on a silicified specime 12951, Coll. Geol. Soc. London), of which I have a photo; This is a small calicled species of Goniopora, with rather stri lamellate septa. I obtained in Antigua three specimens ill identify with Duncan's species, which probably is only a variifc Goniopora regularis. G. microscopica has a more regularly roi^ corrallum and smaller calices, 1.25 to 1.5 mm. in diameter; wise I detect no important differences. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Antigua, stations 6856, Hill, and 6881, Wilioughby Bay, Antigua formation, collec T. W. Vaughan. GONIOPORA JAGOBIANA, new species. Plate 144, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a, 3, 3a. A description of the type (pi. 144, figs. 1, la), is as follows: lum obtuse, columniform. Horizontal diameter 160 by 16c height 133 mm. +, top damaged, when perfect probably abc;^ mm. tall. Successive shells of skeletal substance are recogniz Calices shallow, polygonal in outline, usual diameter slightl than 3.5 mm. Intercorallite walls rather narrow, with some lum, septa traceable through it, in places about 1 mm. wide. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 493 Septa thin, formula complete, arrangement typical. Margins with average of 5 or 6 delicate teeth between the columella and the ill, 8 teeth were counted on each of a few septa. There is no con- icuous palar crown. Columella tangle weakly developed; apparently a central tubercle is present in a number of the calices. .Locality and geologic occurrence. — Cuba, station 3446, La Cruz irl, first deep cutting east of La Cruz near Santiago, collected by IW. Vaughan (type). Florida, station 6775, White Springs, Alum Bluff formation, col- lied by T. W. Vaughan and C. W. Cooke. hype.— No. 325077, U.S.N.M. 'here are two undescribed species of Goniopora that are nearly Ibted to G. jacobiana. One of them is from the Chipola marl mem- I of Alum Bluff formation, Chipola River, Florida. Its calices are fhe same size and its septa are fragile as in G. jacobiana, but the Urcorallite reticulum is a more curly mesh-work in which the a al skeletal elements are obscure or are less conspicuous than in licobiana. This difference in the reticulum seems to constitute a fi -specific distinction. The other closely related species is from hBowden marl, Bowden, Jamaica. As the calices of the Bowden pimen average about 2.3 mm. in diameter, they are distinctly iler than in G. jacobiana. The radial elements are obvious in l intercorallite reticulum, but it is somewhat flaky. The Bowden )«imen may belong to G. jacobiana, but with the small amount of u?rial for comparison, it must, for the present be considered feact. h addition to the two species mentioned, there is a somewhat par species found abundantly in the calcareous marl of Anguilla, he I collected about 50 specimens of it. This species forms d aniform or gibbous masses, composed of successive caps. It is fho massive as G. jacobiana, the columns are more slender, and * lices are more excavated. 1e only observed difference between the type of G. jacobiana *c he specimen from White Springs. Florida, identified with that is that the calices of the White Springs specimen may be Kvhat deeper. To refer specimens so similar in habit and strue- detail to different species appears unjustifiable. GONIOPORA IMPERATORIS, new species. Plate 142, figs. 3, 3a. G wth form as a compressed, lobate column, 54 mm. tall, 22 mm. *c 37 mm. wide (excluding a lateral lobe which is about 13 mm. 494 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Calices sunken between a rather regular mural network, diamet* calicular openings 1.5 to 2.5 mm., diameter measured between m| summits 2,5 to 3.5 mm., depth about 0.75 mm., separating vlfc from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. wide. The walls are rather flat-topped (ad are composed of costal prolongations of the septa joined togethejjby synapticulae. In places there is considerable intercorallite rem- lum, but it does not form protuberances between the calices; wl the surface is well preserved, subequal costae extend across the w lis. Septa of normal gonioporid arrangement, in the typical fornfc above the bottom of the calices they are narrow, extending c%d the insides of the walls as short ribs, which bear about three inwi ily projecting dentations; at the bottom of the calice they widen jjatf the primaries and secondaries extend to the columellar tangle. m developed paliform lobes occur just inside the junction of theser- tiaries with the secondaries and form a crown around the peripan of the columellar tangle. Width of interseptal loculi less thai thf thickness of the septa. Columellar tangle well developed, large, forms a flattish boM ; to the calices, width about one-half the calicular diameter. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, qum in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Yaughai m D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, stations 6893, 6894, 6966, 6967, all coralliferous be* a!' Crocus Bav; station 6969a, bottom bed, Road Bay, collected bj« T. W Vaughan. Type.— No. 325049, U.S.N.M. This species really should have been based on the Anguillan nte rial, of which I collected 34 identifiable specimens. In fully (j| oped colonies the branches are subcircular or elliptical in section, and range from 30 to 55 mm. in diameter. The disj between mural summits ranges up to 4.5 mm. but is usually lee GONIOPORA CANALIS, new species. Plate 140, figs. 1, 2, 3. Corallum composed of compressed branches. The following measurements: Dimensions of branches of Goniopora canalis. Branch No. Length. Greater di- ameter of lower end. Lesser di- ameter of lower end. i 1 mm. 41 41 mm. 20 20 22 mm. 6.5 12 8 7.5 — 2 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 495 ]a The lower end of each specimen and the tops of Nos. 3 and 4 are iroken. Some coralla are evidently formed of rather thin, branching ijates. :iCalices polygonal, usual diameter 3 mm., young calices about 2 .am. in diameter, an occasional large one as much as 4 mm. ; depth nom 1 to 1.25 mm.: separated by walls from 0.75 to 1.25 mm. thick, ijie walls are crossed by costae and usually form a fairly regular iltwork around the calicular cavities, but in places there is con- ztierable intercalicular reticulum. In places there are low, rather • ((definite ridges which may extend the length of as many as four slices. The tops of the walls are rounded or subacute. : The septa are normal gonioporid in number and arrangement; ley are thick at the wall, becomes thinner toward the center; jteir upper part narrow, gradually sloping to the columella tangle, iiichis joined by the primaries and secondaries; margins with about (ine dentations. Columella tangle not very conspicuous. ^Locality and geologic horizon, — Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry in h Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Yaughan and ] F. MacDonald. •vlnguilla, station 6966, middle bed, Crocus Bay, collected by r . W. Yaughan. vCotypes.—Xos. 325052, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). [ am not certain the G. canalis is really different from G. impera- [is. GONIOPORA PORTORICENSIS. new species. Plate 146, figs. 4, 5. . 'ivorallum ramous, branches rounded in cross section or very com* fussed, a branch of the latter form is 34 mm. wide with a maximum t t'kness of about 9 mm. klices polygonal, shallow, usual diameter 2 mm. The outer ends o:he septa are flattened and fused together, separating the calicular d sessions by a wall about 0.5 mm. thick. >epta delicate, very perforate, in three complete cycles. Margins fi;ly and delicately denticulate; about five small thin teeth on a kg septum. Pali appear to be poorly developed, not specially derentiated from the ordinary septal dentations. Jolumella weakly developed. reality and geologic occurrence. — Porto Rico, station 3191, 4 3S west of Lares, Pepino formation, collected by R. T. Hill, ^ntigua, stations 6854, Rifle Butts; 6881, Willoughby Bay, in the -A. igua formation, collected by T. W. Yaughan. n ype.~ No. 325061, U.S.N.M. 'aratype.—^o. 325060, U.S.N.M. 496 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. This species resembles compressed specimens of Goniopora cVm Vaughan, from which it is distinguishable by its thin septa, ^fih delicately dentate margins. GONIOPORA CLEVEI, new species. Plate 145, figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4, 5, 5a, 6, 6a. Corallum branching. The type (pi. 145, figs. 2, 2a) is an irrei- larly shaped portion of a branch, selected because it permits >se septal arrangement to be definitely determined. It is 44 mm. kg; greater diameter of lower end, 12 mm.; of bulged portion, 15.5 rn. Probably some of the irregularity of form may be caused by eros n. Another broken specimen, a paratype, is represented by plate figure 1. Caliees shallow, circular, or subcircular, 2 to 2.4 mm. in diamesr. They may be close together or separated by reticulate and cos te coenenchyma, as much as 1 mm. across; usually in the type, whic is worn, they appear distinctly separated from the bounding coeia- chyma and sharply defined by a peripheral zone of synapticulae. There are 12 large lamellate septa with typical poritid arrangemit, solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and a directive triplet; the iier ends of the laterals in the triplet are directed toward, but not actu ly fused, to the inner end of the principal directive. The outer end of these larger are often bifurcated, or costae (these are to be eonsidod. rudimentary septa) exist between them, in some instances brin«ig the number up to 24. Pali well developed, six in number. Columella tangle rather dense, with an axial tubercle. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Island of Anguilla, West Inos, P. T. Cleve, collector (type); stations 6893, 6894, 6966, Crocus ly, and 6970, 130 to 140 feet above sea level, east end of Road ly, Anguilla, collected by T. W. Vaughan. Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, collecteoy T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, Antigua formation, collecteoy T. W. Vaughan. Type. — University of Upsala. Paratype— University of Upsala. Paratopes. — Nos. 325111 (3 specimens), 325115 (1 specimi)yi U.S.N.M. It was decidedly difficult to decide whether this species should be referred to Porites or Goniopora. Bernard says: " These fossils 12 central rays might almost be considered as transition forms tovrd Pontes having to all appearance only 12 septa; but whenever it in be distinctly seen that a certain number of these septa fork here they reach the wall, I assume that the forking is the vestige of he fusion of the septa characteristic of Goniopora, and that there rei there are more than 12." 1 1 Brit. Mus., Cat. Madrep. Corals, vol. 4, Gen. Goniopora, p. 21. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 497 li While in Anguilla in 1914 I collected about 40 identifiable speci- mens of this species, and am illustrating a series on plate 145, figures , 4, 5, 5a. The branches are thickish and blunt-ended, having some ^semblance in growth form to the thicker-branched forms of Porites orites, such as are common on the reefs on the east side of Andros .pland, Bahamas. The calices of these specimens are not perfectly . reserved, but in many a third cycle of septa is clearly recognizable, therefore am convinced that the species is referable to Goniopora, Doctor MacDonald and I collected in the quarries at Empire, Canal one, a number of specimens that seem completely to agree with the nguillan specimens. One of these is represented by plate 145, ^ures 6, 6a. Flattened specimens of G. clevei resemble specimen of G. portori- . nsis, but the latter has thinner and more delicately dentate septa, \d in it the tertiary septa are more developed. GONIOPORA CASCADENSIS, new species. Plate 146, figs. 6, 6a, 66, 7, 8, 9. ■ i.Corallum composed of relatively slender, subterete branches. A .ranch segment 40 mm. long is 9 by 10 mm. in diameter at the lower :: >.d and 8 by 9 mm. in diameter at the upper end, showing 1 mm. •crease in diameter for 40 mm. in length; but branches may be ~4 acker, up to as much as 15 mm. in diameter. Calices slightly excavated, polygonal, from 1.75 to 2.5 mm. in •imeter, separated by more or less discontinuous walls, in some > >ices a straight or zigzag wall ridge is traceable, but in other places tere seems to be none. Where there is a wall ridge, rather coarse nral denticles corresponding to the outer ends of the septa are ]3sent. In places mural reticulum is present and coarse radial skele- t structures are clearly traceable through it. There are 12 large septa which extend to the columellar tangle, &d about 12 small septa which fuse in pairs to the sides of an included S)tum (assumed to a secondary) about halfway between the wall a I the columellar tangle. The septal granules seem to be arranged a^ording to the following scheme: A ring of outer granules which a adherent to or only slightly detached from the wall, a ring of uermediate granules which correspond in position to the place of Hon of the small (tertian-) septa to the sides of the secondaries, al an inner ring of granules which form paliform knots around the p iphery of the columella tangle. The intermediate and inner rings s, m constantly recognizable, but the outer ring is not always defi- n 3ly developed. The interseptal loculi are about as wide as the t kness of the septa. 'olumella tangle well developed; width more than one-third the d meter of the calice. In some calice a central styliform process is d inguishable. 498 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6020c, in ije Culebra formation at Las Cascadas, collected by T. W. Vaughan ad D. F. MacDonald. Anguilla, station 6967, Crocus Bay, collected by T. W. Vaughn Antigua, station 6854, Rifle Butts, Antigua formation, collected y T. W. Vaughan. Type.— No. 325072, U.S.N.M. (pi. 146, figs. 6, 6a, 66). Paratypes. — No. 335074, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). This species is one of those that is intermediate between Pori% and Goniopora. As there are short tertiary septa within the wl according to Bernard's treatment of such forms, it is referred Goniopora. The types are from Las Cascadas, Can a] Zone. The calicesif the specimens from Anguilla are not so well preserved as those of e cotypes, but the identifications seem reasonably certain, as thens agreement in all general characters and in the observed detail. Genus PORITES Link. 1807. Pontes Link, Beschreibungen der Naturalieus Sammlungen, Rostock 0. 162. 1918. Pontes Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 213, p. 138. Type-species. — Madrepora pontes Pallas. PORITES PORITES (Pallas). 1766. Madrepora porites Pallas (part), Elench. Zooph., p. 324. 1901. Porites porites forma clavaria Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 19, vol. 2, p. 316, pi. 29; pi. 31, fig. 2. 1902. Porites porites Vaughan, Biol. Soc. Washington Proc, vol. 15, pp. fym (with references to literature and history of the name) . 1909. Porites porites var., Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook N 7, p. 135. 1912. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, p. 148, 152, 156, pi. 4, tig. 4c; pi. 6, figs. 3, 4. 1915. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 59/ 1916. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, pp. 95, 98. 1916. Porites clavaria Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 228. This is one of the species of corals to which most attention given during my studies of the Floridian and Bahamian reef co and it is referred to in most of my reports in Yearbooks No. 7-1, inclusive, of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, usually 43 Porites clavaria, because that is the more generally known name! [, Localities and geologic occurrence. — Recent throughout the col- reef areas of the West Indies, the eastern side of Central Amer*, Florida, and the Bermudas. Pleistocene, in the elevated West Indian reefs. GEOLOGY AXD PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 499 Miocene, Santiago, Cuba, in the La Cruz marl, at station 3441, east f La Cruz, near crossing of the road from Santiago to the Morro ver the railroad, collected by T. W. Vaughan. As these specimens gree in all details that I can discover, with the thicker-branched )rms of P. pontes, I am referring them to that species. This adds nother to the considerable list of living species recognized in the ( a Cruz marl. PORITES FUR CAT A Lamarck. • 1816. Porites furcata Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, p. 271. 1887. Porites furcata Rathbun, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc, vol. 10, p. 361, pi. 15, figs. 1-3; pi. 17, fig. 1. 1901. Porites porites forma furcata Vaughan, U. S. Fish Com. Bull, for 1900, vol. 2, p. 316, pi. 30; pi. 31, fig. 1. i 1902. Porites polymorpha Verrill (part), Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 158. 1913. Porites furcata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 10, p. 156, pi. 5, figs. 5c, 6c, 7, 8; pi. 6, figs, la, 16, 2a, 26. 1915. Porites furcata Vaughan, Washington Acad. Sci. Journ., vol. 5, p. 597. 1916. Porites furcata Vaughan, Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 2, p. 95. 1916. Porites furcata Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington Yearbook No. 14, p. 228. Localities and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, Pleistocene at sta- )iis 5850 and 6039, Mount Hope, and 6554, dug out of mud flat, >out 1 foot above ordinary high-tide level, Colon, collected by D. F. acDonald. Costa Rica, Moin Hill, Niveau a, H. Pittier collection. Porites furcata is a common Pleistocene species. It is usual in the Uterial behind elevated, sea-front reefs of the West Indies and east- n Central America, and it is one of the most abundant corals on 1'3 flats inside the living coral reefs hi the same region and Florida. 3 has not been found in Bermudas. 1 PORITES BARACOAENSIS, new species. Plate 147, figs. 1, la. Uorall'um composed of slender branches. The type, a fragment of a>ranch, is 26 mm. long; lower end, siibcircular in cross section, 6.25 ra. in diameter; 8.5 below upper end, the diameter is 6 by 8 mm. ; swing some flattening just below a bifurcation. Malices polygonal, excavated but rather shallow; diameter from 1 5 to 2.25 mm., about 1.75 mm. usual. Wall straight, acute or with r her coarse knots corresponding to the outer ends of the septa; a dtinct mural shelf is present in all or nearly all calices. >epta arranged into a solitary directive, four lateral pairs, and a entral triplet. There is a circle of septal granules detached from M wall and fused by their bases, forming a mural shelf on the inner n rgin of which the granules stand up as compressed knots or as 1 See Verrill, Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. Trans., vol. 11, p. 158, 1902. 500 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. plates. Usually there are six pali; that is, normally there are p before the lateral pairs, the solitary directive, and the triplet. IeIi few calices there is a palus before each member of the triplet, makii eight pali in all; and in a few calices there is no recognizable pall before the solitary directive, the total number of pali being only frjyj The pali are solidly fused in the bottom of the calice one to anotlr< and to the columella tangle. No columellar tubercle was seen y any calice. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Miocene, Cuba', station 3476, nniJ Baracoa, collected by T. W. Vaughan (type) . Miocene, Jamaica, Bowden marl, Bowden, received from H< . T. H. Aldrich. Type.— No. 325069, U.S.N.M. There is no other previously described species of Porites, fossil living, in tropical or subtropical America closely resenbling baracoaensis. Superficially it looks like the living P.furcata Lami or P. divaricata Le Sueur; but the definite mural shelf, above wl the wall stands at its distal edge and the special granules on its ii edge, is distinctive. PORITES BARACOAENSIS var. MATANZASENSIS, new variety. Plate 147, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 4. Corallum composed of attenuate branches of small diameter, fragment 15 mm. long is 3 mm. in diameter at one end and 3.25 in diameter at the other. The maximum diameter of a branch se< to be about 3.75 mm., except where there is some flattening j below a bifurcation. The length of branches exceeds 20 mm., f probably is as much as 40 to 50 mm., or even more. Calices polvgonal, very shallow or even surficial; diameter fr| 2 to 2.75 mm. Yfall slightly elevated, continuous and acute or \d knots corresponding to the outer ends of the septa. Usually therii a distinct mural shelf. The septal characters are the same as those of P. baracoaensis, cept that the pali are less conspicuous and the septa in the upper 1 of the calice are usually elongated and have between three and teeth on their margins between the wall and the columella ta: But in some calices the upper septa are not produced, and in t the septal characters are the same as in typical P. baracoaensis. cause of the presence of calices presenting the same characters those of typical P. baraocodensis, a varietal designation seems all t is justifiable. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Miocene, Cuba, station 3 marl, gorge of Yumun River, Matanzas, collected by T. W. Vaugb Type.— No. 325067a, U.S.N.M. (pi. 147, figs. 2, 2a.). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 501 IParatypes.— Nos. 3250676, U.S.N.M. : Apparently the specimens from Yumuri gorge lived in deeper or Kiieter water than those from Baracoa, for the differences are of the Jid incident to such differences in ecologic conditions. The speci- :13ns of Stylophora granulata from the Yumuri gorge are decidedly j)re attenuate than those from Baracoa; and the specimens referred A Madracis mirabilis are very slender and fragile. -tOorallum composed of compressed, more or less coalescent branches, lite 151, figure 1, represents a part of a corallum 66 mm. long, 1 mm. in maximum thickness, and 40 mm. wide; the specimen, ♦resented by figure 2 of plate 149, is 35.5 mm. long and 11 mm. ii maximum thickness. 4)alices shallow, polygonal, 1.25 to 2 mm. in diameter, 1.5 mm. phably about an average; separated by usually continuous, straight, nmbraniform walls, along the top of which are a few mural denticles Di responding to the outer ends of the septa; where the septa are d ally forked there may be a denticle for each fork. L >epta forming four lateral pairs, two on each side of the plane of rimetry, a solitary directive, and a ventral triplet with the inner ns of its members free from each other. A ring of thickish septal 'mules is detached from the wall, standing about half way between Jip,nd the palar ring; the outer ends of a number of septa fork Ween the septal granule and the wall. Pali well-developed, xmula complete or suppressed on one or more members of the tr lets, suggestions of trident formation in some calices. Synapti- .-Ike in two rings, the outer corresponds in position with the septal p rules and is usually incomplete, the inner is the palar synapticular *i] and normally is complete. olumella tangle consists of a central tubercle joined by radii to topali. » locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, quarry a he Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaughan i»D. F. MacDonald. otypes — Cat. No. 325106 (2 specimens), U.S.N.M. 1 >rallum composed of elongate, rather slender, subterete, or only sli^tly compressed branches. The following measurements of w dentation at the inner edge of the wall. Synapticulae well deve GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 505 iree rows in the wall, and a ring of thick ones, coinciding with the alar ring, around the axis, of each cor alii te. Trabeculae of columellar , ingle coarse ; axial tubercle present. In longitudinal section there [*e in 3.5 mm. about 11 synapticulae ; in the same distance about 10 , irtical rods. The spaces of approximately the same thickness as lie solid parts, except that the median portion of a synapticula is . inner than its ends. . Locality and geologic occurrence. — Island of Anguilla, West Indies, llected by P. T. Cleve; Crocus Bay, Anguilla, collected by T. W. I mghan. Canal Zone, station 6016, in the Emperador limestone, Empire, ,t llected by T. W. Vaughan and D. F. MacDonald. Type. — University of Upsala. . Duplicate specimen from the Cleve collection and other specimens i the United States National Museum. This is an abundant species at Crocus Bay, Anguilla, where I col- lated it in both the lower and the upper part of the exposure on the sith side of the bay. The epitheca is not always distinct on the l'.'er surface, but I can not be sure whether it has been worn of! or V3 not developed. )ne of the two specimens from Empire, Canal Zone, is represented b plate 150, figure 5. The calicular characters are obscure but they am to be the same as those of P. anguiUensis. The general facies of I specimens is identical with that of P. aiiguillensis. Subgenus Synaraea Verrill. 1864. Synaraea Verrill, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 1, p. 42. n ype-species. — None was designated by Verrill; therefore I select as tl type-species Pontes erosa Dana, the first species in VerrilTs list oihose referred by him to Synaraea. PORITES (SYNARAEA) HO WEI, new species. Plate 151, figs. 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4. 1 orallum composed of rather small, slightly or greatly compressed, *vi subpalmate, branches, on some of which longitudinal carinae are W( developed. Plate 151, figures 2, 3, 3a, are natural size illustra- tes of two specimens. The thickness of the lower end of the speci- fic represented by figure 2 is 6 mm., of the upper end of the same sp'imen about 5.5 mm. ; the width and length of the specimen are incated by the figure. r 'ie calices are small, about 1 mm. in diameter, and occur more or fesin series from 5 to 18 mm. long between reticular coenenchymal n d s, that range in thickness from a merely dividing partition up to * tfn. wide, and in height up to a maximum of about 1 mm. ' frpta small, 12 in number, with the usual poritid arrangement, laterals of the triplet converge toward the inner end of the direc- 506 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tive and fuse to it at the periphery of the columellar tangle, circle of fairly prominent septal granules distinguishable just wit' and more or less attached to the wall. Pali small, but distinct zjl relatively prominent, usually six in number, on the inner endsf the two directives and before the lateral pairs. The synaptic!;! rings are very clearly distinguishable, apparently there are two, m outer of irregular development. Columellar tangle well developed, with a small, erect cen il tubercle. Locality and geologic occurrence. — Canal Zone, station 6016, quay in the Emperador limestone, Empire, collected by T. W. Vaugjn and D. F. MacDonald. Cotypes.—No. 325113, U.S.KM. (3 specimens). PORITES (SYNARAEA) MACDONALDI, new species. Plate 152, figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, 5, 5a. Corallum begins growth as an explanate plate with humps , 3a, 36. Three views of the specimen labeled Orbicella com pacta Rathbun, from Brazil (lat. 12° 48' S. ; long. 38° W.). This is probably a valid variety of 0. cavernosa. 3. Upper surface of corallum, natural size 384 3a. A group of calices, X2 384 36. Longitudinal section of corallites, X2 384 512 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 89. Figs. 1, la. Orbicella cavernosa var. endothecata (Duncan); two views of one of Duncan's original specimens. I 1. Outer surface ; la, longitudinal section of corallites, each natural size . 2. Orbicella cavernosa var . cylindrica (Duncan); calices, natural size, of one of Duncari's original specimens 3. Orbicella aperta (Verrill). Calices natural size Plate 90. Orbicella bainbridgensis, new species. Four views of the type. Ftgs. 1. Upper surface of the corallum, natural size la. Calices, X4 16. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X4 lc. Exotheca, X4 Plate 91. Figs. 1, la. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Cross-section of corallites of one of Duncan's original specimen. Figure 1, natural size; figure la, X3 2. Orbicella costata (Duncan). View natural size of a specimen from Antigua 3. 3a. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Two views, each natural size of another specimen from Antigua 4. Goniastrea canalis, new species. Calices of the type, X3^ Plate 92. Orbicella costata (Duncan^. Fig. 1. Specimen from 4 miles west of Lares, Porto Rico, natural size 2. Specimen from Culehra formation, Las Cascadas, Canal Zone; calices, X4 t 3. ^Specimen from Anguilla, natural size Plate 93. Orbicella costata (Duncan). Two views of the same specimen from Anguilla. Fig. 1. Calices, X4 la. Corallum, natural size Plate 94. Orbicella canalis, new species. Figs. 1, la. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size la. Calices, X4 2, 2a. Two views of a paratype from the Canal Zone. 2. Corallum, natural size 2a. Calices, X4 3, 3a. Two views of a varietal form from Anguilla. 3. Corallum, natural size 3a. Calices, X4 II GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 513 Plate 95. Orbicella tampaensis, new species. Page. 1, Corallum, natural size, of the type 390 2, 2a. Two views of the same paratype. 2. Corallum, natural size 390 2a. Calices and costae, X2 390 3, 3a. Two views of another paratype, Wagner Free Institute of Science. 3. Corallum, natural size 390 3a. Calices and cost&e, X2 390 Plate 96. Orbicella tampaensis var. silecensis, new variety. General view of the type, natural size, Wagner Free Institute of Science. 390 Plate 97. 1. Orbicella brevis (Duncan). View, natural size, of the type, Geological Society of London 391 2. Orbicella intermedia (Duncan). View, natural size, of the type, Geo- logical Society of London 393 3, 3a. Orbicella irradians (Milne Edwards and Haime). Two views of the same specimen. 3. Corallum, natural size 395 3a. Calices and costae, X2 395 4, 4a. Orbicella canalis, new species. Two views of the same specimen. 4. Calice and costae, X4 389 4a. Corallum, natural size 389 Plate 98. 1. 1, 2, 2a. Orbicella insignis (Duncan). 1. Cross-section of corallitesof one of Duncan's original specimen, X2, Geological Society of London 393 2. Cross-section of corallites; 2a, longitudinal section, showing endo- theca and exotheca of a specimen from Serro Colorado, Arube. Both figures X 2 393 3, 3a. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). 3. Corallum, natural size; 3a, calices, X2, of a typical specimen, from Antigua 403 4, 4a. Antiguastrea cellulosa var. curvata (Duncan). 4. Corallum, natural size; 4a, calices, X2, of the same specimen from Antigua 408 Plate 99. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). 1, la. Two views of a specimen with protuberant, separate corallite limbs, from Willoughby Bay, Antigua. 1. Corallum, natural size 403 la. Calices, X4 403 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua. Cal- ices on one end excavated; on the other end shallow, tumid around the margins. 2. Corallum, natural size 404 2a. Calice, X6 : 404 3, 3a. Two views of a second specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua. Calices shallow, distant, tumid around the margins. 3. Corallum, natural size 405 3a. Calices, X6 405 Li 514 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 100. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Fig. 1. Photograph of thin cross-section of corallites, X6; shows the large, lamellar columella. Specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua.. 2, Photograph of thin cross-section of corallites, X6; columella not so wide as in figure 1. Specimen from Cathedral, St. John, Antigua 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen from station 6S56, Friar's Hill, Antigua. 3. Corallum, natural size 3a. Calices, X6 v 4, 4a. Two views of a specimen of the kind designated Isastrsea turbinata by Duncan. 4. Corallum, natural size 4a. Calices, X4 Plate 101. Figs. 1, la. Antiguastrea cellulosa var. sileccnsis, new variety. Two views of the type, from Flint River near Bainbridge, Georgia. 1. Upper surface of the corallum, natural size la. Calices, X3 2, 2a. Antiguastrea cellulosa (Duncan). Two views of the same specimen, from the Byrani calcareous marl, Vicksburg, Miss. 2. Part of upper surface of the corallum, natural size 2a. Calices, X4 Plate 102. Figs. 1, la. Antiguastrea elegans (Reuss) Vaughan. Two views of a specimen from Fontana della Bova di San Lorenzo, Italy, out of beds of Rupelian (middle Oligocene) age. 1. Upper surface, natural size la. Calices, X4 2. Favia macdonaldi, new species. Corallum, upper surface, natural size. Enlarged view of cross-section of corallites shown on plate 103, fig. 1 1 Plate 103. Fig. 1. Favia macdonaldi, new species. Cross-section of corallites, X2. Gen- eral view of corallum, plate 102, fig. 2 2, 2a. Favites mexicana, new species. Two views of the same specimen. 2. Corallum, natural size 2a. Calices, X4 3. 4, 4a. Maeandra antiguensis, new species. 3. Upper surface of a cotype, natural size 4. Upper surface of the second cotype, natural size; 4a, part of surface of the same, X4 Plate 104. Figs. 1, la. Maeandra dumblei, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size la. Part of surface, X4 • 2, 2a. Manicina uilloughbicnsis, new species. 2. Lower surface, natural size, of the type. Upper surface, illustrated by plate 105 2a. Part of lower surface of a paratype, X2 418 41S 422 41!-' GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 515 Plate 105. Page. xicina iciUoughbiensis. new species. Upper surface, natural size. Lower irface illustrated by plate 104, figure 2 422 Plate 106. i3. 1, la, 16. Syzygophyllia hayesi, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Calicular surface, natural size 424 la. Side view, natural size 424 16. Epitheca, X5. Specimen photographed in horizontal position; the top toward the right 424 2, 2a, 26. Trochoseris meinzeri, new species. Three views of the type. 2. Corallum, side view, natural size 426 2a. Calice, natural size 426 26. Septa, X5 426 Plate 107. b . 1, la. Maeandra portoricensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 418 la. Part of upper surface, X2 418 2, 2a, 26. Leptoseris portoricensis. new species. Three views of the type. 2. Calicular surface, natural size 431 2a. Outer surface, natural size 431 26. Costae of outer surface, X4 431 Plate 108. hi 1, la, 16. Orbicella gabbi, new species. Three views of the holotype, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. 1. Cross section of corallites, natural size 394 la. Cross section of a corallite, X2 394 16. Endotheca and exotheca, X4 394 2, 3, 4. Agaricia anguillensis , new species. A view, natural size, of each of three cotypes, University of Upsala 428 Plate 109. ?ig 1, la. Agaricia dominicensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Calicular surface, X2 428 la. Lower surface, X2 428 2, 2a. 3. Leptoria spenceri, new species. 2. 2a. Two views of the upper surface of the holotype; figure 2, natural size: figure 2a, X2 421 3. Upper surface, natural size, a worn paratype 421 Plate 110. Pavona panamensis, new species. IG 'l, la, 16. Three views of a cotype in which the septa strongly alternate in prominence around the calices, but the septo-costae in places are sub equal. 1. Calicular surface, natural size 430 la. Calices, X4 430 16. Calices, X4 430 516 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Figs. 2, 2a. Two views of a cotype in which the septa are subequal in promi- nence around the calices. 2. General view of the corallum, natural size 2a. Calices and septocostae, X4 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen intermediate in its septal and septo-costal characters between the preceding specimens. 3. View, natural size < 3a. Calices and septo-costae, X4 4 Plate 111. Pironastraea anguillensis, new species. Figs. 1, la, 16. Three views of the holotype. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 4 la. Part of lower surface, natural size 4 16. Valleys and collines, X5 4 Plate 112. Figs. 1, la. Pironastraea anguillensis, new species. Two views of paratype. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 4 la. Valleys and collines, X5 I 2, 2a. Pironastraea antiguensis, new species. Two views of the holotype from Antigua. 2. Upper surface, natural size 4S 2a. Part of upper surface, X5 42 Plate 113. Pironastraea antiguensis, new species. Figs. 1, la. Two views of a specimen from near Guantanamo, Cuba. 1. Part of upper surface, natural size 43 la. Part of upper surface, X5 43 Plate 114. Figs. 1. Siderastrea radians (Pallas). Calices, X6, of a specimen from off Cocoj nut Point, Andros Island, Bahamas .48 2, 3. Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). 2. Calices, X6, of a specimen from Guanica Centrale, Porto Rico I M 3. Calices, X6, of another specimen, the usual form of the species, als from Guanica Centrale. Porto Rico 4-1 4, 4a. Siderastrea siderea var. dominicensis, new variety. Two views ( the type. 4. Corallum, natural size 4a. Calices, X6 Plate 115. Figs. 1, la. Siderastrea pourtalesi, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size la. Calices, X 6 .... ; 2, 2a, 26. Siderastrea slellata Verrill. Three views of the same specimen. 2. Corallum, one-half natural size 2a. Part of surface above the lower edge, X 2 26. Summit calices, X 6 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 517 Plate 116. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Page. 1. la. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, one-half natural size 447 la. Calices, X- 6 447 2. Photograph of thin section of corallites of specimen from the same locality as the type, X 6 447 3. Calices, X 6, of a specimen supposed to come from the "silex" bed at Tampa, Florida 448 Plate 117. 1. la, 16. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Three views of a specimen from Coronet Phosphate Mine, Florida. 1. Weathered cross section of corallites, X 6 449 la. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X 6 449 16. Thin section of corallites, X 6 449 2. Siderastrea hillsboroensis, new species. Weathered cross section of corallites of holotype, X 6 442 3. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). Calices, X 6, of a specimen from sta- tion 6893, the middle or the upper horizon at Crocus Bay, Anguilla. . 453 Plate 118. 1, la. Siderastrea silecensis, new species. Two views, each X 6, of the calices of a specimen from near Bainbridge, Georgia 449 2, 2a, 26, 3. Siderastrea pliocenica, new species. 2. 2a, 26. Three views of the type. 2, corallum, natural size; 2a, cali- ces, X 4; 26, calices, X 6 441 3. Worn calices of another specimen, X 6 441 Plate 119. Siderastrea dalli, new species. 1, la. Two views of the type. 1. Corallum, natural size 450 la. A group of calices, X 4 450 2. Calices of another specimen, X 6 450 Plate 120. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). 1, Cross section, X 3, of corallites of Duncan's type, Geological Society of London . 451 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from the Pepino formation, 4 miles west of Lares, Porto Rico. 2. Corallum, natural size 452 2a. Calices, X 6 452 3, 4. Specimens from Anguilla. 3. Calices, X 6 453 4. Calices of another specimen, X 6 453 Plate 121. Siderastrea conferta (Duncan). • 1, la. Two views of a specimen from the Culebra formation, Canal Zone. 1. Upper surface, natural size 453 la. Calices, X 6 453 2, 2a. Two views of a specimen from Anguilla. 2. Upper surface, natural size 453 2a. Calices, X 6 453 518 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 122. Siderasirea siderea (Ellis Solander). e Fig. 1. Calices, X 6, of a specimen from Tortugas, Florida, water 8 to 9 k fathoms deep fa 2, 2a, 26. Three views of a specimen, apparently referable to this species from zone H, Rio Gurabo, Santo Domingo. 2. Corallum, natural size 2a, 26. Calices, X 6 3, 3a. Two views of a specimen from the Bowden marl, Jamaica. 3. Corallum, natural size I 3a. Calices, X 6 I Plate 123. Cyathomorpha rochettina (Michelin) Reis. Six views of the same specimen, from Crosara, Italy. Fig. 1. Side view, natural size 451 la. Calicular view, natural size ^51 16. Basal view, natural size |45( lc. Coarse costae, X 2 45( Id. Costae at calicular edge, X 4. Shows perforations near the calicular margin 45H lc. Calice, X 4. Shows some synapticulae and that the higher cycles of j j septa are perforate 456 Plate 124. Cyathomorpha hilli, new species. Two views of the type. Fig. 1. Upper surface, natural size |45| la. Lower surface, natural size '457 Plate 125. Cyathomorpha hilli, new species. Figs. 1," la, 16, lc, lc?. Five views of a paratype. 1. Upper surface, natural size la. Side view, natural size 457 16. Costae, X 2 lc. Calice, X 2 lc?. Another calice, X 2 2, 2a. Two views of a second paratype 2. Side view, natural size 2a. Upper surface, natural size Plate 126. Cyathomorpha browni, new species. Three views of the type. Fio. 1. Upper surface, natural size . la. Lower surface, natural size. 16. Calices and costae, X 2... . GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 519 Plate 127. Cyathomorpha anguillensis, new species. All figures natural size. Page. 1. Upper surface of type 461 2. Upper surface of a paratype with corallites somewhat smaller than those of the type 461 3. A specimen with very prominent corallites 461 4. 5. Specimens with small corallites. The specimen represented by figure 4 suggests intergradation with Cyathomorpha roxboroughi, new species 461 (All of these specimens are in the collection of the University of Upsala, Sweden.) Plate 128. . 1, la, 16. Cyathomorpha belli, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 459 la. Costae, X 4 459 16. Calice, X 4 459 . 2, 2a, 26. Cyathomorpha splendens, new species. Three views of the type. 2. Upper surface, natural size 460 2a. Lower surface, natural size 460 • 26. Costae, X 2 460 Plate 129. ( 1, la, 16. Cyathomorpha roxboroughi, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Corallum, side view, natural size # . 461 la, 16. Groups of calices, each X 2 461 2. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. Part of the upper sur- face of a specimen, natural size. Two other views of this specimen on plate 130, figures la, 16 465 Plate 130. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. G 1, la. Two views of the same specimen. Upper surface illustrated by plate 129, figure 2. 1. View of outer surface of corallum to show synapticulae between the costal ends of the septa, X4 464 la. View of wall as seen looking across a corallite, one side of which is broken away, to show synapticulae between the peripheral ends of the septa, X 4 464 \ 2a. Two views of Duncan's type of Astraea antiguensis, Geological Society of London. 2. Upper surface, natural size 464 2a. Calices, X 2 464 5. View, natural size, of a specimen with large, distant, subcircular calices 465 Plate 131. Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan. , la, 16. Three views of the same specimen. 1. Upper surface, natural size. Calices more crowded than on plate 130, figure 3 465 la. Costae of outer surface, X 2 465 16. A calice, X 4, to show the prominent pali 465 17149— 19— Bull. 103 22 520 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Figs. 2. A specimen, natural size, with both crowded and rather remote calices on the same corallum 3. A specimen, natural size, most of the calices crowded, intercorallit areas very narrow, except at lower left-hand corner, where there if a distant, circular calice 4. Duncan type of Astroria antiguensis, natural size, Geological Societ of London. Compare with figure 2 of this plate f| i Plate 132. Figs. 1, 2, 2a, 26. Cyalhomorpha antiguensis (Duncan) Vaughan, from Port Rico. 1. Calices, natural size 4 2. 2a, 2b. Three views of the same specimen. 2, corallum, natural siz 2a, 2b, calices, X 4 M 3, 3a. Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan) Vaughan. Two views of a specime: ; from Porto Rico. 3. Corallum, natural size 4 3a. Calices, X 4 1 4 Plate 133. Fig. 1. Duncan's type of Astroria affinis, natural size, Geological Society ( London. Probably a synonym of Cyathomorpha antiguensis (Dui can) I 4 Cyathomorpha tenuis (Duncan) Vaughan. 2. Calices, X.2, of a specimen, with crowded calices, from Porto Rico. . 4 3, 3a, 36. Three views of a specimen from Willoughby Bay, Antigua. 3. Upper surface of corallum, natural size 4 3a. Part of upper surface, X 4, to show synapticulae between the cost* 4 36. Costae with intervening synapticulae on lower surface, X 4 4 Plate 134. Diploastrea heliopora (Lamarck) Matthai. Four views of the same specimen. Fig. 1. Upper surface, natural size , 4 la. Costae and intervening synapticulae of lower surface, X 4 4 16. Calices, X 4, to show synapticulae between the distal ends of tl septa j-'f lc. Longitudinal section of a corallite, X 4, to show septal perforatior \ synapticulae, and dissepiments 4 Plate 135. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaugh'an. Fig. 1. Cross-section of the corallites of a typical specimen, natural size. Mci of the septal lamellae appear dark in the figure 4 2. Cross section of the corallites of a specimen representing Duncai variety nobilis i -1 3. A young, simple corallite, side view, natural size I 4, 4a. Two views of the same specimen. 4. Side view, natural size 4a. Calicular view, natural size 5, 5a, 56. Three views of the same specimen. .">. Calicular view, natural size 5a. Side view, natural size 56. A calice, X 2 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 521 Plate 136. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaughan. Three views of the same specimen. Page. . 1. Side view of corallum, natural size 47 ^ la. Costae of side, X 2 475 16. Calices, natural size A Plate 137. Diploastrea crassolamellata (Duncan) Vaughan. 1. Specimen with excavated calices, natural size 475 2. Specimen with protuberant divergent corallites, natural size 475 3. Specimen with low corallites, X 2. Note the reticulate intercorallite area 475 4. 4a. Calices of the same specimen, X 2. 4. With some intercorallite reticulation 475 4a. Mostly without any intercorallite reticulation 475 5. Calices, natural size, of a specimen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. All other specimens illus- trated on this plate are from Antigua 475 Plate 138. . 1, 2, 2a. Diploastrea crassolamellata var. magnifica (Duncan) Vaughan. L Corallites, natural size, of a specimen from Antigua 477 2. Corallites, natural size; 2a, a smaller area, X 2, of a specimen from the base of the Chattahoochee formation near Bainbridge, Georgia. 477 3, 3a. Diploastrea crassolamellata var. nugenti (Duncan) Vaughan. Two views of the same specimen. 3. Corallum, natural size 478 3a. Calices. X 2 478 Plate 139. ( 1, la, 16, 2, 2a. Balanophyllia pittieri, new species. 1. Corallum, naturalsize; la, costae, X 4: 16. calice, X 3, of theholotype. 479 2. Corallum, natural size; 2a, calice, X 3, of a para type 479 3, 3a. Astreopora antiguensis , new species. Two views of the type. Enlarged calices of paratype on plate 140, figure 1. 3. Corallum, one-half natural size 484 3a. Part of cross section of lower end, X 3 484 Plate 140. G . Astreopora antiguensis, new species. Calices of paratype. X 6. For other views see plate 139, figures 3, 3a 484 . 2a. Astreopora portoricensis , new species. Two views of the type. 2. Corallum, natural size 485 2a. Calices, X 6 485 4. 4a. Astreopora goethalsi, new species. 3. Corallum of a cotype, one-half natural size 483 4. Corallum, one-half natural size; 4a. calices, X 6, of the second cotype. 483 522 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 141. Figs. 1, la, 16, 2. Acropora panamensis, new species. 1. la, 16. Three views of the type. 1, branch, natural size; la, pari of branch, X 3; 16, calice, X 8 2. View of a paratype, natural size ' 3, 3a, 4, 4a. Acropora saludensis, new species. 3. Branch, cotype, natural size; 3a, part of the same branch, X 3 4. Branch, cotype, natural size; 4a, part of the same branch, X 3 Plate 142. Figs. 1, la. Goniopora hilli, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Surface of corallum, natural size la. Calices, X 6 2, 2a, 26. Goniopora panamensis, new species. Three views of the type. 2. One surface, natural size 2a. The other surface, natural size 26. A part of the surface represented by figure 2a, X 3 3, 3a. Goniopora imperatoris , new species. Two views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 3a. Calices, X 6 Plate 143. Figs. 1, la. Goniopora decaturensis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size la. Calices, X 3 2, 2a. Goniopora decaturensis var. silecensis, new variety. Two views ( the type. 2. Corallum, natural size 2a. Calices, X 3 3, 3a. Goniopora decaturensis var. bainbridgensis, new variety. views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 3a. Calices, X 3 Plate 144. Goniopora jacobiana, new species. Fig. 1, la. Two views of type. 1. Corallum, one-half natural size la. Calices, X 6. The thick, white radii represent interseptal filli the septa have been dissolved and are represented by the black spac< 2, 2a, 3, 3a. Four views of two fragments of the same specimen from \Xhi Springs, Florida. 2. Upper surface, natural size; 2a, calices, X 6, of the same fragment 3. Upper surface, natural size; 3a, calices, X 4, of the same fragment. Plate 145. Goniopora clever, new species. Fig. 1. Paratype, natural size, University of Upsala 2. 2a. Two views the type, also University of Upsala. 2. Branch, natural size 2a. Calices, X 5 3. Paratype, natural size. An elongate branch, tip rounded 4. Paratype, natural size. A thicker branch; tips of branchlets obtuse! rounded GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 523 5, 5a. Two views of a specimen somewhat flattened by pressure. Page. 5. Natural size 497 5a. Calices, X 6 497 (Originals of figures l-5a from Anguilla.) 6, 6a. Two views of a specimen somewhat flattened by pressure, from Em- pire, Canal Zone. 6. Natural size 497 6a. Calices, X 6 497 Plate 146. ■ 2, 3. Goniopora canalis, new species. 1. Cotype, corallum, natural size 494 2. Second cotype, corallum, natural size 494 3. Third cotype, calices, X 6 494 4, 5. Goniopora portoricensis, new species. 4. Type, corallum, natural size 495 5. Calices, X 6, of a paratype 495 6, 6a, 66, 7, 8, 9. Goniopora cascadensis, new species. 6. Type, natural size; 6a and 66, calices, X 6 497 7. Paratype, natural size 497 8. Paratype, natural size 497 9. Calices of a third paratype, X 6 497 Plate 147. ■:1, la. Poritcs baracodcnsis, new species. Two views of the type. 1. Branch, natural size 499 la. Part of branch, X 5 499 2, 2a, 3, 4. Poritcs baracoacnsis var. matazascnsis. new variety. 2. Type, corallum, natural size; 2a, the same, X 5 500 3. Paratype, X 5 500 4. Paratype, X 5, shows intergradation with the typical form of the species 500 Plate 148. Poritcs panamensis, new species. I Paratype corallum, natural size 504 Calices, X 8, of a paratype 504 3a. Two views of the type. 3. Corallum, natural size 503 3a. Calices, X8 503 Plate 149. wL la. 16. Poritcs anguillensis, new species. Three views of the type. 1. Upper surface, natural size 504 la. Lower surf ace, natural size 504 16. Calices, X 5..' 504 2a. Poritcs douvillei, new species. Two views of a cotype. 2. Branch, natural size 501 2a. Calices, X 8 501 3a. Actinacis alabamiensis (Yaughan). Two views of a small specimen from Flint River, near Bainbridge, Georgia. , 3. Corallum, natural size 486 3a. Calices, X 5 486 524 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Plate 150. Figs. 1, la, 2, 3, 4. Porites toulai, new species. 1. la. Type, natural size; la, calices, X 8, of the type 5 2. Paratype, natural size I 3. Second paratype, natural size 5 4. Calices of a third paratype, X 8 5 5. Porites anguillensis, new species. Specimen from Empire, Canal Zone, natural size j{j Plate 151. Figs. 1, la. Porites douvillei, new species. Two views of a cotype. 1. Corallum, natural size 5 la. Calices, X 8 j| 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4. Porites (Synaraea) howei, new species. Views of the three cotypes. 2. Branch, natural size; 2a, part of the same branch, X 3 , 3. 3a. Two views, natural size, of the same branch !J 4. Calices, X 8, of a third branch 51 Plate 152. Porites (Synaraea) maedonaldi, new species. Fig. 1. A cotype, natural size U 2. A second cotype, natural size U 3, 3a. Two views of a third cotype. 3. Natural size 5* 3a. Part of surface, X 3 5( 4. A fourth cotype, natural size 5( 5, 5a. Two views of a specimen referred to this species. 5. Corallum, natural size 5C 5a. A calice, X 8 8 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 68 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 69 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 70 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 72 C. Lower Part of Course of Santa Fe River. VIEWS OF ISLE OF PINES, CUBA. F03 EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 608. I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 71 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. ) 5a X 3 6a X 3 7a X8 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 608. For explanation of plate see page 609. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL J. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 78 S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 80 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 610. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 82 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM 3a Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pace 610. Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 611. For explanation of plate see page 611 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 612. U. S. NATIONAL. MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 90 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 612' S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 92 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL 93 S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 94 S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 96 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 98 ° 3a < 6 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 613. For explanation of plate see page 614. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. )3 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 105 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 6 16. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin io3 Pl Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 515. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 108 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 515. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 103 NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 110 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indiz3. For explanation of plate see PA3ES 615 and 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 1 1 For explanation of plate see page 616. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 113 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies For explanation of plate see page 516. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 114 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 115 For explanation of plate see page 6 16. ,1 NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 116 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 617. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 118 2 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. X4 For explanation of plate see page 517. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL, Fossil Corals fromTCentralT America^andIWest Indies. For explanation of plate see page 617. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. |2I U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 P |i U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 124 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 125 For explanation of plate see page 619. t». NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 128 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL 129 For explanation of plate see page 619. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pages 619 and 620. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 132 3 3a X 4 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 520. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 3a X 4 3b Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see pace 620. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 134 lb X4 lc Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 520. Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 620 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 136 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies, F03 EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 521. Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies. For explanation of plate see page 52 1 S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 138 For explanation of plate see page 52 1 For explanation of plate see page 521. For explanation of plate see page 522. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 142 Fossil Corals from Central America and West Indies For explanation of platl bee page 622 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 146 For explanation of plate see paoe 623. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 150 For explanation of plate see page 524. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 For explanation of plate see page 624. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN 103 PL. 152 INDEX [The names treated as valid are printed in roman type, while the synonyms are in italics. Page. ibdita, Favites 191 Heliastraea 374 Madrepora 414 abnormalis, Asterosmilia 213,215,217,354 Trochocyathus 213,354 Acropora 201, 202, 211, 212, 479, 480, 481, 482 cervicornis 482 corymbosa 192 Heliastraea 364,365 Madrepora 364,372 muricata 225, 234, 256, 480, 481 muricata var. cervicornis 482 var. palmata 483 murrayensis 481 ocellata 192 Orbicella 365,372,376,380 palifera 192 palmata 225, 234, 253, 254, 480, 482, 483 panamensis 201,209,234,480,522 pharaonis 192 forma arabica •.. 192 prolifera 480,482 pulchra 192 rosaria 481 saludensis 201,209,234,480,522 scherzeriana 192 spicifera 192 squarrosa 481 variabilis 192 Acroporidae 488,479 Actinacis 194, 202, 203, 206, 212, 486, 488 alabamiensis 201, 205, 206, 234, 488, 523 haueri 488 martiniana 486,488 rollei 194 acuta, Pocillopora 342 adunca, Orbiculina 294 affinis, Astroria 463, 466, 520 Lithohyllia 214 Mussa 214.215 Reussia 336 Stylopbora 213,215, 217, 21 9, 228, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 var. minor, Stylophora 334 Agaricia 253,426,427 agaricites 214, 232, 426, 515 var. crassa 225,232,427 var. gibbosa 427 var. purpurea . . 225, 232, 427, 428 var. pusilla 225,232,428 anguillensis 210, 428, 429, 430 crassa 427 Page. Agaricia dominicensis 217, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 fragilis var 427 nobilis 429,430 purpurea 427 sommeringii 433 undata 214 Aganciidae 425 agaricites, Agaricia 214,232,426 Madrepora 427 var. crassa, Agaricia 225, 232, 427 var. gibbosa. Agaricia 427 var. purpurea, Agaricia 232 var. pusilla, Agaricia . . . 225, 232, 427, 428 agassizi, Maeandra 419 Agathiphyllia 455, 456, 469 conglobata 455 depressa 455 explanata 455 agglutinans, Textularia 294 alabamensis, Oculina 352 alabamiensis, Actinacis 201, 205,206,234,486,488, 523 Turoinaria? 486 alcicornis, Millepora 225,236,507 Aldrichia 195 aldrichi, Archohelia 199 Oculina 353 Aldrichiella elegans 195 altissima, Heliastraea 375,379,380 Orbicella 230,362,363 Alveopora 201, 202, 203, 206, 211, 395 daedalaea 491 var. regularis 201,491 fenestrate 214 microscopica 492 regularis 491 alveolaris, Antiguastrea 230, 409, 410 Astrea 402,409,410 Phyllangia 409 alveolus, Placocyathus 212 americana, Astrangia (Phyllangia) 225 Orthophragmina 196 Phyllangia 409 Amphistegina 294 lessonii 294 ananas, Astrea 436 anguillensis, Agaricia 21 0, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 Cyathomorpha . . . 210, 234, 460, 461, 519 Pironastraea 204, 210,232. 432, 433, 434,516 Pontes . . , 209, 210, 236, 504, 505, 523, 254 I II INDEX. Page. angularis, Clavulina 294 angulata, Antilloseris 194 Seriatopora 191 angulosa, Mussa 214 annularis, A strea 364 (OrMcclla) 364 Explanaria 364 Heliastraca 364,365 Orbicella 214,215,223, ■228, 253, 254, 255, 256, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 368, 369, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 380, 396, 398, 400, 420, 510 var. stellulata, Orbicella 365 Madrepora '. 364 Madrepora 362 annulata, Cyathophyllia 202 anomala, Aster osmilia 213,354 Anfhopora 333 A nthophyllum distortum 425 Anthozoa 333 Antiguastrea 202, 203, 212, 363, 401, 402, 410 alveolaris 230,409,410 cellulosa 199,200, 204, 205, 206, 207, 210, 230, 395, 402, 404,405, 408, 409, 410, 415, 419, 468, 513,514 . var. curvata... - 200, 230,404,408,513 silecensis 205, 208, 230, 408,514 elegans 230,409,514 cellulosa var. silecensis 200 antiguensis A straea 363, 380, 415, 463, 466, 467, 519 Astreopora. 201, 205, 208, 234, 484, 485, 521 Astroria 520 Cyathomorpha 200, 204, 207, 234, 415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 Ooniastrca (?) 415 Heliastraca 200,463 Maeandra 200, 207, 230, 41 7, 421, 514 Pironastraea 200,204,432,434,516 antillarum, Astraea 379,381,388,393 Heliastraca 200,379 Orbicella 200, 230, 362, 363, 379, 393 Siderastrea crenulata var.. 214,436,446 Antillastraea 356 spongiformis 213,357,359 Antillia. . . . 200, 203, 206, 210, 211, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224 bilobata 214, 215, 217, 224, 377, 387 (?) clevei 194 (?) compressa 194 dentata 214 dubia 214,215,217,361 lonsdaleia 214 ponder osa 214 walli 212 Antilloseris angulata 194 cantabrigiensis 194 cyclolites 194 eocaenica 194 grandis 194 jamaicaensis 19-4 major 194 aperta, Heliastraca 386 Orbicella 230,362,363,386,512 Aplophyllia? 202 Page; appendiculatum, Flabellum 194 arabica, Acropora pharaonis forma 192 arbuscula, Caryophyllia 362; Cladocora 225,228,362 Archohelia 352,353 aldrichi 199 burnsi 195 harrisi 199 limonensis 222, 223, 288, 352, 353, 510 mississippiensis 199 neglecta 19& vicksbur gensis 1 99 arcuatus, Paracyathus 354 arcolata, Maeandra 419 Manicina 194, 215, 225, 230, 418, 419 argus, A strea 384 Explanaria 384 Orbicella 383 arnoldi, Pocillopora 208, 228, 343, 344, 509- aspera, Eusmilia 361 asperula, Madracis 345 Asteopora antiguensis 201 Asterosmilia 219, 354, 355 abnormalis ; . . . 213, 215, 217, 354 anomala 213,354 cornuta 213,354 exarata 200,207,213,215,218,354 exarata 213 hilli . . 212, 221, 288, 354, 355, 360, 361, 510 pourtalesi 194,354 profunda 212 prolif era 354 Astraea antiguensis 208 r 234, 363, 380, 463, 466, 467, 519, 520 antillarum 379,381,388,393 astroites 439 barbadensis 364,374,375 brevis 380,391 cellulosa 363,401,402 var. curvata 408 costata ... 387 crassolamellata 362, 469, 470, 472 var. magnetica. 472,474,476 magnifica 472 minor 472, 474, 477,478 nobilis 472,474 nugenti 472 nugenti 474,477 pulchella 472,474 cylindrica 380,385 endothecata 380,384,388 exsculpta 486 mcgalaxona 362 (Orbicella) annularis 364 excel sa 395 hyades 395 stellulata 372 1 par tana 438 radiata 393,395,439 var. intermedia 39$ siderea 444 tenuis 363,407,408,467 tricophylla 443 vesiculosa 388 astraeoides, For it eg 50$ INDEX. Ill Page. Astraeomorpha? " 202 Astraeopora 483 panicea 194,486 Astrangia 196, 202, 206 conradi 220 expansa 195 harrisi 195 lineata 220 ludoviciana 195 (Phyllangia) americana 225 Astrangiidae 361 Astrea 435,436 alveolar is 402, 409, 410 ananas 436 annularis 364 argus 384 confer ta 384 emarciata 351 faveolata 364 ga'axea 439 heliopora 469 inter septa 356 myriophthalma 483 marylandica 411 numisma 345 pleiades .- 400 retiformis 416 rochettina 454,456 rotulosa 436 siderea 443,444 - (Siderastrea) galaxea 439 siderea 443 astreoides, Pontes 211,219,223,225,236,253,503 Astreopora 202, 203, 206, 212, 483 antiguensis 205,208,484,485,521 goethalsi s ...... 209,234,483,521 myriophthalma 192 portoricensis ... 204, 208, 234, 485, 509, 521 Astrhelia 219,220,222,353 palmata 220 Astrocoenia 202, 203, 206, 212, 214, 345, 346, 348, 349, 358 decaturensis 200, 204,205,288,346,348,509 d'achiardii . 193, 194, 228, 346, 347, 350, 509 duerdeni 194,348 guantanamensis 200, 204,207,288,347, 509 incrustans 193, 194, 288, 347 meinzeri 204, 228, 349, 350, 509 multigranosa 195 ormta 200,346,348,349,350 ornata 350 p or tdricensis 200, 228, 350 pumpellyi 351 . ramosa 195 Astrocoeniidae 345 Astrohelia 195 burnsi 352,353 neglecta 352,353 ^twites, Astraea 439 Madrepora 383,439 j Astroria affinis 463, 466 antiguensis 415 polygonalis 415 auberiana, Quinquloculina 294 j Axhelia 345 mirabilis 345 ] bainbridgensis, Goniopora decaturensis var. 491,522 ?, Orbicella. 205, 230, 362, 363, 386,512 Orbicella 217,377 Balanophyllia 479 calyculus 479 caulifera 199 var. multigranosa. . . 199 elongata 199 irrorata 195 pittieri 221, 234, 360, 361, 479, 521 baracoaensis, Pocillopora 218,228,344,509 Porites 212,218,236,499,500,523 var. matazasensis, Porites 218, 236,500,523 barbadcnsis, Astraea 364,374,375 Heliastraea 201,365 barretti, Placocyathus 212,213,217 Barysmilia intermedia ' 213 belli, Cyathomorpha 200,234,459,460,519 bilobata, Antillia 214,215,217,224,377,387 Biloculina 294 blanckenhorni, Siderastraea 435 Bolivina 294 bottae, Leptastrea. 191 bournoni, Solenastrea 190,214,215, 217-219, 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 387, 398-401 bowersi, Maeandra 223,419 Brachyphyllia 455, 456, 469. Brachyphyllia . 470 depressa 455 dormitzeri 455,469 eckeli 469 glomerata 455 irregularis 469 braziliana, Orbicella 383 brevis, Astraea 380,391 Heliastraea 214,391 Orbicella. . . . 214, 215, 230, 362, 364, 391, 392, 513 Syzygophyllia 424 browni, Cyathomorpha 200,234,458,459,518 bulbosa, Pocillopora 191 burnsi, Archohelia 195 Astrohelia 352,353 cactus, Madrepora 430 Calamophyllia 202 caliculata, Plocophyllia 195 califorruca, Siderastrea 223,436,442 calyculus, Balanophyllia 479 canalis, Goniastrea 208,230,416,512 Goniopora 209,210,234,494,495,523 Orbicella 208, 210, 230, 364, 389, 390, 394, 512, 513 Stylophora 208,228,341,509 canadensis, Pulvinulina 294 cantabrigiensis, Antilloseris 194 Dendracis 194 car ibaea, Leptastrea 398,400 carpinetfi, Plesiastrea 398,400 carrizensis. Eusmilia 223 Porites 223 Caryophyllia arbuscida 3G2 cespitosa 361 dalli 195 cascadensis, Goniopora 208, 210, 236, 497, 523 f IV INDEX. Page. catadupensis, Trochoseris 194,426 caulifera, Balanophyllia 199 var. multigranosa, Balanophyllia. . 199 cavernosa, Hcliislraea 384 Madrepora 380,383,384 Orbicella 214, 215, 218, 230, 255, 362, 363, 379-381, 383-386, 392, 393, 463, 511 var. compacta, Orbicella 384 var. cylindrica, Orbicella 217, 223, 230, 337, 359, 362, 363, 377, 385, 386, 512 var. endothecata, Orbicella 223 230, 362, 363, 384-386, 394, 512 var. hirta, Orbicella 383 var. silecensis, Orbicella 390 var. tampaensis, Orbicella 390 cellulosa, Antiguastrea 199,200, 204-207, 210, 230, 395, 402, 404, 406, 408, 409, 410, 415, 419, 468, 513, 514 Astraea % 363,401,402 Heliastraea *. 200,402 Orbicella 403,407 var. curvata, Antiguastrea 200, 230, 404, 408, 513 Astraea 408 var. silecensis, Antiguastrea 200, 205,206,230,408,514 Ceratocyathus prolifer 354 Ceratotrochus duodecim-costatus 213 cerebriformis, Diploria 420 cerebrum, Madrepora 420 Maean-dro 420 Cerithium vaughani 387 cervicornis. Acropora 4S2 Acropora 482 murkata var 4S2 Madrepora 479,482 murkata fori ma 482 cespitosa, Caryophyllia 361 Circophyllia 194 clevei 194 compressa 194 Stylophora 194,333 circularis, Triloculina 294 Cladocora 210,361 arbuscula 225,228,362 johnsoni 222 recrescens 200 clarki, Siderastrea 436 clavaria, Porites 498 Porites porite" forma 498 Clavulina angularis 294 clavus, Pavona 435 clcvci, Antillia (?) 194 Circophyllia 194 O.oniopora 201 , 209, 210, 235, 236, 496, 497, 522 Palacotrochus 194 Turbinoscris 194 clivosa, Madrepora 419 Maeandra 222,225,232,417,419,420 Platygyra 419 cocosensis, Montipora 192 Coeloria den* elephant is 200 labyrinthiformis 200 Page. Coclosmilia 20S collegniana, Porites 214 Colpophyllia... 421 flexuosa gyrosa 422 taramellii 4: columnaris, Leptoria conferticosta var . 19 Siderastraea 435 Solenastraea 19, Solenstrea fairbanksi var 22S Columnastrea eyeri 194 Comoseris? 202, 43 compacta, Orbicella 511 Orbicella cavernosa var compressa, Antillia (?) 194 confer ta, Astrea 384 Isastraea 200,451 Orbicella 382 Siderastrea 200, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211 218, 234, 436-438, 447, 449-451, 453, 517 Stylophora 195,334 conferticosta. Diploria 194 Leptoria 194 var. columnaris, Leptoria 194 confusa, Isastraea 440 Siderastrea 232,436,437,440 conglobata, Agathiphyllia 455 Cyathomorpha 454 conradi, Astrangia 220 contorta, Stylophora 194,333 corbicula, Thysanns 214,215,423,424 cornuta, Asterosmilia 213,354 coryrnbosa, Acropora 192 costata, Astraea 387 Cyphastraea 214,364,365,374 Heliastraea 200,387 Orbicella 200,204,208, 210, 211, 230, 362, 363, 387, 389-394, 460, 512 costatus, Placocyathus 213,215,217 Plaeotrochus 212 crassa, Agarkia 427 agaricites var 225, 232, 427 Herpetolitha 192 Septastrea 220,222 crassisepta, Dichocoenia merriami var 223 crassolamellata, Astraea 362,469,470,472 Diploastrea 201 204-207, 234, 469, 474, 478, 520, 521 Heliastreaea 201,470 Orbicella 470 var. magnetica, Astraea 472 var. magnifica, Astraea 472 Astraea.... 474,476 Diploastrea . 201, 205,234,476,521 var. minor, Astraea 472, 474,477,478 var. nobilis, Astraea 472,474 var. nugenti, Astraea. 472,474,477 Diploastrea.... 201, 234,477, 478,521 var. pulchella, Astraea 472,474 crassoramosa, Pocillopora 213, 215, 217, 337, 342, 343, 359, 377, 385 I I INDEX. V Page. crenulata var. antillarum, Siderastrea 214,436 Siderastraea 446 crispata, Oulastrea 454 cristata, Madrepora 430 Pavona 4 cuneiforme, var. vrailesi, Flabelluiu 195 curvata, Antiguastrea cellulosa var 200, 230,404,403,513 Astraea cellulosa var 408 Astraea cellulosa 408 cyathiformis, IJeliastrcea 486 Multicolumnastraea 194 Cyathomorpha 202, 203, 212, 363, 331, 454, 455, 460, 461, 430 anguiilensis 204, 210,234,460,461,463,519 antiguensis 200. 204, 207, 234, 415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 belli : 200, 234, 459, 460, 519 browni 200,234,458,459,518 conglobata 454 hilli 200, 234, 467, 458, 459, 518 rochettina 234, 454.456,458,459,461,518 roxboroughi 210, 234, 461,463,469,519 splendens 200,342,460,519 tenuis . . 204, 234, 421, 466, 467, 468, 520 Cyathophyllia annulata 202 | tyathoseris 202 cyclolites, Antilloseris 194 cylindrica, Astraea 380,385 Heliastraea 214,385 Orbicella cavernosa var 217, 223, 230, 337, 359, 362, 385, 386, 512 Orbicella cavernosa var 377 Cyphastraea costata 214, 364, 365, 374 Cyphastrea boumoni 401 hyades 401 microphthalma 191,374 oblita 373,374,398,400 savignyi 439 d'achlardii, Astrocoenia 193, 194,288,346,347,350,509 daedalaea, A Iveopora 491 var. regularis, A Iveopora 201,491 dalli, Caryophyllia 195 Siderastrea . . 222, 223, 232, 438, 437, 450, 451, 517 damicornis, Pocillopora 191 danai, Pavona 192 debilis, Stephanocoenia 357-359 decactis, Madracis 217,337,359,377,385 decaturensis, Astrocoenia., 200 204, 205, 288, 346. 3 48, 509 Goniopora . . . 204-206, 234, 490, 491 , 522 var. bainbridgensis, Goniopora. 491. 522 var. silicensis, Goniopora 491,522 Dendracis 202 cantabrigiensis 194 dendroidea Stephanocoenia 214 Dendrophyllia 199, 201 diaphana 192 willeyi 192 denselephantis, Coeloria 200 dens-elephantis, Maeandra 200 j Page. dentata, A ntillia 214 Syzygophyllia 214, 215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 depressa, Agatbiphyllia 455 Brachyphyllia 455 diaphana, Dendrophyllis 192 Dichocoenia 202,222,223,360 merriami 223 var. crassisepta 223 porcata 360 stokesi 223,229,360 tuberosa. . 213, 215, 217, 221, 228, 360, 509 diehotoma, Millepora 192 diffusa, Oculina 225,22S,352 Dimorphastrea? 202 Diploastrea 212, 363, 436, 454, 463, 469 crassolamellata 201, 204-207, 234 , 469,474,478, 520, 521 var. magnifica. . . 201, 205,234,476, 521 \ ar. nugenri 201, 234,477,478, 521 heliopora 234, 469, 520 Viploria 418,423 cercbrifoi mis 420 conferticosta 194 intermedia * 423 Diplothecastraea monitor 200 discoides, Pironastraea 432 Discorbis vilardeboana 294 distam, Plesiastraca 214,398,401 Stylophora 195,333 distortum, Anthophyllum 425 divaricata, Porites 222,500 dorainicei sis, Agaricia 217,232,428-430,515 Siderastrea siderea var 232, 438,447,516 dormitzeri, Brachyphyllia 455, 469 douvillei, Porites 209, 236, 501, 523, 524 dubia, Antillia 214,215,217,361 dubium, Flabellum 214 duerdeni, Astrocoenia 194, 348 Stylocoenia 194,345 dumblei, Maeandra 206, 230, 418, 514 duodccim-costatux, Ceratotrochus 213 Echinolampas semiorbis 210 Echinopora 371 franksi 365,369,371,510 lamellosa 191 ecVreli, Brachyphyllia 469 ele/aus, Aidrichiella 195 Antiguastrea 230,409,514 hastraea 402,409 Pocillopora 191 Stephanocoenia 195 Stylangia 410 Thysanus 212 elliptica, Leptaxis 203 ellisii, SolenaHrea 398,400 elongata, Balanophyllia 199 emarciata,Astrea 351 Endopachys 211,395 maclurii 196 var. triangulare 196 minutum 196 shaleri 196 VI INDEX. endothecata, Astraea 380,384,388 Hcliastraea 214,384 Orbicella 362 cavernosa var 223, 230,363,384,386,394,512 eocaenica, Antilloseris 194 Epismilia? 202 erosa, Pontes 505 Eumadrepora 480 Euphyllia 200,202,203 Eupsammiidae 479 Eusmilia 361 aspera 361 carrizensis 223 fastigiata 223, 225, 228, 361 knorri 361 Eusmiliidac 354 exarata, Asterosmilia 200,207,213,215,218,354 exaratum, Flabelluin 213 excelsa, A[stracd] Orbicella 395 OrbicHla 395-397 excentricus, Thysanus 212,219,232,377,423,424 exesa, Hydnophora 191 expansa, Astrangia 195 Explanaria annularis 364 argus 384 galaxea...: 439 radiata 384 explanata, AgathiphyJlia 455 exsculpta, Astraea - 486 Hcliastraea 486 eyeri Columnastrea 194 eydouxi Pocillopora 191 fairbanksi, Solenastrea 223 Stephanocoenia 190 var. columnaris, Solenastrea 223 var. minor, Solenastrea 223 var. normalis, Solenastrea 223 fastigiata, Eusmilia 223,225,228,361 Madrepora 361 faveolata, Astrea 364 Madrepora 364,372 Favia 194,412,436 fragum 225,230,253,412 leptophylla 414 macdonaldi 206, 207, 230, 413, 414, 514 speciosa 191 stelligera 191 Faviidae 412 Favites 212,222,414,415 abdita 191 melicerum 191 mexicana 206,230,414,415,514 polvgonalis 200,205,230,415 vaughani 220 Favoidea ju ngh uhni 201 favosa, Lepidocyclina 203 fenestrata, Alveopora 214 filograna, Maenndrina 214 Flabellum 213 appendiculatum 194 cuneiforme var. wailesi 195. dubium 214 exaratum 213 magnocostatum 199 rhomboideum 199 flexuosa, Colpophyllia 423 Page. flintensis, Orthophraginina 196,197 floridana, Orthophragmina 196 Phyllangia 222 foliosa, Montipora 192 forbesi, Septastrea 411 formosa, Stephanocoenia 358 fragilis, Leptoseris 431 var., Agaricia 427 fragum, Favia 225,230,253,412 Madrepora 412 frariksi, Echinopora 365,369,371,510 Fungia fungites 192 scutaria 192 fungites, Fungia 192 furcata, Porites 222,225,236,499,500 Porites pontes forma 499 gabbi, Orbicella 230,352,363,394,515 Galaxea 211,395 Astrea 439 (Siderastrea) 439 Explanaria 439 Madrepora 439 Siderastraea 439,440 Siderastrea 440 Siderina 439 gatunensis, Oculina 190 georgiana, Orthophragmina , 196 gibbosa, Agaricia agaricites var 427 gigas, Lepidocyclina 203 globosa, Plesiastraea 214,399,401 glomerata, Brachyphyllia 455 Gh/phastrae 411 goethalsi, Astreopora 209,234,483,521 Stylophora 208,228,338,339,508 goodei, Plesiaslraea 357, 359 Gombertangia 202 Goniastrea 202,416 (?) antiguensis 415 canalis 208,230,416,512 reussi 200 variabilis 194,416 Goniopora. . . . 191, 194, 201-203, 206, 207, 210-212, 219, 222-224, 266, 395, 488, 490-493, 496, 498 canalis 209, 210, 234, 494, 495, 523 cascadensis 201, 208, 210, 236, 497, 523 Clevei 201, 209, 210, 236, 496, 497, 522 decaturensis. . . . 204-206, 234, 490, 491, 522 var. bainbridgensis 491, 522 var. silicensis 491,522 hilU 209,234,488,489,522 imperatoris 209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 jacobiana 219,234,377,493,522 panamensis 209, 210, 234, 48.S, 522 pendunculata 488 portoricensis . . . 201, 204, 234, 495, 497, 523 regularis 201,234,491,492 var. microscopica. . 201, 234, 492 ? tenuis 201 gracilis, Leptoria 421 grandi flora, Parastraea - - - 436 grandis, Antilloseris 194 Siderastrea 214,436,444 Teleiophyllia 214 Thysanus 214,215,217,377 granulata. Stylophora 195,212, 217, 218, 228, 334, 337, 340, 341, 343, 344, 387, 501 INDEX. VII Page. granulosa, Reussastraea 430 i, Syzygophyllia 212, 214,215,217,377, 387,425 rumia 202 tanamensis, Astrocoenia 200, 204,207,288,347,509 Pocillopora 204, 228, 344, 509* rosa, Colpophyllia 422 Madrepora 421,422 Manicina 225, 232, 255, 422, 423 imiana, Psammocora 192 aloseris 200,212 "risi, Archohelia 199 Astrangia 195 Oculina 352 ueri, Actinacis 488 yesi, Syzygophyllia 193, 232, 424, 425, 515 Thysanus 218,232,424,509 eliastraea 464 abdita 374 acropora 364,365 altissima 375, 379, 380 annularis 364,365 antiguemis 200,463 antillarum 200,379 aperta 3S6 barbadensis 201,355 brevis 214,391 cavernosa 384 cellulosa 200,402 costata^. 200,387 crassolamellata 201,470 cyathiformis 486 cylindrica 214,385 endothecata 214,384 esculpta ' 486 insignis 200,392 irradiam 394,395 lamarcki 364,365,374 radiata .'. 200 rotulosa 374 stellulata 373,510 tenuis 200,467 Tieliopora, Astrea 469 Diploastrea 234, 469, 520 henekeni, Paracyathus 213, 214 Herpetolitha erassa 192 Heterastraea 402 Eetcrastraea 402 michelottina 402 tenuilamellosa 402 Heterosteginoides 210 hexagonalis, Siderastrea 436 him, Asterosmilia. . 212, 221, 288, 354, 355, 360, 361, 510 Cyathomorpha 200,234,457-459,518 Goniopora 209,234,488,489,522 Trochosmilia 194,195 hillsboroensis, Siderastrea 211 219, 232, 437, 442, 443,517 hirata, Orbicella cavernosa var 383 lispidula, Orbicella 365,368,369,510 Holangia 202 howei, Porites (Synaraea) 209, 236, 505, 524 hyades,A[straea] Orbicella 395 Cyphastrea 401 Orbicella , 396,397 Solenastrea 211, 219, 222, 223, 230, 395, 396 Page. Hydnophora 202 exesa 191 microconos 191 Hydnophyllia 202 Hydrocorallinae 507 Hydrozoa 507 immersa, Leptastrea 191 tmperatoris, Goniopora .... 209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 Orbicella.. 208, 210, 230, 362, 363, 378, 390, 511 Stylophora . . 208, 210, 228, 334-336, 338, 508 inerustans, Astrocoenia 193,194,288,347 Stephanocoenia 194,347 informis, Montipora 192 insignifica, Turbinolia 199 insignis, Heliastraea 200,392 Orbicella. . 200, 207, 230, 362-364, 392-394, 513 Physoseris 194 Trochosmilia 194 intermedia, Barysmilia 213 Diploria 423 Manicina 423 Orbicella 200 230,352-364, 390, 393, 394, 513 interse pta , A strea 356 Madrepora 356,357 Stephanocoenia. .212, 213, 215, 217, 219, 221 224, 228, 255, 256, 337, 356-361, 377, 385 irradians, Heliastraea 394,395 Orbicella 230, 391, 394, 395. 513 Phyllocoenia 394,395 irregularis, Brachyphyllia 469 irrorata, Balanophyllia 195 Isastraea 436 conferta 200,451 confusa 440 elegans 409 tenuistriata 452 turbinate 190 turbinata 402,403,406,514 elegans 402 Isopora muricata 482 forma palmata 483 jacksonensis Platycoenia 195 jacobiana, Goniopora 219,234,378,493,522 j amaicaensis, Antilloseris 194 j ohnsoni, Cladocora -. 222 junghuhni, Favoidea 201 knorri, Eusmilia 361 labato-rotundata, Stylocoenia 200 labyrintliica, Madrepcra 420 labyrinthiformis, Ceoloria 200 Madrepora 417,420 Maeandra 223. 253,255,256,419,420,423 lamarcki, Heliastraea 364,365,374 Lamellastraea sniythi 200 lainellosa, Echinopora 191 larvata, Planorbulina 294 latcro-spinosus, Trochocyathus 213 leonensis, Mesocyon? 220 Parahippus 220 Lepidocyclina 197, 203, 210, 211, 260, 387 favosa 203 gigas 203 undosa.... 203 undulata..' 203 VIII INDEX. Page. Leptastrea bottae 191 caribaea 398,400 immersa 191 purpurea 191 Leptaxis 202,203 elliptica 203 Leptomeryx? 220 Leptomussa 200,202,203,212,2.18 leptophylla, Favia 414 Leptophyllia? 202 Leptoria 212,421 conferticosta 194 var. columnaris 194 gracilis 421 phrygia 191,421 profunda 194 spenceri 200,204,232,421,515 Leptoseris 200,212.431 fragilis 431 portoricensis 204,232,431,515 lessonii, Amphistegina 294 levis, Montipora 192 lichen, Porites 192 limbata, .' a ! prolifer, Ceratocyaihus 354 1 Protethmos? 194 I Psammocora haimiana 192 ! pugnas, Orthanlax 205, 210, 211 pulciieila, Astraea crassolamellata var 472, 474 pulcher, Steriphonotrochus 199 pulchra, Acropora 192 Pulvinulina canariensis 294 pumpellyi, Astrocoenia 351 Stylocoenia 200,205,228,351 pu rpurea, A garicia 427 Agaricia agaricites var. 225,232,427,428 Leptastrea 191 pusilla, Agaricia agaricites var 225, 232, 428 Quinqueloculina auberiana 294 oblonga 294 reticulata 29i radians, A siraea 439 Madrepora 435,439 Siderastraca 439 Siderastrea 225, 232, 360, 436, 437, 439, 440, 442, 444, 516 radiata, Astraea 393 Astrea 395- Explanaria 384, Heliastraea 200 Orbicella 385 (Madrepora) 382,383 var. intermedia, Astraea 393 XII INDEX. Page. ramea, Plesiastraea 365,375,376,511 ramosa, Astrocoenia 195 Montipora 192 Pontes 194 raristella, Stylophora 213,215,334 recrescens, Cladocora 200 regularis, Alveopora 491 Alveopora daedaleaxav 201,491 Goniopora 201, 234, 491, 492 var. microscopica, Goniopora. 201, 234, 492 reticulata, Quinqueloculina 294 retiformis, A street 416 Reussastraea . 430 granulosa 430 reussi, Goniastrea 200 Stephanocoenia 200, 416 Tteussia 345 affinis 336 Rhabdocyathus 481 Rhabdophyllia 202 Rhizangia 206 rhomboideum, Flabellum 199 rocheitina, Astrea 454,456 Cyathomorpha 234, 454,456,458, 459,461,518 rollei, A ctinacis 194 rosaria, Acropora 481 rotulosa, Astrea 436 Heliastraea 374 roxboroughi, Cyathomorpha 210, 234, 461,463,469,519 saludensis, Acropora 201, 209, 234, 488, 522 savignyi, Cyphastraea 439 sayanus, Pecten 220 scherzeriana, Acropora 192 sculpta, Phyllocoenia 214 vax.tegula, Phyllocoenia... 369,375,377,511 scutaria, Fungia 192 semiorbis, Echinolarapas 210 Septastrea 222,226,333,411,412 crassa 220,222 forbesi 411 marylandica 211,220,411,412 matsoni 211,230,411,412,511 subramosa 411 Seriatopora angulata 191 Seriatoporidae 333 shaleri, Fndopachys 196 Siderastrea 267,435,436,444,451 californica 223, 435, 442 clarki 436 confusa 232, 436, 437, 440 conferta 200,204,207, 20S, 210, 211, 218, 234, 436, 437, 438, 447, 449, 450,451,453,517 crenulata var. antillarnm 214 var. antillnrnm 436 -dalli . . . 222, 223, 232, 437, 438, 450, 451, 517 galaxea Astrea 439 hexagonalis 436 hillsboroensis 211,219, 232,437, 438,442,443,51 7 maldivensvi 435 mcndcnhalli 223,430 var. minor 223,430 pariana 232, 136,437, m Siderastrea pliocenica 223, 232, 437, 441, 442, 450, 451, 51 pourtalesi 232, 437, 440, 5 radians 22 232, 360, 436, 437, 439, 440, 442, 444, 51 siderea .... 212, 214, 215,217, 219,225, 23: 253 , 255, 256, 377, 3S7, 436, 437, 438,441 443, 444, 446, 447, 449, 451, 453, 516, 51. (Siderastrea) siderea, Astrea 4' var. dominicensis ... 23 447,438,51 silecensis. . . . 205, 210, 211, 219, 232, 437 438, 443, 444, 447, 449, 450, 451, 4.53, 51 stellata 232,436,437,440,51 Siderastraea 43 blanckenhorni 43 columnaris 43 crenulata var. antillarum. 44 galaxea grandis 214,436,44 micrommata 43! siderea 440,44 siderea, Siderastrea 225,44 Astraea 443.44 Madrepora 44 Pavonia 44 Siderastrea 212, 214,21 5, 21< 219, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377, 387, 436, 437 438, 443, 444, 446, 447, 449, 451 , 453, 516, 51: var. dominicensis, Siderastrea 23i 430,447,51 Astrea (Siderastrea) 44 Siderina galaxea 43 Sideropora 33 silecensis, Antiguastrea cellulosa var 205,200,230, 108,51 Goniopora decaturensis var 491,52 Orbicclla cavernosa var tampaensis var 21( 230, 362, 3(M, 390, 391, 51 Siderastrea 205,210,211,219,235 437, 438, 443, 444, 447, 449, 450, 451, 453,51 singleyi, Oculina 35 sinuosmma, Maeandrina 21 smithi, Oculina? 35 smythi, Lamcllastraea 2C Solenastrea 202, 211, 214, 373, 374 boumoni 190, 21 !, 215, 217, 218, 21f 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 3 47, 31'S, 40 ellisii 398,40 fairbanksi var. columnaris 22 var. minor 22 var. normalis 22 hya ICS.... 211,219,222,223,230,395,39 micans 393,40 tampaensis 21 Solenustraea columnaris 19 turonensis 20 verhelsti 21 solida. Pontes 19 somalicnsis, Pontes 19 sommcrinqii, Agiricin. 43 speciosa, Fa via 19 spenceri, I.eptoria 200,201,232,421,51 Page. 2 Sphenotrochus 212 A •spicifera Acropora : 192 >ti splendens, Cyathomorpha 203, 234, 460, 519 spongi/ormis , Anfillastraea 213,357,359 jpongiformis, Pleshstraea 357 spumosa, Montipora 192 •squarrosa, Acropora 481 Siderastraea 440 4 stellata, Siderastrea 232,436,437,440,516 ^ stelligera, Favia 191 3j stellulata, Astraea (Orbicella) 372 Heliastraea 373,510 Madrepora 373 Sf Orbicella 373 annularis var ." 365 ^ Stephanocoenia 348,356,358 debilis 357,358,359 dendroidea 214 elegans 195 n fairbanksi 190 formosa 358 incr us-tans 194,347 intersepta 212,213,215, 217, 219, 221, 224, 228, 255, 256, 337, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 377, 385 michelini 357,359 reussi 200,416 tenuis 201 Stephanosmilia 202, 203 Stephanosmilia 203 Steriphonotrochus pulcher 199 stokesi, Dichocoenia 223,229,360 •striatopunctata, Polystomella 294 strigosa, Maeandra 214, 222, 232, 253, 255, 256, 420 Macandrina 420 Stylangia 410 elegans 410 panamensis 203,230,390,401,511 Stylina 202,376 limbata 375 Stylocoenia 202, 203, 210, 212, 351 duerdeni 194, 345 labato-rotundata 200 pumpellyi 200,205,228,351 '•■Stylopkoridae 333 'Stylophora : 202,203 206, 210, 211, 213, 215, 217, 219, 222, 223, 224, 333, 338, 340, 359, 377, 395 affinis 213,215,217,219, 223, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 var. minor 334 canalis 203,228,341,509 compressa 194,333 conferta 195,334 contorta 194,333 distans 195,333 goethalsi 208, 228, 333, 339, 509 granulata 195, 212, 217, 218, 228, 334, 337, 340, 311, 343, 344, 377, 3S7, 501 imperatoris 208, 210, 228, 334, 335, 335, 338, 508 macdonaldi 208, 228, 339, 340, 508 minuta 334 minutissima. 205,206,334 minor 213,215,339 INDEX. XIII St ylophora 77? irabilis 334,345 panamensis 208,228,335,508 ponderosa 200, 206, 228, 334, 342 portobellensis 221, 228, 338, 509 raristella 213, 215, 334 tuberosa 195,334 subcurvata Trochosmilia 194 subramosa, Septastrea 411 suwaneensis, Pecten. . . » 206 Synaraea 505 (Synaraea) howei, Pontes 209,212,236,505,524 macdonaldi, Porites 209, 210, 236, 506, 524 Syzygophyllia .... 211, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224, 424, 425 b re vis 424 dentata 214, 215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 gregorii. 212, 214, 215, 217, 377, 387, 425 hayesi 193, 232, 424, 425, 515 tampaensis, Orbicella 210, 230, 362, 364, 390-392, 395, 513 Orbicella cavernosa 390 Solenastrea 211 var. silecensis, Orbicella 210, 230,362,364,390,391,513 tararncllii, Colpophyllia 423 tegula, Phyllocoenia limbata var 365 sculpta var 375,377 sculpta var 369,511 Teleiophyllia 1 423 grandis 214 navicula 214 enuilamellosa, Hetcrastraea 402 tenuis, Astraea 363,407,408,467 Cyathomorpha^ .... 204, 234, 421, 466-468, 520 Goniopora?....' 201 Heliastraea 200,467 Orbicella 407,467,468 Pocillopora 200,342,343 Stephanocoenia 201 tenuistriata, Isastraea : 452 Textularia agglutinans 294 Thamnasteria? 202 theresiana, Orbicella 190 Thysanus 212, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224, 423 corbicula 214,215,423,424 elegans 212 execntricus 21 2, 219, 232, 377, 423, 424 grandis 214,215,217,377 hayesi , 218, 232, 424, 509 navicula 214,215 toulai, Porites 209,236,501,502,524 triangulare, Endopachys maclurii var 196 tricophylla, Astraea 443 Triloculina circularis 294 linneana 294 Trochocyathus abnormalis 213,354 latero-spinosus 213 lunulitiformis 195 var. montgom- eriensis 195 profundus 354 Trochoseris 202, 212, 425, 426 catadupensis 194,426 meinzeri 204,207,232,426,515 XIV INDEX. Page. Trochosmilia 202 hilii 194,195 insignis t , 194 subcunata ' 194 Truncatulina 294 tuberosa, Dichocoenia. 213,215,217,221,228,360,509 Stplophora 195,334 Turbinaria (?) alabamiensis 486 turbinate, Isastraea 190 Isastraea 402,403,406,514 Turbinolia insignifica 199 pharetra 195 Turbinoseris clcvei 194 turonensis, Solenastraca 201 Turritella 411 Ulopfiyllia macrogyra 194 undata, Agaricia 214 Madrepora 426 undosa, Lepidocyclina 203 undulata, Lepidocyclina 203 variabilis, Acropora 192 Goniastrea 194,416 Placocy athus . . . 213-215, 21?, 359, 361, 429 Page. varians, Pavona 192 varicosa, Oculina 225,228,352 vaughani, Ceritbium 387 Favites 22G Orthophragmina 196 Paracy athus 22C vesiculosa, Astraea 38? versipora, Orbicella 191 verrucosa, Tocillopora 19] leriilli, Pontes 50c verhelsli, Sclenastraea 21-5 vicksbur^ensis, Archohelia 195 Oculina 351 vilardeboana, Discorbis 294 viridis, Macandra 42( Plalygyra 42( wailesi, Flabellum cuneiforrne var 19f walli, Antillia 215 Antillia 224 willcoxi, Forites 211 willeyi, Dendrophyllia 191 willoughbiensis, Manicina. 200,232,422,423,514,511 woodjonesi, Pocillopora 19] SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 ONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE STRAT- IGRAPHIC RELATIONS OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BEDS By DONALD FRANCIS MacDONALD Formerly Geologist of the Canal Commission Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 525-545, with Plates 153-154 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1919 CONTENTS. Page. ntroduction 525 edimentary formations 526 Eocene (?) 526 Bas Obispo formation 526 Las Cascadas agglomerate 526 Oligocene 526 Bohio conglomerate 526 Culebra formation 527 Cucuracha formation 527 Emperador limestone 531 Caimito formation 531 Miocene 531 Gat u n formation 531 Panama formation 532 Pliocene 532 Toro limestone 532 Chagres sandstone 532 Pleistocene 532 escriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama 532 Section in canal cut 600 feet south of Miraflores Locks 533 Section at Canal Commission station 2089 south of Miraflores Locks 533 Section, north end of Miraflores Locks 534 Section, Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge 534 Section at Bald Hill near Miraflores Locks 534 Section along east side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1843 to 1850 535 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1775 to 1756 535 Section on west side of Canal Commission station 1720, near Empire, to 1740 near Culebra 536 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascades, Canal Commission stations 1617 to 1597 537 Sections in cuttings of Panama Railroad near Caimito Junction 539 Railroad cut near stream about midway between Rio Frijol and Rio Frijolito 539 Section in railway cuts near New Frijoles 540 Section showing chief railway cuttings and outcrops along the Panama Railroad between Bohio and Monte Lirio 540 Exposure a quarter of a mile northwest of old Bohio railroad station 541 Exposure opposite old Bohio railroad station, north side of the railroad track 541 Section at Peiia Blanca, about one mile below Bohio, on the west side of Chagres River 541 Section at Vamos a Yamos, 2^- miles below Bohio, west side of Chagres River 542 IV CONTENTS. Descriptions of local sections across the Isthmus of Panama — Continued. Section on Panama Railroad from Monte Lirio to outcrop of Gatun forma- tion on south side of Big Swanip Section showing Gatun formation, one-quarter to one-half mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio Large railway cutting a quarter of a mile from Camp Cotton toward Monte Lirio In the next two exposures going toward Camp Cotton Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun Generalized sections of the bluffs exposed along the Panama Railroad, re- located line, about 3.500 feet south of Gatun railroad station Section from top of hill at western end of Gatun dam to bottom of the spill- way Section at west end of the spillway Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Hill Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station Section of bluff at end of Toro Point Section one-third mile south of southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF THE PANAMA CANAL ZONE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE STRATI- GRAPHIC RELATIONS OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BEDS. By Donald Francis MacDonald, Formerly Geologist of the Canal Commission. INTRODUCTION. The following summary statement regarding the stratigraphio geology of the Canal Zone is intended to make clear the stratigraphic relations of the deposits from which the fossils described in the accompanying memoirs were obtained. The descriptions of the successive formations are taken from my paper entitled "Some i engineering problems of the Panama Canal in their relation to geology and topography," 1 except that Dr. T. W. Vaughan has i changed the age classification of the formations as published in the bulletin cited by referring the Bohio conglomerate to the Oligocene and by placing the Gatun and Panama formations in the Miocene. The small scale map (pi. 153), scale about 5 miles to 1 inch, is a republication of the map contained in the same paper, of which it is plate 4. It should be noted here that the Culebra formation out- crops at locality station 6024, below the Emperador limestone, on Rio Agua Salud; locality station 6025, Bohio Ridge; locality station 6026, about 2 miles southwest of Monte Lirio; and locality station 6027, in the old site of Bohio before the relocation of the Panama Railroad. The position of each of these stations is shown on plate 154. The electrotypes for figures 26 and 27 were loaned by the United States Bureau of Mines. The detailed descriptions of the local stations, which follow the accounts of the geologic formations, except that of Bald Hill, near Miraflores Locks, were made more or less jointly by Doctor Vaughan and myself. The study of these exposures by both of us supplies to Doctor Vaughan the basis for the accurate placing of the fossils obtained in their stratigraphic relations. He prepared the key map of localities here reproduced as plate 154. "U.S. Bureau of Mines Bull. 86, pp. 83, 29 pis., 9 figs., 1915. Particularly pp. 17-26. 525 526 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. The localities for tlie fossils are indicated as the station number! in the United States National Museum record book for Cenozoi invertebrate fossils. In order to obviate confusion, as the Cam Commission also had station numbers, the United States Nations Museum numbers are printed in heavy-faced types in the descrip tions of the exposures, while the Canal Commission n umbers ar printed in italics. SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. Eocene (?). BAS OBISPO FORMATION. ■lde 6 I The Bas Obispo formation is the oldest Isthmian formation, so fa as is known, and although referred doubtfully to the Eocene it ma; be of pre-Tertiary age. It was formed of rock fragments and as! blown from old volcanic vents. The debris settled over the sur rounding region and was subsequently cemented into fairJy har< rock by the slow-acting processes of rock cementation. Locally i shows some rough bedding and some rounded water-worn fragments In composition it belongs to the andesitic tuff group of rocks although locally it might be classed as andesitic breccia. It outcrop: extensively at Bas Obispo and near old Panama, and small outcrop rise above the alluvium near Miraflores and Diablo Ridge. LAS CASCADAS AGGLOMERATE. The Las Cascadas agglomerate also had its origin in f ragmen ta rock material blown from volcanic vents and later washed down intc different beds and masses. It rests unconformably on the Bas Obispc formation, is much less consolidated and cemented than the latter, anc is of much more recent origin. It is a greenish to gray, basic agglom erate, which contains large and small subangular fragments in t fine-grained groundmass of volcanic clay and tuff. The whole is arranged in massive to roughly bedded deposits, often unconformable with each other. Interbedded with these deposits are andesitk flow-breccias, some fine-grained grayish and some coarse-grained dark andesitic flows, and a few easily crumbled lava-mud flows which show columnar jointing where exposed in the canal. The whole is cut by large and small basalt dikes. The formation outcrops extensively along the canal between Empire and Las Cascadas. Oligocene. bohio conglomerate. The Bohio conglomerate consists of beds containing water-worn cobblestones and pebbles. These beds are separated from each other by layers of sandstone and clay rock. The lower part of the forma tion contains more cobbles and pebbles than the upper part and seems GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 527 "eft to be largely a product of running water. It is generally fairly well zoil bedded, though locally massive, and contains hard boulders, up to a ad few feet in diameter, of andesitic, dioritic, and other igneous rocks, lal The upper part of this formation is of the same general composi- nw tion as the lower part, but contains some beds of dark-gray clay marl an which contain fossil Foraminifera. The cobbles, boulders, and gravel are from cherts, andesites, and diorites, and were derived from the I older intrusive masses of igneous rock now found at intervals along the central part of the Isthmus. The formation must be at least 1,000 feet thick, and it outcrops extensively in the vicinit}^ of Bohio and near Caimito Junction, fji Though not outcropping in the Gaillard Cut, it was encountered in J many of the cuts near Bohio on the new line of the Panama Railroad. wf CULEBRA FORMATION. 1 The Culebra formation contains an upper and a lower member. T The lower member consists of dark, well-laminated beds of soft shales, marls, and carbonaceous clays, with some pebbly, sandy, and tufaceous layers. There are a few thin beds of lignitic shale, but the whole upper part of the formation contains considerable organic matter. It outcrops in Gaillard Cut near Culebra and near Pedro Miguel. The upper member consists of calcareous beds and lenses ranging in character from sandy limestone to calcareous sandstone, 3 to 10 feet thick, separated by partings of dark carbonaceous clays and fine-bedded tuffs. Locally this formation gives off a little natural gas and in some small areas it shows slightly bituminous shales. CUCURACHA FORMATION. The Cucuracha formation is here described in considerable detail, because in it not only the Cucuracha slide but also the big Culebra slides developed. It is so named because of being the site of the Cucuracha slide and because it is typically exposed near Cucuracha village. The formation consists of a dark green, massive and locally bedded, slightly indurated, volcanic clay rock of andesitic composition. It is a land-deposited formation, overlying the marine Culebra formation, from which it is separated by 10 to 20 feet of slightly indurated gravel. It is the upper part of what Hill 1 and Howe 2 called the Culebra formation. 1 Hill, R. T., Geological history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica, Museum Com- parative Zoology Harvard College Bull., vol. 28, 1898. * Howe, Ernest, Canal Commission Ann. Rept. 1907, Appendix E, pp. 10S-13S; Isthmian geology of the Panama Canal, Econ. Geol., vol. 2, 1907, pp. 639-658; Geology of the Isthmus of Panama, Amer. Journ. Bci., ser. 4, vol. 26, 1908, pp. 212-237. 528 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SUCCESSION OF BED ROCKS. Pleistocene. Pliocene. Miocene. 11. {c. River alluvium, b. Muds and silts, a. Gravel. Toro 1 limestone. | She11 marl and "^stone. formation*. } Li ^ ht colored tuff beds, argillite, etc. - 10. :v ; .Vh;:-.\v Oiigocene. Tratun ( c - Clay beds. n ft5m}fn |e. Sandstone. asss. fc ass—-* 6 * Umeltone 1 } Marine limestone, many corals. 5 - formation* } Land formed clay rocks, lava flow, etc. 4 * formation } Marme carbonaceous shale, clay, tuffs, limy sandstone. Bohio ^Coarse and fine conglomerate and sandstone beds. f» Eocene? Miocene? (Mostly). conglomerate. Y 2 Las Cascadas \ Volcanic debris, mud-lava, some flows and dikes of • agglomerate. / andesite. 1- lESSS }V0leanic breccia. SUCCESSION OF IGNEOUS ROCKS. 6. Basalt. ^o^o ^ 5. Meta-breccia. 4. Rhyolite. H 3. Andesite. (?) H 2 - Diorite. l, Grandiorite. Tig. 26— ROCK succession in the Canal Zone. (From U. S. Bureau of Mines Bull. 86.) GEOLOLGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 529 GAM BOA ^V3A5 OBISPO LAS CASCAOAS (Bey of Psna/na) PACJF/C OCEAN SOOTH y U ! ATLANT/C OCEAAf :^\| .*• ."•*. jyl*' Caribbean 3eal . : .: MOM BAY? GAT UN 30 H fO ODD, ^'o Chag.- weakness and mobility and are one of the factors that have caused n maximum sliding in this formation. In contrast with the clays of ml the Culebra formation, these rocks are massive, largely of terrestrial origin, contain little organic matter outside of the few lignitic shale m beds mentioned, have a greenish color from a high chlorite content, iitj and are much more given to sliding than the other rocks. EMPERADOR LIMESTONE. The Emperador is a light-colored, fairly pure limestone. It lies -Kj unconformable on several of the older beds. Its outcrops are comparatively small and weather locally into a pitted and platy lr condition. Near Las Cascadas a section cut by the canal shows the limstone, about 25 feet thick, overlying the upper part of the ad Culebra formation. It outcrops northwest of Empire, south of Las Cascadas, on the new line of the Panama Railroad near San Pablo, near Frijoles, in the swamp southeast of Diablo Ridge, and extensively near Alhajuela. CAIMITO FORMATION. The Caimito formation, which overlies the Emperador limestone, consists of three members, as follows: (a) A basal light-gray, soft, argillaceous, or clay-like, sandstone, which grades upward into a yellowish argillitic sandstone that is bluish gray on fresh fracture; (b) a peculiarly calcareous conglomerate with some fragments of much decayed basic rock, which locally give a bright-green stain to small patches of the formation; (c) a light-colored to yellowish argil- laceous sandstone fairly well bedded. The upper argillitic sandstone is the rock that outcrops in the Chagres River at Barbacoas, near San Pablo. Beds a, b, and c m&y be seen in the section at Bald Hill, north of Miranores. Bed b outcrops extensively at San Pablo and near the site of the proposed wireless telegraph station opposite San Pablo. The formation does not outcrop at all in Gaillard Cut. Miocene. GATUN FORMATION. The Gatun formation consists of three members, as follows: [a) About 500 feet of marls and argillites, or clay rocks, and some 3eds of soft sandstone and conglomerate; this member is bluish gray but locally contains many brown specks, indicating fragments )f organic material: it is rich in the fossil shells of ancient marine ife; (b) mostly fine, soft sandstone, about 100 feet thick, containing i few fossils; (c) light to creamy gray indurated clay beds. The formation is extensive and constitutes the foundation on vhich the Gatun Locks are built. Fortunately, its fineness of grain enders it relatively impervious to ground water. The upper part 532' BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. of the formation weathers into red clay, and it covers the solid rock to a depth of 10 to 25 feet, except where it is cut through by streams PANAMA FORMATION. The Panama formation is a light-colored well-bedded tuff some what acid in composition. Locally it contains some argillaceous beds. It outcrops extensively from Miraflores to Panama and in a few other places. The formation is at least 400 feet thick and over lies the Caimito formation. It seems to be relatively porous, fairly well bedded, somewhat jointed, and of a crumbly or friable nature. Pliocene. TORO LIMESTONE. The Toro 1 limestone is sandy and fragment al, and locally is a coquina or shell marl. Its type locality is at Toro Point, but similar appearing limestone fringes the Caribbean coast, except where large valleys have caused it to be eroded or covered with alluvium. In places it forms low bluffs or headlands, expecially at Toro Point, west of the Gatun Dam, and at the mouth of Chagres Kiver. It is the rock from which Fort San Lorenzo was built. Rock from this formation was used as a hearting for the Toro Point Breakwater. CHAGRES SANDSTONE.? The name Chagres sandstone is proposed for a massive, coarse grained, rather soft sandstone, that locally shows stratification and considerable cross-bedding. Some of the beds contain a few poorly preserved bivalves and dark to brownish fragments of organic matter are not uncommon. This appears to be a land or beach deposit and is probably as much as a thousand feet or even more thick It is tilted oceanward at angles ranging from 5 to 20 degrees and lies on top of the Toro limestone on which it may or may not be con formable. It forms the hills overlooking the coast between Toro Point and the mouth of Chagres River. Pleistocene. The Pleistocene formations consist of (a) swamp deposits, black soil, and silt, filling old channels to depths of 325 feet below the present sea level; (6) river gravels up to 10 feot above the present normal river levels; (c) old sea boachos 6 to 10 feet above the present beach level ; and (d) bars, beaches, and the present river alluvium. DESCRIPTION OF LOCAL SECTIONS ACROSS THE ISTHMUS OF PANAMA. The black-faced numbers in the following descriptions are the station numbers in the United States National Museum register of Cenozoic invertebrate collections » Called Caribbean limestone by the author in reports of Isthmian Canal Commission for 1912 and 1913. See p. 63 and p. 570 of report for 1913. 2 The name and description of this formation were added to the proof of this article. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 533 I for localities at which fossils were collected. The numbers in italics are for the'Canal Commission stations. Section in canal cut 600 feet south of Miraflores Locks. Pleistocene: Feet thick. 3. River alluvium with gravel and pebbles, loosely cemented conglomerate at base, almost horizontally bedded, is unconformable on (2), and has an exposed thickness of 20 Unconformity. Oligocene (Culebra formation): 6009-2. Dark, soft, fairly well-laminated clay rock which seems to be unconformable on (1), shows a few lines of small limy concretions, buff-colored after weath- ering, parallel to the bedding. This is a foraminiferal clay and is the upper part of the lower beds of the Culebra formation. Dip 12° southward. Thick- ness exposed here 45 Unconformity. Eocene (?) (Las Cascadas agglomerate (?)): 1. Mottled, light-greenish, line-grained agglomerate to coarse tuff. The grains, one-eighth to 1 inch in diameter, are soft irregular particles of basic mud rock or much altered andesitic tuff. Finely divided chlorite seems to give greenish color. The spaces between the grains are filled with white limy cementing material, thus giving the rock a whitish and light-green mottled appearance, though the prevailing color is light green to grayish- green. Rock very similar in appearance to this is ex- posed in the upper part of the Contractors Hill mass, and was noted in the bottom of the Gaillard Cut near Paraiso, and near station 1909 where a small cave in the rock was found. As this lithologically resembles the Las Cascadas agglomerate and is distinctly different from the typical Culebra formation, it is considered as representing the upper part of the Las Cascadas agglom- erate. Thickness exposed 15 Section at Canal Commission station 2089 south of Miraflores Locks. Pleistocene: Feet thick. 3. Silt and alluvium faulted down opposite (1), exposed about. . 30+ Miocene (Panama formation): 2. Light to buff-colored tuff beds showing some cross-bedding and some iron staining along the cracks, unconformable on (1), exposed about : 15+ Eocene (?) (Las Cascadas agglomerate): 1. Massive basic agglomerate, much altered, mostly greenish with some lighter-colored patches, giving a mottled color effect; cut by basaltic dikes; contains a few little cracks, some of which are filled with iron-stained cherty material. Exposed about 30+ There is at this place a fault which trends S. 15° E. and hades 80° W. It is impossible to estimate the amount of the throw, because it is not known how much may have been eroded from the upthrow side since faulting. In a few places along 534 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Eocene — Continued. the fault line springs bubble up, the waters from which were saline and astringent and gave off much carbon dioxide. This locality is now covered by the water in the canal. Section, north end of Mirajlores Locks. Oligocene (Culebra formation): At the north end of Miraflores Locks and from there to Pedro Miguel Locks, beds belonging in the lower part of the Cule- bra formation outcropped in the canal cut. They consist of dark, well laminated, and very soft carbonaceous clay rocks, and locally contain lenses of granular tufaeeous material and a few beds that carry some pebbles. Some lines of small concretions parallel to the bedding were noted. Foraminifera common. In general, the beds have a dip of a few degrees toward the south, although one south- ward dip of 25 degrees was noted . Section, Pedro Miguel Locks to Paraiso Bridge. Oligocene (Culebra formation (lower part)): 6010. Material the same as in the preceding exposure. Oslrca, Pecten, and many Foraminifera, including Lepidocyclina panamensis?, were collected, Section at Bald Hill near Mirajlores Locks. Total thickness of exposure about 325 feet; dip of beds 15° NW. Oligocene : Caimito formation — Feet thick. 5. Limy, fine-grained sandstone, which weathers slightly buff-colored. A few fragments of fossils noted; out- crop indistinct. Estimated 60 -f- 4. Dull yellowish, buff after weathering, rather soft and somewhat massively bedded, fine-grained sandstone. Estimated 80+ 3. Limy agglomerate beds, light colored to brown, with a few greenish stains, similar to the blue and green stained beds that outcrop near San Pablo. Middle member of the Caimito formation. Estimated 65-f 2. Light yellow to buff after weathering, fine-grained sandstone, fairly thick-bedded, but weathers rather platy or somewhat spherical. Lower part of the sandstone seems to be rather limy and weathers easily. Lower member of the Caimito formation. Estimated 80 -f- (There is some evidence of an unconformity between (2) and (1), but the contact is not clear enough to be sure of this.) Emperador limestone — 6256-1. White to creamy gray, rather pure limestone; weathered surface much pitted; contains many fossil corals. Typical Emperador limestone. Estimated 40 -f- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 535 ion along east side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 18 j$ to 1850. Oligocene : Cucuracha formation— Feet thick - 11. Material the same as No. 9. Exposed 50+ 10. Bed of fairly fine gravel, loosely cemented with cal- careous material. Estimated 15 9. Light green, fine-grained, soft and friable argillaceous rock. Lower part of the Cucuracha formation. Estimated 50 Culebra formation — 8. Beds of partly consolidated gravel, with some dark- gray, granular, tufaceous material; light-colored, limy cement. Marks a small unconformity between the upper part of the Culebra formation and the overlying Cucuracha formation. Estimated 30 6011-7. Limy bed similar to No. 5; contains Heterostcg inoides panamensis 5 G. Material similar to No. 4. Estimated 50 5. Fairly hard, somewhat coarse-grained, light-colored, sandy limestone grading into limy sandstone 5 4. Dark-gray, thin-bedded, friable tufaceous beds with partings of soft dark carbonaceous shales. Part of upper part of the Culebra and practically same as (2). Estimated 50 3. Two beds of gravel loosely cemented by light-colored limy cement. A 3-foot bed of dark, friable, car- bonaceous shale separates the two gravel beds. Gravel contains a number of oysters and some other fossils. Appears to be a local unconformity here. Estimated thickness of gravel beds, including the shale bed 30 2. Thin-bedded, granular, and somewhat friable, dark- gray, tufaceous sandstone beds, separated by soft, dark-brown, carbonaceous shale layers; a few peb- bles present. Part of the upper part of the Culebra formation. Dip about 35° northward. Estimated. 100 Age? 1. Laccolithic mass of basalt which has tilted the beds into which it was intruded and slightly metamorphosed them for a foot or more distant from the contact. A dike 1 to 3 feet wide seems to connect with main mass. Section on west side of Gaillard Cut from Canal Commission stations 1775 to 1756. Section shows three small faults, also contact between Cucuracha forma- tion on top and Culebra formation beneath it. Thickness of entire section 400+ feet. Oligocene : Cucuracha formation — 2. Fine-grained, light-green, fairly massive volcanic clay rock. Feet thick. /. Same as (d) 100 e. Andesite-breccia flow. About 20 d. Light-green, fairly massive, volcanic clay rock 3 to 8 c. Small lens of limy sandstone. Maximum thick- ness about 1 536 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Oligocene — Continued. F eftt thick 6012e-6. Dark-brown, carbonaceous shale with little lenses of lignite. Thickness irregular but maximum about 4 a. Lower part of formation, contains some sandy and pebbly layers 17+ Culebra formation — 1. Dark friable carbonaceous shales and dark-gray granu- lar tufaceous beds. A few thin lenses and beds that contain much gravel. Fossiliferous. Upper part of Culebra formation. Total thickness about 130 k. Loosely cemented gravel that seems to mark an un- conformity between the Cucuracha formation on top and the Culebra formation below it. Some limy sandstone lenses at base of gravel 10-25 (Normal faults with a downthrow of 10 to 40 feet on the north side.) 6012c7-j. Few lenses of limy sandstone at base of gravel; Lepi- docyclina panamensis ? 3 6013-?'. 1 Friable shale and clay 35 6012c-/l Lens of sandy limestone 5 (Made special studies of and collections from the uppermost of these limestones and the shales be- tween them. Found Amphistegina and Lepidocy- clina, many oysters, and some Turritella.) g. Friable shale and clay 16 /. Limy sandstone 8 e. Friable shale and clay 10 d. Bed of light-colored, limy sandstone, similar to (6).. 5 c. Bed of friable shale and clay 18 6. Lower bed of limy sandstone and sandy limestone. Light colored and fairly hard and well cemented. Fossiliferous 8 a. Lower layer of friable shale and clay 15 Section on west side of canal from Canal Commission station 1720, near Empire, to 1740 near Culebra. (Total thickness of section, about. 530 feet.) Feet thick. 8. Hard and finely cemented mass of dark andesitic tuff and brec- cia. Locally contains basalt fragments up to several inches in diameter, cemented into a mass. Rough bedding, with dip at a considerable angle, but formation generally massive. (Fault contact between (7) and (8) shows sheared zone several inches wide. Downthrow apparently on south side.) 7. Light gray, buff after weathering, andesite breccia, a flow. 6. Light-colored, fairly fine-grained, limy tuff, somewhat clayey; distinctly bedded 20 Oligocene (Culebra formation): 5. h. Soil and, locally, old waste dump material. About 15 g. Bed of very loosely cemented gravel, somewhat weath- ered because of proximity to surface. About 20 1 About this horizon but on east side of cut. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 537 Oligocene — Continued. Feet thick. f. About same as (d) 40 e. About same as (c) 10 d. Dark, well laminated and very friable shale 35 c. Light-gray, limy sandstone and sandy limestone beds. Relatively hard and coarse grained. This limestone varies in thickness from 2 to 12 feet, which would seem to indicate a small unconformity along its top. Lo- cally it contains some thin partings of carbonaceous shales 2tol2 6. Lens of gravel up to 2 feet thick. Partly consolidated with limy cementing material. Oysters plentiful in this gravel. a. Dark, well laminated and very friable shale 30 4. Dark, well laminated and very friable shaly and tufaceous beds. Some of the layers less than an inch thick. Partings show fossil plants and much organic matter. Some of the layers weather brownish from organic matter. Between the more organic and clay-like layers are thin beds of dark-gray, granular to ash-like tufaceous material. Fossiliferous. Exposed 150 (Fault with a downthrow of more than 125 feet on the south side. Considerable shearing and disturbing of the beds for several feet on each side of the contact.) 60126-3. Light gray, limy gravel and some tufaceous material, not well bedded and only partly consolidated with limy cementing material . Fossils , particularly oys- ter shells, are plentiful. This bed seems to mark a local overlap or small unconformity 40 2. Dark-gray, bedded limy tuffs and partly consolidated shales. Differs from (5) in having more granular tufaceous material and less of the fine friable shale material. Is very limy, contains some gravel, and oyster shells are common 30 6012a-l. Dark, well laminated, soft, very friable, carbona- ceous shales and dark-gray, granular, loosely ce- mented tuff beds. Typical lower Culebra beds. Fossil plants; marine fossils include Lepidocyclina panamensis ?, Cyclichna, Conus, Pleurotoma (3 spe- cies), Area, Pecten, Callianassa, etc 150 Section on west side of Gaillard Cut near Las Cascadas, Canal Commission stations 1617 to 1597. Feet thick. 20. Yellowish to cream colored clays 15 Oligocene: Emperador limestone — 6019<7-19. Light gray to yellowish gray, somewhat sandy limestone. Massive, but some bedding in upper part. Very fossiliferous: Pecten, Amusium, Stylophora, Clypeaster lanceolatus, Echinolampas semiorbis, Lepidocyclina, etc 35 37149— 19— Bull. 103 2 588 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ligocene — Continued . Culebra formation — 18. Lignitic shale bed at base of limestone 17. Dark, well laminated, very friable, carbonaceous shales and clays with dark, granular, tufaceous material. Fossils at base 16. c. Light colored, sandy limestone. Thickness 1^ 6019/- b. Dark, very friable shales and tuffs. Fossils abun- dant, Lepidocyclina chaperi. Thickness 3 a. Light colored sandy limestone to limy sandstone. Thickness 1£ 15. Dark, friable shale, clay and tufaceous material with some thin layers of limy sandstone in the upper part 6019c-14. Thin-bedded, light-gray to cream-colored limy sandstone with some partings of light-colored clay, Orbitolites, etc 13. Fine-grained, very friable, dark-gray, tufaceous material, well stratified 6019c?-12. c. Grayish-green, limy, tufaceous sandstones b. Dark, carbonaceous clays and tuff 6019c- a. Grayish, well-stratified, and very friable tufa- ceous sandstone (Total thickness, 7 feet.) 60196-11. Dark, well stratified, and very friable tufaceous material; some fossils. Turritella, Area, Car- dium, etc., Orbitolites 6019a-10. Grayish, rather nodular, impure limestone, contains some green particles; Lepidocyclina canellei was collected in this bed 9. Lignitic shale bed maximum.. 8. Dark-gray carbonaceous clays, friable shales and tuffs, some lines of limy nodules parallel to the bedding. Some of these concretions are as much as 6 inches thick and a foot long, their longer axes parallel to the bedding. One or two regu- lar lines of these nodules near base 7. Very friable lignitic shale bed maximum. . 6. Dark-gray carbonaceous clays, friable shales aDd tuffs. Lenses of limy nodules parallel to bed- ding, same as (8) 6020c c. Just below the second line of nodules in these (6) beds fossils were found as follows: Area, Ostrea, Pecten, Spondylus, etc. Among the fossil cor- als are Orbicella, Siderastrea, and Goniopora; one Siderastra head measured 20 inches high by 24 inches in horizontal diameter. 60206 b. A few feet below (c) found numerous cerithiids, Nassa, and Corbula. 6020a a. In the lower layers of this member of the section (No. 6) were found some poorly preserved mol- lusks, such as ylrca, Cardium, Tellina, Venus, and fragments of crab claws in calcareous nod- ules. Feet thick. 30 10 30 3 33 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CAN"AL ZONE. 539 Oligocene— Continued. Feet thick. 5. Friable, lignitic shale bed 2 4. Light-gray, limy-looking clay bed with some limy nodules and some lenses of soft nodular clayey limestone 6 3. Friable, lignitic shale bed 2 2. Light-gray to greenish fine-grained clay and fine agglomerate. Fairly massive 7 Unconformity. Eocene? Las Cascadas agglomerate: \. Dark-gray volcanic agglomerate 50 Total thickness 275 Section in cuttings of Panama Railroad near Caimito Junction. Oligocene: Emperador limestone — Feet thick. 6021 and 6673-4. Light-gray to cream-colored, sandy lime- stone, Lepidocyclina vaughani abundant, also anullipore (Lithothammium isthmi) and numerous fragments of echinoid tests, in- cluding a Clypeaster (?). Strike N. 30° E., dip 20° N. 60° W About . . 70 L T nconformity. Bohio conglomerate — 3. Fine argillaceous conglomerate; small pebble beds with sandy matrix, separated by clayey and sandy layers 20 2. Conglomerate, with gravel, cobbles, and small boul- ders; matrix clayey and sandy; fairly well bedded. Cobbles and boulders are mostly hornblende ande- site and diorite 20 Unconformity. Eocene (?) (La3 Cascadas agglomerate): 1. Dark, massive, hard, and fairly well cemented andesitic agglomerate. Contains subangular fragments of andesite and basalt from a foot or more to less than an inch in diameter. Matrix fine dark andesite tuff. United States National Museum locality record station 6022 is on limestone about the same as (4), described above, a mile farther north. Railroad cut near stream about midway between Rio Frijo'l and Rio Frijolito. Oligocene ('Culebra formation): Feet thick, 2. Surficial, residual red clay 15 6023. i. Dark, very basic, friable, tufaceous material; Lepi- docyclina canellei very abundant About.. 25 540 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Section in Railway Cuts Near New Frijoles. Oligocene: Emperador limestone — Feet thlok. 60246-5. Rio Agua Salud: Argillaceous, cream-colored limestone; fossil corals in base (Stylophora, Acropora, etc.), also Pecten, echinoids, etc. The limestone is bedded and has clay part- ings. Dip about 10° W 10 Culebra formation — 6024a-4. Rio Agua Salud: Dark, basic, tufaceous ma- terial, Meter vsteginoides panamensis, Num- mulites panamensis 10 Bohio conglomerate? — ■ 3. Small pebble conglomerate, fairly well bedded 30 a. Fairly well-bedded conglomerate, with pebbles, cobbles, and boulders well rounded and in con- siderable variety but largely of hornblende- andesite and diorite facies. Largest boulders 2 feet in diameter. Matrix consists of sand, clay, etc. Dip 35° S 300 2. Dark, basic, orbitoidal, tufaceous material; bedding not distinct. Probably a part of Bohio conglomer- ate 20 b. Gray, thick-bedded, coarse-grained, somewhat basic, sandy, foraminiferal material. Dip 35° S. W. Roughly estimated at 400 a. Grayish, massive, argillaceous to sandy material; bedding not distinct. Probably part of Bohio conglomerate Unconformity. Eocene? (Las Cascadas agglomerate (?)): 1. Dark, fairly well cemented andesitic agglomerate; shows some rough bedding, contains subangular fragments of basalt and andesite from less than an inch to more than 2 feet in diameter. Matrix dark, fine-grained, andesitic tuff. Exposure behind New Frijoles railway station. Strike seems to be about N. 60° E., dip 30° W. Ex- posed 70 Section Shovnng Chief Railway Cuttings and Outcrops Along the Panama Railroa Between Bohio and Monte Lirio. Miocene (Gatun formation (?)): Feet thick. 4. Monte Lirio: Fairly hard, sandy, drab-colored clay stone. Massively bedded and dipping about 7° northward; the clay weathers slightly buff-colored and contains white powdery particles like some of the clayey sandstone beds of the Gatun formation. No fossils found. Ex- posed 50 Oligocene: Culebra formation (upper part) — 6025-3. 6. Bohio switch: Light-colored, fairly coarse- grained, soft, somewhat limy sandstone with Nummulitcs panamensis, Lepidocyclina chap- GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 541 Oligocene — Continued . Culebra formation — Continued. Feet thick. eri, some echinoid fragments, also Conus, Natica, Turritella, Pecten, Amusium, Lucina, etc. This is probably the equivalent of the upper limy beds of the Culebra formation. Exposed 25 6026a. Two miles south of Monte Lirio: Somewhat coarse- grained sandstone which contains a few pebbles; massive, and weathers into large spherical masses; fossiliferous, Stylophora and other corals, Lithothamnium vaughani, Lepidocyclina canellei, Nummulites panamensisf, Conus, Pecten, Ostrea, etc. Seems to be nearly the same bed as 36 Bohio conglomerate — 2. e-f. Rather massive, soft, buff-weathing sandstone. No fossils noted. Slight dip southward. Ex- posed 20 Unconformity. 2. a-d. Railroad cuts which show exposures of conglomer- ate and sandy beds, dip about 7° northward. Unconformity. Eocene? (Las Cascadas agglomerate): 1. Dark, basic, andesitic agglomerate and breccia, showing some local overlaps; roughly bedded; dips 10° northward. (Fault zone here several feet wide trends N. 30° W. and dips 83° southward. Downthrow side on the south. Much sheared lignitic shale has been dragged into the fault zone. Some silicified wood found in the shale.) Exposure a quarter of a mile northwest of old Bohio railroad station. Oligocene (Culebra formation) : 6027. Orbitoidal marl is exposed in the flat, the bottom of the canal, at the base of a hill that has been cut away. This is Hill's locality for " Orbitoid.es forbesii,' y which is Lepidocyclina canellei. Exposure opposite old Bohio railroad station, north side of the railroad track. Oligocene (Bohio conglomerate (?)): A cliff about 75 feet high composed of dark-colored agglom- erate of pyroclastic origin. This agglomerate is overlain at the second telegraph pole north of the 15th milepost from Colon by a small pebble conglomerate in a matrix of coarse, gritty sand. tction at Pena Blanca, about 1 mile below Bohio, on the west side of Chagres River. Oligocene (Bohio conglomerate)): The entire hill is composed of dark-colored conglomerate of hornblende andesite porphyry pebbles, cobbles, and boulders embedded in coarse sand. No exposure of the orbitoidal marl was observed. Dip toward the northeast, 50 feet thick. 542, BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Section at Vamos a Vamos, 2\ miles below Bohio, west side of Chagres River. Hill to the south across small ravine. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 2. Yellowish sandstone and small pebble conglomerate 50 1. Dark bluish, fine-grained, argillaceous sandstone At and near landing, north side of the small ravine. 60286-2. Yellowish sandstone, some fossils 75 6028a-l. Dark-blue, argillaceous, fossiliferous sandstone, estimated 20 Fossils: Cylichna, Turritella, Cardium, etc. The exposure is rapidly becoming concealed by vegetation. Fossils were firmly embedded in the matrix and not easily removed. Section on Panama Railroad from Monte Lirio to outcrop of Gatun formation on south side of Big Swamp. 5. Hill of basalt; quarried for facing material for Gatun dam. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 6030-4. Bluish-gray, argillaceous beds which weather reddish ; locally contain pebbles, fragments of organic matter, and many fossils. Pecten, dementia, Encope megatrema, Callianassa vaughani. (This bed is exposed on the north side of the swamp, about 1£ miles north of Monte Lirio.) Dip about 10° northward 100 3. Fairly hard, sandy, drab-colored claystone; mas- sively bedded and dips about 7° northward 50 Oligocene (Bohio conglomerate) : 2. Conglomerate, somewhat weathered and not extremely coarse; overlies sandstone, bedding not very clear. Local unconformity. 1. Fairly coarse sandstone with a southward dip of about 20°. Section showing Gatun formation, one-quarter to one-hal f mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio, at big curve on railroad. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 7. Reddish soil. 10 6029c-6. Bluish, fossiliferous argillite; contains some sandy beds and some lenses of buff-weathering, consoli- dated, impure fuller's earth 30 5. Bluish argillite, which weathers buff 9 4. Buff-weathering, consolidated, fuller's earth beds; not very pure 9 6029^-3. Bluish argillite 10 2. Buff- weathering, consolidated fuller's earth beds; not very pure 12 6029a-l. Bluish, fossiliferous argillite; some sandy and pebbly beds. Encope platytata, Callianassa vaughani, exposed 20 100 Dip of all above beds about 7° northward. Amphi- steaina lessonii occurs in beds 6029a, b, and c. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 543 Large railway cutting a quarter of a mile from Camp Cotton, toward Monte Lirio. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 2. Dark-colored clay with white particles embedded in it. . . 1. Dark-colored marl, fossils as at the two previous localities. Dip about 6° N. 60° W In the next two exposures going toward Camp Cotton. 2. Clay with white particles embedded in it 40 to 50 1. Dark-colored marl, fossiliferous 60 The lower beds exposed in the cutting one-half mile north of Camp Cotton are not exposed in the last-mentioned cutting. Section in cut one-half mile west of Camp Cotton toward Gatun. 4 Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 3- Marl, dark, blackish-gray when un weathered, brownish when weathered 15 2. Clay parting 2 or 3 1. Blackish-gray marl containing a conglomerate bed 35 This bed may be divided into three parts: c. Sandy marl b. Conglomerate bed 2 feet. 6032 a. Sandy marl with some pebbles 3 " The lower bed of No. 1 (station 6032) contains fossils characteristic of the lower part of the Gatun formation. Generalized section of the bluffs exposed along the Panama Railroad, relocated line, about 3,500 feet south of Gatun railroad station. Miocene (Gatun formation): Feet thick. 4. Fine-grained, buff clays (fuller's earth) with mag- nesian-looking spots 25 6033 d-3. Fine-grained; soft, yellow sandstones 70 ^ 2. Buff, fine-grained, rather hard clay 25 1. 6033c -c. Dark-colored, marly, fossiliferous clay 15-20 60336 -b. Yellowish clay 4 6003 a } _a * ^ a y er °^ dark, fossiliferous clay, exposed. 28 Section from top of hill at west end of Gatun dam to bottom of the spillway. Pliocene (Toro limestone): Feet thick. 6034-3. Top of hill, limestone. A rather soft coquina lime- stone composed of comminuted or broken tests of a number of kinds of organisms 70 Unconformity. Miocene (Gatun formation): 2. Sandstone, surface oxidized brown 120 1. Dark-colored marl 35 Section at west end of the spillway. 2. Yellowish or brownish, sandy clay; soil red 20 5659 fl. Dark-colored Gatun marl, with Amusium, dementia, 59001 etc 16 544 ' BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Exposures in the vicinity of Mindi Hill. Miocene (Gatun formation) : Feet thick. Gray-green, fine-grained, sandy shell marl is exposed from about 50 feet above sea level to 41 feet below; exposed thick- ness about 90 feet. The material occurs in beds 2 to 6 feet thick and is similar to that at the spillway. A number of fossils were collected from the exposures near the bottom of the canal 6035 Near the railroad is an extensive Pleistocene shell bed from 6 to about 10 feet above sea level. Along the canal the Gatun formation is overlain by lignitic or peaty swamp deposits with occasional oysters. Monkey Hill, Mount Hope station. Miocene (Gatun formation): 6036. About one-sixth of a mile south of the station on the west side of the railroad is an exposure of dark-colored, fine-grained, sandy clay marl 20 North of Mount Hope Station, along the east side of the railroad on the north side of the cemetery, is the following exposure: Miocene (Gatun formation): 2. Clay, light-gray, stiff, slightly sandy, with white particles of softer material, like the clay that overlies the marl near Camp Cotton on the relocated Panama Railroad. 1. Dark-colored, fine, sandy, clay marl, the same as that ex- posed at the locality immediately preceding. Pleistocene reef-fiat corals and other fossils occur 4 or 5 feet above sea level in a swamp north and east of Mount Hope and very near to the Colon road, 5850, 6038. Section of bluff at end of Tow Point. Pliocene (Toro limestone) : Bedded coquina containing great numbers of barnacle plates, comminuted shells, and a large Scala (Epitonium toroense Dall), forms a bluff 45 to 50 feet high. It is dark to light- gray in color, cross-bedded, and contains some lenses of coarse, basic beach sand. The beds dip about 5° northward. At the base of the bluff there is a fringe of coral-reef rock which has been slightly elevated. This material has been built around large masses of the Toro Point rock that have fallen from the bluff, so that they are now inclosed in a matrix of coral-reef rock which has been elevated perhaps 6 to 10 feet above the level at which it was originally formed. This marginal coral flat is from 200 feet to a quarter of a mile wide. Extensive fiat swamps filled with mud and broken coral fragments fringe some of the higher land at Toro Point. These are up to half a mile or more wide and are about a foot, more or less, above high-tide level. The coquina rock forming the bluff at Toro Point seems to be about the same as the coquina rock forming the top of the hill at the west end of Gatun Dam, except that the latter is light gray to creamy- white in color and is a purer limestone. This formation clearly overlies the Gatun formation and is GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 545 Pliocene — Continued . continuous westward into Costa Rica, except near the mouths of large river valleys where it has been removed or covered with alluvium. This coquina formation is clearly older than the marine Pleistocene (5850), occupying a level slightly above that of the sea, in the vicinity of Mindi, Mount Hope, and around the margins of Limon Bay. From the general stratigraphic relations of this rock I am inclined to consider it not younger than Pliocene. Section one-third of a mile south of the southern end of Toro Point Breakwater, in quarry. Feet thick. 6037. Gray coquina rock mixed with local layers and lenses of sand 35^to 40 Barnacle plates, echinoid spines, fragments of oyster shells, and a large Scala (Epitonium toroense Dall) are abundant. Specimens of the last named form were the only perfect fossils found. I I T L I T SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 103 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE, PANAMA, AND GEOLOGICALLY RELATED AREAS IN CEN- TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES THE BIOLOGIC CHARACTER AND GEO- LOGIC CORRELATION OF THE SEDI- MENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA IN THEIR RELATION TO THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, and Geologist in charge of Coastal Plain Investigations, United States Geological Survey By THOMAS WAYLAND VAUGHAN Extract from Bulletin 103, pages 547-612 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE iyi9 CONTENTS. Page. Introduction 547 Biologic character of the sedimentary formations in Panama 547 Eocene "547 Oligocene 549 Bohio conglomerate 549 Limestone on Haut Chagres 549 Limestone at David 549 Large Foraminifera from David 549 Culebra formation 550 Fossils from the Culebra formation 551 Deposits of the age of the Culebra formation near Tonosi 554 Large Foraminifera from near Tonosi 555 Fossil corals from station 6587, Tonosi 555 Cucuracha formation 555 Emperador limestone 556 Fossils from the Emperador limestone 557 Caimito formation 558 Miocene 558 Gatun formation 558 Fossils, except Mollusca, from the Gatun formation 559 Mollusca from the Gatun formation according to Brown and Pilsbry. 560 Pliocene 562 Toro limestone 562 Pleistocene 563 Fossils from the Pleistocene of the Canal Zone 563 Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama 565 Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States 565 A provisional correlation table of the Tertiary formations of the South Atlantic and eastern Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States 569 Correlation of the Tertiary formations of the southeastern United States with European subdivisions of the Tertiary 569 Eocene 569 Oligocene 570 Miocene 572 Alum Bluff formation 572 Marks Head marl and the Calvert formation 574 Choptank and St. Marys formations 575 Yorktown formation and Duplin marl 575 Choctawhatchee marl 576 Pliocene 576 Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies 577 Eocene 577 Oligocene 578 Lower Oligocene 578 Middle Oligocene 582 Upper Oligocene 585 in IV CONTENTS. Correlation of the sedimentary formations of Panama — Continued. Age of the sedimentary formations of Panama, and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America and the West Indies— Continued. Page. Miocene 586 Pliocene 593 Tentative correlation table of the Tertiary Marine sedimentary forma- tions of Panama 595 Pre-Tertiary formations in Central America and the West Indies 595 'Outline of geologic history of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea 596 Geographic relations of the three Americas 597 General relations 598 Tectonic Provinces 599 Bahamas 599 Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain 600 Mexican Plateau 600 Oaxaca-Guerrero 600 Yucatan 601 Guatemala Chiapas 601 Cuba 601 Haiti, northern part 601 Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge 602 Haiti, southern part, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. 602 Saint Croix 603 Costa Rican-Panama 603 Andes 603 Maritime Andes 604 Caribbean Islands 604 Barbadian Ridge 604 Caribbean Arc 604 Aves Ridge 604 Pal eogcogr? phi c summary . 604 Late Paleozoic 605 Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous 606 Eocene and Oligocene 607 Miocene 607 Pliocene and later 609 Tabular summary of some of the important events in the geologic his- tory of the West Indies and Central America 611 THE BIOLOGIC CHARACTER AND GEOLOGIC CORRELA- TION OF THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS OF PANAMA IN THEIR RELATION TO THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES. By Thomas Wayland Vaughan, Custodian of Madreporaria, United States National Museum, and Geologist in charge of Coastal Plain Investigations, United States Geological Survey. INTRODUCTION. The following paper presents: (1) biologic summaries for each of the formations for which paleontologic data are available, with brief discussions of the geologic age; (2) geologic correlation of the formations and the distribution of their age-equivalents in Central America, the West Indies, and the southeastern United States; (3) an outline of the paleogeography of middle America. A tabular statement of the age relations of the formations is given by Doctor MacDonald in the preceding paper of this volume, page 528. The biologic summaries are based on the paleontologic memoirs in this volume, by Messrs. Howe, Berry, Cushman, Jackson, Canu and Bassler, and Pilsbry, Miss Rathbun, and myself. Dr. C. W. Cooke has furnished me notes on a few of the fossil Mollusca, and I have incorporated in my lists the molluscan species recorded by Messrs. A. P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry. I deeply regret that not even a preliminary list of the mollusks that Doctor MacDonald and I col- lected is available. Although I believe such a list would not modify the opinions here expressed, it is needed as a supplement to the other biologic records, particularly in order to supply a basis for the corre- lation of deposits in which mollusks are the only abundant organisms. I trust this serious omission may be remedied before a great while. Needless to say all of the paleontologists who have studied the fossils submitted to them have cooperated in trying to solve the problems of local and regional geologic correlation, and I wish to record my grateful appreciation of their efforts. I wish also to thank my friend, Dr. T. W. Stanton, of the United States Geological Survey, for much advice and kindly criticism. BIOLOGIC CHARACTER OF THE SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS IN PANAMA. Eocene. The only geologic formation of Eocene age definitely recognized in Panama is exposed near Tonosi, Los Santos Province. At station 547 548 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. No. 6586c, near the mouth of Tonosi River, Doctor MacDonald col- 1 lected a species of Venericardia, on which Dr. C. W. Cooke makes the i following note: "A species of Venericardia from this locality is scarcely distinguishable from a specimen labeled Venericardia plani- costa var. horni from Caliborne, Alabama, but it does not closely resemble specimens that I have seen from the Eocene of California, Washington, and Oregon." According to Doctor MacDonali's de- scription of the section, this species of Venericardia occurs 690 feet below the bed in which Lepidocyclina panamensis Cushman and L. duplicata Cushman were collected. I believe that the latter bed is the correlative of the lower part of the Culebra formation, as will later be shown. Just below the Oligocene limestone in which occur the two species of Foraminifera mentioned are 650 feet of grayish, well-beddea, rather fine-grained sandstone; this is underlain by dark-gray, argillaceous, fossiliferous sandstone and shale, the latter underlain by dark-gray, argillaceous sandstone, in which the speci- mens of Venericardia were collected. Doctor MacDonald collected the plant Diospyros macdonaldi Berry at station 65866, in grayish, argillaceous sandstone with some darker shale beds, which immediately underlies the material in which the species of Venericardia occurs. Dr. R. T. Jackson identifies as Schizaster armiger W. B. Clark, an echinoid collected by Mr. R. T. Hill at Bonilla, Costa Rica. The type of this species was obtained in a deposit of Jackson Eocene age at Cocoa post office, Choctaw County, Alabama. It should be noted that Mr. Hill says: "They [the rocks exposed] at Bonilla Cliff [Costa Rica] are upper Oligocene, like the Monkey Hill beds." 1 The deter- mination of the Eocene age of this exposure is not positive. On page 197 of this volume, in my paper on the fossil corals, I gave reasons for referring the typical part of the Brito formation of Nicaragua, that part exposed near Brito, to the upper Eocene, and correlated that part of the formation with the St. Bartholomew lime- stone of the Island of St. Bartholomew and the Jacksonian upper Eocene of the southeastern United States. The data and opinions referred to need not be repeated. The presence in northern Colombia of limestone containing small stellate OrthopTiragmina, indicating a probable upper Eocene, was also noted on page 197. No fossil organisms were found in the Las Cascadas agglomerate or the Bas Obispo formation. As they both underlie the Bohio con- glomerate, which is of Oligocene, probably lower Oligocene age, they are almost certainly of pre-Oligocene age. Although at present information is not available for precisely determining their age, it appears highly probable that they belong to the Eocene. However, i Hill, R. T., The geological history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica: Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 23, p. 232, 1893. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 549 Upper Cretaceous is not improbable as the age of the Bas Obispo formation. Oligocene. BOHIO CONGLOMERATE. This is the oldest formation in which fossil organisms were found within the Canal Zone. The fossil plant, Taenioxylon multiradiatum Felix, collected in a railroad cut on Bohio Ridge, is said by Doctor MacDonald to come from the Bohio conglomerate. Should the spec- mens really come from the Bohio conglomerate, it is probable that that formation is of Oligocene age. Taenioxylon multiradiatum, according to Professor Berry, is also found in the Culebra and Cucu- racha formations, both of which are of Oligocene age, should the Aquitanian be considered uppermost Oligocene instead of basal Miocene. LIMESTONE ON HALT CHAGRES. * H. Douville has published the following interesting note: "Un autre echantillon du Haut Chagres est representees par un calcaire plus compacte prenant bien le poli; il renforme Sgalement de petites Nummulites et de grandes Lepidocyclines voisines de L. chaperi, mais en outre, de petites Orbitoides qui sont des Orihophragmina 6toile*es (Asterodiscus). C'est la meme association que celle que nous avons signalee a la base du stampien [ = Lattorfian], dans l'ile de la Trinite. . . Nous avons ainsi dans le Haut Chagres un niveau stampien inferieur." 1 This corresponds to a horizon within the Vicksburg group. It is probable that the rocks underlying part of the area around Alahajuela mapped by Doctor MacDonald as Emperador limestone are really of this age. LIMESTONE AT DAVID. A similar forminiferal fauna occurs in the river bed, just above the ice plant in David, station 6512; at station 6526, which, accord- ing to Doctor MacDonald's section, is on the bed immediately next below the one exposed at station 6512; and at station 6523, 2 miles north of David. The following are the species reported by Doctor Cushman: LARGER FORAMINIFERA FROM DAVID. Name. Station 6512. Station 6526. Station 6523. X X X X X X panamensis Cushman X sp X Orihophragmina minima Cushman X X » Soc. g<§olog. France, Comptes rend, seance No. 16, 1915, p. 130, 1916. 550 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Taenioxylon multiradiratum Felix was obtained at station 6523. The limestone exposed at these three stations, which are all near one another, clearly belongs to one formation, and it seems to me to be of lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) age. However, Doctor Cush- man because of the presence of Orthophragmina minima inclines to the opinion that it is of upper Eocene age. Lepidocydina duplicata was collected in association with L. pana- mensis at station 6586e, near Tonosi, in a bed I am considering of middle Oligocene (Rupelian) age (see p. 555). CULEBRA FORMATION. The principal localities at which collections were made from the Culebra formation were along the Canal from Miraflores locks to Las Cascadas. The local sections are described in Doctor Mac- Donald's article, pages 533 to 541 of this volume, and the position of each is indicated on plate 154. The United States National Museum station record numbers are 6009 to 6020c, as given at the column heads in the following table. Stations Nos. 6024a, 6025, 6026, are* on the Panama Railroad, relocated line, and are platted on the map (pi. 154). Station No. 6837, on shales in the lower part of the Culebra formation, one-quarter of a mile south of Empire bridge, is not platted on the map. The names of the specifically determined Mollusca from station No. 60l9a-d, bed not identified, are taken from Brown and Pilsbry. 1 The specimens were obtained 65 and 85 feet below the "Pec ten bed," which is the basal bed of the Emperador limestone. There are five of these species, only one of which, Turritella altilira Conrad, has been also reported from the Gatun formation. The generic names of the other Mollusca are mostly taken from my field notes. Doctor Mac- Donald and I obtained in the Culebra formation within Gaillard Cut, stations 6019a-/ and 6020a-c, specimens representing about 70 genera of mollusks, but the species have not been identified. Orthaulax pugnax (Heilprin), collected by Doctor MacDonald at station 5901 , 2 miles south of Monte Lirio, formerly known as Mitchell- ville, was identified by Dr. C. W. Cooke. This is the same locality as station No. 6026, on the Panama Railroad, relocated line. Liiho- thamnium vaughani, Nummulites panamensis % Lepidocydina canellei, and three species of corals were also collected at this locality. i Brown, A. P., and Pilsbry, H. A., Fauna of the Qatun formation, Isthmus of Pan ama— II, Acad. Nat. Sci. PhHa. Proc. for 1912, pp. 502, 503, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 551 =3 fl a b o 88 * S c O.Sooo5 (3 *-> o-ta = 2 £ £ n P O ~ 0,2oo CJ.O © 3* oto XX XX XXXXXXXXXX X XXX bis ® e « 42 p.o « w e b.2 s §£2 I?* o.g To 111 •5Cq «■£ ? S ot ® 111 §1*7 5 .oTjJrt C3 . ■as ,QQ tlfi§||gfy 2 £ 2 5 e-2 &8.g foe -2 s 6 3£ •8* iiS fir, 552 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. n m 03 O £ S ° *S X X X XXX XX XX XX XX S ^ c III 111 a § 6 •1 ; c Eh o 35 .5 .5 a a 5 =0.2^ . llfalliiiJ fi go c £.2 «6r i I 1 9 k t! e> fc- w 3 a eo-a •S *" a ^ 5 > sag ».£ a 8q ace aa 3 ill *5 ■ ^ a s :§T& M fl 3 5 ~ 5 ■S £0 a R a >-i M *» <» s. lilfl .1 !!§§§ f llfl ~ » h g 35 o^^O •S3 II GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 553 O C ;H y 6 o 6 eQflfi XX XX XX XXX xxxxxxxxx XX XXX XX 5 I 11 . C 3 «3-° g © e II e s s e -S •= -~ g ,s 5? Iayer Eymar, ]857). [Thanetian (Renevier, 1873)=Heersian (Dumont, 1849), Lower Lan- Basal Eocene J denian ( Ma ^ er E V m * T > 1857 >- Montian (Dewalque, lS69)=Pa!eocene of Von Koenen and others. (Not of Schimper, 1874.) Berry says: "Together these stages correspond to the Eonummu- litic of Haug (1911), to the Suessonian of D'Orbig- y, and to the Palcocere of Schimper (1874), but not to the Paleocene of Von Koer en, Dollo, ad others, which is limited to the Montian stage." i Dall. W. H., A table of the North American Tertiary horizons, correlated with one another and with those of western Europe, with annotations, U. S. Geol. Survey Eighteenth Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 323-348, 1898. s U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, pp. 140-152. 570 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. With regard to the age of the Midway flora, he says : 1 1 1 The European floras most similar to that of the Midway (?) are those, likewise poorly represented in marine deposits, of the Montian and. Thanetian stages in the so-called Paris Basin in northern France, Belgium, and southeastern England." * He concludes his discussion of the correlation of the Wilcox floras with the following statement: 2 "In view of the foregoing discussion, I have no hesitation in making the most positive statement that the Wilcox flora is largely of Ypresian age. This is rendered conclusive by the exact agreement between the flora of the overlying Claiborne group and that of the Lutetian of Europe, as brought out in my un- published studies of the Claiborne flora." The foregoing paragraph contains Berry's opinion in 1916 as to the equivalence of the Claiborne group of the southern United States with the Lutetian of western Europe. This is an old correlation, for it is the same as that made by De Lapparent. 3 More recent studies, not yet published, have led Berry to correlate the Claiborne flora of the southeastern United States with the Auversian of Europe, and he grants me permission to present his conclusion in this connection. As a part of my discussion of the coral faunas of the Jackson forma- tion and its correlatives, page 198 of this volume, I have expressed my opinion that the Jacksonian of Mississippi and Albama is the equiva- lent of the Bartonian-Ludian of western Europe, thereby concurring in a previously expressed opinion of Haug, which is essentially the same as that of De Lapparent. 4 In fact, this opinion seems generally accepted by all geologists who have studied the subject. OLIGOCENE. That the Vicksburgian Oligocene is the equivalent of the European Tongrian 5 -Sannoisian-Lattorfian has long been recognized and needs only mention in this place. As a part of the discussion of the coral faunas, pages 199-207 of this volume, I r^ave correlated the basal part of the Chattahoochee formation with the Rupelian-Stampian of western Europe. This conclusion, which seems to me firmly established, is new for the marine Tertiary formations of continental North America. That the Tampa formation of Florida is the equivalent of the Euro- pean Aquitanian, which seems to include the Chattian, is generally acknowledged. This is the opinion of W. H. Dall and M. Cossmann, 1 U. S. Gcol. Survey, Frof. Paper 91, p. 11. 2 Idem. p. 152. a De Lapparent, A., Traite de geologie, p. 1454, 1900. * Traite" de geologic, ed. 4, p. 1473. 6 Maury, Carlotta J., A comparison of the Oligocene of western Europe and the southern United States, Bull. Amer. Paleontology, vol. 3, No. 15, pp. 313-404, pis. 20-29, 1902. Here it should be noted that Tongrian has been used in two senses, one as the equivalent of the lower (Lattorfian) and the other as the equivalent of the middle (Rupelian) Oligocene. Miss Maury used it in the former sense. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 571 «,nd apparently Mr. R. B. Newton agrees with, them. 1 The papers rcited below contain the opinions referred to, and additiomal references to literature are given in the footnotes to Doctor Dall's paper. On page 211 of this volume, under my discussion of the successive Amer- ican coral faunas of Tertiary age, the same opinion is expressed. Paleontologists are divided in opinion as to whether the Aquitanian should be referred to the Oligocene or to the Miocene. From my experience with American faunas I incline to consider it as belonging to the older series. The Rupelian (basal Chatta- hoochee and Antiguan) fauna has much in common with the Sannoisian-Lattorfian (Vicksburgian) faunas, on the one hand, and with the Aquitanian (Tampa) fauna on the other. The failure to discover Lepidocyclina at Tampa seems to me of no great value as evidence, for, so far as I am aware, no careful search for Foraminifera has been made in the "silex" bed. Should the specimens not have Ibeen destroyed by changes in the sediments subsequent to deposition, it is my expectation that either Lepidocyclina or Hetcrosteginoides, or both, will be found at Tampa, for in the Canal Zone both of those genera of Foraminifera are found in association with a fauna that I am correlating with the Tampa, and Heterosteginoides occurs in Anguilla. Mr. Newton, in his note cited, states that ''Nummulites died out at the end of Oligocene time, being replaced by Lepidocycline | Foraminifera in the succeeding Aquitanian and later stages of the Miocene period." This is an unfortunate remark, for the type-species of Lepidocyclina is L. mantelli (Morton) from the Vicksburgian Oligo- cene of the Gulf States. It is now known that in Georgia the genus ranges stratigraphically as low in the Eocene as a middle Jacksonian horizon, overlapping the upward range of OrihopTiragmina, 2 and it is probable that it ranges as low as the base of the Jackson formation in Mississippi and Louisiana. Nummulites panamensis in the Canal Zone I occurs at a horizon very nearly the same as that of the "silex" bed .at Tampa. There are important differences between the Tampa and the later fauna of the Chipola marl, which is considered by the students of Florida stratigraphy, except Doctor Dall, as the basal I member of the Alum Bluff formation. However, it should be recog- nized that the presence of the Chipola marl considerably west of the type locality on Chipola River indicates a persistence that may warrant according it formational rank. I am definitely placing the Chipola marl and the higher members of the Alum Bluff formation in the Miocene. 1 1 Dall, W. H., Note on the Oligocene of Tainpa, Fla., the Panama Canal Zone, and the Antillean region, Malacolog. Soc. Proc, vol. 12, pp. 38, 39, 1916. Newton, R. B., Remarks on Dr. Dall's paper, idem, p. 40. 3 Generic determinations by Dr. Joseph A. Cushman. 572 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MIOCENE. ALUM BLUFF FORMATION. In the foregoing paragraph and on pages 219-220, as a part of the discussion of the fossil coral-faunas, I have referred the Chipola marl member of the Alum Bluff formation to the basal part of the Mio- cene — that is, I correlate it with the base of the Burdigalian of European nomenclature. Unfortunately, information on the basal contact of the Chipola is not adequate. According to the description by Matson and Clapp 1 it conformably overlies the Chattahoochee formation. In 1900 I examined the exposure at the type locality, the McClelland farm on the west side of Chipola River, just south of Ten- mile Creek, Calhoun County, Florida, and corroborated the previous observations of Dall and Stanley-Brown that the marl immediately overlies limestone at the top of the Chattahoochee formation, but did not study the nature of the contact in sufficient detail. Although the evidence is not definite, it is probable that the contact is one of erosion unconformity. As regards t he Mollusc a of the Chipola marl, Miss Julia Gardner,, who has almost completed a monographic account of them, furnishes me the following statement: "The earlier investigation of the Chipola fauna indicated that 1 about 50 per cent of the species in the Chipola beds are peculiar to them; of the others the larger proportion are common to the Tampa Orthaulax bed while in the subsequent Oak Grove sands about 24 per cent of the Chipola species survive.' 2 "Further investigations have, as is usually the case, materially increased the percentage of peculiar forms and materially diminished the percentage of species common to other horizons. The work upon the Chipola fauna is not 3-et complete but there is every reason to suppose that at least 75 per cent of the species are restricted to- the single horizon. Twenty-three of the Tampa gastropods have been considered identical with those from the Chipola. In 18 out of the 23 the resemblances between the Tampa and Chipola forms are too slight to justify their inclusion under the same specific name. Two other species must be discarded for the present, because it has been impossible to find the Tampa individuals referred to them. Only 3 of the 23 remain; Strombus cMpolanus is represented in the Tampa beds by material too imperfect to determine with complete assurance; Xenoplwra concliyliophora is a species which has per- sisted with no perceptible change of character from the Upper Cretaceous to the Recent; Tegula exoleta apparently initiated in the Tampa persisted throughout the Miocene. The relation between the 1 Matson, G. C, and Clapp, P. G., A preliminary report on the geology of Florida, with special refer- ence to the stratigraphy, Florida Geol. Survey 2d Ann. Rept., pp. 102, 103, 1910. « Dall, W. H., A monograph of the molluscan fauna of the Orthaulax pvgnax zone of the Oligocene oi Tampa, Fla., U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 90, p. 8, 1915. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 573 Tampa and Chipola pelecypods promises to be similar to that be- tween the gastropods. No identical species of any significance has been found, and except a single conspicuous element the entire aspect of the fauna looks forward to the later Tertiary and Recent rather than backward. The presence of OrtJiaulax, that bizarre group so closely associated with the Oligocene of the southeast coast and the Antilles, is the one strong band between the Chipola and the later Oligocene faunas. This archaic type survived the break at the close of the Tampa and continued in considerable abundance throughout the Chipola, but no trace of it has been found in the later formations. ' 1 The affinity between the Oak Grove and Chipola is much closer than the percentage of identical species indicates. Only about 15 per cent of the Chipola forms are common to the Oak Grove, although about 35 per cent of the Oak Grove forms are common to the Chipola. The Chipola fauna is remarkably varied and includes two decidedly dis- tinct facies and a third more obscurely differentiated assemblage. The Oak Grove fauna, on the other hand, is much more uniform; it includes fewer species and has a much larger relative number of individuals. The facies of the Chipola fauna at the type exposure on Chipola River is much more closely allied to the Oak Grove than is the facies developed in the lower bed at Alum Bluff, which con- t tains a rather prominent brackish water element. The third assem- blage, a marine fauna known only from Boynton Landing on Choc- tawhatchee River, has a rather large number of peculiar species. Except OrtJiaulax, the prominent genera of the Chipola fauna on the Chipola River and those of the Oak Grove fauna are the same, and a goodly percentage, probably the majority, of the prolific species of the Oak Grove have closely related analogues in the Chipola fauna as represented on Chipola River. The change following the Chipola was apparently sufficient to exterminate the archaic types, together with a large number of the newer forms. The hardier types, however, survived and were apparently able to flourish with increased abun- dance in the less densely populated waters of the Oak Grove." The Mollusca of this horizon are only remotely related to those of the Tampa formation, which is the stratigraphic equivalent of the upper part of the Chattahoochee formation, while they are closely related to those of the next higher zone, the Oak Grove sand. Be- cause of the faunal kinship and the stratigraphic intergradation of the marl with the typical material of the Alum Bluff formation at Alum Bluff, it is classified with the Oak Grove sand as a member of the Alum Bluff formation. Berry has described the small flora obtained in the Alum Bluff formation 1 in a paper by him already cited. The fossil plants at i U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (E), pp. 41-59, pis. 7-10, 1916. 574 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Alum Bluff occur between 12 and 17 feet above the top of the Chipola marl. He says regarding this flora: "It is thus apparent that the Alum Bluff flora can be considered either Aquitanian or Burdigalian, with a slight preponderance of the evidence in favor of the Aquita- nian, * * * If the Alum Bluff formation is of Aquitanian or Burdigalian age — and one or the other alternative seems certain— the more or less academic question is raised whether it shall be classed as Oligocene or Miocene." The floral evidence at least does not contradict considering the Alum Bluff as Burdigalian. The matrix of the Chipola marl is particularly suited for the preservation of Foraminif era, and they are very abundant ; but there are no orbitoid Foraminifera, neither Lepidocyclina nor Hetero- steginoides. The Bryozoa of the Alum Bluff formation, according to Messrs. Canu and Bassler, are of distinctly Burdigalian affinities. The fauna is particularly characterized by the introduction of certain species that persist until the present time. Two of these species are Cupularia umbellata Def ranee and C. canariensis Busk, both of which occur in the Chipola marl at its type locality, -and both were collected by Doctor MacDonald on Banana River, Costa Rica, in deposits correlated with the Gatun formation, and both occur in the Bowden marl of Jamaica. The evidence of the fossil corals and of the fossil vertebrates has been discussed on pages 219, 220 of this volume. MARKS HEAD MARL AND CALVERT FORMATION. The Marks Head marl at Porters Landing, Savannah River, Effingham County, Georgia, has been correlated by me with the Calvert formation of Maryland and Virginia. 1 The most recent discussion of the age equivalence of the Calvert with European horizons is that of Berry in a paper already mentioned. 2 He says, regarding the probable age of the formation: " Seven of the Calvert plants, or 26.9 per cent, are common to the Tortonian of Europe, and ten others, or 38 per cent, are represented in the Tortonian by very similar forms. In view of the fact that these floras spread into both regions from a common and equally accessible source, the evidence that the Calvert flora indicates a Tortonian age is as conclusive as intercontinental correlations ever can be." According to this correlation of Berry, there is no Helvetian in the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States. 1 Vaughan, T. W., The Miocene horizons at Porters Landing, Georgia, Science, new ser., vol. 31, pp. 833, 834, 1910; and in Veatch, O., and Stephenson, L. W., Preliminary report on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Georgia, Georgia Geol. Survey Pull. 26, pp. 362-369, 1911. » U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (F), pp. 61-73, pis. 11, 12, 1916. GEOLOGY AKD PALEONTOLOGY OB* THE CANAL ZONE. 575 CHOPTANK AND ST. MARYS FORMATIONS. Miss Julia Gardner contributes the following statement on these for- mations: "Because of faunal similarity with the Calvert formation, both the Choptank and the St. Marys formations arc also correlated with the Tortonian of Europe, though, of course, they represent hori- zons slightly higher than that of the Calvert. The Choptank fauna i3 little more than a sandy bottom facics of the Calvert and is tho biologic expression of the physical conditions attending its close. About 60 per cent of the Choptank species are present in the under- lying formation, whilo approximately 30 per cent persist into tho overlying St. Marys. "Tho St. Marys fauna, though similar to those of the lower forma- tions of the Chesapeake group in the general make-up, is differentiated from them by an influx of new forms and by the absence of those species peculiar to the cooler waters of the Calvert and the sands of the Choptank. The more modern element includes not far from 35 per cent of the entire St. Marys fauna." YORKTOWN FORMATION AND DUPLIN MARL. Miss Gardner has kindly prepared tho following statement: "The chango in tho paleontologic character at tho close of the St. Marys is much more significant than that preceding it. Although the percentage of new forms in the Yorktown is not remarkably large, the general facics shows a distinct advance over the St. Marys. The more primitive types, such as Ostrea comjjressirostra, had becomo extinct or they show an abrupt decrease in prominence, while a number of more advanced types such as Area lienosa, which con- stitute conspicuous elements in tho later faunas, are initiated at this horizon. "The views advanced by Dall 1 on the approximate synchroneity of the Yorktown and Duplin faunas have been verified by subsequent investigations. Doctor Dall, in his discussion of Tertiary conditions along the East Coast, suggested the elimination of the cool inshore current of the earlier Miocene and the rccstablishment of a Tertiary Gulf Stream as tho probable cause of the subtropical aspect of tho Duplin fauna. This late Miocene warm current apparently hugged the North Carolina shore even more closely than docs tho present Gulf Stream, but swung off into the open sea in the vicinity of Hatteras so that its influence upon the Yorktown fauna was almost negligible. The sea floor, on which the Dulphin marl, as at present known, was deposited, was apparently more sandy than that on which the St. Marys and Yorktown formations were laid down, as the conspicuous abundance in Virginia and northern North Carolina of such a form as Mulinia congesta indicates dominantly muddy bottom in some i Dall, W. H., Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila. Trans. Vol. 3, pt. 6, p. 1598, 1903. / 37149— 19— Bull. 103 3 576 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. portions at least of the area covered by deposits belonging to the J Chesapeake group, while the profusion of Oliva literata and Olivella mutica give evidence of extensive sand flats in the area covered by the Duplin marl. Already in the late Tertiary, present day conditions had been approximated along the East Coast. The i faunas of Virginia and North Carolina flourished in rather shallow inshore waters into which mud and sand were being freely carried, the waters of the Yorktown basin being slightly but not much warmer than those off the Virginia coast today; while the Duplin fauna was apparently in more direct communication with the Flor- idian life than are the present faunas off Hatteras and Cape Fear and indicate slightly warmer climatic conditions than do those of the Yorktown.' 1 The Yorktown formation and the Duplin marl are the correlatives \ of the European stage next younger than the Tortonian, which would be the Sarmatian or Pontian or both. CHOCTAWHATCHEE MARL. The study that I made of the Mollusca from the Duplin marl as exposed at Porters Landing, Savannah River, Georgia, 1 and of Mol- lusca from exposures of the same formation in South Carolina, led me to the conclusion that the Choctawhatchee marl of Florida, exposed between Ocklocknee River, on the east, and Choctawhatchee Bay, on the west, is of very nearly the same, if not of the identical, age as the Duplin marl. Therefore, the Choctawhatchee marl and its correlative, the Jacksonville formation of east Florida, are about the same in age as the Sarmatian and Pontian of Europe. The brackish water Pascagoula clay of the coastal area in Missis- sippi and Louisiana is probably of about the same age — that is, late Miocene. PLIOCENE. In the South Atlantic and Coastal Plain of the United States four formations, the Waccamaw marl of the Carolinas, the Nashua and Caloosahatchee marls of Florida, and the Citronelle formation of the Gulf States are definitely considered of Pliocene age. References to literature are not necessary, as they are given in the papers men- tioned in the footnotes on pages 565, 566. At present correlation of these formations with the three recognized European stages, Pla- sancian, Astian, and Sicilian is not warranted. According to Berry, the flora of "the Citronelle formation belongs in the later half of the i Pliocene epoch and is directly ancestral to the Pleistocene and ! Rocent floras of the same region." » Georgia Gcol. Survey Bull. 26, pp. 367-309, 1911. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 577 Age of the Sedimentary Formations op Panama, and the Distribution op their Age-Equivalents in Central America and the West Indies. EOCENE. The oldest deposit from which Eocene fossils were obtained is a dark-gray argillaceous sandstone near Tonosi. Here specimens of Venericardia planicosta closely resembling a variety found at Clai- borne, Alabama, were collected. The evidence of one species is meager, but as much as there is points to the deposit being of Claibornian-Lutetian (or Auversian) age. Deposits of Claibornian age extend as a belt from South Carolina across Georgia into Alabama, thence through Mississippi, eastern Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas, and into Mexico. 1 Although deposits of upper Eocene (Jacksonian) age have not been positively identified in Panama, they probably are there. Doctor Cushman inclines to the opinion that the limestone contain- ing OrtliopJiragmina minima at David is of upper Eocene age. Upper Eocene deposits occur in Nicaragua, St. Bartholomew, Jamaica, Cuba, in the southeastern and southern United States from North Carolina to Mexico, and probably in northern Colombia. The cor- relation and distribution of deposits of this age are discussed on pages 193-198 in the account of the fossil coral-faunas. They are the American representatives of the European Bartonian-Ludian- Priabonian stage. It is highly probable that upper Eocene marine sediments are present on the island of Antigua. Hussakoff has described 2 a fossil fish, Zebrasoma deani, from a quarry belonging to Mr. Oliver Nugent. I did not visit this quarry but saw it from a distance. It is at a place known as Golden Grove, which is 1.4 nautical miles nearly due south from the Cathedral in St. John, about 400 feet east of the southern end of a north and south line, and is in a sandstone or bedded tuff that is stratigraphically below the middle Oligocene Antigua formation. I believe Hussakoff is correct in assigning a probably Eocene age to the fossil. Although it is probable that deposits of upper Eocene age occur in a number of other West Indian islands, Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, St. Croix, Guadaloupe, Martinique, and Barbados, the available evidence is indecisive. Gregory 3 expressed the opin- ion in 1895 that the Scotland "beds" of Barbados are of lower Oligocene age. According to Douville, in his latest paper 4 on the orbitoids of Trinidad, there are in that island deposits of Lutetian, Auversian, and i See p. 565 of this volume. ! Hussakoif, L., Zebrasoma deani, a fossil surgeon fish from the West Indies, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 23, pp. 125, 126, pi. 7, 1907. > Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies, Gcol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, p. 298, 1895. «Comptes Rend., vol. 164, pp. 841-847, 1917. 578 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Priabonian age. Miss Maury 1 correlates the basal bed of the ex- posure at Soldado Rook, Trinidad, with the Midway group of the Gulf Coastal Plain of the United States, but I am not convinced that the fauna is quite so old. In fact, the paleontologic evidence seems to me just about as strongly in favor of the horizon corresponding to one in the Wilcox group. Douville is of the opinion that most of Miss Maury's horizons are younger than the age she has assigned them. There are discrepancies between Miss Maury's and Douville's correlations that probably can be reconciled only by a critical study of Foraminifera positively known to be associated with the respec- tive beds in which the Mollusca were collected. I have had con- siderable experience in checking M. Douville's results, and, except that he does not understand all of the stratigraphic nomenclature and is greatly confused as to some of the stratigraphic relations in the southeastern United States, I have usually found his deductions as to the age of formations valid. It seems to me that the table in his last paper on the Trinidad orbitoids is correct, except that it seems to me more appropriate to refer the Aquitanian to the Oligocene than to the Miocene. OLIGOCENE. LOWER OLIGOCENE. The quotation, page 549, from Douville indicates the presence on tho Haut Chagres of limestone of lower Oiigocene (Lattorfian) ago, as it contains specimens of Orihophragmina (Asterodiscus) species in association with Lepidocyclina species resembling L. cliaperi. Doctor MacDonald collected in tho river bed at David, station 6512, Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, L. duplicaia, L.panamensis, Oriliopliragmina minima, and Nummulites davidensis; at station 6526, in limestone which according to his section immediately underlies tho lime- stone at station 6512, where ho obtained Lepidocyclina spocies unde- termined and Nummvliles davidensis; and he found at station 6523, 2 miles north of David, Lepidocyclina macdonaldi and L. duplicaia. These three localities represent very nearly; if not precisely, the same horizon, and havo faunal characters vory similar to those of tho horizon in Trinidad that Douville correlates with tho "Stampicn inferieur," which, according to him, is Lattorfian. It therefore seems that tho limestone in and north of David is of lower Oligocene (Lat- torfian) age, and is the correlative of tho Vicksburg group of tho eastern Gulf States of tho United States. Doctor Cushman 's opin- ions as to the probable Eocene ago of this limcstono was given on page 550. It is probable that tho Bohio conglomerate is of this ago, for it contains the Oligoccno plant, Taenioxylon muldradiaium Felix, which i Maury, Carlotta J., A contribution to the paleontology of Trinidad, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Journ., scr. 2, vol. 15, pp. 25-112, pis. 6-13, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 579 also occurs in tho Oligocenc of Antigua, and according to Doctor MacDonald the Bohio underlies the Culebra formation, the lower part of which seems to bo of middle Oligocono age. However, tho Bohio may be of middle Oligocenc instead of lower Oligocenc age. Komancs reports from Manzanilla, on tho Pacific coast of Costa Rica, 1 a cherty rock in which there are remains of Foraminifcra, including Gobigerina and "a complex form allied to Tinoporus, 11 which according to Dr. R. L. Sherlock is "most probably a species of Orbitoides." As the so-called species of Tinoporus from Trinidad, according to Douville, are referable to Orihophragmina {Aslerodiscus) f it appears almost certain that tho "form allied to Tinoporus 17 mentioned by Romanes is a species of Aslerodiscus. Dr. J. A. Cushman has examined Romanes's figure, 2 based on a photomicro- graph of a thin section of the rock from Manzanilla, and writes mo that it shows " rihopliragmina and abundant Globigerina, and that the rock may bo similar to that at David and on Haut Chagres." The evidence is not entirely decisive, but the probability is very strong that tho rock from Manzanilla, Costa Rica, is of lower Oligocono (Lattorfian) ago as is that at David and on Haut Chagres. It is unfortunate that the box containing Mr. Romanes's most important specimens was lost in transit, but, notwithstanding this loss, he has made a valuable addition to the literature on tho geology of Costa Rica. Hill, in his description of a geologic section from San Jose, Costa Rica, to the coast at Port Limon, says: "At Guallava, the next station oast of Las Animas, the Tortairy rocks are of Vicksburg age, according to Dr. Dall." 3 On page 275 of Hill s paper, Doctor Dall lists from this locality "the genuine Orbiioides manieili, Phos, Dental- Hum, Plicalula, Anomia, etc., all Vicksburg species." Between Costa Rica and Mexico there is no definite evidence as to tho presence or absence of lower Oligocono deposits, but as Sapper mentions Nummuliies from Zacualpa, Yucatan, either Eocene or Oligocene occurs at this place; 4 and, judging from the indefinite statements of Sapper, deposits of either Eocene or Oligocene ago underlie extensive areas in Chiapas and northern Guatemala . 5 Felix and Lenk 6 report Nummuliies and "Orbiioides" in northern Chiapas, from collections made by Karsten, and refer them to tho Eocene, but sufficient data are not given to decide whether the > Romanes, J., Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Gcol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 130, 131, pi. 9, fig. 4, 1912. a Idcm., pi. 9, Gg. 4. « Hill, R. T., The geologic history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Rica, Mus. f omp„ Zool. Bull., vol. 28, No. 5, p. 232, 1898. « Sapper, Carlos, La gcographia fisica y la geologica do la Peninsula dc Yucatan, Mexico Inst. geol. BoL 3, p. 7, 1896. & Petermann's Mittheil., F.rglinzungs vol. 27, Erganzungshcft. 127, p. 67, 1899. 6 Felix, J., and Lenk, H. , Leber das Vorkommen von Nummulitenschichten in Mexico, Neues Jahrb. far Min. Jahrg. 1895, vol. 2, pp. 208-209, 1895. 580 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. deposits are of Eocene or Oligocene age. Aurelius Todd collected at Tumbala, Chiapas, station 6403 U.S.N.M. register, Lepidocyclina in quantity and a Nummuliies possibly allied to a species described by Cushman from St. Bartholomuw. Cushman says, "I should say that the material repressnts a lower Oligocene horizon." Lepidocyclina and other Foraminifera that a ppears to be num- mulitic were obtained by P. C. Steward and C. W. Washburnc 500 meters southeast of Pocero, 8 leagues southwest of Ozuluama, Vera Cruz, Mexico, station 5462 U.S.N.M. register. Doctor Cushman says that at best some of this material is from strata of Oligocene age, but he does not express an opinion as to what part of the Oligo- cene it represents. Lower Oligocene deposits probably occur in eastern Mexico, north of the Tamaulipas Range, for Dumble reports a Pecien recalling Pecien poulsoni Morton, specimens identified by Doctor Dall. 1 South of that range, the same author records " Orbiioides papyracea, Crisiel- laria, and Nummuliies, from the Buena Vista to the Tancochin at Cerro del Oro." 2 The palcontologic evidence is indecisive, for tho " Orbi'.oides papyracea" is certainly misidentified ; but the specimens probably represent a large species of Lepidocyclina, of the kind abundant in the lower Oligocene and upper Eocene of the south- eastern United States and in tho middle Oligocene of Antigua and Georgia. The deposits from which the Foraminifera were obtained may be of upper Eocene or of upper or middle Oligocene age, but the probability is that they are lower Oligocene in age. No marine Oligocene deposits are known in tho State of Texas. Berry reports Palmoxylon iexense Stenzcl, from 5 miles north of Jasper, Texas, from "beds of Vicksburg ago," 3 and states that "Unstudied material indicates the probable presence of this species at several localities in tho Catahoula sandstone of Texas and in tho Vicksburg limestone of Alabama." There is marine lower Oligocene in Louisiana at Rosoficld, near Washita River; and east of Mississippi River it outcrops in a belt running from Vicksburg eastward to Georgia and Florida. Marine deposits in Cuba havo been questionably referred to tho lower Oligocene, but a definite opinion must be withheld until Doctor Cushman has completed his study of the Cuban orbitoid Foraminifera. The geologic formation in Jamaica to which Hill applied tho name Montpelier white limestone 4 contains many Foraminifera, » Dumble, E. T., Tertiary deposits of northeastern Mexico, California Acad. Sci. Proc, scr. 4, vol. 5, p. 188, 1915. 2 Dumble, E. T., Some events in tho Eocene history of the present coastal area of the Gulf of Mexico in Texas and Me\ico, Journ. Gcol., vol. 23, No. 6, p. 496, 1915. » Berry, E. W., The flora of tho Catahoula sandstone, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98 (M), pp. 235, 235, pi. 56, 1916. « Hill, R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, pp. 137-144, 1899. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 581 one of which was identified by Bagg as Orbiioides mantelli, and is definitely correlated by Hill with the Vicksburg deposits of Missis- sippi. The identification of Orbiioides (Leiridocyclina) maniclli is subject to doubt, and the doubt attaching thereto affects the validity of Hill's correlation. However, the fact that the Montpelicr limestone overlies the upper Eocene Cambridge formation and that a stratigraphic break occurs between it and the Bowden marl is strong stratigraphic evidence in favor of the correctness of Hill's opinion. The stratigraphic evidence leads to the supposition that the orbitoidal Foraminifera belong to the genus Lepidocyclina, and their having been identified as Orbiioides manielli indicates that they have the form of that species. From the available evidence I consider Hill's conclusion justified, but until the Foraminifera have been critically studied the correlation is only tentative. Hill 1 presents a correlation of Tippenhauer's columnar section for the island of Haiti with the Jamaican formations. Tippenhauer gives very meager information on the paleontology of Haiti, but he does say that the yellow limestone, the formation overlying Eocene conglomerate, contains "Orbiioides." 2 Gabb mentions the abun- dance of " Orbiioides" in Santo Domingo/ but his statements are indefinite. It will later be made clear (p. 591 of this volume) that orbitoid Foraminifera are absent in Santo Domingo in deposits of the same age as and younger than the Bowden marl. The orbitoidal limestones of Santo Domingo are therefore older than the Miocene of Rio Gurabo, etc., and are probably of lower or middle Oligocene age, although they may be of upper Oligocene age. Additional strati- graphic and paleontologic work is needed before reliable conclusions on these matters are possible. There is at present no information that suggests the presence of lower Oligocene marine deposits in the West Indies east and south of Haiti. At the base of the Pepino formation in Porto Rico and of the Antigua formation in Antigua there are erosion unconformities, indicating periods of uplift during the lower Oligocene. I have not been able to procure information on Guadaloupe or Martinique that would serve as a basis for an opinion on the age of the lower formations in these islands. On the island of Trinidad lower Oligocene (Sannoisian and lower Stampian of Douville) 4 is well developed. There is no information on northern South America. 1 The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, p. 172. * Tippenhauer, L. G., Die Insel Haiti, vol. 1, pp. 86, 87, 1892. » Gabb, W. M., On the topography and geology of Santo Domingo, Amer. Philos. Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. 15, p. 98, 1873. * Douville, H.. Les Orbitoides de l'ile de la Trinity Comptes Rend., vol. 161, pp. 87-92,1915; Les Orbi- toldes de l'ile de la Trinite, Idem, vol. 164, pp. 841-817, 1917. 582 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. MIDDLE OLIGOCENE. in As stated on page 203 in the discussion of the coral faunas, the is Antiguan Oligoccne must, in my opinion, be taken as the type forma- tion and type locality of the middle (Rupclian) Oligoccne of America. T I have definitely correlated with this horizon the reef-coral fauna si from Tonosi, Panama, station 6587, which I consider to bo the strati- ai graphic equivalent of the lower part of the Culebra formation, (i Lejridocyclina panamensis and L. duplicata arc associated For- h aminifera. The presence of marine deposits of this age in Antigua, F Porto Rico, Santo Domingo, Cuba, Florida, Alabama, and eastern n Mexico has been mentioned on pages 199-207. s Messrs. Roy E. Dickerson and W. S. W. Kcw have recently pub- is lished a paper 1 in which they say: "most of the localities listed below is appear to belong to the San Fernando formation of Dumble." This name is invalid, because it is preoccupied by the name of certain formations in Trinidad, and has been renamed San Rafael formation by E. T. Dumble. On page 205 of this volume I correlate it with the middle Oligoccne Antigua formation, the basal part of the Chatta- hoochee formation, and tho European Rupclian, on the basis of tho corals, which possess no such heterogeneous stratigraphic affinities as the fossils recorded by Messrs. Dickerson and Kcw. I will not hero undertake to analyze the fauna they report, but will say that it con- tains names of species of upper Eocene (Jackson-Ludian), lower Oligoccne (Vicksburgian-Lattornam), upper Oligoccne (upper Chatta- hoochcc-Tampa-Aquitanian), and lower Miocene (lower part of tho Alum Bluff and the higher horizon represented by tho Bowdcn marl- Burdigalian) age. In fact their list includes nearly every horizon from upper Eocene almost to middle Miocene. I will not attempt to explain this surprising paleontologic assemblage as tho collections may represent a number of horizons, tho species may be misidenti- fiod, or some of tho species may have extraordinary stratigraphic ranges; and it will bo mentioned that, as in at least one instance Cottcau mado an error in stating tho locality at which the type of a species was collected, thero is some confusion for which Messrs* Dickerson and Kcw are not responsible. An attempt will bo mado to remove in the forthcoming memoirs on West Indian paleontology as much of this kind of confusion as is possible. West of Alabama in Mississippi and Louisiana there are plant- bearing bods of middlo Oligoccne ago, for a considerable part of tho Catahoula sandstone is certainly of that age, but that formation seems to include beds of lowor, middle, and probably upper Oligoccne ago. No middlo Oligocono doposits are known in Texas. There is no » The fauna of a medial Tertiary formation and tho associated horizons of northeastern Mexico, Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. Proc., vol. 7, pp. 125-156, pis. 17-26a, 1917 (date printed with title July 30, 1917; received by rac Oct. 16, 1917). GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 583 information on Central American between Mexico and Panama, nor is there any on northern South America. H. Douville 1 has referred the "couches de San Fernando" of Trinidad to what he designates "Chattien et Tongrion" or "Stampien supericur." The species of Foraminifera occurring at this horizon, according to Douville, are Nummuliies cf. N. vascus, Lepidocyclina (Isolepidina) 2 pusiulosa, L. (Isolepidina) "du typo ogival," L. (En- lepidina) formosa, L. (Eulepidina) cf. L. dilatata. The species in Panama that would represent about the same horizon, according to my interpretation, are Lepidocyclina panamensis and L. muLiplicata, stations 65S6e and 05S7 (see page 555). L. panamensis, it should bo stated, may range upward into the Emperador limestone, but this is not certain. The cvidonce for Barbados is not altogether decisive. Franks and Harrison 3 present the following classification of tho Barbadian for- mations: (Low-level reefs. High level reefs. Globigerina- marls. Break. Miocene Oceanic series. Break. Eocene or Oligocene Scotland beds. Tho Globigerina-iau.rh are referred to in the section on page 544 of the paper cited, as the Bissex Hill "beds." The only comment I will here make on this section is that it seems to me physically impossible to have a fringing reef conformably built on Globigerina ooze deposited in water 1,000 fathoms deep. After bringing to bear on tho problem of tho age of the Scotland beds tho information accumulated by R. J. L. Guppy, Harrison and Jukes-Browne, and others, as well as that obtained through his own studies, Gregory says : 4 "It is therefore advisable at present to cor- relate the whole of the beds in Barbados below the Oceanic Series with tho San Fernando or Naparima marls of Trinidad. Guppy has recently referred these (and the lower part, at least, of the Scotland beds, goes with them) to the Eocene. They are, however, now gen- erally assigned to the Oligocene, as, for example, by Hoilprin." A preceding paragraph of this paper contains Douville's correlation of the "couches de San Fernando" of Trinidad, with the " Stampien » Lcs Orbitoi'des do Hie de la Trinitd, Comptcs. Rend., vol. 116, pp. 87-92, 1915. * This sub<*eneric name is invalid, for it is proposed for Lepidocyclina manlilli, which is the typc-species I of Lepidocyclina. The name should be written Lepidocyclina {Lepidocyclina) pusiulosa or [Lepidocyclina] Lepidocyclina pustulosa. » Franks, G. F., and ITarrison, J. B., The Globigerina-mar]s [and basal reef-rocks] of Barbados, with an appendix on the Foraminifera by F. Chapman, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ. vol. 54, pp. 5J0-555, 1898. * Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the West Indies, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, pp. 25.3-310, pi. 11, 1395. 584 BULLETIN 103,' UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. supSriour," which is Rupolian. Should the correlation of the Scot- land "beds" with the San Fernando be valid, the Scotland "bods" aro of the sam3 ago as the Antigua formation of Antigua, and cor- roborates the opinion expressed by Gregory. Allusion will here bo made to two species of fossil corrals, that wore submitted to me by Dr. J. W. Spencer and woro said to have been collected in Barbados, near the Cathedral at Bridgetown; and I gave him the generic names used in his paper referred to below. 1 The specimens are no longer accessible to me, but I have photographs of the species I listed as Astrocoenia species, which is tho species to which I have applied the name Asirocoenia ponoricensis, page 350 (pi. 76, figs. 4,4a, pi. 78, figs. 1, la) of this volume; and I have notes on the other species, referred to by me as Siylophora, species. The latter species, as well as Astrocoenia portoricensis, is exceedingly abundant in Antigua, where I collected between 60 and 70 specimens. It has six septa and a styliform columella, characters that led me to refer it to Siylophora, but as there aro well-developed styles in tho corners between many corrallites, I am now placing it in Siylocoenia. As these two species not only occur in Antigua, but as the matrix, yellowish clay, in which the specimens wore embedded is similar to that usual in Antigua, I have wondered if the specimens did nob really come from that Island, and not from Barbados. Messrs. Harrison and Jukes-Browne, it seems, became much excited over the reported occurrence in Barbados of the two species of corals mentioned above. 2 I will not enter the controversy between these authors and Doctor Spencer further than to say that if tho two species whose tentative identification I gave Doctor Spencer actually came from Barbados, their evidence is decisive as to beds of the age of the Antigua formation being in Barbados, and that the evidence of the corals is in accord with Gregory's correlation of tho Scotland "beds"; but if the specimens were obtained at tho locality at which Doctor Spencer says he found them, the Scotland "bods" must be very near the surface in Bridgetown, and tho veneer of tho elevated coral-reef limestone decidedly thin. The area 2.75 miles northeast of Bridgetown is indicated on Messrs. Harrison and Jukes-Browne's geological map of Barbados as "limestone probably underlain here by Scotland beds." Careful search should be made for corals in the material underlying the elevated reef in Bridgetown, and if the older coral-fauna is there, additional specimens will almost certainly bo found, for tho two species reported from thero aro usually represented not by occasional but by numerous specimens, if present at all. 1 Spencer, J. W., On the geological and physical de\clopmcnt of Barbados; with notes on Trinidad, Gcol. Soc. London Quart. Jonrn., vol. 58, pp. 354-3G5, 1902. 2 Harrison, J. B., and Jukes-Browno, A. J., Tho goology of Barbados, Oeol. Mag., vol. 9, pp. 550-554, Dec. 4, 1902. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OP THE CANAL ZONE. 585 According to Hill 1 this epoch is represented in Jamaica by an erosion unconformity that intervenes between the Montpelicr white limestone and the Bowden marl. The orbitoids and nummulites of Jamaica are greatly in need of critical study. It is entirely probable that part of Hill's Montpelicr limestone is of middle Oligo- cone (Rupelian) age. ^ UPPER OLIGOCENE. It is my opinion, as expressed on a previous page (555), that the upper part of the Culebra formation and the Empcrador lime- stone are the correlatives of the European Aquitanian, and on page 571 I havo given my reasons for preferring to refer the Aquitanian to the upper Oligocene rather than to the basal Miocene. The ref- erence of the upper part of the Culebra formation, in which Lepido- cyclina canellei R. Douville and Lemoine and L. chaperi R. Douville and Lemoine occur, to the upper Oligocene is old, for it was first pub- lished by H. Douville in 1898. 2 Later 3 he refers the beds in which L. canellei is found to the upper Aquitanian, which he considers lower Miocene. M. Douville apparently is confused as regards the strati- graphic relations of L. chaperi, for the section, station 6019e-/, page 538, shows that it occurs stratigraphically above L. canellei, station 6019a, page 53S, in Gaillard Cut. As has been said, I correlate that part of the Culebra formation in which Lepidocyclina canellei, L. chaperi, L. vaugliani, Heiero- steginoides panamensis, Nummulites panamensis, Orbiioliies ameri- cana, and the corals listed on page 208, with the upper half of the Chattahoochee formation of Georgia and Florida and a part of the Tampa formation of Florida, and I consider it the American corre- lative of the European Aquitanian-Chattian. The Emperador limestone is paleontologically very closely related to the underlying top of the Culebra formation. In fact, except in the Canal Zone, where they are separable because of lithologic differences, it seems to me doubtful if the horizons represented by them can be positively identified. As a part of my discussion of the fossil corals it was necessary for me to discuss the geographic distribution- of coralliferous deposits of this age in America. Besides those in Panama, marine deposits of the same age also occur in Anguilla, probably in Porto Rico, in Cuba, Florida, and Georgia, and H. Douville's researches on the Foraminifera of Trinidad show their presence on that island. It is probable that they are also present in Martinique, Santo Domingo, and eastern Mexico, but precise data are lacking. i Hill, R. T., The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Mus. Camp. Zool. Bull., vol. 34, p. 143, 1899. 1 Douvilld, H., Sur l'age des couches traversers par le Canal de Panama, Soc. Geol. France Bull., vol, 26, pp. 5S7-S00, 1898. * Douville, II., Les coucbes a orbitoldes de l'isthme de Panama, Idem., stance du 20 d^cembre 191 s * pp. 129-131, 1916. 586 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Recently Dr. Sidney Powers has presented to the United States National Museum some specimens ho collected at the cntranco to Rio Dulco, Guatemala. The rock is a massive light-colored, fino- tcxtured limestone, with a conchoidal fracturo, and contains many poorly preserved fossils. Among the fossils arc Orbiioliles species; sevcraj corals, one of which resembles Siderasirea, another is probably a specimen of Goniopora, and a third seems to be a branching poritid coral that looks precisely like a coral obtained by Doctor MacDonald in limestone, referred by him to tho Emporador limestone, in tho swamp north of Ancon Hill and about one-quarter of a mile south of Diablo Ridge, Canal Zone; and there are specimens of Osirea, Pecten, and Lima. This material is too poor to warrant a positive opinion, but it is worth noting, and it probably represents a hori- zon very near that of the Emporador limestone. According to Hill's account of the stratigraphic succession in Jamaica, the correlatives of these uppermost Oligocene deposits are represented there by a stratigraphic break, tho unconformity be- tween the Montpclier white limestone and the Bowden marl. MIOCENE. The definite correlation of the Canal Zone Miocene with European horizons was first attempted by H. Douville in his paper, already cited, on the age of the deposits along the Panama Canal. He says regarding the deposits overlying those discussed in the fore- going remarks: "Leur age est incontestablcmcnt Miocene. "* He considers the lower part of these deposits as Burdigalian, the upper part as Helvetian in age. That part of the Gatun formation exposed at Monkey Hill is referred to the Helvetian. The literature on the age of the Gatun formation is considerable, but a lengthy review of it appears unnecessary. The papers by Toula and by Pilsbry and Brown have already been cited on page 560 of this volume. Actually there is in most cases more apparent than real discrepancy between the correlations of the different investigators, due to the fact that the Alum Bluff formation, includ- ing the Chipola marl member at its base, has been referred to the upper Oligocene. The Alum Bluff formation is certainly of Miocene age, acoording to European usage, and is the American equivalent of the Burdigalian. All available evidence indicates that the lower part of the Gatun formation in the Canal Zone is the equivalent of the Alum Bluff formation of Florida and Georgia. Although the Gatun formation contains numerous species of Foraminifcra, cchi- noids, and Crustacea, the fauna is predominantly molluscan, and the discrimination of zones within it must await the completion of the study of the careful zonal collections Doctor MacDonald and I ■ Soc. Gool. Franco Bull., vol. 2ti, p. 509, LS'JS. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CAXAL ZONE. 587 made. At present I have not strong evidence, but it is nevertheless my belief that, while the lower part of the formation is of Burdigalian, the upper part is of Helvetian age, as Douville in essence said so long ago as 1898. This would still signify that the Gatun forma- tion is geologically older than the Miocene of the Chesapeake group in Maryland and Virginia and the Marks Head, Duplin, and Choctaw- hatchec marls of the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Deposits of old Miocene (Burdigalian = Alum Bluff) age arc widely distributed around the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. The Gatun formation extends from Panama into Costa Rica on one side and into Colombia on the other. The lists of corals, Bryozoa, and Crustacea already given show the extension into Costa Rica. Pilsbry and Brown 1 say regarding a collection from near Cartagena, Colombia, that it is from beds " about equiva- lent in age to the Gatun in the Canal Zone." They record the fol- lowing species: Fossil mollusks from near Cartagena, Colombia. Conus proteus Tlwass. molis Brown and Pilsbry. imitutor Brown and Pilsbry. acmuhitor Brown and Pilsbry. ga:a Pilsbry and Johnson. T urris cartngcnensis Pilsbry and Brown. Drilla gatunensis Toula. Cancellaria claricna Toula. Milra longa Gabb. Marginclla mediocris Pilsbry and Brown. Olira sayana immortua Pilsbry and Brown. Strombina carlagenensis Pilsbry and Brown. lloydsmilhi Pilsbry and Brown. JSolenosteira dalli Brown and Pilsbry. Murex gatunensis Brown and Pilsbry. pomum Gmulin. Typhis linguifcrus Dall. Cassis mow'lifera Guppy. Polinices mammillaris (Lamarck). Polamides avus Pilsbry and Brown. Turritella cartagenensis Pilsbry and Brown. lloydsmilhi Pilsbry and Brown. subgrundij'cra Dall. tornata Guppy. Petaloconchus domingensis Sowerby. Dcntalium solidissium Pilsbry and Brown. cartagenense Pilsbry andBrown. Pitar {IJysteroconcha) casta Pilsbry and Brown. Yoldia pisciformis Pilsbry and Brown. Area consobrina Sowerby. Glycymeris tumefactus Tilsbry and Brown. trilobicosta Pilsbry and Brown. lloydsmilhi Pilsbry and Brown. Ostrea sculpturata osculum Pilsbry and Brown. In 1916, Mr. George C. Matson was engaged in geologic work in northern Colombia, near Usiacuri, and sent to the United States National Museum collections of fossils for use in comparing with those from the Canal Zone and Costa Rica. Dr. C. W. Cooke, beforo being detailed to other work, had prepared preliminary list3 of the species of mollusks received up to the time he had to under- take other duties. 1 Pilsbry, IT. A., and Brown, A. P.. Oligocene fossils from the neighborhood of Cartagena. Colombia, with notes on some Uaitian species, Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. for 1917, pp. 32-41, pis. 5, 6, 1917. 588 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Preliminary list of fossils from Colombia. (All determinations subject to revision.) By Charles Wythe Cooke. 7852. Las Sierras, between el Carmen and Zambrano; from surface on top of knoll. F. L. Wilde, collector, December 8, 19 16. Conus, probably C. imitator Brown and Pilsbry. 2 species. Terebra gatunensis Toula. subsuldfera Toula. Drillia gatunensis (Toula)? Turns barretti (Guppy)? Canccllana dariena trachyostraca Brown and Pilsbry? 2 species. Oliva gatunensis Toula? Marginella species. Latirus aff. L. prolractus (Conrad). Strombina gatunensis (Toula). Distorsio gatunensis Toula. Turritella gatunensis Conrad. altilira Conrad. mimet.es Brown and Pilsbry. species. Architectonica gatunensis (Toula). Natica, several species. Cheilea princeioniana Brown and Pilsbry? Crucibulum species. Area. species. Pecten species. Corbula ( Cuneocorbula) hezacyma Brown and Pilsbry. Chama species. Veneridae. several species. Correlation: Gatun formation. 7873. About one-half kilometer east Matson, collector. of Usiacuri, Colombia. G. C* Septastrea matsoni Vaughan. Terebra cf . T. gausapata Brown and Pilsbry gatunensis Toula. Conus dalli Toula. 2 species. Turritidae, several species. Cancellaria, 3 species. Olivella, several species. Mitra longa Gabb? Fusinus species. Latirus species. Alectrion species. Columbcllidae, several species. Murex species. Typhis species. Turritella mimetcs Brown and Pilsbry. altilira Conrad. gatunensis Conrad. Petaloconchus domingensis Sowerby? Natica species (very close to a species from Shell Bluff, Shoal River, Florida). Natica, 2 species. Neretina species. Niso species. Pyramidella species. Architectonica gatunensis Toula. Capulus species. Calyptrea species. Glycymeris new species. Area aff. A. grandis Brown and Pilsbry. Area new species. Ostrea speci es. Pecten species. Amusium large species. Venericardia species. Chione species. Corbula, 2 species. Mactra species. Correlation: Gatun formation. 7855. Two kilometers west of Usiacuri, Colombia. Area aff. A. grandis Brodcrip and Sowerby. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 589 Correlation : Probably Gatun formation. 785G. Three kilometers north of Usiacuri, Colombia. OHva species. Ostrea species. Cancel laria species. Pccien species. Cancellana species. recten species. Pttalocomhus dominigensis Sowerby? Anomia species. Turritella galunensis Conrad. Basta species. species. Cardium specier GJijcymeris species (also at 7873). Chione species. Arm nff A. nmndia "Rrnrlprin anrl Rowerhv "Rarnn.rln. species. Cardium species. ? species (also at 7873). Chione sp Area aff. A. grandis Broderip and Sowerby Barnacle, Correlation: Probably Gatun formation. 7874. River bed at Usiacuri, Colombia. G. C. Matson, collector. Ostrea species, like that at station 7859. 7857. Weathered surface of calcareous hard sandstone at San Anto- nio, 18 miles east of Tenerife, Colombia. Rogers and Wil- son, collectors. T erebra 2 species. Turritella altilira Conrad. Turns, like T. albida (Perry). Cerithium, 2 species. Canccllaria cf. C. guppyi Gabb. Chama species, etc. 7858. Creek bed at San Antonio. Same bed as 7857. Cerithium species. Scapharca species. 7859. Creek at San Antonio. Scapharca cf. S. chiriquiensis (Gabb). Ostrea species, etc. Other material was forwarded by Mr. Matson, but it has not been examined. Marine deposits of similar age are found in Venezuela at Cumana and in Trinidad. R. J. L. Guppy has published two interesting papers 1 in which he compares the species found at Springvalc, Trini- dad, with species from Cumana (Venezuela), Jamaica, and Haiti. Douville, in his account of the orbitoids of Trinidad, places the u couches de Cumana a Turritclla tornata^ in the Burdigalian. The " Oceanic Series" of Barbados (see p. 583 of this paper) is referred to the Miocene by all the recent students of that island. They are deposits supposed to have been laid down in water at least 1,000 fathoms deep, as they contain beds of radiolarian earth and specimens of a deep-sea echinoid, CystecMnus crassus Guppy. H. Douville reports Lcpidocyclina giraudi R. Douville from the "Burdigalien dc la Martinique." 2 Subsequently (p. 591) Mollusca from Martinique, thought by M. Cossmann to represent a higher horizon, will be considered. •Guppy, R. J. L., On a collection of fossils from Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad, Trinidad Agric. Soc. Paper No. 4-10, pp. 15, 1911; Fossils from Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad, Idem., Paper No. 454 , pp. 10. 3 pis., 1911. « Comptes Rend., vol. 161, p. 89, 1915. 590 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Dall said, in 1903, regarding the age of the Bowden marl of Jamaica: 1 "It is perhaps with the Oak Grove sands, or between tho Chipola and the Miocene, that the position of the Bowden fauna would be marked most plausibly against tho Tertiary column of Florida formations." This correlation has essentially been made by students of other groups of organisms, but instead of considering the Bowden of Oligocene age, the} 7 refer it to the Miocene. W. P. Woodring, in a recently published summary of his conclusions based upon a study of the Bowden pelecypods, 2 says: "Though many of the post-Chipolan elements are found among the characteristically tropical groups, yet the introduction of superspecific groups, some of which are not exclusively tropical, can hardly bo disregarded. The Bowden pelecypods are distinctly younger than those of the Alum Bluff faunas, as these faunas are now known. It may be suggested that the Bowden fauna is Burdigalian, that is, lower Miocene in the sense of most American stratigraphers." Dr. J. A. Cushman, from his study of the Foraminifera, and Messrs. Canu and Bassler from their investigations of the Bryozoa consider the Bowden fauna Miocene. My opinion, based upon the fossil corals (see pp. 212, 213 of this volume), is tho same as that of tho authors mentioned. Until the results of Miss Gardner's work on the Mollusca of the Alum Bluff formation are tabulated and com- parisons made with the Bowden fauna, only approximate correlation is practicable. It is my opinion that the Bowden is equivalent to a horizon high in the Alum Bluff, perhaps about that of the Shoal River marl. In other words, the Bowden corresponds to upper rather than to lower Burdigalian. There are in Santo Domingo at least three Miocene horizons, according to the results recently obtained there by Miss C. J. Maury.] Sho transmitted the Foraminifera, corals, echinoids, and Bryozoa to me for study in connection with the investigation of the strati- graphic paleontology of Central America and the southern United States, and Miss M. J. Rathbun has delivered to mo a manuscript in which she has included descriptions of tho fossil Crustacea col- lected by Miss Maury. Besides Miss Maury's report on the Mollusca, I am able to use Doctor Cushman's report on the Foraminifera, my own on the corals, Doctor Jackson's on tho echinoids, Messrs. Canu and Bassler's on the Bryozoa, and Miss Rathbun's on tho Crustacea. Miss Maury's zone II on Rio Cana is the same horizon as the Bowden; and she considers her zones G and I to bo the samo l Dall, W. H. f Tertiary fauna of Florida, Wagnor Free Inst. Sei. Trans., vol. 3, pt. G, p. 1582, 1W3. » Woodring, W. P., The pelecypods of the Bowden fauna, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circular, March, 1917, pp. 242-251, 1917. » Maury, Carlotta J., Santo Domingo type sections and fossils, Bull. Amor. Paleontology, vol. 5, pp. 165-459, pis. 28-05, 1917. 11 GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 591 horizon as her zone H. The age of the Santo Domingan corals is dis- cussed on page 2 1 8 of this volume. The Foraminifera, among which are no orbitoids, and the Bryozoa, both groups abundantly repre- sented, give essentially the same result as the corals. Messrs. Canu and Bassler consider the Bryozoa froln zones H-I as of unquestion- ably Burdigalian age. This same horizon, that of the Bowden, has been recognized at num- erous places in Cuba, as has been stated in discussing the fossil coral faunas of Cuba (p. 218). It has been identified at Baracoa and Matan- zas, and perhaps at Havana and Santiago. The lower (Alum Bluff) Miocene of the southeastern United States has been discussed at some length on pages 572-574. Marine deposits of this age occur in Florida, Georgia, and southern Alabama; in Mississippi they are represented by the nonmarine, plant-bearing Hattiesburg clay. A fauna of very nearly the same, if not identical, age occurs on the Isthmus of Tehauntepec. It has been particularly considered by Bose and Toula. 1 Bose says, regarding the specimens collected by him: "Eine ganze Roiho von Arten steht solchen nahc, die nur aus dem Oligociin der Antillcn bckannt worden sind." Although precise correlation of this material is not now practicable, it seems that a lower Miocene horizon is represented. Dr. C. W. Hayes collected on the Pacific coast of Nicaragua, 75 miles northwest of Brito Harbor, station 6409, worn specimens of a species of bryozoan that Dr. R. S. Bassler says is apparently Cupularia canariensis Busk, which ranges from a horizon in the Alum Bluff formation to Recent. The matrix is a calcareous, sandy, consoli- dated marl, and was included by Hayes in his Brito formation. The age of these specimens is not older than, and it probably is, old Miocene. The Brito formation, therefore, includes deposits ranging stratigraphically from upper Eocene to lower Miocene, but the beds at the type locality are of upper Eocene age (see previous pp. 193-197). It was stated on page 5S6 that H. Douville considered that part of the Gatun formation exposed around Mount Hope as Helvetian Miocene, and that I provisionally accept his determination. It is probable that some of the Miocene deposits of northern Colombia are also of this age. Information on Venezuela and between there and Martinique is lacking. For Martinique we have the following statement from Cossmann: 2 D'apres un premier apercu qui ne porte que sur une partie des Siplionostomes, il prait a peu pres certain qu'un grand nombre de Gastropodes se trouvent a la fois dans 1 Bose, E., Zur jungliaren Fauna von Tehuantepcc. I. Stratigraphie, Beschreibung und Vcrgleich niit americhanisch.cn Tertiarfaunen, K. k. gcolog. Iteichsanst. (Wien) Jahrb., vol. 60, pp. 215-255, pis. 12, 13, 1910. Toula, F., Zur jungtertiaren Fauna von Tchuantepec. II. Vergleichung hauptsiichlich mit europaischen und lebenden Artcn, Idem, vol. 60, pp. 255-276, 1910. * Cossmann, M., Etude comparative de fossiles mioceniques recuellis a la Martinique et a I'isthme de Panama, Journ. conch yliologie, vol. 61, pp. 1-64, pis. 1-5, 1913. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 4 592 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. les deux gisements, et que leur age est au-dessus des couches de Bowden a la Jamai'que* ! qui ont fait 1'objet d'une etude de la part de Guppy. Ces dernieres renferment uno jr tres belle faune dont j'ai pas mal de specimens dans ma collection: sans aller jusqu'a v partaker completement l'opinion de M. Dall qui les rapporte a l'Oligocene. je crois I qu'elles representent l'equivalent de notre Aquitanien, c'est-a-dire le Miocene . inferieur, tandis, que les fossiles de la Martinique et de Gatun (Panama) seraient un ^ peu plus recents, probablement du Miocene moyen. Enfin. d'apres les materiaux t que j'ai pu etudier a l'Ecole des Mines, les fossiles de Saint-Domingue (Haiti), etudies t par Gabb at par Sowerby, repr6senteraient un niveau deja plus cleve, celui du Miocene „ supcrieur. M. Cossmann considers this material from Martinique as younger ji ] than the Bowden fauna. j Precise information on the paleontology of the Tertiary formations , of Guadeloupe is exceedingly meager, in fact it is almost nothing. , Dr. J. W. Spencer submitted to me a specimen of Stylojrfwra 1 col- lected by him in a limestone near Les Abimes. Accurate identi- fication of a species of Stylo'phora may be a proper basis for precise correlation, but the genus ranges from upper Eocene to middle Miocene (about Helvetian) in the West Indian Tertiarics. In 1849 Milne Edwards and Haime described a coral from the ''Terrain tcrtiare" of Guadeloupe, under the name Thecosmilia ponderosa, and subsequently transferred it to the genus Montlivaltia. 2 I have photo- graphs of the type of this species, kindly sent me by my friend Dr Charles Gravier of the Museum d'Histoire Naturellc, Paris. It be- longs to the genus Antillia and is closely related to A. bilobata Duncan, Montlivaltia guesdesi, described by Duchassaing and Michelotti 3 from Guadeloupe and said to be associated with Antillia ponderosa, is also a species of Antillia. A. guesdesi is so similar to A. bilobata that Duchassaing and Michelotti placed the latter in its synonomy. As I have seen no specimens of A. guesdesi, I must base any opinions con- cerning it upon its authors' figures and descriptions. It seems to me different from A. bilobata, but as the distinction between the two consists in the relative number of teeth within 1 centimeter on the septal margins, and as the details of the figures of A. guesdesi may bo inaccurate, it would be improper to insist that they are different. However that may be, there are in Guadeloupe two supposed, very nearly related species of Antillia, and they are actually or almost indistinguishable from species that occur in Santo Domingo at a horizon near or above that of the Bowden marl. The evidence for Guadeloupe, therefore, indicates the presence there of deposits of uppermost Burdigalian or Helvetian age. There may be Tertiary deposits both older and younger than the bed in which the specimens of Antillia were collected. Doctor Spencer's structure section across the island strongly suggests that such deposits arc there. i Spencer, J. W., On the geological and physical development of Guadaloupe, Geol. Soc. London Journ., Vol.57, pp. 500-519, 1901. » Hist. nat. Corall., vol. 2, p. 312. 1857. « M&m. corall. Ant., p. 09 (of reprint), pis. 5, fig. 13, 1S00. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 593 It has already been stated that the fossils obtained by Miss Maury in Santo Domingo at horizons higher than her zones G, H, and I are younger than the Bowden fauna. A line of demarcation between the Burdigalian and higher Miocene is not at present practicable, but it is almost, if not quite, certain that her upper zones are not older than Helvetian. This would still seem to indicate a horizon below the lowest formation of the Chesapeake group of Maryland and Vir- ginia and the Marks Head marl of eastern Georgia, but the available data do not warrant a positive opinion. However, it appears that the higher Miocene deposits of the Santo Domingan section are represented in Florida and Georgia by the erosion interval between the deposition of the uppermost beds of the Alum Biuff formation and that of the overlying Marks Head marl. The presence in Cuba of deposits, the La Cruz marl, of the same age as the Santo Domingan deposits above Miss Maury's zones H-I, was noted on page 219 of this volume. It seems that there are in the southeastern United States no Miocene marine deposits of the same age as the upper part of the Gatun formation, the Santo Domingan deposits above Miss Maury's zones H-I, and the La Cruz marl of Cuba, unless some of the latter deposits are younger than is at present supposed. Except for the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, there is no information on marine Miocene formations of this age in eastern Mexico, or in the area between Yucatan and Costa Rica. The extension of the Gatun formation into Costa Rica has already been discussed. PLIOCENE. The Toro limestone is the only formation within the Canal Zone that is supposed to be of Pliocene age. The determination of the age of this formation is necessarily by means of its stratigraphic relations, as only one identifiable species of fossil, Epitonium toro'tnse Dall, was collected in it, but the stratigraphic relations, described by Doctor MacDonald on pages 544, 545 of this volume, are such that the formation can scarcely be of any age other than Pliocene. The Pliocene deposits in the vicinity of Limon, Costa Rica, were first observed by W. M. Gabb, 1 who described a number of species from there, and they were later visited by R. T. Hill, 2 who made additional collections, on which Doctor Dall supplies notes published in the paper cited. 3 Doctor Dall has recently described an interesting species of Pecten, P. pittieri, 4 collected by Mr. H. Pittier at Moin Hill, near Port Limon. This species will be referred to in 1 Cabb, W. M., Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Fliocenc clay beds between Limon and Mcen, Costa "Rica ; together with notes on previously known species from there and elsewhere in the Carib- bean area, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Journ., ser. 2, vol. S, pp. 349-3S0, figs, on pis. 45-47, 1881. 3 Mus. Comp. ZoAL Bull., vol. 28, p. 234, 1898. s The geologic history of the Isthmus of Panama and portions of Costa Pica, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 28, p. 274, 1898. « Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, p. 10, 1912. 594 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. a subsoquent paragraph. Pliocene corals from this locality are considered on page 223. Mr. George C. Matson collected at Barranquilla, Colombia, somo fossils that belong to a fauna younger than that obtained around Usiacuri, and may be of Pliocene age. Glyci/meris, Ostrea, Pecten, and Lucina are the genera represented. The Bissex Hill "beds" of Barbados (see p. 583 of this paper) are considered Pliocene in age by Franks and Harrison; but I infer, from his remarks on the Foraminifera, that Chapman inclined to tho opinion that they are of Miocene age. I strongly doubt any of the elevated, terraced coral reefs of Barbados being so old as Pliocene, but present evidence is not decisive. The only known extensive Pliocene coral fauna in America is that of the Waccamaw and Caloosahatcheo marls of the southeastern United States. This is discussed on page 222 of this volume. I have studied both the specimens on which Gregory based his account of the Barbadian elevated-reef corals and a collection (see p. 255 of this volume) later sent me by Professor Jukes-Browne. All of the species seem to mo inseparable from the species at present living in the Caribbean area, except one that was erroneously identified by Gregory as Lithophyllia walli (Duncan). Pliocene deposits have been recognized at very few places in the West Indies; in fact, about the only locality at which there is reason- able surety of there being beds of this age is near Guantnnamo, Cuba, where Mr. O. E. Meinzer collected Pecten pittieri Dall, identified by C. W. Cooke. R. T. Hill considers the Jamaican formations, to which he applies the names Manchioneal and Kingston, as Pliocene, and it seems that he is correct, but the evidence adduced is not completely convincing. In other words, from the evidence available, Hill was justified in his age classification of the deposits mentioned, but their paleontology needs more detailed investigation. The marine Pliocene of the southeastern United States has been considered on page 576 of this paper. Heilprin was the first to call attention to the extensive Pliocene "gray or white shell limestone" of Yucatan. 1 His examinations were made "at several points in and about Merida, in numerous cuttings along the line of the Merida-Kalkini Railroad, on the line of the railroad connecting the capital city with Ticul, all along the traverse between Merida and Tankas/' and "at various points between Tekanto and Cilam." Sapper has published a rough out- 1 Ilcilpriri, An:;elo, Geological researches in Yucatan, Acad. Nat;. Sci. Philadelphia Proc. for 1891, pp. 130-158, 1891. tentative correlation table of the tertiary marine sedimentary formations of Panama. American lime sill- Panama. Jamaica. Other Antilles. Mexico and Central America. Southeastern United States. European time subdi- visions. Toro limostone. Manehioneal formation. Kingston for- mation. Pliocene of Guantanan o, Cuba. and Limon, Costa Rica. and Caloosahatchee marl (near- ly contemporaneous). Sicilian. Plaisanclan. Sannatlan. Tortonlan. s' | i i Yorktown formation, Duplin marl, and Choctawhatcheo marl (near- ly contemporaneous). St. Marys formation. Choptank formation. ^aTion^ M« kS Head marl. | Lower. J Middle. Qatun formation. La Cruz marl (Cuba). iVms'i horizon Unique. Upper horizon in Santo Do- mingo. '!:»> uu for- ma- '••o>U Rica) Pacific coast of Nica- ragua. Expn- Istll- mu-.ii Te- huan- tapec. Helvetian. Marl at Hoxa- Lower horizon in Martinique. Zones G, 11, and I in San- to Domingo. Alum Bluff formation shoal River marl member. Dak Grove sand memner. 'hipola marl mem- ber. Burdlgallanj Aqultanian. Chattian. 1 c | KmpiM': dor limestone. Upper part of Anguilla formation (Anguilla), and heds at many localities in Cuba. San Rafael forma- tion. Chattahoo- chee for- Tampa formation. Lower part of Culchraand limestone at Coral roe liinanio, Cuba. (Antigua). Pepino lormal ion (Porto Rico). Lower hor- izon in Domingo. Rupelian. Limestone with Or- Ihophrtigmi- l''ha n f re a s'<. and lime- vid (contem- poraneous). Bohio eonRl.t Montpelier white lime- stone. Deposits with Pec- ten an". P. poul- son/anrt large, di--- coid orbitoids. group 8 Byram calcareous Mai lanna limestone. Red Bluff clay. Lattorfian (Sannoisian). Eocene. 1 Cambridge formation. formation. St. Bartholomew limestone (St. Bartholomew). Widely distributed in Cuba; also in Haiti. Brito for- mation of Nicaragua (typical Brito). Frio y s e s" e Jackson for- Ocala limestone. I.udian (Pria- bonian). Bartonian. Lower. j Middle. Eocene 5f Tonosi. Near the Texas border. Claiborne group. group. Gosport sand, l.io.nu formation. TaUahatta b u h r - Auversian.c Wilcox for- Wilcox group. 1 - h'-l igl.ce furnia- tion. Ha In lormation. 1'iisialioma forma- Nanafalia formation. Ypresian.^ Sparnacian.c Midway for- mation. | Midway group. Naheola formation. -m ar Iiee clay. Clayton limestone. Montian.c " Reported by H. Don villi and referred to"Stampien inferipur"-Yickshuigiati- Lattoilian; Cushman thinks these deposits •brnild be referred to the upper Eocene and placed opposite the Si. iiart holom.w limostone in the table. ' May belong straiigraphically somewhat higher, c Correlation proposed by E. W. Berry. 37H9— 19. (To face page BM. ) GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 595 line map of the Pliocene area in Yucatan, 1 and he repeated Heilprin's lists of fossils. No information is available for British Honduras, the Republic of Honduras, or Nicaragua. The accompanying table presents the approximate stratigraphic equivalence of the Tertiary marine formations in Central America, the Antilles, the southeastern United States, and Europe. It will be noticed that the table indicates two great stratigraphic bleaks, namely, one in lower and middle Eocene time, the other in upper Miocene time. Pre-Tertiary Formations in Central America and the West Indies. The foregoing discussion of the marine geologic formations of Panama has included more or less consideration of all of those of Tertiary age, concerning which we have knowledge, in the southern United States, eastern Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies, and a few notes have been made on northern South America. Since the publication of Bailey Willis's Index to the stratigraphy of North America, 2 there has been no important addition to our knowledge of the pre-Tertiary formations of the West Indies and Central America. As this volume and the geologic map of North America it was prepared to accompany are both easily accessible to geologists, and as a review of the formations of those ages would be mostly repetition of informa- tion contained in that work, I will make only a few general remarks. Rocks of supposed Archean age outcrop as follows: State of Oaxaca, Mexico, granites and gneisses; Chiapas and Guatemala, granites, talc, and chloritic schists; Nicaragua and Honduras, fundamental granite; Venezuela, granite from Puerto Cabello to Trinidad. Granitic debris was found in Eocene sediments in Costa Rica and along Rio Chagres in Panama by Hill. There is granite overlain by arkose below the Upper Cretaceous near the city of Santa Clara, Cuba, and marble and schists in the Isle of Pines. Paleozoic rocks of undertermined age occur in northern Sonora, Mexico, and in Chiapas: in Guatemala there are formations of both pre-Carboniferous and Carboniferous age; Mierisch reports Devonian in northern Nicaragua; and Paleozoic rocks apparent!}^ are present in Honduras. The rocks, largely serpentine, forming the proto-axis of Cuba, and some of the formations in the Trinidad Mountains, Cuba, may be of Paleozoic age, but there is no definite proof. Triassic deposits occur near Zacatecr.s, and perhaps at Miquehuana, State of Tamaulipas, Mexico; the Todas Santos formation in Chiapas and Guatemala is of Triassic age, and it appears, according to Mierisch, i Sapper, Carlos, La geografia fisica y la geelogia de la Feninsula c'e Yucatan, Mexico Instit. geolog. Bol. No. 3, pp. 57, 6 pis., 1896. » U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 71, 1912. 596 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. also to occur in northern Nicaragua. Sapper records Triassic rocks from several areas in Honduras. Jurassic limestone froms the axis of the Organos Mountain, Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba; and marine Jurassic is extensively developed in Mexico and west Texas. The Lower Cretaceous, so greatly developed in Mexico and Texas, is not known in the West Indies or in Central America proper, that is, below the Isthmus of Tehuantapec, except in Honduras. 1 With regard to the Upper Cretaceous, it will be said that the pecul- iar Upper Cretaceous fauna of Jamaica has been found in Cuba and St. Thomas. Hill has noted in Porto Rico " volcanic tuffs and con- glomerates with interbcdded Cretaceous rudistcan limestone similar to that of Jamaica," thereby confirming a previous inference of Clcve that the horizon he recognized in St. Thomas also occurs in Porto Rico; and it is reported from the Island of Haiti. Quin figures a specimen of Barretiia from the " Blue-beach" formation of St. Croix (but without recognizing its affinities); and Sapper records Barreitia from northwest of Coban, Guatemala, and a somewhat similar fauna from Chiapas, Mexico. As Clevo years ago pointed out, this fauna is more closely related to that of Gosau, Austria, than to any in North America north of the Gulf of Mexico. Hill reports Rudistes and Inoccrami from his San Miguel formation, Costa Rica, but Romanes 2 doubts the correctness of the identifications. OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF THE PERIMETERS OF THE GULF OF MEXICO AND THE CARIBBEAN SEA. The following pages will present only the broad outlines of tho geologic history of the region of which Panama forms a part. Tho details for Panama are given by Doctor MacDonald in the manu- script of his report on the geology of the Canal Zone and adjacent areas, to be published by the Smithsonian Institution. Three manuscripts on the physiography and stratigraphy of Cuba arc now in my possession. One of these is on an area adjacent to Guanta- namo, by Mr. O. E. Meinzer; the second is on an area northwest of Guantanamo by Mr. N. H. Darton; and the third is a general ac- count of the physiography and stratigraphy of the entire island and the Isle of Pines by myself. The paleontolog} 7 of the different forma- tions is considered in as much detail as available information per- mits. A similar account of the geology of tho Lesser Antilles, by Mr. Robert T. Hill and myself, is nearly ready for press, and palo- ontologic monographs of the fossil biota of St. Bartholomew, Anti- gua, and Anguilla are almost complete. The geologic history of theso 1 Dr. T.W. Stanton has rccentiy verified the age determination ol these deposits. (Oral communi- cation.) « Romanes, James, Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 103-139, pis. 8, 9, 1912. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 597 areas is discussed in the reports mentioned, which I hope may, within a few months, be submitted for publication by the Carnegie Institution of Washington. The discussion of the age and geographic distribution of the differ- ent geologic formations on preceding pages partly prepares the way for an account of the paleogeography of the region under considera- tion; but before proceeding the geographic relations of the Three Americas should receive attention. Geographic Relations op the Three Americas. Tins subject has attracted many investigators, some of whom con- sidered only segments of the perimeters of the two American seas, the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, while others considered the relations between Central America and the West Indies to the continent of North America, on the north, and to the continent of South America, on the south. Some of the important facts in the alignment of tho West Indies were recognized so long ago as 1848, for Schomburgh 1 called attention to the fact that in the Lesser Antilles there arc an outer and an inner group of islands, the outer largely composed of calcareous rocks, the inner composed of volcanic rocks. Knowledge of the geographic and geologic relations within this region has grown gradually, and there have been so many contributors to it that no attempt will be made to credit each of them for what he has done. However, special acknowledgments should be made to R. T. Hill for his investigations in a number of the West Indian and Central Ameri- can areas; to Carl Sapper for his exploration in Yucatan, Tabasco, Chiapas;* Guatemala, parts of Honduras, and San Salvador; and to Karsten and Sievers for their work in northern South America. The footnotes 2 below gives the titles of some of the more important publications, and they contain references to earlier literature. i Schomburgh, Sir R., TTistory of Barbados, p. 532, 1S4S. * Dollfus, A., and Mont-Scrrat, E. de, Voyage geologiquc dans Ics republiqucs de Guatemala et do Salvador, pp. 535, 18 pis., 1868, Paris. See particularly pp. 250-258. Felix, J., and Lcnk, II., Uebcr die tektonischen Vcrhiiltmsse der Republik Mexiko, Deutsch. geolog. Gesellsch. Zeitsch., vol. 44, pp. 303-323, pis. 19, 20, 1892. Hi 1, R. T., Fundamental geographic relations of the Three Americas, Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 7, pp. 175-181, 1S9G; The physical geography of Mexico [Abstract], Eighth Internat. Geog. Cong. Rept., pp. 7G5-7GG, 1905. (See also papers by Hill listed on p. 604, this volume.) Karsten, Hermann, Geologic de 1'ancienne Colombie bolivariennc, Venezuela, Nouvellc-Grenai'de et Ecuador, pp. 62, 1 map, 8 pis., 188G, Berlin. Sapper, Carl, Grundziige der physikalischen geographic von Guatemala, Fetermanns Mittcil. Ergan- zungsbd. 24, Ergunzungsheft 113, pp. 59, 4 maps, 1894; La geografia flsica y la geologia de la peninsula de Yucatan, Mexico Inst, geolog. Bol. 3, pp. 57, G pis., 1S96; Das nordliche Mittel-Amerika, pp. 436, 8 pis., 1897, Braunschweig; Mitteiamerikanische Rcisen und Studien aus den Jahren 1SSS bis 1900, pp. 426, 4 statistical tables, 4 maps .and numerous unnumbered halftone figs, and pis., 1902, Braunschweig; Uber Gebirgsbau und Boden des siidlichen Mittelamerika, Petermann's Mitteil., Ergiinzungs Bd. 32, Ergan- zungsheft 151, pp. 82, 4 pis., 1905. Sievers, W., Karten zur physikalischen geographic von Venezuela, Fetermanns Mitteil., vol. 42, pp. 125-129, pi. 10, pp. 149-155, pi. 11; pp. 197-201, pi. 15, 1S96. Suess, E., Lcs Antilles, La face de la terre (translated under the direction of E. de Margerie), vol. 1 pp. 724-737, 1897. 598 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. GENERAL RELATIONS. The boundaries of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea form a parallelogram (see pi. 73) ; those on the north and south extend along east and west lines, those on the east and west are northwest to southeast, while the basins are separated by east and west structures. The bottoms of the continental slopes on both sides of the continents range between 2,500 and 3,000 fathoms in depth. On the east the 2,500-fathom curve is either at or near the base of the slope from off the Banks of Newfoundland southwestward to off Jacksonville, Florida, whence it bends toward the southeast, passing east of the Bahamas, north of Porto Rico, east of the Caribbean arc, east of Trinidad, and northeast of the Guianas. The 2,500-fathom contour lies farther offshore on the Pacific side than on the Atlantic side of North America, but is nearer shore from the Revilla Gigcdo Islands, west of Manzanillo, Mexico, to off Guatemala, whence southward the 2,000-fathom contour is near the base of the slope until off Peru, where there is a drop to over 3,000 fathoms in the great Callao deep. Land areas bound the Gulf of Mexico on the east, north, west, and south. The land on the west continues without interruption through Central America and northern South America, forming the western and southern boundaries of the Caribbean Sea. Between southern Florida and Trinidad there are relatively shallow-water connections with the Atlantic Ocean through passages between Florida and Cuba, and through passages between both the Greater and the Lesser Antil- les to Trinidad. Depths of about 1,000 fathoms or somewhat more are found between Cuba and Haiti in the Windward Passage, and between Anegada and Anguilla in the Anegada Passage, but they are usually less than 500 fathoms. The Gulf of Mexico is separated from the Caribbean Sea by the Yucatan Peninsula and Cuba, but connects with it through the Yuca- tan Channel. The deepest part of this basin, which is a simple basin, is slightly over 2,000 fathoms. The Caribbean Sea is a compound basin, separated into two parts by the ridge that extends from Honduras to Jamaica. The northern division is almost subdivided by the Cayman ridge, which extends westward from the Sierra Macstra of Cuba. Depths of 2,500 fathoms arc attained between the Caymans and Cape San Antonio, Cuba, while south of them depths exceeding 3,000 fathoms are recorded in the Bartlctt deep. The southern division is a simple basin with depths ranging between 2,250 and 2,900 fathoms. The data presented show that these two basins are land-locked, except that between Florida and Trinidad shallow passages between land areas connect with the Atlantic Ocean, that the two basins are separated by structures transverse to the continental trend in Yucatan GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 599 and Cuba, and that the Gulf of Mexico is a simple while the Carribbean Sea is a compound basin. The major tectonic features surrounding and occurring within the basins will now be briefly considered. TECTONIC PROVINCES. In order to give an adequate conception of the relations of the two basins the general features of both the North and South American continents must be considered as well as the details of the land areas and submarine banks and ridges immediately adjacent to and within the region. The provinces germane to the area will be more par- ticularly considered, while the boundaries of those more remote will be only indicated. Twelve major with several subordinate provinces may be discriminated as follows: 1. Bahamas. 2. Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain. 3. Mexican Plateau. 4. Oaxaca-Guerrero. 5. Yucatan. C. Guatemala — Chiapas. 7. Cuba and northern Haiti. 8. Honduras, and its continuation to Jamaica, southern Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and the outlying island of Saint Croix. 9. Costa Rica-Panama. 10. Andes. 11. Maritime Andes. 12. Caribbean Islands: 12a. Barbadian Ridge. 12b. Main Caribbean Arc. 12c. Aves Ridge. 1. Bahamas. — The Bahama Islands and their accompanying shoals occupy a triangular area which lies east of Florida and north of Cuba and Haiti. The islands either occur on one of two large banks, the Little Bahama and the Great Bahama banks, or they rise to the southeast of the latter bank as isolated eminences separated by water as much as 1,000 fathoms in depth. Two bodies of water over 1,0C0 fathoms deep, Exuma Sound and The Tongue of the Ocean, indent the Great Bahama Bank. Water 1,000 fathoms in depth is close to the eastern shore of the Bahamas as far north as Elbow Cay on Little Bahama Bank. Eastward from the 1,000-fathom curve the bottom rapidly descends to a depth between 2,000 and 3.000 fathoms. The Bahama Islands are subaerial protuberants above the nearly level, slightly submerged surfaces of extensive plateaus which on one or more sides rise precipitously from oceanic depths. 600 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2. Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain. — This plain extends beyond Rio Grande to the Sierra Madre, Mexico, and as far southward as Tampico. A narrow, more or less broken plain continues beyond Vera Cruz to the lowland plain of Yucatan, where it meets the trans- verse Oaxaca-Guerrero structural line. Throughout its extent, notwithstanding irregularities in surface configuration, the Coastal Plain in general slopes from its landward margin to the edge of the Continental Shelf. The inner margin ranges from 300 to 600 feet in altitude between Maryland and central Texas ; while in west Texas it attains a height of slightly more than 1,000 feet above sea level. 3. Mexican Plateau. — At least four provinces of major rank are recognized in the western Cordilleran region of the United States, according to Ransome, 1 namely: (1) The Rocky Mountains, (2) the Colorado Plateau, (3) the Nevada-Sonoran region, (4) the Pacific ranges. Nos. 1 and 2 are parts of the Laramide mountain system; No. 3 is the intcrmontane belt; and No. 4, the Pacific mountain system. Fenneman dissents from this classification in that he refers the Colorado Plateau to the Intermontanc plateaus, along with the Nevada-Sonoran region, 2 and considers the Mexican "highland'' as a part of his Basin-and-Rangc province lying south of the Colorado Plateau. Toward the south in trans-Pecos Texas the Colorado Pla- teau and the Nevada-Sonoran region of Ransome are delimited by a rather vague boundary from the Mexican Plateau, which Ransome also considers a part of the Laramide mountain system. The Mexi- can Plateau comprises the high plateaus and central mountains of Mexico. Southward from Rio Grande, below the mouth of Pecos River, it forms the western boundary of the Coastal Plain. The boundary, according to Hayes (oral communication), is a fault scarp which lies a little east of Monterey and trends cast of south through Ciudad Victoria to Misantla, where volcanic mountains reach tho shore and interrupt the continuity of the plain. The province is ter- minated on the south by a fault scarp beyond which are the east and west trending structural axis of Michoacan, Guerrero, and Oaxaca. 4. Oaxaca-Guerrero. — A structural axis extends through Michoacan, Guerrero, and Oaxaca, almost at right angles to tho trend of the Mexican Plateau. The northern boundary of this province is tho escarpment at the southern margin of the Mexican Plateau; the western and southern boundary is the Pacific Ocean; while tho eastern boundary is the Isthmus of Tehuantapcc. It is thus set off from the Mexican Plateau, and the Yucatan lowland. > Ransome, F. L., The Tertiary orogeny ol the North American Cordillera and its problems, 1'ioblem of American geology, pp. 2S'J-2.1j, New Haven, 1915. « Fennarrun, N. M., Physiographic divisions of the United States, Assoc. Amer. Geographers Bull, vol. 0, p. 41, 1910. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 601 5. Yucatan. — This province consists of lowlands, under 600 meters in height, underlain by only slightly deformed Tertiary strata, except some problematic rocks west of Belize. The Yucatan Peninsula and Campccho Bank are comparable to the Floridian Plateau. They are developed along a structural axis almost at right angles to the con- tinental trend. Campeche Bank projects northward from the shore line of the peninsula 170 nautical miles to the 100-fathom curve and has a width of nearly 360 nautical miles along an east and west line. On the east the depth of water between it and Cuba exceeds 1,000 fathoms and the axial trends are not coincident, but the axis of Yucatan Bank and that of the Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba, curve so that they are nearly parallel, with a trough, Yucatan Channel, between them. 6. Guatemala- CMajias. — This province lies between the Yucatan lowland on the north and Rio Motagua on the south. It is an up- land dominated by cast and west tectonic lines, and has been called the Guatemala-Chiapas Plateau by Tower. 1 7. Cuba. — This province is coincident with Cuba and its submarine continuation, the Cayman Ridge. At least four subdivisions should be recognized: (1) The Isle of Pines, which is composed of mountains of schists and marbles with piedmont plains and marsh, separated from the main island by water less than 10 fathoms deep. (2) Organos Mountains of Pinar del Rio and the accompanying piedmont plains. The 1,000-fathom curve is less than 20 miles off the north shore. (3) Central Cuba, from the east end of Organos Mountains to Cauto River, is mostly a plain broken by some hills of serpentine and granite, and in Santa Clara Province, near Trinidad, mountains reported to be composed of Paleozoic sediments attain an altitudo of about 2,000 feet. (4) Sierra Maestra and Cayman Ridge. This subprovincc lies between the Cauto Valley and the south shore and is continued westward as the submarine Cayman Ridge, along the axis of which only the Cayman Islands project above water level. The axial trend is nearly east and west between Cabo Cruz, Cuba, and Little Cayman, whence it curves to the southwest and pitches toward the head of the Gulf of Honduras, which is an area of depression. Between the Caymans and the Isle of Pines the depth of water exceeds 1,000 fathoms, while the Bartlett deep to the south, separating Cuba and Jamaica, exceeds 3,000 fathoms in depth. 7a. Haiti, northern part. — The island of Haiti lies at the conver- gence of the trend of the axis of the central subprovince of Cuba and the Honduran-Jamaican axis. The dividing line in Haiti is from Port au Prince to Ocoa Bay. The area south of this line belongs to a Jamaican axis, while that to the north belongs to the central i Tower, W. L., Investigation of evolution in chrysoineiid beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa, Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. No. 48, p. 60, 1906. G02 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Cuban trend. The structural axes of the mountains in the northern and northeastern part of Haiti are from northwest to southeast and are parallel to the axis of elongation of Cuba from the Sierra Maestra to Santa Clara. In Cuba this trend is cut diagonally by the axis of the Sierra Maestra, which is bounded on the south by a tremendous fault scarp. Previous to this faulting it seems that central Cuba and Haiti formed parts of the same land area. The island of Haiti might be treated as separate from Cuba and Jamaica, but lying at the intersection of two tectonic trends. 8. Honduras and the Jamaican Ridge. — -The Honduran Province in Central America is dominated by tectonic lines extending from south- west to northeast, of which the Telusa Mountains are representative. A line from the Gulf of Honduras along Motagua River to a point north of Jalapa, thence southwest to the Pacific coast, may be taken as the northern boundary' and Rio San Juan and the southern side of Lake Nicaragua as the southern boundary. From the northeast coast of Honduras and Nicaragua a great sub- marine plateau continues with depths of less than 1,000 fathoms to Jamaica. Above it rise numerous banks and keys and along its course are Thunder Knoll, Rosalind, Seranilla, and Pedro banks betv\"een the continental shore and Jamaica. The principal old tectonic lines of Jamaica trend northwest to southeast. As these are parallel to the shore northwest of Cape Gracias a Dios and to the northeast edge of Mosquito Bank, there are evidently cross tectonic lines nearly at right angles to each other in this ridge. A submarine ridge extends from the east end of Jamaica some 45 miles and overlaps on the south side a ridge which protrudes west- ward from the west end of Haiti. The two ridges, however, do not connect but are separated by water over 1,000 fathoms deep. The ridge representing an eastward submarine continuation of Jamaica indicates a third tectonic line in that island. The last-mentioned line nearly parallels the Bartlett deep, which lies to the north. The submarine slopes to the southeast are toward the bottom of the Caribbean basin. 8a. Haiti (southern part), Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. — The political division of Haiti designated Sud is dominated by east and west trending mountains, which parallel in direction the east and west axis of Jamaica. As the maximum depth between Haiti and Porto Rico is about 318 fathoms, the}' rise from a common, not greatly submerged bank. (See statement on preceding page in regard to considering Haiti as a separate Province.) The main mountain mass of Porto Rico, the Sierra Central, the maximum altitude of which is 3,750 feet at El Yunque, trends east and west, paralleling in direction Sud, Haiti. There is coincidence GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 603 in the direction of elongation of the Jamaican bank, Sud (Haiti), and Porto Kico. The relative truncation of the west end of Porto Rico, except the protuberant which forms Cabo de San Francisco, is striking and suggests faulting. The declivities both to the north and south of the island are great, over 4,000 fathoms in depth being reached within 40 miles of the north coast, while 2,000 fathoms are attained within a shorter distance from the south coast. A submarine bank extending from the east end of Porto Rico to Anegada Passage is known as Virgin Bank. The depth of water between the islands rising above this bank is less than 20 fathoms, which is a minimum for the amount of submergence they have recently (geologically speaking) undergone. These islands are detached out- liers of Porto Rico. 86. Saint Croix. — Although St. Croix is separated from the Vir- gin Islands by a depth as great as 2,400 fathoms and is joined to the St. Christopher chain by a ridge less than 1,000 fathoms deep, it possesses great similarity to members of the Virgin group. The west end is truncate and the submarine slope precipitous; the submarine slope to the north is also steep. Tnere is clear evidence of faulting on the west and north sides. A ridge, largely of igneous rock, stands j against the north shore from the west end of the island for some dis- tance to the east. South of the ridge is a sloping, rolling, calcareous plain. The east end has a submarine continuation in a bank less than 50 fathoms deep. The tectonic axis is east and west, the rocks j resemble those of the Virgins, and the zoogeography indicates former I connection with them. For these reasons it seems probable that this island was formerly a part of the Porto Rican-Virgin Island land-mass and has been sundered irom it by dias trophic processes. However, I Saint Croix might be accorded separate status as a province, or I referred to the St. Christopher axis; but it appears to me preferable I to classify it with the Virgin Islands. 9. Costa Rica-Panama. — 'Between the Nicaragua-Costa Ricanbound- I ary and the mouth of Rio Atrato is an S-shaped land area which I does not exhibit striking major tectonic lines, although some de- I formation axes are obvious in Panama. The region is largely one t of vulcanism, present or past, which although occurring within definable limits does not follow continuous straight axes but occurs in a curving belt. The topography appears disordered, with volcanic protuberants here and there without perceptible system. The vol- canic heaps range from a few hundred to nearly 10,000 feet in altitude. 10. Andes. — The south-north trending ranges of the Andes reach the shores of the Caribbean Sea between the Gulf of Darien and Venezuela, and send a spur, Cordillera de Merida, northeastward to 604 ♦BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Porto Cabello where the main Andean trend is crossed by that of the Maritime Andes. The shore of the Caribbean Sea lies across the northern, end of the Andes in a way similar to the manner in which the landward border of the Coastal Plain crosses the southwestern end of the Appalachian Mountains. The islands Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire, lie off the Venezuelan coast in the angle between the ends of the main Andes and the Cordillera de Merida. 11. Maritime Andes. — The Maritime Audes lie along the Vene- zuela coast from Caracas eastward. Trinidad and Tobago are outlying islands. On the south side of these mountains is tho great Valley of the Orinoco. 12. Caribbean Islands. — These islands lio along triplo arcuate ridges, the Barbadian Ridge, the main Caribbean Arc, and Aves Ridge, tho second of which is double at its northern end. 12a. Barbadian Ridge. — As Barbados is connected undersea with Tobago Island by a ridge less than 1,000 fathoms deep, and as the depth between it and St. Lucia is loss than 1,000 fathoms, there is a closed basin over 1,000 fathoms deep between the Bar- badian Ridge and the main Caribbean Arc. 12b. Caribbean Arc. — The Caribbean arc is a ridge that extends from north of the Gulf of Paria to Anegada Passage. The islands occurring along it from the Grenadines to Dominica are entirely or predominantly volcanic. Guadaloupe is a compound island; the western half is volcanic, the eastern half with the outlying Marie Galanto is mostly composed of calcareous sediments. North of Martinique the arc splits; along tho inner fork are the volcanic islands Montscrrat, tho St. Christopher Chain, and Saba; along the outer fork arc Antigua and Barbuda, and tho St. Martin group. Tho latter islands aro largely or predominantly composed of sedimentary rocks resting on an igneous basement of pro-Tertiary or early Tertiary ago. 12c. Aves Ridge. — This ridge takes its name from Aves Island, which stands on a ridge running from the north coast of Cumana to Saba Island at depths slightly less than 1,000 fathoms, while water of greater depth occurs both oast and west of it. Paleographic Summary. Thoro aro many publications dealing with this subject, some of which, such as those of Gregory, 1 Hill, 2 and Guppy, 3 aro specially 1 Gregory, J. W., Contributions to the paleontology and physical geology of the 'West Indies, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 51, pp. 255-310, pi. 11, 1S95. * Hill, R. T., Notes on the geology of Cuba, based upon a reconnaissance made for Alexander Agnssiz, Mus. Comp. Zodl. Bull., vol. 16, pp. 243-2SS, pis. 3-9, 1895; The geological history or tho Isthmusnr Panama an.l p >rtions of Costa Rica, Idem., vol. 28, pp. 159-285, pis. 1-19, 1S93; The geology and physical geography of Jamaica, Idem., vol.31, pp. 1-226, 252-255, p'.s. 1-35, 1901; Pe'6 and the. evolution of the Windward Archi- pelago, Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 10, pp. 243-28S, p'.s. 43-17, 1905. 3 Guppy, R. J. L. f The goological connexions of the Caribbean region, Canada Inst. Trans., vol.8, pp. 373-3J1, one plato, 1909. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 605 dovotcd to the West Indies and Central America, or consider part9 of the regions; others arc devoted to the geologic history of smaller areas that are parts of the region and are too numerous for men- tion hero, but many of them have been referred to in my papers on the fossil corals and the correlation of the geologic formations of Panama, forming parts of this volume; while still other works, for instanco those by Schuchcrt 1 and Willis, 2 treat Central America and the West Indies only as parts of much larger areas. Schuchcrt in his work cited undertakes to reconstruct for this region the distribution of land and sea; that is, connections and barrier between tho Atlantic and Pacific Basins during Paleozoic time, basing his inferences upon the affinities of tho Paleozoic faunas. As I can add nothing to what ho says, I will not summarize his conclusions — the reader may consult his memoir. LATE PALEOZOIC Tho great Appalachian revolution occurred in lato Paleozoic- Permian time, and resulted in the northern boundary of the Gulf of Mexico — tho southern Appalachian, tho Ouachita, and Wichita Mountains. The cast and west trend in southern Mexico already existed or was developed about this time; while farther to the southeast, as Sapper has shown, Rio Motagua in Guatemala divides two chains of this age, one to the north, the other to the south, with spurs of a third chain farther toward the southeast. The nearly north and south trend of the Coxcomb Mountains in British Honduras, which are composed of sediments apparently of pre-Paleozoic ago indicates that the Yucatan protuberant had been outlined in Paleo- zoic, perhaps early Paleozoic time. Granitic debris in Costa Rica and Panama suggests old deformation along east and west lines in those areas. The cast and west mountains of Venezuela have an old foundation and certainly date back to the Paleozoic in origin. There is evidence of old deformation in Cuba, rendering it highly probable, if not certain, that the major tectonic trends of Cuba are as old as Paleozoic. Although no Paleozoic rocks have been identified in Jamaica, the inference appears warranted that Jamaica itself dates back to late Paleozoic, as it has been shown by Sapper that the west end of tho tectonic features represented in Mosquito and Rosalind Banks and Jamaica already existed in late Paleozoic time. Tho Cuban and Jamaican trends meet in Haiti and continue through Porto Rico to the Virgin Islands, > Schuchort, Charles, Paleography of North America, Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 20, pp. 427-00G, pis. 4G-101, 1910. 2 Willis, Bailey, Pa'ecgraphic maps, in Outlines of geologic history with special reference to North America, pp. 30G, Chicago, 1910. 606 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. while St. Croix, which is closely related in its geologic features to the Virgins, was probably at one timo a member of that group and has been separated from them by faulting of compara- tively late geologic date. There is no direct evidence of tho existence at this time of any of the Caribbean Islands, but certain relations suggest that at least parts of tho Caribbean Arc maybe old. St. Croix stands on tho western end of a ridge between 600 and 700 fathoms deep, on the eastern end of which is St. Christopher. This ridge extends northward to the St. Martin Plateau, eastward to Antigua and Barbuda, and southward from the latter islands through Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, and tho Grenadines to South America. These relations suggest that the eastern perimeter of the Caribbean Basin may have been outlined in late Paleozoic time. From the preceding statement it is evident that the principal tectonic lines of the perimeters of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea existed at the close of the Paleozoic. The northern, western, and southern boundaries had been outlined and the major transverse trends had also been formed, the more northern through Oaxaca and Chiapas, including the northward trending Coxcomb Mountains of British Honduras; the more southern through Honduras and Nicaragua. The first may have connected along the axis of the Coxcomb Mountains with Cuba and thence Haiti; the second prob- ably connected with Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, and there are vague suggestions that the Caribbean Arc also existed. As the positive and negative areas so early outlined dominated the tectonic development during later geologic time, the subsequent history consists in tracing the modification of these old features. TRIASSIC, JURASSIC, AND CRETACEOUS. It seems necessary to infer diastrophic movements previous to or during Jurassic and Cretaceous time, for there was no connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans across Central America dur- ing these periods, with the possible exception of certain connections during Jurassic and upper Triassic (Karnic) time, as shown in the table on page 612. During Triassic and Jurassic time the eastern part of the North American continent, except areas of Triassic in Mexico and several Central American States and areas of Jurassic in Mexico and trans-Pecos Texas, was emerged probably to the limits of the pres- ent Continental Shelf, while the western end of Cuba was submerged. The eastern end of Cuba apparently was a land area and may have been joined to the southeastern United States. During upper Creta- ceous time there was extensive submergence throughout the West Indies and Central America, but the Lower Cretaceous, as represented in Mexico and Texas, is not known in them, except in Honduras. As the Jurassic and Cretaceous faunas are Atlantic in their facies, GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 607 the Atlantic Ocean must have had access to these oceanic basins during a part if not all of these periods. According to Hill, vulcanism existed prior to later Mesozoic in Guatemala, Oaxaca, Jamaica, and the Andes, and perhaps in Cuba and Haiti, as well as in the Cordilleras of North America. Probably there was vulcanism in Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, St. Croix, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and Antigua. In the two last mentioned islands there are volcanic rocks older than Eocene sediments. At the close of the Cretaceous there was general emergence of the Coastal Plain, an event probably due to diastrophism and a resultant of Laramide mountain making. EOCENE AND OLIGOCENE. The West Indian islands, because no old Eocene sediments are known in any of them except Trinidad, which is South American in its relations, are supposed to have stood above sea level at that time. In Cuba and Jamaica there are Upper Cretaceous and late Eocene sediments without the intervention of early Eocene deposits. During later Eocene (Ludian) and middle and upper Oligocene (Rupelian and Aquitanian) time there was extensive submergence in the West Indies and interoceanic connection through a number of straits across Central America. There may have been interocanic connection during lower Oligocene (Lattorfian) time, but this is not established. The maximum submergence was in middle Oligocene (Rupelian) time. Vulcanism was widespread in Central America and the Antilles during Eocene and probably also during earlier Oligocene time. The line of the great Mexican volcanoes had its inception at the close of the Cretaceous, near the beginning of the Tertiary, according to Felix and Lenk. In Jamaica, Cuba, St. Bartholomew, and Antigua the later Eocene age of some of the volcanic rocks is established. There was between the upper Eocene and the middle Oligocene deposition periods great deformation in the Antilles. The folding in the principal mountains of Jamaica, the Sierra Maestra of Cuba, and apparently those of Haiti, Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and St. Croix appears to have taken place at this time. Diastrophism seems also to have been active in Chiapas, Tabasco, Peten, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama. MIOCENE. During older Miocene (Burdigalian) time apparently there was in places connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, as is shown by deposits of this age containing fossils of Atlantic afhnities on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica 1 and Nicaragua, and perhaps at 1 Romanes, J., Geology of a part of Costa Rica, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 68, pp. 124, 125, 1912. 37149— 19— Bull. 103 5 608 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. other places, but such connections seemingly were restricted, not of wide extent as in upper Eocene and Oligocene time. As no upper Miocene has yet been identified in the West Indies this is supposed to have been a period of high uplift which terminated the connection between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. The mid- dle and upper Oligocene and lower Miocene sediments of Mexico, Panama, Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Anguilla, and Antigua, although deformed by tilting and faulting are not intensely folded, as are the older sediments. According to Hill, "in mid-Tertiary time granitoid intrusions were pushed upward into the sediments of the Great Antilles, the Caribbean, Costa Rican, and Panamic regions." The information I obtained in Antigua and St. Bartholomew accords with this opinion. That there was at some place interoceanic connection subsequent to lower Miocene (Burdigalian) time is suggested, if not actually proven, by the presence on Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, of a coral fauna of post-Miocene Atlantic affinities. 1 Roy S. Dickerson 2 in the paper cited below says regarding my conclusion that the coral fauna of Carrizo Creek is of probably Pliocene age: ''His [Vaughan's] conclusions concerning the Pliocene age of these beds rests upon the infirm basis of comparison with a Pliocene coral fauna of Florida," and "All the coral genera except one occur in the Bowden or associated horizons." The last statement is correct in the restricted sense in which I use Bowden and its related zones, and the first is correct in that I compared the fauna from Carrizo Creek with that from the Pliocene Caloosaha tehee marl of Florida; but Doctor Dickerson evidently did not comprehend the entire basis for my opinion. The following eight genera, now extinct in the Atlantic Ocean but present in the Pacific, occur in the Bowden marl and related zones, that is in Miss Maury's Santo Domingan section and the La Cruz marl of Cuba, but are not known from Carrizo Creek or from the Caloosaha tehee marl: Placocyathus. Antillia. Placotrochus . Syzygophyllia. Stylophora. Pavona. 3 Pocillopora. Goniopora. Neither the coral fauna of Carrizo Creek nor that of the Caloosa- hatchee marl, as at present known, contains any of the coral genera distinctive of the Bowden and related zones. These distinctive » Vaughan, T. W., The reef-coral fauna of Carrizo Creek, Imperial County, California, etc., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98, pp. 355-386, pis. 92-102, 1917. * Ancient Panama Canals, California Acad. Sci. Proc, vol. 7, pp. 197-205, 1917 (date printed with title July 30, 1917, received by me on Oct. 16, 1917). » Added from Miss Maury's Santo Domingan collections. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 609 genera became extinct in the Atlantic during upper Miocene time, according to the present information, but, they persist in the Indo- Pacific region. It, therefore, seems that the fauna of Carrizo Creek migrated to the head of the Gulf of California after the extinction of these forms. FLIOCENE AND LATER. Subsequent to the Miocene there have been many oscillations of the West Indian area, and during perhaps Pliocene time there was profound deformation. Zeogeographic data in the opinion of several investigators seem to demand former connection, prob- ably during late Miocene or Pliocene time from Yucatan across Cuba to Haiti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands; from Honduras to Jamaica; and from Anguilla to South America. It also appears that St. Croix was once joined to Anguilla and to the eastern end of the Virgin Islands. There are certain geologically late fault-lines which perhaps date from this time and the severance of the old ridges into the islands we now know may be largely due to movement along them. One of these fault lines forms the northern boundary of the Bartlett Deep, and passes between the east end of Cuba and the west end of Haiti. Another tectonic line which forms the south side of the Bartlett Deep seems to con- verge toward the former in the Windward Passage. A down- thrown block between these lines has separated Cuba and Haiti and pro- duced the Bartlett Deep. Probably there was also faulting or flexing between Cayman Ridge and the southern shore of Cuba, west of Manzanillo Bay, while either faulting of flexing may have sep- arated Cuba and Yucatan. There is evidence of a downthrown fault block between St. Thomas and St. Croix, the two sides converg- ing toward Anegada Passage. This will account for the deep of over 2,400 fathoms north of St. Croix, and the severance of St. Croix and the St. Martin Plateau group of islands from the Virgin group. There are three kinds of evidence that bears on the age of this faulting, namely: (1) In eastern Cuba, as the Miocene La Cruz marl is abruptly cut off at the shore line in the vicinity of the Morro at the mouth of Santiago Harbor, the faulting must be subsequent to old or middle Miocene; (2) as the sea along the fault shores has been able since the faulting to cut only narrow benches into the fault planes on the up-thrown side, the faultplanes are physiographically young; (3) the biologic evidence, in the opinion of most of those who have recently considered it, demands land connection in late Tertiary time between Cuba, Santo Domingo, Porto Rico, and thence 610 . BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. to South America. Miller has recently published an important paper on this subject, 1 and states: 11 With the characters of so many [eight] genera known it becomes possible to gain some idea of the Antillean hystricine fauna. 2 The most noticeable feature of these genera considered as a group is their similarity to the Santa Cruzian and Entrerian rodents which Ameghino and Scott have described and! figured. In no instance has the same genus been found in both \ the West Indies and Argentina or Patagonia; but the Antillean j rodents thus far discovered never show such peculiarities that their 1 remains would appear out of place among those of their extinct southern relatives, while as a whole they would at once be recognized as foreign to the present South American fauna." On the following page of the same paper he says: "So far as can be judged from eight very distinct genera the Antillean hystricine rodents do not present the characters that would be expected in animals derived from South America during any period geologically recent. Neither have they the appearance of an assemblage brought together at different times by migration or chance introduction. On the contrary they suggest direct descent from such a part of the general South American fauna, probably not less ancient than that of the Miocene, as might have been isolated by a splitting off of the archipelago from the mainland. Of later influence from the conti- nent there is no trace." The mammals furnish more evidence of this kind than I am pre- senting here, and Barbour and Stejneger, from their study of rep- tiles, have reached the same conclusions. These conclusions accord with the tectonic history of the region, namely, that in late Tertiary, probably Pliocene time, the West Indian Islands as we know them were produced by block-faulting which broke into pieces a far more extensive land area. Although I greatly respect the scholarship and appreciate the valuable researches of Dr. W. D. Matthew, I am unable to agree with his opinions as to the means of distribution of West Indian mammals and some of the other land vertebrates. According to Hill, the volcanoes of the Windward Islands date back at least to the Eocene. He says: "After the Miocene, vul- canism became quiescent in the Great Antilles and the Coastal Plain of Texas, but has continued to the present in the four great foci of present activity — southern Mexico, the northern Andes, Central America, and the Windward Islands. In the last two regions men- tioned, the greater masses of the present volcanic heights were piled 1 Miller, Gerrit S., Jr., Bones of mammals Irom Indian sites in Cuba and Santo Domingo, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 12, 10 pp., 1 pi., 1CI3. 2 Idem., p. 3. GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CANAL ZONE. 611 up before the Pliocene, and the present craters are merely secondary and expiring phenomena." The last important shift in position of strand line along the At- lantic coast of the United States and around the shore of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea has been by submergence of land areas, but subsequent to this there has been local emergence, often accompanied by minor tilting or warping. Except vulcanism, the following table presents a succinct summary of the major events considered in the foregoing remarks. It is the primary intention of the present paper to characterize biologically and to correlate the marine formations of the Canal Zone and the geologically related areas in Central America and the West Indies, and to lay particular stress upon the successive periods of emergence and submergence of the land and the crustal deformation, folding and faulting, concomitant with changes of that kind. Comparison of the table opposite page 594, showing the correlation of the Tertiary formations of Panama, with the following tabular summary, will reveal that the story told by the two tables is essentially identical, the erosion intervals and the marine formations in the correlation table representing respectively the periods of emergence and the periods of submergence in the tabular summary. TABULAR SUMMARY OF SOME OP THE IMPORTANT EVENTS IN THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OP THE WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL AMERICA. Time subdivisions. Events. Submergence of land areas probably resulting from deglaciation, except local differential crustal movements in places producing uplift. Pleistocene Emergence of large areas, probably due to withdrawal of water to form the continental ice sheets; also oscillation of land areas by differential crustal movement. Pliocene Local moderate submergence, period of cataclysmic faulting breaking up a large land area and forming the Antilles nearly as they are at present. Proba- bly a narrow inieroeeanic connection that admitted an Atlantic fauna into the present site of the Gulf of California. [upper Miocene..-! middle and [ lower [Extensive emergence of the land joining North and South America through Central America; Greater Antilles joined to each other, and possibly to Cen- < tral America by bridges from Jamaica to Honduras and from western Cuba to Yucatan, and to South America along the Caribbean arc. All these sup- l posed connections not necessarily contemporaneous. (Extensive submergence in the West Indies and around the continental mar- | gins; narrow, areally limited interoceanic connections in lower Miocene I time, none known in upper Miocene time; land emerging in Central America. (upper Dligocene. A middle Extensive submergence with interoceanic connections. Maximum areal submergence with extensive interoceanic connections. Extensive submergence in Central America and southeastern United States; local emergence in the West Indies. Extensive diastrophism and mountain making by folding. (upper iocene. .< middle Ilower Extensive submergence with interoceanic connections. Apparently interoceanic connection across Central America. Emergence of the Greater Antilles and Central America, no known interoceanic connection. 612 BULLETIN 103, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. TABULAR SUMMARY OP SOME OF THE IMPORTANT EVENTS IN THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF THE WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL AMERICA — Continued. Time subdivisions. Events. Upper Cretaceous** 1 Lower Extensive submergence: but without interoceanic connection. Submergence in Mexico and Central America, especially in late Comanche time. Probable emergence in the Greater Antilles; no iuteroceanic connec- tion. Jurassic Upper Middle Lower Submergence in western Cuba, eastern Mexico, and west Texas without inter- oceanic connection, except possibly in late Upper Jurassic time. Submergence in southern Mexico (Oaxaca and Guerrero) with possible inter- oceanic connection. Submergence in southeastern Mexico (Puebla, Vera Cruz, and Hidalgo, pos- sibly also in Guerrero) with prtssibie interoceanic connection. Nonmarine plant-bearing beds in same region and also in Oaxaca. Possibly the latter may be of same age as the supposed Rhaetic plant-bearing beds of Honduras and Nicaragua. Triassic Upper (Rhaetic) Upper (Karnic) Middle Lower Plant-bearing beds in Honduras and Nicaragua, above mentioned, bespeak land conditions in latest Triassic or earliest Jurassic. Submergence in central Mexico (Zacatecas) with probable interoceanic con- nection. Probable land conditions throughout Mexico and Central America. Probable land conditions throughout Mexico and Central America. Formation of the major tectonic axes of Central America and the initial east and west axes of the Greater Antilles. a Mesozoic history of Central America, Mexico, and the West Indies, by T. W. Stanton. o iO 1 UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA 1262 04803 4754 STORAGE